PECO ENERGY CO
10-K405, 1998-03-09
ELECTRIC & OTHER SERVICES COMBINED
Previous: PEASE OIL & GAS CO /CO/, 8-K, 1998-03-09
Next: PPG INDUSTRIES INC, DEF 14A, 1998-03-09



================================================================================
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM 10-K
            [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997
                                       OR
          [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from ___________________ to ___________________
                          Commission File Number 1-1401
                            ------------------------
                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Pennsylvania                                   23-0970240
  (State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
    incorporation or organization) 

                                  P.O. Box 8699
            2301 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA (215) 841-4000 19101
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
        (Registrant's telephone number, including area code) (Zip Code)
                            ------------------------
           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds (Listed on the New York Stock Exchange):
     5 3/8% Series due 1998          5 5/8% Series due 2001         
     6 3/8% Series due 2005          7 3/4% Series 2 due 2023
     7 3/8% Series due 2001          6 1/2% Series due 2003         
     7 1/8% Series due 2023          7 1/4% Series due 2024

     Cumulative Preferred Stock -- without par value (Listed on the New York and
     Philadelphia Stock Exchanges): 
     $4.68 Series   $4.40 Series   $4.30 Series   $3.80 Series  

     Common Stock -- without par value (Listed on the New York and  Philadelphia
Stock Exchanges)

     9.00% Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Securities,  Series A, $25 stated
value, issued by PECO Energy Capital, L.P. and unconditionally guaranteed by the
Company (Listed on the New York Stock Exchange)

     Trust Receipts of PECO Energy Capital Trust I, each  representing  an 8.72%
Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Security, Series B, $25 stated value, issued
by PECO Energy  Capital,  L.P.  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  by the Company
(Listed on the New York Stock Exchange)

     Trust Receipts of PECO Energy Capital Trust II, each  representing an 8.00%
Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Security, Series C, $25 stated value, issued
by PECO Energy  Capital,  L.P.  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  by the Company
(Listed on the New York Stock Exchange)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
     Cumulative Preferred Stock -- without par value:
     $7.48 Series                   $6.12 Series

                            ------------------------
     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during the  preceding  12 months and (2) has been  subject to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best  of  the  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

     The aggregate  market value of the  registrant's  common stock (only voting
stock) held by non-affiliates  of the registrant was  $4,407,775,384 at February
28, 1998.

     Indicate  the  number of  shares  outstanding  of each of the  registrant's
classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.

     Common  Stock --  without  par value:  222,546,562  shares  outstanding  at
February 28, 1998.
                            ------------------------
                  DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (In Part)
     Annual Report of PECO Energy Company to Shareholders for the year 1997
            is incorporated in part in Parts I, II and IV hereof, as
           specified herein. Proxy Statement of PECO Energy Company in
           connection with its 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is
          incorporated in part in Part III hereof, as specified herein.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                        Page No.
PART I
     ITEM 1. BUSINESS..........................................................1
             The Company.......................................................1
             Deregulation and Rate Matters.....................................1
                Electric - Retail..............................................1
                Electric -Wholesale............................................3
                Gas............................................................4
                Competition....................................................5
             Electric Operations...............................................5
                General........................................................5
                Limerick Generating Station....................................8
                Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station.............................10
                Salem Generating Station......................................10
             Fuel ............................................................12
                Nuclear.......................................................12
                Coal..........................................................14
                Oil...........................................................14
                Natural Gas...................................................14
             Gas Operations...................................................14
             Segment Information..............................................15
             Construction.....................................................15
             Capital Requirements and Financing Activities....................16
             Employee Matters.................................................17
             Environmental Regulations........................................17
                Water.........................................................18
                Air...........................................................18
                Solid and Hazardous Waste.....................................18
                Costs.........................................................21
             Telecommunications and Other Ventures............................21
             PECO Energy Capital Corp. and Related Entities...................22
             Executive Officers of the Registrant.............................23
     ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.......................................................25
     ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS................................................27
     ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS..............27
PART II
     ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
               RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS....................................27
     ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA..........................................28
     ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
               CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS............................28
     ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.......28
     ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA......................28
     ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
               ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.........................28
PART III
     ITEM 10.DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT...............29
     ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION...........................................29
     ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
               MANAGEMENT.....................................................29
     ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS...................29

PART IV
     ITEM 14.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON 
               FORM 8-K.......................................................30
             Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule............30
             REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS................................31
             SCHEDULE II-- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS..................32
             Exhibits.........................................................33
             Reports on Form 8-K..............................................36
     SIGNATURES

                                       i
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS

The Company

     Incorporated  in  Pennsylvania  in  1929,  PECO  Energy  Company  (Company)
provides retail  electric and natural gas service in  southeastern  Pennsylvania
and,  through pilot  programs,  natural gas service to areas in Maryland and New
Jersey. The Company also engages in the wholesale  marketing of electricity on a
national   basis   and    participates   in   joint   ventures   which   provide
telecommunication services in the Philadelphia area.

     The Company's  traditional  retail  service  territory  covers 2,107 square
miles.  Electric  service is  furnished  to an area of 1,972 square miles with a
population of  approximately  3.6 million,  including 1.6 million in the City of
Philadelphia.  Approximately  94% of the retail electric service area and 64% of
retail kilowatthour (kWh) sales are in the suburbs around  Philadelphia,  and 6%
of the  retail  service  area  and  36%  of  such  sales  are  in  the  City  of
Philadelphia.  Natural gas service is  supplied in a  1,475-square-mile  area of
southeastern   Pennsylvania  adjacent  to  Philadelphia  with  a  population  of
approximately 1.9 million.  Through Horizon Energy, a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company, and PECO Energy/EnergyOne,  a franchised energy products brand, the
Company  participates in Pennsylvania's pilot program for retail competition for
generation.

     The electric and gas utility  industries  are both  undergoing  fundamental
restructuring.  In 1996, the Federal Energy Regulatory  Commission (FERC) issued
Order No. 888 providing  for  competition  in wholesale  generation by requiring
that all public  utilities  file  non-discriminatory,  open-access  transmission
tariffs.  In December  1996,  Pennsylvania  Governor  Ridge  signed into law the
Electricity  Generation  Customer Choice and Competition Act  (Competition  Act)
which  provides  for the  restructuring  of the  electric  utility  industry  in
Pennsylvania,  including retail competition for generation beginning in 1999. At
December 31, 1997, the Company discontinued the use of regulatory  accounting in
its financial statements for its electric generation operations.  For additional
information,  see "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" in the Company's  Annual Report to  Shareholders  for
the year 1997.

     The Company is subject to regulation  by the  Pennsylvania  Public  Utility
Commission  (PUC) as to retail  electric and gas rates,  issuances of securities
and certain  other  aspects of the  Company's  operations  and by the FERC as to
transmission  rates.  Specific operations of the Company are also subject to the
jurisdiction  of various  other  federal,  state,  regional and local  agencies,
including the United States  Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission  (NRC),  the United
States  Environmental  Protection  Agency (EPA), the United States Department of
Energy  (DOE),   the  Delaware  River  Basin  Commission  and  the  Pennsylvania
Department of Environmental  Protection  (PDEP).  The Company's Muddy Run Pumped
Storage  Project  and the  Conowingo  Hydroelectric  Project  are subject to the
licensing  jurisdiction of the FERC. Due to its ownership of  subsidiary-company
stock, the Company is a holding company as defined by the Public Utility Holding
Company  Act of 1935 (1935  Act);  however,  it is  predominantly  an  operating
company  and,  by filing an  exemption  statement  annually,  is exempt from all
provisions of the 1935 Act, except Section  9(a)(2)  relating to the acquisition
of securities of a public utility company.

Deregulation and Rate Matters

     Historically,  all of the Company's  retail  electric and gas revenues have
been  derived  pursuant  to bundled  rates  regulated  by the PUC and all of the
Company's  wholesale  electric  revenue  has  been  derived  pursuant  to  rates
regulated by the FERC.  As a result of the adoption of the  Competition  Act and
deregulation initiatives by the FERC, electric services are being unbundled into
separate   generation,   transmission  and   distribution   services  with  open
competition  for  both  retail  and  wholesale  generation   services.   Certain
transmission and distribution services will remain subject to regulation.

Electric - Retail

     The  Competition  Act  was  enacted  in  December  1996  providing  for the
restructuring of the electric utility industry in Pennsylvania, including retail
competition for generation  beginning in 1999. The Competition Act 

                                       1

<PAGE>

required  each  electric  utility  in  Pennsylvania  to  submit  to  the  PUC  a
restructuring plan,  including its retail electric  generation-related  stranded
costs (the loss in value of electric generation-related assets which will result
from competition). The Competition Act authorizes the recovery of stranded costs
through charges to distribution customers beginning January 1, 1999 for a period
up to seven years (or for an alternative  period  determined by the PUC for good
cause  shown).  During that  period,  the utility is subject to a rate cap which
provides  that total  charges to  customers  cannot  exceed rates in place as of
December 31, 1996, subject to certain exceptions.  The Competition Act also caps
transmission  and  distribution  rates from  December  31, 1996 through June 30,
2001, subject to certain exceptions.

     Pursuant to the Competition  Act, in April 1997, the Company filed with the
PUC a comprehensive  restructuring plan detailing its proposal to implement full
customer choice of electric  generation  supplier.  The Company's  restructuring
plan  identified  $7.5 billion of retail  electric  generation-related  stranded
costs.  In August 1997,  the Company and various  intervenors  in the  Company's
restructuring  proceeding  filed  with  the PUC a  Joint  Petition  for  Partial
Settlement   (Pennsylvania  Plan).  In  December  1997,  the  PUC  rejected  the
Pennsylvania Plan and entered an Opinion and Order, revised in January 1998 (PUC
Restructuring  Order),  which  deregulates  the  Company's  electric  generation
operations.  The PUC Restructuring  Order allows the Company to recover stranded
costs of $4.9  billion on a  discounted  basis,  or $5.3 billion on a book value
basis,  over 8-1/2 years  beginning in 1999.  Recovery of stranded costs will be
through a separate charge to be levelized over the recovery period using a 7.47%
cost of capital.

     The PUC Restructuring  Order provides for the phasing in of customer choice
of electric generation supplier for all customers: one-third of the peak load of
each  customer  class on January 1, 1999;  one-third on January 2, 1999 (one day
later);  and the remainder on January 2, 2000.  All  customers  will continue to
take bundled  electric  service under the Company's  PUC-approved  rates through
December 31, 1998.  From January 1, 1999 through June 30, 2007, the Company will
be obligated  to provide  generation  service to customers  who do not choose an
alternate  energy  supplier  as  well as all  customers  who  seek a new  energy
supplier but are unable to reach a service agreement with another supplier.  The
Company's  rates for these  customers will remain bundled and are capped at 1996
levels through June 30, 2007, subject to certain exceptions.

     The PUC  Restructuring  Order caps all customer  bills at the year-end 1996
system-wide  average of 9.95 cents per kWh. Beginning January 1, 1999,  electric
rates for  customers who choose an alternate  energy  supplier will be unbundled
into a  transmission  and  distribution  component,  the charge for  recovery of
stranded costs and a "shopping credit" for generation.  On a system-wide average
basis, the  transmission and distribution  component will be 2.93 cents per kWh,
the charge for  recovery  of  stranded  costs will be 2.45 cents per kWh and the
"shopping  credit" for generation will be 4.58 cents per kWh.  Bundled rates are
capped through June 30, 2001, subject to certain provisions.

     To encourage  competition,  the PUC established  the "shopping  credit" for
generation in excess of current market prices.  The PUC estimates that customers
who  choose an  alternate  energy  supplier  will save up to 15% of their  total
electric  bill  beginning  in 1999  through  June 30, 2007 and will save 30 % of
their total electric bill thereafter.

     The PUC Restructuring  Order requires the Company to increase enrollment in
its Customer Assistance Program for low-income  customers,  presently limited to
40,000  customers,  to at least 80,000  customers with no limit on the number of
enrollees.  The  Company  has also  been  directed  to  spend  $5.6  million  on
weatherization programs for low-income customers.

     The Company believes that the PUC Restructuring  Order provides  sufficient
details  regarding  the  deregulation  of  the  Company's  electric   generation
operations  to  require  the  Company  to  discontinue  the  use  of  regulatory
accounting  in its  financial  statements  for  those  operations.  The  Company
determined  that at  December  31,  1997,  $5.8  billion of its $7.1  billion of
electric  generation  assets  were  impaired  and it had $2.6  billion  of other
electric generation-related regulatory assets. At December 31, 1997, the Company
recorded an  extraordinary  charge  against income of $3.1 billion ($1.8 billion
net of income taxes) to reflect the amount of electric generation-related assets
that will not be recovered from customers  either prior to the  commencement  of

                                       2

<PAGE>

competition  or  under  the PUC  Restructuring  Order.  See  note 4 of  Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included in the Company's  Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year 1997.

     On January 21, 1998,  the Company  filed a complaint  in the U.S.  District
Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania  (Eastern District Court) seeking
injunctive and monetary  relief on the grounds that the  Competition Act and the
PUC  Restructuring  Order:  (1) are  preempted by Section  201(b) of the Federal
Power Act; (2) effect a taking of private property without just  compensation in
violation of the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments to the U.S.  Constitution;  (3)
violate the Due Process  Clause,  the Contract Clause and the First Amendment of
the U.S.  Constitution;  and (4) deprive the Company of certain other  federally
protected rights.

     On January 22,  1998,  the Company  filed two  Petitions  for Review in the
Commonwealth  Court  of  Pennsylvania  (Commonwealth  Court)  appealing  the PUC
Restructuring  Order. The petitions state that the PUC Restructuring  Order must
be set aside  because  it is based  upon  errors  of law,  is not  supported  by
substantial   evidence,   constitutes  an  arbitrary  and  capricious  abuse  of
administrative discretion and deprives the Company of the due process of law, to
which it is entitled under Article I of the Pennsylvania Constitution.

     In addition to the Company's  appeals,  numerous other  parties,  including
various   intervenors,   have  filed  appeals  and  cross  appeals  of  the  PUC
Restructuring Order. There are also two pending actions alleging that the manner
in which the Competition Act was passed by the Pennsylvania legislature violates
the Pennsylvania Constitution.

     The Competition Act authorizes the PUC to approve,  by adopting a Qualified
Rate Order (QRO),  the issuance of  Transition  Bonds as a mechanism to mitigate
stranded costs and reduce customer rates.  The Transition Bonds may be issued by
a utility,  a finance  subsidiary  of a utility or a  third-party  assignee of a
utility. Under the Competition Act, proceeds of Transition Bonds are required to
be  used  principally  to  reduce  qualified  stranded  costs  and  the  related
capitalization of the utility. The Transition Bonds are payable from irrevocable
customer  charges and may have a maximum maturity of the earlier of ten years or
the recovery period of stranded costs.

     On January 22, 1997,  the Company filed an  Application  with the PUC for a
QRO  authorizing  the  issuance  of  Transition  Bonds to fund $3.6  billion  of
stranded costs and related  transaction  and use of proceeds  costs.  On May 22,
1997, the PUC adopted an order  authorizing the Company to securitize up to $1.1
billion of stranded costs. Such authorization, which expires May 22, 1998 unless
extended,  does not preclude the Company from applying for an additional  QRO to
securitize  additional  stranded costs.  Certain parties which intervened in the
Company's   Application  for  a  QRO  have  appealed  the  PUC's  order  to  the
Commonwealth  Court. The Company believes it is unlikely that it will securitize
the  recovery of its stranded  costs until these  appeals and the appeals of the
PUC Restructuring Order are resolved. If the Company does securitize,  it cannot
predict the amount of  stranded  cost  recovery  that it would be  permitted  to
securitize or the impact of such securitization on the Company's capitalization.

     The Competition Act requires each regulated electric utility to implement a
Retail Access Pilot Program (Pilot Program) for customers representing 5% of the
peak load of each  customer  class.  On August 29, 1997,  the PUC issued a final
order outlining the guidelines for Pilot Programs. Among other things, the Pilot
Programs  guidelines  provide for:  residential  and commercial  customers to be
given a 3 cent  per kWh  energy  credit  and a 13%  reduction  in the  regulated
portion  of their  bills;  industrial  customers  to be given a 2.7 cent per kWh
energy  credit and a 10%  reduction  in the  regulated  portion of their  bills.
Approximately  400,000 of the Company's  customers applied to participate in the
Company's  Pilot  Program.  In a lottery  held by an  independent  third  party,
approximately 75,000 customers were chosen to participate in the Company's Pilot
Program.  The Pilot  Programs  began on November  1, 1997 and will last  through
December 31, 1998.

Electric - Wholesale

     During  1996,  the FERC  issued  Order No.  888 which  requires  all public
utilities that own,  control or operate  interstate  transmission  facilities to
file open-access  transmission  tariffs for wholesale  transmission  services in
accordance with non-discriminatory terms and conditions established by the FERC.
The FERC's stated goal in 

                                       3
<PAGE>

promulgating  Order No.  888 and  related  orders is to  remove  impediments  to
competition  in  the  wholesale  bulk  power  market  place  and to  bring  more
efficient, lower cost power to electricity consumers.

     In  response  to Order No.  888,  on July 3,  1996,  the  Company  filed an
individual  compliance tariff with the FERC which became effective July 9, 1996.
In December 1996,  the Company and the other members of the PJM  Interconnection
(PJM) filed a joint  compliance  filing  with the FERC.  The PJM is a power pool
which  integrates  through  central  dispatch the  generation  and  transmission
operations of its member companies across a 50,000 square-mile  territory in the
Mid-Atlantic  region. That filing included a PJM regional  transmission  tariff.
Under the PJM tariff,  which  became  effective  on March 1, 1997,  transmission
service is provided on a  pool-wide,  open-access  basis using the  transmission
facilities  of the PJM members at rates  based on the costs of the  transmission
system at the point of delivery.

     On March 31, 1997, the members of the PJM converted that  organization from
an  unincorporated  association into a limited  liability company and filed with
the FERC a revised PJM Operating Agreement to reflect that change.

     In November 1997, the FERC issued an order authorizing the establishment of
an  independent  system  operator  (ISO)  for the PJM on  January  1,  1998  and
designated the PJM  Interconnection,  L.L.C.'s Office of the  Interconnection as
the ISO.  The ISO is  responsible  for  operation  of the PJM  control  area and
administration of the PJM open-access  transmission tariff and the hourly energy
market in the PJM. In that same  order,  the FERC  directed  the Company and the
other transmission  owners in the PJM to turn over control of their transmission
facilities  to the ISO and put in place a new PJM regional  transmission  tariff
and energy market arrangement. Although the Company cannot predict the long-term
economic effect of the restructured pooling  arrangements  approved by the FERC,
the arrangements,  together with the introduction of retail  competition,  could
adversely affect the Company's ability to fully recover its transmission  costs.
Authority has been  requested  from the FERC to sell energy from  PJM-dispatched
generating  units in the PJM markets,  including  the hourly energy  market,  at
market based rates. The FERC has not yet acted on this request.

     The Company received approval from the FERC to remove the cost-based cap on
prices charged for power in the wholesale  market and certain changes  regarding
the terms of the buy-for-resale  agreements. The new tariff provisions allow the
Company to sell  energy at  market-based  rates  both  within  and  outside  the
geographical boundaries of the PJM.

Gas

     The  Company's  gas  sales  and gas  transportation  revenues  are  derived
pursuant  to  rates  regulated  by the  PUC.  The  PUC has  established  through
regulatory  proceedings the base rates the Company may charge for gas service in
Pennsylvania.  The Company's gas rates are subject to a purchased gas cost (PGC)
adjustment  clause  and a State  Tax  Adjustment  Surcharge  (STAS).  The PGC is
designed  to  recover  or refund  the  difference  between  the  actual  cost of
purchased  gas and  the  amount  included  in base  rates.  The PGC is  adjusted
quarterly.  The STAS is designed to recover or refund  increases or decreases in
certain state taxes not recovered in base rates.

     On August 1, 1997,  the Company  reached a  settlement  on all  outstanding
issues  regarding  its PGC No.  14 rates  for the  period  December  1,  1997 to
November  30,  1998,  which  reflects a $0.0731  per  thousand  cubic feet (mcf)
decrease in natural gas sales  rates.  PGC No. 14 became  effective  December 1,
1997.

     The gas industry is continuing to undergo structural changes in response to
FERC  policies  designed to increase  competition.  FERC  policies have required
interstate  gas  pipelines  to  unbundle  their gas  sales  service  from  other
regulated tariff services,  such as transportation and storage.  In anticipation
of these changes, the Company modified its gas purchasing arrangements to enable
the  purchase and  transportation  of gas at lower cost.  The  Company,  through
Horizon Energy Company, is participating in pilot programs outside the Company's
gas service territory to market natural gas and other services.

     There is an initiative in the  Pennsylvania  legislature  to deregulate the
gas industry,  which has the support of the Governor. The Company cannot predict
whether the Pennsylvania legislature will enact legislation that 

                                       4
<PAGE>

deregulates  the gas industry or whether the Governor will  ultimately sign into
law any such legislation.  The Company cannot predict the ultimate effect of gas
industry   deregulation  on  its  future  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Competition

     The Company  actively  competes  in the  developing  wholesale  markets for
electricity.  The Company's wholesale  marketing  activities include the sale of
energy from the Company's installed capacity, the purchase of energy to meet the
Company's retail requirements,  the resale of energy purchased from unaffiliated
utilities  and  others  and the  marketing  of energy of other  generators.  The
Company  competes in the wholesale market for electricity on the bases of price,
dependability of service and execution of transactions.

     The Company,  through Horizon Energy and PECO Energy/EnergyOne,  expects to
compete for retail  customers within the Company's  traditional  retail electric
service territory. The Company, through Horizon Energy Company, is participating
in  electric  and  gas  retail  access  pilot  programs  outside  the  Company's
traditional  service  territory.  Over 30  companies,  including  investor-owned
utilities  located in Pennsylvania and elsewhere,  unregulated  energy companies
and  power  marketers,   are  participating  in  the  Company's  Pilot  Program.
Competition  for  retail  customers  in the  Company's  Pilot  Program  has been
extensive.  Certain  companies have targeted specific segments of the market for
retail  generation  services and other  companies are competing in all segments.
The majority of  participating  companies  have targeted  customers in the large
commercial  and industrial  segments of the market.  The bases of competition in
the Pilot  Program are  primarily  price and  reliability.  The  Company  cannot
predict  whether the  competitive  factors in the  Company's  Pilot  Program are
indicative of future competition for retail generation services.

     The Company  anticipates  very  active  competition  for retail  generation
services  within the Company's  traditional  electric  service  territory.  As a
result  of  competitive  pressures,  the  Company  has  continued  to  negotiate
long-term  contracts with many of its  larger-volume  customers.  Although these
agreements have generally  resulted in reduced margins,  they have permitted the
Company  to  retain  these  customers.   For  additional  information  regarding
competition,  see "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" in the Company's  Annual Report to  Shareholders  for
the year 1997.

Electric Operations

General

     During  1997,  90% of  the  Company's  operating  revenues  and  91% of its
operating income were from electric  operations.  Annual and quarterly operating
results  can be  significantly  affected  by  weather.  Traditionally,  sales of
electricity are higher in the first and third quarters due to colder weather and
warmer weather, respectively.  Electric sales and operating revenues for 1997 by
class of customer are set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Operating
                                                                                       Sales           Revenues
                                                                                 (millions of kWh)  (millions of $)
<S>                                                                                    <C>              <C>   
                  Residential...................................................       10,407           $1,357
                  Small commercial and industrial...............................        6,685              779
                  Large commercial and industrial...............................       15,034            1,077
                  Other.........................................................          841              148
                  Change in unbilled............................................           70               19
                                                                                      -------          -------
                      Service territory.........................................       33,037            3,380
                  Interchange sales.............................................        1,927               59
                  Sales to other utilities......................................       28,893              728
                                                                                      -------          -------
                      Total                                                            63,857           $4,167
                                                                                      =======          =======
</TABLE>

     The  Company is engaged in the  wholesale  marketing  of  electricity  on a
national basis. The Company's wholesale marketing activities include the sale of
energy from the Company's installed capacity, the purchase of energy to meet the
Company's retail requirements,  the resale of energy purchased from unaffiliated
utilities  and 

                                       5

<PAGE>

others and the marketing of energy of other generators. During 1997, the Company
purchased  44.6% of its total  requirements  and estimates that for 1998 it will
purchase 39.6% of its total requirements.

     At December 31, 1997,  the Company had  long-term  commitments  to purchase
from  unaffiliated  utilities and others energy  associated with 1,330 megawatts
(MW) of capacity in 1998, energy associated with 2,540 MW of capacity during the
period  1999  through  2002 and  energy  associated  with  2,430 MW of  capacity
thereafter.  Under some of these  contracts,  the Company may  purchase,  at its
option,  additional power as needed.  These purchases will be utilized through a
combination  of  sales to  jurisdictional  customers,  long-term  sales to other
utilities and  open-market  sales. At December 31, 1997, the Company had entered
into long-term agreements with unaffiliated  utilities to sell energy associated
with 540 MW of capacity  in 1998,  energy  associated  with 1,700 MW of capacity
during the period  1999  through  2002 and  energy  associated  with 2,040 MW of
capacity  thereafter.  See note 5 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements
included in the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year 1997.

     The net  installed  electric  generating  capacity  (summer  rating) of the
Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Type of Capacity                                     MW                % of Total
<S>                                                                                     <C>                 <C>  
              Nuclear...........................................................        4,090               44.4%
              Mine-mouth, coal-fired............................................          709                7.7
              Service-area, coal-fired..........................................          725                7.9
              Oil-fired.........................................................        1,176               12.8
              Gas-fired.........................................................          267                2.9
              Hydro (includes pumped storage)...................................        1,392               15.1
              Internal combustion                                                         845                9.2
                                                                                        -----              -----
              Total                                                                     9,204(1)           100.0%
                                                                                        =====              =====
<FN>
- ---------------
(1)  See "Fuel" for sources of fuels used in electric generation.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     The all-time  maximum  hourly demand on the  Company's  system was 7,390 MW
which occurred on July 15, 1997.  The Company's peak service  territory load for
1998 is estimated to be 7,267 MW. The Company  estimates its generating  reserve
margin for 1998 to be 33%.

     The  all-time  maximum PJM demand of 49,406 MW  occurred on July 15,  1997.
PJM's installed  capacity  (summer rating) is more than 56,000 MW. The Company's
installed capacity is expected to be sufficient to meet its obligation to supply
its PJM reserve margin share during the period 1998-2001.  See "Deregulation and
Rate Matters Electric - Retail."

     The  Company's  nuclear-generated   electricity  is  supplied  by  Limerick
Generating  Station  (Limerick) Units No. 1 and No. 2, Peach Bottom Atomic Power
Station (Peach Bottom) Units No. 2 and No. 3, which are operated by the Company,
and Salem  Generating  Station (Salem) Units No. 1 and No. 2, which are operated
by Public  Service  Electric and Gas Company  (PSE&G).  The Company owns 100% of
Limerick,  42.49% of Peach Bottom and 42.59% of Salem.  Limerick Units No. 1 and
No. 2 each has a capacity of 1,110 MW;  Peach  Bottom Units No. 2 and No. 3 each
has a capacity  of 1,093 MW, of which the  Company is entitled to 464 MW of each
unit;  and Salem Units No. 1 and No. 2 each has a capacity of 1,106 MW, of which
the Company is entitled to 471 MW of each unit.

     The Company's nuclear generating facilities represent  approximately 44% of
its installed generating capacity.  In 1997,  approximately 39% of the Company's
electric output was generated from the Company's nuclear generating  facilities.
Changes in regulations by the NRC that require a substantial increase in capital
expenditures for the Company's nuclear  generating  facilities or that result in
increased operating costs of nuclear generating units could adversely affect the
Company.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     The  Price-Anderson  Act currently  limits the liability of nuclear reactor
owners to $8.9 billion for claims that could arise from a single  incident.  The
limit is subject to change to account for the effects of  inflation  and changes
in the number of licensed  reactors.  The Company carries the maximum  available
commercial  insurance of $200 million and the remaining $8.7 billion is provided
through  mandatory  participation  in a  financial  protection  pool.  Under the
Price-Anderson  Act,  all nuclear  reactor  licensees  can be assessed up to $79
million  per  reactor  per  incident,  payable at no more than $10  million  per
reactor per incident per year. This assessment is subject to inflation and state
premium taxes. In addition,  Congress could impose revenue  raising  measures on
the nuclear industry to pay claims if the damages from an incident at a licensed
nuclear facility exceed $8.9 billion.  The  Price-Anderson Act and the extensive
regulation of nuclear  safety by the NRC do not preclude  claims under state law
for personal, property or punitive damages related to radiation hazards.

     Property  insurance in the amount of $2.75 billion is  maintained  for each
nuclear power plant in which the Company has an ownership interest.  The Company
is  responsible  for its  proportionate  share  of such  insurance  based on its
ownership  interest.  The  Company's  insurance  policies  provide  coverage for
decontamination liability expense,  premature decommissioning and loss or damage
to its nuclear facilities.  These policies require that insurance proceeds first
be applied to assure that, following an accident,  the facility is in a safe and
stable  condition  and can be maintained  in such  condition.  Within 30 days of
stabilizing  the  reactor,  the  licensee  must submit a report to the NRC which
provides  a  clean-up  plan,   including  the  identification  of  all  clean-up
operations   necessary  to  decontaminate  the  reactor  to  permit  either  the
resumption of operations or decommissioning of the facility. Under the Company's
insurance  policies,  proceeds  not  already  expended to place the reactor in a
stable condition must be used to decontaminate the facility.  If, as a result of
an accident, the decision is made to decommission the facility, a portion of the
insurance  proceeds will be allocated to a fund which the Company is required by
the NRC to maintain to provide funds for  decommissioning  the  facility.  These
proceeds would be paid to the fund to make up any difference  between the amount
of money in the fund at the time of the  early  decommissioning  and the  amount
that would have been in the fund if contributions  had been made over the normal
life of the  facility.  The  Company  is unable to  predict  what  effect  these
requirements may have on the timing of the availability of insurance proceeds to
the Company for the Company's  bondholders and the amount of such proceeds which
would be available.  Under the terms of the various  insurance  agreements,  the
Company  could be assessed  up to $26  million for losses  incurred at any plant
insured by the insurance  companies.  The Company is  self-insured to the extent
that any losses may exceed the amount of insurance  maintained.  Any such losses
could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  financial  condition or
results of operations.

     The  Company is a member of an  industry  mutual  insurance  company  which
provides  replacement  power cost  insurance in the event of a major  accidental
outage at a nuclear  station.  The  policy  contains  a  waiting  period  before
recovery of costs can  commence.  The  premium  for this  coverage is subject to
assessment  for adverse loss  experience.  The  Company's  maximum  share of any
assessment is $13 million per year.

     NRC  regulations  require that licensees of nuclear  generating  facilities
demonstrate  that funds will be available in certain  minimum amounts at the end
of the life of the facility to decommission the facility.  Based on estimates of
decommissioning  costs for each of the nuclear  facilities  in which the Company
has an  ownership  interest,  the PUC permits  the  Company to collect  from its
customers  and deposit in  segregated  accounts  amounts  which,  together  with
earnings  thereon,  will be used to decommission  such nuclear  facilities.  The
Company's current estimate of the cost of decommissioning its nuclear facilities
is $1.5 billion in 1997 dollars which is being collected  through electric rates
over the life of each generating unit. Beginning in 1999,  decommissioning costs
will be recoverable through transmission and distribution rates. At December 31,
1997,  the Company held $320  million in trust  accounts,  representing  amounts
recovered  from customers and net realized and  unrealized  investment  earnings
thereon, to fund future decommissioning costs.

     In an Exposure  Draft issued in 1996,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards
Board (FASB) proposed changes in the accounting for closure and removal costs of
production facilities, including the recognition, measurement and classification
of decommissioning costs for nuclear generating stations.  The FASB has expanded
the scope of the Exposure Draft to include closure or removal  liabilities  that
are  incurred at any time during the  operating  

                                       7

<PAGE>

life of the  related  long-lived  asset.  The FASB has  decided  that it  should
proceed toward either a final Statement or a revised  Exposure Draft. The timing
of this project is still to be determined.  If current electric utility industry
accounting  practices for  decommissioning  are changed,  annual  provisions for
decommissioning  costs could increase and the estimated cost for decommissioning
could be recorded as a liability  rather than as accumulated  depreciation,  and
the increased  cost would be recognized as a regulatory  asset.  For  additional
information  concerning  nuclear  decommissioning,   see  note  5  of  Notes  to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included in the Company's  Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year 1997.

     On January 29, 1998, the NRC proposed to issue a generic letter which would
require  all nuclear  plant  operators  to provide  the agency with  information
concerning their programs, planned or implemented, to address Year 2000 computer
and systems issues at their facilities. In particular,  operators would be asked
to provide  confirmation of  implementation  of their programs and certification
that their  facilities are Year 2000 ready and in compliance  with the terms and
conditions of their licenses and NRC regulations. Licensees would be required to
submit a written  response  indicating  the status of their Year 2000  readiness
program,  including scope,  assessment  process and plans for corrective action.
Upon  completion of their Year 2000 readiness  program and no later than July 1,
1999,  licensees  would be required to confirm to the NRC that their  facilities
are Year 2000 ready,  together with a status report of work necessary to be Year
2000  compliant.  Year 2000 ready means computer  systems and  applications  are
suitable for continued use into the year 2000.  Year 2000  compliant  means that
such systems and applications  accurately process date/time data beyond the year
2000.  The Company cannot predict if this or any proposal will be adopted by the
NRC. For additional  information  regarding Year 2000 issues,  see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in the
Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year 1997.

     In 1996, the NRC requested that all nuclear plant operators  inform the NRC
whether their nuclear units are operated and maintained  within the design bases
of the  facilities  and  confirm  that  any  deviations  have  been  or  will be
reconciled  in a timely  manner.  The Company  responded to the NRC's request on
February  4, 1997 with a  detailed  description  of ongoing  activities  and new
initiatives to ensure that Limerick and Peach Bottom are operated and maintained
within  their  design  bases.  PSE&G  provided a similar  response to the NRC on
February 11, 1997 concerning  Salem.  Since the  information  that was submitted
will be used by the NRC to determine follow-up  inspection activity or potential
enforcement  actions,  the Company  cannot predict what impact the NRC's request
will have.

Limerick Generating Station

     Limerick  Unit No. 1 achieved  a capacity  factor of 85% in 1997 and 84% in
1996.  Limerick Unit No. 2 achieved a capacity  factor of 95% in 1997 and 91% in
1996. Limerick Units No. 1 and No. 2 are each on a 24-month refueling cycle. The
last refueling  outages for Units No. 1 and No. 2 were in the spring of 1996 and
1997, respectively.

     On May 9, 1997,  the NRC  issued  its  periodic  Systematic  Assessment  of
Licensee  Performance  (SALP) for Limerick for the period April 2, 1995 to March
29,  1997.  Limerick  achieved  ratings  of "1," the  highest  of  three  rating
categories,  in the areas of Operations,  Maintenance and Plant Support.  In the
area of Engineering,  Limerick achieved a rating of "2." The NRC stated that the
overall   performance  of  Limerick   remained   excellent.   Strong  management
involvement  and  conservative  decision  making were  exhibited  in  day-to-day
activities.  Self-assessment  and quality assurance  activities  continued to be
effective.  The  Performance  Enhancement  Process  continued to be an effective
program for  identifying,  evaluating  and  correcting  issues with  appropriate
thresholds  and  priorities.   Oversight  and  independent   review   committees
contributed  to the  corrective  actions  program  effectiveness.  While  noting
strengths  in design,  analysis and  modifications,  the NRC stated that earlier
engineering  intervention could have prevented  equipment problems that resulted
in a number  of plant  trips  and  forced  shutdowns.  The NRC also  noted  that
management has recognized this performance  weakness and has initiated  remedial
actions.  The  Company is  continuing  to take  actions in response to the NRC's
comments.

     In  October  1990,  General  Electric  Company  (GE)  reported  that  crack
indications were discovered near the seam welds of the core shroud assembly in a
GE Boiling Water Reactor (BWR) located  outside the United States.  As a result,
GE issued a letter requesting that the owners of GE BWRs take interim corrective
actions, 

                                       8

<PAGE>

including a review of fabrication  records and visual examinations of accessible
areas of the core shroud seam welds.  Each of the reactors at Limerick and Peach
Bottom is a GE BWR.  Initial  examination  of Limerick  Unit No. 1 was completed
during the February 1996  refueling  outage.  Although  crack  indications  were
identified at one location,  the Company  concluded  that there is a substantial
margin for each core shroud weld to allow for continued  operation of Unit No. 1
for a minimum of the next two  operating  cycles.  In  accordance  with industry
experience  and guidance,  initial  examination  of Limerick Unit No. 2 has been
scheduled for the refueling outage planned for April 1999. Peach Bottom Unit No.
3 was  initially  examined  during  its  refueling  outage  in the fall of 1993.
Although  crack  indications  were  identified  at two  locations,  the  Company
presented its finding to the NRC and recommended continued operation of Unit No.
3 for a two-year cycle.  Unit No. 3 was re-examined  during its refueling outage
in the fall of 1995 and the extent of cracking  identified  was determined to be
within  industry-established  guidelines. The Company has concluded, and the NRC
has concurred,  that there is a substantial  margin for each core shroud weld to
allow for continued operation of Unit No. 3 until its refueling outage scheduled
for 1999,  at which time it will be  re-examined.  Peach  Bottom  Unit No. 2 was
initially  examined during its October 1994 refueling outage and the examination
revealed a minimal number of flaws.  Unit No. 2 was re-examined  during its last
refueling outage in September 1996. Although the examination revealed additional
minor flaw  indications,  the Company  concluded,  and the NRC  concurred,  that
neither repair nor modification to the core shroud was necessary. The Company is
also  participating  in a GE BWR Owners  Group to develop  long-term  corrective
actions.

     As a result of several BWRs  experiencing  clogging of some  emergency core
cooling system suction strainers,  which are part of the water supply system for
emergency  cooling of the reactor core, the NRC issued a Bulletin in May 1996 to
operators of BWRs  requesting  that  measures be taken to minimize the potential
for  clogging.  The  NRC  proposed  three  resolution  options,   including  the
installation of large capacity passive strainers, with a request that actions be
completed by the end of the unit's first  refueling  outage after  January 1997.
Strainers  were  installed  at Peach  Bottom Unit No. 3 during the October  1997
refueling  outage.  Installation  of  strainers  at Peach  Bottom Unit No. 2 and
Limerick  Unit No. 1 is scheduled  for their next  refueling  outages in October
1998 and April 1998, respectively.  For Limerick Unit No. 2, the NRC granted the
Company's  request to defer the installation of strainers until the end of 1998.
The Company has requested that the deferral period for installation of strainers
at Limerick Unit No. 2 be extended until its scheduled refueling outage in April
1999. No assurance can be given that such  additional  deferral will be granted.
The Company cannot predict what other actions,  if any, the NRC may take in this
matter.

     The NRC has raised  concerns that the Thermo-Lag  330 fire barrier  systems
used to protect cables and equipment at certain  nuclear  facilities,  including
Limerick  and  Peach  Bottom,  may  not  provide  the  necessary  level  of fire
protection  and requested  licensees to describe  short- and long-term  measures
being taken to address  this  concern.  The Company has informed the NRC that it
has taken  short-term  corrective  actions to address  the  inadequacies  of the
Thermo-Lag  barriers installed at Limerick and Peach Bottom and is participating
in an industry-coordinated program to provide long-term corrective solutions. By
letter  dated  December  21,  1992,  the NRC stated that the  Company's  interim
actions were acceptable.  The Company has been in contact with the NRC regarding
the Company's  long-term  measures to address Thermo-Lag fire barrier issues. In
1995, the Company  completed its  engineering  re-analysis for both Limerick and
Peach Bottom. This re-analysis identified proposed modifications to be performed
over the next several  years at both plants in order to implement  the long-term
measures  addressing the concern over  Thermo-Lag  use. The Company met with the
NRC  during  1997  regarding  the  Company's  plans  for the  resolution  of the
Thermo-Lag  issue.  In August  1997,  the NRC  informed  the Company that it was
satisfied with the progress to date on this issue. The Company continues to work
towards  completion  of  activities  to  resolve  this  issue by the  previously
committed dates of April 1999 for Limerick and October 1999 for Peach Bottom.

     Water for the  operation  of  Limerick is drawn from the  Schuylkill  River
adjacent to Limerick and from the Perkiomen Creek, a tributary of the Schuylkill
River.  During  certain  periods of the year,  generally  the summer  months but
possibly for as much as six months or more in some years,  the Company would not
be able to operate Limerick without the use of supplemental cooling water due to
existing  regulatory water withdrawal  constraints  applicable to the Schuylkill
River and the  Perkiomen  Creek.  Supplemental  cooling  water for  Limerick  is
provided  by a  supplemental  cooling  water  system  which draws water from the
Delaware  River at the 

                                       9

<PAGE>

Point Pleasant Pumping Station,  transports it to the Bradshaw  Reservoir (Point
Pleasant Project), then to the east and main branches of the Perkiomen Creek and
finally to Limerick.  The supplemental  cooling water system also provides water
for  public  use to two  Montgomery  County  water  authorities.  Certain of the
permits relating to the operation of the supplemental  cooling water system must
be renewed periodically.

     The Company has entered into an agreement with a  municipality  to secure a
backup source of water for the operation of Limerick  should the amount of water
from the  supplemental  cooling  water  system  not be  sufficient.  Should  the
supplemental cooling water system be completely unavailable,  this backup source
is  capable  of  providing   cooling  water  to  operate  both  Limerick   units
simultaneously at 70% of rated capacity for short periods of time.

Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station

     Peach Bottom Unit No. 2 achieved a capacity  factor of 100% in 1997 and 79%
in 1996.  Peach Bottom Unit No. 3 achieved a capacity  factor of 79% in 1997 and
99% in 1996. Peach Bottom Units No. 2 and No. 3 are each on a 24-month refueling
cycle. The last refueling  outages for Units No. 2 and No. 3 were in the fall of
1996 and 1997, respectively.

     On July 17, 1997,  the NRC issued its periodic SALP report for Peach Bottom
for the period October 15, 1995 to June 7, 1997.  Peach Bottom achieved  ratings
of "1," in the areas of Plant Operations,  Maintenance and Plant Support. In the
area of  Engineering,  Peach Bottom  achieved a rating of "2." Overall,  the NRC
observed excellent performance at Peach Bottom during the assessment period. The
NRC stated that station management  provided excellent  oversight and control of
engineering  activities throughout the period. The NRC noted that, while overall
engineering  performance was good, there were several  instances where operating
procedures,  surveillances,  and tests were not  consistent  with the design and
licensing  bases.  The Company is  continuing to take actions in response to the
NRC's comments.

     During  the Unit No. 3  refueling  outage  in  October  1997,  cracks  were
identified in three of the ten recirculation  system jet pump riser pipes within
the reactor  vessel.  The Company  developed a plan  allowing for the  continued
operation of the unit for several  months until  permanent  repairs can be made.
The plan limits  operation  of the unit to 94% of its rated power level for most
of this  period.  The  Company  plans to  remove  Unit No.  3 from  service  for
approximately  two weeks during  March 1998 to perform  permanent  repairs.  The
Company  expects  that the  permanent  repairs  will  cost  approximately  $3.25
million.

     The  Company,  Delmarva  Power & Light  Company and PSE&G have agreed to an
operating  performance  standard  through December 31, 2007 for Peach Bottom and
through  December 31, 2011 for Salem.  Under the standard,  the operator of each
respective  station  would be  required to make  payments  to the  non-operating
owners if the three-year capacity factor,  determined annually,  of such station
falls  below 40  percent,  subject to a maximum  of $25  million  per year.  The
initial  three-year  period  began on January 1, 1998 for Peach  Bottom and will
begin on the date Salem Unit No. 1 returns to  service  for Salem.  The  parties
have also agreed to forego litigation in the future, except for limited cases in
which the operator would be  responsible  for damages of no more than $5 million
per year.

     In  addition to the  matters  discussed  above,  see  "Limerick  Generating
Station" for a discussion of certain  matters which affect both Peach Bottom and
Limerick.

Salem Generating Station

     Salem  Units  No. 1 and No. 2 were  taken  out of  service  by PSE&G in the
second  quarter of 1995.  In June 1995,  the NRC  issued a  Confirmatory  Action
Letter (CAL) which  documented  commitments  of PSE&G to keep each unit off line
until it is satisfied that the unit is ready to return to service and to operate
reliably  over  the  long  term  and  until  the NRC  agrees  that  the  unit is
sufficiently prepared to restart. Salem Unit No. 2 returned to service on August
30, 1997.  The NRC amended the CAL to require a final  assessment  of Salem Unit
No. 2 after  approximately  two months of full  operation.  The Company has been
informed by PSE&G that a meeting was held with the NRC on December 4, 1997 which
satisfied this final CAL requirement for Salem Unit No. 2.

                                       10

<PAGE>

     The Company has been informed by PSE&G that Salem Unit No. 1 is expected to
return to service in the second quarter of 1998.  Restart of Salem Unit No. 1 is
also  subject to  completion  of the  requirements  of the  restart  plan to the
satisfaction  of PSE&G and the NRC. The Company has been  informed by PSE&G that
the NRC's Readiness  Assessment  Team  Inspection  (RATI) of Salem Unit No. 1 (a
requirement for restart) was completed on February 20, 1998. The inspection team
concluded that Salem Unit No. 1 was ready to return to operation.  The inability
to  successfully  return the Salem Unit No. 1 to operation could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
During 1997,  the Company  incurred and  expensed  $152 million for  replacement
power and  maintenance  costs  related to the  shutdown of Salem.  See note 5 of
Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included in the Company's  Annual
Report to  Shareholders  for the year 1997.  See also "Peach Bottom Atomic Power
Station" for a discussion of operating performance standards.

     The Company has been informed by PSE&G that as a part of PSE&G's efforts to
return the Salem units to service,  an  examination  was  performed on the steam
generators,  which are large heat  exchangers used to produce steam to drive the
turbines.  Inspection of Salem Unit No. 1 indicated degradation in a significant
number of tubes.  Inspection  and testing of Salem Unit No. 2 confirmed that the
condition of the steam  generators are well within  current  repair limits.  The
Salem  co-owners  purchased  and  installed  in Salem  Unit  No. 1 unused  steam
generators from the unfinished Seabrook Nuclear Generating Station Unit No. 2 in
New  Hampshire.  The cost of  replacing  the Salem Unit No. 1 steam  generators,
including installation of the new steam generators and disposal of the old steam
generators,  was  approximately  $178 million,  of which the Company's share was
approximately $76 million.

     At the January 1997 semi-annual NRC Senior  Management  Meeting,  the Salem
units were  placed on the NRC Watch List  (Watch  List) and were  designated  as
Category 2  facilities.  In a letter to PSE&G  advising of the  action,  the NRC
noted that its decision to place the Salem units on the Watch List was not based
on any  recent  performance  problems  or  decline  but  was  due  to the  NRC's
determination  that the Salem  units  should  have been placed on the Watch List
previously because of Salem's past safety performance. The NRC also indicated in
its  letter  that  it  had  increased  its  attention  and  resources  at  Salem
commensurate  with  a  Watch  List  plant.  Finally,  the  NRC  concluded  that,
notwithstanding  the  improvements  at Salem  (which  were  noted),  had it been
previously  identified as a Watch List plant,  Salem would not have been removed
from the  Watch  List  since  Salem  had yet to  demonstrate  a  period  of safe
performance at power. The NRC has three  classifications of facility monitoring.
A Category 3 facility is one which is having or has had  significant  weaknesses
that warrant  maintaining  the plant in a shutdown  condition until the licensee
can demonstrate to the NRC that adequate programs have both been established and
implemented to ensure substantial improvement. Full NRC approval is required for
restart  of  plants  in this  category  which the NRC will  monitor  closely.  A
Category 2 facility  is a plant that is  authorized  to operate but that the NRC
will  monitor  closely.  Although  being  operated in a manner  that  adequately
protects  public  health and safety,  plants in this category are having or have
had weaknesses that warrant increased NRC attention. A plant will remain in this
category   until  the  licensee   either   demonstrates  a  period  of  improved
performance,  or until a further  deterioration  of  performance  results in the
plant being placed in Category 3. A Category 1 facility is a plant that has been
removed from the Watch List.

     On July 8, 1997, a predecisional  enforcement  conference was held with the
NRC  to  discuss  apparent  violations  at  Salem.  These  apparent  violations,
identified in May and June 1997,  concerned emergency core cooling system switch
over and  related  residual  heat  removal  system  (RHR)  flow  issues and fire
protection  issues.  In a letter dated October 8, 1997,  the NRC informed  PSE&G
that a Level III violation was cited for the issues  surrounding  the RHR system
and Level IV violations were cited for the two fire protection issues. There was
no civil penalty issued by the NRC for any of these violations.

     The  Company  has been  informed  by PSE&G that  predecisional  enforcement
conferences were held on December 9, 1997 to discuss two allegations  concerning
security  program issues which  occurred at Salem in 1996.  PSE&G cannot predict
what other actions, if any, the NRC may take in these matters.

     In addition to the matters discussed above, see "Environmental  Regulations
- -- Water."

                                       11

<PAGE>

Fuel

     The following table shows the Company's sources of electric output for 1997
and as estimated for 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1997          1998 (Est.)
<S>                                                                                    <C>              <C>  
          Nuclear...........................................................           39.0%            43.6%
          Mine-mouth, coal-fired............................................            8.0              7.2
          Service-area, coal-fired..........................................            5.7              6.8
          Oil-fired.........................................................            0.9              1.0
          Hydro (includes pumped storage)...................................            1.6              1.6
          Internal combustion...............................................            0.2              0.2
          Purchased, interchange and nonutility generated...................           44.6             39.6
                                                                                     ------           ------
                                                                                      100.0%           100.0%
                                                                                     ======           ======
</TABLE>

Nuclear

     The cycle of production and utilization of nuclear fuel includes the mining
and milling of uranium ore into uranium  concentrate;  the conversion of uranium
concentrates   to  uranium   hexafluoride;   the   enrichment   of  the  uranium
hexafluoride;  the  fabrication of fuel  assemblies;  and the utilization of the
nuclear fuel in the generating station reactor.  The Company does not anticipate
difficulty  in obtaining  the  necessary  uranium  concentrates  or  conversion,
enrichment  or  fabrication  services  for Limerick or Peach  Bottom.  PSE&G has
informed the Company that it presently has sufficient  contracts for uranium and
services  related to the nuclear fuel cycle to fully meet its current  projected
requirements. The following table summarizes the years through which the Company
has contracts for the segments of the nuclear fuel supply cycle:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Concentrates (1)    Conversion (2)    Enrichment      Fabrication
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>             <C> 
Limerick Unit No. 1  ................................           2002              2001             2004            2003
Limerick Unit No. 2  ................................           2002              2001             2004            2004
Peach Bottom Unit No. 2  ........................               2002              2001             2004            2001
Peach Bottom Unit No. 3  ........................               2002              2001             2004            2002
<FN>
- ---------------
(1)  The Company's contracts for uranium  concentrates are allocated to Limerick
     and Peach Bottom on an as-needed basis.

(2)  The  Company  also  has  commitments  for at  least  60% of the  conversion
     services requirements for Limerick and Peach Bottom through 2002.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     There are no commercial  facilities for the  reprocessing  of spent nuclear
fuel currently in operation in the United  States,  nor has the NRC licensed any
such  facilities.  The Company  currently stores all spent nuclear fuel from its
nuclear generating facilities in on-site, spent-fuel storage pools. Limerick has
on-site  facilities with capacity to store spent fuel to 2007.  Peach Bottom has
on-site  facilities  with capacity to store spent fuel until 2000 for Unit No. 2
and 2001 for Unit No. 3. In 1998, the Company will begin  construction  of a dry
spent-fuel  storage  facility at Peach  Bottom to maintain  full-core  discharge
capacity in the spent-fuel pools. Construction is expected to take approximately
27 months.  The Company  expects  that such a facility  will cost $16 million to
construct and will provide  spent-fuel  storage capacity at Peach Bottom for the
life of the plant.  The Company  expects to purchase  storage  canisters for the
spent fuel at an  estimated  cost of $6 million  per year.  The Company has been
informed  by PSE&G that as a result of  reracking  the two  spent-fuel  pools at
Salem,  the  spent-fuel  storage  capacity  of  Salem  Units  No. 1 and No. 2 is
estimated to be 2012 and 2016, respectively.

     Under the Nuclear  Waste Policy Act of 1982 (NWPA),  the DOE is required to
begin  taking  possession  of  all  spent  nuclear  fuel  generated  by  nuclear
facilities,  including the  Company's,  for  long-term  storage by no later than
1998. Based on recent public  pronouncements,  it is not likely that a permanent
disposal site will be available  for the industry  before 2015, at the earliest.
In reaction to  statements  from the DOE that it was not  legally  obligated  to
begin to accept spent fuel in 1998, a group of  utilities  and state  government
agencies  filed a lawsuit  against  the DOE which  resulted in a decision by the
U.S.  Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia  (D.C.  Court of Appeals) in
July 1996 that the DOE had an unequivocal obligation to begin to

                                       12

<PAGE>

accept spent fuel in 1998. In accordance with the NWPA, the Company pays the DOE
one mill ($.001) per kWh of net nuclear  generation for the cost of nuclear fuel
disposal.  This fee may be adjusted  prospectively  in order to ensure full cost
recovery.  Because of inaction by the DOE  following  the D.C.  Court of Appeals
finding of the DOE's  obligation to begin  receiving spent fuel in 1998, a group
of forty-two  utility  companies,  including the Company,  and  forty-six  state
agencies,  filed suit against the DOE seeking  authorization  to suspend further
payments to the U.S. government under the NWPA and to deposit such payments into
an escrow account until such time as the DOE takes effective  action to meet its
1998 obligations.  In November 1997, the D.C. Court of Appeals issued a decision
in which it held that the DOE had not abided by its prior determination that the
DOE has an  unconditional  obligation to begin disposal of spent nuclear fuel by
January  31,  1998.  The  D.C.  Court of  Appeals  also  precluded  the DOE from
asserting that it was not required to begin receiving spent nuclear fuel because
it had not yet prepared a permanent  repository or an interim storage  facility.
The  DOE  and  one  of  the  utility   companies   have  filed  a  Petition  for
Reconsideration  of the  decision.  In  February  1998,  a group  of  utilities,
including  the  Company,  filed a petition  with the D.C.  Court of Appeals  for
further  orders to enforce the court's  previous  decisions.  The state agencies
have filed a similar petition.  The U.S. House of  Representatives  and the U.S.
Senate passed  separate bills in 1997  authorizing  construction  of a temporary
storage  facility  which could accept spent nuclear fuel from utilities in 2003.
In addition,  the DOE is exploring  other options to address delays in the waste
acceptance  schedule.  The charge collected by the Company from its customers in
1997 for spent-fuel disposal was $24 million.

     As a by-product of their operations,  nuclear  generating units,  including
those in which the Company owns an interest, produce low level radioactive waste
(LLRW).  LLRW is accumulated at each facility and  permanently  disposed of at a
federally  licensed disposal  facility.  The Company is currently  shipping LLRW
generated at Peach Bottom and Limerick to the disposal site located in Barnwell,
South Carolina for disposal. On-site storage facilities have been constructed at
Peach Bottom and Limerick,  each with a five-year  storage  capacity,  which are
currently being used for interim storage.

     The  Company is also  pursuing  alternative  disposal  strategies  for LLRW
generated  at Peach Bottom and  Limerick,  including a LLRW  reduction  program.
Pennsylvania  has agreed to be the host site for a LLRW  disposal  facility  for
generators located in Pennsylvania,  Delaware, Maryland and West Virginia and is
pursuing a permanent  disposal  site  through a volunteer  siting  process.  The
Company  has  contributed  $12  million  towards  the total cost of a  permanent
Pennsylvania disposal site.

     Salem  has  on-site  LLRW  storage  facilities  with  a  five-year  storage
capacity. The Company has been informed by PSE&G that PSE&G ships LLRW generated
at Salem to Barnwell,  South  Carolina and currently uses the Salem facility for
interim  storage.  PSE&G has also  advised the Company  that New Jersey plans to
establish a LLRW disposal facility by 2000. Public meetings have been held in an
effort to provide  information to and obtain feedback from the public.  To date,
there have been no voluntary  sites  identified.  Consequently,  on February 10,
1998, the state agency responsible for this program  recommended to the Governor
of New Jersey that this effort be abandoned.  The Company,  as a Salem co-owner,
has paid $857,000 as its share of the New Jersey siting costs.

     The National  Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Energy Act) requires,  among other
things,  that utilities with nuclear  reactors pay for the  decommissioning  and
decontamination of the DOE nuclear fuel enrichment  facilities.  The total costs
to domestic utilities are estimated to be $150 million per year for 15 years, of
which the Company's  share is $5 million per year.  The Energy Act provides that
these costs are to be  recoverable  in the same manner as other fuel costs.  The
Company has recorded the liability and a related regulatory asset of $46 million
for such costs at December 31, 1997. The Company is currently  recovering  these
costs through rates.

     The  Company  is  currently  recovering  in rates  the  costs  for  nuclear
decommissioning and decontamination and spent-fuel storage. The Company believes
that the  ultimate  costs of  decommissioning  and  decontamination,  spent-fuel
disposal and any assessment under the Energy Act will continue to be recoverable
through  rates.  For  additional  information  concerning  decommissioning,  see
"Electric Operations - General."

                                       13

<PAGE>

Coal

     The Company has a 20.99% ownership  interest in Keystone Station (Keystone)
and a 20.72% ownership  interest in Conemaugh Station  (Conemaugh),  coal-fired,
mine-mouth   generating  stations  in  western  Pennsylvania   operated  by  GPU
Generating  Corp. A majority of Keystone's fuel  requirements is supplied by one
coal company under a contract  which expires on December 31, 2004.  The contract
calls for varying amounts of coal purchases as follows:  between 3.0 million and
3.5 million tons for each of the years through 1999;  and a total of 6.5 million
tons for the years 2000 through 2004. Approximately 80% of Conemaugh's 1998 fuel
requirements  are secured by a long-term  contract and the  remainder by several
short-term contracts or spot purchases.

     The Company has entered into  contracts  for a  significant  portion of its
coal  requirements  and makes spot purchases for the balance of coal required by
its  Philadelphia-area,  coal-fired units at Eddystone  Station  (Eddystone) and
Cromby Station (Cromby).  At January 1, 1998, the Company had contracts with two
suppliers for 1.5 million tons per year or approximately  80% of expected annual
requirements. Both contracts expire on December 31, 2000.

Oil

     The  Company  purchases  fuel  oil  through  a  combination  of  short-term
contracts and spot market purchases.  The contracts are normally not longer than
one year in length.  Fuel oil  inventories  are managed  such that in the winter
months sufficient  volumes of fuel are available in the event of extreme weather
conditions and during the remaining  months inventory levels are managed to take
advantage of favorable market pricing.

Natural Gas

     The  Company  obtains  natural  gas  for  electric   generation  through  a
combination of short-term  contracts and spot purchases made on the open market,
as well as through the Company's own gas tariff. The Company obtains the limited
quantities  of natural gas used by the auxiliary  boilers and pollution  control
equipment at Eddystone through the same means. The Company has the capability to
use either oil or natural gas at Cromby Unit No. 2 and Eddystone Units No. 3 and
No. 4.

Gas Operations

     During  1997,  10%  of  the  Company's  operating  revenues  and  9% of its
operating income were from gas operations.  Gas sales and operating revenues for
1997 by class of customer are set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       Operating
                                                                                      Sales            Revenues
                                                                                     (mmcf)         (millions of $)
<S>                                                                                    <C>             <C> 
                  House heating.................................................       32,666             $265
                  Residential (other than house heating)........................        1,614               17
                  Commercial and industrial.....................................       19,830              145
                  Other.........................................................          673                3
                  Change in unbilled............................................          212               (1)
                                                                                       ------           ------
                      Total gas sales...........................................       54,995              429
                  Gas transported for customers.................................       30,412               22
                                                                                       ------           ------
                      Total gas sales and gas transported.......................       85,407             $451
                                                                                       ======           ======
</TABLE>

     Annual and quarterly  operating  results can be  significantly  affected by
weather. Traditionally, sales of gas are higher in the first and fourth quarters
due to colder weather.

     The Company's  natural gas supply is provided by purchases from a number of
suppliers for terms of up to five years.  These  purchases  are delivered  under
several long-term firm transportation  contracts with Texas Eastern Transmission
Corporation  (Texas  Eastern)  and  Transcontinental  Gas Pipe Line  Corporation

                                       14

<PAGE>

(Transcontinental).  The Company's aggregate annual entitlement under these firm
transportation contracts is 98.5 million dekatherms. Peak gas is provided by the
Company's  liquefied  natural gas facility and propane-air  plant.  See "ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES."

     Through service agreements with Texas Eastern, Transcontinental, Equitrans,
Inc. and CNG  Transmission  Corporation,  underground  storage  capacity of 21.5
million  dekatherms  is  under  contract  to  the  Company.   Natural  gas  from
underground  storage  represents  approximately  40%  of the  Company's  1997-98
heating season supplies.

     The gas industry is continuing to undergo structural changes in response to
FERC  policies  designed  to  increase  competition.  In  addition,  there is an
initiative in the Pennsylvania legislature to deregulate the gas industry, which
has the support of Governor Ridge. See "Deregulation and Rate Matters."

     Horizon Energy  Company,  a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Company,  is an
unregulated marketing enterprise.  Horizon Energy is engaged in marketing gas to
residential  and  commercial  gas  customers  outside of the  Company's  service
territory.  Horizon Energy is also a member of a natural gas buying  cooperative
created to enhance  reliability  of service  and to access  less  expensive  gas
supplies for its eight gas utility members.

Segment Information

     Segment  information is incorporated herein by reference to note 2 of Notes
to Consolidated  Financial Statements included in the Company's Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year 1997.

Construction

     The Company maintains a construction program designed to meet the projected
requirements of its customers and to provide service reliability,  including the
timely replacement of existing  facilities.  The Company's current  construction
program does not include any new  generating  facilities.  At December 31, 1997,
construction work in progress, excluding nuclear fuel, aggregated $611 million.

     Due to the  expected  adverse  impact  of the PUC  Restructuring  Order and
competition for electric  generating  services on its future capital  resources,
the Company is currently evaluating its capital commitments for 1999 and beyond.
The  following  table  shows the  Company's  most  recent  estimate  of  capital
expenditures for plant additions and improvements for 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (Millions of $)
<S>                                                                                      <C> 
         Electric:
              Production........................................................         $155
              Nuclear fuel......................................................           53
              Transmission and distribution.....................................          126
              Other electric....................................................            3
                                                                                         ----
                  Total electric................................................          337
         Gas....................................................................           40
         Other..................................................................           73
                                                                                         ----
              Total.............................................................         $450
                                                                                         ====
</TABLE>

     Nuclear fuel  requirements  exclude the Company's share of the requirements
for Peach  Bottom and Salem which are  provided by an  independent  fuel company
under a capital lease. See note 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included  in the  Company's  Annual  Report to  Shareholders  for the year 1997.

                                       15

<PAGE>

Capital Requirements and Financing Activities

     The  following  table shows the Company's  most recent  estimate of capital
requirements for 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (Millions of $)
<S>                                                                                      <C> 
                  Construction..................................................         $450
                  New ventures (1)..............................................          150
                  Long-term debt maturities and sinking funds...................          247
                                                                                         ----
                           Total capital requirements...........................         $847
                                                                                         ====
<FN>
- ---------------
(1)  A portion of these expenditures will be expensed.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     The following table shows the Company's financing activities for 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (Millions of $)
<S>                                                                                    <C>
              Pollution Control
                    Variable Rate due 2027......................................          $23
              Term-Loan Facility
                    Variable Rate due 1998......................................           88
              Trust Preferred Securities
                    8% Series C.................................................           50
                                                                                         ----
                           Total................................................         $161
                                                                                         ====
</TABLE>

     During 1997, the Company  entered into a $900 million  unsecured  revolving
credit facility with a group of banks. The credit facility is composed of a $450
million 364-day credit agreement and a $450 million three-year credit agreement.
The  Company  uses the credit  facility  principally  to support  the  Company's
commercial paper program.

     Under the Company's mortgage (Mortgage),  additional mortgage bonds may not
be issued on the basis of property  additions or cash deposits  unless  earnings
before income taxes and interest  during 12 consecutive  calendar  months of the
preceding  15 calendar  months from the month in which the  additional  mortgage
bonds are issued  are at least two times the pro forma  annual  interest  on all
mortgage bonds  outstanding  and then applied for. For the purpose of this test,
the Company has not included Allowance for Funds Used During  Construction which
is included in net income in the Company's  consolidated financial statements in
accordance  with  the  prescribed  system  of  accounts.  As  a  result  of  the
extraordinary  charge in December  1997,  the Company did not meet the  earnings
test under the Mortgage  required for the issuance of  additional  bonds against
property  additions for the twelve months ended  December 31, 1997. In addition,
the Company does not expect to meet the earnings test under the Mortgage for any
twelve-month  period ending prior to December 31, 1998. Earnings coverages under
the  Mortgage  for the  calendar  years 1996 and 1995 were 4.39 and 4.94  times,
respectively.   At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  was  entitled  to  issue
approximately  $3.7 billion of mortgage bonds without regard to the earnings and
property additions tests against previously retired mortgage bonds.

     Under  the  Company's   Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation
(Articles),  the issuance of additional  preferred stock requires an affirmative
vote of the holders of  two-thirds of all preferred  shares  outstanding  unless
certain tests are met.  Under the most  restrictive  of these tests,  additional
preferred  stock may not be issued  without  such a vote unless  earnings  after
income taxes but before  interest on debt during 12 consecutive  calendar months
of the  preceding  15  calendar  months  from the month in which the  additional
shares of stock are issued are at least 1.5 times the aggregate of the pro forma
annual  interest and preferred stock dividend  requirements on all  indebtedness
and preferred stock. As a result of the  extraordinary  charge in December 1997,
the Company did not meet the earnings test of the Articles for the twelve months
ended  December 31, 1997.  In addition,  the Company does not expect to meet the
earnings  test under the Articles for any  twelve-month  period  ending prior to
December 31, 1998.  Earnings  coverage under the Articles for the calendar years
1996 and 1995 was 2.50 and 2.34 times, respectively.

                                       16

<PAGE>

     The following  table sets forth the  Company's  ratios of earnings to fixed
charges and the ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock
dividends for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1993         1994        1995        1996         1997
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C> 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.....................       3.15         2.66        3.41        3.29        2.71
Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and
     Preferred Stock Dividends.........................       2.67         2.32        3.12        3.04        2.50
</TABLE>

For purposes of these  ratios,  (i) earnings  consist of income from  continuing
operations  before income taxes and fixed charges and (ii) fixed charges consist
of all interest  deductions  and the  financing  costs  associated  with capital
leases.  For  purposes of  calculating  these  ratios,  income  from  continuing
operations for 1997 does not include the extraordinary  charge against income of
$3.1 billion ($1.8 billion net of income taxes).

     At December 31, 1997, the Company had a total of $87.5 million  outstanding
under an unsecured  term-loan agreement with banks maturing in 1998. Most of the
Company's  unsecured debt  agreements  contain  cross-default  provisions to the
Company's other debt obligations.

     The Company has a $600 million  commercial  paper program.  At December 31,
1997,  there was $314 million of commercial paper  outstanding.  At December 31,
1997, the Company and its  subsidiaries  had formal and informal lines of credit
with banks  aggregating  $75 million  against which there was no short-term debt
outstanding.  As of December 31, 1997, the Company had no  compensating  balance
agreements with any bank.

     For additional  information,  see "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in the Company's Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year 1997.

Employee Matters

     The Company and its  subsidiaries had 7,359 employees at December 31, 1997.
None of the employees of the Company or its  subsidiaries  are  represented by a
union. Over the past several years, a number of unions have filed petitions with
the National Labor Relations Board to hold  certification  elections with regard
to different segments of employees within the Company. In all cases, the Company
employees  have rejected  union  representation.  The Company  expects that such
petitions will continue to be filed in the future.

Environmental Regulations

     Environmental  controls at the  federal,  state,  regional and local levels
have a  substantial  impact  on the  Company's  operations  due to the  cost  of
installation  and  operation of  equipment  required  for  compliance  with such
controls.  In addition to the matters discussed below, see "Electric  Operations
- -- General" and "Electric Operations -- Limerick Generating Station."

     An  environmental  issue with  respect to  construction  and  operation  of
electric  transmission  and  distribution  lines and other facilities is whether
exposure to electro-magnetic fields (EMF) causes adverse human health effects. A
large number of  scientific  studies  have  examined  this  question and certain
studies have indicated an association between exposure to EMF and adverse health
effects,  including certain types of cancer.  However,  the scientific community
still has not reached a consensus on the issue.  Additional research intended to
provide a better  understanding of EMF is continuing.  The Company also supports
further research in this area and is funding and monitoring such studies.

     Public  concerns  about the  possible  health risks of exposure to EMF have
adversely  affected,  and are  expected in the future to adversely  affect,  the
costs  of,  and  time  required  to,  site  new  distribution  and  transmission
facilities and upgrade existing  facilities.  The Company cannot predict at this
time what effect, if any, this issue will have on other future operations.

                                       17

<PAGE>

Water

     The Company has been informed by PSE&G that PSE&G is implementing  the 1994
New Jersey Pollutant Discharge  Elimination System permit issued for Salem which
requires,  among other things,  water intake screen  modifications  and wetlands
restoration.  The estimated  capital cost of compliance with the final permit is
approximately  $100 million,  of which  approximately  $10 million remains to be
spent.  The  Company's  share of such  costs is 42.59%  and is  included  in the
Company's  capital  requirements.  In 1999,  PSE&G  must apply to the New Jersey
Department of Environmental Protection and Energy (NJDEPE) and other agencies to
renew such Salem  permit.  Failure to obtain  renewal of this permit on a timely
basis,  which  cannot be assured,  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Air

     Air quality  regulations  promulgated  by the EPA, the PDEP and the City of
Philadelphia  in accordance with the federal Clean Air Act and the Clean Air Act
Amendments of 1990 (Amendments) impose restrictions on emission of particulates,
sulfur dioxide  (SO2),  nitrogen  oxides (NOx) and other  pollutants and require
permits for  operation of emission  sources.  Such permits have been obtained by
the Company and must be renewed periodically.

     The Amendments  establish a comprehensive  and complex  national program to
substantially  reduce air pollution.  The Amendments include a two-phase program
to reduce acid rain effects by significantly  reducing  emissions of SO2 and NOx
from electric power plants.  Flue-gas  desulfurization  systems (scrubbers) have
been  installed  at Conemaugh  Units No. 1 and No. 2 to reduce SO2  emissions to
meet the Phase I requirements of the Amendments.  Keystone Units No. 1 and No. 2
are subject to the Phase II SO2 and NOx limits of the  Amendments  which must be
met by  January  1, 2000.  The  Company  and the other  Keystone  co-owners  are
evaluating the Phase II compliance options for Keystone,  including the purchase
of SO2 emission allowances.

     The Company's  service-area,  coal-fired  generating units at Eddystone and
Cromby are equipped with scrubbers and their SO2 emissions meet the SO2 emission
rate  limits of both Phase I and Phase II of the  Amendments.  The  Company  has
completed the  implementation  of measures,  including the  installation  of NOx
emissions  controls and the imposition of certain  operational  constraints,  to
comply with the  Reasonably  Available  Control  Technology  limitations  of the
Amendments.  The Company  expects that the cost of compliance  with  anticipated
air-quality  regulations  may be  substantial  due  to  further  limitations  on
permitted NOx emissions.

     The PDEP has  adopted a NOx  allowance  program  which could  restrict  the
operation  of the  Company's  fossil-fired  units,  require the  purchase of NOx
emission  allowances  from  others or require  the  installation  of  additional
control  equipment to permit  operation  above certain  limits.  The Company has
appealed a portion of the PDEP NOx allowance program.

     Many other provisions of the Amendments affect the Company's business.  The
Amendments  establish stringent control measures for geographical  regions which
have  been  determined  by the EPA to not  meet  National  Ambient  Air  Quality
Standards;  establish limits on the purchase and operation of motor vehicles and
require  increased use of alternative  fuels;  establish  stringent  controls on
emissions of toxic air pollutants and provide for possible future designation of
some  utility   emissions  as  toxic;   establish  new  permit  and   monitoring
requirements  for  sources  of air  emissions;  and  provide  for  significantly
increased enforcement power, and civil and criminal penalties.

Solid and Hazardous Waste

     The Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation,  and Liability Act
of  1980  and  the  Superfund   Amendments  and   Reauthorization  Act  of  1986
(collectively CERCLA) authorize the EPA to cause potentially responsible parties
(PRPs) to  conduct  (or for the EPA to conduct  at the PRPs'  expense)  remedial
action  at waste  disposal  sites  that  pose a hazard  to human  health  or the
environment.  Parties  contributing  hazardous substances to a site or owning or
operating  a site  typically  are viewed as  jointly  and  severally  liable for
conducting or paying for  remediation  and for  reimbursing  the  government for
related costs incurred.  PRPs may agree to allocate  liability among themselves,
or a court may perform that  allocation  according to equitable  factors  deemed

                                       18

<PAGE>

appropriate.  In addition,  the Company is subject to the Resource  Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) which governs  treatment,  storage and disposal of solid
and hazardous wastes.

     By notice  issued in November  1986,  the EPA notified  over 800  entities,
including  the  Company,  that they may be PRPs  under  CERCLA  with  respect to
releases of radioactive  and/or toxic  substances  from the Maxey Flats disposal
site, a low-level  radioactive  waste  disposal site near  Moorehead,  Kentucky,
where  Company  wastes were  deposited.  Approximately  90 PRPs,  including  the
Company,  formed a steering committee and entered into an administrative consent
order with the EPA to conduct a remedial  investigation  and  feasibility  study
(RI/FS), which was substantially revised based on the EPA comments. In September
1991, following public review and comments,  the EPA issued a Record of Decision
in which it selected a natural stabilization remedy for the Maxey Flats disposal
site. The steering  committee has preliminarily  estimated that implementing the
EPA proposed  remedy at the Maxey Flats site would cost $60-$70  million in 1993
dollars.  A settlement  has been reached among the PRPs, the federal and private
PRPs, the Commonwealth of Kentucky and the EPA concerning their respective roles
and  responsibilities  in conducting  remedial activities at the site. Under the
settlement,  the private PRPs will perform the initial remedial work at the site
and the  Commonwealth  of Kentucky  will assume  responsibility  for  long-range
maintenance  and final  remediation of the site.  The Company  estimates that it
will be responsible for $600,000 of the remediation  costs to be incurred by the
private PRPs. On April 18, 1996, a consent  decree,  which included the terms of
the settlement,  was entered by the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of  Kentucky.  The PRPs have entered into a contract for the design and
implementation of the remedial plan and preliminary work has commenced.

     By notice  issued in December  1987,  the EPA  notified  several  entities,
including the Company, that they may be PRPs under CERCLA with respect to wastes
resulting  from the treatment  and disposal of  transformers  and  miscellaneous
electrical equipment at a site located in Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania (the Metal
Bank of America  site).  Several of the PRPs,  including  the Company,  formed a
steering committee to investigate the nature and extent of possible  involvement
in this matter.  On May 29, 1991, a Consent Order was issued by the EPA pursuant
to which the  members of the  steering  committee  agree to perform the RI/FS as
described in the work plan issued with the Consent Order. The Company's share of
the cost of the RI/FS was  approximately  30%.  On October  14,  1994,  the PRPs
submitted  to the EPA the RI/FS which  identified  a range of possible  remedial
alternatives  for the site from taking no action to removal of  essentially  all
contaminated material with an estimated cost range of $2 million to $90 million.
On July 19, 1995,  the EPA issued a proposed  plan for  remediation  of the site
which involves removal of contaminated soil,  sediment and groundwater and which
the EPA estimates would cost approximately $17 million to implement.  On October
18, 1995,  the PRPs  submitted  comments to the EPA on the  proposed  plan which
identified   several   inadequacies   with  the  plan,   including   substantial
underestimates of the costs associated with  remediation.  In December 1997, the
EPA  finalized  its  record  of  decision  (ROD) for the site.  The  Company  is
evaluating  the cost of  implementing  the remedy  described  in the ROD,  which
differs from the remedy previously proposed by the EPA. In January 1998, the EPA
sent letters to  approximately  20 PRPs,  including the Company,  giving them 60
days to negotiate with the EPA to perform the proposed remedy.

     By notice  issued in September  1985,  the EPA notified the Company that it
has been identified as a PRP for the costs associated with the cleanup of a site
(Berks  Associates/Douglassville  site) where waste oils  generated from Company
operations were transported,  treated,  stored and disposed. In August 1991, the
EPA  filed  suit in the  Eastern  District  Court  against  36 named  PRPs,  not
including  the Company,  seeking a  declaration  that these PRPs are jointly and
severally liable for cleanup of the Berks  Associates/Douglassville site and for
costs already expended by the EPA on the site. Simultaneously, the EPA issued an
Administrative  Order  against  the same named  defendants,  not  including  the
Company,  which requires the PRPs named in the Administrative  Order to commence
cleanup of a portion of the site.  On September  29,  1992,  the Company and 169
other parties were served with a third-party  complaint joining these parties as
additional  defendants.  Subsequently,  an additional 150 parties were joined as
defendants. A group of approximately 100 PRPs with allocated shares of less than
1%,  including the Company,  have formed a negotiating  committee to negotiate a
settlement  offer with the EPA. In December  1994, the EPA proposed a de minimis
PRP  settlement  which would require the Company to pay $991,835 in exchange for
the EPA  agreeing  not to sue,  take  administrative  action  under  CERCLA  for
recovery of past or future response costs or seek injunctive relief with respect
to the site. The Company has notified the 

                                       19

<PAGE>

EPA that it wishes to  participate  with other  eligible  PRPs in the de minimis
settlement, and is currently awaiting approval of the settlement.

     In October 1995, the Company, along with over 500 other companies, received
a General  Notice from the EPA advising that the Company had been  identified as
having sent  hazardous  substances  to the  Spectron/Galaxy  Superfund  Site and
requesting  the  companies  to conduct  an RI/FS at the site.  The  Company  had
previously  been  identified  as a de minimis  PRP and paid  $2,100 to settle an
earlier phase. Additionally, the Company had participated in a PRP agreement and
consent order related to further work at the Spectron site. In conjunction  with
the EPA's  General  Notice,  the  existing  PRP group has  proposed a settlement
which, based on the volume of hazardous  substances sent to the Spectron site by
the Company,  would allow the Company to settle the matter as a de minimis party
for less than $10,000.

     On October 16, 1989, the EPA and the NJDEPE commenced a civil action in the
United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (New Jersey District
Court) against 26 defendants,  not including the Company,  alleging the right to
collect past and future  response costs for cleanup of the Helen Kramer landfill
located in New Jersey. In October 1991, the direct defendants joined the Company
and over 100 other parties as third-party defendants.  The third-party complaint
alleges that the Company generated  materials  containing  hazardous  substances
that were  transported  to and disposed at the  landfill by a third  party.  The
Company, together with a number of other direct and third-party defendants,  has
agreed to participate in a proposed de minimis  settlement which would allow the
Company to settle its potential liability at the site for approximately $40,000.

     On November 30, 1995,  the Company was added as a third-party  defendant in
an existing suit alleging that the Company is  responsible  for sending waste to
the  Cinnaminson  Ground  Water  Contamination  Site  located in the Township of
Cinnaminson  in  Burlington  County,  New  Jersey.  The  Company  has reached an
agreement with the plaintiff  resolving the Company's  liabilities  for the site
for an amount  that is not  material to the  Company's  financial  condition  or
results of operations.

     The Company has been named as a defendant in a Superfund  matter  involving
the Greer  Landfill in South  Carolina.  The  plaintiff's  motion to dismiss the
complaint against the Company was granted,  although the third-party defendant's
cross-claims  against the Company remain.  The Company is currently  involved in
settlement discussions with the third-party defendants.

     On November 18, 1996,  the Company  received a notice from the EPA that the
Company  is a PRP at  the  Malvern  TCE  Superfund  Site,  located  in  Malvern,
Pennsylvania.  The  Company  is  currently  unable  to  estimate  the  amount of
liability, if any, it may have with respect to this site.

     On February 3, 1997,  the Company was served with a  third-party  complaint
involving the Pennsauken  Sanitary Landfill.  The Company is currently unable to
estimate the amount of liability it may have with respect to this site.

     In  June  1989,  a  group  of  PRPs  (Metro  PRP  Group)  entered  into  an
Administrative  Order on Consent  with the EPA  pursuant to which they agreed to
perform certain removal activities at the Metro Container Superfund Site located
in Trainer,  Pennsylvania.  In January  1990,  the Metro PRP Group  notified the
Company  that the group  considered  the Company to be a PRP at the site.  Since
that time,  the  Company has  reviewed,  and  continues  to review its files and
records and has been unable to locate any  information  which would indicate any
connection  to the site.  The Company does not believe that it has any liability
with respect to this site.

     In November 1987, the Company  received  correspondence  from the EPA which
indicated  that the EPA was  investigating  the release of hazardous  substances
from the  Blosenski  Landfill  located in West Caln  Township,  Chester  County,
Pennsylvania.  The Company has been unable to locate any information which would
indicate any  connection  to this site.  The Company does not believe it has any
liability with respect to this site.

                                       20

<PAGE>

     The Company has  identified  27 sites where former  manufactured  gas plant
activities may have resulted in site  contamination.  Past activities at several
sites have  resulted in actual  site  contamination.  The  Company is  presently
engaged in performing  various  levels of  activities at these sites,  including
initial  evaluation to determine the existence and nature of the  contamination,
detailed  evaluation  to  determine  the  extent  of the  contamination  and the
necessity  and  possible   methods  of  remediation,   and   implementation   of
remediation.  The PDEP has approved  the  Company's  clean-up of two sites.  Six
other sites are currently under some degree of active study and/or  remediation.
At December  31,  1997,  the Company had accrued  approximately  $35 million for
investigation  and  remediation  of these  manufactured  gas  plant  sites  that
currently can be reasonably estimated.

     The  Company  has  also   responded  to  various   governmental   requests,
principally those of the EPA pursuant to CERCLA, for information with respect to
the possible deposit of Company waste materials at various disposal,  processing
and other sites.

Costs

     At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had accrued $63 million for various
investigation and remediation costs that can be reasonably estimated,  including
approximately   $35  million  for   investigation   and  remediation  of  former
manufactured gas plant sites.  The Company cannot  currently  predict whether it
will incur  other  significant  liabilities  for  additional  investigation  and
remediation costs at sites presently identified or additional sites which may be
identified by the Company,  environmental agencies or others or whether all such
costs will be recoverable through rates or from third parties.

     The Company's budget for capital  requirements for 1998 for compliance with
environmental  requirements total  approximately $14 million.  In addition,  the
Company  may  be  required  to  make  significant  additional  expenditures  not
presently determinable.

Telecommunications and Other Ventures

     In 1995, the Company and Hyperion Telecommunications, Inc., a subsidiary of
Adelphia Cable Company, formed PECO Hyperion Telecommunications. The partnership
is a Competitive  Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC) and provides local phone service
in the Philadelphia  metropolitan  region.  PECO Hyperion utilizes a large-scale
fiber optic,  cable-based  network that currently  extends over 525 miles and is
connected to major long-distance carriers and local businesses.  The Company and
Hyperion Telecommunications, Inc. each holds a 50% interest in the partnership.

     On behalf of its  venture  with AT&T  Wireless  Services,  the  Company has
completed   the  initial   build-out   of  a  new  digital   wireless   Personal
Communications  Services  (PCS)  network.   Commercial  launch  of  PCS  in  the
Philadelphia  area  occurred in October  1997.  The  Company  holds a 49% equity
interest in the venture.

     In  1997,  the  Company  and  UtiliCorp  United  formed  EnergyOne,  L.L.C.
(EnergyOne),  a separate  nationwide  marketing  company  designed to  integrate
traditional energy commodities with a portfolio of competitively priced products
and  services.  These  products  and services  will be offered by  participating
distributors  and suppliers under  franchise  arrangements  with EnergyOne.  The
Company and UtiliCorp  each holds a 50% equity  interest in  EnergyOne,  with an
aggregate investment totaling  approximately $22 million. The Company is also an
EnergyOne franchisee.

     In 1997,  the Company  and British  Energy of  Edinburgh,  Scotland  formed
AmerGen  Energy,  LLC (AmerGen) to pursue  opportunities  to acquire and operate
nuclear generating stations in the United States. The Company and British Energy
each own a 50% equity interest in AmerGen.

     Due to their  start-up  nature,  these joint ventures and  investments  are
expected to negatively affect earnings in the near future.  See note 19 of Notes
to Consolidated  Financial Statements included in the Company's Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year 1997.

                                       21

<PAGE>

PECO Energy Capital Corp. and Related Entities

     PECO Energy Capital Corp., a wholly owned  subsidiary,  is the sole general
partner  of  PECO  Energy  Capital,   L.P.,  a  Delaware   limited   partnership
(Partnership).  The  Partnership  was created  solely for the purpose of issuing
preferred securities,  representing limited partnership  interests,  and lending
the  proceeds  thereof to the  Company,  and  entering  into  similar  financing
arrangements.  Such  loans  to  the  Company  are  evidenced  by  the  Company's
subordinated debentures (Subordinated Debentures),  which are the only assets of
the  Partnership.  The only  revenues  of the  Partnership  are  interest on the
Subordinated  Debentures.  All of the operating  expenses of the Partnership are
paid by PECO Energy Capital Corp. As of December 31, 1997, the Partnership  held
$360,175,464 aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Debentures.

     PECO  Energy  Capital  Trust I (Trust)  was  created in  October  1995 as a
statutory  business trust under the laws of the State of Delaware solely for the
purpose of issuing trust receipts (Trust  Receipts),  each representing an 8.72%
Cumulative  Monthly  Income  Preferred  Security,  Series B (Series B  Preferred
Securities) of the Partnership.  The Partnership is the sponsor of the Trust. As
of December 31, 1997, the Trust had outstanding  3,124,183  Trust  Receipts.  At
December 31, 1997, the assets of the Trust consisted  solely of 3,124,183 Series
B Preferred  Securities  with an  aggregate  stated  liquidation  preference  of
$78,104,575.  Distributions  were made on the Trust Receipts  during 1997 in the
aggregate  amount of  $6,810,719,  or $2.18 per Trust  Receipt.  Expenses of the
Trust for 1997 were approximately $50,000, all of which were paid by PECO Energy
Capital  Corp.  There  were 828  holders of record of the Trust  Receipts  as of
December 31, 1997.

     PECO  Energy  Capital  Trust II (Trust  II) was  created  in June 1997 as a
statutory  business trust under the laws of the State of Delaware solely for the
purpose of issuing trust receipts (Trust II Receipts) each representing an 8.00%
Cumulative  Monthly  Income  Preferred  Security,  Series C (Series C  Preferred
Securities) of the Partnership.  The Partnership is the sponsor of the Trust II.
As of  December  31,  1997,  the  Trust II had  outstanding  2,000,000  Trust II
Receipts.  At December 31, 1997, the assets of the Trust II consisted  solely of
2,000,000  Series C Preferred  Securities with an aggregate  stated  liquidation
preference  of  $50,000,000.  Distributions  were made on the Trust II  Receipts
during 1997 in the aggregate amount of $2,666,667.  Expenses of the Trust II for
1997 were approximately  $50,000,  all of which were paid by PECO Energy Capital
Corp. The Trust II Receipts are issued in book-entry-only form.

                                       22
<PAGE>

Executive Officers of the Registrant at December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Age at                                                 Effective Date of Election
Name                          Dec. 31, 1997            Position                             to Present Position

<S>                              <C>    <C>                                                    <C> 
C. A. McNeill, Jr..............    58   Chairman of the Board, President and
                                           Chief Executive Officer........................     July 1, 1997
D. M. Smith....................    64   President-- PECO Nuclear and Chief
                                           Nuclear Officer................................     February 1, 1996
G. A. Cucchi...................    48   Senior Vice President-- Ventures..................     June 1, 1997
J. W. Durham...................    60   Senior Vice President-- Legal and
                                           General Counsel................................     October 24, 1988
M. J. Egan.....................    44   Senior Vice President-- Finance and
                                           Chief Financial Officer........................     October 13, 1997
W. J. Kaschub..................    55   Senior Vice President-- Human Resources...........     June 10, 1991
G. S. King.....................    57   Senior Vice President-- Corporate and
                                           Public Affairs.................................     October 1, 1992
K. G. Lawrence.................    50   Senior Vice President-- Local Distribution
                                           Company........................................     October 13, 1997
J. M. Madara, Jr...............    54   Senior Vice President-- Power Generation
                                           Group..........................................     March 1, 1994
W. H. Smith, III...............    49   Senior Vice President-- Business Services
                                           Group..........................................     November 7, 1997
A. J. Weigand..................    59   Senior Vice President.............................     June 1, 1997
G. R. Rainey...................    48   Senior Vice President-- Nuclear Operations........     April 1, 1996
N. J. Bessey...................    44   Vice President-- Power Transactions...............     October 11, 1994
J. B. Cotton...................    53   Vice President-- Station Support..................     April 9, 1997
J. Doering, Jr.................    54   Vice President-- Operations-- Power
                                           Generation Group...............................     October 28, 1996
G. N. Dudkin...................    40   Vice President-- Power Delivery...................     June 1, 1997
D. B. Fetters..................    46   Vice President-- Nuclear Planning and
                                           Development....................................     April 9, 1997
T. P. Hill, Jr.................    49   Vice President and Controller.....................     January 1, 1991
W. G. MacFarland, IV...........    48   Vice President-- Limerick Generating
                                           Station........................................     March 1, 1995
C. A. Matthews.................    47   Vice President-- Information Systems
                                           and Chief Information Officer..................     July 28, 1997
J. P. McElwain.................    47   Vice President-- Nuclear Projects.................     April 9, 1997
J. B. Mitchell.................    49   Vice President-- Finance and Treasurer............     December 1, 1994
T. N. Mitchell.................    42   Vice President-- Peach Bottom Atomic
                                           Power Station..................................     April 1, 1996
W. E. Powell, Jr...............    61   Vice President-- Support Services.................     January 30, 1995
K. K. Combs....................    47   Corporate Secretary...............................     November 1, 1994
</TABLE>

     Each of the above executive officers holds such office at the discretion of
the  Company's  Board of  Directors  until  his or her  replacement  or  earlier
resignation, retirement or death.

     Prior to his election to his current  position,  Mr.  McNeill was President
and Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer and Executive
Vice President - Nuclear.

     Prior to his election to his current  position,  Mr. D. M. Smith was Senior
Vice President - Nuclear Generation Group and Senior Vice President - Nuclear.

                                       23

<PAGE>

     Prior  to his  election  to his  current  position,  Mr.  Cucchi  was  Vice
President - Power Delivery, Vice President - Corporate Planning and Development,
Director of System Planning and Performance, and Manager - System Planning.

     Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Egan was Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial  Officer of Aristech  Chemical  Company and Vice President of Planning
and Control of ARCO Chemical Company, Americas.

     Prior to his election to his current position, Mr. Lawrence was Senior Vice
President  - Finance  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and Vice  President  - Gas
Operations.

     Prior  to his  election  to his  current  position,  Mr.  Madara  was  Vice
President - Production.

     Prior to his  election to his current  position,  Mr. W. H. Smith,  III was
Vice President and Group Executive - Telecommunications  Group, Vice President -
Station  Support,  Vice  President  - Planning  and  Performance,  and Manager -
Corporate Strategy and Performance.

     Prior to his election to his current position,  Mr. Weigand was Senior Vice
President  and Group  Executive  Bulk Power  Enterprises  and Vice  President  -
Transmission and Distribution Services.

     Prior to joining the Company in 1994, Ms. Bessey was Vice President of U.S.
Generating Company, an independent power producer.

     Prior to her election to her current position, Ms. Matthews was Director of
Consumer Energy Information Systems and Distributed  Information Officer.  Prior
to joining the Company in 1996,  Ms.  Matthews  was Vice  President of Strategic
Business Development for Europe Online S.A. Luxembourg.

     Prior to joining the Company in 1996, Mr. T. N. Mitchell was Team Manager -
Institute of Nuclear Power  Operations  (INPO),  Director - Site  Engineering at
Peach Bottom (on loan from INPO),  Department  Manager - Engineering  Support at
INPO,  Core Team  Member - Nuclear  Electric,  U.K.  (on loan  from  INPO),  and
Department Manager - Plant Analysis at INPO.

     Prior to joining  the  Company in 1995,  Mr.  Powell was Vice  President  -
Logistics with E. I. DuPont DeNemours & Co.

     Prior to  their  election  to the  positions  shown  above,  the  following
executive  officers held other positions with the Company since January 1, 1993:
Mr.  Cotton was  Director  - Nuclear  Engineering,  Director  - Nuclear  Quality
Assurance  and  Superintendent  -  Operations;  Mr.  Doering was Plant Manager -
Limerick,   Director  -  Nuclear  Strategies  Support,  and  General  Manager  -
Operations;  Mr. Dudkin was Acting General  Manager - Power  Delivery,  Regional
Director - Power  Delivery and Manager - Electric  Operations;  Mr.  Fetters was
Vice  President  -  Nuclear  Planning  and   Development,   Director  -  Nuclear
Engineering,  Director  -  Limerick  Maintenance  and  a  project  manager;  Mr.
MacFarland  was  Outage  Management  Director  -  Limerick,  Manager  -  Nuclear
Maintenance,  and Manager - Peach Bottom Installation Division; Mr. McElwain was
Director of Outage Management - Peach Bottom; Mr. J. B. Mitchell was Director of
Financial  Operations and Assistant  Treasurer;  Mr. Rainey was Vice President -
Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station,  Vice President - Nuclear  Services and Plant
Manager - Eddystone  Generating Station;  and Ms. Combs was an Assistant General
Counsel.

     There are no family  relationships among directors or executive officers of
the Company.

                                       24
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

     The principal  plants and properties of the Company are subject to the lien
of the Mortgage under which the Company's First and Refunding Mortgage Bonds are
issued.

     The  following  table  sets forth the  Company's  net  electric  generating
capacity by station at December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Net Generating      Estimated
                                                                                  Capacity (1)       Retirement
                 Station                              Location                     (Kilowatts)          Year
<S>                                         <C>                                  <C>             <C>
Nuclear
   Limerick.............................    Limerick Twp., PA ..................    2,220,000     2024(2), 2029(2)
   Peach Bottom.........................    Peach Bottom Twp., PA...............      928,000(3)     2013, 2014
   Salem   .............................    Hancock's Bridge, NJ................      942,000(3)     2016, 2020
Hydro
   Conowingo............................    Harford Co., MD.....................      512,000           2014
Pumped Storage
   Muddy Run............................    Lancaster Co., PA...................      880,000           2014
Fossil (Steam Turbines)
   Cromby  .............................    Phoenixville, PA....................      345,000           2004
   Delaware.............................    Philadelphia, PA ...................      250,000            (4)
   Eddystone............................    Eddystone, PA.......................    1,341,000     2009, 2010, 2011
   Schuylkill...........................    Philadelphia, PA....................      166,000            (4)
   Conemaugh............................    New Florence, PA....................      352,000(3)     2005, 2006
   Keystone.............................    Shelocta, PA .......................      357,000(3)     2002, 2003
Fossil (Gas Turbines)
   Chester .............................    Chester, PA.........................       39,000            (4)
   Croydon .............................    Bristol Twp., PA ...................      373,000            (4)
   Delaware.............................    Philadelphia, PA ...................       60,000            (4)
   Eddystone............................    Eddystone, PA.......................       64,000            (4)
   Fairless Hills.......................    Falls Twp., PA......................       60,000            (4)
   Falls................................    Falls Twp., PA......................       50,000            (4)
   Moser................................    Lower Pottsgrove Twp., PA...........       48,000            (4)
   Pennsbury............................    Falls Twp., PA......................        6,000            (4)
   Richmond.............................    Philadelphia, PA ...................       96,000            (4)
   Schuylkill...........................    Philadelphia, PA....................       32,000            (4)
   Southwark............................    Philadelphia, PA....................       54,000            (4)
   Salem................................    Hancock's Bridge, NJ................       16,000(3)         (4)
Fossil (Internal Combustion)
   Cromby...............................    Phoenixville, PA....................        2,700            (4)
   Delaware.............................    Philadelphia, PA ...................        2,700            (4)
   Schuylkill...........................    Philadelphia, PA....................        2,800            (4)
   Conemaugh............................    New Florence, PA....................        2,300(3)        2006
   Keystone.............................    Shelocta, PA .......................        2,300(3)        2003
                                                                                    ---------
       Total....................................................................    9,203,800
                                                                                    =========
<FN>
- ---------------
(1)  Summer rating.
(2)  For depreciation accrual purposes only,  retirement dates have been reduced
     by 10 years.
(3)  Company portion.
(4)  Retirement  dates are under on-going  review by the Company.  Current plans
     call for the continued operation of these units beyond 1998.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       25
<PAGE>

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  Company's  major  transmission  and
distribution lines in service at December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              Voltage in Kilovolts (Kv)                                          Conductor Miles
              <S>                                                                 <C>
              Transmission:
                  500 Kv........................................................          891
                  220 Kv........................................................        1,634
                  132 Kv........................................................           15
                  66 Kv.........................................................          570
                  33 Kv and below...............................................           29
              Distribution:
                  33 Kv and below...............................................       46,817
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1997, the Company's principal electric  distribution system
included  21,009  pole-line  miles of overhead  lines and 21,002  cable miles of
underground cables.

     The following table sets forth the Company's gas pipeline miles at December
31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Pipeline Miles
<S>                                                                                 <C>
              Transmission......................................................           28
              Distribution......................................................        5,679
              Service piping....................................................        4,507
                                                                                       ------
                  Total.........................................................       10,214
                                                                                       ======
</TABLE>

     The  Company  has  a  liquefied   natural  gas  facility  located  in  West
Conshohocken,  Pennsylvania  which has a storage capacity of 1,200,000 mcf and a
sendout capacity of 157,000 mcf/day and a propane-air  plant located in Chester,
Pennsylvania,  with a tank storage  capacity of 1,980,000  gallons and a peaking
capability of 25,000 mcf/day. In addition,  the Company owns 24 natural gas city
gate stations (including one temporary station) at various locations  throughout
its gas service territory.

     At December 31, 1997, the Company had 545 miles of fiber optic cable.

     The Company owns an office building in downtown  Philadelphia,  in which it
maintains  its  headquarters,  and also owns or leases  elsewhere in its service
area a number  of  properties  which  are used for  office,  service  and  other
purposes.  Information  regarding  rental and lease  commitments is incorporated
herein by reference  to note 16 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
included in the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year 1997.

     The Company  maintains  property  insurance  against  loss or damage to its
principal  plants and  properties  by fire or other  perils,  subject to certain
exceptions.  Although it is impossible to determine the total amount of the loss
that may result from an occurrence at a nuclear generating station,  the Company
maintains its $2.75  billion  proportionate  share for each  station.  Under the
terms of the various insurance  agreements,  the Company could be assessed up to
$26 million for property  losses  incurred at any plant insured by the insurance
companies  (see "ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  -- Electric  Operations  --  General").  The
Company is  self-insured  to the extent that any losses may exceed the amount of
insurance  maintained.  Any such losses could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

                                       26
<PAGE>

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     On July 26, 1993 and August 15, 1995,  attorneys on behalf of  shareholders
filed separate  derivative  actions in the Court of Common Pleas in Philadelphia
County (Court of Common  Pleas)  against  several of the  Company's  present and
former officers alleging mismanagement,  waste of corporate assets and breach of
fiduciary duty. The basis of these suits, which were subsequently  consolidated,
was the findings and conclusions contained in a credit collection section of the
May 1991 PUC management  audit report  prepared by Ernst & Young.  In June 1993,
the Board of Directors of the Company appointed a special committee of directors
to consider  whether  legal action  against the Company  officers and  directors
would be in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders.  On March 14,
1994, upon the recommendation of the special  committee,  the Board of Directors
approved  a  resolution  refusing  the  shareholder  demand  related to the suit
subsequently filed in 1995 and authorizing and directing officers of the Company
to take all steps necessary to terminate the suit filed in 1993. On February 23,
1996,  the  Company  and  the  defendants  filed a  petition  to  terminate  the
consolidated  action  on the  basis of the March  14,  1994  Board of  Directors
resolution,  which petition was denied by the Court of Common Pleas.  On appeal,
the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania  held that the business  judgment rule,  which
permits  the Board of  Directors  of a  Pennsylvania  corporation  to  terminate
derivative   lawsuits   brought  by  minority   shareholders,   is  the  law  in
Pennsylvania;  established a procedure for determining  whether the criteria for
application  of the  business  judgment  rule had been met in a  specific  case;
reversed the order of the Court of Common Pleas;  and remanded the matter to the
Court of Common Pleas for further  proceedings  consistent with its opinion.  On
February  26,  1998,  the  Court of  Common  Pleas  granted  the  motion  of the
defendants and the Company to dismiss the derivative  suits because the decision
of the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  to  terminate  the  suits  based on the
recommendation of its special committee was proper.

     During the shutdown of Salem,  examinations of the steam generator tubes at
Salem Unit No. 1 revealed  significant  cracking.  On  February  27,  1996,  the
Company,  PSE&G, Atlantic Electric Company and Delmarva, the co-owners of Salem,
filed an action in the New Jersey District Court against  Westinghouse  Electric
Corporation,  the designer and manufacturer of the Salem steam  generators.  The
suit alleges that the  significant  cracking of the steam generator tubes is the
result of defects in the design and fabrication of the steam generators and that
Westinghouse knew that the steam generators supplied to Salem were defective and
that  Westinghouse  deliberately  concealed  this from PSE&G.  The suit  alleges
violations of both the federal and New Jersey  Racketeer  Influenced and Corrupt
Organizations  Acts (RICO),  fraud,  negligent  misrepresentation  and breach of
contract.  Westinghouse  has filed a motion for summary  judgment on the grounds
that the claim of the  plaintiffs  is barred by the statute of  limitations.  In
addition,  Westinghouse  has  filed a motion to  dismiss  the RICO  claims.  The
Company  cannot  predict  the  outcome  of  this   proceeding.   For  additional
information concerning the cracking of steam generator tubes at Salem, see "ITEM
1.
BUSINESS - Electric Operations - Salem Generating Station."

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     None.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
          MATTERS

     The Company's common stock is listed on the New York and Philadelphia Stock
Exchanges.  At January  31,  1998,  there were  163,049  owners of record of the
Company's  common  stock.  The  information  with  respect  to the prices of and
dividends on the Company's  common stock for each  quarterly  period during 1997
and 1996 is  incorporated  herein by reference to "Operating  Statistics" in the
Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year 1997.

     The book value of the  Company's  common  stock at  December  31,  1997 was
$12.25 per share.

                                       27

<PAGE>

     Dividends  may be declared on common stock out of funds  legally  available
for  dividends  whenever  full  dividends  on  all  series  of  preferred  stock
outstanding at the time have been paid or declared and set apart for payment for
all past quarter-yearly dividend periods. No dividends may be declared on common
stock,  however,  at any time when the Company has failed to satisfy the sinking
fund  obligations  with  respect to certain  series of the  Company's  preferred
stock. Future dividends on common stock will depend upon earnings, the Company's
financial condition and other factors, including the availability of cash.

     The  Company's  Articles  prohibit  payment  of any  dividend  on, or other
distribution  to the holders of, common stock if, after giving  effect  thereto,
the capital of the Company  represented  by its common stock  together  with its
Other Paid-In Capital and Retained Earnings is, in the aggregate,  less than the
involuntary  liquidating  value  of its then  outstanding  preferred  stock.  At
December 31, 1997, such capital ($2.73  billion)  amounted to about 12 times the
liquidating value of the outstanding preferred stock ($230.2 million).

     The Company may not declare dividends on any shares of its capital stock in
the event  that:  (1) the  Company  exercises  its right to extend the  interest
payment  periods  on  the  Subordinated  Debentures  which  were  issued  to the
Partnership;  (2) the  Company  defaults  on its  guarantee  of the  payment  of
distributions  on the  Cumulative  Monthly  Income  Preferred  Securities of the
Partnership;  or (3) an event of default occurs under the Indenture  under which
the Subordinated Debentures are issued.

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     Selected financial data for each of the last five years for the Company and
its subsidiaries is incorporated  herein by reference to "Financial  Statistics"
and "Operating  Statistics" in the Company's  Annual Report to Shareholders  for
the year 1997.

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  information  with  respect to this caption is  incorporated  herein by
reference to  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations" in the Company's  Annual Report to  Shareholders  for the
year 1997.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     None.

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The  information  with  respect to this caption is  incorporated  herein by
reference to "Consolidated  Financial Statements" and "Financial  Statistics" in
the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year 1997.

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     (a) Identification of Directors.

     The  information  required for Directors is included in the Proxy Statement
of the Company in connection  with its 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
held  April  8,  1998,  under  the  heading   "Election  of  Directors"  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

     (b) Identification of Executive Officers.

     The  information  required for Executive  Officers is set forth in "PART I.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS - Executive Officers of the Registrant" of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  information  with  respect to this  caption is  included  in the Proxy
Statement  of the  Company  in  connection  with  its  1998  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders to be held April 8, 1998, under the heading "Executive Compensation
Disclosure" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  information  with  respect to this  caption is  included  in the Proxy
Statement  of the  Company  in  connection  with  its  1998  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders to be held April 8, 1998, under the heading "Election of Directors"
and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The  information  with  respect to this  caption is  included  in the Proxy
Statement  of the  Company  in  connection  with  its  1998  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders to be held April 8, 1998, under the heading "Election of Directors"
and is incorporated herein by reference.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Reference (Page)
                                                                                          Form 10-K        Annual Report
                             Index                                                      Annual Report     to Shareholders
<S>                                                                                        <C>                 <C>
Data incorporated by reference from the Annual Report to Shareholders for the
   year 1997:
     Report of Independent Accountants.............................................          --                  21
     Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
       December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995............................................          --                  22
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996..................          --                  24
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
       December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995............................................          --                  23
     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Shareholders'
       Equity and Preferred Stock for the years ended
       December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995............................................          --                  26
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................          --                  27
Data submitted herewith:
     Report of Independent Accountants.............................................          31                  --
     Schedule II--    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years
                      ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.......................          32                  --
</TABLE>

     All other  schedules  are omitted  since the  required  information  is not
present or is not present in amounts  sufficient  to require  submission  of the
schedule,  or because the information  required is included in the  consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto.

     With  the  exception  of the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the
independent  accountants'  report listed in the above index and the  information
referred  to in  Items 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8,  all of  which  is  included  in the
Company's  Annual Report to Shareholders  for the year 1997 and  incorporated by
reference  into this Form 10-K, the Annual Report to  Shareholders  for the year
1997 is not to be deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
PECO Energy Company:

     Our report on the consolidated  financial statements of PECO Energy Company
has been  incorporated  by  reference in this Form 10-K from page 21 of the 1997
Annual Report to  Shareholders  of PECO Energy  Company.  In connection with our
audits of such financial statements,  we have also audited the related financial
statement schedule listed in the index in Item 14 of this Form 10-K.

     In our opinion,  the financial  statement  schedule referred to above, when
considered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
presents  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  information  required to be
included therein.



COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 2, 1998

                                       31
<PAGE>

                  PECO ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

                  SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                             (Thousands of Dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Column A                       Column B           Column C Additions         Column D       Column E

                                                                            Charged to
                                            Balance at     Charged to          Other                     Balance at
                                           Beginning of     Costs and        Accounts     Deductions       End of
             Description                      Period        Expenses          Describe    Describe(1)      Period
<S>                                         <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>    
                                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
ALLOWANCE FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE
   ACCOUNTS.............................      $24,040         $58,367        $  --          $50,593         $31,814
                                              -------         -------        -------        -------         -------
         TOTAL..........................      $24,040         $58,367        $  --          $50,593         $31,814
                                              =======         =======        =======        =======         =======


                                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

ALLOWANCE FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE
   ACCOUNTS.............................      $20,860         $50,976        $  --          $47,796         $24,040
                                              -------         -------        -------        -------         -------
         TOTAL..........................      $20,860         $50,976        $  --          $47,796         $24,040
                                              =======         =======        =======        =======         =======



                                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

ALLOWANCE FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE
   ACCOUNTS.............................      $16,500         $39,043        $  --          $34,683         $20,860
                                              -------         -------        -------        -------         -------
         TOTAL..........................      $16,500         $39,043        $  --          $34,683         $20,860
                                              =======         =======        =======        =======         =======
<FN>
- ---------------
(1)  Write-off of individual accounts receivable.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       32
<PAGE>

Exhibits

     Certain of the following  exhibits have been filed with the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (Commission)  pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Acts
administered by the  Commission.  Such exhibits are identified by the references
following  the  listing  of each such  exhibit  and are  incorporated  herein by
reference  under Rule 12b-32 of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.  Certain  other  instruments  which would  otherwise  be required to be
listed below have not been so listed  because such  instruments do not authorize
securities in an amount which exceeds 10% of the total assets of the Company and
its  subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis and the Company agrees to furnish a
copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request.

Exhibit No.      Description

    3-1           Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation of PECO Energy
                  Company (1993 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3-1).

    3-2           Bylaws of the Company,  adopted  February 26, 1990 and amended
                  January 26, 1998.

    4-1           First and  Refunding  Mortgage  dated May 1, 1923  between The
                  Counties Gas and Electric Company (predecessor to the Company)
                  and Fidelity  Trust  Company,  Trustee  (First Union  National
                  Bank, successor), (Registration No. 2-2881, Exhibit B-1).

    4-2           Supplemental  Indentures to the Company's  First and Refunding
                  Mortgage:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Dated as of                          File Reference                            Exhibit No.
                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  <S>                                  <C>                                     <C>
                  May 1, 1927                          2-2881                                    B-1(c)
                  March 1, 1937                        2-2881                                    B-1(g)
                  December 1, 1941                     2-4863                                    B-1(h)
                  November 1, 1944                     2-5472                                    B-1(i)
                  December 1, 1946                     2-6821                                    7-1(j)
                  September 1, 1957                    2-13562                                   2(b)-17
                  May 1, 1958                          2-14020                                   2(b)-18
                  March 1, 1968                        2-34051                                   2(b)-24
                  March 1, 1981                        2-72802                                   4-46
                  March 1, 1981                        2-72802                                   4-47
                  December 1, 1984                     1984 Form 10-K                            4-2(b)
                  July 15, 1987                        Form 8-K dated July 21, 1987              4(c)-63
                  July 15, 1987                        Form 8-K dated July 21, 1987              4(c)-64
                  October 15, 1987                     Form 8-K dated October 7, 1987            4(c)-66
                  October 15, 1987                     Form 8-K dated October 7, 1987            4(c)-67
                  April 15, 1988                       Form 8-K dated April 11, 1988             4(e)-68
                  April 15, 1988                       Form 8-K dated April 11, 1988             4(e)-69
                  October 1, 1989                      Form 8-K dated October 6, 1989            4(e)-72
                  October 1, 1989                      Form 8-K dated October 18, 1989           4(e)-73
                  April 1, 1991                        1991 Form 10-K                            4(e)-76
                  December 1, 1991                     1991 Form 10-K                            4(e)-77
                  January 15, 1992                     Form 8-K dated January 27, 1992           4(e)-78
                  April 1, 1992                        March 31, 1992 Form 10-Q                  4(e)-79
                  April 1, 1992                        March 31, 1992 Form 10-Q                  4(e)-80
                  June 1, 1992                         June 30, 1992 Form 10-Q                   4(e)-81
                  June 1, 1992                         June 30, 1992 Form 10-Q                   4(e)-82
                  July 15, 1992                        June 30, 1992 Form 10-Q                   4(e)-83
                  September 1, 1992                    1992 Form 10-K                            4(e)-84
                  September 1, 1992                    1992 Form 10-K                            4(e)-85
                  March 1, 1993                        1992 Form 10-K                            4(e)-86

                                       33
<PAGE>

                  Dated as of                          File Reference                            Exhibit No.
                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  March 1, 1993                        1992 Form 10-K                            4(e)-87
                  May 1, 1993                          March 31, 1993 Form 10-Q                  4(e)-88
                  May 1, 1993                          March 31, 1993 Form 10-Q                  4(e)-89
                  May 1, 1993                          March 31, 1993 Form 10-Q                  4(e)-90
                  August 15, 1993                      Form 8-A dated August 19, 1993            4(e)-91
                  August 15, 1993                      Form 8-A dated August 19, 1993            4(e)-92
                  August 15, 1993                      Form 8-A dated August 19, 1993            4(e)-93
                  November 1, 1993                     Form 8-A dated October 27, 1993           4(e)-94
                  November 1, 1993                     Form 8-A dated October 27, 1993           4(e)-95
                  May 1, 1995                          Form 8-K dated May 24, 1995               4(e)-96
</TABLE>

    4-3           Indenture,  dated as of July 1, 1994,  between the Company and
                  First Union  National  Bank,  as successor  trustee (1994 Form
                  10-K, Exhibit 4-5).

    4-4           First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated as of December 1, 1995,
                  between  the  Company  and  First  Union   National  Bank,  as
                  successor trustee, to Indenture dated as of July 1, 1994 (1995
                  Form 10-K, Exhibit 4-7).

    4-5           Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as of June  1,  1997,
                  between  the  Company  and  First  Union   National  Bank,  as
                  successor trustee, to Indenture dated as of July 1, 1994.

    4-6           Payment and Guarantee Agreement, dated July 27, 1994, executed
                  by the Company in favor of the holders of  Cumulative  Monthly
                  Income Preferred Securities,  Series A of PECO Energy Capital,
                  L.P. (1994 Form 10-K, Exhibit 4-7).

    4-7           Payment and  Guarantee  Agreement,  dated as of  December  19,
                  1995,  executed  by the  Company  in favor of the  holders  of
                  Cumulative  Monthly Income Preferred  Securities,  Series B of
                  PECO Energy Capital, L.P (1995 Form 10-K, Exhibit 4-10).


    4-8           Payment  and  Guarantee  Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1997,
                  executed by the Company in favor of the holders of  Cumulative
                  Monthly Income Preferred  Securities,  Series C of PECO Energy
                  Capital, L.P.

    4-9           Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7, 1997, among
                  the Company, as borrower, and certain banks named therein.

   4-10           364-day Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997, among
                  the Company, as borrower, and certain banks named therein.

   4-11           PECO Energy Company  Dividend  Reinvestment and Stock Purchase
                  Plan, as amended  January 28, 1994  (Post-Effective  Amendment
                  No. 1 to Registration No. 33-42523, Exhibit 28).

   10-1           Amended   and    Restated    Operating    Agreement   of   PJM
                  Interconnection, L.L.C., dated June 2, 1997, (Revised December
                  31, 1997).

   10-2           Agreement,  dated  November 24, 1971,  between  Atlantic  City
                  Electric  Company,  Delmarva  Power  & Light  Company,  Public
                  Service Electric and Gas Company and the Company for ownership
                  of Salem Nuclear  Generating  Station (1988 Form 10-K, Exhibit
                  10-3);   supplemental   agreement  dated  September  1,  1975;
                  supplemental agreement dated January 26, 1977 (1991 Form 10-K,
                  Exhibit 10-3); and supplemental agreement dated May 27, 1997.

                                       34

<PAGE>

   10-3           Agreement,  dated  November 24, 1971,  between  Atlantic  City
                  Electric  Company,  Delmarva  Power  & Light  Company,  Public
                  Service Electric and Gas Company and the Company for ownership
                  of Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station;  supplemental  agreement
                  dated September 1, 1975;  supplemental agreement dated January
                  26,  1977  (1988  Form 10-K,  Exhibit  10-4) and  supplemental
                  agreement dated May 27, 1997.

   10-4           Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan.*

   10-5           Management   Group  Deferred   Compensation  and  Supplemental
                  Pension Benefit Plan.*

   10-6           Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.*

   10-7           Forms of  Agreement  between the Company and certain  officers
                  (1995 Form 10-K, Exhibit 10-5).

   10-8           PECO Energy Company 1989  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  amended
                  April 9, 1997 (1997 Proxy Statement, Appendix B).*

   10-9           PECO Energy Company  Management  Incentive  Compensation  Plan
                  (1997 Proxy Statement, Appendix A).*

   10-10          Amended and  Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement of PECO
                  Energy  Capital,  L.P.,  dated July 25,  1994 (1994 Form 10-K,
                  Exhibit 10-7).

   10-11          Amendment   No.  1  to  the  Amended  and   Restated   Limited
                  Partnership  Agreement of PECO Energy Capital, L.P. (1995 Form
                  10-K, Exhibit 10-8).

   10-12          Amendment   No.  2  to  the  Amended  and   Restated   Limited
                  Partnership  Agreement of PECO Energy Capital, L.P. (1995 Form
                  10-K, Exhibit 10-9).

   10-13          Amended and Restated  Trust  Agreement of PECO Energy  Capital
                  Trust I,  dated as of  December  19,  1995.  (1995  Form 10-K,
                  Exhibit 10-10).

   12-1           Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

   12-2           Ratio of  Earnings  to Combined  Fixed  Charges and  Preferred
                  Stock Dividends.

     13           Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition
                  and Results of Operations,  Consolidated Financial Statements,
                  Notes  to   Consolidated   Financial   Statements,   Financial
                  Statistics,  and Operating  Statistics of the Annual Report to
                  Shareholders for the year 1997.

     21           Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

     23           Consent of Independent Accountants.

     24           Powers of Attorney.

     27           Financial Data Schedule.
- ---------------
*    Compensatory  plans or  arrangements  in which directors or officers of the
     Company participate and which are not available to all employees.

                                       35
<PAGE>
Reports on Form 8-K

     During the quarter  ended  December 31,  1997,  the Company  filed  Current
     Reports on Form 8-K, dated:

         November 7, 1997  reporting  information  under "ITEM 5. OTHER  EVENTS"
         regarding  the  Company's  filing of  testimony  with the  Pennsylvania
         Public  Utility   Commission  in  connection  with  its   restructuring
         proceeding.

         December 11, 1997  reporting  information  under "ITEM 5. OTHER EVENTS"
         regarding the Pennsylvania  Public Utility  Commission's  approval of a
         restructuring plan in the Company's restructuring proceeding.

         December 12, 1997  reporting  information  under "ITEM 5. OTHER EVENTS"
         regarding the terms of the  Pennsylvania  Public  Utility  Commission's
         restructuring plan in the Company's restructuring proceeding.

     Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company filed Current  Reports on Form
     8-K, dated:

         January 9, 1998  reporting  information  under  "ITEM 5. OTHER  EVENTS"
         regarding   the   Company's   filing  of  a  Petition  for   Rehearing,
         Reconsideration,  Clarification,  and  Amendment  to  the  Pennsylvania
         Public  Utility   Commission's  Opinion  and  Order  in  the  Company's
         restructuring proceeding.

         January 15, 1998  reporting  information  under "ITEM 5. OTHER  EVENTS"
         regarding the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission's  response to the
         Company's   filing  of  a  Petition  for  Rehearing,   Reconsideration,
         Clarification,  and Amendment to the Opinion and Order in the Company's
         Restructuring Proceeding.

         January 22, 1998  reporting  information  under "ITEM 5. OTHER  EVENTS"
         regarding the Company's filing of complaints appealing the Pennsylvania
         Public Utility Commission's decision in its restructuring proceeding.

         January 23, 1998  reporting  information  under "ITEM 5. OTHER  EVENTS"
         regarding the Company's filing of complaints appealing the Pennsylvania
         Public Utility Commission's decision in its restructuring proceeding.

         January 26, 1998  reporting  information  under "ITEM 5. OTHER  EVENTS"
         regarding  the  Company's  decision to reduce the  Company's  quarterly
         common stock dividend and reporting 1997 financial results.

                                       36

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant,  PECO ENERGY COMPANY, has duly caused this
annual  report to be signed on its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the City of Philadelphia,  and Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,  on
the 9th day of March 1998.

                                    PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                                    By /s/ C.A. McNeill, Jr.
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       C.A. McNeill, Jr., Chairman of the Board,
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
annual  report has been signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


    Signature               Title                               Date

/s/ C. A. McNeill, Jr.      Chairman of the Board, President,   March 9, 1998
_________________________   Chief Executive Officer and
    C. A. McNeill, Jr.      Director (Principal Executive
                            Officer)

/s/     M. J. Egan          Senior Vice President - Finance     March 9, 1998
_________________________   and Chief Financial Officer
        M. J. Egan          (Principal Financial and
                            Accounting Officer)


     This  annual  report  has also been  signed  below by C. A.  McNeill,  Jr.,
Attorney-in-Fact, on behalf of the following Directors on the date indicated:

          SUSAN W. CATHERWOOD           JAMES A. HAGEN
          DANIEL L. COOPER              KINNAIRD R. MCKEE
          M. WALTER D'ALESSIO           JOSEPH J. MCLAUGHLIN
          G. FRED DIBONA, JR.           JOHN M. PALMS
          R. KEITH ELLIOTT              JOSEPH F. PAQUETTE, JR.
          RICHARD G. GILMORE            RONALD RUBIN
          RICHARD H. GLANTON            ROBERT SUBIN

By   /s/ C. A. McNeill, Jr.                                     March 9, 1998
______________________________________
 C. A. McNeill, Jr., Attorney-in-Fact



                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                                   B Y L A W S


                                    ARTICLE I

                             Offices and Fiscal Year

         Section  1.01.  Registered   Office.--The   registered  office  of  the
corporation in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania  shall be at 2301 Market Street,
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 19101 until otherwise established by an amendment of
the articles or by the board of  directors  and a record of such change is filed
with the Department of State in the manner provided by law.

         Section 1.02. Other Offices.--The  corporation may also have offices at
such other places  within or without the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  as the
board  of  directors  may  from  time to time  appoint  or the  business  of the
corporation may require.

         Section 1.03.  Fiscal  Year.--The  fiscal year of the corporation shall
begin on the first day of January in each year.


                                   ARTICLE II

                      Notice - Waivers - Meetings Generally

         Section 2.01. Manner of Giving Notice.

         (a) General  Rule.--Whenever  written notice is required to be given to
any  person  under the  provisions  of the  Business  Corporation  Law or by the
articles or these bylaws,  it may be given to the person either personally or by
sending a copy thereof by first class or express mail,  postage  prepaid,  or by
telegram (with  messenger  services  specified),  telex or TWX (with  answerback
received) or courier service, charges prepaid, or by facsimile transmission,  to
the address (or to the telex, TWX or facsimile transmission telephone number) of
the  person  appearing  on the  books  of the  corporation  or,  in the  case of
directors,  supplied  by the  director  to the  corporation  for the  purpose of
notice. If the notice is sent by mail, telegraph or courier service, it shall be
deemed to have been given to the person  entitled  thereto when deposited in the
United States mail or with a telegraph office or courier service for delivery to
that person or, in the case of telex or TWX, when  dispatched or, in the case of
facsimile  transmission,  when  received.  A notice of meeting shall specify the
place,  day and hour of the  meeting and any other  information  required by any
other provision of the Business Corporation Law, the articles or these bylaws.

         (b) Adjourned Shareholder  Meetings.--When a meeting of shareholders is
adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting
or of the  business to be  transacted  at an  adjourned  meeting,  other than by

<PAGE>

announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken,  unless the board
fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

         Section 2.02. Notice of Meetings of the Board of  Directors.--Notice of
a regular  meeting of the board of directors need not be given.  Notice of every
special  meeting of the board of  directors  shall be given to each  director by
telephone  or in writing at least 24 hours (in the case of notice by  telephone,
telex,  TWX or  facsimile  transmission)  or 48 hours  (in the case of notice by
telegraph,  courier service or express mail) or five days (in the case of notice
by first class mail)  before the time at which the meeting is to be held.  Every
such notice shall state the time and place of the meeting.  Neither the business
to be transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special  meeting of the
board need be specified in a notice of the meeting.

         Section 2.03.  Notice of Meetings of Shareholders.

         (a) General Rule.-- Written notice of every meeting of the shareholders
shall be given by, or at the direction of, the secretary to each  shareholder of
record  entitled to vote at the meeting at least ten days prior to the day named
for a meeting called to consider amendment of the articles or adoption of a plan
of merger,  consolidation,  exchange, asset, transfer, division or conversion or
adoption of a proposal of  dissolution,  or five days prior to the day named for
the  meeting in any other  case.  If the  secretary  neglects or refuses to give
notice of a meeting, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so. In the
case of a special meeting of shareholders,  the notice shall specify the general
nature of the business to be transacted.

         (b)  Notice of  Action by  Shareholders  on  Bylaws.--In  the case of a
meeting of  shareholders  that has as one of its purposes  action on the bylaws,
written notice shall be given to each  shareholder  that the purpose,  or one of
the purposes, of the meeting is to consider the adoption, amendment or repeal of
the bylaws.  There shall be included in, or enclosed  with, the notice a copy of
the proposed amendment or a summary of the changes to be effected thereby.

         Section 2.04.  Waiver of Notice.

         (a)  Written  Waiver.--Whenever  any  written  notice is required to be
given under the  provisions  of the  Business  Corporation  Law, the articles or
these  bylaws,  a waiver  thereof  in  writing,  signed by the person or persons
entitled to the notice,  whether before or after the time stated therein,  shall
be deemed equivalent to the giving of the notice.  Except as otherwise  required
by this  subsection,  neither the business to be transacted  at, nor the purpose
of, a meeting need be  specified in the waiver of notice of the meeting.  In the
case of a special  meeting of  shareholders,  the waiver of notice shall specify
the general nature of the business to be transacted.

         (b) Waiver by  Attendance.--Attendance of a person at any meeting shall
constitute  a waiver of notice of the meeting  except  where a person  attends a
meeting for the express  purpose of objecting,  at the beginning of the meeting,
to

                                       2
<PAGE>

the  transaction of any business  because the meeting was not lawfully called or
convened.

         Section 2.05.  Modification of Proposal Contained in  Notice.--Whenever
the  language of a proposed  resolution  is  included  in a written  notice of a
meeting  required to be given under the  provisions of the Business  Corporation
Law or the articles or these bylaws, the meeting  considering the resolution may
without further notice adopt it with such  clarifying or other  amendments as do
not enlarge its original purpose.

         Section 2.06.  Exception to Requirement of Notice.

         (a) General  Rule.--Whenever any notice or communication is required to
be given to any person under the provisions of the Business  Corporation  Law or
by the  articles  or these  bylaws  or by the  terms of any  agreement  or other
instrument  or as a  condition  precedent  to taking  any  corporate  action and
communication  with that  person is then  unlawful,  the giving of the notice or
communication to that person shall not be required.

         (b)  Shareholders  Without  Forwarding   Addresses.--Notice   or  other
communications  shall not be sent to any  shareholder  with whom the corporation
has been  unable to  communicate  for more than 24  consecutive  months  because
communications to the shareholder are returned  unclaimed or the shareholder has
otherwise failed to provide the corporation with a current address. Whenever the
shareholder  provides the corporation  with a current  address,  the corporation
shall commence  sending notices and other  communications  to the shareholder in
the same manner as to other shareholders.

         Section 2.07. Use of Conference  Telephone and Similar  Equipment.--Any
director may participate in any meeting of the board of directors, and the board
of directors  may provide by  resolution  with respect to a specific  meeting or
with respect to a class of meetings that one or more persons may  participate in
a  meeting  of the  shareholders  of the  corporation,  by means  of  conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each  other.  Participation  in a meeting
pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  Shareholders

         Section 3.01.  Place of  Meeting.--All  meetings of the shareholders of
the corporation shall be held at the registered office of the corporation unless
another  place is  designated  by the  board of  directors  in the  notice  of a
meeting.

         Section  3.02.  Annual  Meeting.--The  board of  directors  may fix and
designate the date and time of the annual meeting of the shareholders, but if no
such date and time is fixed and  designated  by the board,  the  meeting for any

                                       3
<PAGE>

calendar  year shall be held on the second  Wednesday in April in such year,  if
not a legal holiday  under the laws of  Pennsylvania,  and, if a legal  holiday,
then on the next succeeding business day, not a Saturday, at 10:30 o'clock a.m.,
and at said meeting the shareholders then entitled to vote shall elect directors
and shall  transact  such other  business as may properly be brought  before the
meeting.  If the annual  meeting  shall not have been called and held within six
months after the designated  time, any  shareholder  may call the meeting at any
time thereafter.

         Section 3.03. Special  Meetings.--Special  meetings of the shareholders
may be called at any time by resolution of the board of directors, which may fix
the date, time and place of the meeting,  and shall be called as provided in the
terms of the Preferred  Stock. If the board does not fix the date, time or place
of the meeting,  it shall be the duty of the secretary to do so. A date fixed by
the  secretary  shall not be more than 60 days after the date of the adoption of
the resolution of the board calling the special meeting.

         Section 3.04.  Quorum and Adjournment.

         (a) General  Rule.--A  meeting of the  shareholders  of the corporation
duly called  shall not be organized  for the  transaction  of business  unless a
quorum is present.  Except as otherwise  provided in the terms of the  Preferred
Stock, the presence of shareholders  entitled to cast at least a majority of the
votes that all  shareholders  are entitled to cast on a particular  matter to be
acted  upon at the  meeting  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for the  purposes  of
consideration  and  action  on the  matter.  Shares  of the  corporation  owned,
directly or indirectly,  by it and  controlled,  directly or indirectly,  by the
board of  directors  of this  corporation,  as such,  shall  not be  counted  in
determining  the total number of outstanding  shares for quorum  purposes at any
given time.

         (b)  Withdrawal  of a  Quorum.--The  shareholders  present  at  a  duly
organized meeting can continue to do business until adjournment  notwithstanding
the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

         (c)  Adjournments  Generally.--Any  regular or  special  meeting of the
shareholders,  including one at which  directors are to be elected and one which
cannot be organized because a quorum has not attended, may be adjourned for such
period and to such place as the shareholders  present and entitled to vote shall
direct.

         (d)  Electing  Directors  at  Adjourned  Meeting.--Those   shareholders
entitled to vote who attend a meeting  called for the election of directors that
has been previously adjourned for lack of a quorum,  although less than a quorum
as fixed in this section, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose
of electing directors.

         (e) Other Action in Absence of Quorum.--Those  shareholders entitled to
vote who attend a meeting of shareholders that has been previously adjourned for
one or more  periods  aggregating  at least 15 days  because  of an absence of a
quorum, although less than a quorum as fixed in this section, shall nevertheless

                                       4

<PAGE>

constitute  a quorum for the  purpose of acting upon any matter set forth in the
notice of the meeting if the notice  states that those  shareholders  who attend
the adjourned meeting shall nevertheless  constitute a quorum for the purpose of
acting upon the matter.

         Section 3.05. Action by  Shareholders.--Except as otherwise provided in
the  Business  Corporation  Law or the  articles or these  bylaws,  whenever any
corporate  action is to be taken by vote of the shareholders of the corporation,
it shall be  authorized  by a  majority  of the votes  cast at a duly  organized
meeting of  shareholders  by the  holders of shares  entitled  to vote  thereon.
Except as otherwise  provided in the terms of the Preferred Stock or when acting
by unanimous consent to remove a director or directors,  the shareholders of the
corporation may act only at a duly organized meeting. Only such business will be
conducted  at an annual or special  meeting of  shareholders  as shall have been
properly brought before the meeting:  (i) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, or (ii) by any shareholder who complies with the procedures set forth
in this section.

         For business to be properly brought before an annual or special meeting
by a  shareholder,  the  shareholder  must have  given to the  secretary  of the
corporation  timely  written  notice of the  shareholder's  intention  to make a
proposal,  in the manner and form prescribed  herein. In addition,  the proposal
must otherwise be lawful and satisfy the  requirements  for inclusion in a proxy
statement  contained in Rule 14a-8 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or
any similar or successor rule or regulation),  promulgated  under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         To be timely, a shareholder's  notice with respect to an annual meeting
of  shareholders  must be addressed to the secretary of the  corporation  at the
principal executive offices of the corporation and received by the secretary not
less than 120 days in advance of the date the corporation's  proxy statement was
released to  shareholders  in connection with the previous year's annual meeting
of  shareholders,  and this  notice  requirement  shall not be  affected  by any
adjournment  of the meeting;  provided,  however,  that if no annual meeting was
held the  previous  year or the date of the annual  meeting has been  changed by
more  than 30  calendar  days  from  the  date  contemplated  at the time of the
previous year's proxy statement,  to be timely,  a shareholder's  notice must be
received  at  least  80 days  prior  to the  date  the  corporation  intends  to
distribute its proxy statement with respect to such meeting.

         To be timely, a shareholder's  notice with respect to a special meeting
of the shareholders must be addressed to the secretary of the corporation at the
principal executive offices of the corporation and received by the secretary not
less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however,
that in the event that less than 70 days' notice or prior public  disclosure  of
the  date  of the  meeting  is  given  or made to  shareholders,  notice  by the
shareholder  must be received  not later than the close of business on the tenth
day  following  the day on 

                                       5

<PAGE>

which  notice of the date of the  special  meeting  was  mailed  or such  public
disclosure was made, whichever first occurs.

         The notice must include all the  information  required by Rule 14a-8 of
the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (or any similar or successor  rule or
regulation),  promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
for inclusion of a shareholder proposal in a proxy statement.

         Notwithstanding  anything  in the bylaws to the  contrary,  no business
shall be conducted at any annual or special  meeting  except in accordance  with
the procedures set forth in this section.  The chairman of the annual meeting or
special  meeting  shall,  if the facts  warrant,  determine  and  declare to the
meeting that business was not properly  brought before the meeting in accordance
with the provisions of this section, and if he or she should so determine,  such
business shall not be transacted.

         Section 3.06.  Organization.

         (a)  Chairman  and  Secretary  of  Meeting.--At  every  meeting  of the
shareholders,  the  chairman of the board,  if there be one,  or, in the case of
vacancy in office or absence of the chairman of the board,  one of the following
officers  present in the order stated:  the vice chairman of the board, if there
be one, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority,
or a person chose by vote of the shareholders present,  shall act as chairman of
the meeting.  The  secretary or, in the absence of the  secretary,  an assistant
secretary, or, in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, a
person  appointed by the chairman of the meeting,  shall act as secretary of the
meeting.

         (b) Rules of Conduct.-- The board of directors or the chairman shall be
entitled  to make such  rules or  regulations  for the  conduct of  meetings  of
shareholders as are deemed  necessary,  appropriate or convenient for the proper
conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or
order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at
the meeting and the safety of those  present,  limitations on  participation  in
such  meeting  to  shareholders  of record  of the  corporation  and their  duly
authorized and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the chairman shall
permit,  restrictions  on entry to the  meeting  after  the time  fixed  for the
commencement  thereof,  limitations on the time allotted to questions or comment
by  participants  and  regulation  of the  opening  and closing of the polls for
balloting  on  matters  which are to be voted on by ballot.  Unless,  and to the
extent  determined  by the board of  directors  or the  chairman of the meeting,
meetings of  shareholders  need not be  conducted  in  accordance  with rules of
parliamentary procedure.

         Section 3.07. Voting Rights of Shareholders.--Unless otherwise provided
in the articles,  every  shareholder of the corporation shall be entitled to one
vote for every share standing in the name of the shareholder on the books of the
corporation.

                                       6

<PAGE>

         Section 3.08.  Voting and other Action by Proxy.

         (a)      General Rule.--

                  (1)  Every  shareholder  entitled  to  vote  at a  meeting  of
         shareholders may authorize another person to act for the shareholder by
         proxy.

                  (2) The  presence  of, or vote or other action at a meeting of
         shareholders by a proxy of a shareholder  shall constitute the presence
         of, or vote or action by the shareholder.

                  (3) Where two or more  proxies of a  shareholder  are present,
         the  corporation  shall,  unless  otherwise  expressly  provided in the
         proxy,  accept as the vote of all shares  represented  thereby the vote
         cast by a majority of them and,  if a majority  of the  proxies  cannot
         agree whether the shares represented shall be voted, or upon the manner
         of voting the shares, the voting of the shares shall be divided equally
         among those persons.

         (b) Minimum  Requirements.--Every proxy shall be executed in writing by
the  shareholder or by the duly authorized  attorney-in-fact  of the shareholder
and filed with the secretary of the corporation. A proxy, unless coupled with an
interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any other agreement or any
provision in the proxy to the contrary,  but the revocation of a proxy shall not
be effective until written notice thereof has been given to the secretary of the
corporation.  An  unrevoked  proxy shall not be valid after three years from the
date of its  execution  unless a longer time is expressly  provided  therein.  A
proxy  shall not be  revoked  by the death or  incapacity  of the maker  unless,
before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised,  written notice of the
death or incapacity is given to the secretary of the corporation.

         (c)  Expenses.--The  corporation  shall pay the reasonable  expenses of
solicitation of votes or proxies of shareholders by or on behalf of the board of
directors or its nominees for election to the board,  including  solicitation by
professional proxy solicitors and otherwise.

         Section  3.09.  Voting  by  Fiduciaries  and  Pledgees.--Shares  of the
corporation standing in the name of a trustee or other fiduciary and shares held
by an assignee for the benefit of creditors or by a receiver may be voted by the
trustee, fiduciary, assignee or receiver. A shareholder whose shares are pledged
shall be entitled to vote the shares until the shares have been transferred into
the name of the  pledgee,  or a nominee  of the  pledgee,  but  nothing  in this
section shall affect the validity of a proxy given to a pledgee or nominee.

         Section 3.10.  Voting by Joint Holders of Shares.

         (a) General  Rule.--Where shares of the corporation are held jointly or
as tenants in common by two or more persons, as fiduciaries or otherwise:

                                       7

<PAGE>

                  (1) if only one or more of such  persons  is present in person
         or by proxy,  all of the shares  standing in the names of such  persons
         shall be deemed to be  represented  for the  purpose of  determining  a
         quorum and the  corporation  shall accept as the vote of all the shares
         the vote cast by a joint owner or a majority of them; and

                  (2) if the persons are equally divided upon whether the shares
         held by them shall be voted or upon the  manner of voting  the  shares,
         the voting of the shares  shall be divided  equally  among the  persons
         without  prejudice to the rights of the joint owners or the  beneficial
         owners thereof among themselves.

         (b)  Exception.--If  there has been  filed  with the  secretary  of the
corporation  a copy,  certified  by an  attorney-at-law  to be  correct,  of the
relevant  portions  of the  agreement  under  which the  shares  are held or the
instrument  by which  the  trust or  estate  was  created  or the order of court
appointing them or of an order of court directing the voting of the shares,  the
persons  specified as having such voting power in the document latest in date of
operative effect so filed, and only those persons, shall be entitled to vote the
shares but only in accordance therewith.

         Section 3.11.  Voting by Corporations.

         (a)  Voting  by  Corporate  Shareholders.--Any  corporation  that  is a
shareholder of this  corporation  may vote at meetings of  shareholders  of this
corporation  by any of its  officers  or agents,  or by proxy  appointed  by any
officer  or agent,  unless  some other  person,  by  resolution  of the board of
directors of the other  corporation or a provision of its articles or bylaws,  a
copy of which  resolution  or  provision  certified  to be correct by one of its
officers has been filed with the secretary of this corporation, is appointed its
general or special proxy in which case that person shall be entitled to vote the
shares.

         (b) Controlled  Shares.--Shares of this corporation owned,  directly or
indirectly,  by it and  controlled,  directly  or  indirectly,  by the  board of
directors of this  corporation,  as such,  shall not be voted at any meeting and
shall not be counted in determining  the total number of outstanding  shares for
voting purposes at any given time.

                                       8

<PAGE>

         Section 3.12.  Determination of Shareholders of Record.

         (a) Fixing Record Date.--The board of directors may fix a time prior to
the date of any meeting of shareholders  as a record date for the  determination
of the  shareholders  entitled to notice of, or to vote at, the  meeting,  which
time,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in the  articles  or in the  case  of an
adjourned  meeting,  shall  be not  more  than 90 days  prior to the date of the
meeting of shareholders.  Only shareholders of record on the date fixed shall be
so  entitled  notwithstanding  any  transfer  of  shares  on  the  books  of the
corporation  after any record  date fixed as provided  in this  subsection.  The
board of directors  may  similarly  fix a record date for the  determination  of
shareholders of record for any other purpose,  except that the record date fixed
to  determine  the holders of  Preferred  Stock  entitled  to receive  dividends
thereon shall not precede the respective  dividend  payment date by more than 40
days. When a  determination  of shareholders of record has been made as provided
in this section for purposes of a meeting,  the determination shall apply to any
adjournment  thereof  unless the board fixes a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.

         (b)  Determining  When a Record Date is Not Fixed.--If a record date is
not fixed:

                  (1) The record date for determining  shareholders  entitled to
         notice  of, or to vote at, a meeting  of  shareholders  shall be at the
         close of business on the day next  preceding the day on which notice is
         given.

                  (2) The record date for determining shareholders for any other
         purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board
         of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

         (c)  Certification  by  Nominee.--The  board of  directors  may adopt a
procedure whereby a shareholder of the corporation may certify in writing to the
corporation  that all or a portion of the shares  registered  in the name of the
shareholder  are held for the  account of a specified  person or  persons.  Upon
receipt by the corporation of a certification complying with the procedure,  the
persons  specified in the  certification  shall be deemed,  for the purposes set
forth in the certification,  to be the holders of record of the number of shares
specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.

         Section 3.13.  Voting Lists.

         (a) General  Rule.--The  officer or agent having charge of the transfer
books  for  shares  of  the  corporation  shall  make  a  complete  list  of the
shareholders  entitled  to vote at any  meeting  of  shareholders,  arranged  in
alphabetical  order,  with the address of and the number of shares held by each.
The list shall be  produced  and kept open at the time and place of the  meeting
and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder  during the whole time
of the meeting for the purposes  thereof  except that,  if the  corporation  has
5,000 or more  shareholders,  in lieu of the making of the list the  corporation
may make the information therein available at the meeting by any other means.

                                       9

<PAGE>

         (b) Effect of  List.--Failure  to comply with the  requirements of this
section  shall not affect the validity of any action taken at a meeting prior to
a demand at the meeting by any  shareholder  entitled to vote thereat to examine
the list. The original  share register or transfer book, or a duplicate  thereof
kept in the  Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania,  shall be prima facie evidence as to
who are the  shareholders  entitled  to examine  the list or share  register  or
transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

         Section 3.14.  Judges of Election.

         (a)  Appointment.--In  advance of any  meeting of  shareholders  of the
corporation, the board of directors may appoint judges of election, who need not
be shareholders,  to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of
election are not so appointed,  the presiding officer of the meeting may, and on
the request of any shareholder shall, appoint judges of election at the meeting.
The number of judges shall be one or three.  A person who is a candidate  for an
office to be filled at the meeting shall not act as a judge.

         (b) Vacancies.--In case any person appointed as a judge fails to appear
or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the
board of directors in advance of the  convening of the meeting or at the meeting
by the presiding officer thereof.

         (c)  Duties.--The  judges of  election  shall  determine  the number of
shares  outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares  represented at the
meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and effect of
proxies,  receive  votes or  ballots,  hear and  determine  all  challenges  and
questions in any way arising in connection  with  nominations by shareholders or
the right to vote,  count and  tabulate all votes,  determine  the result and do
such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with  fairness to all
shareholders.  The judges of election shall perform their duties impartially, in
good faith, to the best of their ability and as  expeditiously  as is practical.
If there are three judges of election,  the decision,  act or  certificate  of a
majority shall be effective in all respects as the decision,  act or certificate
of all.

         (d) Report.--On  request of the presiding  officer of the meeting or of
any  shareholder,  the judges shall make a report in writing of any challenge or
question or matter  determined by them,  and execute a  certificate  of any fact
found by them.  Any  report or  certificate  made by them  shall be prima  facie
evidence of the facts stated therein.

         Section 3.15. Minors as Security Holders.--The  corporation may treat a
minor who holds shares or obligations of the  corporation as having  capacity to
receive and to empower  others to receive  dividends,  interest,  principal  and
other payments or  distributions,  to vote or express  consent or dissent and to
make  elections  and  exercise  rights  relating to such  shares or  obligations
unless,  in the case of  payments  or  distributions  on shares,  the  corporate
officer  responsible  for  maintaining  the list of shareholders or the transfer
agent  of the  corporation  or,  in 

                                       10

<PAGE>

the case of payments or  distributions  on obligations,  the treasurer or paying
officer or agent has received written notice that the holder is a minor.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                               Board of Directors

         Section 4.01.  Powers.

         (a) General  Rule.--Unless  otherwise  provided by statute,  all powers
vested by law in the  corporation  shall be exercised by or under the  authority
of, and the business and affairs of the  corporation  shall be managed under the
direction of, the board of directors.

         (b)      Personal Liability of Directors.--

                  (1) A director  shall not be personally  liable,  as such, for
         monetary  damages  for any  action  taken,  or any  failure to take any
         action, unless:

                           (i) the  director  has  breached or failed to perform
                  the duties of his or her office  under 15 Pa.C.S.  ss.ss.  511
                  and 1721 and 42 Pa.C.S. ss. 8363; and

                           (ii) the breach or  failure  to  perform  constitutes
                  self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness.

                  (2) The  provisions  of  paragraph  (1) shall not apply to the
         responsibility  or  liability  of a director  pursuant to any  criminal
         statute,  or the  liability  of a  director  for the  payment  of taxes
         pursuant to local, State or Federal law.

         Section 4.02.  Qualifications and Selection of Directors.

         (a)  Qualifications.--Each  director  of  the  corporation  shall  be a
natural  person of full age who need not be a resident  of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania or a shareholder of the corporation.

         (b) Notice of Certain Nominations  Required.--Nominations  for election
of directors may be made by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of
directors  if written  notice  (the  "Notice")  of the  shareholder's  intent to
nominate a director at the meeting is given by the  shareholder  and received by
the secretary of the  corporation in the manner and within the time specified in
this section.  The Notice shall be delivered to the secretary of the corporation
not  less  than 14 days  nor  more  than 50 days  prior  to any  meeting  of the
shareholders  called for the election of directors;  except that if less than 21
days'  notice of the  meeting  is given to  shareholders,  the  Notice  shall be
delivered to the secretary of the  corporation not later than the earlier of the
seventh day following the day on which notice of the meeting was first mailed to
shareholders or the fourth day 

                                       11

<PAGE>

prior to the meeting.  In lieu of delivery to the  secretary,  the Notice may be
mailed to the secretary by certified mail, return receipt  requested,  but shall
be deemed to have been given only upon  actual  receipt  by the  secretary.  The
requirements  of this  subsection  shall not apply to a nomination for directors
made to the shareholders by the board of directors.

         (c)  Contents  of  Notice.--The  Notice  shall be in writing  and shall
contain or be accompanied by:

                  (1)  the  name  and  residence   address  of  the   nominating
         shareholder;

                  (2) a  representation  that the  shareholder  is a  holder  of
         record of voting  stock of the  corporation  and  intends  to appear in
         person or by proxy at the  meeting  to  nominate  the person or persons
         specified in the Notice;

                  (3) such information regarding each nominee as would have been
         required  to  be  included  in a  proxy  statement  filed  pursuant  to
         Regulation  14A  of  the  rules  and  regulations  established  by  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
         1934 (or pursuant to any successor act or regulation)  had proxies been
         solicited  with respect to such nominee by the  management  or board of
         directors of the corporation;

                  (4) a description of all arrangements or understandings  among
         the  shareholder  and each  nominee  and any other  person  or  persons
         (naming  such person or persons)  pursuant to which the  nomination  or
         nominations are to be made by the shareholder; and

                  (5) the consent of each  nominee to serve as a director of the
         corporation if so elected.

         (d)  Determination  of  Compliance.--If  a judge or judges of  election
shall not have been  appointed  pursuant to these  bylaws,  the  chairman of the
meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any
nomination made at the meeting was not made in accordance with the procedures of
this  section  and, in such event,  the  nomination  shall be  disregarded.  Any
decision by the chairman of the meeting  made in good faith shall be  conclusive
and binding upon all shareholders of the corporation for any purpose.

         (e)  Election  of  Directors.--Except  as  otherwise  provided in these
bylaws,  directors of the corporation shall be elected by the  shareholders.  In
elections for directors,  voting need not be by ballot,  except upon demand made
by a shareholder  entitled to vote at the election and before voting begins. The
candidates  receiving  the  highest  number of votes from each class or group of
classes,  if any,  entitled to elect  directors  separately  up to the number of
directors to be elected by the class or group of classes shall be elected. If at
any meeting of shareholders, directors of more than one class are to be elected,
each class of directors shall be elected in a separate election.

                                       12

<PAGE>

         Section 4.03.  Number and Term of Office.

         (a)  Number.--The  board of directors  shall  consist of such number of
directors as may be  determined  from time to time by resolution of the board of
directors.

         (b)  Term  of  Office.--Each  director  shall  hold  office  until  the
expiration  of the term for which he or she was  selected  and until a successor
has been selected and qualified or until his or her earlier  death,  resignation
or removal.  A decrease in the number of directors  shall not have the effect of
shortening the term of any incumbent director.

         (c)  Resignation.--Any  director  may  resign at any time upon  written
notice to the  corporation.  The  resignation  shall be  effective  upon receipt
thereof by the  corporation or at such  subsequent time as shall be specified in
the notice of resignation.

         (d) Classified Board of  Directors.--The  directors shall be classified
in respect to the time for which they shall severally hold office as follows:

                  (1) Each class shall be as nearly equal in number as possible.

                  (2) The term of office of at least one class  shall  expire in
         each year.

                  (3) Except as otherwise provided in the terms of the Preferred
         Stock or in the  articles,  the  members of each class shall be elected
         for a period of three years.

         Section 4.04.  Vacancies.

         (a) General  Rule.--Except  as  otherwise  provided in the terms of the
Preferred  Stock,  vacancies  in the  board of  directors,  including  vacancies
resulting  from an  increase  in the  number  of  directors,  may be filled by a
majority vote of the  remaining  members of the board though less than a quorum,
or by a sole remaining director, and each person so selected shall be a director
to serve until the next  selection of the class for which such director has been
chosen,  and until a successor  has been  selected and qualified or until his or
her earlier death, resignation or removal.

         (b) Action by Resigned  Directors.--When  one or more directors  resign
from the  board  effective  at a future  date,  the  directors  then in  office,
including those who have so resigned, shall have power by the applicable vote to
fill the vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when the resignations become
effective.

         Section 4.05.  Removal of Directors.

         (a) Removal by the Shareholders.--The entire board of directors, or any
class of the board,  or any  individual  director  may be removed from office by
vote 

                                       13

<PAGE>

of the  shareholders  entitled to vote thereon only for cause. In case the board
or a class  of the  board  or any  one or more  directors  are so  removed,  new
directors may be elected at the same  meeting.  The repeal of a provision of the
articles or bylaws  prohibiting,  or the addition of a provision to the articles
or bylaws  permitting,  the removal by the shareholders of the board, a class of
the board or a  director  without  assigning  any  cause  shall not apply to any
incumbent  director  during the balance of the term for which the  director  was
selected.

         (b) Removal by the  Board.--The  board of directors may declare  vacant
the office of a director who has been judicially declared of unsound mind or who
has been convicted of an offense  punishable by imprisonment  for a term of more
than one year or if,  within 60 days after notice of his or her  selection,  the
director  does not accept the office either in writing or by attending a meeting
of the board of directors.

         Section 4.06.  Place of  Meetings.--Meetings  of the board of directors
may be held at such place within or without the  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as
the board of directors  may from time to time appoint or as may be designated in
the notice of the meeting.

         Section 4.07.  Organization of Meetings.--At every meeting of the board
of directors,  the chairman of the board,  if there be one, or, in the case of a
vacancy  in the  office or absence  of the  chairman  of the  board,  one of the
following  officers present in the order stated: the vice chairman of the board,
if there be one, the president,  the vice  presidents in their order of rank and
seniority,  or a person chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act
as chairman of the meeting.  The secretary or, in the absence of the  secretary,
an assistant  secretary,  or, in the absence of the  secretary and the assistant
secretaries,  any person appointed by the chairman of the meeting,  shall act as
secretary of the meeting.

         Section  4.08.  Regular  Meetings.--Regular  meetings  of the  board of
directors  shall be held at such time and place as shall be designated from time
to time by resolution of the board of directors.

         Section  4.09.  Special  Meetings.--Special  meetings  of the  board of
directors shall be held whenever called by the chairman or by two or more of the
directors.

         Section 4.10.  Quorum of and Action by Directors.

         (a)  General  Rule.--A  majority  of the  directors  in  office  of the
corporation  shall be necessary to  constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of
business  and the acts of a majority  of the  directors  present and voting at a
meeting  at  which a  quorum  is  present  shall  be the  acts of the  board  of
directors.

         (b) Action by Written  Consent.--Any action required or permitted to be
taken at a meeting of the  directors may be taken without a meeting if, prior or
subsequent to the action,  a consent or consents thereto by all of the directors
in office is filed with the secretary of the corporation.

                                       14

<PAGE>

         (c) Notation of Dissent.--A director who is present at a meeting of the
board of  directors,  or of a  committee  of the board,  at which  action on any
corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken
unless his or her dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless the
director files a written dissent to the action with the secretary of the meeting
before  the  adjournment  thereof  or  transmits  the  dissent in writing to the
secretary of the corporation  immediately  after the adjournment of the meeting.
The right to  dissent  shall not apply to a  director  who voted in favor of the
action. Nothing in this section shall bar a director from asserting that minutes
of the meeting  incorrectly omitted his or her dissent if, promptly upon receipt
of a copy of such minutes,  the director notifies the secretary,  in writing, of
the asserted omission or inaccuracy.

         Section 4.11.  Executive and Other Committees.

         (a)  Establishment   and  Powers.--The   board  of  directors  may,  by
resolution  adopted by a majority of the  directors in office,  establish one or
more  committees  to consist of one or more  directors of the  corporation.  Any
committee,  to the extent  provided in the resolution of the board of directors,
shall have and may  exercise  all of the powers  and  authority  of the board of
directors  except that a committee  shall not have any power or  authority as to
the following:

                  (1) The  submission to  shareholders  of any action  requiring
         approval of shareholders under the Business Corporation Law.

                  (2) The  creation  or  filling  of  vacancies  in the board of
         directors.

                  (3) The adoption, amendment or repeal of these bylaws.

                  (4) The  amendment  or repeal of any  resolution  of the board
         that by its terms is amendable or repealable only by the board.

                  (5) Action on matters  committed by a resolution  of the board
         of directors to another committee of the board.

         (b) Alternate  Committee  Members.--The board may designate one or more
directors as alternate  members of any  committee  who may replace any absent or
disqualified  member at any meeting of the  committee or for the purposes of any
written action by the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member
and alternate  member or members of a committee,  the member or members  thereof
present  at any  meeting  and  not  disqualified  from  voting,  whether  or not
constituting a quorum,  may unanimously  appoint another  director to act at the
meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

         (c)  Term.--Each  committee of the board shall serve at the pleasure of
the board.

         (d)  Committee  Procedures.--The  term "board of directors" or "board,"
when used in any  provision  of these  bylaws  relating to the  organization  or
procedures of 

                                       15

<PAGE>

or the manner of taking action by the board of directors,  shall be construed to
include and refer to any executive or other committee of the board.

         Section  4.12.  Compensation.--The  board of  directors  shall have the
authority to fix the  compensation  of directors for their services as directors
and a director may be a salaried officer of the corporation.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Officers

         Section 5.01.  Officers Generally.

         (a)  Number,  Qualifications  and  Designation.--The  officers  of  the
corporation shall be a president,  one or more vice presidents,  a secretary,  a
treasurer,  and such other  officers  as may be elected in  accordance  with the
provisions  of  Section  5.03.  Officers  may  but  need  not  be  directors  or
shareholders  of the  corporation.  The president and secretary shall be natural
persons of full age. The treasurer may be a corporation, but if a natural person
shall be of full age. The board of directors may elect from among the members of
the board a chairman  of the board and vice  chairman  of the board who shall be
officers  of the  corporation.  Any  number of  offices  may be held by the same
person.

         (b) Bonding.--The  corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of
its officers by bond or otherwise.

         Section 5.02.  Election, Term of Office and Resignations.

         (a)  Election  and Term of  Office.--The  officers of the  corporation,
except those elected by delegated  authority  pursuant to Section 5.03, shall be
elected by the board of  directors,  and each such officer  shall hold office at
the discretion of the board until his or her death,  resignation or removal with
or without cause.

         (b)  Resignations.--Any  officer  may  resign at any time upon  written
notice to the  corporation.  The  resignation  shall be  effective  upon receipt
thereof by the corporation or at such subsequent time as may be specified in the
notice of resignation.

         Section 5.03.  Subordinate Officers,  Committees and Agents.--The board
of  directors  may from time to time elect such other  officers and appoint such
committees,  employees or other agents as the  business of the  corporation  may
require, including one or more assistant secretaries,  and one or more assistant
treasurers, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority,
and perform  such duties as are  provided  in these  bylaws,  or as the board of
directors may from time to time  determine.  The board of directors may delegate
to any  officer or  committee  the power to elect  subordinate  officers  and to
retain or appoint  employees or other  agents,  or  committees  thereof,  and to

                                       16

<PAGE>

prescribe  the authority and duties of such  subordinate  officers,  committees,
employees or other agents.

         Section 5.04. Removal of Officers and Agents.--Any  officer or agent of
the  corporation may be removed by the board of directors with or without cause.
The removal shall be without  prejudice to the contract  rights,  if any, of any
person so removed.  Election or  appointment of an officer or agent shall not of
itself create contract rights.

         Section  5.05.  Vacancies.--A  vacancy in any office  because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause, may be filled by the
board of  directors  or by the officer or  committee  to which the power to fill
such office has been delegated pursuant to Section 5.03, as the case may be, and
if the office is one for which these  bylaws  prescribe a term,  shall be filled
for the unexpired portion of the term.

         Section 5.06.  Authority.

         (a)  General  Rule.--All  officers  of  the  corporation,   as  between
themselves  and the  corporation,  shall have such  authority  and perform  such
duties in the management of the corporation as may be provided by or pursuant to
resolutions  or  orders  of  the  board  of  directors  or,  in the  absence  of
controlling  provisions in the  resolutions or orders of the board of directors,
as may be determined by or pursuant to these bylaws.

         (b)  Chief  Executive   Officer--The  chairman  of  the  board  or  the
president,  as  designated  from  time to time by  resolution  of the  board  of
directors, shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation.

         Section 5.07.  The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the
Board.--The  chairman of the board, or in the absence of the chairman,  the vice
chairman of the board,  shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of
the board of directors,  and shall perform such other duties as may from time to
time be requested by the board of directors.

         Section  5.08.  The   President.--The   president  shall  have  general
supervision  over  the  business  and  operations  of the  corporation,  subject
however,  to the control of the board of  directors  and, if the chairman of the
board is the chief  executive  officer of the  corporation,  the chairman of the
board. The president shall sign,  execute,  and acknowledge,  in the name of the
corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, authorized
by the board of  directors,  except in cases  where the  signing  and  execution
thereof  shall be  expressly  delegated by the board of  directors,  or by these
bylaws,  to some other  officer or agent of the  corporation;  and,  in general,
shall  perform  all duties  incident to the office of  president  and such other
duties as from time to time may be  assigned by the board of  directors  and, if
the chairman of the board is the chief executive officer of the corporation, the
chairman of the board.

                                       17

<PAGE>

         Section 5.09. The Vice  Presidents.--The  vice presidents shall perform
the  duties of the  president  in the  absence of the  president  and such other
duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the board of directors or
the president.

         Section 5.10. The  Secretary.--The  secretary or an assistant secretary
shall attend all meetings of the  shareholders and of the board of directors and
shall  record all the votes of the  shareholders  and of the  directors  and the
minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors and of
committees  of the board in a book or books to be kept for that  purpose;  shall
see that  notices are given and records and reports  properly  kept and filed by
the  corporation  as required by law;  shall be the custodian of the seal of the
corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf
of the  corporation  under its seal;  and, in general,  shall perform all duties
incident to the office of  secretary,  and such other duties as may from time to
time be assigned by the board of directors or the president.

         Section 5.11. The  Treasurer.--The  treasurer or an assistant treasurer
shall have or provide  for the  custody  of the funds or other  property  of the
corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection and receipt
of moneys  earned by or in any manner  due to or  received  by the  corporation;
shall  deposit  all funds in his or her  custody as  treasurer  in such banks or
other  places  of  deposit  as the  board of  directors  may  from  time to time
designate;  shall,  whenever so required  by the board of  directors,  render an
account showing all  transactions as treasurer,  and the financial  condition of
the corporation;  and, in general, shall discharge such other duties as may from
time to time be assigned by the board of directors or the president.

         Section 5.12.  Salaries.--The  salaries of the officers  elected by the
board of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors or
by such officer as may be designated by resolution of the board. The salaries or
other  compensation of any other  officers,  employees and other agents shall be
fixed from time to time by the officer or  committee to which the power to elect
such  officers or to retain or appoint  such  employees or other agents has been
delegated pursuant to Section 5.03. No officer shall be prevented from receiving
such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that the officer is also
a director of the corporation.

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      Certificates of Stock, Transfer, Etc.

         Section 6.01.  Share Certificates.

         (a) Form of  Certificates.--Certificates  for shares of the corporation
shall be in such form as  approved  by the board of  directors,  and shall state
that the  corporation  is  incorporated  under the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania, the name of the person to whom issued, and the number and class of
shares  and  the  designation  of the  series  (if  any)  that  the  certificate
represents.  Certificates for shares of the corporation shall set forth upon the
face or back of the  certificate  (or  shall  state  on the  face or back of the
certificate  that the corporation  will furnish to any shareholder  upon request
and without charge),  a full or summary  statement of the  designations,  voting
rights, preferences,  limitations and special rights of the shares of each class
or series  authorized to be issued so far as they have been fixed and determined
and  the  authority  of  the  board  of  directors  to  fix  and  determine  the
designations, voting rights, preferences,  limitations and special rights of the
classes and series of shares of the corporation.

         (b) Share  Register.--The  share  register or transfer  books and blank
share  certificates  shall be kept by the treasurer or by any transfer  agent or
registrar designated by the board of directors for that purpose.

         Section 6.02.  Issuance.--The  share  certificates  of the  corporation
shall be numbered and  registered in the share register or transfer books of the
corporation  as they are  issued.  They shall be  executed in such manner as the
board of directors shall determine.

         Section 6.03. Transfer.--Transfers of shares shall be made on the share
register or transfer books of the corporation  upon surrender of the certificate
therefor,  endorsed  by the person  named in the  certificate  or by an attorney
lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made inconsistent with the
provisions of the Uniform  Commercial Code, 13 Pa.C.S.  ss.ss. 8101 et seq., and
its amendments and supplements.

         Section  6.04.  Record  Holder  of  Shares.--The  corporation  shall be
entitled  to  treat  the  person  in  whose  name any  share  or  shares  of the
corporation stand on the books of the corporation as the absolute owner thereof,
and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest
in, such share or shares on the part of any other person.

         Section 6.05. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates.--The holder of
any shares of the corporation  shall  immediately  notify the corporation of any
loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the officers of
the  corporation  may,  in  their   discretion,   cause  a  new  certificate  or
certificates  to be  issued  to  such  holder,  in  case  of  mutilation  of the
certificate, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in case of loss
or  destruction  of the  certificate,  upon  satisfactory  proof of such loss or
destruction  and, if such officers shall so 

                                       19

<PAGE>

determine,  the  deposit  of a bond in such form and in such sum,  and with such
surety or sureties, as any of them may direct.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                   Indemnification of Directors, Officers and
                        Other Authorized Representatives

         Section 7.01.  Scope of Indemnification.

         (a) General  Rule.--The  corporation  shall  indemnify  an  indemnified
representative  against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding
in which the indemnified  representative may be involved as a party or otherwise
by  reason of the fact that such  person  is or was  serving  in an  indemnified
capacity,  including, without limitation,  liabilities resulting from any actual
or  alleged  breach  or  neglect  of duty,  error,  misstatement  or  misleading
statement, negligence, gross negligence or act giving rise to strict or products
liability, except:

                  (1) where such  indemnification  is  expressly  prohibited  by
         applicable law;

                  (2) where the conduct of the  indemnified  representative  has
         been finally determined pursuant to Section 7.06 or otherwise:

                           (i) to constitute  willful misconduct or recklessness
                  within the meaning of 15 Pa.C.S. ss.ss. 513(b) and 1746(b) and
                  42 Pa.C.S.  ss.  8365(b) or any  superseding  provision of law
                  sufficient in the circumstances to bar indemnification against
                  liabilities arising from the conduct; or

                           (ii) to be based upon or  attributable to the receipt
                  by the  indemnified  representative  from the corporation of a
                  personal  benefit to which the indemnified  representative  is
                  not legally entitled; or

                  (3)  to the  extent  such  indemnification  has  been  finally
         determined  in a final  adjudication  pursuant  to  Section  7.06 to be
         otherwise unlawful.

         (b) Partial  Payment.--If an indemnified  representative is entitled to
indemnification  in respect of a portion,  but not all,  of any  liabilities  to
which  such  person  may  be  subject,  the  corporation  shall  indemnify  such
indemnified  representative  to the  maximum  extent  for  such  portion  of the
liabilities.

         (c) Presumption.--The  termination of a proceeding by judgment,  order,
settlement  or conviction  or upon a plea of nolo  contendere or its  equivalent
shall not of itself create a presumption that the indemnified  representative is
not entitled to indemnification.

                                       20
<PAGE>

         (d) Definitions.--For purposes of this Article:

                  (1) "indemnified capacity" means any and all past, present and
         future  service  by  an  indemnified  representative  in  one  or  more
         capacities   as  a  director,   officer,   employee  or  agent  of  the
         corporation,  or, at the  request of the  corporation,  as a  director,
         officer,  employee,  agent fiduciary or trustee of another corporation,
         partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan or other
         entity or enterprise;

                  (2) "indemnified  representative"  means any and all directors
         and  officers of the  corporation  any other  person  designated  as an
         indemnified representative by the board of directors of the corporation
         (which may, but need not,  include any person serving at the request of
         the corporation,  as a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or
         trustee of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,
         employee benefit plan or other entity or enterprise);

                  (3)  "liability"  means any damage,  judgment,  amount paid in
         settlement,  fine, penalty,  punitive damages, excise tax assessed with
         respect to an employee benefit plan, or cost or expense,  of any nature
         (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and disbursements); and

                  (4)  "proceeding"  means any threatened,  pending or completed
         action, suit, appeal or other proceeding of any nature,  whether civil,
         criminal, administrative or investigative,  whether formal or informal,
         and whether brought by or in the right of the  corporation,  a class of
         its security holders or otherwise.

         Section     7.02.      Proceedings     Initiated     by     Indemnified
Representatives.--Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Article,  the
corporation shall not indemnify under this Article an indemnified representative
for any liability incurred in a proceeding  initiated (which shall not be deemed
to include  counter-claims  or affirmative  defenses) or  participated  in as an
intervenor or amicus curiae by the person  seeking  indemnification  unless such
initiation of or participation in the proceeding is authorized, either before or
after its  commencement,  by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors
in office.  This section does not apply to reimbursement of expenses incurred in
successfully  prosecuting  or defending  an  arbitration  under  Section 7.06 or
otherwise  successfully  prosecuting  or defending the rights of an  indemnified
representative granted by or pursuant to this Article.

         Section  7.03.  Advancing  Expenses.--The  corporation  shall  pay  the
expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in good faith by
an  indemnified  representative  in  advance  of  the  final  disposition  of  a
proceeding  described in Section 7.01 or the initiation of or  participation  in
which is authorized  pursuant to Section 7.02 upon receipt of an  undertaking by
or on  behalf of the  indemnified  representative  to repay the  amount if it is
ultimately  determined pursuant to Section 7.06 that such person is not entitled
to be indemnified  by the  corporation  pursuant to this Article.  The financial
ability of an  indemnified  

                                       21

<PAGE>

representative  to repay an advance shall not be a prerequisite to the making of
such advance.

         Section  7.04.  Securing of  Indemnification  Obligations.--To  further
effect,  satisfy or secure the  indemnification  obligations  provided herein or
otherwise,  the corporation may maintain  insurance,  obtain a letter of credit,
act as self-insurer,  create a reserve,  trust, escrow, cash collateral or other
fund or  account,  enter  into  indemnification  agreements,  pledge  or grant a
security  interest in any assets or  properties of the  corporation,  or use any
other mechanism or arrangement  whatsoever in such amounts,  at such costs,  and
upon such  other  terms and  conditions  as the board of  directors  shall  deem
appropriate.  Absent fraud,  the  determination  of the board of directors  with
respect to such amounts, costs, terms and conditions shall be conclusive against
all  security  holders,  officers  and  directors  and shall not be  subject  to
voidability.

         Section    7.05.    Payment   of    Indemnification.--An    indemnified
representative  shall be  entitled  to  indemnification  within 30 days  after a
written request for  indemnification  has been delivered to the secretary of the
corporation.

         Section 7.06.  Arbitration.

         (a) General Rule.--Any dispute related to the right to indemnification,
contribution  or advancement of expenses as provided under this Article,  except
with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of  1933  that  the  corporation  has  undertaken  to  submit  to  a  court  for
adjudication,  shall be decided only by arbitration in the metropolitan  area in
which the  principal  executive  offices of the  corporation  are located at the
time, in accordance with the commercial  arbitration rules then in effect of the
American Arbitration  Association,  before a panel of three arbitrators,  one of
whom shall be selected by the corporation,  the second of whom shall be selected
by the indemnified representative and the third of whom shall be selected by the
other two arbitrators.  In the absence of the American Arbitration  Association,
or if for any reason  arbitration  under the  arbitration  rules of the American
Arbitration Association cannot be initiated,  and if one of the parties fails or
refuses to select an arbitrator or the  arbitrators  selected by the corporation
and the  indemnified  representative  cannot agree on the selection of the third
arbitrator within 30 days after such time as the corporation and the indemnified
representative  have  each  been  notified  of  the  selection  of  the  other's
arbitrator,  the necessary  arbitrator or  arbitrators  shall be selected by the
presiding judge of the court of general jurisdiction in such metropolitan area.

         (b)  Qualifications  of   Arbitrators.--Each   arbitrator  selected  as
provided  herein is required to be or have been a director or executive  officer
of a  corporation  whose shares of common stock were listed  during at least one
year of such  service  on the New York  Stock  Exchange  or the  American  Stock
Exchange or quoted on the National  Association of Securities  Dealers Automated
Quotations System.

                                       22

<PAGE>

         (c) Burden of Proof.--The party or parties  challenging the right of an
indemnified representative to the benefits of this Article shall have the burden
of proof.

         (d)   Expenses.--The   corporation   shall   reimburse  an  indemnified
representative  for the expenses  (including  attorneys' fees and disbursements)
incurred in successfully prosecuting or defending such arbitration.

         (e)  Effect.--Any  award  entered  by the  arbitrators  shall be final,
binding and  nonappealable  and judgment may be entered  thereon by any party in
accordance  with applicable law in any court of competent  jurisdiction,  except
that the  corporation  shall be entitled to  interpose  as a defense in any such
judicial enforcement  proceeding any prior final judicial  determination adverse
to the indemnified  representative  under Section 7.01(a)(2) in a proceeding not
directly  involving   indemnification   under  this  Article.  This  arbitration
provision shall be specifically enforceable.

         Section 7.07.  Contribution.--If  the  indemnification  provided for in
this  Article  or  otherwise  is  unavailable  for any  reason in respect of any
liability  or  portion  thereof,   the  corporation   shall  contribute  to  the
liabilities  to which the  indemnified  representative  may be  subject  in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the intent of this Article or otherwise.

         Section  7.08.  Mandatory   Indemnification  of  Directors,   Officers,
Etc.--To the extent that an authorized  representative  of the  corporation  has
been  successful  on the merits or otherwise  in defense of any action,  suit or
proceeding  referred to in Section 1741 or 1742 of the Business  Corporation Law
or in  defense of any  claim,  issue or matter  therein,  such  person  shall be
indemnified  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees and  disbursements)
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

         Section 7.09.  Contract Rights;  Amendment or Repeal.--All rights under
this  Article  shall be  deemed  a  contract  between  the  corporation  and the
indemnified   representative   pursuant  to  which  the   corporation  and  each
indemnified  representative intend to be legally bound. Any repeal, amendment or
modification hereof shall be prospective only and shall not affect any rights or
obligations then existing.

         Section 7.10.  Scope of  Article.--The  rights  granted by this Article
shall  not be  deemed  exclusive  of any other  rights  to which  those  seeking
indemnification,  contribution  or advancement of expenses may be entitled under
any statute,  agreement,  vote of  shareholders  or  disinterested  directors or
otherwise,  both as to action in an indemnified capacity and as to action in any
other capacity.  The  indemnification,  contribution and advancement of expenses
provided by or granted  pursuant to this Article  shall  continue as to a person
who has ceased to be an indemnified representative in respect of matters arising
prior to such time,  and shall  inure to the  benefit  of the heirs,  executors,
administrators and person representatives of such a person.

                                       23

<PAGE>

         Section 7.11. Reliance on Provisions.--Each  person who shall act as an
indemnified  representative of the corporation shall be deemed to be doing so in
reliance upon the rights provided by this Article.

         Section  7.12.  Interpretation.--The  provisions  of this  Article  are
intended to constitute bylaws  authorized by 15 Pa.C.S.  ss.ss. 513 and 1746 and
42 Pa.C.S. ss. 8365.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                Emergency Bylaws

         Section  8.01.  Scope of  Article.--This  Article  shall be  applicable
during any emergency  resulting from a catastrophe as a result of which a quorum
of the board of  directors  cannot  readily be  assembled.  To the extent not in
conflict  with this  Article,  these bylaws  shall  remain in effect  during the
emergency.

         Section 8.02.  Special Meetings of the Board.--A special meeting of the
board of directors may be called by any director by means feasible at the time.

         Section 8.03.  Emergency Committee of the Board.

         (a) Composition.--The emergency committee of the board shall consist of
nine persons  standing  highest on the following list who are available and able
to act:

         Members of the board of directors.
         President.
         The individual who, immediately prior to the emergency, was the
            senior officer in charge of nuclear operations.
         The individual who, immediately prior to the emergency, was the
            senior officer in charge of other operations.
         The individual who, immediately prior to the emergency, was the
            senior officer in charge of finance operations.
         Other officers.

Where  more  than  one  person  holds  any of the  listed  ranks,  the  order of
precedence  shall be  determined  by length of time in rank.  Each member of the
emergency  committee thus constituted shall continue to act until replaced by an
individual  standing higher on the list. The emergency  committee shall continue
to act until a quorum of the board of directors is available and able to act. If
the corporation has no directors,  the emergency committee shall cause a special
meeting of  shareholders  for the election of directors to be called and held as
soon as practicable.

         (b) Powers.--The emergency committee shall have and may exercise all of
the powers and authority of the board of directors,  including the power to fill
a  vacancy  in any  office  of  the  corporation  or to  designate  a  temporary
replacement 

                                       24

<PAGE>

for any officer of the corporation  who is  unavailable,  but shall not have the
power to fill vacancies in the board of directors.

         (c)  Quorum.--A  majority of the members of the emergency  committee in
office shall constitute a quorum.

         (d)  Status.--Each  member  of  the  emergency  committee  who is not a
director  shall  during his or her service as such be entitled to the rights and
immunities conferred by law, the articles and these bylaws upon directors of the
corporation  and upon persons  acting in good faith as a  representative  of the
corporation during an emergency.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Miscellaneous

         Section 9.01. Corporate  Seal.--The  corporation shall have a corporate
seal in the form of a circle containing the name of the corporation, the year of
incorporation  and  such  other  details  as may be  approved  by the  board  of
directors.

         Section 9.02.  Checks.--All  checks,  notes, bills of exchange or other
orders in  writing  shall be signed by such  person or  persons  as the board of
directors or any person  authorized  by resolution of the board of directors may
from time to time designate.

         Section 9.03.  Contracts.--Except as otherwise provided in the Business
Corporation  Law  in  the  case  of  transactions  that  require  action  by the
shareholders, the board of directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter
into any  contract  or to  execute or deliver  any  instrument  on behalf of the
corporation,  and  such  authority  may  be  general  or  confined  to  specific
instances.

         Section 9.04.  Interested Directors or Officers; Quorum.

         (a) General  Rule.--A  contract or transaction  between the corporation
and one or more of its  directors  or officers or between  the  corporation  and
another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise in
which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have
a financial  or other  interest,  shall not be void or voidable  solely for that
reason,  or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates
in the  meeting  of the board of  directors  that  authorizes  the  contract  or
transaction,  or solely  because  his,  her or their  votes are counted for that
purpose, if:

                  (1) the material facts as to the  relationship or interest and
         as to the  contract or  transaction  are  disclosed or are known to the
         board of directors and the board authorizes the contract or transaction
         by the affirmative votes of a majority of the  disinterested  directors
         even though the disinterested directors are less than a quorum;

                                       25

<PAGE>

                  (2)  the  material  facts  as to his or  her  relationship  or
         interest and as to the  contract or  transaction  are  disclosed or are
         known to the shareholders  entitled to vote thereon and the contract or
         transaction  is  specifically  approved  in good faith by vote of those
         shareholders; or

                  (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the  corporation
         as of the time it is  authorized,  approved or ratified by the board of
         directors or the shareholders.

         (b)   Quorum.--Common  or  interested   directors  may  be  counted  in
determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board which  authorizes
a contract or transaction specified in subsection (a).

         Section  9.05.   Deposits.--All  funds  of  the  corporation  shall  be
deposited  from time to time to the  credit of the  corporation  in such  banks,
trust  companies or other  depositories as the board of directors may approve or
designate, and all such funds shall be withdrawn only upon checks signed by such
one or more  officers or employees as the board of directors  shall from time to
time determine.

         Section 9.06.  Corporate Records.

         (a) Required Records.--The corporation shall keep complete and accurate
books and records of account,  minutes of the proceedings of the  incorporators,
shareholders  and directors and a share register  giving the names and addresses
of all  shareholders  and the number and class of shares held by each. The share
register shall be kept at either the registered office of the corporation in the
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  or at its principal  place of business  wherever
situated or at the office of its registrar or transfer agent. Any books, minutes
or other  records  may be in  written  form or any other  form  capable of being
converted into written form within a reasonable time.

         (b)  Right  of  Inspection.--Every   shareholder  shall,  upon  written
verified demand stating the purpose thereof,  have a right to examine, in person
or by agent or  attorney,  during the usual  hours for  business  for any proper
purpose,  the share register,  books and records of account,  and records of the
proceedings of the incorporators,  shareholders and directors and to make copies
or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related
to the  interest  of the person as a  shareholder.  In every  instance  where an
attorney  or other  agent is the person who seeks the right of  inspection,  the
demand shall be  accompanied  by a verified  power of attorney or other  writing
that  authorizes  the  attorney  or  other  agent  to so  act on  behalf  of the
shareholder.  The demand shall be directed to the  corporation at its registered
office in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or at its principal place of business
wherever situated.

         Section 9.07.  Amendment of Bylaws.

         (a) General Rule.--Except as otherwise provided in the express terms of
any series of the shares of the corporation:

                                       26

<PAGE>

                  (1) The  shareholders  shall have the power to amend or repeal
         these  bylaws,  or to adopt new bylaws,  only with the  approval of the
         board  of  directors.  A  direction  by the  board  that a  shareholder
         proposal  with  respect  to  the  bylaws  shall  be  submitted  to  the
         shareholders  for action  thereon,  or the sufferance by the board that
         such a proposal shall be so submitted, shall not constitute approval by
         the board of directors of the amendment, repeal or new bylaws.

                  (2) These bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new bylaws may
         be  adopted,  by vote of a majority  of the board of  directors  of the
         corporation  in office at any  regular  special  meeting of  directors,
         including in circumstances otherwise reserved by statute exclusively to
         the  shareholders,  the board of  directors of the  corporation  having
         under the articles of incorporation the full authority conferred by law
         upon the  shareholders  of the  corporation  to adopt,  amend or repeal
         these bylaws.  Any bylaw  adopted by the board of directors  under this
         paragraph shall be consistent with the articles of incorporation.

         (b) Effective  Date.--Any change in these bylaws shall take effect when
adopted unless otherwise provided in the resolution effecting the change.















As adopted February 26, 1990 and amended January 26, 1998.


                                       27

                              PECO ENERGY COMPANY




                                       AND




                      First Union National Bank, as Trustee




                               SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL
                                    INDENTURE






                            Dated as of June 1, 1997

                                       to

                                    INDENTURE

                            Dated as of July 1, 1994






                          Providing for the Issuance of



            8% Deferrable Interest Subordinated Debentures, Series C
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page


                                    ARTICLE 1
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................. 2

SECTION 1.01   Definitions.................................................... 2

                                    ARTICLE 2
                             THE SERIES C DEBENTURES.......................... 2

SECTION 2.01   Form of the Series C Debentures; Denominations................. 2

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                   REDEMPTION................................. 3

SECTION 3.01   Redemption; Notice to Trustee.................................. 3
SECTION 3.02.  Compliance with Terms of Indenture............................. 3

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                EXTENSION PERIOD.............................. 4

SECTION 4.01   Limitation on Right of Company to Extend
               Interest Payment Period........................................ 4

                                    ARTICLE 5
                             CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 5.01.  Not Responsible for Recitals................................... 4
SECTION 5.02.  Qualification Under Trust Indenture Act
                 of 1939...................................................... 4

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.01   Trust Indenture Act Controls................................... 4
SECTION 6.02   Severability Clause............................................ 5
SECTION 6.03   Governing Law.................................................. 5
SECTION 6.04   No Recourse Against Others..................................... 5
SECTION 6.05.  Use of Term "Trustee".......................................... 5
SECTION 6.06.  Confirmation of Original Indenture............................. 5
SECTION 6.07   Successors..................................................... 6
SECTION 6.08   Multiple Original Copies of this Indenture..................... 6
SECTION 6.09   Table of Contents; Headings, Etc............................... 6
SECTION 6.10   Benefits of the Indenture...................................... 6
SECTION 6.11.  Date of Indenture.............................................. 6



                                       (i)


<PAGE>

         SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of June 1, 1997, by and between
PECO Energy Company, a Pennsylvania corporation (the "Company"), and First Union
National Bank, a national association,  as successor trustee (the "Trustee"), to
an  Indenture,  dated as of July 1,  1994  (the  "Original  Indenture"),  by and
between  the  Company  and  the  Trustee,  which  was  supplemented  by a  First
Supplemental Indenture (the "First Supplemental Indenture") dated as of December
1, 1995 (the Original Indenture, as supplemented, the "Indenture").

         WHEREAS, the Company has formed a wholly owned subsidiary,  PECO Energy
Capital  Corp.,  which is the general  partner of PECO Energy  Capital,  L.P., a
Delaware limited  partnership  ("PECO Energy Capital"),  to issue in series from
time to time its limited partner interests ("Preferred  Securities") and to loan
the proceeds thereof,  together with the investment by PECO Energy Capital Corp.
in PECO Energy Capital, to the Company and to effect other similar arrangements.

         WHEREAS, the Company has duly executed and delivered to the Trustee the
Original  Indenture to provide for the issue of one or more series of deferrable
interest  subordinated  debentures  (herein sometimes called the  "Debentures"),
issuable as in the Indenture  provided,  and  authorized  and issued the initial
series of Debentures which were designated therein as the 9% Deferrable Interest
Subordinated Debentures, Series A.

         WHEREAS, the Company has duly executed and delivered to the Trustee the
First Supplemental  Indenture  authorizing and providing for the issuance of the
second series of Debentures which were designated the 8.72% Deferrable  Interest
Subordinated Debentures, Series B.

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to authorize and to effect the issuance of
a third series of Debentures in an aggregate principal amount of $51,562,500 and
to designate such series 8% Deferrable Interest Subordinated Debentures,  Series
C (the "Series C Debentures") under this Second Supplemental Indenture.

         WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Series C Debentures when duly
issued and executed by the Company and  authenticated  and delivered  hereunder,
the valid  obligations  of the  Company,  and to make this  Second  Supplemental
Indenture a valid and binding  agreement of the Company,  in accordance with its
terms, have been done.


         NOW THEREFORE:

         Each of the  Company and the  Trustee,  intending  to be legally  bound
hereby,  agrees as follows  for the benefit of the other party and for the equal
and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Series C Debentures:

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 1
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE


SECTION 1.01 Definitions.

         "Additional Interest",  with respect to the Series C Debentures,  means
amounts,  if any,  which PECO Energy  Capital would be required to pay as taxes,
duties,  assessments  or  governmental  charges of whatever  nature  (other than
withholding  taxes) imposed by the United States, or any other taxing authority,
with respect to the Series C Debentures.

         "Issue Date" means June 6, 1997.

         "Series C Debentures" means any of the Company's 8% Deferrable Interest
Subordinated  Debentures,   Series  C  issued  under  this  Second  Supplemental
Indenture.

         "Series C Debentureholder" or "Series C Holder" means a Person in whose
name a Series C Debenture is registered on the Registrar's books.

         "Series C Preferred  Securities" means the 8% Cumulative Monthly Income
Preferred  Securities,  Series C, representing limited partner interests of PECO
Energy Capital.

         Unless  otherwise  defined  herein,  all other  capitalized  terms used
herein have the meanings set forth in the Original Indenture.


                                    ARTICLE 2
                             THE SERIES C DEBENTURES


SECTION 2.01 Form of the Series C Debentures; Denominations.

         The Series C Debentures and the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be substantially  in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.  The terms and
provisions  contained  in the  Series C  Debentures,  a form of which is annexed
hereto as Exhibit A, shall constitute,  and are hereby expressly made, a part of
this  Second  Supplemental  Indenture.  The Company  and the  Trustee,  by their
execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to
such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

         The Trustee  shall  authenticate  and make  available  for delivery the
Series C Debentures  for original  issue in the  aggregate  principal  amount of
$51,562,500 to evidence the Company's  obligation  with respect to the loan from
PECO  Energy  

                                       2

<PAGE>

Capital,  upon receipt by the Trustee of a Board of Directors  resolution  and a
written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company,  but without
any further  action by the Company.  Such order shall  specify the amount of the
Series C Debentures to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue
of Series C  Debentures  is to be  authenticated  and  delivered to evidence the
Company's  obligation  with  respect to the loan from PECO Energy  Capital.  The
aggregate  principal  amount of Series C Debentures  outstanding at any time may
not  exceed  $51,546,392  except as  provided  in Section  2.09 of the  Original
Indenture.

         The Series C  Debentures  shall be  issuable  only in  registered  form
without coupons and only in  denominations  of $25.00 and any integral  multiple
thereof attached hereto as Exhibit A.


                                    ARTICLE 3
                                   REDEMPTION


SECTION 3.01 Redemption; Notice to Trustee.

         (a) The Series C Debentures are subject to redemption prior to maturity
as provided in the form thereof attached hereto as Exhibit A.

         (b)  If  any or all of  the  Series  C  Debentures  are to be  redeemed
pursuant to  paragraph  (a) above,  in  addition to the notices  required by the
Original  Indenture,  the Company shall give notice by first class mail, postage
prepaid,  to the Trustee at least 40 days prior to the date of such  redemption.
Any such notice of redemption shall state the date and price of redemption.

SECTION 3.02. Compliance with Terms of Indenture.

         In case the Company  shall desire to exercise  such right to redeem all
or any part of said  Series C  Debentures  as  hereinbefore  provided,  it shall
comply  with  all the  terms  and  provisions  of  Article  III of the  Original
Indenture  applicable  thereto,  and such  redemption  shall be made  under  and
subject to the terms and  provisions  of said  Article III and in the manner and
with the effect therein provided, but at the time or times and at the respective
redemption  rates and upon mailing of notice,  all as hereinbefore  set forth in
Section 3.01 of this Article.

                                       3

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                EXTENSION PERIOD


SECTION 4.01 Limitation on Right of Company to Extend Interest Payment Period.

         The Company  agrees  that no extended  interest  payment  period  shall
extend  beyond  the  stated  maturity  date or  redemption  date of the Series C
Debentures.


                                    ARTICLE 5
                             CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE


         The Trustee hereby  reaffirms  acceptance of the trust herein  declared
and  provided and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and  conditions  set
forth in the Indenture,  as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture and
this Second Supplemental Indenture, and upon the following terms and conditions:

SECTION 5.01.  Not Responsible for Recitals.

         The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental  Indenture or
the due  execution  thereof by the Company or for or in respect of the  recitals
contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company.

SECTION 5.02. Qualification Under Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

         The Trustee hereby  acknowledges  that the Company  proposes to qualify
this Second  Supplemental  Indenture  under the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended.


                                    ARTICLE 6
                                  MISCELLANEOUS


SECTION 6.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

         If  any  provision  of  this  Second  Supplemental   Indenture  limits,
qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by operation of subsection (c) of
Section 318 of the TIA, the imposed  duties shall  control.  The  provisions  of
Sections  310 to 317,  inclusive,  of the TIA that  impose  duties on any Person
(including  provisions  automatically deemed included in an indenture unless the
indenture  provides that such  provisions  are excluded) as a part of and govern
this  Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  except as, and to the  extent,  they are
expressly 

                                       4

<PAGE>

excluded from this Second Supplemental Indenture, as permitted by the TIA.

SECTION 6.02 Severability Clause.

         If any provision in this Second Supplemental Indenture or in the Series
C Debentures shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

SECTION 6.03 Governing Law.

         This Second Supplemental Indenture and the Series C Debentures shall be
governed by and construed in  accordance  with the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania as applied to contracts made and performed  within the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

SECTION 6.04 No Recourse Against Others.

         No director,  officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company
shall have any liability for any  obligations  of the Company under the Series C
Debentures or this Second  Supplemental  Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of or by reason of such  obligations or their  creation.  By accepting a
Series C Debenture,  each Series C  Debentureholder  shall waive and release all
such liability.  The waiver and release shall be part of the  consideration  for
the issue of the Series C Debentures.

SECTION 6.05. Use of Term "Trustee".

         Unless otherwise clearly required by the context, the term,  "Trustee,"
or any other equivalent term used in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be
held and  construed to mean the trustee  under the  Indenture for the time being
whether the original or a successor trustee.

SECTION 6.06. Confirmation of Original Indenture.

         As  supplemented  by the First  Supplemental  Indenture and this Second
Supplemental Indenture,  the Original Indenture, is in all respects ratified and
confirmed,  and this  Second  Supplemental  Indenture  shall be read,  taken and
construed as a part of the Indenture so that all of the rights, remedies, terms,
conditions,  covenants and agreements of the Indenture shall apply and remain in
full force and effect with respect to this Second Supplemental  Indenture and to
the Series C Debentures issued hereunder.

                                       5
<PAGE>

SECTION 6.07 Successors.

         All agreements of the Company in this Second Supplemental Indenture and
the Series C Debentures shall bind its successors and assigns. All agreements of
the Trustee in this Second Supplemental  Indenture shall bind its successors and
assigns.

SECTION 6.08 Multiple Original Copies of this Indenture.

         The parties  may sign any number of copies of this Second  Supplemental
Indenture.  Each  signed  copy shall be an  original,  but all of them  together
represent the same agreement.  Any signed copy shall be sufficient proof of this
Second Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 6.09 Table of Contents; Headings, Etc.

         The Table of  Contents,  Cross-Reference  Table,  and  headings  of the
Articles and Sections of this Second  Supplemental  Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference  only, are not to be considered a part hereof,  and
shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 6.10 Benefits of the Indenture.

         Except as expressly  provided in Article 10 of the Original  Indenture,
nothing in this Second  Supplemental  Indenture  or in the Series C  Debentures,
express or implied,  shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and
their successors hereunder, the Series C Holders and the Special Representative,
any benefit or any legal or equitable  right,  remedy or claim under this Second
Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 6.11. Date of Indenture.

         This Second Supplemental Indenture is dated as of June 1, 1997, but was
actually executed and delivered on June 6, 1997.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  being duly  authorized,  have
executed this Second Supplemental  Indenture on behalf of the respective parties
hereto as of the date first above written.


                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY


                               By:
                               Name:     J. Barry Mitchell
                               Title:    Vice President - Finance


                               FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
                               as Trustee


                               By:
                               Name:
                               Title:


PECO Energy Capital, L.P.

By its General Partner,
PECO Energy Capital Corp.

By:
Name:  J. Barry Mitchell
Title:     President



                                       7



<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit A

                 8% Deferrable Interest Subordinated Debentures,
                                Series C due 2037

No. 1


PECO Energy Company,  a Pennsylvania  corporation  (the  "Company"),  which term
includes any successor corporation under the Indenture,  as defined herein), for
value  received,  hereby  promises  to pay  to  PECO  Energy  Capital,  L.P.  or
registered  assigns,  the  principal sum of Fifty One Million Five Hundred Sixty
Two Thousand  Five Hundred  Dollars  ($51,562,500)  on June 6, 2037,  and to pay
interest on said  principal sum from June 6, 1997 (the "Issue Date") or from the
most recent interest  payment date (each such date, an "Interest  Payment Date")
to which interest has been paid or duly provided for,  monthly in arrears on the
last day of each  calendar  month of each year  commencing  June 30, 1997 at the
rate of 8% per annum  plus  Additional  Interest,  if any,  until the  principal
hereof  shall have  become due and  payable,  and on any overdue  principal  and
premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable
under  applicable  law) on any overdue  installment of interest at the same rate
per annum.  If at any time PECO Energy  Capital,  L.P.  ("PECO Energy  Capital")
would be required to pay any taxes, duties, or other governmental charges (other
than  withholding  taxes)  imposed by the  United  States,  or any other  taxing
authority,  then,  in any such case,  the  Company  also will pay as  Additional
Interest such amounts as shall be required so that the net amounts  received and
retained by PECO Energy  Capital after paying any such taxes,  duties,  or other
governmental charges will not be less than the amounts PECO Energy Capital would
have  received  had no such taxes,  duties,  assessments  or other  governmental
charges been imposed.

         The amount of interest  payable on any  Interest  Payment Date shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day  months.  In the event
that any date on which  interest is payable on the Series C Debentures  is not a
Business Day, then payment of interest  payable on such date will be made on the
next  succeeding  day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other
payment in respect of any such delay),  except that,  if such Business Day is in
the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately
preceding  Business  Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made
on such date. The interest  installment so payable,  and punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest  Payment Date will, as provided in the  Indenture,
be paid to the person in whose name this Debenture is registered at the close of
business on the regular record date for such interest  installment,  which shall
be the fifteenth day of the month of, or in the case of an Interest Payment Date
which is on the first  Business Day of a month,  the  

                                      A-1

<PAGE>

fifteenth day of the month next preceding,  such Interest Payment Date. Any such
interest  installment  not punctually  paid or duly provided for shall forthwith
cease to be payable to the  registered  holders on such regular record date, and
may be paid to the  person in whose name this  Debenture  is  registered  at the
close of  business  on a special  record date to be fixed by the Trustee for the
payment  of such  defaulted  interest,  notice  whereof  shall  be  given to the
registered  holders of this series of Debentures  not less than 10 days prior to
such special record date, as more fully provided in the Indenture. The principal
of (and premium,  if any) and the interest on this Debenture shall be payable at
the office or agency of the Company  maintained  for that purpose in Wilmington,
Delaware in any coin or currency  of the United  States of America  which at the
time of  payment  is legal  tender for  payment  of public  and  private  debts;
provided  however,  that  payment of  interest  may be made at the option of the
Company by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear
in the Debenture Register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder
of this Debenture is PECO Energy  Capital,  the payment of the principal of (and
premium) and interest (including  Additional Interest, if any) on this Debenture
will be made at such  place and to such  account  as may be  designated  by PECO
Energy Capital.

         The indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided
in the  Indenture,  subordinate  and  subject  in right of  payment to the prior
payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject
to the  provisions of the Indenture  with respect  thereto.  Each Holder of this
Debenture,  by  accepting  the  same,  (a)  agrees to and shall be bound by such
provisions,  (b)  authorizes  and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such
action as may be necessary or  appropriate  to  acknowledge  or  effectuate  the
subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee its  attorney-in-fact for
any and all such purposes.  Each Holder hereof, by its acceptance hereof, hereby
waives all notice of the acceptance of the  subordination  provisions  contained
herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior  Indebtedness,  whether now
outstanding or hereafter incurred,  and waives reliance by each such Holder upon
said provisions.

         This Debenture is one of a duly authorized  series of Debentures of the
Company (herein sometimes  referred to as the "Series C Debentures"),  specified
in the  Indenture,  limited in  aggregate  principal  amount as specified in the
Indenture,  issued under and pursuant to an Indenture  dated as of July 1, 1994,
as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture,  dated as of December 1, 1995
and a Second  Supplemental  Indenture dated as of June 1, 1997 (as supplemented,
the  "Indenture")  executed  and  delivered  between the Company and First Union
National Bank, as successor  trustee (the  "Trustee") to which reference is made
to the  Indenture  for a  description  of the  rights,  limitations  of  rights,
obligations,  duties and immunities  thereunder of the 

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

Trustee,  the  Company and the  holders of the  Debentures.  By the terms of the
Indenture,  Debentures are issuable in series which may vary as to amount,  date
of  maturity,  rate  of  interest  and in  other  respects  as in the  Indenture
provided.

         The Series C Debentures  are subject to mandatory  redemption  prior to
maturity at 100% of the principal  amount  thereof plus accrued  interest to the
redemption date as follows:

         (i)      in whole upon the dissolution of PECO Energy Capital; and

         (ii)     in  whole  or in  part  upon  a  redemption  of the  Series  C
                  Preferred  Securities,   but  if  in  part,  in  an  aggregate
                  principal  amount equal to the  aggregate  stated  liquidation
                  preference of the Series C Preferred Securities redeemed.

         At the option of the Company,  the Series C  Debentures  are subject to
redemption  prior to maturity (i) at any time on or after June 6, 2002, in whole
or in part, and (ii) if a Tax Event shall occur and be  continuing,  in whole or
in part,  and in each case at 100% of the principal  amount thereof plus accrued
interest to the redemption date. "Tax Event" shall mean that PECO Energy Capital
shall have received an opinion of counsel  (which may be regular  counsel to the
Company  or an  Affiliate,  but not an  employee  thereof)  experienced  in such
matters  to the  effect  that,  as a  result  of any  amendment  to,  or  change
(including any announced  prospective  change) in, the laws (or any  regulations
thereunder)  of  the  United  States  or any  political  subdivision  or  taxing
authority thereof or therein affecting taxation,  or as a result of any official
administrative  pronouncement or judicial decision interpreting or applying such
laws  or   regulations,   which   amendment  or  change  is  effective  or  such
interpretation  or  pronouncement  is announced on or after the date of original
issuance  of  the  Series  C  Preferred  Securities,   there  is  more  than  an
insubstantial  risk that (i) PECO  Energy  Capital is  subject to United  States
Federal  income tax with respect to interest  received on the Debentures or PECO
Energy  Capital will  otherwise  not be taxed as a  partnership,  (ii)  interest
payable by the Company to PECO Energy  Capital on the Series C  Debentures  will
not be deductible  for United States  Federal  income tax purposes or (iii) PECO
Energy  Capital  is subject  to more than a de  minimis  amount of other  taxes,
duties or other governmental charges.

         In the  event of  redemption  of this  Debenture  in part  only,  a new
Debenture or Debentures of this series for the unredeemed portion hereof will be
issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

         In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,  the
principal of all of the  Debentures may be declared,  and upon such  declaration
shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the
conditions provided in the Indenture.

         The Indenture  contains  provisions  for  defeasance at any time of the
entire  indebtedness  of this  Debenture  upon  compliance  by the Company  with
certain conditions set forth therein.

         Subject  to certain  exceptions  in the  Indenture  which  require  the
consent of every  Holder,  (i) the  Indenture or the Series C Debentures  may be
amended  with the  written  consent of the  Holders of a majority  in  aggregate
principal  amount of the Series C Debentures at the time  outstanding,  and (ii)
certain defaults or noncompliance  with certain  provisions may be waived by the
written  consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate  principal  amount of
the Series C Debentures at the time outstanding.  Subject to certain  exceptions
in the Indenture,  without the consent of any  Debentureholder,  the Company and
the Trustee may amend the  Indenture or the  Debentures  to cure any  ambiguity,
defect  or  inconsistency,  to  bind  a  successor  to  the  obligations  of the
Indenture, to provide for uncertificated  Debentures in addition to certificated
Debentures,  to comply with any requirements of the Debentures or the Securities
and Exchange  Commission in connection with the  qualification  of the Indenture
under the TIA, or to make any change that does not  adversely  affect the rights
of any Debentureholder. Amendments bind all Holders and subsequent Holders.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture
or of the Indenture  shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company,  which
is absolute and unconditional,  to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest  on this  Debenture  at the time and  place  and at the rate and in the
money herein prescribed.

         So long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is continuing,  the
Company  shall  have  the  right  at any time  during  the term of the  Series C
Debentures,  from time to time to extend  the  interest  payment  period of such
Debentures  to up to 60  consecutive  months  (the  "Extended  Interest  Payment
Period"),  at the end of which period the Company  shall pay all  interest  then
accrued and unpaid (together with interest thereon at the rate specified for the
Series C Debentures to the extent that payment of such  interest is  enforceable
under  applicable  law);  provided that,  during such Extended  Interest Payment
Period the Company  shall not declare or pay any dividend on, redeem or purchase
any of its capital stock. Prior to the termination of any such Extended Interest
Payment Period,  the Company may further extend such Extended  Interest  Payment
Period,  provided  that such Period  together  with all such further  extensions
thereof shall not exceed 60 consecutive  months.  At the termination of any such

                                      A-4

<PAGE>

Extended  Interest Payment Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid
interest  and any  additional  amounts  then due,  the  Company may select a new
Extended Interest Payment period.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, this Debenture is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the
Debenture  Register  of the  Company,  upon  surrender  of  this  Debenture  for
registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar accompanied by
a written  instrument or  instruments  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Company or the Trustee  duly  executed by the  registered  holder  hereof or its
attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Debentures of
authorized  denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount and series
will be issued to the designated  transferee or  transferees.  No service charge
will be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum
sufficient  to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge  payable in relation
thereto.

         Prior to presentment  for  registration  of transfer of this Debenture,
the Company,  the Trustee, any paying agent and any Debenture Registrar may deem
and treat the registered  holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or
not this Debenture shall be overdue and  notwithstanding any notice of ownership
or writing  hereon made by anyone other than the  Debenture  Registrar)  for the
purpose  of  receiving  payment of or on  account  of the  principal  hereof and
premium, if any, and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither
the Company nor the Trustee nor any payment  agent nor any  Debenture  Registrar
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

         No  recourse  shall be had for the payment of the  principal  of or the
interest on this  Debenture,  or for any claim based  hereon,  or  otherwise  in
respect  hereof,  or  based  on or in  respect  of the  Indenture,  against  any
incorporator,  stockholder,  officer or director,  past,  present or future,  as
such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation,  whether by
virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any
assessment or penalty or otherwise,  all such liability being, by the acceptance
hereof  and as part of the  consideration  for the  issuance  hereof,  expressly
waived and  released.  Debentures  of this series so issued are issuable only in
registered  form  without  coupons  in  denominations  of $25 and  any  integral
multiple  thereof.   As  provided  in  the  Indenture  and  subject  to  certain
limitations therein set forth,  Debentures of this series are exchangeable for a
like  aggregate  principal  amount of  Debentures  of this series of a different
authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

         All  capitalized  terms used in this Debenture which are defined in the
Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

                                       A-5

<PAGE>

         This  Debenture  shall not be valid until an authorized  officer of the
Trustee manually signs the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication below.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Debenture to be signed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized  officers and a facsimile of its
corporate seal to be affixed hereto or imprinted hereon.


                                       PECO ENERGY COMPANY
(Seal)
                                       By: __________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

Attest:_______________________

Dated: June 6, 1997


TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Debentures referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as Trustee

By: ___________________________________
    Name:
    Title:


                                       A-6



                         PAYMENT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT


         THIS PAYMENT AND GUARANTEE AGREEMENT ("Guarantee Agreement"),  dated as
of  June  6,  1997,  is  executed  and  delivered  by  PECO  Energy  Company,  a
Pennsylvania  corporation (the "Guarantor"),  for the benefit of the Holders (as
defined  below) of the Series C Preferred  Securities (as defined below) of PECO
Energy Capital,  L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership  ("PECO Energy Capital"),
the  general  partner  of which  is PECO  Energy  Capital  Corp.  (the  "General
Partner"),  a  Delaware  corporation  and  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the
Guarantor.

         WHEREAS,  PECO Energy Capital is issuing on the date hereof $50,000,000
aggregate stated liquidation preference of limited partner interests of a series
designated the 8% Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Securities,  Series C (the
"Series C Preferred  Securities"),  and the Guarantor desires to enter into this
Guarantee Agreement for the benefit of the Holders, as provided herein;

         WHEREAS, the Guarantor will issue Series C Subordinated  Debentures (as
defined  below) in  accordance  with the  Indenture  (as defined  below) to PECO
Energy Capital in an amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation preference
of the Series C Preferred Securities and the capital contribution of the General
Partner to PECO Energy Capital (the "G.P. Capital Contribution"); and

         WHEREAS, the Guarantor desires to irrevocably and unconditionally agree
to the extent set forth herein to pay to the Holders the Guarantee  Payments (as
defined  below)  and  to  make  certain  other  undertakings  on the  terms  and
conditions set forth herein.

         NOW,   THEREFORE,   in   consideration   of  the   premises  and  other
consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, intending
to be legally bound hereby, agrees as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

         As used in this Guarantee Agreement,  each term set forth below, unless
the  context  otherwise  requires,   shall  have  the  following  meaning.  Each
capitalized  term used but not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the meaning
assigned to such term in the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership  Agreement
of PECO Energy  Capital dated as of July 25, 1994 (as amended from time to time,
the "Limited Partnership Agreement").

         "Guarantee  Payments"  shall  mean  the  following  payments,   without
duplication,  to the extent not paid by PECO Energy Capital: (i) any accumulated
and unpaid monthly distributions on



<PAGE>


the Series C Preferred  Securities out of moneys legally available therefor held
by PECO Energy  Capital,  (ii) the  Redemption  Price (as defined below) payable
with respect to any Series C Preferred  Securities called for redemption by PECO
Energy  Capital out of moneys  legally  available  therefor  held by PECO Energy
Capital,  and (iii) upon  liquidation of PECO Energy Capital,  the lesser of (a)
the Liquidation  Distribution (as defined below) and (b) the amount of assets of
PECO Energy Capital  available for distribution to the Holders in liquidation of
PECO Energy Capital.

         "Holders" shall mean the persons or entities in whose name any Series C
Preferred Securities are registered on the registration books maintained by PECO
Energy Capital;  provided,  however,  that in determining whether the Holders of
the  requisite  percentage  of  Series C  Preferred  Securities  have  given any
request,  notice,  consent or waiver  hereunder,  "Holder" shall not include the
Guarantor or any entity owned more than 50% by the Guarantor, either directly or
indirectly.

         "Indenture"  shall  mean the  Indenture,  dated as of July 1, 1994 (the
"Original  Indenture"),  as  supplemented by the First  Supplemental  Indenture,
dated as of December 1, 1995,  between the  Guarantor  and First Union  National
Bank, as successor trustee, and the Second Supplemental  Indenture,  dated as of
June 1, 1997,  between the Guarantor and First Union  National Bank, as trustee,
pursuant  to which the  Guarantor  has  issued  and will  issue  its  Deferrable
Interest Subordinated Debentures in series.

         "Liquidation  Distribution"  shall  mean the  aggregate  of the  stated
liquidation   preference  of  $25  per  Series  C  Preferred  Security  and  all
accumulated and unpaid distributions to the date of payment.

         "Preferred  Trust Receipts" shall mean the trust receipts issued by the
Trust each representing a Series C Preferred Security.

         "Redemption  Price"  shall  mean  the  aggregate  of $25 per  Series  C
Preferred  Security and all  accumulated  and unpaid  distributions  to the date
fixed for redemption.

         "Special  Representative"  shall mean any representative of the Holders
appointed pursuant to Section 13.02(d) of the Limited Partnership Agreement.

         "Supplemental  Indenture" shall mean the Second Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of June 1, 1997,  between the Guarantor and First Union  National Bank,
as  trustee,  pursuant  to which the  Guarantor  has  issued  its 8%  Deferrable
Interest  Subordinated   Debentures,   Series  C  (the  "Series  C  Subordinated
Debentures") in an amount equal to the aggregate stated  

                                       2

<PAGE>

liquidation preference of the Series C Preferred Securities and the G.P. Capital
Contribution.

         "Trust" shall mean PECO Energy  Capital  Trust II, a Delaware  business
trust.

         "Trust  Agreement"  shall mean the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
of PECO Energy Capital Trust II, as amended from time to time, among PECO Energy
Capital,  L.P.,  as Grantor,  First Union  National  Bank,  as trustee,  and the
General  Partner,  for the limited purpose stated  therein,  dated as of June 6,
1997.

         "Trustee"  shall mean First Union National Bank or a successor  trustee
under the Trust Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II

         SECTION 2.01.  The Guarantor  hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally
agrees to pay in full to the Holders  the  Guarantee  Payments,  as and when due
(except  to the extent  paid by PECO  Energy  Capital),  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by law,  regardless of any defense,  right of set-off or  counterclaim
which the Guarantor may have or assert against PECO Energy Capital,  the General
Partner,  the  Trust  or the  Trustee.  The  Guarantor's  obligation  to  make a
Guarantee  Payment may be  satisfied by direct  payment by the  Guarantor to the
Holders or by payment of such  amounts by PECO  Energy  Capital to the  Holders.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein,  the Guarantor  retains all of
its rights under Section 4.01(b) of the Indenture to extend the interest payment
period on the Series C Subordinated  Debentures  and the Guarantor  shall not be
obligated hereunder to pay during an Extension Period any monthly  distributions
on the Series C Preferred  Securities  which are not paid by PECO Energy Capital
during such Extension Period.

         SECTION 2.02. The Guarantor  hereby waives notice of acceptance of this
Guarantee  Agreement  and of any  liability  to which it  applies  or may apply,
presentment,  demand  for  payment,  protest,  notice of  nonpayment,  notice of
dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

         SECTION 2.03.  Except as otherwise set forth herein,  the  obligations,
covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement
shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening  from time to
time of any of the following:

               (a) the release or waiver,  by operation of law or otherwise,  of
the  performance  or observance by PECO Energy Capital of any express or implied
agreement,  covenant,  term or  condition  relating  to the  Series C  Preferred
Securities to be performed or observed by PECO Energy Capital;

                                       3

<PAGE>

               (b) the extension of time for the payment by PECO Energy  Capital
of all or  any  portion  of the  distributions,  Redemption  Price,  Liquidation
Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Series C Preferred
Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other  obligation
under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Series C Preferred Securities;

               (c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part
of the Holders or the Special Representative to enforce,  assert or exercise any
right,  privilege,  power or remedy  conferred  on the  Holders  or the  Special
Representative  pursuant to the terms of the Series C Preferred  Securities,  or
any action on the part of PECO Energy Capital  granting  indulgence or extension
of any kind;

               (d)  the  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,   dissolution,
receivership,  insolvency,  bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
reorganization,  arrangement,  composition or  readjustment of debt of, or other
similar proceedings affecting,  PECO Energy Capital or any of the assets of PECO
Energy Capital;

               (e) any  invalidity  of, or defect or  deficiency  in, any of the
Series C Preferred Securities; or

               (f) the  settlement or compromise  of any  obligation  guaranteed
hereby or hereby incurred.

There  shall be no  obligation  to the  Holders to give notice to, or obtain the
consent  of,  the  Guarantor  with  respect  to  the  occurrence  of  any of the
foregoing.

         SECTION  2.04.  The  Guarantor  expressly  acknowledges  that  (i) this
Guarantee  Agreement will be deposited  with the General  Partner to be held for
the benefit of the Holders;  (ii) in the event of the  appointment  of a Special
Representative,  the Special Representative may enforce this Guarantee Agreement
for such purpose;  (iii) if no Special  Representative  has been appointed,  the
General  Partner has the right to enforce this Guarantee  Agreement on behalf of
the Holders;  (iv) the holders of Preferred  Trust  Receipts,  together with the
holders of the Series C Preferred Securities other than the Trust,  representing
not less than 10% in aggregate  stated  liquidation  preference  of the Series C
Preferred  Securities  have the right to direct  the time,  method  and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy  available in respect of this Guarantee
Agreement  including  the giving of  directions  to the  General  Partner or the
Special Representative as the case may be; and (v) if the General Partner or the
Special  Representative  fails to  enforce  this  Guarantee  Agreement  as above
provided, any holder of Preferred Trust Receipts representing Series C Preferred
Securities may institute a legal  proceeding  directly  against the Guarantor to
enforce its

                                       4

<PAGE>

rights  under  this  Guarantee  Agreement,  without  first  instituting  a legal
proceeding against PECO Energy Capital or any other person or entity.

         SECTION 2.05. This is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. The
General Partner or Special  Representative may enforce this Guarantee  Agreement
directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor will waive any right or remedy
to require that any action be brought  against PECO Energy  Capital or any other
person or entity before proceeding  against the Guarantor.  The Guarantor agrees
that this Guarantee  Agreement shall not be discharged  except by payment of the
Guarantee  Payments in full (to the extent not paid by PECO Energy  Capital) and
by complete  performance of all  obligations of the Guarantor  contained in this
Guarantee Agreement.

         SECTION  2.06.  The  Guarantor  will be subrogated to all rights of the
Holders  against  PECO  Energy  Capital in respect  of any  amounts  paid to the
Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement and shall have the right
to waive  payment by PECO Energy  Capital  pursuant to Section  2.01;  provided,
however,  that the  Guarantor  shall  not  (except  to the  extent  required  by
mandatory  provisions of law) exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of
subrogation or any indemnity,  reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as
a result of a payment  under this  Guarantee  Agreement,  if, at the time of any
such payment,  any amounts remain due and unpaid under this Guarantee Agreement.
If any amount  shall be paid to the  Guarantor  in  violation  of the  preceding
sentence, the Guarantor agrees to pay over such amount to the Holders.

         SECTION 2.07. The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder
are  independent  of the  obligations of PECO Energy Capital with respect to the
Series C  Preferred  Securities  and  that the  Guarantor  shall  be  liable  as
principal and sole debtor hereunder to make Guarantee  Payments  pursuant to the
terms of this Guarantee  Agreement  notwithstanding  the occurrence of any event
referred to in subsections (a) through (f), inclusive, of Section 2.03 hereof.


                                   ARTICLE III

         SECTION  3.01.  So long as any  Series C  Preferred  Securities  remain
outstanding,  neither the  Guarantor  nor any  majority-owned  subsidiary of the
Guarantor shall declare or pay any dividend on, or redeem, purchase,  acquire or
make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its capital stock (other than
dividends by a wholly owned  subsidiary) if at such time the Guarantor  shall be
in default with respect to its payment or other  obligations  hereunder or there
shall have  occurred  any event that,  with the giving of notice or the lapse of
time or both,  would  constitute  an Event of Default under the  

                                       5

<PAGE>

Indenture.  The  Guarantor  shall  take all  actions  necessary  to  ensure  the
compliance of its subsidiaries with this Section 3.01.

         SECTION  3.02.  So  long  as any  Series  C  Preferred  Securities  are
outstanding, the Guarantor agrees to maintain its corporate existence;  provided
that the Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell,  convey,
transfer  or  lease  all  or  substantially  all of its  assets  (either  in one
transaction  or  a  series  of  transactions)   to,  any  person,   corporation,
partnership,  limited liability company, joint venture association,  joint stock
company,  trust  or  unincorporated  association  if such  entity  formed  by or
surviving  such  consolidation  or merger  or to which  such  sale,  conveyance,
transfer  or lease  shall have been made,  if other than the  Guarantor,  (i) is
organized  and  existing  under the laws of the United  States of America or any
state thereof or the District of Columbia,  and (ii) shall expressly  assume all
the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.

         SECTION 3.03.  This Guarantee  Agreement  will  constitute an unsecured
obligation  of the Guarantor  and will rank  subordinate  and junior in right of
payment to all general liabilities of the Guarantor.


                                   ARTICLE IV

         This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and
effect  upon full  payment of the  Redemption  Price of all  Series C  Preferred
Securities  or upon full  payment of the  amounts  payable to the  Holders  upon
liquidation  of PECO Energy  Capital;  provided,  however,  that this  Guarantee
Agreement shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may
be, if at any time the Holders must restore  payments of any sums paid under the
Series C Preferred  Securities or under this Guarantee  Agreement for any reason
whatsoever.


                                    ARTICLE V

         SECTION 5.01. All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee
Agreement  shall  bind  the  successors,   assigns,   receivers,   trustees  and
representatives  of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders.
Except as provided in Section 3.02, the Guarantor may not assign its obligations
hereunder  without the prior  approval of the Holders of not less than 662/3% of
the aggregate stated liquidation preference of all Series C Preferred Securities
then outstanding.

         SECTION 5.02. This Guarantee Agreement may only be amended by a written
instrument  executed  by the  Guarantor;  provided  that,  so long as any of the
Series C Preferred Securities remain outstanding,  any amendment that materially

                                       6

<PAGE>

adversely affects the Holders,  any termination of this Guarantee  Agreement and
any waiver of compliance with any covenant hereunder shall be effected only with
the prior approval of the holders of Preferred Trust Receipts  together with the
holders of Series C Preferred Securities other than the Trust,  representing not
less  than  662/3%  of the  aggregate  liquidation  preference  of all  Series C
Preferred Securities then outstanding.

         SECTION 5.03. All notices, requests or other communications required or
permitted  to be given  hereunder to the  Guarantor  shall be deemed given if in
writing and delivered  personally or by recognized  overnight courier or express
mail  service  or  by  facsimile  transmission  (confirmed  in  writing)  or  by
registered  or  certified  mail  (return  receipt  requested),  addressed to the
Guarantor  at the  following  address  (or at such  other  address  as  shall be
specified by like notice to the Holders):

                           PECO Energy Company
                           2301 Market Street
                           P.O. Box 8699
                           Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  19101

                           Facsimile No.:  (215) 557-9885
                           Attention:  Treasurer

         All notices,  requests or other communications required or permitted to
be given  hereunder  to the  Holders  shall be deemed  given if in  writing  and
delivered  by the  Guarantor  in the same manner as notices  sent by PECO Energy
Capital to the Holders.

         SECTION 5.04. This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the
Holders  and  is  not  separately  transferable  from  the  Series  C  Preferred
Securities.

         SECTION  5.05.  This  Guarantee  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by and
construed and  interpreted in accordance  with the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof.

         THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT is executed as of the day and year first above
written.

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY


                               By:
                                   Name:   J. Barry Mitchell
                                   Title:  Vice President-Finance

                                       7



                                 CONFORMED COPY

                                  $450,000,000

                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           dated as of October 7, 1997

                                      among

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                                   as Borrower

                             THE BANKS NAMED HEREIN

                                    as Banks

                         CERTAIN BANKS SPECIFIED HEREIN

                                as Lead Managers

                         CERTAIN BANKS SPECIFIED HEREIN

                                  as Co-Agents

                      FIRST CHICAGO CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,
                              MELLON BANK, N.A. and

                            CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.

                              as Syndication Agents

                     FIRST CHICAGO CAPITAL MARKETS, INC. and
                                MELLON BANK, N.A.

                                  as Arrangers

                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                             as Administrative Agent

                                       and

                                MELLON BANK, N.A.

                             as Documentation Agent


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                    Page

                                    ARTICLE I
                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

   1.01     Certain Defined Terms ..................................           1
   1.02     Computation of Time Periods ............................          11
   1.03     Accounting Principles ..................................          11

                                   ARTICLE II
                        AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

   2.01      The Contract Advances ..................................         11
   2.02      Making the Contract Advances ...........................         11
   2.03      The Auction Advances ...................................         12
   2.04      Fees ...................................................         15
   2.05      Reduction of the Commitments ...........................         16
   2.06      Repayment of Contract Advances .........................         16
   2.07      Interest on Contract Advances ..........................         16
   2.08      Additional Interest on Contract Advances ...............         16
   2.09      Interest Rate Determination ............................         17
   2.10      Conversion of Contract Advances ........................         17
   2.11      Prepayments ............................................         18
   2.12      Increased Costs ........................................         18
   2.13      Illegality .............................................         19
   2.14      Payments and Computations ..............................         19
   2.15      Taxes ..................................................         20
   2.16      Sharing of Payments, Etc ...............................         22
   2.17      Extension of Termination Date ..........................         22
   2.18      Additional Lenders .....................................         23

                                   ARTICLE III
                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

   3.01      Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances ................        25
   3.02      Conditions Precedent to Certain Contract Borrowings .....        26
   3.03      Conditions Precedent to Each Auction Borrowing ..........        26

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   4.01      Representations and Warranties of the Borrower ..........        27

                                    ARTICLE V
                            COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

   5.01      Affirmative Covenants ...................................        28
   5.02      Negative Covenants ......................................        30

                                       i
<PAGE>
Section                                                                    Page

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   6.01      Events of Default .........................................      31

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   THE AGENTS

   7.01      Authorization and Action ..................................      33
   7.02      Agents' Reliance, Etc .....................................      33
   7.03      Agents and Affiliates .....................................      34
   7.04      Lender Credit Decision ....................................      34
   7.05      Indemnification ...........................................      34
   7.06      Successor Administrative Agent ............................      35
   7.07      Syndication Agents, Co-Agents, Lead Managers and Arrangers.      35

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

   8.01      Amendments, Etc.............................................     35
   8.02      Notices, Etc................................................     35
   8.03      No Waiver; Remedies.........................................     36
   8.04      Costs and Expenses; Indemnification.........................     36
   8.05      Right of Set-off............................................     37
   8.06      Binding Effect..............................................     37
   8.07      Assignments and Participations..............................     37
   8.08      Governing Law...............................................     39
   8.09      Consent to Jurisdiction.....................................     40
   8.10      Execution in Counterparts; Integration......................     40



Schedule I        List of Applicable Lending Offices

Exhibit A-1       Form of Contract Note

Exhibit A-2       Form of Auction Note

Exhibit B-1       Notice of a Contract Borrowing

Exhibit B-2       Notice of an Auction Borrowing

Exhibit C         Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit D         Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Borrower

Exhibit E         Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Documentation Agent

Exhibit F         Form of Annual and Quarterly Compliance Certificate

Exhibit G         Form of Additional Lender Supplement

                                       ii
<PAGE>
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           dated as of October 7, 1997

          PECO Energy Company, a Pennsylvania corporation (the "Borrower"),  the
banks  listed  on the  signature  pages  hereof  (the  "Banks"),  certain  Banks
specified  herein,  as lead  managers  hereunder  (in such  capacity,  the "Lead
Managers"),  certain Banks  specified  herein,  as co-agents  hereunder (in such
capacity, the "Co-Agents"),  First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. ("First Chicago
Capital Markets"),  Mellon Bank, N.A. ("Mellon") and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc.
("CitiCorp"),   as  syndication   agents   hereunder  (in  such  capacity,   the
"Syndication  Agents"),  First Chicago Capital Markets and Mellon,  as arrangers
hereunder  (in such  capacity,  the  "Arrangers"),  The First  National  Bank of
Chicago ("First Chicago"), as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in
such capacity,  the "Administrative  Agent"), and Mellon, as documentation agent
for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the "Documentation  Agent"), hereby
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

          SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement,  each
of the following  terms shall have the meaning set forth next to such term below
(each such  meaning to be equally  applicable  to both the  singular  and plural
forms of the term defined):

          "Additional Lender" has the meaning specified in Section 2.18.

          "Adjusted CD Rate" means, for any Interest Period for each Adjusted CD
     Rate Advance made as part of the same Contract Borrowing,  an interest rate
     per annum equal to the sum of:

          (a) the rate per annum  obtained by dividing  (i) the rate of interest
          determined  by the  Administrative  Agent to be the  average  (rounded
          upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum, if such
          average is not such a multiple) of the consensus  bid rate  determined
          by each of the Reference  Banks for the bid rates per annum,  at 10:00
          A.M.  (Chicago  time) (or as soon  thereafter as  practicable)  on the
          first day of such Interest Period,  of New York certificate of deposit
          dealers of recognized standing selected by such Reference Bank for the
          purchase at face value of  certificates  of deposit of such  Reference
          Bank  in an  amount  substantially  equal  to  such  Reference  Bank's
          Adjusted CD Rate Advance made as part of such  Contract  Borrowing and
          with a maturity  equal to such Interest  Period,  by (ii) a percentage
          equal to 100% minus the  Domestic  Rate  Reserve  Percentage  for such
          Interest Period, plus

          (b) the Assessment Rate for such Interest Period.

     The  Adjusted  CD Rate for the  Interest  Period for each  Adjusted CD Rate
     Advance made as part of the same Contract  Borrowing shall be determined by
     the Administrative  Agent on the basis of applicable rates furnished to and
     received by the Administrative  Agent from the Reference Banks on the first
     day of such Interest Period, subject, however, to the provisions of Section
     2.09.

          "Adjusted  CD  Rate  Advance"  means a  Contract  Advance  that  bears
     interest as provided in Section 2.07(b).

          "Administrative   Agent"  means  First  Chicago  in  its  capacity  as
     administrative  agent for the Lenders  pursuant to Article  VII, and not in
     its individual capacity as a Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent
     appointed pursuant to Article VII.
<PAGE>

          "Advance" means a Contract Advance or an Auction Advance.

          "Affiliate" means, as to any Person,  any other Person that,  directly
     or indirectly,  controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with
     such Person or is a director or officer of such Person.

          "Agents" means the Administrative  Agent, the Documentation Agent, the
     Syndication  Agents,  the  Arrangers,  the  Co-Agents  and  Lead  Managers,
     collectively.

          "Applicable  Commitment  Fee Rate" means (i) during any Level 1 Rating
     Period, 0.100% per annum, (ii) during any Level 2 Rating Period, 0.125% per
     annum,  (iii)  during any Level 3 Rating  Period,  0.150%  per annum,  (iv)
     during  any Level 4 Rating  Period,  0.1875%  per annum and (v)  during any
     Level 5 Rating Period, 0.300% per annum. The Applicable Commitment Fee Rate
     shall change when and as the Rating Period changes.

          "Applicable  Lending Office" means, with respect to each Lender,  such
     Lender's  Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance,  such
     Lender's CD Lending Office in the case of an Adjusted CD Rate Advance,  and
     such Lender's  Eurodollar  Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar  Rate
     Advance and, in the case of an Auction  Advance,  the office of such Lender
     notified  by such  Lender  to the  Administrative  Agent as its  Applicable
     Lending Office with respect to such Auction Advance.

          "Applicable  Margin" means,  on any date, for a Base Rate Advance,  an
     Adjusted CD Rate Advance or a Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  the interest rate
     per annum set forth below in the column entitled "Base Rate",  "CD Rate" or
     "Eurodollar Rate", as appropriate, opposite the applicable Rating Period in
     effect on such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Rating Period                Base Rate                 CD Rate               Eurodollar Rate
      <S>                          <C>                     <C>                    <C>  
          Level 1                       0                      .400%                     .275%
          Level 2                       0                      .450%                     .325%
          Level 3                       0                      .500%                     .400%
          Level 4                       0                      .625%                     .500%
          Level 5                       0                      .875%                     .750%
</TABLE>

     The Applicable Margin  applicable to an outstanding  Contract Advance shall
     change when and as the Rating Period changes.

          "Arranger" means either of First Chicago Capital Markets or Mellon, in
     its capacity as Arranger, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender.

          "Assessment  Rate" for the Interest  Period for each  Adjusted CD Rate
     Advance made as part of the same Contract  Borrowing  means the  assessment
     rate per annum (rounded  upwards to the next higher multiple of 1/100 of 1%
     if the  rate  is not  such  a  multiple)  payable  to the  Federal  Deposit
     Insurance  Corporation (or any successor) by a member of the Bank Insurance
     Fund which is classified as adequately  capitalized and within  supervisory
     subgroup "A" (or a comparable  successor  assessment  risk  classification)
     within the meaning of 12 C.F.R.  ss.327.4(a)  (or any successor  provision)
     for the  insurance of time deposits at the offices of such  institution  in
     the United States,  as estimated by the  Administrative  Agent on the first
     day of such Interest Period.

                                       2

<PAGE>

          "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance entered
     into  by  a  Lender  and  an  Eligible   Assignee,   and  accepted  by  the
     Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

          "Auction Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the Borrower as part
     of an  Auction  Borrowing  resulting  from the  auction  bidding  procedure
     described in Section 2.03.

          "Auction  Borrowing"  means a  borrowing  consisting  of  simultaneous
     Auction  Advances  from each of the Lenders whose offer to make one or more
     Auction  Advances  as part of  such  borrowing  has  been  accepted  by the
     Borrower under the auction bidding procedure described in Section 2.03.

          "Auction Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower  payable to the
     order of any  Lender,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit  A-2  hereto,
     evidencing the  indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender  resulting from
     an Auction Advance made by such Lender.

          "Auction Reduction" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

          "Base Rate" means,  for any period,  a  fluctuating  interest rate per
     annum as shall be in effect from time to time which rate per annum shall at
     all times be equal to the higher of:

               (a) the rate of interest announced by First Chicago, from time to
          time, as its corporate base rate; and

               (b) the sum of 1/2 of 1% per annum plus the Federal Funds Rate in
          effect from time to time.

          "Base Rate Advance"  means a Contract  Advance that bears  interest as
     provided in Section 2.07(a).

          "Benchmark  Debt" means the Borrower's  senior secured  long-term debt
     or, in the event that the Borrower  has no senior  secured  long-term  debt
     rated by S&P (or by a generally  recognized successor to S&P) or by Moody's
     (or by a generally recognized successor to Moody's),  the Borrower's senior
     unsecured long-term debt.

          "Borrowing" means a Contract Borrowing or an Auction Borrowing.

          "Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not required
     or authorized to close in Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania, Chicago, Illinois or
     New York,  New York,  and, if the  applicable  Business  Day relates to any
     Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  on which dealings are carried on in the London
     interbank market.

          "CD Lending Office" means,  with respect to any Lender,  the office of
     such Lender  specified  as its "CD  Lending  Office"  opposite  its name on
     Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant to which it
     became a Lender (or, if no such office is specified,  its Domestic  Lending
     Office),  or such other  office of such Lender as such Lender may from time
     to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

          "Co-Agent"  means a Bank  identified as such on the signature pages to
     this  Agreement,  in its  capacity as Co-Agent,  and not in its  individual
     capacity as a Lender.

          "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  and the  regulations
     promulgated  thereunder,  in each case as amended,  reformed  or  otherwise
     modified from time to time.

                                       3

<PAGE>

          "Commitment" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

          "Consolidated  Adjusted Total  Capitalization"  on any date shall mean
     the sum, without duplication, of the following with respect to the Borrower
     and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (exclusive, in each case, of Nonrecourse
     Transition Bond Debt, to the extent Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt would
     otherwise be included in such item):  (a) total  capitalization  as of such
     date, as determined in  accordance  with GAAP,  (b) the current  portion of
     liabilities  which as of such date would be  classified in whole or part as
     long-term  debt in  accordance  with  GAAP (it  being  understood  that the
     noncurrent   portion  of  such   liabilities   is  included  in  the  total
     capitalization  referred to in clause (a)),  (c) all  obligations as lessee
     which, in accordance  with GAAP, are capitalized as liabilities  (including
     the current portion thereof),  and (d) all other liabilities which would be
     classified as short-term debt in accordance with GAAP  (including,  without
     limitation,  all  liabilities  of the types  classified as "Notes  Payable,
     Bank" on the Borrower's audited balance sheet for December 31, 1996).

          "Consolidated  Adjusted  Total  Debt" on any date  shall mean the sum,
     without duplication,  of the following with respect to the Borrower and its
     consolidated   Subsidiaries  (exclusive,   in  each  case,  of  Nonrecourse
     Transition Bond Debt, to the extent Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt would
     otherwise be included in such item):  (a) all liabilities  which as of such
     date  would  be  classified  in  whole  or in  part  as  long-term  debt in
     accordance  with GAAP  (including  the current  portion  thereof),  (b) all
     obligations as lessee which,  in accordance  with GAAP, are  capitalized as
     liabilities  (including  the current  portion  thereof),  and (c) all other
     liabilities which would be classified as short-term debt in accordance with
     GAAP  (including,   without  limitation,   all  liabilities  of  the  types
     classified as "Notes Payable, Bank" on the Borrower's audited balance sheet
     for December 31, 1996).

          "Contract  Advance"  means an advance by a Lender to the  Borrower  as
     part of a Contract  Borrowing and refers to an Adjusted CD Rate Advance,  a
     Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  each of which shall be a
     "Type" of Contract Advance.

          "Contract  Borrowing"  means a borrowing  consisting  of  simultaneous
     Contract  Advances  of the  same  Type  and,  if such  Borrowing  comprises
     Adjusted CD Rate  Advances or Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  having  Interest
     Periods  of the same  duration,  made by each of the  Lenders  pursuant  to
     Section 2.01 or Converted pursuant to Section 2.10.

          "Contract Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the
     order of any  Lender,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit  A-1  hereto,
     evidencing  the  aggregate  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  to such  Lender
     resulting from the Contract Advances made by such Lender.

          "Controlled  Group"  means  all  members  of  a  controlled  group  of
     corporations  and all trades or  businesses  (whether or not  incorporated)
     under common  control that,  together with the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,
     are  treated as a single  employer  under  Section  414(b) or 414(c) of the
     Code.

          "Convert", "Conversion" and "Converted" each refers to a conversion of
     Advances of one Type into  Advances of another  Type or the  selection of a
     new,  or the  renewal  of the same,  Interest  Period for  Eurodollar  Rate
     Advances or CD Rate Advances, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.10.

          "Debt" means (i)  indebtedness  for borrowed money,  (ii)  obligations
     evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  notes or other similar instrument,  (iii)
     obligations  to pay the  deferred  purchase  price of  property or services
     (other than trade  payables  incurred in the ordinary  course of business),
     (iv)  obligations  as  lessee  under  leases  that  shall  have been or are
     required to be, in accordance with GAAP,  recorded as capital  leases,  (v)
     obligations  (contingent  or  otherwise)  under  

                                       4

<PAGE>

     reimbursement or similar agreements with respect to the issuance of letters
     of credit  (other than  obligations  in respect of  documentary  letters of
     credit opened to provide for the payment of goods or services  purchased in
     the  ordinary  course of  business)  and (vi)  obligations  under direct or
     indirect   guaranties  in  respect  of,  and  obligations   (contingent  or
     otherwise)  to purchase or  otherwise  acquire,  or  otherwise  to assure a
     creditor against loss in respect of,  indebtedness or obligations of others
     of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above.

          "Documentation  Agent" means  Mellon in its capacity as  documentation
     agent  pursuant to Article  VII,  and not in its  individual  capacity as a
     Lender.

          "Domestic  Lending  Office"  means,  with  respect to any Lender,  the
     office of such Lender  specified as its "Domestic  Lending Office" opposite
     its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant
     to which it became a Lender,  or such other  office of such  Lender as such
     Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative
     Agent.

          "Domestic  Rate Reserve  Percentage"  for the Interest  Period for any
     Adjusted CD Rate Advance  means the reserve  percentage  applicable  on the
     first day of such  Interest  Period under  regulations  issued from time to
     time by the  Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  (or any
     successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including,  but
     not limited  to, any  emergency,  supplemental  or other  marginal  reserve
     requirement) with respect to liabilities  consisting of or including (among
     other  liabilities)  U.S. dollar  nonpersonal  time deposits of $100,000 or
     more in the United States with a maturity equal to such Interest Period.

          "Eligible  Assignee"  means (i) a commercial  bank organized under the
     laws of the United  States,  or any State thereof;  (ii) a commercial  bank
     organized  under the laws of any other country that is a member of the OECD
     or has  concluded  special  lending  arrangements  with  the  International
     Monetary Fund  associated  with its General  Arrangements  to Borrow,  or a
     political  subdivision  of any such  country,  provided  that  such bank is
     acting  through a branch or agency  located in the United  States;  (iii) a
     finance company,  insurance company or other financial  institution or fund
     (whether a corporation,  partnership or other entity) engaged  generally in
     making,  purchasing  or  otherwise  investing  in  commercial  loans in the
     ordinary  course of its  business;  or (iv) the central bank of any country
     that is a member of the OECD; provided,  however,  that (A) any such Person
     described  in  clause  (i),  (ii)  or  (iii)  above  shall  also  (x)  have
     outstanding  unsecured  long-term  debt that is rated BBB- or better by S&P
     and  Baa3  or  better  by  Moody's  (or an  equivalent  rating  by  another
     nationally  recognized  credit rating agency of similar  standing if either
     such  corporation  is  no  longer  in  the  business  of  rating  unsecured
     indebtedness of entities  engaged in such businesses) and (y) have combined
     capital and surplus (as  established in its most recent report of condition
     to its primary  regulator) of not less than $100,000,000 (or its equivalent
     in foreign currency), and (B) any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or
     (iv) above shall, on the date on which it is to become a Lender  hereunder,
     be entitled to receive payments  hereunder without deduction or withholding
     of any United  States  Federal  income  taxes (as  contemplated  by Section
     2.15(e)).

          "Eligible  Successor"  means a Person which (i) is a corporation  duly
     incorporated,  validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of one
     of the states of the United  States or the  District of  Columbia,  (ii) is
     qualified  to do  business  in  Pennsylvania,  (iii)  as a  result  of  the
     contemplated  acquisition,  consolidation or merger, will succeed to all or
     substantially  all of the consolidated  business and assets of the Borrower
     and  its  Subsidiaries,   (iv)  upon  giving  effect  to  the  contemplated
     acquisition, consolidation or merger, will have all or substantially all of
     its  consolidated  business and assets  conducted and located in the United
     States and (v) is acceptable to the Majority Lenders as a credit matter.

                                       5

<PAGE>

          "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
     amended  from time to time,  and the  regulations  promulgated  and rulings
     issued thereunder, each as amended and modified from time to time.

          "Eurocurrency  Liabilities"  has the meaning  assigned to that term in
     Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in
     effect from time to time.

          "Eurodollar  Lending  Office" means,  with respect to any Lender,  the
     office of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite
     its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant
     to which it  became a Lender  (or,  if no such  office  is  specified,  its
     Domestic  Lending  Office),  or such  other  office of such  Lender as such
     Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative
     Agent.

          "Eurodollar  Rate" means,  for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar
     Rate Advance made as part of the same Contract Borrowing,  an interest rate
     per  annum  equal to the  average  (rounded  upward  to the  nearest  whole
     multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum,  if such  average is not such a multiple)
     of the rate per annum at which deposits in U.S.  dollars are offered by the
     principal  office of each of the  Reference  Banks in London,  England,  to
     prime banks in the London  interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two
     Business  Days  before the first day of such  Interest  Period in an amount
     substantially  equal to such Reference Bank's  Eurodollar Rate Advance made
     as part of such Contract  Borrowing and for a period equal to such Interest
     Period.  The Eurodollar  Rate for the Interest  Period for each  Eurodollar
     Rate  Advance  made  as  part  of the  same  Contract  Borrowing  shall  be
     determined by the  Administrative  Agent on the basis of  applicable  rates
     furnished to and received by the  Administrative  Agent from the  Reference
     Banks two  Business  Days  before  the first day of such  Interest  Period,
     subject, however, to the provisions of Section 2.09.

          "Eurodollar Rate Advance" means a Contract Advance that bears interest
     as provided in Section 2.07(c).

          "Eurodollar  Rate Reserve  Percentage"  of any Lender for the Interest
     Period  for any  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance  means  the  reserve  percentage
     applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage
     shall be so  applicable,  the daily average of such  percentages  for those
     days in such Interest Period during which any such  percentage  shall be so
     applicable)  under  regulations  issued  from  time to time by the Board of
     Governors of the Federal  Reserve System (or any successor) for determining
     the  maximum  reserve  requirement  (including,   without  limitation,  any
     emergency,  supplemental or other marginal  reserve  requirement)  for such
     Lender with respect to  liabilities  or assets  consisting  of or including
     Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period.

          "Events of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

          "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
     and modified from time to time.

          "Federal  Funds Rate" means,  for any period,  a fluctuating  interest
     rate per  annum  equal for each day  during  such  period  to the  weighted
     average of the rates on overnight  Federal funds  transactions with members
     of the  Federal  Reserve  System  arranged  by Federal  funds  brokers,  as
     published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next
     preceding  Business  Day) by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if
     such rate is not so  published  for any day which is a  Business  Day,  the
     average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the
     Administrative  Agent  from  three  Federal  funds  brokers  of  recognized
     standing selected by it.

                                       6

<PAGE>

          "GAAP" shall have the meaning given that term in Section 1.03.

          "Interest  Period"  means,  for  each  Contract  Advance,  the  period
     commencing  on the  date  of  such  Contract  Advance  or the  date  of the
     Conversion of any Contract  Advance into such a Contract Advance and ending
     on the last day of the period  selected  by the  Borrower  pursuant  to the
     provisions below and, thereafter,  each subsequent period commencing on the
     last day of the  immediately  preceding  Interest  Period and ending on the
     last day of the period selected by the Borrower  pursuant to the provisions
     below. The duration of each such Interest Period shall be 30, 60, 90 or 180
     days in the case of an Adjusted CD Rate Advance, and 1, 2, 3 or 6 months in
     the case of a  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  in each case as the Borrower may
     select in accordance with Section 2.02 or 2.10; provided, however, that:

               (i) the  Borrower  may not select any  Interest  Period that ends
          after the Termination Date then in effect;

               (ii)  Interest  Periods  commencing on the same date for Contract
          Advances made as part of the same Contract  Borrowing  shall be of the
          same duration, and

               (iii)  whenever  the  last  day  of  any  Interest  Period  would
          otherwise  occur on a day other than a Business  Day,  the last day of
          such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding
          Business  Day,  provided,  in the case of any  Interest  Period  for a
          Eurodollar  Rate Advance,  that if such extension would cause the last
          day of such Interest  Period to occur in the next  following  calendar
          month,  the last day of such  Interest  Period shall occur on the next
          preceding Business Day.

          "Lead Manager" means a Bank  identified as such on the signature pages
     to  this  Agreement,  in its  capacity  as  Lead  Manager,  and  not in its
     individual capacity as a Lender.

          "Lenders"  means the Banks  listed on the  signature  pages hereof and
     each Eligible Assignee that shall become a party hereto pursuant to Section
     2.18 or 8.07.

          "Level 1 Rating  Period"  means any period  during which the Benchmark
     Debt  is  rated  A- or  higher  by S&P (or a  comparable  rating  from  any
     generally  recognized  successor  to S&P) or A3 or higher by Moody's  (or a
     comparable rating from any generally  recognized  successor to Moody's) (it
     being understood  that, for this purpose,  such ratings shall be subject to
     the Split Rating Adjustment).

          "Level 2 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1 Rating  Period  during  which the  Benchmark  Debt is rated BBB+ or
     higher  by S&P  (or a  comparable  rating  from  any  generally  recognized
     successor to S&P) or Baa1 or higher by Moody's (or a comparable rating from
     any generally  recognized  successor to Moody's) (it being understood that,
     for this  purpose,  such  ratings  shall be  subject  to the  Split  Rating
     Adjustment).

          "Level 3 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1 or Level 2 Rating Period  during which the Benchmark  Debt is rated
     BBB or higher by S&P (or a comparable rating from any generally  recognized
     successor to S&P) or Baa2 or higher by Moody's (or a comparable rating from
     any generally  recognized  successor to Moody's) (it being understood that,
     for this  purpose,  such  ratings  shall be  subject  to the  Split  Rating
     Adjustment).

          "Level 4 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 Rating Period  during which the Benchmark  Debt
     is rated BBB- or higher by S&P (or a comparable  rating from any  generally
     recognized  successor to S&P) or Baa3 or higher by Moody's (or a comparable
     rating  from any  generally  recognized  successor  to  Moody's)  (it being
     understood  that,  for this  purpose,  such ratings shall be subject to the
     Split Rating Adjustment).

                                       7

<PAGE>

          "Level 5 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1,  Level 2, Level 3 or Level 4 Rating  Period  (it being  understood
     that,  for this purpose,  such ratings shall be subject to the Split Rating
     Adjustment).

          "Lien" means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, security
     interest or other charge or encumbrance,  or any other type of preferential
     arrangement  (including,  without  limitation,  the interest of a vendor or
     lessor  under  any  conditional  sale,  capitalized  lease or  other  title
     retention agreement).

          "Material  Adverse  Change" and "Material  Adverse Effect" each means,
     relative to any  occurrence,  fact or  circumstances  of whatsoever  nature
     (including,  without  limitation,  any  determination  in  any  litigation,
     arbitration or governmental  investigation  or proceeding),  any materially
     adverse  change  in,  or  materially   adverse  effect  on,  the  financial
     condition,   operations,  assets  or  business  of  the  Borrower  and  its
     consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          "Majority  Lenders" means, at any time prior to the Termination  Date,
     Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments,  and, at any time on or
     after the Termination Date, Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the Advances
     outstanding (provided that, for purposes hereof,  neither the Borrower, nor
     any of its  Affiliates,  if a Lender,  shall be included in (i) the Lenders
     having such amount of the  Commitments or the Advances or (ii)  determining
     the total amount of the Commitments or the Advances).

          "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

          "Mortgage" means the First and Refunding Mortgage,  dated as of May 1,
     1923, between The Counties Gas & Electric Company (to which the Borrower is
     successor)  and  Fidelity  Trust  Company,  Trustee  (to which  First Union
     National Bank is successor),  as amended,  supplemented  or refinanced from
     time to time,  provided,  that no effect  shall be given to any  amendment,
     supplement  or  refinancing  after the date of this  Agreement  that  would
     broaden  the  definition  of  "excepted  encumbrances"  as  defined  in the
     Mortgage as constituted on the date of this Agreement.

          "Multiemployer  Plan" means a Plan maintained pursuant to a collective
     bargaining  agreement or any other arrangement to which the Borrower or any
     member of the  Controlled  Group is a party to which more than one employer
     is obligated to make contributions.

          "Non-Consenting Lender" has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a).

          "Nonrecourse  Transition  Bond Debt" means  obligations  evidenced  by
     "transition bonds" (as defined in 66 Pa. Cons. Stat. Ann. ss. 2812(g) (West
     Supp.  1997), or any successor  provision of similar  import),  rated AA or
     higher by S&P (or a comparable rating from a generally recognized successor
     to  S&P)  or Aa2 or  higher  by  Moody's  (or a  comparable  rating  from a
     generally recognized  successor to Moody's),  representing a securitization
     of "intangible  transition property" (as defined in the foregoing statute),
     as to which  obligations  neither the  Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  of the
     Borrower  (other  than a  Special  Purpose  Subsidiary)  has any  direct or
     indirect  liability  (whether  as primary  obligor,  guarantor,  or surety,
     provider of collateral security,  put option, asset repurchase agreement or
     capital maintenance  agreement,  debt subordination  agreement,  or through
     other  right or  arrangement  of any nature  providing  direct or  indirect
     assurance of payment or performance of any such  obligations in whole or in
     part), except for liability to repurchase  "intangible transition property"
     conveyed to the securitization  vehicle, on terms and conditions  customary
     in receivables  securitizations,  in the event such "intangible  transition
     property"  violates  representations  and warranties of scope  customary in
     receivables securitizations. "Special Purpose Subsidiary" means a direct or
     indirect wholly-owned  corporate Subsidiary of the Borrower,  substantially
     all of the  assets  of  which  are  

                                       8

<PAGE>

     "intangible  transition  property" and proceeds thereof,  formed solely for
     the purpose of holding such assets and issuing such "transition bonds," and
     which   complies   with   the   requirements    customarily    imposed   on
     bankruptcy-remote corporations in receivables securitizations.

          "Note" means a Contract Note or an Auction Note.

          "Notice of a Contract  Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section
     2.02(a).

          "Notice of an Auction  Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section
     2.03(a).

          "OECD"   means  the   Organization   for  Economic   Cooperation   and
     Development.

          "Order  of  Registration"  has the  meaning  assigned  to that term in
     Section 3.01(a)(iii).

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation and any entity
     succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

          "Person" means an individual,  partnership,  corporation  (including a
     business trust), joint stock company,  trust,  unincorporated  association,
     joint venture,  limited  liability company or other entity, or a government
     or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

          "Plan" means an employee pension benefit plan that is covered by Title
     IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum  funding  standards under Section 412
     of the Code as to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled  Group
     may have any liability.

          "PPUC" means the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission.

          "Principal Subsidiary" means (i) each Utility Subsidiary and (ii) from
     and after the date on which the  aggregate  book value of the assets of the
     Subsidiaries  of the  Borrower  that are not Utility  Subsidiaries  exceeds
     $250,000,000, each such Subsidiary the assets of which exceeded $75,000,000
     in book value at any time during the preceding 24-month period.

          "Rating  Period"  means a  Level 1  Rating  Period,  a Level 2  Rating
     Period,  a Level 3  Rating  Period,  a Level 4 Rating  Period  or a Level 5
     Rating Period, as the case may be.

          "Reference Banks" means First Chicago, Mellon and Citibank, N.A.

          "Register" has the meaning specified in Section 8.07(c).

          "Reportable Event" means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043
     of ERISA and regulations  issued under such section with respect to a Plan,
     excluding,  however,  such events as to which the PBGC by regulation waived
     the  requirement of Section  4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30
     days of the  occurrence of such event,  provided that a failure to meet the
     minimum  funding  standard  of Section  412 of the Code and  Section 302 of
     ERISA shall be a Reportable  Event  regardless  of the issuance of any such
     waivers  in  accordance  with  either  Section  4043(a) of ERISA or Section
     412(d) of the Code.

          "S&P"  means  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a division of The
     McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

          "Securities  Certificate"  has the  meaning  assigned  to that term in
     Section 3.01(a)(iii).

          "Single  Employer Plan" means a Plan maintained by the Borrower or any
     member of the Controlled  Group for employees of the Borrower or any member
     of the Controlled Group.

                                       9

<PAGE>

          "Special Purpose  Subsidiary" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     the definition of "Nonrecourse Transition Bond Debt."

          "Split  Rating  Adjustment":   For  the  purpose  of  determining  the
     appropriate  Rating  Period,  the  rating of the  Benchmark  Debt  shall be
     subject to adjustment as follows.  In the event that the Benchmark  Debt is
     rated at  equivalent  rating levels or not more than one rating level apart
     by S&P (or any  generally  accepted  successor  to S&P) and Moody's (or any
     generally accepted  successor to Moody's),  then no adjustment shall apply.
     Otherwise,  the higher of the two ratings  shall be deemed to be reduced to
     the next lower rating level.  For this purpose,  (i)  determination  of the
     rating level shall take into  account "+" and "-"  modifiers to S&P ratings
     and numerical  modifiers to Moody's  ratings (so that, for example,  an S&P
     rating of A- shall be deemed  equivalent to a Moody's  rating of A3, an S&P
     rating of BBB+ shall be deemed  equivalent to a Moody's  rating of Baa1, an
     S&P rating of BBB shall be deemed  equivalent to a Moody's  rating of Baa2,
     an S&P rating of BBB-  shall be deemed  equivalent  to a Moody's  rating of
     Baa3,  and so on),  and  (ii) by way of  clarification,  in the  event  the
     Benchmark Debt is rated by only one of the two referenced  rating agencies,
     such rating shall be deemed to be reduced to the next lower rating level.

          "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to any Person,  any  corporation or
     unincorporated  entity of which  more than 50% of the  outstanding  capital
     stock (or comparable  interest) having ordinary voting power  (irrespective
     of whether or not at the time capital stock,  or comparable  interests,  of
     any other  class or classes of such  corporation  or entity  shall or might
     have voting power upon the  occurrence of any  contingency)  is at the time
     directly or indirectly  owned by such Person  (whether  directly or through
     one or more other Subsidiaries).

          "Syndication Agent" means any of First Chicago Capital Markets, Mellon
     or  CitiCorp,  in  its  capacity  as  Syndication  Agent,  and  not  in its
     individual capacity as a Lender.

          "Termination  Date"  means the  earlier of (i) October 7, 2000 (or, if
     such date is not a Business Day, the next  preceding  Business Day) or such
     later date that may be established  pursuant to Section 2.17(a) or (ii) the
     date of termination in whole of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05 or
     Section 6.01.

          "364-Day   Credit   Agreement"   means  that  certain  364-Day  Credit
     Agreement, dated as of October 7, 1997, among the Borrower, the banks named
     therein,  certain banks  specified  therein,  as lead managers  thereunder,
     certain banks specified  therein,  as co-agents  thereunder,  First Chicago
     Capital Markets,  Mellon and CitiCorp,  as syndication  agents  thereunder,
     First Chicago Capital Markets and Mellon,  as arrangers  thereunder,  First
     Chicago, as administrative agent for the lenders thereunder, and Mellon, as
     documentation agent for the lenders thereunder, as the same may be amended,
     modified or supplemented from time to time.

          "Unfunded  Liabilities"  means, (i) in the case of any Single Employer
     Plan,  the  amount  (if  any) by which  the  present  value  of all  vested
     nonforfeitable  benefits  under such Plan  exceeds the fair market value of
     all Plan assets  allocable to such benefits,  all determined as of the then
     most  recent  evaluation  date for such  Plan,  and (ii) in the case of any
     Multiemployer Plan, the withdrawal  liability that would be incurred by the
     Controlled Group if all members of the Controlled Group completely withdrew
     from such Multiemployer Plan.

          "Utility  Subsidiary"  means each  Subsidiary  of the Borrower that is
     engaged  principally in the  generation,  transmission,  or distribution of
     electricity  or gas and is subject  to  regulation  as a public  utility by
     federal or state regulatory authorities.

          "Yield" means, for any Auction  Advance,  the effective rate per annum
     at which interest on such Auction Advance is payable, computed on the basis
     of a year of 360 days for the actual  

                                       10

<PAGE>

     number  of days  (including  the  first  day but  excluding  the last  day)
     occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.

          SECTION 1.02.  Computation  of Time Periods.  In this Agreement in the
computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later  specified date,
the word "from" means "from and  including"  and the words "to" and "until" each
means "to but excluding".

          SECTION 1.03. Accounting Principles. As used in this Agreement, "GAAP"
shall mean  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in the  United  States,
applied  on a  basis  consistent  with  the  principles  used in  preparing  the
Borrower's audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1996 and
for the fiscal year then ended. In this Agreement, except to the extent, if any,
otherwise  provided  herein,  all accounting and financial  terms shall have the
meanings ascribed to such terms by GAAP, and all computations and determinations
as to accounting and financial matters shall be made in accordance with GAAP. In
the event that the financial statements generally prepared by the Borrower apply
accounting  principles  other than GAAP,  the compliance  certificate  delivered
pursuant to Section  5.01(b)(iv)  accompanying  such financial  statements shall
include  information in reasonable detail reconciling such financial  statements
to GAAP to the extent relevant to the  calculations set forth in such compliance
certificate.

                                   ARTICLE II

                        AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

          SECTION 2.01. The Contract Advances.  Each Lender severally agrees, on
the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Contract Advances to the
Borrower  from time to time on any  Business Day during the period from the date
hereof until (but excluding) the Termination  Date in an aggregate amount not to
exceed at any time  outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name
on the signature pages hereof or, if such Lender has entered into any Assignment
and Acceptance or Additional Lender Supplement, set forth for such Lender in the
Register maintained by the Administrative  Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(c), as
such  amount may be reduced  pursuant  to  Section  2.05 or 2.17 (such  Lender's
"Commitment");  provided,  that the aggregate  amount of the  Commitments of the
Lenders  shall be deemed  used from time to time to the extent of the  aggregate
amount of the  Auction  Advances  then  outstanding,  and such deemed use of the
aggregate  amount of the  Commitments  shall be applied to the  Lenders  ratably
according to their  respective  Commitments  (such  deemed use of the  aggregate
amount of the Commitments being an "Auction Reduction"). Each Contract Borrowing
shall  consist of Contract  Advances of the same Type made or  Converted  on the
same day by the Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments.  Each
Contract Borrowing comprising Base Rate Advances shall be in an aggregate amount
not less than $5,000,000,  and each Contract  Borrowing  comprising  Adjusted CD
Rate Advances or Eurodollar  Rate Advances  shall be in an aggregate  amount not
less than  $10,000,000.  Within  the  limits of each  Lender's  Commitment,  the
Borrower  may from time to time  borrow,  prepay  pursuant  to Section  2.11 and
reborrow under this Section 2.01.

          SECTION  2.02.  Making  the  Contract  Advances.   (a)  Each  Contract
Borrowing (other than pursuant to a Conversion)  shall be made on notice,  given
not later than 10:00 A.M.  (Chicago time) on the third Business Day prior to the
date of any proposed Contract Borrowing comprising  Eurodollar Rate Advances, on
the second  Business  Day prior to the date of any proposed  Contract  Borrowing
comprising  Adjusted CD Rate  Advances and on the date of any proposed  Contract
Borrowing  comprising Base Rate Advances,  by the Borrower to the Administrative
Agent,  which shall give to each Lender prompt notice thereof.  Each such notice
of a Contract  Borrowing (a "Notice of a Contract  Borrowing")  shall be sent by
telecopier,  telex or cable,  confirmed immediately in writing, in substantially
the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto,  specifying  therein the  requested  (i) date of
such Contract Borrowing, (ii) Type of Contract Advances to be made in connection
with such Contract Borrowing, (iii) 

                                       11

<PAGE>

aggregate amount of such Contract Borrowing,  and (iv) in the case of a Contract
Borrowing  comprising  Adjusted CD Rate  Advances or Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,
initial Interest Period for the Contract  Advances to be made in connection with
such Contract Borrowing.  Each Lender shall, before 11:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on
the date of such  Contract  Borrowing,  make  available  for the  account of its
Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at its address referred to
in  Section  8.02,  in same day funds,  such  Lender's  ratable  portion of such
Contract Borrowing.  After the Administrative  Agent's receipt of such funds and
upon  fulfillment  of the  applicable  conditions  set forth in Article III, the
Administrative  Agent  will make such funds  available  to the  Borrower  at the
Administrative Agent's aforesaid address.

          (b) Each  Notice of a  Contract  Borrowing  shall be  irrevocable  and
binding on the Borrower.  In the case of any Contract Borrowing that the related
Notice  of a  Contract  Borrowing  specifies  is to  comprise  Adjusted  CD Rate
Advances or Eurodollar  Rate Advances,  the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender
against  any loss,  cost or expense  incurred  by such Lender as a result of any
failure to fulfill on or before the date  specified in such Notice of a Contract
Borrowing for such Contract  Borrowing the  applicable  conditions  set forth in
Article III, including,  without limitation,  any loss, cost or expense incurred
by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired
by such Lender to fund the Contract Advance to be made by such Lender as part of
such Contract Borrowing when such Contract Advance, as a result of such failure,
is not made on such date.

          (c) Unless the Administrative  Agent shall have received notice from a
Lender  prior to the date of any  Contract  Borrowing  that such Lender will not
make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such
Contract  Borrowing,  the  Administrative  Agent may assume that such Lender has
made such  portion  available  to the  Administrative  Agent on the date of such
Contract  Borrowing in accordance  with  subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and
the Administrative  Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption,  make available
to the Borrower on such date a corresponding  amount.  If and to the extent that
such  Lender  shall  not have so made  such  ratable  portion  available  to the
Administrative  Agent, such Lender and the Borrower  severally agree to repay to
the Administrative  Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together
with interest thereon,  for each day from the date such amount is made available
to the  Borrower  until  the date such  amount  is repaid to the  Administrative
Agent,  at (i) in the case of the Borrower,  the interest rate applicable at the
time to Contract  Advances made in connection  with such Contract  Borrowing and
(ii) in the case of such Lender,  the Federal  Funds Rate.  If such Lender shall
repay to the  Administrative  Agent such  corresponding  amount,  such amount so
repaid shall constitute such Lender's  Contract Advance as part of such Contract
Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

          (d) The failure of any Lender to make the Contract  Advance to be made
by it as part of any  Contract  Borrowing  shall not relieve any other Lender of
its obligation,  if any,  hereunder to make its Contract  Advance on the date of
such Contract  Borrowing,  but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of
any other Lender to make the Contract Advance to be made by such other Lender on
the date of any Contract Borrowing.

          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no more
than sixteen (16) Contract  Borrowings  comprising Adjusted CD Rate Advances and
Eurodollar Rate Advances may be outstanding at any time.

          SECTION 2.03. The Auction  Advances.  (a) Each Lender severally agrees
that the Borrower may request  Auction  Borrowings  under this Section 2.03 from
time to time on any  Business  Day during the period from the date hereof  until
the date occurring seven days prior to the  Termination  Date, in the manner set
forth below; provided that, following the making of each Auction Borrowing,  the
aggregate amount of the Advances then outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate
amount of the Commitments of the Lenders.

                                       12

<PAGE>

          (i) The Borrower may request an Auction Borrowing by delivering to the
     Administrative Agent by telecopier,  telex or cable,  confirmed immediately
     in  writing,  a notice of an  Auction  Borrowing  (a  "Notice of an Auction
     Borrowing"),  in substantially  the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto,  specifying
     the date and  aggregate  amount  of the  proposed  Auction  Borrowing,  the
     maturity date for  repayment of each Auction  Advance to be made as part of
     such Auction  Borrowing  (which  maturity  date may not be earlier than the
     date occurring seven days after the date of such Auction Borrowing or later
     than the  earlier to occur of (A) 270 days  after the date of such  Auction
     Borrowing and (B) the Termination Date), the interest payment date or dates
     relating  thereto (which shall occur at least every 90 days), and any other
     terms to be applicable to such Auction Borrowing,  not later than 9:00 A.M.
     (Chicago  time) at least one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed
     Auction Borrowing.  The Administrative  Agent shall in turn promptly notify
     each Lender of each  request for an Auction  Borrowing  received by it from
     the  Borrower by sending  such  Lender a copy of the  related  Notice of an
     Auction Borrowing.

          (ii) Each  Lender may, in its sole  discretion,  elect to  irrevocably
     offer to make one or more Auction  Advances to the Borrower as part of such
     proposed Auction Borrowing at a rate or rates of interest specified by such
     Lender in its sole discretion, by notifying the Administrative Agent (which
     shall  give  prompt  notice  thereof  to the  Borrower),  before  9:00 A.M.
     (Chicago  time)  on the  date of such  proposed  Auction  Borrowing  of the
     minimum amount and maximum amount of each Auction  Advance that such Lender
     would be willing to make as part of such proposed Auction  Borrowing (which
     amounts may,  subject to the proviso to the first  sentence of this Section
     2.03(a),  exceed such Lender's  Commitment),  the rate or rates of interest
     therefor, the interest period relating thereto and such Lender's Applicable
     Lending Office with respect to such Auction  Advance;  provided that if the
     Administrative  Agent  in its  capacity  as a  Lender  shall,  in its  sole
     discretion,  elect to make any such offer,  it shall notify the Borrower of
     such offer before 8:00 A.M.  (Chicago  time) on the date on which notice of
     such  election  is to be given  to the  Administrative  Agent by the  other
     Lenders.

          (iii) The Borrower shall, in turn, before 10:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on
     the date of such proposed Auction Borrowing, either

               (A) cancel such Auction  Borrowing  by giving the  Administrative
          Agent notice to that effect, or

               (B)  irrevocably  accept  one or more of the  offers  made by any
          Lender or  Lenders  pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii)  above,  in its sole
          discretion,  in an  aggregate  amount  not in excess of the  aggregate
          amount of the  proposed  Auction  Borrowing  requested in the relevant
          Notice of an Auction Borrowing, subject only to the provisions of this
          paragraph (iii), by giving notice to the  Administrative  Agent of the
          amount of each  Auction  Advance  (which  amount  shall be equal to or
          greater than the minimum amount, and equal to or less than the maximum
          amount, notified to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent on behalf
          of such Lender for such Auction  Advance  pursuant to  paragraph  (ii)
          above) to be made by each  Lender as part of such  Auction  Borrowing,
          and reject any remaining  offers made by Lenders pursuant to paragraph
          (ii) above by giving the  Administrative  Agent notice to that effect;
          provided,  however,  that (x) the  Borrower  shall not accept an offer
          made  pursuant to paragraph  (ii) above,  at any Yield if the Borrower
          shall have, or shall be deemed to have,  rejected any other offer made
          pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii)  above,  at a  lower  Yield,  (y) if the
          Borrower  declines  to  accept,  or is  otherwise  restricted  by  the
          provisions of this Agreement  from  accepting,  the maximum  aggregate
          principal  amount of  Auction  Borrowings  offered  at the same  Yield
          pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, 

                                       13

<PAGE>

          then the  Borrower  shall accept a pro rata portion of each offer made
          at such  Yield,  based  as  nearly  as  possible  on the  ratio of the
          aggregate  principal  amount  of such  offers  to be  accepted  by the
          Borrower to the maximum aggregate principal amount of such offers made
          pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii) above  (rounding  up or down to the next
          higher  or  lower  multiple  of  $1,000,000),  and (z) no  offer  made
          pursuant to paragraph (ii) above shall be accepted  unless the Auction
          Borrowing  in  respect  of such offer is in an  integral  multiple  of
          $1,000,000  and the  aggregate  amount of such offers  accepted by the
          Borrower is equal to at least $10,000,000.

     Any offer or offers made  pursuant to  paragraph  (ii) above not  expressly
     accepted or rejected by the  Borrower  in  accordance  with this  paragraph
     (iii) shall be deemed to have been rejected by the Borrower.

          (iv) If the  Borrower  notifies  the  Administrative  Agent  that such
     Auction  Borrowing is canceled  pursuant to clause (A) of  paragraph  (iii)
     above,  the  Administrative  Agent shall give prompt notice  thereof to the
     Lenders and such Auction Borrowing shall not be made.

          (v) If the  Borrower  accepts  one or more of the  offers  made by any
     Lender or Lenders  pursuant to clause (B) of  paragraph  (iii)  above,  the
     Administrative Agent shall in turn promptly notify (A) each Lender that has
     made an  offer  as  described  in  paragraph  (ii)  above,  of the date and
     aggregate amount of such Auction  Borrowing and whether or not any offer or
     offers  made by such  Lender  pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii) above have been
     accepted  by the  Borrower,  (B)  each  Lender  that is to make an  Auction
     Advance as part of such  Auction  Borrowing  of the amount of each  Auction
     Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such  Auction  Borrowing,  and
     (C) each Lender that is to make an Auction  Advance as part of such Auction
     Borrowing,  upon receipt,  that the Administrative Agent has received forms
     of documents  appearing to fulfill the  applicable  conditions set forth in
     Article III. Each Lender that is to make an Auction Advance as part of such
     Auction  Borrowing shall,  before 11:00 A.M.  (Chicago time) on the date of
     such  Auction   Borrowing   specified  in  the  notice  received  from  the
     Administrative  Agent  pursuant to clause (A) of the preceding  sentence or
     any  later  time when such  Lender  shall  have  received  notice  from the
     Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (C) of the preceding sentence, make
     available  for  the  account  of  its  Applicable  Lending  Office  to  the
     Administrative  Agent at its  address  referred  to in  Section  8.02  such
     Lender's  portion  of such  Auction  Borrowing,  in same  day  funds.  Upon
     fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III and after
     receipt by the Administrative Agent of such funds, the Administrative Agent
     will  make such  funds  available  to the  Borrower  at the  Administrative
     Agent's  aforesaid  address.  Promptly  after each Auction  Borrowing,  the
     Administrative  Agent will  notify each Lender of the amount of the Auction
     Borrowing,  the consequent  Auction Reduction and the dates upon which such
     Auction Reduction commenced and will terminate.

          (b)  Each  Auction  Advance  shall  be  in an  amount  not  less  than
$1,000,000  or an  integral  multiple  of  $1,000,000  in  excess  thereof  and,
following  the  making  of each  Auction  Borrowing,  the  Borrower  shall be in
compliance with the limitation set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of
subsection (a) above.

          (c) Within the limits and on the  conditions set forth in this Section
2.03,  the Borrower may from time to time borrow under this Section 2.03,  repay
or prepay  pursuant to  subsection  (d) below,  and reborrow  under this Section
2.03;  provided,  that an  Auction  Borrowing  shall  not be made  within  three
Business Days of the date of any other Auction Borrowing.

                                       14

<PAGE>

          (d) The  Borrower  shall  repay to the  Administrative  Agent  for the
account of each Lender that has made an Auction Advance, or each other holder of
an Auction  Note, on the maturity  date of each Auction  Advance (such  maturity
date being that specified by the Borrower for repayment of such Auction  Advance
in the related Notice of an Auction Borrowing  delivered  pursuant to subsection
(a)(i) above and provided in the Auction Note evidencing such Auction  Advance),
the then unpaid  principal  amount of such Auction  Advance.  The Borrower shall
have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Auction Advance unless,  and
then only on the terms,  specified by the  Borrower for such Auction  Advance in
the related  Notice of an Auction  Borrowing  delivered  pursuant to  subsection
(a)(i) above and set forth in the Auction Note evidencing such Auction Advance.

          (e) The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid  principal amount of
each  Auction  Advance  from the date of such  Auction  Advance  to the date the
principal  amount of such  Auction  Advance  is  repaid in full,  at the rate of
interest for such Auction  Advance  specified by the Lender  making such Auction
Advance in its notice with  respect  thereto  delivered  pursuant to  subsection
(a)(ii) above,  payable on the interest  payment date or dates  specified by the
Borrower for such Auction Advance in the related Notice of an Auction  Borrowing
delivered  pursuant to subsection  (a)(i) above, as provided in the Auction Note
evidencing such Auction Advance.

          (f) The  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  resulting  from each  Auction
Advance made to the Borrower as part of an Auction  Borrowing shall be evidenced
by a separate  Auction Note of the  Borrower  payable to the order of the Lender
making such Auction Advance.

          (g) Upon payment in full of the  principal  amount of any Auction Note
and interest accrued  thereon,  the holder of such Auction Note shall cancel and
return such Auction Note to the Borrower.

          SECTION  2.04.   Fees.   (a)  The  Borrower   agrees  to  pay  to  the
Administrative  Agent for the  account of each  Lender a  commitment  fee on the
average daily unused portion of such Lender's Commitment (after giving effect to
any Auction  Reduction)  from the date hereof in the case of each Bank, and from
the effective  date specified in the Assignment and Acceptance or the Additional
Lender Supplement pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each other
Lender, until the Termination Date, and, in the case of the termination in whole
of a Lender's  Commitment  pursuant  to Section  2.05 or 2.17,  the date of such
termination, payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December
during  such  period,  and on the  Termination  Date,  and,  in the  case of the
termination in whole of a Lender's  Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05 or 2.17,
the  date of such  termination,  at a  percentage  rate per  annum  equal to the
Applicable Commitment Fee Rate in effect from time to time, changing when and as
the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate changes.

          (b) The  Borrower  agrees to pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the
account of each Lender an auction  facility fee on the average  daily  aggregate
principal amount of such Lender's  Auction  Reduction during the period from the
date hereof in the case of each Bank,  and from the effective  date specified in
the Assignment  and Acceptance  pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case
of each  other  Lender,  until the  Termination  Date,  and,  in the case of the
termination in whole of a Lender's  Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05 or 2.17,
the date of such  termination,  payable  on the last  day of each  March,  June,
September and December during such period,  and on the Termination Date, and, in
the case of the  termination  in  whole of a  Lender's  Commitment  pursuant  to
Section 2.05 or 2.17,  the date of such  termination,  at a percentage  rate per
annum equal to the  Applicable  Commitment Fee Rate in effect from time to time,
changing when and as the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate changes.

          (c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Documentation  Agent for its own
account a closing  fee as agreed to in  writing  between  the  Borrower  and the
Documentation Agent, payable upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

                                       15

<PAGE>

          (d) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for its own
account a closing  fee,  an  auction  administration  fee and an  Administrative
Agent's  administration  fee,  each payable in such amounts and on such dates as
may be agreed to in  writing  from time to time  between  the  Borrower  and the
Administrative Agent.

          SECTION 2.05.  Reduction of the  Commitments.  The Borrower shall have
the right, upon at least two Business Days' notice to the Administrative  Agent,
to  terminate  in whole or reduce  ratably  in part the unused  portions  of the
respective  Commitments of the Lenders;  provided,  that the aggregate amount of
the  Commitments  of the Lenders  shall not be reduced to an amount that is less
than the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Advances  then  outstanding;  and
provided,  further, that each partial reduction shall be in the aggregate amount
of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

          SECTION 2.06. Repayment of Contract Advances. The Borrower shall repay
the principal  amount of each Contract Advance made by each Lender in accordance
with the Contract Note to the order of such Lender.

          SECTION 2.07.  Interest on Contract  Advances.  The Borrower shall pay
interest on the unpaid  principal  amount of each Contract  Advance made by each
Lender from the date of such Contract  Advance until such principal amount shall
be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

          (a) Base  Rate  Advances.  If such  Contract  Advance  is a Base  Rate
Advance,  a rate per annum  equal at all  times to the Base Rate in effect  from
time to time, payable quarterly on the last day of each March,  June,  September
and December during such periods and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be
Converted or paid in full.

          (b) Adjusted CD Rate Advances. If such Contract Advance is an Adjusted
CD Rate Advance,  a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
for such  Contract  Advance to the sum of the Adjusted CD Rate for such Interest
Period plus the Applicable  Margin for such Adjusted CD Rate in effect from time
to time,  payable on the last day of the  Interest  Period for such  Adjusted CD
Rate Advance (or, if the Interest  Period for such Advance is 180 days,  accrued
interest  shall be  payable  on the 90th day and the 180th day of such  Interest
Period)  or, if earlier,  on the date such  Adjusted  CD Rate  Advance  shall be
Converted or paid in full.

          (c)  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances.  Subject  to  Section  2.08,  if such
Contract  Advance is a Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  a rate per annum equal at all
times during the  Interest  Period for such  Contract  Advance to the sum of the
Eurodollar  Rate for such Interest  Period plus the  Applicable  Margin for such
Eurodollar Rate Advance in effect from time to time,  payable on the last day of
the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advance (or, if the Interest Period
for such  Advance is six months,  accrued  interest  shall be payable on the day
that is three  months  and on the day  that is six  months  from  the date  such
Advance was made) or, if earlier, on the date such Eurodollar Rate Advance shall
be Converted or paid in full.

          SECTION 2.08.  Additional Interest on Contract Advances.  The Borrower
shall  pay to each  Lender,  so long as such  Lender  shall  be  required  under
regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System to maintain
reserves  with  respect to  liabilities  or assets  consisting  of or  including
Eurocurrency Liabilities,  additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of
each  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance of such Lender,  from the date of such  Contract
Advance until such principal amount is paid in full or Converted, at an interest
rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder  obtained by subtracting  (i)
the Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period for such Contract  Advance from (ii)
the rate obtained by dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100%
minus the  Eurodollar  Rate Reserve  Percentage of such Lender for such Interest
Period,  payable on each date on which  interest  is  payable  on such  Contract
Advance;  provided,  that no Lender shall be entitled to demand such  additional
interest  more than 90 days  following  the last day of the  Interest  Period in
respect  of which  such  demand is made;  provided  further,  however,  that the
foregoing  proviso  shall in no way limit  the right of any  

                                       16

<PAGE>

Lender to demand or receive  such  additional  interest  to the extent that such
additional  interest  relates  to the  retroactive  application  of the  reserve
requirements  described  above if such  demand is made  within 90 days after the
implementation  of  such  retroactive  reserve  requirements.   Such  additional
interest shall be determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower through
the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding
for all purposes, absent manifest error.

          SECTION 2.09.  Interest Rate  Determination.  (a) Each  Reference Bank
agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent timely information for the purpose
of determining each Adjusted CD Rate or Eurodollar  Rate, as applicable.  If any
one of the  Reference  Banks shall not furnish  such timely  information  to the
Administrative  Agent for the purpose of determining any such interest rate, the
Administrative  Agent shall  determine such interest rate on the basis of timely
information furnished by the remaining Reference Banks.

          (b) The Administrative  Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower
and the Lenders of the applicable interest rate determined by the Administrative
Agent for purposes of Section  2.07(a),  (b) or (c), and the applicable rate, if
any,  furnished  by each  Reference  Bank for the  purpose  of  determining  the
applicable interest rate under Section 2.07(b) or (c).

          (c) If fewer than two Reference  Banks furnish  timely  information to
the  Administrative  Agent for determining the Adjusted CD Rate for any Adjusted
CD Rate Advances, or the Eurodollar Rate for any Eurodollar Rate Advances,

               (i) the Administrative  Agent shall forthwith notify the Borrower
          and the Lenders that the interest rate cannot be  determined  for such
          Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances, as the case may
          be,

               (ii) each such Advance will automatically, on the last day of the
          then  existing  Interest  Period  therefor,  Convert  into a Base Rate
          Advance (or if such Advance is then a Base Rate Advance, will continue
          as a Base Rate Advance), and

               (iii)  the  obligation  of the  Lenders  to make,  or to  Convert
          Contract  Advances into,  Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate
          Advances,   as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  suspended   until  the
          Administrative  Agent shall  notify the  Borrower and the Lenders that
          the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

          (d) If, with respect to any  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  the Majority
Lenders  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  that  the  Eurodollar  Rate for any
Interest  Period for such Advances will not adequately  reflect the cost to such
Majority Lenders of making,  funding or maintaining their respective  Eurodollar
Rate Advances for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith
so notify the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon

               (i) each Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically,  on the last
          day of the then existing  Interest Period therefor  (unless prepaid or
          Converted to any Type of Advance other than a Eurodollar  Rate Advance
          prior to such date), Convert into a Base Rate Advance, and

               (ii)  the  obligation  of the  Lenders  to  make,  or to  Convert
          Contract  Advances into,  Eurodollar  Rate Advances shall be suspended
          until the  Administrative  Agent  shall  notify the  Borrower  and the
          Lenders  that the  circumstances  causing  such  suspension  no longer
          exist.

          SECTION 2.10.  Conversion of Contract  Advances.  (a)  Voluntary.  The
Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative  Agent
not later than 10:00 A.M.  (Chicago time) on the third Business Day prior to the
date of any  proposed  Conversion  into  Eurodollar  Rate  

                                       17

<PAGE>

Advances,  the second Business Day prior to the date of any proposed  Conversion
into Adjusted CD Rate Advances and on the date of any proposed  Conversion  into
Base Rate  Advances,  and subject to the  provisions  of Sections 2.09 and 2.13,
Convert  all  Contract  Advances  of one Type made in  connection  with the same
Contract  Borrowing  into  Advances of another  Type or Types or Advances of the
same Type having the same or a new Interest Period; provided,  however, that any
Conversion  of  Adjusted CD Rate  Advances  or  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances  into
Advances  of another  Type or  Advances  of the same Type having the same or new
Interest  Periods  shall be made on,  and only on,  the last day of an  Interest
Period for such Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  unless
the Borrower  shall also  reimburse the Lenders in respect  thereof  pursuant to
Section 8.04(b) on the date of such Conversion. Each such notice of a Conversion
shall,  within the restrictions  specified  above,  specify (i) the date of such
Conversion,  (ii) the  Contract  Advances  to be  Converted,  and  (iii) if such
Conversion is into, or with respect to,  Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar
Rate  Advances,  the  duration  of the  Interest  Period for each such  Contract
Advance.

          (b)  Automatic.  If the Borrower  shall fail to select the Type of any
Contract  Advance  or the  duration  of any  Interest  Period  for any  Contract
Borrowing  comprising  Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar  Rate Advances in
accordance with the provisions  contained in the definition of "Interest Period"
in Section 1.01 and Section 2.10(a),  the Administrative Agent will forthwith so
notify the Borrower and the Lenders and such Advances will automatically, on the
last day of the then existing  Interest Period therefor,  Convert into Base Rate
Advances.

          SECTION  2.11.  Prepayments.  The  Borrower  may,  upon at  least  two
Business  Days' notice (or same day notice in the case of any prepayment of Base
Rate  Advances)  to the  Administrative  Agent  stating  the  proposed  date and
aggregate  principal  amount of the prepayment,  and if such notice is given the
Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal amounts of the Advances made as
part of the same Contract  Borrowing in whole or ratably in part,  together with
accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid;
provided,  however,  that (i) each partial  prepayment  shall be in an aggregate
principal  amount not less than  $10,000,000  (or  $5,000,000 in the case of any
prepayment of Base Rate Advances) and (ii) in the case of any such prepayment of
an  Adjusted  CD Advance or  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  the  Borrower  shall be
obligated  to  reimburse  the  Lenders in respect  thereof  pursuant  to Section
8.04(b) on the date of such prepayment.

          SECTION 2.12. Increased Costs. (a) If on or after (x) the date of this
Agreement,  in the case of any  Contract  Advance  or any  obligation  to make a
Contract Advance,  or (y) the date a Lender offers to make such Auction Advance,
in the  case  of any  Auction  Advance,  any  Lender  determines  that  (i)  the
introduction  of or any change  (other than any change by way of  imposition  or
increase of reserve  requirements,  in the case of  Adjusted  CD Rate  Advances,
included in the Domestic Rate Reserve  Percentage  or, in the case of Eurodollar
Rate Advances,  included in the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage) in or in the
interpretation  of any  law or  regulation  or  (ii)  the  compliance  with  any
guideline  or request  from any  central  bank or other  governmental  authority
(whether or not having the force of law) shall  increase the cost to such Lender
of agreeing to make or making,  funding or maintaining Adjusted CD Rate Advances
or Eurodollar  Rate Advances,  then the Borrower  shall from time to time,  upon
demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative  Agent),
pay to the  Administrative  Agent  for the  account  of such  Lender  additional
amounts  (without  duplication of any amount  payable  pursuant to Section 2.15)
sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost; provided,  that no
Lender shall be entitled to demand such compensation more than 90 days following
the last day of the  Interest  Period in respect  of which such  demand is made;
provided further,  however, that the foregoing proviso shall in no way limit the
right of any Lender to demand or receive  such  compensation  to the extent that
such compensation relates to the retroactive application of any law, regulation,
guideline  or request  described  in clause (i) or (ii) above if such  demand is
made  within  90  days  after  the   implementation  of  such  retroactive  law,
interpretation,  guideline or request.  A  certificate  as to the amount of such
increased cost,  submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative  Agent by such
Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

                                       18

<PAGE>

          (b) If any Lender  determines  that, after the date of this Agreement,
compliance  with any law or  regulation  or any  guideline  or request  from any
central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of
law)  affects or would  affect the amount of capital  required or expected to be
maintained by such Lender or any  corporation  controlling  such Lender and that
the amount of such capital is  increased by or based upon the  existence of such
Lender's  commitment to lend hereunder and other commitments of this type or the
Advances made by such Lender,  then,  upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of
such demand to the Administrative  Agent), the Borrower shall immediately pay to
the  Administrative  Agent for the account of such Lender,  from time to time as
specified by such Lender,  additional  amounts  sufficient  to  compensate  such
Lender or such  corporation  in the light of such  circumstances,  to the extent
that such Lender  determines  such  increase in capital to be  allocable  to the
existence of such Lender's  commitment to lend hereunder or the Advances made by
such  Lender;  provided,  that no  Lender  shall  be  entitled  to  demand  such
compensation  more than one year  following the payment to or for the account of
such Lender of all other  amounts  payable  hereunder and under any Note held by
such Lender and the termination of such Lender's  Commitment;  provided further,
however,  that the  foregoing  proviso  shall in no way  limit  the right of any
Lender  to  demand  or  receive  such  compensation  to  the  extent  that  such
compensation  relates to the  retroactive  application  of any law,  regulation,
guideline  or request  described  above if such  demand is made  within one year
after the implementation of such retroactive law,  interpretation,  guideline or
request.  A  certificate  as to such  amounts  submitted to the Borrower and the
Administrative  Agent by such Lender shall be  conclusive  and binding,  for all
purposes, absent manifest error.

          (c) Any Lender  claiming  compensation  pursuant to this  Section 2.12
shall use its best efforts  (consistent  with its internal  policy and legal and
regulatory  restrictions) to change the  jurisdiction of its Applicable  Lending
Office if the making of such a change  would  avoid the need for,  or reduce the
amount of, any such  compensation  that may thereafter  accrue and would not, in
the reasonable  judgment of such Lender,  be otherwise  disadvantageous  to such
Lender.

          SECTION 2.13. Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement,  if any  Lender  shall  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  that  the
introduction  of or  any  change  in or in  the  interpretation  of  any  law or
regulation  makes  it  unlawful,  or any  central  bank  or  other  governmental
authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending
Office to perform its obligations  hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or
to fund or maintain  Eurodollar Rate Advances  hereunder,  (i) the obligation of
such Lender to make,  or to Convert  Contract  Advances  into,  Eurodollar  Rate
Advances shall be suspended (subject to the following  paragraph of this Section
2.13) until the  Administrative  Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders
that the  circumstances  causing  such  suspension  no longer exist and (ii) all
Eurodollar Rate Advances of such Lender then outstanding  shall, on the last day
of then  applicable  Interest  Period (or such earlier date as such Lender shall
designate  upon not less than five  Business  Days prior  written  notice to the
Administrative Agent), be automatically Converted into Base Rate Advances.

          If the obligation of any Lender to make,  fund or maintain  Eurodollar
Rate  Advances has been  suspended  pursuant to the preceding  paragraph,  then,
unless and until the  Administrative  Agent shall  notify the  Borrower  and the
Lenders that the  circumstances  causing such suspension no longer exist (i) all
Contract Advances that would otherwise be made by such Lender as Eurodollar Rate
Advances shall instead be made as Base Rate Advances and (ii) to the extent that
Eurodollar  Rate  Advances  of such Lender  have been  Converted  into Base Rate
Advances  pursuant  to the  preceding  paragraph  or made  instead  as Base Rate
Advances  pursuant to the preceding  clause (i), all payments and prepayments of
principal  that would  have  otherwise  been  applied  to such  Eurodollar  Rate
Advances of such Lender shall be applied  instead to such Base Rate  Advances of
such Lender.

          SECTION 2.14.  Payments and Computations.  (a) The Borrower shall make
each payment  hereunder  and under the Notes not later than 10:00 A.M.  (Chicago
time) on the day when due in U.S.  dollars  to the  Administrative  Agent at its
address referred to in Section 8.02 in same day funds. The Administrative  Agent
will promptly  thereafter  cause to be  distributed  like funds  relating to the
payment of principal or interest or commitment and auction facility fees ratably
(other than amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.02(c), 2.03, 2.08, 2.12, 2.15,
2.17(a)  or  8.04(b))  to the  Lenders  for  the  account  of  their  respective
Applicable Lending Offices,  and like funds relating to the payment 

                                       19

<PAGE>

of any other amount  payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its
Applicable  Lending  Office,  in each case to be applied in accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement. Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance and
recording  of the  information  contained  therein in the  Register  pursuant to
Section 8.07(d),  from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment
and Acceptance,  the Administrative  Agent shall make all payments hereunder and
under the Notes in  respect  of the  interest  assigned  thereby  to the  Lender
assignee  thereunder,  and the parties to such  Assignment and Acceptance  shall
make all  appropriate  adjustments  in such  payments for periods  prior to such
effective date directly between themselves.

          (b) The Borrower hereby  authorizes each Lender,  if and to the extent
payment  owed to such  Lender is not made when due  hereunder  or under any Note
held by such  Lender,  to  charge  from time to time  against  any or all of the
Borrower's accounts with such Lender any amount so due.

          (c) All  computations of interest based on the Base Rate shall be made
by the  Administrative  Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days,  as the
case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Adjusted CD Rate, the
Eurodollar  Rate or the  Federal  Funds  Rate and of  commitment  fees,  auction
facility  fees and  interest  payable on Auction  Advances  shall be made by the
Administrative  Agent, and all computations of interest pursuant to Section 2.08
shall be made by a Lender,  on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for
the actual number of days  (including  the first day but excluding the last day)
occurring in the period for which such interest or commitment  fees are payable.
Each determination by the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of Section 2.08,
by a Lender) of an interest rate  hereunder  shall be conclusive and binding for
all purposes, absent manifest error.

          (d) Whenever any payment  hereunder or under the Notes shall be stated
to be due on a day other than a Business  Day, such payment shall be made on the
next  succeeding  Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be
included in the  computation  of payment of interest or  commitment  fee, as the
case may be;  provided,  however,  if such  extension  would  cause  payment  of
interest on or  principal  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances to be made in the next
following  calendar  month,  such  payment  shall be made on the next  preceding
Business Day.

          (e) Unless the  Administrative  Agent shall have received  notice from
the  Borrower  prior to the  date on which  any  payment  is due to the  Lenders
hereunder   that  the  Borrower  will  not  make  such  payment  in  full,   the
Administrative  Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full
to the Administrative  Agent on such date and the  Administrative  Agent may, in
reliance upon such  assumption,  cause to be  distributed to each Lender on such
due date an  amount  equal to the  amount  then due such  Lender.  If and to the
extent  that the  Borrower  shall not have so made such  payment  in full to the
Administrative  Agent,  each  Lender  shall  repay to the  Administrative  Agent
forthwith  on demand  such  amount  distributed  to such  Lender  together  with
interest thereon,  for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such
Lender  until the date such  Lender  repays  such  amount to the  Administrative
Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

          (f)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein,  any
amount payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any Note that is not paid when
due (whether at stated  maturity,  by acceleration  or otherwise)  shall (to the
fullest extent permitted by law) bear interest from the date when due until paid
in full at a rate per annum equal at all times to the Base Rate plus 2%, payable
upon demand.

          SECTION  2.15.  Taxes.  (a)  Any  and  all  payments  by the  Borrower
hereunder or under the Contract Notes shall be made, in accordance  with Section
2.14, free and clear of and without  deduction for any and all present or future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities
with  respect  thereto,   excluding,   in  the  case  of  each  Lender  and  the
Administrative 

                                       20

<PAGE>

Agent,  taxes imposed on its income,  and franchise  taxes imposed on it, by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as
the case may be) is organized or any political  subdivision  thereof and, in the
case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its income, and franchise taxes imposed on
it,  by the  jurisdiction  of such  Lender's  Applicable  Lending  Office or any
political  subdivision  thereof (all such non-excluded taxes,  levies,  imposts,
deductions,  charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to
as "Taxes").  If the Borrower  shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from
or in respect of any sum  payable  hereunder  or under any Note to any Lender or
the  Administrative  Agent,  (i) the sum payable  shall be  increased  as may be
necessary  so that after making all required  deductions  (including  deductions
applicable  to  additional  sums payable under this Section 2.15) such Lender or
the  Administrative  Agent (as the case may be)  receives an amount equal to the
sum it would have received had no such  deductions  been made, (ii) the Borrower
shall make such  deductions  and (iii) the  Borrower  shall pay the full  amount
deducted to the relevant  taxation  authority or other  authority in  accordance
with applicable law.

          (b) In  addition,  the  Borrower  agrees to pay any  present or future
stamp or  documentary  taxes or any other excise or property  taxes,  charges or
similar  levies  to  the  extent   arising  from  the  execution,   delivery  or
registration of this Agreement or the Contract Notes (hereinafter referred to as
"Other Taxes").

          (c) No Lender may claim or demand payment or  reimbursement in respect
of any Taxes or Other Taxes pursuant to this Section 2.15 if such Taxes or Other
Taxes,  as the case may be,  were  imposed  solely as the result of a  voluntary
change in the location of the jurisdiction of such Lender's  Applicable  Lending
Office.

          (d) The Borrower  will  indemnify  each Lender and the  Administrative
Agent  for  the  full  amount  of  Taxes  or  Other  Taxes  (including,  without
limitation,  any Taxes or Other  Taxes  imposed by any  jurisdiction  on amounts
payable under this Section 2.15) paid by such Lender or the Administrative Agent
(as the  case  may be) and any  liability  (including  penalties,  interest  and
expenses) arising  therefrom or with respect thereto,  whether or not such Taxes
or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be
made  within 30 days from the date such Lender or the  Administrative  Agent (as
the case may be) makes written demand therefor.

          (e)  Prior to the date of the  initial  Borrowing  in the case of each
Bank,  and on the date of the  Assignment  and  Acceptance or Additional  Lender
Supplement  pursuant  to which it  became  a  Lender  in the case of each  other
Lender, and from time to time thereafter within 30 days from the date of request
if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative  Agent, each Lender organized
under the laws of a  jurisdiction  outside the United  States shall  provide the
Administrative  Agent and the Borrower with the forms prescribed by the Internal
Revenue Service of the United States  certifying that such Lender is exempt from
United States  withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to such
Lender  hereunder and under the Notes. If for any reason during the term of this
Agreement,  any Lender  becomes  unable to submit the forms referred to above or
the information or  representations  contained therein are no longer accurate in
any material respect,  such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower in writing to that effect.  Unless the Borrower and the  Administrative
Agent have received forms or other  documents  satisfactory  to them  indicating
that  payments  hereunder  or under any Note are not  subject  to United  States
withholding tax, the Borrower or the  Administrative  Agent shall withhold taxes
from such payments at the  applicable  statutory rate in the case of payments to
or for any Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction  outside the United
States  and no Lender  may claim or demand  payment  or  reimbursement  for such
withheld taxes pursuant to this Section 2.15.

          (f) Any Lender  claiming any additional  amounts  payable  pursuant to
this  Section  2.15 shall use its best  efforts  (consistent  with its  internal
policy and legal and regulatory  restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its
Applicable  Lending  Office if the making of such a change  would avoid the need
for, or reduce the amount of, any such  additional  amounts which may thereafter
accrue and would not, in the  reasonable  judgment of such Lender,  be otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.

                                       21

<PAGE>

          (g) If  the  Borrower  makes  any  additional  payment  to any  Lender
pursuant to this Section  2.15 in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes,  and such
Lender determines that it has received (i) a refund of such Taxes or Other Taxes
or (ii) a credit  against or relief or  remission  for,  or a  reduction  in the
amount  of,  any tax or other  governmental  charge  attributable  solely to any
deduction  or credit for any Taxes or Other  Taxes with  respect to which it has
received payments under this Section 2.15, such Lender shall, to the extent that
it can do so without prejudice to the retention of such refund,  credit, relief,
remission or  reduction,  pay to the  Borrower  such amount as such Lender shall
have determined to be attributable to the deduction or withholding of such Taxes
or Other Taxes.  If, within one year after the payment of any such amount to the
Borrower,  such  Lender  determines  that it was not  entitled  to such  refund,
credit,  relief,  remission  or reduction to the full extent of any payment made
pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2.15(g),  the Borrower shall upon
notice and demand of such Lender promptly repay the amount of such  overpayment.
Any determination  made by such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.15(g) shall in
the absence of bad faith or manifest  error be  conclusive,  and nothing in this
Section  2.15(g)  shall be  construed  as  requiring  any Lender to conduct  its
business  or to arrange or alter in any  respect  its tax or  financial  affairs
(except as required by Section 2.15(f)) so that it is entitled to receive such a
refund,  credit or  reduction  or as allowing any person to inspect any records,
including tax returns, of any Lender.

          (h) Without  prejudice to the  survival of any other  agreement of the
Borrower or any Lender hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower
and the Lenders contained in this Section 2.15 shall survive the payment in full
of  principal  and interest  hereunder  and under the Notes;  provided,  that no
Lender shall be entitled to demand any payment under this Section 2.15 more than
one year following the payment to or for the account of such Lender of all other
amounts  payable  hereunder  and  under  any Note  held by such  Lender  and the
termination of such Lender's  Commitment;  provided further,  however,  that the
foregoing  proviso  shall in no way limit  the right of any  Lender to demand or
receive  any payment  under this  Section  2.15 to the extent that such  payment
relates  to the  retroactive  application  of any  Taxes or Other  Taxes if such
demand is made within one year after the  implementation  of such Taxes or Other
Taxes.

          SECTION 2.16. Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall obtain any
payment (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any right of
set-off,  or  otherwise)  on account of the Contract  Advances made by it (other
than  pursuant to Section  2.02(c),  2.08,  2.12,  2.15,  2.17(a) or 8.04(b)) in
excess of its  ratable  share of payments  on account of the  Contract  Advances
obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other
Lenders such  participations  in the Contract  Advances made by them as shall be
necessary to cause such  purchasing  Lender to share the excess payment  ratably
with each of them, provided,  however, that if all or any portion of such excess
payment is thereafter  recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from
each Lender  shall be rescinded  and such Lender  shall repay to the  purchasing
Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount
equal to such  Lender's  ratable share  (according to the  proportion of (i) the
amount of such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered
from the  purchasing  Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by
the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower
agrees  that any  Lender so  purchasing  a  participation  from  another  Lender
pursuant  to this  Section  2.16 may, to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,
exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect
to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the
Borrower in the amount of such participation.

          SECTION  2.17.   Extension  of   Termination   Date.  (a)  Unless  the
Termination Date shall have occurred,  the Borrower may request the Lenders,  by
written  notice to the  Administrative  Agent not more than 90 days and not less
than 60 days  prior  to the then  effective  Termination  Date,  to  consent  to
extension of the  Termination  Date to the date which is one year after the then
effective  Termination  Date (or, if such date is not a Business  Day,  the next
preceding  Business Day). Each Lender shall, in its sole  discretion,  determine
whether to consent to such request and shall notify the Administrative  Agent of
its  determination  not more than 45 days and not less than 30 days prior to the
then-effective  Termination  Date. Any Lender which fails to give such notice to
the Administrative  Agent shall be deemed to have 

                                       22

<PAGE>

not  consented to such request.  If any Lender shall not have  consented to such
request 30 days prior to the then effective  Termination Date (such Lender being
referred to herein as a "Non-Consenting Lender"), the Administrative Agent shall
promptly so notify the  Borrower  and the other  Lenders,  whereupon  each other
Lender  may,  not more than 30 days and not less than 25 days  prior to the then
effective  Termination  Date,  revoke any consent to such  extension  previously
given by such Lender (in which case such Lender shall be deemed a Non-Consenting
Lender).  If such request shall have been  consented to by the Majority  Lenders
(as  determined  after giving effect to the  replacement  of any  Non-Consenting
Lender pursuant to Section 8.07(h)),  the Administrative  Agent shall notify the
Borrower and the Lenders in writing of such consent,  and such  extension  shall
become effective upon the delivery by the Borrower to the  Administrative  Agent
and each Lender,  on or prior to the  then-effective  Termination Date, of (i) a
certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, dated such date, as to
the accuracy, both before and after giving effect to such proposed extension, of
the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in  Section  4.01 and as to the
absence, both before and after giving effect to such proposed extension,  of any
Event of Default or event that with the giving of notice or the  passage of time
or both would  constitute  an Event of  Default,  (ii)  certified  copies of all
corporate and  governmental  approvals,  if any,  required to be obtained by the
Borrower in  connection  with such  proposed  extension  and (iii) an opinion of
counsel to the Borrower (who shall be satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent)
as to the matters set forth in Exhibit D, upon giving effect to the extension of
the  Termination  Date,  and such  other  matters  as any  Lender,  through  the
Administrative  Agent,  may  reasonably  request,  all  of the  foregoing  to be
satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative  Agent. In the event of
any  such   extension  of  the   Termination   Date,   the  Commitment  of  each
Non-Consenting  Lender that has not been  replaced  pursuant to Section  8.07(h)
shall be terminated in whole as of such former  Termination  Date, the aggregate
principal amount of all Advances made by such  Non-Consenting  Lender,  together
with accrued and unpaid interest, commitment fees and auction facility fees, and
all other amounts payable hereunder to or for the account of such Non-Consenting
Lender shall be due and payable on such former  Termination  Date, and upon such
reduction and payment of such amounts such Non-Consenting  Lender shall cease to
be a party to this Agreement.

          (b) Upon the  effectiveness  of any extension of the Termination  Date
pursuant to subsection (a) above,  each reference in Section 4.01(e) and Exhibit
D to (i) the year-end financial statements of the Borrower,  (ii) December 31 of
any year,  (iii) the quarter-end  financial  statements of the Borrower and (iv)
the last day of any fiscal quarter  (other than December 31) of any year,  shall
be  deemed  to be  amended  to be  references  to  (A)  the  year-end  financial
statements of the Borrower included in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K
most recently  delivered to the Lenders  pursuant to Section  5.01(b)(iii),  (B)
December  31 of the year of the  financial  statements  described  in clause (A)
above, (C) the fiscal quarter-end  financial statements of the Borrower included
in the Borrower's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q most recently  delivered to the
Lenders  pursuant  to  Section  5.01(b)(ii)  and (D) the last day of the  fiscal
quarter of the financial statements described in clause (C) above, respectively.

          SECTION 2.18.  Additional  Lenders.  (a) For a period of 60 days after
extension of a Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.17(a) that has resulted in
a reduction  of the  aggregate  Commitments  of the  Lenders,  the  Borrower may
request that one or more additional banks or other Persons (each, an "Additional
Lender") become party to this Agreement as Lenders and that the aggregate amount
of the  Commitments  of the  Lenders be  increased  to reflect  the  Commitments
allocated  to  each  such  Additional  Lender;   provided,  that  the  aggregate
Commitments of the Lenders after giving effect so such increase shall not exceed
the  aggregate  Commitments  of the  Lenders  immediately  prior to such  former
Termination  Date.  Addition of an Additional Lender shall be made only with the
written  consent  of  the  Administrative  Agent  (which  consent  shall  not be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed) and with the written  consent of the Borrower
(which  consent  may be granted or withheld in its  absolute  discretion).  Each
Additional  Lender must be an Eligible  Assignee and, without the consent of the
Administrative Agent, the initial Commitment of each Additional Lender shall not
be less than $5,000,000.

                                       23

<PAGE>

          (b)  Addition  of an  Additional  Lender  shall  be  effected  by  the
Additional Lender executing and delivering to the Administrative  Agent, for its
acceptance  and recording in the Register,  a duly completed  Additional  Lender
Supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto.  The Borrower
shall execute and deliver to the  Administrative  Agent for  transmittal to such
Additional  Lender a Contract  Note in  substantially  the form of  Exhibit  A-1
attached  hereto in the  amount of the  Commitment  of such  Additional  Lender.
Acceptance by the Administrative Agent of an Additional Lender is subject to the
conditions that the Administrative Agent shall have received, with a counterpart
for each Lender, (i) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower,
dated  the  effective  date  of such  Additional  Lender  Supplement,  as to the
accuracy,  both before and after giving effect to such proposed addition, of the
representations  and warranties set forth in Section 4.01 and as to the absence,
both before and after giving effect to such proposed extension,  of any Event of
Default or event  that with the giving of notice or the  passage of time or both
would constitute an Event of Default, (ii) certified copies of all corporate and
governmental  approvals,  if any,  required to be  obtained  by the  Borrower in
connection  with such  proposed  addition,  (iii) an  opinion  of counsel to the
Borrower  (who  shall be  satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Agent) as to the
matters set forth in Exhibit D (appropriately  modified to include,  in addition
to the other matters set forth therein,  such Additional  Lender  Supplement and
the new  Contract  Note),  and such other  matters as any  Lender,  through  the
Administrative  Agent, may reasonably request,  and (iv) such other certificates
and documents as the  Administrative  Agent may reasonably  request,  all of the
foregoing to be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative  Agent.
Upon execution and delivery of the Additional Lender  Supplement,  acceptance by
the  Administrative  Agent and  recording  in the  Register,  from and after the
effective date specified in such Additional Lender  Supplement,  such Additional
Lender  shall be a party  hereto  and  shall,  to the  extent of the  Commitment
specified in such Additional Lender Supplement,  have the rights and obligations
of a Lender hereunder.

          (c) If, at the time an  Additional  Lender is to become  party to this
Agreement,  the continuing Lenders have any outstanding Contract Advances,  such
Additional Lender shall offer to purchase from each continuing Lender, effective
as of the date such Additional Lender becomes party to this Agreement, a portion
of each continuing Lender's  outstanding  Contract Advances,  in such amounts as
will have the result that,  immediately  after giving effect to such  Additional
Lender  becoming  party to this  Agreement  and to such  purchases,  each Lender
(including  the  Additional  Lender)  shall  share in the  outstanding  Contract
Advances in the same proportion as their respective Commitments.  The Additional
Lender  shall  offer in  writing  to  purchase  the  requisite  portion  of each
continuing  Lender's  outstanding  Contract  Advances,  at a price  equal to the
outstanding  principal  amount thereof together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon to the date of purchase,  and a continuing Lender shall not unreasonably
decline to accept such offer.  Each such  purchase  shall be made in  accordance
with Section 8.07 (with the related Assignment and Acceptance modified,  mutatis
mutandis,  to reflect that such purchase is not a purchase of any portion of the
Commitment of the continuing Lender). Such purchases shall not be subject to the
provisions  of  clause  (ii) of  Section  8.07(a),  and the  Borrower  shall  be
responsible  for all amounts  payable to the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant to
clause (iv) of Section 8.07(a). The Borrower shall pay to each continuing Lender
on demand any amount that would be payable to such continuing Lender pursuant to
Section  8.04(b) (which for this purpose shall be applied as if such  assignment
were a prepayment of the Contract Advances assigned by such continuing  Lender),
and shall reimburse each continuing Lender on demand for all reasonable fees and
expenses  (including  reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by it in
connection with such assignment.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

          SECTION 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances. The obligation
of each Lender to make its initial Advance is subject to the satisfaction, prior
to or  concurrently  with,  the making of such initial  Advance,  of each of the
following conditions precedent:

          (a) Documents and Other  Agreements.  The  Administrative  Agent shall
have received on or before the day of the initial Borrowing the following,  each
dated the same date, in form and substance  satisfactory  to the  Administrative
Agent and (except for the Notes) with one copy for each Lender:

               (i)  The  Contract  Notes  payable  to the  order  of each of the
          Lenders, respectively;

               (ii)  Certified  copies  of  the  resolutions  of  the  Board  of
          Directors of the Borrower  approving the transactions  contemplated by
          this Agreement and the Notes,  and of all documents  evidencing  other
          necessary  corporate  action with  respect to this  Agreement  and the
          Notes;

               (iii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
          the  Borrower  certifying  (A) the  names and true  signatures  of the
          officers of the Borrower  authorized  to sign this  Agreement  and the
          Notes and the other  documents  to be  delivered  hereunder;  (B) that
          attached thereto are true and correct copies of the Restated  Articles
          of  Incorporation  and the  By-laws of the  Borrower,  in each case in
          effect  on such  date;  and (C)  that  attached  thereto  are true and
          correct copies of all governmental and regulatory  authorizations  and
          approvals required for the due execution,  delivery and performance of
          this  Agreement  and the Notes,  including,  without  limitation,  the
          Securities  Certificate  filed  with  the  PPUC by the  Borrower  (the
          "Securities  Certificate") and the Order of Registration issued by the
          PPUC   registering   the   Securities   Certificate   (the  "Order  of
          Registration");

               (iv) Copies of the  financial  statements  referred to in Section
          4.01(e);

               (v) A certificate  signed by either the chief financial  officer,
          principal accounting officer or treasurer of the Borrower stating that
          (A) the representations  and warranties  contained in Section 4.01 are
          correct on and as of the date of such  certificate  as though  made on
          and as of such date and (B) no event has occurred and is continuing on
          the date of such  certificate  that constitutes an Event of Default or
          would  constitute  an Event of Default  but for the  requirement  that
          notice be given or time elapse or both;

               (vi) A favorable  opinion of Ballard  Spahr  Andrews & Ingersoll,
          special counsel for the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit
          D hereto; and

               (vii) A  favorable  opinion  of Reed  Smith  Shaw &  McClay  LLP,
          counsel  for the  Documentation  Agent,  substantially  in the form of
          Exhibit E hereto.

          (b) Termination of Prior Credit  Facility.  The  Administrative  Agent
shall have received  evidence of (i) the payment in full of all  obligations  of
the Borrower under the $400,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1995,
among the Borrower, the banks named therein,  Citibank,  N.A., as administrative
agent, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as documentation  agent, and (ii)
the termination of the "Commitments" under such agreement.

                                       25

<PAGE>

          SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Certain Contract Borrowings. The
obligation  of each  Lender to make a Contract  Advance on the  occasion of each
Contract  Borrowing  (including  the  initial  Contract  Borrowing)  that  would
increase the aggregate amount of Contract Advances  outstanding shall be subject
to the further conditions  precedent that on the date of such Contract Borrowing
the following statements shall be true, and each of the giving of the applicable
Notice  of a  Contract  Borrowing  and the  acceptance  by the  Borrower  of the
proceeds of such  Contract  Borrowing  shall  constitute  a  representation  and
warranty  by the  Borrower  that on the  date of such  Contract  Borrowing  such
statements are true:

               (A) The representations and warranties  contained in Section 4.01
          are correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing,  before and after
          giving effect to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds
          therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and

               (B) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
          such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that
          constitutes  an  Event of  Default  or  would  constitute  an Event of
          Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or
          both (it being understood for clarification  that (i) without limiting
          the foregoing,  it is a condition of this clause (B) that the Borrower
          shall be in compliance with Section  5.01(a)(iv),  Section 5.02(a) and
          Section  5.02(c)  upon giving  effect to such  Borrowing  and (ii) the
          conditions  of  this  clause  (B)  shall  apply  whether  or  not  the
          respective Commitments of the Lenders have been terminated pursuant to
          Section 6.01).

          SECTION  3.03.  Conditions  Precedent to Each Auction  Borrowing.  The
obligation of each Lender that is to make an Auction  Advance on the occasion of
an Auction  Borrowing  (including  the initial  Auction  Borrowing) to make such
Auction  Advance as part of such Auction  Borrowing is subject to the conditions
precedent  that (i) the  Administrative  Agent shall have  received  the written
confirmatory  Notice of an Auction  Borrowing with respect  thereto,  (ii) on or
before the date of such Auction Borrowing,  but prior to such Auction Borrowing,
the  Administrative  Agent shall have  received an Auction  Note  payable to the
order of such Lender for each of the Auction  Advances to be made by such Lender
as part of such Auction Borrowing,  in a principal amount equal to the principal
amount of the Auction  Advance to be  evidenced  thereby and  otherwise  on such
terms as were agreed to for such  Auction  Advance in  accordance  with  Section
2.03, and (iii) except as otherwise  waived in accordance  with Section 8.01, on
the date of such Auction  Borrowing the following  statements shall be true, and
each of the  giving of the  applicable  Notice of an Auction  Borrowing  and the
acceptance  by the  Borrower of the  proceeds of such  Auction  Borrowing  shall
constitute a  representation  and  warranty by the Borrower  that on the date of
such Auction Borrowing such statements are true:

               (A) The representations and warranties  contained in Section 4.01
          are correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing,  before and after
          giving effect to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds
          therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and

               (B) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
          such  Borrowing or from the  application  of the  proceeds  therefrom,
          which  constitutes  an Event of Default or which would  constitute  an
          Event of Default but for the requirement  that notice be given or time
          elapse or both (it being understood for clarification that (i) without
          limiting the foregoing,  it is a condition of this clause (B) that the
          Borrower  shall be in  compliance  with Section  5.01(a)(iv),  Section
          5.02(a) and Section  5.02(c) upon giving effect to such  Borrowing and
          (ii) the  conditions of this clause (B) shall apply whether or not the
          respective Commitments of the Lenders have been terminated pursuant to
          Section 6.01).

                                       26
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          SECTION 4.01.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the Borrower.  The
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

          (a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized. validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

          (b) The  execution,  delivery and  performance by the Borrower of this
Agreement and the Notes are within the Borrower's  corporate  powers,  have been
duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action,  and do not and will not
contravene (i) the Borrower's  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws,
(ii) applicable law or (iii) any contractual or legal restriction  binding on or
affecting the Borrower or its properties.

          (c) No  authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to
or filing with, any  governmental  authority or regulatory  body is required for
the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement or
the Notes  except for the filing of the  Securities  Certificate  with,  and the
final  approval  of, and the Order of  Registration  issued by, the PPUC,  which
filing has been duly made and which  final  approval  and Order of  Registration
have been duly obtained;  such Order of Registration is in full force and effect
and is final; and on and after the date of the initial Borrowing hereunder,  the
action of the PPUC  registering  the Securities  Certificate  shall no longer be
subject to appeal.

          (d) This Agreement is, and the Notes when delivered hereunder will be,
legal,  valid and binding  obligations of the Borrower  enforceable  against the
Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability
thereof  may be limited  by  equitable  principles  or  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,   moratorium  or  similar  laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally.

          (e)  The   consolidated   balance   sheet  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  as at December 31, 1996, and the related  statements of income and
retained earnings and of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the
fiscal  year then  ended,  certified  by  Coopers & Lybrand,  and the  unaudited
consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as at June 30,
1997 and the related  unaudited  statements of income for the  six-month  period
then ended,  copies of which have been furnished to each Lender,  fairly present
in all  material  respects  (subject,  in the case of such  balance  sheets  and
statements   of  income  for  the  period  ended  June  30,  1997,  to  year-end
adjustments)  the  consolidated  financial  condition  of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries as at such dates and the consolidated  results of the operations of
the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for the periods ended on such dates,  all in
accordance  with GAAP, and since  December 31, 1996,  there has been no Material
Adverse Change.

          (f) Except as disclosed in the Borrower's Annual, Quarterly or Current
Reports, each as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered
to the  Lenders  (including  reports  filed prior to the date of  execution  and
delivery of this  Agreement  and reports  delivered  to the Lenders  pursuant to
Section  5.01(b)),  there is no pending or threatened  action,  investigation or
proceeding  affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  before any court,
governmental  agency or arbitrator  that may reasonably be anticipated to have a
Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending or threatened action or proceeding
against the Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  that purports to affect the legality,
validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note.

          (g) No proceeds of any Advance  have been or will be used  directly or
indirectly in connection with the acquisition of in excess of 5% of any class of
equity securities that is registered  

                                       27

<PAGE>

pursuant to Section 12 of the  Exchange  Act or any  transaction  subject to the
requirements of Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

          (h) The Borrower is not engaged in the  business of  extending  credit
for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System),
and no  proceeds  of any  Advance  will be used to  purchase or carry any margin
stock or to extend  credit to others for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying
any margin  stock.  Not more than 25% of the value of the assets of the Borrower
and its Principal Subsidiaries is represented by margin stock.

          (i) The  Borrower  (i) is exempt  from the  provisions  of the  Public
Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935,  as amended,  other than Section  9(a)(2)
thereof,  pursuant to Section  3(a)(2)  thereof,  and (ii) is not an "investment
company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          (j) During the twelve  consecutive  month  period prior to the date of
the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and  prior to the date of any
Borrowing under this Agreement,  no steps have been taken to terminate any Plan,
and no  contribution  failure by the  Borrower  or any member of the  Controlled
Group has  occurred  with respect to any Plan.  No condition  exists or event or
transaction has occurred with respect to any Plan  (including any  Multiemployer
Plan) which might result in the  incurrence by the Borrower or any member of the
Controlled Group of any material liability, fine or penalty.

                                    ARTICLE V

                            COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

          SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Note or any amount
payable by the Borrower  hereunder  shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have
any Commitment hereunder (except with respect to subsection (a)(iv), which shall
be  applicable  only as of the date  hereof and at any time that any  Advance is
outstanding hereunder),  the Borrower will, and, in the case of Section 5.01(a),
will cause its  Principal  Subsidiaries  to,  unless the Majority  Lenders shall
otherwise consent in writing:

          (a)  Keep  Books;  Corporate  Existence;  Maintenance  of  Properties;
Compliance with Laws; Insurance; Taxes.

               (i) keep proper  books of record and account,  all in  accordance
          with generally accepted accounting principles;

               (ii) subject to Section 5.02(b),  preserve and keep in full force
          and effect its existence;

               (iii)  maintain and preserve all of its  properties  (except such
          properties  the failure of which to  maintain  or  preserve  would not
          have,  individually  or in the aggregate,  a Material  Adverse Effect)
          which  are used or  useful  in the  conduct  of its  business  in good
          working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

               (iv) comply in all material respects with the requirements of all
          applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders (including those of any
          governmental  authority  and including  with respect to  environmental
          matters)  to the extent the failure to so comply,  individually  or in
          the  aggregate,  would  have  either a  Material  Adverse  Effect or a
          material  adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to perform its
          obligations under this Agreement and the Notes;

                                       28

<PAGE>

               (v) maintain  insurance with responsible and reputable  insurance
          companies or associations, or self-insure, as the case may be, in each
          case in such amounts and covering such  contingencies,  casualties and
          risks  as  is  customarily  carried  by  or  self-insured  against  by
          companies engaged in similar  businesses and owning similar properties
          in the same  general  areas in which the  Borrower  and its  Principal
          Subsidiaries operate;

               (vi) at any  reasonable  time and from time to time,  pursuant to
          prior notice  delivered  to the  Borrower,  permit any Lender,  or any
          agents or  representatives  of any  thereof,  to examine  and, at such
          Lender's  expense,  make copies of, and abstracts from the records and
          books of account of, and visit the properties of, the Borrower and any
          of its Principal Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and
          accounts of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries with any of their
          respective officers;  provided, that any non-public information (which
          has been  identified as such by the Borrower)  obtained by any Lender,
          or any of their respective agents or representatives  pursuant to this
          subsection  (vi)  shall  be  treated  confidentially  by such  Person;
          provided,  further,  that such Person may disclose such information to
          any other party to this Agreement, its examiners,  affiliates, outside
          auditors,  counsel or other  professional  advisors in connection with
          the  Agreement or if otherwise  required to do so by law or regulatory
          process; and

               (vii) use the  proceeds of the  Advances  for  general  corporate
          purposes  (including,  without  limitation,  the  refinancing  of  its
          commercial  paper,  the  repayment of  outstanding  Advances,  and the
          making of acquisitions) but in no event for any purpose which would be
          contrary to clause (g) or clause (h) of Section 4.01.

          (b) Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Lenders:

               (i) as soon as possible,  and in any event within 5 Business Days
          after the  occurrence  of each Event of  Default or each event  which,
          with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both,  would constitute
          an Event of  Default,  continuing  on the  date of such  statement,  a
          statement  of an  authorized  officer of the  Borrower  setting  forth
          details of such  Event of  Default  or event and the action  which the
          Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

               (ii) as soon as  available  and in any event within 60 days after
          the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the
          Borrower, a copy of the Borrower's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed
          with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  with  respect to such
          quarter,  together with a certificate of an authorized  officer of the
          Borrower stating that no Event of Default, or event which, with notice
          or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute an Event of Default,  has
          occurred and is  continuing  or, if any Event of Default or such event
          has occurred and is  continuing,  a statement as to the nature thereof
          and the  action  which the  Borrower  proposes  to take  with  respect
          thereto;

               (iii) as soon as available and in any event within 105 days after
          the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower,  a copy of the Borrower's
          Annual  Report on Form 10-K filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission  with  respect  to  such  fiscal  year,   together  with  a
          certificate of an authorized  officer of the Borrower  stating that no
          Event of  Default,  or event  which,  with  notice of lapse of time or
          both,  would  constitute  an Event of  Default,  has  occurred  and is
          continuing  or, if any Event of Default or such event has occurred and
          is  continuing,  a statement  as to the nature  thereof and the action
          which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

                                       29

<PAGE>

               (iv)  concurrently  with the delivery of the annual and quarterly
          reports  referred  to in  Sections  5.01(b)(ii)  and  5.01(b)(iii),  a
          compliance  certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit
          F, duly completed and signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
          or an Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower;

               (v) except as otherwise  provided in  subsections  (ii) and (iii)
          above,  promptly  after the sending or filing  thereof,  copies of all
          reports that the Borrower  sends to any of its security  holders,  and
          copies of all  Reports on Form  10-K,  10-Q or 8-K,  and  registration
          statements  and   prospectuses   that  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its
          Subsidiaries files with the Securities and Exchange  Commission or any
          national  securities  exchange  (except  to the  extent  that any such
          registration statement or prospectus relates solely to the issuance of
          securities pursuant to employee or dividend  reinvestment plans of the
          Borrower or such Subsidiary);

               (vi) promptly upon becoming aware of the institution of any steps
          by the  Borrower or any other  Person to  terminate  any Plan,  or the
          failure to make a required contribution to any Plan if such failure is
          sufficient  to give rise to a lien under section  302(f) of ERISA,  or
          the taking of any action with  respect to a Plan which could result in
          the requirement  that the Borrower furnish a bond or other security to
          the PBGC or such Plan, or the  occurrence of any event with respect to
          any Plan,  which could result in the incurrence by the Borrower or any
          member of the  Controlled  Group of any  material  liability,  fine or
          penalty; and

               (vii)   such  other   information   respecting   the   condition,
          operations,  business or  prospects,  financial or  otherwise,  of the
          Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries  as  any  Lender,  through  the
          Administrative Agent, may from time to time reasonably request.

          SECTION 5.02.  Negative  Covenants.  So long as any Note or any amount
payable by the Borrower  hereunder  shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have
any Commitment  hereunder (except with respect to subsection (a), which shall be
applicable only as of the date hereof and at any time any Advance is outstanding
hereunder),  the Borrower will not,  without the written consent of the Majority
Lenders:

          (a) Limitation on Liens. Create,  incur, assume or suffer to exist, or
permit any of its Principal  Subsidiaries to create,  incur, assume or suffer to
exist,  any Lien on its  respective  property,  revenues or assets,  whether now
owned or hereafter acquired except (i) Liens upon or in any property acquired by
the Borrower or any of its  Principal  Subsidiaries  in the  ordinary  course of
business  to  secure  the  purchase  price of such  property  or to  secure  any
obligation  incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such
property,  (ii) Liens  existing on such property at the time of its  acquisition
(other than any such Lien created in contemplation  of such  acquisition  unless
permitted by the preceding  clause (i)),  (iii) Liens granted under the Mortgage
and "excepted  encumbrances"  as defined in the Mortgage,  (iv) Liens granted in
connection  with any financing  arrangement  for the purchase of nuclear fuel or
the financing of pollution control facilities, limited to the fuel or facilities
so  purchased  or  acquired,  (v) Liens  arising  in  connection  with  sales or
transfers of, or financing secured by, accounts receivable or related contracts,
(vi) Liens securing the Borrower's notes collateralized solely by mortgage bonds
of the Borrower  issued under the terms of the Mortgage,  (vii) Liens arising in
connection with sale and leaseback transactions,  but only to the extent (x) the
proceeds  received by the Borrower or such Principal  Subsidiary  from such sale
shall  immediately be applied to retire  mortgage  bonds of the Borrower  issued
under the terms of the Mortgage,  or (y) the aggregate  purchase price of assets
sold  pursuant to such sale and leaseback  transactions  where such proceeds are
not so  applied  shall not  exceed  $1,000,000,000,  (viii)  Liens  granted by a
Special Purpose  Subsidiary to secure  Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt of such
Special  Purpose  Subsidiary,  and (ix)  Liens,  other than those  described  in
clauses (i) through (viii) of this subsection  granted by the Borrower or any of
its Principal  Subsidiaries in 

                                       30

<PAGE>

the ordinary course of business  securing Debt of the Borrower and its Principal
Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed  $50,000,000 in the aggregate at any one
time outstanding.

          (b) Mergers and Consolidations;  Disposition of Assets.  Merge with or
into or consolidate with or into, or sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of
(whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially
all of its assets  (whether  now owned or  hereafter  acquired) to any Person or
permit any  Principal  Subsidiary  to do so, except that (i) the Borrower or any
Principal  Subsidiary  may merge with or into or  consolidate  with or  transfer
assets to any other  Principal  Subsidiary,  (ii) any Principal  Subsidiary  may
merge with or into or  consolidate  with or transfer  assets to the Borrower and
(iii) the Borrower may merge with or into or consolidate with or transfer assets
to any other  Person;  provided in each case,  immediately  thereafter in giving
effect  thereto,  no Event of Default or event  that  would,  with the giving of
notice or the passage of time or both  constitute an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing and (A) in the case of any such merger, consolidation
or transfer of assets to which the Borrower is a party,  either (x) the Borrower
shall be the surviving  corporation or (y) the surviving corporation shall be an
Eligible Successor and shall have assumed all of the obligations of the Borrower
under this Agreement and the Notes pursuant to a written  instrument in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (B) subject to clause (A)
above,  in the case of any such  merger  to which a  Principal  Subsidiary  is a
party, a Principal Subsidiary shall be the surviving corporation.

          (c) Financial  Covenant.  Permit  Consolidated  Adjusted Total Debt to
exceed 65% of Consolidated Adjusted Total Capitalization at any time.

          (d) Continuation of Businesses.

               (i) Generation  Business.  (A) Cease to own (through the Borrower
          or wholly-owned  Subsidiaries) the business of generating electricity,
          or (B) reduce the net installed electric  generating  capacity (summer
          rating) of the electricity  generation  business owned by the Borrower
          and its wholly-owned  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole to less than 7821
          Megawatts.

               (ii) Distribution,  Transmission and Gas Businesses. Cease to own
          (directly by the Borrower,  and not through Subsidiaries) the business
          of distributing electricity to end-users, the business of transmitting
          electricity,  or  the  businesses  of  transmitting  and  distributing
          natural gas, each substantially as conducted by the Borrower as of the
          date of this Agreement (and the Borrower  warrants that as of the date
          of this Agreement  substantially  all of such businesses  conducted by
          the Borrower on a consolidated basis, and the assets relating thereto,
          are  operated  and  owned by the  Borrower  directly  and not  through
          Subsidiaries).

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          SECTION  6.01.  Events  of  Default.  If any of the  following  events
("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

          (a) The Borrower  shall fail to pay any  principal of any Advance when
the same  becomes  due and  payable,  or  interest  thereon or any other  amount
payable  under this  Agreement or any of the Notes within  three  Business  Days
after the same becomes due and payable; or

                                       31

<PAGE>

          (b) Any  representation  or warranty made by the Borrower herein or by
the Borrower (or any of its  officers)  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement
shall prove to have been  incorrect or misleading  in any material  respect when
made; or

          (c) The  Borrower  shall  fail to  perform  or  observe  (i) any term,
covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.02, Section 5.01(a)(vii) or Section
5.01(b)(i),  or (ii) any other term,  covenant or  agreement  contained  in this
Agreement  on its part to be  performed or observed if the failure to perform or
observe such other term,  covenant or agreement  shall remain  unremedied for 30
days after written  notice  thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the
Administrative Agent (which notice shall be given by the Administrative Agent at
the written request of any Lender); or

          (d) The  Borrower or any  Principal  Subsidiary  shall fail to pay any
principal  of or  premium  or  interest  on any Debt  that is  outstanding  in a
principal  amount in excess of  $50,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt
evidenced by the Notes and Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt) of the Borrower or
such  Principal  Subsidiary  (as the case may be) when the same  becomes due and
payable  (whether by  scheduled  maturity,  required  prepayment,  acceleration,
demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace
period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument  relating to such Debt;
or any other event shall occur or condition  shall exist under any  agreement or
instrument  relating to any such Debt and shall  continue  after the  applicable
grace period, if any,  specified in such agreement or instrument,  if the effect
of such event or condition is to accelerate,  or to permit the  acceleration of,
the  maturity  of such Debt;  or any such Debt shall be  declared  to be due and
payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required
prepayment),  prior to the stated maturity thereof,  other than any acceleration
of any Debt  secured by  equipment  leases or fuel  leases of the  Borrower or a
Principal  Subsidiary  as a result of the  occurrence  of any event  requiring a
prepayment  (whether or not characterized as such) thereunder,  which prepayment
will not result in a Material Adverse Change; or

          (e) The  Borrower or any  Principal  Subsidiary  (other than a Special
Purpose  Subsidiary) shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due,
or shall admit in writing its  inability  to pay its debts  generally,  or shall
make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;  or any proceeding shall
be instituted by or against the Borrower or any Principal Subsidiary (other than
a Special Purpose  Subsidiary) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent,
or seeking liquidation,  winding up,  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment,
protection,  relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
bankruptcy,  insolvency or reorganization  or relief of debtors,  or seeking the
entry  of an  order  for  relief  or the  appointment  of a  receiver,  trustee,
custodian or other similar  official for it or for any  substantial  part of its
property and, in the case of any such proceeding  instituted against it (but not
instituted by it), either such proceeding  shall remain  undismissed or unstayed
for a  period  of 60  days,  or any of the  actions  sought  in such  proceeding
(including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the
appointment of a receiver,  trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it
or for any  substantial  part of its property,)  shall occur; or the Borrower or
any Principal  Subsidiary  (other than a Special Purpose  Subsidiary) shall take
any corporate  action to authorize or to consent to any of the actions set forth
above in this subsection (e); or

          (f) One or more  judgments  or orders  for the  payment of money in an
aggregate amount exceeding  $50,000,000  (excluding any such judgments or orders
which are fully covered by insurance,  subject to any customary deductible,  and
under which the applicable insurance carrier has acknowledged such full coverage
in writing) shall be rendered  against the Borrower or any Principal  Subsidiary
and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor
upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30  consecutive
days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order,  by reason of
a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

          (g) (i) any Reportable  Event that the Majority  Lenders  determine in
good faith might  constitute  grounds for the termination of any Plan or for the
appointment  by the  appropriate  United 

                                       32

<PAGE>

States  District Court of a trustee to administer a Plan shall have occurred and
be continuing 30 days after written  notice to such effect shall have been given
to  the  Borrower  by the  Administrative  Agent  or  (ii)  any  Plan  shall  be
terminated,  or (iii) a Trustee  shall be  appointed  by an  appropriate  United
States  District Court to administer  any Plan or (iv) the PBGC shall  institute
proceedings  to  terminate  any Plan or to appoint a trustee to  administer  any
Plan;  provided,  however that on the date of any event described in clauses (i)
through (iv) above the Unfunded Liabilities of such Plan exceed $20,000,000; or

          (h) any  "Event of  Default"  shall  occur  under the  364-Day  Credit
Agreement;  

then, and in any such event, the Administrative  Agent (i) shall at the request,
or may with the consent,  of the Majority  Lenders,  by notice to the  Borrower,
declare the respective  Commitments  of the Lenders to be terminated,  whereupon
the same shall forthwith  terminate,  and (ii) shall at the request, or may with
the consent,  of the Majority  Lenders,  by notice to the Borrower,  declare the
principal amount outstanding under the Notes, all interest thereon and all other
amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable,  whereupon
the principal amount outstanding under the Notes, all such interest and all such
amounts  shall become and be forthwith  due and  payable,  without  presentment,
demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived by the  Borrower;  provided,  however,  that in the event of an actual or
deemed  entry of an  order  for  relief  with  respect  to the  Borrower  or any
Principal  Subsidiary  under the Federal  Bankruptcy Code, (A) the obligation of
each Lender to make  Advances  shall  automatically  be  terminated  and (B) the
principal  amount  outstanding  under the Notes,  all such interest and all such
amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable,  without presentment,
demand,  protest  or any notice of any kind,  all of which are hereby  expressly
waived by the Borrower.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   THE AGENTS

          SECTION 7.01.  Authorization  and Action.  Each Lender hereby appoints
and authorizes the  Administrative  Agent to take such action as  administrative
agent on its behalf and to exercise  such  powers  under this  Agreement  as are
delegated to the  Administrative  Agent by the terms hereof,  together with such
powers as are reasonably  incidental  thereto.  Each Lender hereby  appoints and
authorizes  the  Documentation  Agent to prepare this Agreement and the Contract
Notes on behalf of the  Lenders,  provided,  that it is  hereby  understood  and
agreed  that the  Documentation  Agent  shall not have any  responsibilities  or
obligations hereunder subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement
by and among the  Borrower,  the Banks,  and the  Agents.  As to any matters not
expressly  provided  for  by  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,
enforcement or collection of the Notes), the  Administrative  Agent shall not be
required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to
act or to refrain  from  acting  (and shall be fully  protected  in so acting or
refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders,  and such
instructions  shall be  binding  upon all  Lenders  and all  holders  of  Notes;
provided,  however,  that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take
any action which exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or which
is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. The Administrative Agent agrees
to give to each Lender  prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

          SECTION 7.02. Agents' Reliance,  Etc. Neither the Administrative Agent
nor the  Documentation  Agent nor any of their respective  directors,  officers,
agents or employees  shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken
by it or them  under or in  connection  with this  Agreement,  except for its or
their respective own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limitation
of the generality of the foregoing:  (i) the Administrative  Agent may treat the
payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Administrative  Agent receives
and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by the Lender which is the
payee of such Note,  as assignor,  and an Eligible  Assignee,  as  assignee,  as
provided in Section 8.07; (ii) the  Administrative  Agent and the  Documentation
Agent each may consult 

                                       33

<PAGE>

with legal counsel  (including  counsel for the  Borrower),  independent  public
accountants  and other  experts  selected  by it and shall not be liable for any
action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with the
advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) neither the Administrative
Agent nor the  Documentation  Agent makes any warranty or  representation to any
Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties
or representations  (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this
Agreement;  (iv) neither the  Administrative  Agent nor the Documentation  Agent
shall  have  any  duty to  ascertain  or to  inquire  as to the  performance  or
observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on the
part of the  Borrower  or to  inspect  the  property  (including  the  books and
records)  of  the  Borrower;  (v)  neither  the  Administrative  Agent  nor  the
Documentation  Agent shall be  responsible  to any Lender for the due execution,
legality, validity,  enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency or value of this
Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant  hereto;  and
(vi) neither the  Administrative  Agent nor the Documentation  Agent shall incur
any liability  under or in respect of this  Agreement by acting upon any notice,
consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier,
telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the
proper party or parties.

          SECTION 7.03. Agents and Affiliates.  With respect to their respective
Commitments,  their  respective  Advances and their  respective  Notes,  each of
Mellon  and First  Chicago  shall have the same  rights  and  powers  under this
Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an
Agent;  and the term "Lender" or "Lenders"  shall,  unless  otherwise  expressly
indicated,  include  Mellon  and First  Chicago in their  respective  individual
capacities.  Mellon,  First Chicago and their  respective  affiliates may accept
deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under  indentures of, and generally
engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower,  any of its  subsidiaries and
any Person who may do business  with or own  securities  of the  Borrower or any
such subsidiary,  all as if First Chicago was not the  Administrative  Agent and
Mellon was not the Documentation Agent, as the case may be, and without any duty
to account therefor to the Lenders.

          SECTION 7.04. Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it
has,  independently  and without  reliance upon the  Administrative  Agent,  the
Documentation  Agent or any other Lender and based on the  financial  statements
referred to in Section  4.01(e) and such other  documents and  information as it
has deemed appropriate,  made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges  that it will,  independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or the Documentation Agent or any
other  Lender  and based on such  documents  and  information  as it shall  deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under this Agreement.

          SECTION  7.05.  Indemnification.  The Lenders  agree to indemnify  the
Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agents (to the
extent not  reimbursed by the  Borrower),  ratably  according to the  respective
principal  amounts of the Contract Notes then held by each of the Lenders (or if
no  Contract  Notes  are at  the  time  outstanding,  ratably  according  to the
respective  amounts  of  their  Commitments),  from  and  against  any  and  all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs,  expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature  whatsoever which may be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted  against any such Agent in any way relating
to or arising out of this  Agreement  or any action taken or omitted by any such
Agent  under this  Agreement,  provided  that no Lender  shall be liable for any
portion of such liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or disbursements  resulting from such Agent's
gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  Without  limitation of the foregoing,
each Lender  agrees to reimburse  each such Agent  promptly  upon demand for its
ratable share of any out-of-pocket  expenses (including reasonable counsel fees)
incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation,  execution, delivery,
administration,   modification,   amendment  or  enforcement   (whether  through
negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of
rights or  responsibilities  under,  this  Agreement,  to the  extent  that such
expenses  are  reimbursable  by the  Borrower  but for which  such  Agent is not
reimbursed by the Borrower.

                                       34
<PAGE>

          SECTION 7.06. Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent
may resign at any time by giving  written  notice thereof to the Lenders and the
Borrower  and may be removed at any time with or without  cause by the  Majority
Lenders.  Upon any such resignation or removal,  the Majority Lenders shall have
the  right  to  appoint  a  successor  Administrative  Agent.  If  no  successor
Administrative  Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders,  and
shall  have  accepted  such  appointment,  within  30 days  after  the  retiring
Administrative  Agent's giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders'
removal of the retiring  Administrative Agent, then the retiring  Administrative
Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders,  appoint a successor  Administrative Agent,
which  shall  be a  commercial  bank  described  in  clause  (i) or  (ii) of the
definition of "Eligible  Assignee" and having a combined  capital and surplus of
at least $150,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative
Agent   hereunder  by  a  successor   Administrative   Agent,   such   successor
Administrative  Agent shall thereupon  succeed to and become vested with all the
rights, powers,  privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and
the  retiring  Administrative  Agent  shall be  discharged  from its  duties and
obligations  under this  Agreement.  After any retiring  Administrative  Agent's
resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this
Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions  taken or omitted to be
taken  by  it  while  it  was   Administrative   Agent  under  this   Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if no Event of Default,  and no event that with
the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both,  would constitute an Event
of  Default,   shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing,   then  no  successor
Administrative  Agent shall be  appointed  under this  Section  7.06 without the
prior written  consent of the Borrower,  which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.

          SECTION  7.07.  Syndication  Agents,   Co-Agents,  Lead  Managers  and
Arrangers.  The titles  "Syndication  Agent,"  "Co-Agent,"  "Lead  Manager"  and
"Arranger" are purely honorific,  and the Syndication  Agents,  Co-Agents,  Lead
Managers  and  Arrangers  shall  have  no  duties  or  responsibilities  in such
capacities.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 8.01. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision
of this  Agreement or the Contract  Notes,  nor consent to any  departure by the
Borrower therefrom,  shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in
writing  and signed by the  Majority  Lenders,  and then such  waiver or consent
shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the specific  purpose
for which given; provided,  however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by all the  Lenders  (other than any Lender that is
the Borrower or an  Affiliate of the  Borrower),  do any of the  following:  (a)
waive any of the conditions  specified in Section 3.01 or 3.02, (b) increase the
Commitments of the Lenders or subject the Lenders to any additional obligations,
(c) reduce the principal  of, or interest on, the Contract  Notes or any fees or
other amounts payable hereunder,  (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of
principal  of, or interest on, the Contract  Notes or any fees or other  amounts
payable  hereunder,  (e)  change the  percentage  of the  Commitments  or of the
aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of the  Contract  Notes,  or the  number of
Lenders,  that  shall be  required  for the  Lenders  or any of them to take any
action hereunder,  or (f) amend this Section 8.01;  provided,  further,  that in
connection with any Auction Borrowing, any waiver of the conditions specified in
clause  (iii) of  Section  3.03  relating  to the  representation  set  forth in
paragraph  (A) of Section  3.03 shall be  effective  if in writing and signed by
each Lender that is to make an Auction  Advance in connection  with such Auction
Borrowing;  and provided,  further, that no amendment,  waiver or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by the  Administrative  Agent or the  Documentation
Agent (as the case may be), in addition  to the Lenders  required  above to take
such  action,  affect  the rights or duties of the  Administrative  Agent or the
Documentation Agent (as the case may be) under this Agreement or any Note.

          SECTION  8.02.  Notices,  Etc.  All notices  and other  communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including  telecopier,  telegraphic,
telex or cable  communication)  and 

                                       35

<PAGE>

mailed,  telecopied,  telegraphed,  telexed,  cabled  or  delivered,  if to  the
Borrower,  at its  address at 2301  Market  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania
19101, Attention:  Vice President-Finance and Treasurer,  S21-1, Telecopy: (215)
841-5743;  if to any Bank, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its
name on  Schedule I hereto;  if to any other  Lender,  at its  Domestic  Lending
Office  specified  in  the  Assignment  and  Acceptance  or  Additional   Lender
Supplement  pursuant to which it became a Lender;  and if to the  Administrative
Agent,  at its address at One First National  Plaza,  Mail Suite 0634,  1FPN-10,
Chicago,  Illinois 60670,  Attention:  Ms.  Gwendolyn  Watson,  Telecopy:  (312)
732-4840 or, as to each party,  at such other  address as shall be designated by
such  party in a written  notice  to the other  parties.  All such  notices  and
communications shall, when mailed, telecopied,  telegraphed,  telexed or cabled,
be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, delivered to the telegraph
company,  confirmed  by telex  answerback  or  delivered  to the cable  company,
respectively, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent
pursuant  to  Article II or VII shall not be  effective  until  received  by the
Administrative Agent.

          SECTION  8.03.  No  Waiver;  Remedies.  No  failure on the part of any
Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising,  any
right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall
any single or partial  exercise of any such right  preclude any other or further
exercise  thereof  or the  exercise  of any other  right.  The  remedies  herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

          SECTION 8.04.  Costs and Expenses;  Indemnification.  (a) The Borrower
agrees to pay on demand all costs and  expenses  incurred by the  Administrative
Agent,  the  Documentation  Agent,  the Syndication  Agents and the Arrangers in
connection   with  the   preparation,   execution,   delivery,   administration,
syndication,  modification  and amendment of this  Agreement,  the Notes and the
other documents to be delivered hereunder,  including,  without limitation,  the
reasonable  fees,  internal  charges  and  out-of-pocket   expenses  of  counsel
(including,  without limitation,  in-house counsel) for such Agents with respect
thereto  and with  respect to advising  the such  Agents as to their  respective
rights and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Borrower further agrees to
pay on demand all costs and expenses,  if any  (including,  without  limitation,
counsel fees and expenses of outside counsel and of internal counsel),  incurred
by  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Documentation  Agent  and  any  Lender  in
connection with the collection and enforcement  (whether  through  negotiations,
legal  proceedings  or  otherwise)  of this  Agreement,  the Notes and the other
documents to be delivered hereunder,  including, without limitation,  reasonable
counsel fees and expenses in  connection  with the  enforcement  of rights under
this Section 8.04(a).

          (b) If any payment of principal of, or Conversion  of, any Adjusted CD
Rate  Advance or  Eurodollar  Rate Advance is made other than on the last day of
the  Interest  Period  for such  Contract  Advance,  as a result of a payment or
Conversion  pursuant to Section 2.10 or 2.13 or  acceleration of the maturity of
the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason,  the Borrower shall,
upon  demand by any  Lender  (with a copy of such  demand to the  Administrative
Agent),  pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the  account  of such  Lender any
amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional  losses,  costs or
expenses  which  it  may  reasonably  incur  as a  result  of  such  payment  or
Conversion, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by
reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by
any Lender to fund or maintain such Contract Advance.

          (c) The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold each Lender, each
Agent and each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors and employees
(each,  an "Indemnified  Person")  harmless from and against any and all claims,
damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorney's
fees and expenses, whether or not such Indemnified Person is named as a party to
any  proceeding or is otherwise  subjected to judicial or legal process  arising
from any such  proceeding)  that any of them may pay or incur  arising out of or
relating to this Agreement, the Notes or the transactions  contemplated thereby,
or the use by the  Borrower or any of its  subsidiaries  of the  proceeds of any
Advance,  provided that the Borrower shall not be liable for any portion of such
claims,  damages,  

                                       36

<PAGE>

losses, liabilities,  costs or expenses resulting from such Indemnified Person's
gross negligence or willful  misconduct.  The Borrower's  obligations under this
Section  8.04(c) shall survive the repayment of all amounts owing to the Lenders
and  the  Administrative  Agent  under  this  Agreement  and the  Notes  and the
termination of the Commitments. If and to the extent that the obligations of the
Borrower  under this  Section  8.04(c) are  unenforceable  for any  reason,  the
Borrower agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction
thereof which is permissible under applicable law.

          SECTION 8.05. Right of Set-off. Upon (i) the occurrence and during the
continuance  of any Event of Default  and (ii) the making of the  request or the
granting  of  the  consent   specified  by  Section   6.01  to   authorize   the
Administrative  Agent to  declare  the Notes  due and  payable  pursuant  to the
provisions  of Section  6.01,  each Lender is hereby  authorized at any time and
from time to time, to the fullest extent  permitted by law, to set off and apply
any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,  provisional or final)
at any time held and other  indebtedness  at any time owing by such Lender to or
for  the  credit  or the  account  of the  Borrower  against  any and all of the
obligations  of the Borrower now or hereafter  existing under this Agreement and
any Note held by such  Lender,  whether or not such  Lender  shall have made any
demand under this  Agreement or such Note and although such  obligations  may be
unmatured.  Each Lender  agrees  promptly to notify the Borrower  after any such
set-off and application  made by such Lender,  provided that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and  application.  The
rights of each Lender  under this  Section  8.05 are in addition to other rights
and remedies (including,  without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such
Lender may have.

          SECTION 8.06.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become  effective
when it shall have been  executed  by the  Borrower  and the Agents and when the
Administrative  Agent  shall have been  notified by each Bank that such Bank has
executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower,  the  Agents  and each  Lender  and their  respective  successors  and
assigns,  except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights
hereunder  or any  interest  herein  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Lenders.

          SECTION 8.07.  Assignments  and  Participations.  (a) Each Lender may,
with the prior  written  consent of the  Borrower and the  Administrative  Agent
(neither of which consents shall be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed),  and if
demanded by the Borrower  pursuant to subsection  (h) hereof shall to the extent
required by such  subsection  (h), assign to one or more banks or other entities
all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  all or a portion of its Commitment,  the Contract Advances
owing to it and the Contract Note or Notes held by it); provided,  however, that
(i) each such assignment shall be of a constant,  and not a varying,  percentage
of all of the assigning  Lender's  rights and  obligations  under this Agreement
(other  than any  Auction  Advances  or Auction  Notes),  (ii) the amount of the
Commitment  of the  assigning  Lender  being  assigned  pursuant  to  each  such
assignment  (determined as of the date of the  Assignment  and  Acceptance  with
respect to such  assignment)  shall in no event be less than  $5,000,000  or, if
less,  the entire amount of such Lender's  Commitment,  and shall be an integral
multiple of  $1,000,000  or such  Lender's  entire  Commitment,  (iii) each such
assignment shall be to an Eligible  Assignee,  and (iv) the parties to each such
assignment  shall  execute  and  deliver to the  Administrative  Agent,  for its
acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together
with any Contract Note or Notes subject to such  assignment and a processing and
recordation  fee of $3,500 (which shall be payable by one or more of the parties
to the  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  and not by the Borrower,  and shall not be
payable if the  assignee  is a Bank,  any  Affiliate  of any Bank or the Federal
Reserve Bank). Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and
after the effective date specified in each  Assignment and  Acceptance,  (x) the
assignee  thereunder  shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and
obligations  hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such  Assignment and
Acceptance,  have the rights and  obligations of a Lender  hereunder and (y) the
Lender  assignor  thereunder  shall,  to the extent that rights and  obligations
hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such  Assignment and  Acceptance,
relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations  under this Agreement
(and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance  covering all or the remaining
portion of an assigning  Lender's rights and  obligations  under this Agreement,
such  Lender  shall  cease  to  be a  party  hereto).  

                                       37
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding  anything contained in this Section 8.07(a) to the contrary, (A)
the consent of the Borrower and the  Administrative  Agent shall not be required
with respect to any  assignment  by any Lender to an Affiliate of such Lender or
to another Lender and (B) any Lender may at any time, without the consent of the
Borrower or the  Administrative  Agent,  and without any  requirement to have an
Assignment and Acceptance  executed,  assign all or any part of its rights under
this  Agreement  and its Notes to a Federal  Reserve  Bank,  provided  that such
assignment  does not release the transferor  Lender from any of its  obligations
hereunder.

          (b) By executing  and  delivering an Assignment  and  Acceptance,  the
Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with
each other and the other parties  hereto as follows:  (i) other than as provided
in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation
or  warranty  and  assumes no  responsibility  with  respect to any  statements,
warranties or  representations  made in or in connection  with this Agreement or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency or
value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant
hereto;  (ii) such  assigning  Lender  makes no  representation  or warranty and
assumes  no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  financial  condition  of the
Borrower  or  the  performance  or  observance  by  the  Borrower  of any of its
obligations  under this Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished
pursuant  hereto;  (iii) such  assignee  confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement,  together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section  4.01(e)  and such  other  documents  and  information  as it has deemed
appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance;  (iv) such assignee will,  independently  and without
reliance  upon  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Documentation  Agent,  such
assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information
as it shall  deem  appropriate  at the  time,  continue  to make its own  credit
decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee
confirms  that it is an  Eligible  Assignee;  (vi) such  assignee  appoints  and
authorizes the  Administrative  Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to  exercise  such  powers  under this  Agreement  as are  delegated  to the
Administrative  Agent by the terms  hereof,  together  with  such  powers as are
reasonably  incidental  thereto;  and (vii) such  assignee  agrees  that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms
of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

          (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to
in Section 8.02 a copy of each  Assignment and  Acceptance  and each  Additional
Lender  Supplement  delivered  to and  accepted  by it and a  register  for  the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and
principal  amount of the  Contract  Advances  owing to, each Lender from time to
time (the  "Register").  The entries in the  Register  shall be  conclusive  and
binding  for  all  purposes,  absent  manifest  error,  and  the  Borrower,  the
Administrative  Agent  and the  Lenders  may treat  each  Person  whose  name is
recorded  in the  Register  as a  Lender  hereunder  for  all  purposes  of this
Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any
Lender  at any  reasonable  time and from  time to time  upon  reasonable  prior
notice.

          (d) Upon its receipt of an Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed by an
assigning Lender and an assignee  representing that it is an Eligible  Assignee,
together  with  any  Contract  Note or Notes  subject  to such  assignment,  the
Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed
and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment
and Acceptance,  (ii) record the information  contained  therein in the Register
and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.  Within five Business Days
after its  receipt of such  notice,  the  Borrower,  at its own  expense,  shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative  Agent in exchange for the surrendered
Contract  Note  or  Notes a new  Contract  Note to the  order  of such  Eligible
Assignee  in an amount  equal to the  Commitment  assumed by it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender has retained a Commitment
hereunder, a new Contract Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount
equal to the  Commitment  retained by it  hereunder.  Such new Contract  Note or
Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of such surrendered  Contract Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective
date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall  otherwise be in  substantially
the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

                                       38

<PAGE>

          (e) Each  Lender  may  assign to one or more  Eligible  Assignees  any
Auction Note or Notes held by it.

          (f) Each Lender may sell  participations to one or more banks or other
entities  (each,  a  "Participant")  in or to all or a portion of its rights and
obligations  under  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  all or a
portion of its  Commitment,  the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held
by it);  provided,  however,  that  (i) such  Lender's  obligations  under  this
Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  its  Commitment  to  the  Borrower
hereunder)  shall  remain  unchanged,  (ii)  such  Lender  shall  remain  solely
responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations,
(iii) such Lender  shall  remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of
this  Agreement,  (iv) the  Borrower,  the  Administrative  Agent  and the other
Lenders  shall  continue  to deal  solely  and  directly  with  such  Lender  in
connection with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and
(v) such Lender shall  retain the sole right to approve,  without the consent of
any Participant, any amendment,  modification or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement  or the  Note or  Notes  held by such  Lender,  other  than  any  such
amendment,  modification  or waiver with respect to any Advance or Commitment in
which such Participant has an interest that forgives principal, interest or fees
or reduces the interest rate or fees payable with respect to any such Advance or
Commitment,  postpones  any date fixed for any  regularly  scheduled  payment of
principal of, or interest or fees on, any such Advance or  Commitment,  releases
any  guarantor  of any such  Advance  or  releases  any  substantial  portion of
collateral, if any, securing any such Advance.

          (g) Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or participation
or proposed assignment or participation  pursuant to this Section 8.07, disclose
to the  assignee  or  participant  or  proposed  assignee  or  participant,  any
information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of
the  Borrower;  provided  that,  prior to any such  disclosure,  the assignee or
participant  or proposed  assignee or  participant  shall agree to preserve  the
confidentiality  of  any  confidential  information  relating  to  the  Borrower
received  by it from such  Lender  (subject to  customary  exceptions  regarding
regulatory requirements, compliance with legal process and other requirements of
law).

          (h) If (i) any Lender  shall make  demand for  payment  under  Section
2.12(a), 2.12(b) or 2.15, or (ii) shall deliver any notice to the Administrative
Agent   pursuant  to  Section  2.13  resulting  in  the  suspension  of  certain
obligations  of the Lenders with respect to  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances or (iii)
shall fail to consent to, or shall  revoke its consent to, the  extension of any
Termination  Date  pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iv) shall fail to consent to, or
shall revoke its consent to, any extension of the "Termination Date" (as defined
in the 364-Day Credit  Agreement)  requested by the Borrower pursuant to Section
2.17 of the 364-Day Credit Agreement as originally constituted (or any successor
provision  of similar  import),  then (in the case of clause (i)) within 60 days
after such demand (if, but only if, such payment demanded under Section 2.12(a),
2.12(b) or 2.15 has been made by the Borrower),  or (in the case of clause (ii))
within 60 days after such notice (if such suspension is still in effect), or (in
the case of  clauses  (iii)  and (iv)) no later  than 10 days  prior to the then
effective  Termination  Date,  as the case may be, the  Borrower may demand that
such Lender assign in accordance  with this Section 8.07 to one or more Eligible
Assignees   designated  by  the  Borrower  and  reasonably   acceptable  to  the
Administrative Agent all (but not less than all) of such Lender's Commitment and
the  Advances  owing to it within  the next  succeeding  30 days (in the case of
clause (i) or clause (ii)), or within the next succeeding 5 days (in the case of
clauses  (iii)  and  (iv)) . If any such  Eligible  Assignee  designated  by the
Borrower shall fail to consummate  such  assignment on terms  acceptable to such
Lender,  or if the Borrower  shall fail to designate any such Eligible  Assignee
for all of such Lender's Commitment or Advances, then such Lender may (but shall
not be required to) assign such  Commitment  and Advances to any other  Eligible
Assignee in accordance with this Section 8.07 during such period.

          SECTION 8.08.  Governing  Law.  THIS  AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF THE  COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA.

                                       39

<PAGE>

          SECTION 8.09. Consent to Jurisdiction. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
SUBMITS TO THE  NON-EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA AND ANY UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT SITTING IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA  IN ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT  OR THE NOTES AND THE  BORROWER  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  AGREES  THAT ALL
CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  MAY BE HEARD AND  DETERMINED IN
ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE
AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING  BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT
OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN  INCONVENIENT  FORUM.  NOTHING  HEREIN  SHALL LIMIT THE
RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE
BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

          SECTION 8.10. Execution in Counterparts;  Integration.  This Agreement
may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original  and all of which  taken  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement and  understanding
among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements
and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

                [Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

                                       40
<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,  as of the
date first above written.

[SEAL]                            PECO ENERGY COMPANY

/s/Todd D. Cutler                 By /s/J. B. Mitchell
Todd D. Cutler                    Name:  J. B. Mitchell
Assistant Secretary               Title:  Vice President - Finance and Treasurer

                                  MELLON BANK, N.A.,
                                  as Documentation Agent, Arranger and 
                                  Syndication Agent

                                  By /s/Mary Ellen Usher
                                  Name:  Mary Ellen Usher
                                  Title:  Vice President

                                  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                  as Administrative Agent
 
                                  By /s/Kenneth J. Bauer
                                  Name:  Kenneth J. Bauer
                                  Title:  Authorized Agent

                                  FIRST CHICAGO CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,
                                  as Arranger and Syndication Agent

                                  By /s/Kenneth J. Bauer
                                  Name:  Kenneth J. Bauer
                                  Title:  Vice President/Senior Banker

                                  CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.,
                                  as Syndication Agent

                                  By /s/Anita J. Brickell
                                  Name:  Anita J. Brickell
                                  Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       41
<PAGE>


                                    THE BANKS

Commitment

$37,500,000

                                          THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as
                                          Administrative Agent and as Bank

                                          By /s/Kenneth J. Bauer
                                          Name:  Kenneth J. Bauer
                                          Title:  Authorized Agent

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       42
<PAGE>


Commitment

$37,500,000

                                                        CITIBANK, N.A., as Bank

                                                        By /s/Anita J. Brickell
                                                        Name:  Anita J. Brickell
                                                        Title:  Attorney-in-Fact

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       43
<PAGE>


Commitment

$37,500,000

                                      MELLON BANK, N.A., as Documentation Agent,
                                      as Syndication Agent, as Arranger and as
                                      Bank

                                      By /s/Mary Ellen Usher
                                      Name:  Mary Ellen Usher
                                      Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       44
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Co-Agent and as
                                        Bank

                                        By /s/John N. Watt
                                        Name:  John N. Watt
                                        Title:   Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       45
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                       THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Co-Agent and
                                       as Bank

                                       By /s/Paul V. Farrell
                                       Name:  Paul V. Farrell
                                       Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       46
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                       CORESTATES BANK, N.A., as Co-Agent and as
                                       Bank

                                       By /s/Anthony D. Braxton
                                       Name:  Anthony D. Braxton
                                       Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       47
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                      FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as Co-Agent and
                                      as Bank

                                      By /s/Michael J. Kolosowsky
                                      Name:  Michael J. Kolosowsky
                                      Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       48
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                       THE TOKAI BANK, LIMITED, NEW YORK BRANCH,
                                       as Co-Agent and as Bank

                                       By /s/Kaoru Oda
                                       Name:  Kaoru Oda
                                       Title:  Assistant General Manager

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       49
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                           TORONTO DOMINION (NEW YORK), INC., as
                                           Co-Agent and as Bank

                                           By /s/Jorge A. Garcia
                                           Name:  Jorge A. Garcia
                                           Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       50
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                              UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., as
                                              Co-Agent and as Bank

                                              By /s/Karyssa M. Britton
                                              Name:  Karyssa M. Britton
                                              Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       51
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                         THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED, as Lead Manager
                                         and as Bank

                                         By /s/Raymond Ventura
                                         Name:  Raymond Ventura
                                         Title:  Vice President & Manager

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       52
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                            THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN TRUST
                                            COMPANY, as Lead Manager and as Bank

                                            By /s/John V. Veltri
                                            Name:  John V. Veltri
                                            Title:  Deputy General Manager

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       53
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                      MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                                      as Lead Manager and as Bank

                                      By /s/Philip S. Detjens
                                      Name:  Philip S. Detjens
                                      Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       54
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                        SUMMIT BANK, as Lead Manager and as Bank

                                        By /s/Bruce A. Gray
                                        Name:  Bruce A. Gray
                                        Title:  Vice President, Large Corporate
                                                Bank, Summit Bank

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       55
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                                       BANK OF MONTREAL, as Bank

                                                       By /s/John L. Smith
                                                       Name:  John L. Smith
                                                       Title:  Director

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       56
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                                  BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as Bank

                                                  By /s/Marcus M. Tarkington
                                                  Name:  Marcus M. Tarkington
                                                  Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       57
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                      DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Bank

                                      By /s/Gabrielle C. Upton
                                      Name:  Gabrielle C. Upton
                                      Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                      DEUTSCHE BANK AG, CAYMAN ISLAND BRANCH, as
                                      Bank

                                      By /s/Joel D. Makowsky
                                      Name:  Joel D. Makowsky
                                      Title:  Assistant Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       58
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                     THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, as Bank

                                     By /s/Hiroshi Kitada
                                     Name:  Hiroshi Kitada
                                     Title:  Deputy General Manager

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       59
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                     THE TOYO TRUST & BANKING CO., LTD., as Bank

                                     By /s/Takashi Mikumo
                                     Name:  Takashi Mikumo
                                     Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       60
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                             UNION BANK OF SWITZERLAND, NEW YORK
                                             BRANCH, as Bank

                                             By /s/Paul R. Morrison
                                             Name:  Paul R. Morrison
                                             Title:  Director

                                             UNION BANK OF SWITZERLAND, NEW YORK
                                             BRANCH, as Bank

                                             By /s/Andrew N. Taylor

                                             Name:  Andrew N. Taylor
                                             Title:  Assistant Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       61
<PAGE>


Commitment

$10,000,000

                                            BANK HAPOALIM B.M., as Bank

                                            By /s/Carl Kopfinger
                                            Name:  Carl Kopfinger
                                            Title:  Vice President

                                            By /s/Jonathan Kulka
                                            Name:  Jonathan Kulka
                                            Title: First Vice President & Branch
                                                   Manager

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       62
<PAGE>


Commitment

$7,500,000

                                      ABU DHABI INTERNATIONAL BANK INC., as Bank

                                      By /s/David J. Young
                                      Name:  David J. Young
                                      Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                      By /s/Nagy S. Kolta
                                      Name:  Nagy S. Kolta
                                      Title:  Senior Vice President

This is a signature page to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent.

                                       63
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I

Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 7,  1997,  among PECO  Energy
Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks, certain Banks specified
therein, as Lead Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents, First
Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. , Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities, Inc.,
as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Arrangers, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                     Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                     Lending Office
<S>                                   <C>                                       <C>                                <C> 
    Union Bank of                      Energy Capital Services                            same                           same
    California, N.A.                   445 S. Figueroa Street

                                       20th Floor
                                       Los Angeles, CA  90071
                                       Attn:  Yolande C. Hollis
                                       Phone:   (213) 236-6199
                                       Fax:       (213) 236-4096

    Abu Dhabi International Bank Inc.  1020 19th Street, N.W.                             same                           same
                                       Suite 500

                                       Washington, DC  20036
                                       Attn:  Robert Ford
                                       Phone:   (202) 842-7903
                                       Fax:       (202) 842-7955

    CoreStates Bank, N.A.              1339 Chestnut Street                               same                           same
                                       FC 1-8-11-28
                                       Philadelphia, PA  19107
                                       Attn:  Mary Lockhart
                                       Phone:  (215) 786-4313
                                       Fax:      (215) 786-7721

    Deutsche Bank A.G., New York       31 West 52nd Street                                same                           same
    Branch and/or Cayman Islands       New York, NY  10019
    Branch                             Attn:  Jo Curcio

                                       Phone:  (212) 469-4103
                                       Fax:      (212) 469-4139

    First Union National Bank          One First Union Center                             same                           same
                                       301 South College Street

                                       Charlotte, NC  28288-0735
                                       Attn:  Dana Maloney
                                       Phone:  (704) 383-0296
                                       Fax:      (704) 383-6670

    The Chase Manhattan Bank           One Chase Manhattan Plaza                          same                           same
                                       New York, NY  10081
                                       Attn:  Lynette Lang
                                       Phone:  (212) 552-7692
                                       Fax:      (212) 552-5777
<PAGE>
                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                     Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                     Lending Office

    Mellon Bank, N.A.                  Three Mellon Bank Center Room 2303                 same                           same
                                       (Loan Administration)
                                       Pittsburgh, PA  15259-0003
                                       Attn:  Cathy Capp
                                       Phone:  (412) 234-1870
                                       Fax:      (412) 236-2027, 2028

    The Industrial Bank of Japan       1251 Avenue of the Americas                        same                           same
    Trust Company                      New York, NY  10020-1104

                                       Attn:  Atsushi Kawai
                                       Credit Administration
                                       Phone: (212) 282-4060
                                       Fax:     (212) 282-4480

    The Toronto-Dominion Bank          909 Fannin, Suite 1700                  TDSI (USA), Inc.                          same
                                       Houston, TX  77010                      31 West 52nd Street
                                       Attn:  Jorge A. Garcia                  21st Floor
                                       Manager-Credit Administration           New York, NY  10019-6101
                                       Phone: (713) 653-8242                   Attn:  Senior Dealer
                                       Fax:     (713) 951-9921                 Phone: (212) 468-0400
                                                                               Fax:     (212) 974-5283

    Bank Hapoalim B.M.                 Commercial Loan & Documentation                    same                           same
                                       1515 Market Street, Suite 200

                                       Philadelphia, PA  19102
                                       Attn:  Sheila D. Joe
                                       Phone:  (215) 665-2228
                                       Fax:      (215) 665-2217

    The Tokai Bank, Limited, New       55 East 52nd Street, 11th Floor                    same                           same
    York Branch                        New York, NY  10055

                                       Attn:  Eva Cordova
                                       Phone:  (212) 339-1145
                                       Fax:      (212) 754-2171

    Union Bank of Switzerland          New York Branch                                    same                           same
                                       299 Park Avenue

                                       New York, NY  10171
                                       Attn:  Mike Peterson
                                       Loan Servicing Group
                                       Phone:  (212) 821-3230
                                       Fax:      (212) 821-3259

    The Long-Term Credit Bank of       One Liberty Plaza                                  same                           same
    Japan                              New York, NY  10006

                                       Attn:  Robert Pacitici
                                       Phone:  (212) 335-4801
                                       Fax:      (212) 608-3452
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                     Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                     Lending Office

    The Toyo Trust & Banking Co.,      666 Fifth Avenue, 33rd Floor                       same                           same
    Ltd.                               New York, NY  10103
                                       Attn:  Debra Wylie
                                       Phone:  (212) 307-3400, ext.287
                                       Fax:      (212) 977-5611

    The Fuji Bank, Limited             Two World Trade Center                             same                           same
                                       New York, NY  10048
                                       Attn:  Gemma Dizon
                                       Phone:  (212) 898-2069
                                       Fax:      (212) 488-8216

    Bank of Montreal                   115 South LaSalle Street                           same                           same
                                       Chicago, IL  60603
                                       Attn:  John Paseka

                                       Phone:  (312) 750-3771
                                       Fax:      (312) 750-4345

    Summit Bank                        750 Walnut Avenue, 3rd Floor                       same                           same
                                       Cranford, NJ  07016
                                       Attn:  Carolyn Swiss

                                       Phone:  (201) 229-5288
                                       Fax:      (201) 641-4462

    The Bank of New York               One Wall Street, 19th Floor                        same                           same
                                       Energy Industries Division

                                       New York, NY  10286
                                       Attn:  Theresa A. Foran
                                       Phone:  (212) 635-7921
                                       Fax:      (212) 635-7923

    First National Bank of Chicago     One First National Plaza                           same                           same
                                       Mail Suite 0634, 1FNP-10

                                       Chicago, IL 60670
                                       Attn:  Gwendolyn Watson
                                       Phone:  (312) 732-4509
                                       Fax:      (312) 732-4840

    Bankers Trust Company              130 Liberty Street                                 same                           same
                                       New York, NY  10006
                                       Attn:  Joe Regan

                                       Phone:  (212) 250-4169
                                       Fax:      (212) 250-7351

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                  Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                  Lending Office

    Morgan Guaranty and Trust          60 Wall Street                                     same            Nassau Bahamas Office
    Company of New York                New York, NY  10260-0060                                           c/o J.P. Morgan Services,
                                       Attn:  Sandra Doherty                                              Inc.
                                       Credit Administrator                                               Loan Operations, 3rd Floor
                                       Phone:  (302) 634-8122                                             500 Stanton Christiana Rd.
                                       Fax:      (302) 634-1092                                           Newark, DE  19713
                                                                                                          Attn:  Allison Hollis
                                                                                                          Loan Department
                                                                                                          Phone:  (302) 634-4671
                                                                                                          Fax:      (302) 634-1094

    Citibank, N.A.                     399 Park Avenue                                    same                          same
                                       4th Floor, Zone 22
                                       New York, New York 10021
                                       Attn: Kate Bohen
                                       Phone:  (302) 894-6120
                                       Fax:      (302) 894-6077
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A-1

                              FORM OF CONTRACT NOTE

$____________________                                    Dated:  October 7, 1997


          FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   the  undersigned,   PECO  Energy  Company,   a
Pennsylvania  corporation (the "Borrower"),  HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order
of (the  "Lender") for the account of its  Applicable  Lending Office (such term
and other capitalized terms herein being used as defined in the Credit Agreement
referred to below) on the Termination  Date the principal sum of U.S.$[amount of
the Lender's  Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount
of the  Contract  Advances  made by the Lender to the  Borrower  pursuant to the
Credit Agreement outstanding on the Termination Date.

          The Borrower  promises to pay interest on the unpaid  principal amount
of each  Contract  Advance  from the date of such  Contract  Advance  until such
principal  amount is paid in full, at such interest  rates,  and payable at such
times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

          Both  principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of America  to The First  National  Bank of  Chicago,  as  Administrative
Agent, at One First National Plaza, Chicago,  Illinois 60670, in same day funds.
Each Contract Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower  pursuant to the Credit
Agreement,  and all  payments  made on account of  principal  thereof,  shall be
recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer  hereof,  endorsed on the grid
attached hereto which is part of this Promissory Note.

          This  Promissory Note is one of the Contract Notes referred to in, and
is entitled to the  benefits of, the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
October 7,  1997,  among PECO  Energy  Company,  as  Borrower,  the banks  named
therein, as Banks,  certain Banks specified therein,  as Lead Managers,  certain
Banks specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc.,
Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents,  First
Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First
National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent,  and Mellon Bank, N.A., as
Documentation Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement").  The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for
the making of Contract  Advances by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time
in an aggregate  amount not to exceed at any time  outstanding  the U.S.  dollar
amount first above mentioned,  the  indebtedness of the Borrower  resulting from
each such Contract  Advance being  evidenced by this  Promissory  Note, and (ii)
contains  provisions for  acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening
of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof
prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand, protest and notice of
any kind.  No  failure  to  exercise,  and no delay in  exercising,  any  rights
hereunder  on the part of the holder  hereof  shall  operate as a waiver of such
rights.


<PAGE>


          THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


<PAGE>

                 ADVANCES, MATURITIES, AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Amount of
                                        Maturity            Principal          Unpaid
                     Amount of          of                  Paid or            Principal          Notation
Date                 Advance            Advance             Prepaid            Balance            Made By
<S>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>               <C>              <C>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A-2

                              FORM OF AUCTION NOTE

$_________________________                             Dated: _________, 19___



          FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   the  undersigned,   PECO  Energy  Company,   a
Pennsylvania  corporation (the "Borrower"),  HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order
of (the "Lender") for the account of its  Applicable  Lending Office (as defined
in the Credit  Agreement  referred to below),  on , 19 , the principal amount of
Dollars ($ ).

          The Borrower  promises to pay interest on the unpaid  principal amount
hereof from the date hereof until such principal  amount is paid in full, at the
interest rate and payable on the interest payment date or dates provided below:

          Interest Rate: % per annum  (calculated on the basis of a year of days
          for the actual number of days elapsed).

          Interest Payment Date or Dates:

          Both  principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of  America  to or the  account  of the Lender at the office of The First
National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative  Agent, at One First National Plaza,
Chicago,  Illinois 60670,  in same day funds,  free and clear of and without any
deduction,  with respect to the payee named  above,  for any and all present and
future  taxes,  deductions,  charges or  withholdings  (other than United States
withholding taxes, if applicable), and all liabilities with respect thereto.

          This  Promissory  Note is one of the Auction Notes referred to in, and
is entitled to the  benefits of, the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
October 7,  1997,  among PECO  Energy  Company,  as  Borrower,  the banks  named
therein, as Banks,  certain Banks specified therein,  as Lead Managers,  certain
Banks specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc.,
Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents,  First
Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First
National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent,  and Mellon Bank, N.A., as
Documentation Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit  Agreement").   The  Credit  Agreement,  among  other  things,  contains
provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain
stated events.

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand, protest and notice of
any kind.  No  failure  to  exercise,  and no delay in  exercising,  any  rights
hereunder  on the part of the holder  hereof  shall  operate as a waiver of such
rights.
<PAGE>

          THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B-1

                         NOTICE OF A CONTRACT BORROWING

The First  National  Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent for the Lenders
parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below

One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60670

                                                  [Date]

                  Attention:            Utilities Department
                                        North American Finance Group

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          The undersigned,  PECO Energy Company,  refers to the Revolving Credit
Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower,
the banks named therein,  as Banks,  certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead
Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital
Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities,  Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers,
The First National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent, and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Documentation Agent (as amended,  modified or supplemented from time to
time,  the  "Credit  Agreement"),  and  hereby  gives you  notice,  irrevocably,
pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Credit  Agreement  that the  undersigned  hereby
requests a Contract Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection
sets forth  below the  information  relating  to such  Contract  Borrowing  (the
"Proposed  Contract  Borrowing")  as required  by Section  2.02(a) of the Credit
Agreement:

               (i) The Business Day of the Proposed Contract Borrowing is , 19 .

               (ii) The Type of Contract  Advances to be made in connection with
          the Proposed  Contract  Borrowing is [Adjusted CD Rate Advances] [Base
          Rate Advances] [Eurodollar Rate Advances].

               (iii) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Contract  Borrowing is
          $________________.

               (iv) The Interest  Period for each Contract  Advance made as part
          of the Proposed Contract Borrowing is [ days] [ month[s]].

          The  undersigned  hereby  certifies that the following  statements are
true on the date hereof,  and will be true on the date of the Proposed  Contract
Borrowing:

               (A) the representations and warranties  contained in Section 4.01
          are correct,  before and after giving effect to the Proposed  Contract
          Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom,  as though
          made on and as of such date; and

               (B) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
          such  Proposed  Contract  Borrowing  or from  the  application  of the
          proceeds therefrom, that


<PAGE>


          constitutes  an  Event of  Default  or  would  constitute  an Event of
          Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or
          both.

                                Very truly yours,

                                PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                                By
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B-2

                         NOTICE OF AN AUCTION BORROWING

The First National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent,  for the Lenders
parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below

One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60670

                                                   [Date]

                  Attention:            Utilities Department
                                        North American Finance Group

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          The undersigned,  PECO Energy Company,  refers to the Revolving Credit
Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower,
the banks named therein,  as Banks,  certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead
Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital
Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities,  Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers,
The First National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent, and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Documentation Agent (as amended,  modified or supplemented from time to
time, the "Credit  Agreement"),  and hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section
2.03 of the Credit  Agreement that the  undersigned  hereby  requests an Auction
Borrowing  under the Credit  Agreement,  and in that  connection  sets forth the
terms on which such Auction  Borrowing  (the  "Proposed  Auction  Borrowing") is
requested to be made:

                  (A)      Date of Auction Borrowing        ______
                  (B)      Amount of Auction Borrowing      ______
                  (C)      Maturity Date                    ______
                  (D)      Interest Payment Date(s)         ______
                  (E)      ______                           ______
                  (F)      ______                           ______

          The  undersigned  hereby  certifies that the following  statements are
true on the date hereof,  and will be true on the date of the  Proposed  Auction
Borrowing:

               (a) the representations and warranties  contained in Section 4.01
          are correct,  before and after giving  effect to the Proposed  Auction
          Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom,  as though
          made on and as of such date:

               (b) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
          the Proposed Auction Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds
          therefrom,  which  constitutes an Event of Default or would constitute
          an Event of Default  but for the  requirement  that notice be given or
          time elapse or both; and
<PAGE>

               (c) the aggregate  amount of the Proposed  Auction  Borrowing and
          all  other  Borrowings  to be made on the same day  under  the  Credit
          Agreement is within the aggregate amount of the unused  Commitments of
          the Lenders.

          The undersigned hereby confirms that the Proposed Auction Borrowing is
to be made available to it in accordance  with Section  2.03(a)(v) of the Credit
Agreement.

                               Very truly yours,

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

                            ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                            Dated ___________, 19___

          Reference  is made to the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as of
October 7,  1997,  among PECO  Energy  Company,  as  Borrower,  the banks  named
therein, as Banks,  certain Banks specified therein,  as Lead Managers,  certain
Banks specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc.,
Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents,  First
Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First
National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent,  and Mellon Bank, N.A., as
Documentation Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement").  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with
the same meaning.

          _________________    (the   "Assignor")   and   _______________   (the
"Assignee") agree as follows:

          1. The  Assignor  hereby  sells and assigns to the  Assignee,  and the
Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, that interest in and to
all of the Assignor's  rights and obligations  under the Credit  Agreement as of
the date hereof  (other than in respect of Auction  Advances and Auction  Notes)
which  represents  the  percentage  interest  specified  on  Schedule  1 of  all
outstanding  rights and obligations  under the Credit  Agreement  (other than in
aspect of Auction Advances and Auction Notes),  including,  without  limitation,
such interest in the Assignor's  Commitment,  the Contract Advances owing to the
Assignor, and the Contract Note[s] held by the Assignor.  After giving effect to
such  sale and  assignment,  the  Assignee's  Commitment  and the  amount of the
Contract  Advances  owing to the  Assignee  will be as set forth in Section 2 of
Schedule 1.

          2. The Assignor (i)  represents  and warrants that it is the legal and
beneficial  owner of the interest  being  assigned by it hereunder and that such
interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or
warranty  and  assumes  no  responsibility   with  respect  to  any  statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement
or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency
or value of the Credit Agreement or any other  instrument or document  furnished
pursuant  thereto;  (iii) makes no  representation  or  warranty  and assumes no
responsibility  with respect to the  financial  condition of the Borrower or the
performance  or observance by the Borrower of any of its  obligations  under the
Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto;
and (iv)  attaches  the  Contract  Note[s]  referred to in paragraph 1 above and
requests that the Administrative  Agent exchange such Contract Note[s] for a new
Contract  Note  payable to the order of the  Assignee in an amount  equal to the
Commitment assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto or new Contract Notes payable
to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by the
Assignee  pursuant  hereto and the Assignor in an amount equal to the Commitment
retained by the Assignor under the Credit  Agreement,  respectively as specified
on Schedule 1 hereto.

          3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit
Agreement,  together  with  copies of the  financial  statements  referred to in
Section 4.01 thereof and such other  documents and  information as it has deemed
appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter into this
Assignment and Acceptance;  (ii) agrees that it will,  independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Assignor or
any other Lender and based on such  documents and  information  as it shall deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking  action  under the Credit  Agreement;  (iii)  confirms  that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers under the Credit
Agreement as are  delegated to the  



<PAGE>

Administrative  Agent by the terms  thereof,  together  with such  powers as are
reasonably  incidental  thereto;  (v) agrees that it will perform in  accordance
with  their  terms  all of the  obligations  which by the  terms  of the  Credit
Agreement  are  required  to be  performed  by it as a Lender;  (vi) none of the
consideration used to make the purchase being made by the Assignee hereunder are
"plan  assets"  as defined  under  ERISA and the  rights  and  interests  of the
Assignee in and under the Credit Agreement will not be "plan assets" under ERISA
[and] (vii)  specifies as its CD Lending  Office,  Domestic  Lending Office (and
address for notices) and Eurodollar Lending Office the offices set forth beneath
its name on the signature pages hereof [and (viii) attaches the forms prescribed
by the  Internal  Revenue  Service of the United  States  certifying  that it is
exempt from United States  withholding  taxes with respect to all payments to be
made to the Assignee under the Credit Agreement and the Notes].(1)

          4.  Following the execution of this  Assignment  and Acceptance by the
Assignor and the Assignee,  it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for
acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent. The effective date of this
Assignment  and  Acceptance  shall  be the  date of  acceptance  thereof  by the
Administrative  Agent,  unless  otherwise  specified  on  Schedule 1 hereto (the
"Effective Date").

          5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative  Agent, as
of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement
and, to the extent provided in this  Assignment and Acceptance,  have the rights
and  obligations  of a Lender  thereunder  and (ii) the Assignor  shall,  to the
extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,  relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

          6. Upon such  acceptance  and recording by the  Administrative  Agent,
from and after the  Effective  Date,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall make all
payments  under the Credit  Agreement  and the Contract  Notes in respect of the
interest  assigned  hereby  (including,  without  limitation,  all  payments  of
principal,  interest and commitment fees with respect  thereto) to the Assignee.
The Assignor and Assignee  shall make all  appropriate  adjustments  in payments
under the Credit  Agreement  and the  Contract  Notes for  periods  prior to the
Effective Date directly between themselves.

          7. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

______________
(1)  If the Assignee is organized  under the laws of a jurisdiction  outside the
     United States.
<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and
Acceptance  to  be  executed  by  their  respective   officers   thereunto  duly
authorized,  as of the date first above written,  such  execution  being made on
Schedule 1 hereto.

                               [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

                                By
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

                               [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

                                By
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

                               CD Lending Office:
                                    [Address]

                               Domestic Lending
                               Office (and address
                               for notices):
                                    [Address]

                               Eurodollar Lending Office:
                                    [Address]

Consented to this ____________ day
of __________________, 19___

PECO ENERGY COMPANY

By
      Name:
      Title:

Consented to and Accepted this ______________ day
of  ___________________, 19___

[NAME OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT]

By
     Name:
     Title:

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                   Schedule 1

                                       to

                            Assignment and Acceptance

                           Dated ______________, 19___

Section 1.

          Percentage Interest:                                   ___%

Section 2.

          Assignee's Commitment:                                 $_____

          Aggregate Outstanding Principal
            Amount of Contract Advances
            owing to the Assignee:                               $_____

          A Contract Note payable to the
            order of the Assignee

                                             Dated: _________, 19___

                                             Principal amount: $______

          A Contract Note payable to the
            order of the Assignor

                                             Dated: __________, 19___

                                             Principal amount: $______

Section 3.
     
Effective Date(2):                           _____________, 19___

________________
(2)  This  date  should  be no  earlier  than  the  date  of  acceptance  by the
     Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D

                        FORM OF OPINION OF BALLARD SPAHR
                               ANDREWS & INGERSOLL

                                                         ________________, 19___

To each of the Banks, the Administrative Agent,
the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agents,
the Arrangers, the Co-Agents and the Lead Managers
party to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as
of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as
Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks specified therein, as Lead Managers,
certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,
First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Mellon Bank,
N.A. and CitiCorp Securities, Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and
Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers, The First
National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent

          Re: PECO Energy Company

  Ladies and Gentlemen:

          This opinion is furnished  to you pursuant to Section  3.01(a)(vi)  of
the Revolving Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy
Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks, certain Banks specified
therein, as Lead Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents, First
Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities,  Inc.,
as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Arrangers, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Documentation  Agent  (as  amended,  modified  or
supplemented  from  time to time,  the  "Credit  Agreement").  Unless  otherwise
specified,  terms  defined in the Credit  Agreement  are used  herein as therein
defined.

          We have acted as special  counsel for the Borrower in connection  with
the  preparation,  execution  and  delivery  of the  Credit  Agreement.  In that
capacity we have examined the following:

               (i) The Credit Agreement,  the Contract Notes and the form of the
          Auction Notes to be delivered in connection with Auction Borrowings;

               (ii) The documents  furnished by the Borrower pursuant to Section
          3.01 of the Credit Agreement;

               (iii) The Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation of the
          Borrower and all amendments thereto (the "Charter");

               (iv) The by-laws of the Borrower and all amendments  thereto (the
          "By-laws"); and
<PAGE>

               (v) A certificate  of the Secretary of State of the  Commonwealth
          of Pennsylvania,  dated , 19 , attesting to the continued  subsistence
          of the Borrower in Pennsylvania.

          We have  also  examined  the  originals,  or copies  certified  to our
satisfaction,  of such other corporate records of the Borrower,  certificates of
public  officials and of officers of the Borrower,  and agreements,  instruments
and  documents,  as we  have  deemed  necessary  as a  basis  for  the  opinions
hereinafter  expressed.  We have assumed the legal  capacity and  competence  of
natural  persons,  the  genuineness of all signatures,  the  authenticity of all
documents  submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents
of documents  submitted to us as certified,  conformed or photostatic copies. We
have  assumed that the Agents and the Banks have duly  executed  and  delivered,
with all necessary  power and authority  (corporate and  otherwise),  the Credit
Agreement.  We have further assumed that the Auction Notes, when delivered under
the Credit Agreement, will be duly executed by the Borrower.

          When an  opinion or  confirmation  is given to our  knowledge  or with
reference  to  matters  of which we are  aware or which are known to us, or with
another similar qualification, the relevant knowledge or awareness is limited to
the actual  knowledge  or  awareness  of the lawyer who is the  current  primary
contact  for the  Borrower  and the  individual  lawyers  in this  firm who have
participated  in the  specific  transaction  to which this  opinion  relates and
without any special or additional  investigation  undertaken for the purposes of
this opinion,  except as otherwise  noted  herein.  Based upon the foregoing and
subject to the exceptions,  limitations and  qualifications set forth herein, we
are of the following opinion:

               1. The Borrower is a corporation  duly  incorporated  and validly
          subsisting under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

               2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the
          Credit  Agreement  and the Notes are within the  Borrower's  corporate
          powers,  have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action,
          do not  contravene  (i) the  Charter or the By-laws or (ii) any law of
          the United  States or the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  (including,
          without limitation, any order, rule or regulation of the PPUC or (iii)
          to the best of our knowledge, any agreement or instrument to which the
          Borrower  is a party or by which it is bound,  and do not result in or
          require the creation of any lien, security interest or other charge or
          encumbrance upon or with respect to any of its properties.

               3. No  authorization,  approval or other action by, and no notice
          to or filing with, any  governmental  authority or regulatory  body of
          the United States or the  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is required for
          the due  execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Borrower of the
          Credit  Agreement or the Notes except for the filing of the Securities
          Certificate  with,  and  the  final  approval  of,  and the  Order  of
          Registration  issued by, the PPUC, which filing has been duly made and
          which  final  approval  and  Order  of  Registration  have  been  duly
          obtained;  such Order of  Registration is in full force and effect and
          is  final;  and the  action  of the PPUC  registering  the  Securities
          Certificate is no longer subject to appeal.

               4. The Credit  Agreement  and the  Contract  Notes have been duly
          executed and delivered by the Borrower,  and the Credit  Agreement and
          the  Contract  Notes are,  and the Auction  Notes,  when  executed and
          delivered  hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligations
          of the Borrower  enforceable  against the Borrower in accordance  with
          their respective terms.

               5. The Borrower (i) is exempt from the  provisions  of the Public
          Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935, as amended,  other than Section
          9(a)(2) thereof,  pursuant 

                                       2

<PAGE>

          to Section 3(a)(2) thereof, and (ii) is not an "investment company" or
          a company  "controlled" by an "investment  company" within the meaning
          of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

               6. We confirm to you that to our knowledge, after inquiry of each
          lawyer who is the current  primary contact for the Borrower or who has
          devoted  substantive  attention  to matters on behalf of the  Borrower
          during the preceding twelve months and who is still currently employed
          by or a member of this firm,  except as  disclosed  in the  Borrower's
          Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December  31, 1996 and
          the  Borrower's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended
          June 30, 1997, no litigation or governmental  proceeding is pending or
          threatened  in writing  against the  Borrower  (i) with respect to the
          Credit  Agreement  or the  Notes,  or (ii)  which is  likely to have a
          material  adverse  effect  upon  the  financial  condition,  business,
          properties or prospects of the Borrower and its subsidiaries  taken as
          a whole.

          We  draw  to  your  attention  the  existence  of  the  following  two
Pennsylvania  statutes in  connection  with the fact that the Contract  Advances
bear floating rates of interest:

               (i) Section 911 of the  Pennsylvania  "Crime Code," 18 Pa. C.S.A.
          ss.911, enacted by the Act of December 6, 1972, P.L. 1482. Section 911
          of the  Crime  Code  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  certain  of the
          provisions   of  the   Federal   Racketeer   Influenced   and  Corrupt
          Organizations Act of 1970, 18 U.S.C.  ss.ss.1961-1968,  commonly known
          as RICO,  and is referred to  hereinafter  as the  "Pennsylvania  RICO
          Act." The Pennsylvania RICO Act provides,  among other things, that it
          is a  criminal  offense,  punishable  as a felony,  to "use or invest,
          directly or indirectly  ... in the  acquisition of any interest in, or
          the   establishment  or  operation  of,  any  enterprise"  any  income
          collected in full or partial satisfaction of a loan made "at a rate of
          interest exceeding 25% per annum... ."

               (ii) The Act of December  29,  1982,  P.L.  1671,  18 Pa.  C.S.A.
          ss.4806.1 et seq.  (superseded volume) (the "Criminal Usury Statute").
          The Criminal Usury Statute provides,  among other things, that it is a
          criminal  offense,  punishable as a felony,  to engage in,  "charging,
          taking or receiving  any money ... on the loan ... of any money ... at
          a rate exceeding thirty-six percent per annum... ."

          The Criminal Usury Statute may have been  repealed,  but the manner in
which the repeal was enacted leaves the matter subject to uncertainty.

          Both the  Pennsylvania  RICO Act and the Criminal Usury Statute appear
to be  intended  by the  legislature  to  apply  only to  racketeering  and loan
sharking type  activities,  and not to the type of commercial  loan  transaction
evidenced by the Loan Document.  Nevertheless,  in view of the plain language of
the  Pennsylvania  courts,  we cannot say that the ultimate  resolution  of this
issue is free from doubt.

          The  foregoing  opinions  are  subject  to the  following  exceptions,
limitations and qualifications:

               (a)  Our   opinion  is  subject  to  the  effect  of   applicable
          bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,   moratorium,   fraudulent
          conveyance,  fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting  creditors'
          rights and remedies generally, general principles of equity, including
          without  limitation,  concepts of  materiality,  reasonableness,  good
          faith and fair dealing  (regardless of whether such  enforceability is
          considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);  and  limitations  on
          enforceability  of  rights  to  indemnification  by  federal  or state
          securities laws or regulations or by public policy.

                                       3

<PAGE>

               (b) We express no opinion as to the  application or  requirements
          of the  Pennsylvania  Securities  Act or federal or state  securities,
          patent,  trademark,   copyright,  antitrust  and  unfair  competition,
          pension or employee benefit, labor, environmental health and safety or
          tax laws in respect of the transactions contemplated by or referred to
          in the Credit Agreement.

               (c) We express no opinion as to the validity or enforceability of
          any  provision of the Credit  Agreement or the Notes which (i) permits
          the  Lenders  to  increase  the  rate  of  interest  in the  event  of
          delinquency  or  default  if such  increase  would be deemed a penalty
          under  applicable law; (ii) purports to be a waiver by Borrower of any
          right or benefit  except to the extent  permitted by  applicable  law;
          (iii)  purports  to  require  that  waivers  must be in writing to the
          extent that an oral  agreement or implied  agreement by trade practice
          or course of conduct  modifying  provisions of the Credit Agreement or
          the Notes has been made;  or (iv) purports to exculpate any party from
          its own negligent acts.

          We express no opinion as to the law of any jurisdiction other than the
law of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and the  federal  law of the  United
States.

          The foregoing  opinion is solely for your benefit in  connection  with
the  consummation  of the  transaction  described  herein and may not be used or
relied upon by you or any other Person without our express  written  consent for
any other purpose other than (i) any Eligible  Assignee that may become a Lender
under the  Credit  Agreement  after the date  hereof  and (ii) Reed Smith Shaw &
McClay  LLP,  which  may rely upon  this  opinion  in  rendering  their  opinion
furnished  pursuant to Article III of the Credit  Agreement.  The opinions given
herein  are as of the date  hereof,  and we  assume no  obligation  to update or
supplement  this opinion to reflect facts or  circumstances  which may hereafter
come to our attention or any changes in laws which may hereafter occur.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          BALLARD SPAHR
                                            ANDREWS & INGERSOLL

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E

                 FORM OF OPINION OF REED SMITH SHAW & McCLAY LLP

                                                          _______________, 19___

To each of the Banks, the Administrative Agent,
the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agents,
the Arrangers, the Co-Agents and the Lead Managers
party to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as
of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as
Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks specified therein, as Lead Managers,
certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,
First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Mellon Bank,
N.A. and CitiCorp Securities, Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and
Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers, The First
National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent

          Re: PECO Energy Company

  Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as counsel to Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  individually  and as
Documentation Agent, in connection with the preparation,  execution and delivery
of the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October  7, 1997,  among PECO
Energy Company, as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as Banks,  certain Banks
specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as
Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp
Securities, Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and
Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Arrangers,  The First  National  Bank of  Chicago,  as
Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent (as amended,
modified or  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Credit  Agreement").  We are
delivering  this  opinion  pursuant  to  Section   3.01(a)(vii)  of  the  Credit
Agreement.  Unless  otherwise  defined  herein,  terms  defined  in  the  Credit
Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

          In that  connection,  we have examined (i)  counterparts of the Credit
Agreement,  executed by the Borrower,  the Banks, the Administrative  Agent, the
Documentation  Agent, the Syndication  Agents, the Arrangers,  the Co-Agents and
the Lead Managers, (ii) the Contract Notes, executed by the Borrower,  (iii) the
form of the Auction  Notes to be delivered by the  Borrower in  connection  with
Auction  Borrowings  and (iv) the other  documents  listed on  Exhibit A hereto,
including  the  opinion of Ballard  Spahr  Andrews &  Ingersoll,  counsel to the
Borrower (the  "Opinion"),  furnished to the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant to
Section 3.01(a) of the Credit Agreement.

          In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed
the  authenticity  of all  such  documents  submitted  to us as  originals,  the
genuineness of all signatures,  the due authority of the parties  executing such
documents and the conformity to the originals of all such documents submitted to
us as copies. We have also assumed that the Banks, the Administrative Agent, the
Documentation  Agent, the Syndication  Agents, the Arrangers,  the Co-Agents and
the Lead Managers have duly executed and delivered, with all necessary power and
authority  (corporate and  otherwise),  the Credit  Agreement.  As to matters of
fact, we have relied solely upon the documents we have examined.
<PAGE>

          Based upon the  foregoing,  we are of the opinion that,  while we have
not  independently  considered the matters  covered by the Opinion to the extent
necessary to enable us to express the conclusions  stated  therein,  each of the
Opinion  and the other  documents  listed in Exhibit A hereto are  substantially
responsive to the  corresponding  requirements  set forth in Section 3.01 of the
Credit Agreement pursuant to which the same have been delivered.

          Please note that Richard H. Glanton,  Esquire, a partner in this firm,
is a director of PECO Energy  Company.  We have  rendered and continue to render
legal services to PECO Energy Company.

          The foregoing opinion is solely for your benefit and may not be relied
upon by any other  Person  other than any Person that may become a lender  under
the Credit Agreement after the date hereof.

                                            Very truly yours,

KCK:TEW:ARN

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT F

               FORM OF ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                                                    ______________________, 19__

          Pursuant to the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative  Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent
(as  amended,   modified  or  supplemented   from  time  to  time,  the  "Credit
Agreement"),  the  undersigned,  being  ______________________  of the Borrower,
hereby certifies on behalf of the Borrower as follows:

          1. Delivered herewith are the financial  statements  prepared pursuant
to Section 5.01(b)(ii) and Section 5.01(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, for the
fiscal ________ ended  ___________,  19__. All such financial  statements comply
with the applicable requirements of the Credit Agreement.

          2. Schedule I hereto sets forth in reasonable  detail the  information
and  calculations  necessary  to establish  compliance  with the  provisions  of
Section  5.02(c) of the  Credit  Agreement  as of the end of the  fiscal  period
referred to in paragraph 1 above.

          3. (Check one and only one:)

          No Event of  Default,  or event  which with notice or lapse of time or
both would  constitute  an Event of Default,  has occurred and is  continuing or
exists.

          An Event of  Default,  or event  which with notice or lapse of time or
both would  constitute  an Event of Default,  has occurred and is  continuing or
exists, and the document(s) attached hereto as Schedule II specify in detail the
nature and period of  existence  of such Event of Default or such other event as
well as any and all actions with respect  thereto  taken or  contemplated  to be
taken by the Borrower.

          4. The undersigned has personally  reviewed the Credit Agreement,  and
this certificate was based on an examination made by or under the supervision of
the undersigned sufficient to assure that this certificate is accurate.

          5.  Capitalized  terms  used in  this  certificate  and not  otherwise
defined shall have the meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By 
                               Name:
                               Title:

Date:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT G

                      FORM OF ADDITIONAL LENDER SUPPLEMENT

     THIS SUPPLEMENT, dated as of ____________, 19_____, by the undersigned.

                                    Recitals:

          A. This  Supplement is being executed and delivered in accordance with
Section 2.18 of the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997,
among PECO Energy  Company,  as  Borrower,  the banks named  therein,  as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative  Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent
(as  amended,   modified  or  supplemented   from  time  to  time,  the  "Credit
Agreement").  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings
specified in the Credit Agreement.

          B. The  undersigned  wishes  to  become a Lender  party to the  Credit
Agreement, as an Additional Lender.

          NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, hereby
agrees as follows:

          1. The  undersigned  hereby  becomes party to the Credit  Agreement as
Lender  thereunder,  and shall be subject to and bound by all of the  provisions
thereof.

          2. The Commitment of the undersigned shall be $_____________.

          3. The  undersigned  (i)  confirms  that it has received a copy of the
Credit Agreement,  together with copies of the financial  statements referred to
in Section  4.01  thereof and such other  documents  and  information  as it has
deemed  appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis and decision to enter into
this Additional Lender Supplement;  (ii) agrees that it will,  independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative  Agent, the Documentation  Agent or any
other  Lender  and based on such  documents  and  information  as it shall  deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking  action  under the Credit  Agreement;  (iii)  confirms  that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers under the Credit
Agreement as are  delegated to the  Administrative  Agent by the terms  thereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably  incidental thereto; (v) agrees that
it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the  obligations  which by
the terms of the  Credit  Agreement  are  required  to be  performed  by it as a
Lender;  (vi) none of the consideration  used to make the purchase being made by
the  undersigned  hereunder  are "plan  assets" as defined  under  ERISA and the
rights and interests of the  undersigned in and under the Credit  Agreement will
not be "plan assets" under ERISA [and] (vii) specifies as its CD Lending Office,
Domestic Lending Office (and address for notices) and Eurodollar  Lending Office
the offices set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof [and (viii)
attaches  the forms  prescribed  by the Internal  Revenue  Service of the United
States  certifying that it 



<PAGE>

is exempt from United States  withholding  taxes with respect to all payments to
be made to the undersigned under the Credit Agreement and the Notes].(3)

          4. This  Supplement  shall be  effective  upon the date of  acceptance
thereof  by the  Administrative  Agent,  unless  otherwise  specified  under the
undersigned's name signature below.

          5. THIS  SUPPLEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Supplement to be
executed  and  delivered  by a duly  authorized  officer on the date first above
written.

                                        [NAME OF ADDITIONAL LENDER]

                                        By:________________________
                                        Name:______________________
                                        Title:_______________________

                                        CD Lending Office:  [Address]

                                        Domestic Lending Office (and
                                        address for notices):  [Address]

                                        Eurodollar Lending Office:  [Address]

                                        Effective Date(4): ______________, 19___

CONSENTED TO:

[NAME OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT]

By:
Name:
Title:

CONSENTED TO:

PECO ENERGY COMPANY

By:
Name:
Title:

_________________
(3)  If the  undersigned is organized  under the laws of a jurisdiction  outside
     the United States.

(4)  This  date  should  be no  earlier  than  the  date  of  acceptance  by the
     Administrative Agent.



                             October 7, 1997 4:29 PM

                                 CONFORMED COPY

                                  $450,000,000

                            364-DAY CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           dated as of October 7, 1997

                                      among

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                                   as Borrower

                             THE BANKS NAMED HEREIN

                                    as Banks

                         CERTAIN BANKS SPECIFIED HEREIN

                                as Lead Managers

                         CERTAIN BANKS SPECIFIED HEREIN

                                  as Co-Agents

                      FIRST CHICAGO CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,
                              MELLON BANK, N.A. and

                            CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.

                              as Syndication Agents

                     FIRST CHICAGO CAPITAL MARKETS, INC. and
                                MELLON BANK, N.A.

                                  as Arrangers

                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

                             as Administrative Agent

                                       and

                                MELLON BANK, N.A.

                             as Documentation Agent


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                     Page

                                    ARTICLE I
                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms ..............................................      1
1.02 Computation of Time Periods ........................................     11
1.03 Accounting Principles ..............................................     11

                                   ARTICLE II
                        AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

2.01 The Contract Advances ..............................................     11
2.02 Making the Contract Advances .......................................     11
2.03 The Auction Advances ...............................................     12
2.04 Fees ...............................................................     15
2.05 Reduction of the Commitments .......................................     16
2.06 Repayment of Contract Advances .....................................     16
2.07 Interest on Contract Advances ......................................     16
2.08 Additional Interest on Contract Advances ...........................     16
2.09 Interest Rate Determination ........................................     17
2.10 Conversion of Contract Advances ....................................     17
2.11 Prepayments ........................................................     18
2.12 Increased Costs ....................................................     18
2.13 Illegality .........................................................     19
2.14 Payments and Computations ..........................................     20
2.15 Taxes ..............................................................     21
2.16 Sharing of Payments, Etc ...........................................     22
2.17 Extension of Termination Date ......................................     22
2.18 Additional Lenders .................................................     23

                                   ARTICLE III
                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

3.01 Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances ...........................     25
3.02 Conditions Precedent to Certain Contract Borrowings ................     26
3.03 Conditions Precedent to Each Auction Borrowing .....................     26

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.01 Representations and Warranties of the Borrower .....................     27

                                    ARTICLE V
                            COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

5.01 Affirmative Covenants ..............................................     28
5.02 Negative Covenants .................................................     30

                                       i
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

6.01 Events of Default ..................................................     31

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   THE AGENTS

7.01 Authorization and Action ...........................................     33
7.02 Agents' Reliance, Etc ..............................................     33
7.03 Agents and Affiliates ..............................................     34
7.04 Lender Credit Decision .............................................     34
7.05 Indemnification ....................................................     34
7.06 Successor Administrative Agent .....................................     35
7.07 Syndication Agents, Co-Agents, Lead Managers and Arrangers .........     35

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

8.01 Amendments, Etc ....................................................     35
8.02 Notices, Etc .......................................................     35
8.03 No Waiver; Remedies ................................................     36
8.04 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification ................................     36
8.05 Right of Set-off ...................................................     37
8.06 Binding Effect .....................................................     37
8.07 Assignments and Participations .....................................     37
8.08 Governing Law ......................................................     39
8.09 Consent to Jurisdiction ............................................     40
8.10 Execution in Counterparts; Integration .............................     40



Schedule I        List of Applicable Lending Offices

Exhibit A-1       Form of Contract Note

Exhibit A-2       Form of Auction Note

Exhibit B-1       Notice of a Contract Borrowing

Exhibit B-2       Notice of an Auction Borrowing

Exhibit C         Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit D         Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Borrower

Exhibit E         Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Documentation Agent

Exhibit F         Form of Annual and Quarterly Compliance Certificate

Exhibit G         Form of Additional Lender Supplement

                                       ii
<PAGE>

                            364-DAY CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           dated as of October 7, 1997

          PECO Energy Company, a Pennsylvania corporation (the "Borrower"),  the
banks  listed  on the  signature  pages  hereof  (the  "Banks"),  certain  Banks
specified  herein,  as lead managers  hereunder,  (in such  capacity,  the "Lead
Managers"),  certain Banks  specified  herein,  as co-agents  hereunder (in such
capacity, the "Co-Agents"),  First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. ("First Chicago
Capital Markets"),  Mellon Bank, N.A. ("Mellon") and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc.
("CitiCorp"),   as  syndication   agents   hereunder  (in  such  capacity,   the
"Syndication  Agents"),  First Chicago Capital Markets and Mellon,  as arrangers
hereunder  (in such  capacity,  the  "Arrangers"),  The First  National  Bank of
Chicago ("First Chicago"), as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in
such capacity,  the "Administrative  Agent"), and Mellon, as documentation agent
for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the "Documentation  Agent"), hereby
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

          SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement,  each
of the following  terms shall have the meaning set forth next to such term below
(each such  meaning to be equally  applicable  to both the  singular  and plural
forms of the term defined):

          "Additional Lender" has the meaning specified in Section 2.18.

          "Adjusted CD Rate" means, for any Interest Period for each Adjusted CD
     Rate Advance made as part of the same Contract Borrowing,  an interest rate
     per annum equal to the sum of:

          (a) the rate per annum  obtained by dividing  (i) the rate of interest
          determined  by the  Administrative  Agent to be the  average  (rounded
          upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum, if such
          average is not such a multiple) of the consensus  bid rate  determined
          by each of the Reference  Banks for the bid rates per annum,  at 10:00
          A.M.  (Chicago  time) (or as soon  thereafter as  practicable)  on the
          first day of such Interest Period,  of New York certificate of deposit
          dealers of recognized standing selected by such Reference Bank for the
          purchase at face value of  certificates  of deposit of such  Reference
          Bank  in an  amount  substantially  equal  to  such  Reference  Bank's
          Adjusted CD Rate Advance made as part of such  Contract  Borrowing and
          with a maturity  equal to such Interest  Period,  by (ii) a percentage
          equal to 100% minus the  Domestic  Rate  Reserve  Percentage  for such
          Interest Period, plus

          (b) the Assessment Rate for such Interest Period.

     The  Adjusted  CD Rate for the  Interest  Period for each  Adjusted CD Rate
     Advance made as part of the same Contract  Borrowing shall be determined by
     the Administrative  Agent on the basis of applicable rates furnished to and
     received by the Administrative  Agent from the Reference Banks on the first
     day of such Interest Period, subject, however, to the provisions of Section
     2.09.

          "Adjusted  CD  Rate  Advance"  means a  Contract  Advance  that  bears
     interest as provided in Section 2.07(b).

          "Administrative   Agent"  means  First  Chicago  in  its  capacity  as
     administrative  agent for the Lenders  pursuant to Article  VII, and not in
     its individual capacity as a Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent
     appointed pursuant to Article VII.
<PAGE>

          "Advance" means a Contract Advance or an Auction Advance.

          "Affiliate" means, as to any Person,  any other Person that,  directly
     or indirectly,  controls,  is controlled by or is under common control with
     such Person or is a director or officer of such Person.

          "Agents" means the Administrative  Agent, the Documentation Agent, the
     Syndication  Agents,  the  Arrangers,  the  Co-Agents  and  Lead  Managers,
     collectively.

          "Applicable  Commitment  Fee Rate" means (i) during any Level 1 Rating
     Period, 0.075% per annum, (ii) during any Level 2 Rating Period, 0.100% per
     annum,  (iii)  during any Level 3 Rating  Period,  0.125%  per annum,  (iv)
     during  any Level 4 Rating  Period,  0.1625%  per annum and (v)  during any
     Level 5 Rating Period, 0.275% per annum. The Applicable Commitment Fee Rate
     shall change when and as the Rating Period changes.

          "Applicable  Lending Office" means, with respect to each Lender,  such
     Lender's  Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance,  such
     Lender's CD Lending Office in the case of an Adjusted CD Rate Advance,  and
     such Lender's  Eurodollar  Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar  Rate
     Advance and, in the case of an Auction  Advance,  the office of such Lender
     notified  by such  Lender  to the  Administrative  Agent as its  Applicable
     Lending Office with respect to such Auction Advance.

          "Applicable  Margin" means,  on any date, for a Base Rate Advance,  an
     Adjusted CD Rate Advance or a Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  the interest rate
     per annum set forth below in the column entitled "Base Rate",  "CD Rate" or
     "Eurodollar Rate", as appropriate, opposite the applicable Rating Period in
     effect on such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Rating Period                Base Rate                 CD Rate               Eurodollar Rate
          <S>                           <C>                    <C>                       <C>  
             Level 1                       0                      .400%                     .275%
             Level 2                       0                      .450%                     .325%
             Level 3                       0                      .500%                     .400%
             Level 4                       0                      .625%                     .500%
             Level 5                       0                      .875%                     .750%
</TABLE>

     The Applicable Margin  applicable to an outstanding  Contract Advance shall
     change when and as the Rating Period changes.

          "Arranger" means either of First Chicago Capital Markets or Mellon, in
     its capacity as Arranger, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender.

          "Assessment  Rate" for the Interest  Period for each  Adjusted CD Rate
     Advance made as part of the same Contract  Borrowing  means the  assessment
     rate per annum (rounded  upwards to the next higher multiple of 1/100 of 1%
     if the  rate  is not  such  a  multiple)  payable  to the  Federal  Deposit
     Insurance  Corporation (or any successor) by a member of the Bank Insurance
     Fund which is classified as adequately  capitalized and within  supervisory
     subgroup "A" (or a comparable  successor  assessment  risk  classification)
     within the meaning of 12 C.F.R.  ss.327.4(a)  (or any successor  provision)
     for the  insurance of time deposits at the offices of such  institution  in
     the United States,  as estimated by the  Administrative  Agent on the first
     day of such Interest Period.

                                       2

<PAGE>

          "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance entered
     into  by  a  Lender  and  an  Eligible   Assignee,   and  accepted  by  the
     Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

          "Auction Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the Borrower as part
     of an  Auction  Borrowing  resulting  from the  auction  bidding  procedure
     described in Section 2.03.

          "Auction  Borrowing"  means a  borrowing  consisting  of  simultaneous
     Auction  Advances  from each of the Lenders whose offer to make one or more
     Auction  Advances  as part of  such  borrowing  has  been  accepted  by the
     Borrower under the auction bidding procedure described in Section 2.03.

          "Auction Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower  payable to the
     order of any  Lender,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit  A-2  hereto,
     evidencing the  indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender  resulting from
     an Auction Advance made by such Lender.

          "Auction Reduction" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

          "Base Rate" means,  for any period,  a  fluctuating  interest rate per
     annum as shall be in effect from time to time which rate per annum shall at
     all times be equal to the higher of:

               (a) the rate of interest announced by First Chicago, from time to
          time, as its corporate base rate; and

               (b) the sum of 1/2 of 1% per annum plus the Federal Funds Rate in
          effect from time to time.

          "Base Rate Advance"  means a Contract  Advance that bears  interest as
     provided in Section 2.07(a).

          "Benchmark  Debt" means the Borrower's  senior secured  long-term debt
     or, in the event that the Borrower  has no senior  secured  long-term  debt
     rated by S&P (or by a generally  recognized successor to S&P) or by Moody's
     (or by a generally recognized successor to Moody's),  the Borrower's senior
     unsecured long-term debt.

          "Borrowing" means a Contract Borrowing or an Auction Borrowing.

          "Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not required
     or authorized to close in Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania, Chicago, Illinois or
     New York,  New York,  and, if the  applicable  Business  Day relates to any
     Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  on which dealings are carried on in the London
     interbank market.

          "CD Lending Office" means,  with respect to any Lender,  the office of
     such Lender  specified  as its "CD  Lending  Office"  opposite  its name on
     Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant to which it
     became a Lender (or, if no such office is specified,  its Domestic  Lending
     Office),  or such other  office of such Lender as such Lender may from time
     to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

          "Co-Agent"  means a Bank  identified as such on the signature pages to
     this  Agreement,  in its  capacity as Co-Agent,  and not in its  individual
     capacity as a Lender.

          "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  and the  regulations
     promulgated  thereunder,  in each case as amended,  reformed  or  otherwise
     modified from time to time.

                                       3

<PAGE>

          "Commitment" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

          "Consolidated  Adjusted Total  Capitalization"  on any date shall mean
     the sum, without duplication, of the following with respect to the Borrower
     and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (exclusive, in each case, of Nonrecourse
     Transition Bond Debt, to the extent Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt would
     otherwise be included in such item):  (a) total  capitalization  as of such
     date, as determined in  accordance  with GAAP,  (b) the current  portion of
     liabilities  which as of such date would be  classified in whole or part as
     long-term  debt in  accordance  with  GAAP (it  being  understood  that the
     noncurrent   portion  of  such   liabilities   is  included  in  the  total
     capitalization  referred to in clause (a)),  (c) all  obligations as lessee
     which, in accordance  with GAAP, are capitalized as liabilities  (including
     the current portion thereof),  and (d) all other liabilities which would be
     classified as short-term debt in accordance with GAAP  (including,  without
     limitation,  all  liabilities  of the types  classified as "Notes  Payable,
     Bank" on the Borrower's audited balance sheet for December 31, 1996).

          "Consolidated  Adjusted  Total  Debt" on any date  shall mean the sum,
     without duplication,  of the following with respect to the Borrower and its
     consolidated   Subsidiaries  (exclusive,   in  each  case,  of  Nonrecourse
     Transition Bond Debt, to the extent Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt would
     otherwise be included in such item):  (a) all liabilities  which as of such
     date  would  be  classified  in  whole  or in  part  as  long-term  debt in
     accordance  with GAAP  (including  the current  portion  thereof),  (b) all
     obligations as lessee which,  in accordance  with GAAP, are  capitalized as
     liabilities  (including  the current  portion  thereof),  and (c) all other
     liabilities which would be classified as short-term debt in accordance with
     GAAP  (including,   without  limitation,   all  liabilities  of  the  types
     classified as "Notes Payable, Bank" on the Borrower's audited balance sheet
     for December 31, 1996).

          "Contract  Advance"  means an advance by a Lender to the  Borrower  as
     part of a Contract  Borrowing and refers to an Adjusted CD Rate Advance,  a
     Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  each of which shall be a
     "Type" of Contract Advance.

          "Contract  Borrowing"  means a borrowing  consisting  of  simultaneous
     Contract  Advances  of the  same  Type  and,  if such  Borrowing  comprises
     Adjusted CD Rate  Advances or Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  having  Interest
     Periods  of the same  duration,  made by each of the  Lenders  pursuant  to
     Section 2.01 or Converted pursuant to Section 2.10.

          "Contract Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the
     order of any  Lender,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit  A-1  hereto,
     evidencing  the  aggregate  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  to such  Lender
     resulting from the Contract Advances made by such Lender.

          "Controlled  Group"  means  all  members  of  a  controlled  group  of
     corporations  and all trades or  businesses  (whether or not  incorporated)
     under common  control that,  together with the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,
     are  treated as a single  employer  under  Section  414(b) or 414(c) of the
     Code.

          "Convert", "Conversion" and "Converted" each refers to a conversion of
     Advances of one Type into  Advances of another  Type or the  selection of a
     new,  or the  renewal  of the same,  Interest  Period for  Eurodollar  Rate
     Advances or CD Rate Advances, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 2.10.

          "Debt" means (i)  indebtedness  for borrowed money,  (ii)  obligations
     evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  notes or other similar instrument,  (iii)
     obligations  to pay the  deferred  purchase  price of  property or services
     (other than trade  payables  incurred in the ordinary  course of business),
     (iv)  obligations  as  lessee  under  leases  that  shall  have been or are
     required to be, in accordance with GAAP,  recorded as capital  leases,  (v)
     obligations  (contingent  or  otherwise)  under 

                                       4

<PAGE>

     reimbursement or similar agreements with respect to the issuance of letters
     of credit  (other than  obligations  in respect of  documentary  letters of
     credit opened to provide for the payment of goods or services  purchased in
     the  ordinary  course of  business)  and (vi)  obligations  under direct or
     indirect   guaranties  in  respect  of,  and  obligations   (contingent  or
     otherwise)  to purchase or  otherwise  acquire,  or  otherwise  to assure a
     creditor against loss in respect of,  indebtedness or obligations of others
     of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above.

          "Documentation  Agent" means  Mellon in its capacity as  documentation
     agent  pursuant to Article  VII,  and not in its  individual  capacity as a
     Lender.

          "Domestic  Lending  Office"  means,  with  respect to any Lender,  the
     office of such Lender  specified as its "Domestic  Lending Office" opposite
     its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant
     to which it became a Lender,  or such other  office of such  Lender as such
     Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative
     Agent.

          "Domestic  Rate Reserve  Percentage"  for the Interest  Period for any
     Adjusted CD Rate Advance  means the reserve  percentage  applicable  on the
     first day of such  Interest  Period under  regulations  issued from time to
     time by the  Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  (or any
     successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including,  but
     not limited  to, any  emergency,  supplemental  or other  marginal  reserve
     requirement) with respect to liabilities  consisting of or including (among
     other  liabilities)  U.S. dollar  nonpersonal  time deposits of $100,000 or
     more in the United States with a maturity equal to such Interest Period.

          "Eligible  Assignee"  means (i) a commercial  bank organized under the
     laws of the United  States,  or any State thereof;  (ii) a commercial  bank
     organized  under the laws of any other country that is a member of the OECD
     or has  concluded  special  lending  arrangements  with  the  International
     Monetary Fund  associated  with its General  Arrangements  to Borrow,  or a
     political  subdivision  of any such  country,  provided  that  such bank is
     acting  through a branch or agency  located in the United  States;  (iii) a
     finance company,  insurance company or other financial  institution or fund
     (whether a corporation,  partnership or other entity) engaged  generally in
     making,  purchasing  or  otherwise  investing  in  commercial  loans in the
     ordinary  course of its  business;  or (iv) the central bank of any country
     that is a member of the OECD; provided,  however,  that (A) any such Person
     described  in  clause  (i),  (ii)  or  (iii)  above  shall  also  (x)  have
     outstanding  unsecured  long-term  debt that is rated BBB- or better by S&P
     and  Baa3  or  better  by  Moody's  (or an  equivalent  rating  by  another
     nationally  recognized  credit rating agency of similar  standing if either
     such  corporation  is  no  longer  in  the  business  of  rating  unsecured
     indebtedness of entities  engaged in such businesses) and (y) have combined
     capital and surplus (as  established in its most recent report of condition
     to its primary  regulator) of not less than $100,000,000 (or its equivalent
     in foreign currency), and (B) any Person described in clause (ii), (iii) or
     (iv) above shall, on the date on which it is to become a Lender  hereunder,
     be entitled to receive payments  hereunder without deduction or withholding
     of any United  States  Federal  income  taxes (as  contemplated  by Section
     2.15(e)).

          "Eligible  Successor"  means a Person which (i) is a corporation  duly
     incorporated,  validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of one
     of the states of the United  States or the  District of  Columbia,  (ii) is
     qualified  to do  business  in  Pennsylvania,  (iii)  as a  result  of  the
     contemplated  acquisition,  consolidation or merger, will succeed to all or
     substantially  all of the consolidated  business and assets of the Borrower
     and  its  Subsidiaries,   (iv)  upon  giving  effect  to  the  contemplated
     acquisition, consolidation or merger, will have all or substantially all of
     its  consolidated  business and assets  conducted and located in the United
     States and (v) is acceptable to the Majority Lenders as a credit matter.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
     amended  from time to time,  and the  regulations  promulgated  and rulings
     issued thereunder, each as amended and modified from time to time.

          "Eurocurrency  Liabilities"  has the meaning  assigned to that term in
     Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in
     effect from time to time.

          "Eurodollar  Lending  Office" means,  with respect to any Lender,  the
     office of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite
     its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance  pursuant
     to which it  became a Lender  (or,  if no such  office  is  specified,  its
     Domestic  Lending  Office),  or such  other  office of such  Lender as such
     Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative
     Agent.

          "Eurodollar  Rate" means,  for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar
     Rate Advance made as part of the same Contract Borrowing,  an interest rate
     per  annum  equal to the  average  (rounded  upward  to the  nearest  whole
     multiple of 1/16 of 1% per annum,  if such  average is not such a multiple)
     of the rate per annum at which deposits in U.S.  dollars are offered by the
     principal  office of each of the  Reference  Banks in London,  England,  to
     prime banks in the London  interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two
     Business  Days  before the first day of such  Interest  Period in an amount
     substantially  equal to such Reference Bank's  Eurodollar Rate Advance made
     as part of such Contract  Borrowing and for a period equal to such Interest
     Period.  The Eurodollar  Rate for the Interest  Period for each  Eurodollar
     Rate  Advance  made  as  part  of the  same  Contract  Borrowing  shall  be
     determined by the  Administrative  Agent on the basis of  applicable  rates
     furnished to and received by the  Administrative  Agent from the  Reference
     Banks two  Business  Days  before  the first day of such  Interest  Period,
     subject, however, to the provisions of Section 2.09.

          "Eurodollar Rate Advance" means a Contract Advance that bears interest
     as provided in Section 2.07(c).

          "Eurodollar  Rate Reserve  Percentage"  of any Lender for the Interest
     Period  for any  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance  means  the  reserve  percentage
     applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage
     shall be so  applicable,  the daily average of such  percentages  for those
     days in such Interest Period during which any such  percentage  shall be so
     applicable)  under  regulations  issued  from  time to time by the Board of
     Governors of the Federal  Reserve System (or any successor) for determining
     the  maximum  reserve  requirement  (including,   without  limitation,  any
     emergency,  supplemental or other marginal  reserve  requirement)  for such
     Lender with respect to  liabilities  or assets  consisting  of or including
     Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period.

          "Events of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

          "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
     and modified from time to time.

          "Federal  Funds Rate" means,  for any period,  a fluctuating  interest
     rate per  annum  equal for each day  during  such  period  to the  weighted
     average of the rates on overnight  Federal funds  transactions with members
     of the  Federal  Reserve  System  arranged  by Federal  funds  brokers,  as
     published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next
     preceding  Business  Day) by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York,  or, if
     such rate is not so  published  for any day which is a  Business  Day,  the
     average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the
     Administrative  Agent  from  three  Federal  funds  brokers  of  recognized
     standing selected by it.

                                        6
<PAGE>

          "GAAP" shall have the meaning given that term in Section 1.03.

          "Interest  Period"  means,  for  each  Contract  Advance,  the  period
     commencing  on the  date  of  such  Contract  Advance  or the  date  of the
     Conversion of any Contract  Advance into such a Contract Advance and ending
     on the last day of the period  selected  by the  Borrower  pursuant  to the
     provisions below and, thereafter,  each subsequent period commencing on the
     last day of the  immediately  preceding  Interest  Period and ending on the
     last day of the period selected by the Borrower  pursuant to the provisions
     below. The duration of each such Interest Period shall be 30, 60, 90 or 180
     days in the case of an Adjusted CD Rate Advance, and 1, 2, 3 or 6 months in
     the case of a  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  in each case as the Borrower may
     select in accordance with Section 2.02 or 2.10; provided, however, that:

               (i) the  Borrower  may not select any  Interest  Period that ends
          after the Termination Date then in effect;

               (ii)  Interest  Periods  commencing on the same date for Contract
          Advances made as part of the same Contract  Borrowing  shall be of the
          same duration, and

               (iii)  whenever  the  last  day  of  any  Interest  Period  would
          otherwise  occur on a day other than a Business  Day,  the last day of
          such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding
          Business  Day,  provided,  in the case of any  Interest  Period  for a
          Eurodollar  Rate Advance,  that if such extension would cause the last
          day of such Interest  Period to occur in the next  following  calendar
          month,  the last day of such  Interest  Period shall occur on the next
          preceding Business Day.

          "Lead Manager" means a Bank  identified as such on the signature pages
     to  this  Agreement,  in its  capacity  as  Lead  Manager,  and  not in its
     individual capacity as a Lender

          "Lenders"  means the Banks  listed on the  signature  pages hereof and
     each Eligible Assignee that shall become a party hereto pursuant to Section
     2.18 or 8.07.

          "Level 1 Rating  Period"  means any period  during which the Benchmark
     Debt  is  rated  A- or  higher  by S&P (or a  comparable  rating  from  any
     generally  recognized  successor  to S&P) or A3 or higher by Moody's  (or a
     comparable rating from any generally  recognized  successor to Moody's) (it
     being understood  that, for this purpose,  such ratings shall be subject to
     the Split Rating Adjustment).

          "Level 2 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1 Rating  Period  during  which the  Benchmark  Debt is rated BBB+ or
     higher  by S&P  (or a  comparable  rating  from  any  generally  recognized
     successor to S&P) or Baa1 or higher by Moody's (or a comparable rating from
     any generally  recognized  successor to Moody's) (it being understood that,
     for this  purpose,  such  ratings  shall be  subject  to the  Split  Rating
     Adjustment).

          "Level 3 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1 or Level 2 Rating Period  during which the Benchmark  Debt is rated
     BBB or higher by S&P (or a comparable rating from any generally  recognized
     successor to S&P) or Baa2 or higher by Moody's (or a comparable rating from
     any generally  recognized  successor to Moody's) (it being understood that,
     for this  purpose,  such  ratings  shall be  subject  to the  Split  Rating
     Adjustment).

          "Level 4 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 Rating Period  during which the Benchmark  Debt
     is rated BBB- or higher by S&P (or a comparable  rating from any  generally
     recognized  successor to S&P) or Baa3 or higher by Moody's (or a comparable
     rating  from any  generally  recognized  successor  to  Moody's)  (it being
     understood  that,  for this  purpose,  such ratings shall be subject to the
     Split Rating Adjustment).

                                       7
<PAGE>

          "Level 5 Rating  Period"  means any period which does not qualify as a
     Level 1,  Level 2, Level 3 or Level 4 Rating  Period  (it being  understood
     that,  for this purpose,  such ratings shall be subject to the Split Rating
     Adjustment).

          "Lien" means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, security
     interest or other charge or encumbrance,  or any other type of preferential
     arrangement  (including,  without  limitation,  the interest of a vendor or
     lessor  under  any  conditional  sale,  capitalized  lease or  other  title
     retention agreement).

          "Material  Adverse  Change" and "Material  Adverse Effect" each means,
     relative to any  occurrence,  fact or  circumstances  of whatsoever  nature
     (including,  without  limitation,  any  determination  in  any  litigation,
     arbitration or governmental  investigation  or proceeding),  any materially
     adverse  change  in,  or  materially   adverse  effect  on,  the  financial
     condition,   operations,  assets  or  business  of  the  Borrower  and  its
     consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          "Majority  Lenders" means, at any time prior to the Termination  Date,
     Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments,  and, at any time on or
     after the Termination Date, Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the Advances
     outstanding (provided that, for purposes hereof,  neither the Borrower, nor
     any of its  Affiliates,  if a Lender,  shall be included in (i) the Lenders
     having such amount of the  Commitments or the Advances or (ii)  determining
     the total amount of the Commitments or the Advances).

          "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

          "Mortgage" means the First and Refunding Mortgage,  dated as of May 1,
     1923, between The Counties Gas & Electric Company (to which the Borrower is
     successor)  and  Fidelity  Trust  Company,  Trustee  (to which  First Union
     National Bank is successor),  as amended,  supplemented  or refinanced from
     time to time,  provided,  that no effect  shall be given to any  amendment,
     supplement  or  refinancing  after the date of this  Agreement  that  would
     broaden  the  definition  of  "excepted  encumbrances"  as  defined  in the
     Mortgage as constituted on the date of this Agreement.

          "Multiemployer  Plan" means a Plan maintained pursuant to a collective
     bargaining  agreement or any other arrangement to which the Borrower or any
     member of the  Controlled  Group is a party to which more than one employer
     is obligated to make contributions.

          "Non-Consenting Lender" has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a).

          "Nonrecourse  Transition  Bond Debt" means  obligations  evidenced  by
     "transition bonds" (as defined in 66 Pa. Cons. Stat. Ann. ss. 2812(g) (West
     Supp.  1997), or any successor  provision of similar  import),  rated AA or
     higher by S&P (or a comparable rating from a generally recognized successor
     to  S&P)  or Aa2 or  higher  by  Moody's  (or a  comparable  rating  from a
     generally recognized  successor to Moody's),  representing a securitization
     of "intangible  transition property" (as defined in the foregoing statute),
     as to which  obligations  neither the  Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  of the
     Borrower  (other  than a  Special  Purpose  Subsidiary)  has any  direct or
     indirect  liability  (whether  as primary  obligor,  guarantor,  or surety,
     provider of collateral security,  put option, asset repurchase agreement or
     capital maintenance  agreement,  debt subordination  agreement,  or through
     other  right or  arrangement  of any nature  providing  direct or  indirect
     assurance of payment or performance of any such  obligations in whole or in
     part), except for liability to repurchase  "intangible transition property"
     conveyed to the securitization  vehicle, on terms and conditions  customary
     in receivables  securitizations,  in the event such "intangible  transition
     property"  violates  representations  and warranties of scope  customary in
     receivables securitizations. "Special Purpose Subsidiary" means a direct or
     indirect wholly-owned  corporate Subsidiary of the Borrower,  substantially
     all of the  assets  of  which  are  

                                       8

<PAGE>

     "intangible  transition  property" and proceeds thereof,  formed solely for
     the purpose of holding such assets and issuing such "transition bonds," and
     which   complies   with   the   requirements    customarily    imposed   on
     bankruptcy-remote corporations in receivables securitizations.

          "Note" means a Contract Note or an Auction Note.

          "Notice of a Contract  Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section
     2.02(a).

          "Notice of an Auction  Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section
     2.03(a).

          "OECD"   means  the   Organization   for  Economic   Cooperation   and
     Development.

          "Order  of  Registration"  has the  meaning  assigned  to that term in
     Section 3.01(a)(iii).

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation and any entity
     succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

          "Person" means an individual,  partnership,  corporation  (including a
     business trust), joint stock company,  trust,  unincorporated  association,
     joint venture,  limited  liability company or other entity, or a government
     or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

          "Plan" means an employee pension benefit plan that is covered by Title
     IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum  funding  standards under Section 412
     of the Code as to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled  Group
     may have any liability.

          "PPUC" means the Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission.

          "Principal Subsidiary" means (i) each Utility Subsidiary and (ii) from
     and after the date on which the  aggregate  book value of the assets of the
     Subsidiaries  of the  Borrower  that are not Utility  Subsidiaries  exceeds
     $250,000,000, each such Subsidiary the assets of which exceeded $75,000,000
     in book value at any time during the preceding 24-month period.

          "Rating  Period"  means a  Level 1  Rating  Period,  a Level 2  Rating
     Period,  a Level 3  Rating  Period,  a Level 4 Rating  Period  or a Level 5
     Rating Period, as the case may be.

          "Reference Banks" means First Chicago, Mellon and Citibank, N.A.

          "Register" has the meaning specified in Section 8.07(c).

          "Reportable Event" means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043
     of ERISA and regulations  issued under such section with respect to a Plan,
     excluding,  however,  such events as to which the PBGC by regulation waived
     the  requirement of Section  4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30
     days of the  occurrence of such event,  provided that a failure to meet the
     minimum  funding  standard  of Section  412 of the Code and  Section 302 of
     ERISA shall be a Reportable  Event  regardless  of the issuance of any such
     waivers  in  accordance  with  either  Section  4043(a) of ERISA or Section
     412(d) of the Code.

          "Revolving  Credit  Agreement"  means that  certain  Revolving  Credit
     Agreement, dated as of October 7, 1997, among the Borrower, the banks named
     therein,  certain banks  specified  therein,  as lead managers  thereunder,
     certain banks specified  therein,  as co-agents  thereunder,  First Chicago
     Capital Markets,  Mellon and CitiCorp,  as syndication  agents  thereunder,
     First Chicago Capital Markets and Mellon,  as arrangers  thereunder,  First
     Chicago, as administrative agent for the lenders thereunder, and Mellon, as
     documentation agent for the lenders thereunder, as the same may be amended,
     modified or supplemented from time to time.

                                       9
<PAGE>

          "S&P"  means  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a division of The
     McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

          "Securities  Certificate"  has the  meaning  assigned  to that term in
     Section 3.01(a)(iii).

          "Single  Employer Plan" means a Plan maintained by the Borrower or any
     member of the Controlled  Group for employees of the Borrower or any member
     of the Controlled Group.

          "Special Purpose  Subsidiary" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     the definition of "Nonrecourse Transition Bond Debt."

          "Split  Rating  Adjustment":   For  the  purpose  of  determining  the
     appropriate  Rating  Period,  the  rating of the  Benchmark  Debt  shall be
     subject to adjustment as follows.  In the event that the Benchmark  Debt is
     rated at  equivalent  rating levels or not more than one rating level apart
     by S&P (or any  generally  accepted  successor  to S&P) and Moody's (or any
     generally accepted  successor to Moody's),  then no adjustment shall apply.
     Otherwise,  the higher of the two ratings  shall be deemed to be reduced to
     the next lower rating level.  For this purpose,  (i)  determination  of the
     rating level shall take into  account "+" and "-"  modifiers to S&P ratings
     and numerical  modifiers to Moody's  ratings (so that, for example,  an S&P
     rating of A- shall be deemed  equivalent to a Moody's  rating of A3, an S&P
     rating of BBB+ shall be deemed  equivalent to a Moody's  rating of Baa1, an
     S&P rating of BBB shall be deemed  equivalent to a Moody's  rating of Baa2,
     an S&P rating of BBB-  shall be deemed  equivalent  to a Moody's  rating of
     Baa3,  and so on),  and  (ii) by way of  clarification,  in the  event  the
     Benchmark Debt is rated by only one of the two referenced  rating agencies,
     such rating shall be deemed to be reduced to the next lower rating level.

          "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to any Person,  any  corporation or
     unincorporated  entity of which  more than 50% of the  outstanding  capital
     stock (or comparable  interest) having ordinary voting power  (irrespective
     of whether or not at the time capital stock,  or comparable  interests,  of
     any other  class or classes of such  corporation  or entity  shall or might
     have voting power upon the  occurrence of any  contingency)  is at the time
     directly or indirectly  owned by such Person  (whether  directly or through
     one or more other Subsidiaries).

          "Syndication Agent" means any of First Chicago Capital Markets, Mellon
     or  CitiCorp,  in  its  capacity  as  Syndication  Agent,  and  not  in its
     individual capacity as a Lender.

          "Termination  Date"  means the  earlier of (i) October 6, 1998 (or, if
     such date is not a Business Day, the next  preceding  Business Day) or such
     later date that may be established  pursuant to Section 2.17(a) or (ii) the
     date of termination in whole of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05 or
     Section 6.01.

          "Unfunded  Liabilities"  means, (i) in the case of any Single Employer
     Plan,  the  amount  (if  any) by which  the  present  value  of all  vested
     nonforfeitable  benefits  under such Plan  exceeds the fair market value of
     all Plan assets  allocable to such benefits,  all determined as of the then
     most  recent  evaluation  date for such  Plan,  and (ii) in the case of any
     Multiemployer Plan, the withdrawal  liability that would be incurred by the
     Controlled Group if all members of the Controlled Group completely withdrew
     from such Multiemployer Plan.

          "Utility  Subsidiary"  means each  Subsidiary  of the Borrower that is
     engaged  principally in the  generation,  transmission,  or distribution of
     electricity  or gas and is subject  to  regulation  as a public  utility by
     federal or state regulatory authorities.

          "Yield" means, for any Auction  Advance,  the effective rate per annum
     at which interest on such Auction Advance is payable, computed on the basis
     of a year of 360 days for the actual  

                                       10

<PAGE>

     number  of days  (including  the  first  day but  excluding  the last  day)
     occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.

          SECTION 1.02.  Computation  of Time Periods.  In this Agreement in the
computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later  specified date,
the word "from" means "from and  including"  and the words "to" and "until" each
means "to but excluding".

          SECTION 1.03. Accounting Principles. As used in this Agreement, "GAAP"
shall mean  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in the  United  States,
applied  on a  basis  consistent  with  the  principles  used in  preparing  the
Borrower's audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1996 and
for the fiscal year then ended. In this Agreement, except to the extent, if any,
otherwise  provided  herein,  all accounting and financial  terms shall have the
meanings ascribed to such terms by GAAP, and all computations and determinations
as to accounting and financial matters shall be made in accordance with GAAP. In
the event that the financial statements generally prepared by the Borrower apply
accounting  principles  other than GAAP,  the compliance  certificate  delivered
pursuant to Section  5.01(b)(iv)  accompanying  such financial  statements shall
include  information in reasonable detail reconciling such financial  statements
to GAAP to the extent relevant to the  calculations set forth in such compliance
certificate.

                                   ARTICLE II

                        AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

          SECTION 2.01. The Contract Advances.  Each Lender severally agrees, on
the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Contract Advances to the
Borrower  from time to time on any  Business Day during the period from the date
hereof until (but excluding) the Termination  Date in an aggregate amount not to
exceed at any time  outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name
on the signature pages hereof or, if such Lender has entered into any Assignment
and Acceptance or Additional Lender Supplement, set forth for such Lender in the
Register maintained by the Administrative  Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(c), as
such  amount may be reduced  pursuant  to  Section  2.05 or 2.17 (such  Lender's
"Commitment");  provided,  that the aggregate  amount of the  Commitments of the
Lenders  shall be deemed  used from time to time to the extent of the  aggregate
amount of the  Auction  Advances  then  outstanding,  and such deemed use of the
aggregate  amount of the  Commitments  shall be applied to the  Lenders  ratably
according to their  respective  Commitments  (such  deemed use of the  aggregate
amount of the Commitments being an "Auction Reduction"). Each Contract Borrowing
shall  consist of Contract  Advances of the same Type made or  Converted  on the
same day by the Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments.  Each
Contract Borrowing comprising Base Rate Advances shall be in an aggregate amount
not less than $5,000,000,  and each Contract  Borrowing  comprising  Adjusted CD
Rate Advances or Eurodollar  Rate Advances  shall be in an aggregate  amount not
less than  $10,000,000.  Within  the  limits of each  Lender's  Commitment,  the
Borrower  may from time to time  borrow,  prepay  pursuant  to Section  2.11 and
reborrow under this Section 2.01.

          SECTION  2.02.  Making  the  Contract  Advances.   (a)  Each  Contract
Borrowing (other than pursuant to a Conversion)  shall be made on notice,  given
not later than 10:00 A.M.  (Chicago time) on the third Business Day prior to the
date of any proposed Contract Borrowing comprising  Eurodollar Rate Advances, on
the second  Business  Day prior to the date of any proposed  Contract  Borrowing
comprising  Adjusted CD Rate  Advances and on the date of any proposed  Contract
Borrowing  comprising Base Rate Advances,  by the Borrower to the Administrative
Agent,  which shall give to each Lender prompt notice thereof.  Each such notice
of a Contract  Borrowing (a "Notice of a Contract  Borrowing")  shall be sent by
telecopier,  telex or cable,  confirmed immediately in writing, in substantially
the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto,  specifying  therein the  requested  (i) date of
such Contract Borrowing, (ii) Type of Contract Advances to be made in connection
with such Contract Borrowing, (iii) 

                                       11

<PAGE>

aggregate amount of such Contract Borrowing,  and (iv) in the case of a Contract
Borrowing  comprising  Adjusted CD Rate  Advances or Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,
initial Interest Period for the Contract  Advances to be made in connection with
such Contract Borrowing.  Each Lender shall, before 11:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on
the date of such  Contract  Borrowing,  make  available  for the  account of its
Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at its address referred to
in  Section  8.02,  in same day funds,  such  Lender's  ratable  portion of such
Contract Borrowing.  After the Administrative  Agent's receipt of such funds and
upon  fulfillment  of the  applicable  conditions  set forth in Article III, the
Administrative  Agent  will make such funds  available  to the  Borrower  at the
Administrative Agent's aforesaid address.

          (b) Each  Notice of a  Contract  Borrowing  shall be  irrevocable  and
binding on the Borrower.  In the case of any Contract Borrowing that the related
Notice  of a  Contract  Borrowing  specifies  is to  comprise  Adjusted  CD Rate
Advances or Eurodollar  Rate Advances,  the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender
against  any loss,  cost or expense  incurred  by such Lender as a result of any
failure to fulfill on or before the date  specified in such Notice of a Contract
Borrowing for such Contract  Borrowing the  applicable  conditions  set forth in
Article III, including,  without limitation,  any loss, cost or expense incurred
by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired
by such Lender to fund the Contract Advance to be made by such Lender as part of
such Contract Borrowing when such Contract Advance, as a result of such failure,
is not made on such date.

          (c) Unless the Administrative  Agent shall have received notice from a
Lender  prior to the date of any  Contract  Borrowing  that such Lender will not
make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such
Contract  Borrowing,  the  Administrative  Agent may assume that such Lender has
made such  portion  available  to the  Administrative  Agent on the date of such
Contract  Borrowing in accordance  with  subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and
the Administrative  Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption,  make available
to the Borrower on such date a corresponding  amount.  If and to the extent that
such  Lender  shall  not have so made  such  ratable  portion  available  to the
Administrative  Agent, such Lender and the Borrower  severally agree to repay to
the Administrative  Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together
with interest thereon,  for each day from the date such amount is made available
to the  Borrower  until  the date such  amount  is repaid to the  Administrative
Agent,  at (i) in the case of the Borrower,  the interest rate applicable at the
time to Contract  Advances made in connection  with such Contract  Borrowing and
(ii) in the case of such Lender,  the Federal  Funds Rate.  If such Lender shall
repay to the  Administrative  Agent such  corresponding  amount,  such amount so
repaid shall constitute such Lender's  Contract Advance as part of such Contract
Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

          (d) The failure of any Lender to make the Contract  Advance to be made
by it as part of any  Contract  Borrowing  shall not relieve any other Lender of
its obligation,  if any,  hereunder to make its Contract  Advance on the date of
such Contract  Borrowing,  but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of
any other Lender to make the Contract Advance to be made by such other Lender on
the date of any Contract Borrowing.

          (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no more
than sixteen (16) Contract  Borrowings  comprising Adjusted CD Rate Advances and
Eurodollar Rate Advances may be outstanding at any time.

          SECTION 2.03. The Auction  Advances.  (a) Each Lender severally agrees
that the Borrower may request  Auction  Borrowings  under this Section 2.03 from
time to time on any  Business  Day during the period from the date hereof  until
the date occurring seven days prior to the  Termination  Date, in the manner set
forth below; provided that, following the making of each Auction Borrowing,  the
aggregate amount of the Advances then outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate
amount of the Commitments of the Lenders.

                                       12
<PAGE>

          (i) The Borrower may request an Auction Borrowing by delivering to the
     Administrative Agent by telecopier,  telex or cable,  confirmed immediately
     in  writing,  a notice of an  Auction  Borrowing  (a  "Notice of an Auction
     Borrowing"),  in substantially  the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto,  specifying
     the date and  aggregate  amount  of the  proposed  Auction  Borrowing,  the
     maturity date for  repayment of each Auction  Advance to be made as part of
     such Auction  Borrowing  (which  maturity  date may not be earlier than the
     date occurring seven days after the date of such Auction Borrowing or later
     than the  earlier to occur of (A) 270 days  after the date of such  Auction
     Borrowing and (B) the Termination Date), the interest payment date or dates
     relating  thereto (which shall occur at least every 90 days), and any other
     terms to be applicable to such Auction Borrowing,  not later than 9:00 A.M.
     (Chicago  time) at least one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed
     Auction Borrowing.  The Administrative  Agent shall in turn promptly notify
     each Lender of each  request for an Auction  Borrowing  received by it from
     the  Borrower by sending  such  Lender a copy of the  related  Notice of an
     Auction Borrowing.

          (ii) Each  Lender may, in its sole  discretion,  elect to  irrevocably
     offer to make one or more Auction  Advances to the Borrower as part of such
     proposed Auction Borrowing at a rate or rates of interest specified by such
     Lender in its sole discretion, by notifying the Administrative Agent (which
     shall  give  prompt  notice  thereof  to the  Borrower),  before  9:00 A.M.
     (Chicago  time)  on the  date of such  proposed  Auction  Borrowing  of the
     minimum amount and maximum amount of each Auction  Advance that such Lender
     would be willing to make as part of such proposed Auction  Borrowing (which
     amounts may,  subject to the proviso to the first  sentence of this Section
     2.03(a),  exceed such Lender's  Commitment),  the rate or rates of interest
     therefor, the interest period relating thereto and such Lender's Applicable
     Lending Office with respect to such Auction  Advance;  provided that if the
     Administrative  Agent  in its  capacity  as a  Lender  shall,  in its  sole
     discretion,  elect to make any such offer,  it shall notify the Borrower of
     such offer before 8:00 A.M.  (Chicago  time) on the date on which notice of
     such  election  is to be given  to the  Administrative  Agent by the  other
     Lenders.

          (iii) The Borrower shall, in turn, before 10:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on
     the date of such proposed Auction Borrowing, either

               (A) cancel such Auction  Borrowing  by giving the  Administrative
          Agent notice to that effect, or

               (B)  irrevocably  accept  one or more of the  offers  made by any
          Lender or  Lenders  pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii)  above,  in its sole
          discretion,  in an  aggregate  amount  not in excess of the  aggregate
          amount of the  proposed  Auction  Borrowing  requested in the relevant
          Notice of an Auction Borrowing, subject only to the provisions of this
          paragraph (iii), by giving notice to the  Administrative  Agent of the
          amount of each  Auction  Advance  (which  amount  shall be equal to or
          greater than the minimum amount, and equal to or less than the maximum
          amount, notified to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent on behalf
          of such Lender for such Auction  Advance  pursuant to  paragraph  (ii)
          above) to be made by each  Lender as part of such  Auction  Borrowing,
          and reject any remaining  offers made by Lenders pursuant to paragraph
          (ii) above by giving the  Administrative  Agent notice to that effect;
          provided,  however,  that (x) the  Borrower  shall not accept an offer
          made  pursuant to paragraph  (ii) above,  at any Yield if the Borrower
          shall have, or shall be deemed to have,  rejected any other offer made
          pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii)  above,  at a  lower  Yield,  (y) if the
          Borrower  declines  to  accept,  or is  otherwise  restricted  by  the
          provisions of this Agreement  from  accepting,  the maximum  aggregate
          principal  amount of  Auction  Borrowings  offered  at the same  Yield
          pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, 

                                       13

<PAGE>

          then the  Borrower  shall accept a pro rata portion of each offer made
          at such  Yield,  based  as  nearly  as  possible  on the  ratio of the
          aggregate  principal  amount  of such  offers  to be  accepted  by the
          Borrower to the maximum aggregate principal amount of such offers made
          pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii) above  (rounding  up or down to the next
          higher  or  lower  multiple  of  $1,000,000),  and (z) no  offer  made
          pursuant to paragraph (ii) above shall be accepted  unless the Auction
          Borrowing  in  respect  of such offer is in an  integral  multiple  of
          $1,000,000  and the  aggregate  amount of such offers  accepted by the
          Borrower is equal to at least $10,000,000.

     Any offer or offers made  pursuant to  paragraph  (ii) above not  expressly
     accepted or rejected by the  Borrower  in  accordance  with this  paragraph
     (iii) shall be deemed to have been rejected by the Borrower.

          (iv) If the  Borrower  notifies  the  Administrative  Agent  that such
     Auction  Borrowing is canceled  pursuant to clause (A) of  paragraph  (iii)
     above,  the  Administrative  Agent shall give prompt notice  thereof to the
     Lenders and such Auction Borrowing shall not be made.

          (v) If the  Borrower  accepts  one or more of the  offers  made by any
     Lender or Lenders  pursuant to clause (B) of  paragraph  (iii)  above,  the
     Administrative Agent shall in turn promptly notify (A) each Lender that has
     made an  offer  as  described  in  paragraph  (ii)  above,  of the date and
     aggregate amount of such Auction  Borrowing and whether or not any offer or
     offers  made by such  Lender  pursuant  to  paragraph  (ii) above have been
     accepted  by the  Borrower,  (B)  each  Lender  that is to make an  Auction
     Advance as part of such  Auction  Borrowing  of the amount of each  Auction
     Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such  Auction  Borrowing,  and
     (C) each Lender that is to make an Auction  Advance as part of such Auction
     Borrowing,  upon receipt,  that the Administrative Agent has received forms
     of documents  appearing to fulfill the  applicable  conditions set forth in
     Article III. Each Lender that is to make an Auction Advance as part of such
     Auction  Borrowing shall,  before 11:00 A.M.  (Chicago time) on the date of
     such  Auction   Borrowing   specified  in  the  notice  received  from  the
     Administrative  Agent  pursuant to clause (A) of the preceding  sentence or
     any  later  time when such  Lender  shall  have  received  notice  from the
     Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (C) of the preceding sentence, make
     available  for  the  account  of  its  Applicable  Lending  Office  to  the
     Administrative  Agent at its  address  referred  to in  Section  8.02  such
     Lender's  portion  of such  Auction  Borrowing,  in same  day  funds.  Upon
     fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III and after
     receipt by the Administrative Agent of such funds, the Administrative Agent
     will  make such  funds  available  to the  Borrower  at the  Administrative
     Agent's  aforesaid  address.  Promptly  after each Auction  Borrowing,  the
     Administrative  Agent will  notify each Lender of the amount of the Auction
     Borrowing,  the consequent  Auction Reduction and the dates upon which such
     Auction Reduction commenced and will terminate.

          (b)  Each  Auction  Advance  shall  be  in an  amount  not  less  than
$1,000,000  or an  integral  multiple  of  $1,000,000  in  excess  thereof  and,
following  the  making  of each  Auction  Borrowing,  the  Borrower  shall be in
compliance with the limitation set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of
subsection (a) above.

          (c) Within the limits and on the  conditions set forth in this Section
2.03,  the Borrower may from time to time borrow under this Section 2.03,  repay
or prepay  pursuant to  subsection  (d) below,  and reborrow  under this Section
2.03;  provided,  that an  Auction  Borrowing  shall  not be made  within  three
Business Days of the date of any other Auction Borrowing.

                                       14
<PAGE>

          (d) The  Borrower  shall  repay to the  Administrative  Agent  for the
account of each Lender that has made an Auction Advance, or each other holder of
an Auction  Note, on the maturity  date of each Auction  Advance (such  maturity
date being that specified by the Borrower for repayment of such Auction  Advance
in the related Notice of an Auction Borrowing  delivered  pursuant to subsection
(a)(i) above and provided in the Auction Note evidencing such Auction  Advance),
the then unpaid  principal  amount of such Auction  Advance.  The Borrower shall
have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Auction Advance unless,  and
then only on the terms,  specified by the  Borrower for such Auction  Advance in
the related  Notice of an Auction  Borrowing  delivered  pursuant to  subsection
(a)(i) above and set forth in the Auction Note evidencing such Auction Advance.

          (e) The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid  principal amount of
each  Auction  Advance  from the date of such  Auction  Advance  to the date the
principal  amount of such  Auction  Advance  is  repaid in full,  at the rate of
interest for such Auction  Advance  specified by the Lender  making such Auction
Advance in its notice with  respect  thereto  delivered  pursuant to  subsection
(a)(ii) above,  payable on the interest  payment date or dates  specified by the
Borrower for such Auction Advance in the related Notice of an Auction  Borrowing
delivered  pursuant to subsection  (a)(i) above, as provided in the Auction Note
evidencing such Auction Advance.

          (f) The  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  resulting  from each  Auction
Advance made to the Borrower as part of an Auction  Borrowing shall be evidenced
by a separate  Auction Note of the  Borrower  payable to the order of the Lender
making such Auction Advance.

          (g) Upon payment in full of the  principal  amount of any Auction Note
and interest accrued  thereon,  the holder of such Auction Note shall cancel and
return such Auction Note to the Borrower.

          SECTION  2.04.   Fees.   (a)  The  Borrower   agrees  to  pay  to  the
Administrative  Agent for the  account of each  Lender a  commitment  fee on the
average daily unused portion of such Lender's Commitment (after giving effect to
any Auction  Reduction)  from the date hereof in the case of each Bank, and from
the effective  date specified in the Assignment and Acceptance or the Additional
Lender Supplement pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each other
Lender, until the Termination Date, and, in the case of the termination in whole
of a Lender's  Commitment  pursuant  to Section  2.05 or 2.17,  the date of such
termination, payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December
during  such  period,  and on the  Termination  Date,  and,  in the  case of the
termination in whole of a Lender's  Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05 or 2.17,
the  date of such  termination,  at a  percentage  rate per  annum  equal to the
Applicable Commitment Fee Rate in effect from time to time, changing when and as
the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate changes.

          (b) The  Borrower  agrees to pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the
account of each Lender an auction  facility fee on the average  daily  aggregate
principal amount of such Lender's  Auction  Reduction during the period from the
date hereof in the case of each Bank,  and from the effective  date specified in
the Assignment  and Acceptance  pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case
of each  other  Lender,  until the  Termination  Date,  and,  in the case of the
termination in whole of a Lender's  Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05 or 2.17,
the date of such  termination,  payable  on the last  day of each  March,  June,
September and December during such period,  and on the Termination Date, and, in
the case of the  termination  in  whole of a  Lender's  Commitment  pursuant  to
Section 2.05 or 2.17,  the date of such  termination,  at a percentage  rate per
annum equal to the  Applicable  Commitment Fee Rate in effect from time to time,
changing when and as the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate changes.

          (c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Documentation  Agent for its own
account a closing  fee as agreed to in  writing  between  the  Borrower  and the
Documentation Agent, payable upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

                                       15
<PAGE>

          (d) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for its own
account a closing  fee,  an  auction  administration  fee and an  Administrative
Agent's  administration  fee,  each payable in such amounts and on such dates as
may be agreed to in  writing  from time to time  between  the  Borrower  and the
Administrative Agent.

          SECTION 2.05.  Reduction of the  Commitments.  The Borrower shall have
the right, upon at least two Business Days' notice to the Administrative  Agent,
to  terminate  in whole or reduce  ratably  in part the unused  portions  of the
respective  Commitments of the Lenders;  provided,  that the aggregate amount of
the  Commitments  of the Lenders  shall not be reduced to an amount that is less
than the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Advances  then  outstanding;  and
provided,  further, that each partial reduction shall be in the aggregate amount
of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

          SECTION 2.06. Repayment of Contract Advances. The Borrower shall repay
the principal  amount of each Contract Advance made by each Lender in accordance
with the Contract Note to the order of such Lender.

          SECTION 2.07.  Interest on Contract  Advances.  The Borrower shall pay
interest on the unpaid  principal  amount of each Contract  Advance made by each
Lender from the date of such Contract  Advance until such principal amount shall
be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

          (a) Base  Rate  Advances.  If such  Contract  Advance  is a Base  Rate
Advance,  a rate per annum  equal at all  times to the Base Rate in effect  from
time to time, payable quarterly on the last day of each March,  June,  September
and December during such periods and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be
Converted or paid in full.

          (b) Adjusted CD Rate Advances. If such Contract Advance is an Adjusted
CD Rate Advance,  a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
for such  Contract  Advance to the sum of the Adjusted CD Rate for such Interest
Period plus the Applicable  Margin for such Adjusted CD Rate in effect from time
to time,  payable on the last day of the  Interest  Period for such  Adjusted CD
Rate Advance (or, if the Interest  Period for such Advance is 180 days,  accrued
interest  shall be  payable  on the 90th day and the 180th day of such  Interest
Period)  or, if earlier,  on the date such  Adjusted  CD Rate  Advance  shall be
Converted or paid in full.

          (c)  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances.  Subject  to  Section  2.08,  if such
Contract  Advance is a Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  a rate per annum equal at all
times during the  Interest  Period for such  Contract  Advance to the sum of the
Eurodollar  Rate for such Interest  Period plus the  Applicable  Margin for such
Eurodollar Rate Advance in effect from time to time,  payable on the last day of
the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advance (or, if the Interest Period
for such  Advance is six months,  accrued  interest  shall be payable on the day
that is three  months  and on the day  that is six  months  from  the date  such
Advance was made) or, if earlier, on the date such Eurodollar Rate Advance shall
be Converted or paid in full.

          SECTION 2.08.  Additional Interest on Contract Advances.  The Borrower
shall  pay to each  Lender,  so long as such  Lender  shall  be  required  under
regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System to maintain
reserves  with  respect to  liabilities  or assets  consisting  of or  including
Eurocurrency Liabilities,  additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of
each  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance of such Lender,  from the date of such  Contract
Advance until such principal amount is paid in full or Converted, at an interest
rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder  obtained by subtracting  (i)
the Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period for such Contract  Advance from (ii)
the rate obtained by dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100%
minus the  Eurodollar  Rate Reserve  Percentage of such Lender for such Interest
Period,  payable on each date on which  interest  is  payable  on such  Contract
Advance;  provided,  that no Lender shall be entitled to demand such  additional
interest  more than 90 days  following  the last day of the  Interest  Period in
respect  of which  such  demand is made;  provided  further,  however,  that the
foregoing  proviso  shall in no way limit  the right of any  

                                       16

<PAGE>

Lender to demand or receive  such  additional  interest  to the extent that such
additional  interest  relates  to the  retroactive  application  of the  reserve
requirements  described  above if such  demand is made  within 90 days after the
implementation  of  such  retroactive  reserve  requirements.   Such  additional
interest shall be determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower through
the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding
for all purposes, absent manifest error.

          SECTION 2.09.  Interest Rate  Determination.  (a) Each  Reference Bank
agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent timely information for the purpose
of determining each Adjusted CD Rate or Eurodollar  Rate, as applicable.  If any
one of the  Reference  Banks shall not furnish  such timely  information  to the
Administrative  Agent for the purpose of determining any such interest rate, the
Administrative  Agent shall  determine such interest rate on the basis of timely
information furnished by the remaining Reference Banks.

          (b) The Administrative  Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower
and the Lenders of the applicable interest rate determined by the Administrative
Agent for purposes of Section  2.07(a),  (b) or (c), and the applicable rate, if
any,  furnished  by each  Reference  Bank for the  purpose  of  determining  the
applicable interest rate under Section 2.07(b) or (c).

          (c) If fewer than two Reference  Banks furnish  timely  information to
the  Administrative  Agent for determining the Adjusted CD Rate for any Adjusted
CD Rate Advances, or the Eurodollar Rate for any Eurodollar Rate Advances,

               (i) the Administrative  Agent shall forthwith notify the Borrower
          and the Lenders that the interest rate cannot be  determined  for such
          Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances, as the case may
          be,

               (ii) each such Advance will automatically, on the last day of the
          then  existing  Interest  Period  therefor,  Convert  into a Base Rate
          Advance (or if such Advance is then a Base Rate Advance, will continue
          as a Base Rate Advance), and

               (iii)  the  obligation  of the  Lenders  to make,  or to  Convert
          Contract  Advances into,  Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate
          Advances,   as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  suspended   until  the
          Administrative  Agent shall  notify the  Borrower and the Lenders that
          the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

          (d) If, with respect to any  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  the Majority
Lenders  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  that  the  Eurodollar  Rate for any
Interest  Period for such Advances will not adequately  reflect the cost to such
Majority Lenders of making,  funding or maintaining their respective  Eurodollar
Rate Advances for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith
so notify the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon

               (i) each Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically,  on the last
          day of the then existing  Interest Period therefor  (unless prepaid or
          Converted to any Type of Advance other than a Eurodollar  Rate Advance
          prior to such date), Convert into a Base Rate Advance, and

               (ii)  the  obligation  of the  Lenders  to  make,  or to  Convert
          Contract  Advances into,  Eurodollar  Rate Advances shall be suspended
          until the  Administrative  Agent  shall  notify the  Borrower  and the
          Lenders  that the  circumstances  causing  such  suspension  no longer
          exist.

          SECTION 2.10.  Conversion of Contract  Advances.  (a)  Voluntary.  The
Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative  Agent
not later than 10:00 A.M.  (Chicago time) on the third Business Day prior to the
date of any  proposed  Conversion  into  Eurodollar  Rate  

                                       17

<PAGE>

Advances,  the second Business Day prior to the date of any proposed  Conversion
into Adjusted CD Rate Advances and on the date of any proposed  Conversion  into
Base Rate  Advances,  and subject to the  provisions  of Sections 2.09 and 2.13,
Convert  all  Contract  Advances  of one Type made in  connection  with the same
Contract  Borrowing  into  Advances of another  Type or Types or Advances of the
same Type having the same or a new Interest Period; provided,  however, that any
Conversion  of  Adjusted CD Rate  Advances  or  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances  into
Advances  of another  Type or  Advances  of the same Type having the same or new
Interest  Periods  shall be made on,  and only on,  the last day of an  Interest
Period for such Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,  unless
the Borrower  shall also  reimburse the Lenders in respect  thereof  pursuant to
Section 8.04(b) on the date of such Conversion. Each such notice of a Conversion
shall,  within the restrictions  specified  above,  specify (i) the date of such
Conversion,  (ii) the  Contract  Advances  to be  Converted,  and  (iii) if such
Conversion is into, or with respect to,  Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar
Rate  Advances,  the  duration  of the  Interest  Period for each such  Contract
Advance.

          (b)  Automatic.  If the Borrower  shall fail to select the Type of any
Contract  Advance  or the  duration  of any  Interest  Period  for any  Contract
Borrowing  comprising  Adjusted CD Rate Advances or Eurodollar  Rate Advances in
accordance with the provisions  contained in the definition of "Interest Period"
in Section 1.01 and Section 2.10(a),  the Administrative Agent will forthwith so
notify the Borrower and the Lenders and such Advances will automatically, on the
last day of the then existing  Interest Period therefor,  Convert into Base Rate
Advances.

          SECTION  2.11.  Prepayments.  The  Borrower  may,  upon at  least  two
Business  Days' notice (or same day notice in the case of any prepayment of Base
Rate  Advances)  to the  Administrative  Agent  stating  the  proposed  date and
aggregate  principal  amount of the prepayment,  and if such notice is given the
Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal amounts of the Advances made as
part of the same Contract  Borrowing in whole or ratably in part,  together with
accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid;
provided,  however,  that (i) each partial  prepayment  shall be in an aggregate
principal  amount not less than  $10,000,000  (or  $5,000,000 in the case of any
prepayment of Base Rate Advances) and (ii) in the case of any such prepayment of
an  Adjusted  CD Advance or  Eurodollar  Rate  Advance,  the  Borrower  shall be
obligated  to  reimburse  the  Lenders in respect  thereof  pursuant  to Section
8.04(b) on the date of such prepayment.

          SECTION 2.12. Increased Costs. (a) If on or after (x) the date of this
Agreement,  in the case of any  Contract  Advance  or any  obligation  to make a
Contract Advance,  or (y) the date a Lender offers to make such Auction Advance,
in the  case  of any  Auction  Advance,  any  Lender  determines  that  (i)  the
introduction  of or any change  (other than any change by way of  imposition  or
increase of reserve  requirements,  in the case of  Adjusted  CD Rate  Advances,
included in the Domestic Rate Reserve  Percentage  or, in the case of Eurodollar
Rate Advances,  included in the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage) in or in the
interpretation  of any  law or  regulation  or  (ii)  the  compliance  with  any
guideline  or request  from any  central  bank or other  governmental  authority
(whether or not having the force of law) shall  increase the cost to such Lender
of agreeing to make or making,  funding or maintaining Adjusted CD Rate Advances
or Eurodollar  Rate Advances,  then the Borrower  shall from time to time,  upon
demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative  Agent),
pay to the  Administrative  Agent  for the  account  of such  Lender  additional
amounts  (without  duplication of any amount  payable  pursuant to Section 2.15)
sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost; provided,  that no
Lender shall be entitled to demand such compensation more than 90 days following
the last day of the  Interest  Period in respect  of which such  demand is made;
provided further,  however, that the foregoing proviso shall in no way limit the
right of any Lender to demand or receive  such  compensation  to the extent that
such compensation relates to the retroactive application of any law, regulation,
guideline  or request  described  in clause (i) or (ii) above if such  demand is
made  within  90  days  after  the   implementation  of  such  retroactive  law,
interpretation,  guideline or request.  A  certificate  as to the amount of such
increased cost,  submitted to the Borrower and the Administrative  Agent by such
Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

                                       18

<PAGE>

          (b) If any Lender  determines  that, after the date of this Agreement,
compliance  with any law or  regulation  or any  guideline  or request  from any
central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of
law) regarding capital adequacy  requirements affects or would affect the amount
of  capital  required  or  expected  to be  maintained  by  such  Lender  or any
corporation controlling such Lender (including,  in any event, any determination
after the date of this Agreement by any such  governmental  authority or central
bank  that,  for  purposes  of  capital  adequacy  requirements,   any  Lender's
Commitment  hereunder does not constitute a commitment with an original maturity
of one year or less) and that the  amount of such  capital  is  increased  by or
based upon the existence of such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder and other
commitments of this type or the Advances made by such Lender,  then, upon demand
by such Lender  (with a copy of such demand to the  Administrative  Agent),  the
Borrower shall  immediately pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the account of
such Lender,  from time to time as specified by such Lender,  additional amounts
sufficient to compensate  such Lender or such  corporation  in the light of such
circumstances,  to the extent  that such  Lender  determines  such  increase  in
capital to be allocable to the  existence of such  Lender's  commitment  to lend
hereunder or the Advances made by such Lender; provided, that no Lender shall be
entitled to demand such compensation more than one year following the payment to
or for the account of such Lender of all other  amounts  payable  hereunder  and
under  any  Note  held  by such  Lender  and the  termination  of such  Lender's
Commitment;  provided further,  however,  that the foregoing proviso shall in no
way limit the right of any Lender to demand or receive such  compensation to the
extent that such compensation relates to the retroactive application of any law,
regulation,  guideline or request  described above if such demand is made within
one year  after the  implementation  of such  retroactive  law,  interpretation,
guideline or request. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Borrower
and the Administrative Agent by such Lender shall be conclusive and binding, for
all purposes, absent manifest error.

          (c) Any Lender  claiming  compensation  pursuant to this  Section 2.12
shall use its best efforts  (consistent  with its internal  policy and legal and
regulatory  restrictions) to change the  jurisdiction of its Applicable  Lending
Office if the making of such a change  would  avoid the need for,  or reduce the
amount of, any such  compensation  that may thereafter  accrue and would not, in
the reasonable  judgment of such Lender,  be otherwise  disadvantageous  to such
Lender.

          SECTION 2.13. Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement,  if any  Lender  shall  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  that  the
introduction  of or  any  change  in or in  the  interpretation  of  any  law or
regulation  makes  it  unlawful,  or any  central  bank  or  other  governmental
authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending
Office to perform its obligations  hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or
to fund or maintain  Eurodollar Rate Advances  hereunder,  (i) the obligation of
such Lender to make,  or to Convert  Contract  Advances  into,  Eurodollar  Rate
Advances shall be suspended (subject to the following  paragraph of this Section
2.13) until the  Administrative  Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders
that the  circumstances  causing  such  suspension  no longer exist and (ii) all
Eurodollar Rate Advances of such Lender then outstanding  shall, on the last day
of then  applicable  Interest  Period (or such earlier date as such Lender shall
designate  upon not less than five  Business  Days prior  written  notice to the
Administrative Agent), be automatically Converted into Base Rate Advances.

          If the obligation of any Lender to make,  fund or maintain  Eurodollar
Rate  Advances has been  suspended  pursuant to the preceding  paragraph,  then,
unless and until the  Administrative  Agent shall  notify the  Borrower  and the
Lenders that the  circumstances  causing such suspension no longer exist (i) all
Contract Advances that would otherwise be made by such Lender as Eurodollar Rate
Advances shall instead be made as Base Rate Advances and (ii) to the extent that
Eurodollar  Rate  Advances  of such Lender  have been  Converted  into Base Rate
Advances  pursuant  to the  preceding  paragraph  or made  instead  as Base Rate
Advances  pursuant to the preceding  clause (i), all payments and prepayments of
principal  that would  have  otherwise  been  applied  to such  Eurodollar  Rate
Advances of such Lender shall be applied  instead to such Base Rate  Advances of
such Lender.

                                       19

<PAGE>

          SECTION 2.14.  Payments and Computations.  (a) The Borrower shall make
each payment  hereunder  and under the Notes not later than 10:00 A.M.  (Chicago
time) on the day when due in U.S.  dollars  to the  Administrative  Agent at its
address referred to in Section 8.02 in same day funds. The Administrative  Agent
will promptly  thereafter  cause to be  distributed  like funds  relating to the
payment of principal or interest or commitment and auction facility fees ratably
(other than amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.02(c), 2.03, 2.08, 2.12, 2.15,
2.17(a)  or  8.04(b))  to the  Lenders  for  the  account  of  their  respective
Applicable Lending Offices,  and like funds relating to the payment of any other
amount  payable to any Lender to such Lender for the  account of its  Applicable
Lending Office,  in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.  Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance and recording of
the information  contained  therein in the Register pursuant to Section 8.07(d),
from and after the effective date specified in such  Assignment and  Acceptance,
the  Administrative  Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes
in respect of the interest  assigned thereby to the Lender assignee  thereunder,
and the parties to such  Assignment  and Acceptance  shall make all  appropriate
adjustments  in such payments for periods prior to such  effective date directly
between themselves.

          (b) The Borrower hereby  authorizes each Lender,  if and to the extent
payment  owed to such  Lender is not made when due  hereunder  or under any Note
held by such  Lender,  to  charge  from time to time  against  any or all of the
Borrower's accounts with such Lender any amount so due.

          (c) All  computations of interest based on the Base Rate shall be made
by the  Administrative  Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days,  as the
case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Adjusted CD Rate, the
Eurodollar  Rate or the  Federal  Funds  Rate and of  commitment  fees,  auction
facility  fees and  interest  payable on Auction  Advances  shall be made by the
Administrative  Agent, and all computations of interest pursuant to Section 2.08
shall be made by a Lender,  on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for
the actual number of days  (including  the first day but excluding the last day)
occurring in the period for which such interest or commitment  fees are payable.
Each determination by the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of Section 2.08,
by a Lender) of an interest rate  hereunder  shall be conclusive and binding for
all purposes, absent manifest error.

          (d) Whenever any payment  hereunder or under the Notes shall be stated
to be due on a day other than a Business  Day, such payment shall be made on the
next  succeeding  Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be
included in the  computation  of payment of interest or  commitment  fee, as the
case may be;  provided,  however,  if such  extension  would  cause  payment  of
interest on or  principal  of  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances to be made in the next
following  calendar  month,  such  payment  shall be made on the next  preceding
Business Day.

          (e) Unless the  Administrative  Agent shall have received  notice from
the  Borrower  prior to the  date on which  any  payment  is due to the  Lenders
hereunder   that  the  Borrower  will  not  make  such  payment  in  full,   the
Administrative  Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full
to the Administrative  Agent on such date and the  Administrative  Agent may, in
reliance upon such  assumption,  cause to be  distributed to each Lender on such
due date an  amount  equal to the  amount  then due such  Lender.  If and to the
extent  that the  Borrower  shall not have so made such  payment  in full to the
Administrative  Agent,  each  Lender  shall  repay to the  Administrative  Agent
forthwith  on demand  such  amount  distributed  to such  Lender  together  with
interest thereon,  for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such
Lender  until the date such  Lender  repays  such  amount to the  Administrative
Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

          (f)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein,  any
amount payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any Note that is not paid when
due (whether at stated  maturity,  by acceleration  or otherwise)  shall (to the
fullest extent permitted by law) bear interest from the date when due until paid
in full at a rate per annum equal at all times to the Base Rate plus 2%, payable
upon demand.

                                       20
<PAGE>

          SECTION  2.15.  Taxes.  (a)  Any  and  all  payments  by the  Borrower
hereunder or under the Contract Notes shall be made, in accordance  with Section
2.14, free and clear of and without  deduction for any and all present or future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities
with  respect  thereto,   excluding,   in  the  case  of  each  Lender  and  the
Administrative  Agent,  taxes imposed on its income, and franchise taxes imposed
on it,  by  the  jurisdiction  under  the  laws  of  which  such  Lender  or the
Administrative  Agent  (as  the  case  may  be) is  organized  or any  political
subdivision  thereof  and,  in the case of each  Lender,  taxes  imposed  on its
income,  and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's
Applicable  Lending  Office  or any  political  subdivision  thereof  (all  such
non-excluded  taxes,  levies,  imposts,  deductions,  charges,  withholdings and
liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").  If the Borrower shall be
required  by law to  deduct  any Taxes  from or in  respect  of any sum  payable
hereunder or under any Note to any Lender or the  Administrative  Agent, (i) the
sum payable  shall be  increased  as may be  necessary  so that after making all
required deductions  (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable
under this Section  2.15) such Lender or the  Administrative  Agent (as the case
may be) receives an amount  equal to the sum it would have  received had no such
deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the
Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant  taxation  authority
or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

          (b) In  addition,  the  Borrower  agrees to pay any  present or future
stamp or  documentary  taxes or any other excise or property  taxes,  charges or
similar  levies  to  the  extent   arising  from  the  execution,   delivery  or
registration of this Agreement or the Contract Notes (hereinafter referred to as
"Other Taxes").

          (c) No Lender may claim or demand payment or  reimbursement in respect
of any Taxes or Other Taxes pursuant to this Section 2.15 if such Taxes or Other
Taxes,  as the case may be,  were  imposed  solely as the result of a  voluntary
change in the location of the jurisdiction of such Lender's  Applicable  Lending
Office.

          (d) The Borrower  will  indemnify  each Lender and the  Administrative
Agent  for  the  full  amount  of  Taxes  or  Other  Taxes  (including,  without
limitation,  any Taxes or Other  Taxes  imposed by any  jurisdiction  on amounts
payable under this Section 2.15) paid by such Lender or the Administrative Agent
(as the  case  may be) and any  liability  (including  penalties,  interest  and
expenses) arising  therefrom or with respect thereto,  whether or not such Taxes
or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be
made  within 30 days from the date such Lender or the  Administrative  Agent (as
the case may be) makes written demand therefor.

          (e)  Prior to the date of the  initial  Borrowing  in the case of each
Bank,  and on the date of the  Assignment  and  Acceptance or Additional  Lender
Supplement  pursuant  to which it  became  a  Lender  in the case of each  other
Lender, and from time to time thereafter within 30 days from the date of request
if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative  Agent, each Lender organized
under the laws of a  jurisdiction  outside the United  States shall  provide the
Administrative  Agent and the Borrower with the forms prescribed by the Internal
Revenue Service of the United States  certifying that such Lender is exempt from
United States  withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to such
Lender  hereunder and under the Notes. If for any reason during the term of this
Agreement,  any Lender  becomes  unable to submit the forms referred to above or
the information or  representations  contained therein are no longer accurate in
any material respect,  such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower in writing to that effect.  Unless the Borrower and the  Administrative
Agent have received forms or other  documents  satisfactory  to them  indicating
that  payments  hereunder  or under any Note are not  subject  to United  States
withholding tax, the Borrower or the  Administrative  Agent shall withhold taxes
from such payments at the  applicable  statutory rate in the case of payments to
or for any Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction  outside the United
States  and no Lender  may claim or demand  payment  or  reimbursement  for such
withheld taxes pursuant to this Section 2.15.

                                       21

<PAGE>

          (f) Any Lender  claiming any additional  amounts  payable  pursuant to
this  Section  2.15 shall use its best  efforts  (consistent  with its  internal
policy and legal and regulatory  restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its
Applicable  Lending  Office if the making of such a change  would avoid the need
for, or reduce the amount of, any such  additional  amounts which may thereafter
accrue and would not, in the  reasonable  judgment of such Lender,  be otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.

          (g) If  the  Borrower  makes  any  additional  payment  to any  Lender
pursuant to this Section  2.15 in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes,  and such
Lender determines that it has received (i) a refund of such Taxes or Other Taxes
or (ii) a credit  against or relief or  remission  for,  or a  reduction  in the
amount  of,  any tax or other  governmental  charge  attributable  solely to any
deduction  or credit for any Taxes or Other  Taxes with  respect to which it has
received payments under this Section 2.15, such Lender shall, to the extent that
it can do so without prejudice to the retention of such refund,  credit, relief,
remission or  reduction,  pay to the  Borrower  such amount as such Lender shall
have determined to be attributable to the deduction or withholding of such Taxes
or Other Taxes.  If, within one year after the payment of any such amount to the
Borrower,  such  Lender  determines  that it was not  entitled  to such  refund,
credit,  relief,  remission  or reduction to the full extent of any payment made
pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 2.15(g),  the Borrower shall upon
notice and demand of such Lender promptly repay the amount of such  overpayment.
Any determination  made by such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.15(g) shall in
the absence of bad faith or manifest  error be  conclusive,  and nothing in this
Section  2.15(g)  shall be  construed  as  requiring  any Lender to conduct  its
business  or to arrange or alter in any  respect  its tax or  financial  affairs
(except as required by Section 2.15(f)) so that it is entitled to receive such a
refund,  credit or  reduction  or as allowing any person to inspect any records,
including tax returns, of any Lender.

          (h) Without  prejudice to the  survival of any other  agreement of the
Borrower or any Lender hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower
and the Lenders contained in this Section 2.15 shall survive the payment in full
of  principal  and interest  hereunder  and under the Notes;  provided,  that no
Lender shall be entitled to demand any payment under this Section 2.15 more than
one year following the payment to or for the account of such Lender of all other
amounts  payable  hereunder  and  under  any Note  held by such  Lender  and the
termination of such Lender's  Commitment;  provided further,  however,  that the
foregoing  proviso  shall in no way limit  the right of any  Lender to demand or
receive  any payment  under this  Section  2.15 to the extent that such  payment
relates  to the  retroactive  application  of any  Taxes or Other  Taxes if such
demand is made within one year after the  implementation  of such Taxes or Other
Taxes.

          SECTION 2.16. Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall obtain any
payment (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any right of
set-off,  or  otherwise)  on account of the Contract  Advances made by it (other
than  pursuant to Section  2.02(c),  2.08,  2.12,  2.15,  2.17(a) or 8.04(b)) in
excess of its  ratable  share of payments  on account of the  Contract  Advances
obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other
Lenders such  participations  in the Contract  Advances made by them as shall be
necessary to cause such  purchasing  Lender to share the excess payment  ratably
with each of them, provided,  however, that if all or any portion of such excess
payment is thereafter  recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from
each Lender  shall be rescinded  and such Lender  shall repay to the  purchasing
Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount
equal to such  Lender's  ratable share  (according to the  proportion of (i) the
amount of such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered
from the  purchasing  Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by
the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower
agrees  that any  Lender so  purchasing  a  participation  from  another  Lender
pursuant  to this  Section  2.16 may, to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,
exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect
to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the
Borrower in the amount of such participation.

          SECTION  2.17.   Extension  of   Termination   Date.  (a)  Unless  the
Termination Date shall have occurred,  the Borrower may request the Lenders,  by
written  notice to the  Administrative  Agent not 

                                       22

<PAGE>

more  than 90 days  and not  less  than 60  days  prior  to the  then  effective
Termination  Date, to consent to extension of the  Termination  Date to the date
which is 364 days after the then effective Termination Date (or, if such date is
not a Business Day, the next preceding  Business Day). Each Lender shall, in its
sole discretion,  determine  whether to consent to such request and shall notify
the Administrative Agent of its determination not more than 45 days and not less
than 30 days prior to the  then-effective  Termination  Date.  Any Lender  which
fails to give such  notice to the  Administrative  Agent shall be deemed to have
not  consented to such request.  If any Lender shall not have  consented to such
request 30 days prior to the then effective  Termination Date (such Lender being
referred to herein as a "Non-Consenting Lender"), the Administrative Agent shall
promptly so notify the  Borrower  and the other  Lenders,  whereupon  each other
Lender  may,  not more than 30 days and not less than 25 days  prior to the then
effective  Termination  Date,  revoke any consent to such  extension  previously
given by such Lender (in which case such Lender shall be deemed a Non-Consenting
Lender).  If such request shall have been  consented to by the Majority  Lenders
(as  determined  after giving effect to the  replacement  of any  Non-Consenting
Lender pursuant to Section 8.07(h)),  the Administrative  Agent shall notify the
Borrower and the Lenders in writing of such consent,  and such  extension  shall
become effective upon the delivery by the Borrower to the  Administrative  Agent
and each Lender,  on or prior to the  then-effective  Termination Date, of (i) a
certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, dated such date, as to
the accuracy, both before and after giving effect to such proposed extension, of
the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in  Section  4.01 and as to the
absence, both before and after giving effect to such proposed extension,  of any
Event of Default or event that with the giving of notice or the  passage of time
or both would  constitute  an Event of  Default,  (ii)  certified  copies of all
corporate and  governmental  approvals,  if any,  required to be obtained by the
Borrower in  connection  with such  proposed  extension  and (iii) an opinion of
counsel to the Borrower (who shall be satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent)
as to the matters set forth in Exhibit D, upon giving effect to the extension of
the  Termination  Date,  and such  other  matters  as any  Lender,  through  the
Administrative  Agent,  may  reasonably  request,  all  of the  foregoing  to be
satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative  Agent. In the event of
any  such   extension  of  the   Termination   Date,   the  Commitment  of  each
Non-Consenting  Lender that has not been  replaced  pursuant to Section  8.07(h)
shall be terminated in whole as of such former  Termination  Date, the aggregate
principal amount of all Advances made by such  Non-Consenting  Lender,  together
with accrued and unpaid interest, commitment fees and auction facility fees, and
all other amounts payable hereunder to or for the account of such Non-Consenting
Lender shall be due and payable on such former  Termination  Date, and upon such
reduction and payment of such amounts such Non-Consenting  Lender shall cease to
be a party to this Agreement.

          (b) Upon the  effectiveness  of any extension of the Termination  Date
pursuant to subsection (a) above,  each reference in Section 4.01(e) and Exhibit
D to (i) the year-end financial statements of the Borrower,  (ii) December 31 of
any year,  (iii) the quarter-end  financial  statements of the Borrower and (iv)
the last day of any fiscal quarter  (other than December 31) of any year,  shall
be  deemed  to be  amended  to be  references  to  (A)  the  year-end  financial
statements of the Borrower included in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K
most recently  delivered to the Lenders  pursuant to Section  5.01(b)(iii),  (B)
December  31 of the year of the  financial  statements  described  in clause (A)
above, (C) the fiscal quarter-end  financial statements of the Borrower included
in the Borrower's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q most recently  delivered to the
Lenders  pursuant  to  Section  5.01(b)(ii)  and (D) the last day of the  fiscal
quarter of the financial statements described in clause (C) above, respectively.

          SECTION 2.18.  Additional  Lenders.  (a) For a period of 60 days after
extension of a Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.17(a) that has resulted in
a reduction  of the  aggregate  Commitments  of the  Lenders,  the  Borrower may
request that one or more additional banks or other Persons (each, an "Additional
Lender") become party to this Agreement as Lenders and that the aggregate amount
of the  Commitments  of the  Lenders be  increased  to reflect  the  Commitments
allocated  to  each  such  Additional  Lender;   provided,  that  the  aggregate
Commitments of the Lenders after giving effect so such increase shall not exceed
the  aggregate  Commitments  of the  Lenders  immediately  prior to such  former
Termination  Date.  Addition of an Additional Lender shall be made only with the
written  

                                       23

<PAGE>

consent of the  Administrative  Agent (which  consent shall not be  unreasonably
withheld or delayed) and with the written consent of the Borrower (which consent
may be granted or withheld in its absolute  discretion).  Each Additional Lender
must be an Eligible  Assignee  and,  without  the consent of the  Administrative
Agent, the initial  Commitment of each Additional  Lender shall not be less than
$5,000,000.

          (b)  Addition  of an  Additional  Lender  shall  be  effected  by  the
Additional Lender executing and delivering to the Administrative  Agent, for its
acceptance  and recording in the Register,  a duly completed  Additional  Lender
Supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto.  The Borrower
shall execute and deliver to the  Administrative  Agent for  transmittal to such
Additional  Lender a Contract  Note in  substantially  the form of  Exhibit  A-1
attached  hereto in the  amount of the  Commitment  of such  Additional  Lender.
Acceptance by the Administrative Agent of an Additional Lender is subject to the
conditions that the Administrative Agent shall have received, with a counterpart
for each Lender, (i) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower,
dated  the  effective  date  of such  Additional  Lender  Supplement,  as to the
accuracy,  both before and after giving effect to such proposed addition, of the
representations  and warranties set forth in Section 4.01 and as to the absence,
both before and after giving effect to such proposed extension,  of any Event of
Default or event  that with the giving of notice or the  passage of time or both
would constitute an Event of Default, (ii) certified copies of all corporate and
governmental  approvals,  if any,  required to be  obtained  by the  Borrower in
connection  with such  proposed  addition,  (iii) an  opinion  of counsel to the
Borrower  (who  shall be  satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Agent) as to the
matters set forth in Exhibit D (appropriately  modified to include,  in addition
to the other matters set forth therein,  such Additional  Lender  Supplement and
the new  Contract  Note),  and such other  matters as any  Lender,  through  the
Administrative  Agent, may reasonably request,  and (iv) such other certificates
and documents as the  Administrative  Agent may reasonably  request,  all of the
foregoing to be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative  Agent.
Upon execution and delivery of the Additional Lender  Supplement,  acceptance by
the  Administrative  Agent and  recording  in the  Register,  from and after the
effective date specified in such Additional Lender  Supplement,  such Additional
Lender  shall be a party  hereto  and  shall,  to the  extent of the  Commitment
specified in such Additional Lender Supplement,  have the rights and obligations
of a Lender hereunder.

          (c) If, at the time an  Additional  Lender is to become  party to this
Agreement,  the continuing Lenders have any outstanding Contract Advances,  such
Additional Lender shall offer to purchase from each continuing Lender, effective
as of the date such Additional Lender becomes party to this Agreement, a portion
of each continuing Lender's  outstanding  Contract Advances,  in such amounts as
will have the result that,  immediately  after giving effect to such  Additional
Lender  becoming  party to this  Agreement  and to such  purchases,  each Lender
(including  the  Additional  Lender)  shall  share in the  outstanding  Contract
Advances in the same proportion as their respective Commitments.  The Additional
Lender  shall  offer in  writing  to  purchase  the  requisite  portion  of each
continuing  Lender's  outstanding  Contract  Advances,  at a price  equal to the
outstanding  principal  amount thereof together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon to the date of purchase,  and a continuing Lender shall not unreasonably
decline to accept such offer.  Each such  purchase  shall be made in  accordance
with Section 8.07 (with the related Assignment and Acceptance modified,  mutatis
mutandis,  to reflect that such purchase is not a purchase of any portion of the
Commitment of the continuing Lender). Such purchases shall not be subject to the
provisions  of  clause  (ii) of  Section  8.07(a),  and the  Borrower  shall  be
responsible  for all amounts  payable to the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant to
clause (iv) of Section 8.07(a). The Borrower shall pay to each continuing Lender
on demand any amount that would be payable to such continuing Lender pursuant to
Section  8.04(b) (which for this purpose shall be applied as if such  assignment
were a prepayment of the Contract Advances assigned by such continuing  Lender),
and shall reimburse each continuing Lender on demand for all reasonable fees and
expenses  (including  reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by it in
connection with such assignment.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

          SECTION 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Advances. The obligation
of each Lender to make its initial Advance is subject to the satisfaction, prior
to or  concurrently  with,  the making of such initial  Advance,  of each of the
following conditions precedent:

          (a) Documents and Other  Agreements.  The  Administrative  Agent shall
have received on or before the day of the initial Borrowing the following,  each
dated the same date, in form and substance  satisfactory  to the  Administrative
Agent and (except for the Notes) with one copy for each Lender:

               (i)  The  Contract  Notes  payable  to the  order  of each of the
          Lenders, respectively;

               (ii)  Certified  copies  of  the  resolutions  of  the  Board  of
          Directors of the Borrower  approving the transactions  contemplated by
          this Agreement and the Notes,  and of all documents  evidencing  other
          necessary  corporate  action with  respect to this  Agreement  and the
          Notes;

               (iii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
          the  Borrower  certifying  (A) the  names and true  signatures  of the
          officers of the Borrower  authorized  to sign this  Agreement  and the
          Notes and the other  documents  to be  delivered  hereunder;  (B) that
          attached thereto are true and correct copies of the Restated  Articles
          of  Incorporation  and the  By-laws of the  Borrower,  in each case in
          effect  on such  date;  and (C)  that  attached  thereto  are true and
          correct copies of all governmental and regulatory  authorizations  and
          approvals required for the due execution,  delivery and performance of
          this  Agreement  and the Notes,  including,  without  limitation,  the
          Securities  Certificate  filed  with  the  PPUC by the  Borrower  (the
          "Securities  Certificate") and the Order of Registration issued by the
          PPUC   registering   the   Securities   Certificate   (the  "Order  of
          Registration");

               (iv) Copies of the  financial  statements  referred to in Section
          4.01(e);

               (v) A certificate  signed by either the chief financial  officer,
          principal accounting officer or treasurer of the Borrower stating that
          (A) the representations  and warranties  contained in Section 4.01 are
          correct on and as of the date of such  certificate  as though  made on
          and as of such date and (B) no event has occurred and is continuing on
          the date of such  certificate  that constitutes an Event of Default or
          would  constitute  an Event of Default  but for the  requirement  that
          notice be given or time elapse or both;

               (vi) A favorable  opinion of Ballard  Spahr  Andrews & Ingersoll,
          special counsel for the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit
          D hereto; and

               (vii) A  favorable  opinion  of Reed  Smith  Shaw &  McClay  LLP,
          counsel  for the  Documentation  Agent,  substantially  in the form of
          Exhibit E hereto.

          (b) Termination of Prior Credit  Facility.  The  Administrative  Agent
shall have received  evidence of (i) the payment in full of all  obligations  of
the Borrower under the $400,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1995,
among the Borrower, the banks named therein,  Citibank,  N.A., as administrative
agent, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as documentation  agent, and (ii)
the termination of the "Commitments" under such agreement.

                                       25

<PAGE>

          SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Certain Contract Borrowings. The
obligation  of each  Lender to make a Contract  Advance on the  occasion of each
Contract  Borrowing  (including  the  initial  Contract  Borrowing)  that  would
increase the aggregate amount of Contract Advances  outstanding shall be subject
to the further conditions  precedent that on the date of such Contract Borrowing
the following statements shall be true, and each of the giving of the applicable
Notice  of a  Contract  Borrowing  and the  acceptance  by the  Borrower  of the
proceeds of such  Contract  Borrowing  shall  constitute  a  representation  and
warranty  by the  Borrower  that on the  date of such  Contract  Borrowing  such
statements are true:

                    (A) The representations and warranties  contained in Section
          4.01 are correct on and as of the date of such  Borrowing,  before and
          after giving effect to such  Borrowing and to the  application  of the
          proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and

                    (B) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result
          from such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom,
          that  constitutes an Event of Default or would  constitute an Event of
          Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or
          both (it being understood for clarification  that (i) without limiting
          the foregoing,  it is a condition of this clause (B) that the Borrower
          shall be in compliance with Section  5.01(a)(iv),  Section 5.02(a) and
          Section  5.02(c)  upon giving  effect to such  Borrowing  and (ii) the
          conditions  of  this  clause  (B)  shall  apply  whether  or  not  the
          respective Commitments of the Lenders have been terminated pursuant to
          Section 6.01).

          SECTION  3.03.  Conditions  Precedent to Each Auction  Borrowing.  The
obligation of each Lender that is to make an Auction  Advance on the occasion of
an Auction  Borrowing  (including  the initial  Auction  Borrowing) to make such
Auction  Advance as part of such Auction  Borrowing is subject to the conditions
precedent  that (i) the  Administrative  Agent shall have  received  the written
confirmatory  Notice of an Auction  Borrowing with respect  thereto,  (ii) on or
before the date of such Auction Borrowing,  but prior to such Auction Borrowing,
the  Administrative  Agent shall have  received an Auction  Note  payable to the
order of such Lender for each of the Auction  Advances to be made by such Lender
as part of such Auction Borrowing,  in a principal amount equal to the principal
amount of the Auction  Advance to be  evidenced  thereby and  otherwise  on such
terms as were agreed to for such  Auction  Advance in  accordance  with  Section
2.03, and (iii) except as otherwise  waived in accordance  with Section 8.01, on
the date of such Auction  Borrowing the following  statements shall be true, and
each of the  giving of the  applicable  Notice of an Auction  Borrowing  and the
acceptance  by the  Borrower of the  proceeds of such  Auction  Borrowing  shall
constitute a  representation  and  warranty by the Borrower  that on the date of
such Auction Borrowing such statements are true:

                    (A) The representations and warranties  contained in Section
          4.01 are correct on and as of the date of such  Borrowing,  before and
          after giving effect to such  Borrowing and to the  application  of the
          proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and

                    (B) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result
          from such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom,
          which  constitutes  an Event of Default or which would  constitute  an
          Event of Default but for the requirement  that notice be given or time
          elapse or both (it being understood for clarification that (i) without
          limiting the foregoing,  it is a condition of this clause (B) that the
          Borrower  shall be in  compliance  with Section  5.01(a)(iv),  Section
          5.02(a) and Section  5.02(c) upon giving effect to such  Borrowing and
          (ii) the  conditions of this clause (B) shall apply whether or not the
          respective Commitments of the Lenders have been terminated pursuant to
          Section 6.01).

                                       26

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          SECTION 4.01.  Representations  and  Warranties  of the Borrower.  The
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

          (a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized. validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.


          (b) The  execution,  delivery and  performance by the Borrower of this
Agreement and the Notes are within the Borrower's  corporate  powers,  have been
duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action,  and do not and will not
contravene (i) the Borrower's  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws,
(ii) applicable law or (iii) any contractual or legal restriction  binding on or
affecting the Borrower or its properties.

          (c) No  authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to
or filing with, any  governmental  authority or regulatory  body is required for
the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement or
the Notes  except for the filing of the  Securities  Certificate  with,  and the
final  approval  of, and the Order of  Registration  issued by, the PPUC,  which
filing has been duly made and which  final  approval  and Order of  Registration
have been duly obtained;  such Order of Registration is in full force and effect
and is final; and on and after the date of the initial Borrowing hereunder,  the
action of the PPUC  registering  the Securities  Certificate  shall no longer be
subject to appeal.

          (d) This Agreement is, and the Notes when delivered hereunder will be,
legal,  valid and binding  obligations of the Borrower  enforceable  against the
Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability
thereof  may be limited  by  equitable  principles  or  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,   moratorium  or  similar  laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally.

          (e)  The   consolidated   balance   sheet  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  as at December 31, 1996, and the related  statements of income and
retained earnings and of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the
fiscal  year then  ended,  certified  by  Coopers & Lybrand,  and the  unaudited
consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as at June 30,
1997 and the related  unaudited  statements of income for the  six-month  period
then ended,  copies of which have been furnished to each Lender,  fairly present
in all  material  respects  (subject,  in the case of such  balance  sheets  and
statements   of  income  for  the  period  ended  June  30,  1997,  to  year-end
adjustments)  the  consolidated  financial  condition  of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries as at such dates and the consolidated  results of the operations of
the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for the periods ended on such dates,  all in
accordance  with GAAP, and since  December 31, 1996,  there has been no Material
Adverse Change.

          (f) Except as disclosed in the Borrower's Annual, Quarterly or Current
Reports, each as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered
to the  Lenders  (including  reports  filed prior to the date of  execution  and
delivery of this  Agreement  and reports  delivered  to the Lenders  pursuant to
Section  5.01(b)),  there is no pending or threatened  action,  investigation or
proceeding  affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  before any court,
governmental  agency or arbitrator  that may reasonably be anticipated to have a
Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending or threatened action or proceeding
against the Borrower or its  Subsidiaries  that purports to affect the legality,
validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note.

          (g) No proceeds of any Advance  have been or will be used  directly or
indirectly in connection with the acquisition of in excess of 5% of any class of
equity securities that is registered  

                                       27

<PAGE>

pursuant to Section 12 of the  Exchange  Act or any  transaction  subject to the
requirements of Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

          (h) The Borrower is not engaged in the  business of  extending  credit
for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System),
and no  proceeds  of any  Advance  will be used to  purchase or carry any margin
stock or to extend  credit to others for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying
any margin  stock.  Not more than 25% of the value of the assets of the Borrower
and its Principal Subsidiaries is represented by margin stock.

          (i) The  Borrower  (i) is exempt  from the  provisions  of the  Public
Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935,  as amended,  other than Section  9(a)(2)
thereof,  pursuant to Section  3(a)(2)  thereof,  and (ii) is not an "investment
company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          (j) During the twelve  consecutive  month  period prior to the date of
the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and  prior to the date of any
Borrowing under this Agreement,  no steps have been taken to terminate any Plan,
and no  contribution  failure by the  Borrower  or any member of the  Controlled
Group has  occurred  with respect to any Plan.  No condition  exists or event or
transaction has occurred with respect to any Plan  (including any  Multiemployer
Plan) which might result in the  incurrence by the Borrower or any member of the
Controlled Group of any material liability, fine or penalty.

                                    ARTICLE V

                            COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

          SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants. So long as any Note or any amount
payable by the Borrower  hereunder  shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have
any Commitment hereunder (except with respect to subsection (a)(iv), which shall
be  applicable  only as of the date  hereof and at any time that any  Advance is
outstanding hereunder),  the Borrower will, and, in the case of Section 5.01(a),
will cause its  Principal  Subsidiaries  to,  unless the Majority  Lenders shall
otherwise consent in writing:

          (a)  Keep  Books;  Corporate  Existence;  Maintenance  of  Properties;
Compliance with Laws; Insurance; Taxes.

               (i) keep proper  books of record and account,  all in  accordance
          with generally accepted accounting principles;

               (ii) subject to Section 5.02(b),  preserve and keep in full force
          and effect its existence;

               (iii)  maintain and preserve all of its  properties  (except such
          properties  the failure of which to  maintain  or  preserve  would not
          have,  individually  or in the aggregate,  a Material  Adverse Effect)
          which  are used or  useful  in the  conduct  of its  business  in good
          working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

               (iv) comply in all material respects with the requirements of all
          applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders (including those of any
          governmental  authority  and including  with respect to  environmental
          matters)  to the extent the failure to so comply,  individually  or in
          the  aggregate,  would  have  either a  Material  Adverse  Effect or a
          material  adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to perform its
          obligations under this Agreement and the Notes;

                                       28
<PAGE>

               (v) maintain  insurance with responsible and reputable  insurance
          companies or associations, or self-insure, as the case may be, in each
          case in such amounts and covering such  contingencies,  casualties and
          risks  as  is  customarily  carried  by  or  self-insured  against  by
          companies engaged in similar  businesses and owning similar properties
          in the same  general  areas in which the  Borrower  and its  Principal
          Subsidiaries operate;

               (vi) at any  reasonable  time and from time to time,  pursuant to
          prior notice  delivered  to the  Borrower,  permit any Lender,  or any
          agents or  representatives  of any  thereof,  to examine  and, at such
          Lender's  expense,  make copies of, and abstracts from the records and
          books of account of, and visit the properties of, the Borrower and any
          of its Principal Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and
          accounts of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries with any of their
          respective officers;  provided, that any non-public information (which
          has been  identified as such by the Borrower)  obtained by any Lender,
          or any of their respective agents or representatives  pursuant to this
          subsection  (vi)  shall  be  treated  confidentially  by such  Person;
          provided,  further,  that such Person may disclose such information to
          any other party to this Agreement, its examiners,  affiliates, outside
          auditors,  counsel or other  professional  advisors in connection with
          the  Agreement or if otherwise  required to do so by law or regulatory
          process; and

               (vii) use the  proceeds of the  Advances  for  general  corporate
          purposes  (including,  without  limitation,  the  refinancing  of  its
          commercial  paper,  the  repayment of  outstanding  Advances,  and the
          making of acquisitions) but in no event for any purpose which would be
          contrary to clause (g) or clause (h) of Section 4.01.

          (b) Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Lenders:

               (i) as soon as possible,  and in any event within 5 Business Days
          after the  occurrence  of each Event of  Default or each event  which,
          with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both,  would constitute
          an Event of  Default,  continuing  on the  date of such  statement,  a
          statement  of an  authorized  officer of the  Borrower  setting  forth
          details of such  Event of  Default  or event and the action  which the
          Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

               (ii) as soon as  available  and in any event within 60 days after
          the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the
          Borrower, a copy of the Borrower's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed
          with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  with  respect to such
          quarter,  together with a certificate of an authorized  officer of the
          Borrower stating that no Event of Default, or event which, with notice
          or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute an Event of Default,  has
          occurred and is  continuing  or, if any Event of Default or such event
          has occurred and is  continuing,  a statement as to the nature thereof
          and the  action  which the  Borrower  proposes  to take  with  respect
          thereto;

               (iii) as soon as available and in any event within 105 days after
          the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower,  a copy of the Borrower's
          Annual  Report on Form 10-K filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission  with  respect  to  such  fiscal  year,   together  with  a
          certificate of an authorized  officer of the Borrower  stating that no
          Event of  Default,  or event  which,  with  notice of lapse of time or
          both,  would  constitute  an Event of  Default,  has  occurred  and is
          continuing  or, if any Event of Default or such event has occurred and
          is  continuing,  a statement  as to the nature  thereof and the action
          which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

                                       29

<PAGE>

               (iv)  concurrently  with the delivery of the annual and quarterly
          reports  referred  to in  Sections  5.01(b)(ii)  and  5.01(b)(iii),  a
          compliance  certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit
          F, duly completed and signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
          or an Assistant Treasurer of the Borrower;

               (v) except as otherwise  provided in  subsections  (ii) and (iii)
          above,  promptly  after the sending or filing  thereof,  copies of all
          reports that the Borrower  sends to any of its security  holders,  and
          copies of all  Reports on Form  10-K,  10-Q or 8-K,  and  registration
          statements  and   prospectuses   that  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its
          Subsidiaries files with the Securities and Exchange  Commission or any
          national  securities  exchange  (except  to the  extent  that any such
          registration statement or prospectus relates solely to the issuance of
          securities pursuant to employee or dividend  reinvestment plans of the
          Borrower or such Subsidiary);

               (vi) promptly upon becoming aware of the institution of any steps
          by the  Borrower or any other  Person to  terminate  any Plan,  or the
          failure to make a required contribution to any Plan if such failure is
          sufficient  to give rise to a lien under section  302(f) of ERISA,  or
          the taking of any action with  respect to a Plan which could result in
          the requirement  that the Borrower furnish a bond or other security to
          the PBGC or such Plan, or the  occurrence of any event with respect to
          any Plan,  which could result in the incurrence by the Borrower or any
          member of the  Controlled  Group of any  material  liability,  fine or
          penalty; and

               (vii)   such  other   information   respecting   the   condition,
          operations,  business or  prospects,  financial or  otherwise,  of the
          Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries  as  any  Lender,  through  the
          Administrative Agent, may from time to time reasonably request.

          SECTION 5.02.  Negative  Covenants.  So long as any Note or any amount
payable by the Borrower  hereunder  shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have
any Commitment  hereunder (except with respect to subsection (a), which shall be
applicable only as of the date hereof and at any time any Advance is outstanding
hereunder),  the Borrower will not,  without the written consent of the Majority
Lenders:

          (a) Limitation on Liens. Create,  incur, assume or suffer to exist, or
permit any of its Principal  Subsidiaries to create,  incur, assume or suffer to
exist,  any Lien on its  respective  property,  revenues or assets,  whether now
owned or hereafter acquired except (i) Liens upon or in any property acquired by
the Borrower or any of its  Principal  Subsidiaries  in the  ordinary  course of
business  to  secure  the  purchase  price of such  property  or to  secure  any
obligation  incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such
property,  (ii) Liens  existing on such property at the time of its  acquisition
(other than any such Lien created in contemplation  of such  acquisition  unless
permitted by the preceding  clause (i)),  (iii) Liens granted under the Mortgage
and "excepted  encumbrances"  as defined in the Mortgage,  (iv) Liens granted in
connection  with any financing  arrangement  for the purchase of nuclear fuel or
the financing of pollution control facilities, limited to the fuel or facilities
so  purchased  or  acquired,  (v) Liens  arising  in  connection  with  sales or
transfers of, or financing secured by, accounts receivable or related contracts,
(vi) Liens securing the Borrower's notes collateralized solely by mortgage bonds
of the Borrower  issued under the terms of the Mortgage,  (vii) Liens arising in
connection with sale and leaseback transactions,  but only to the extent (x) the
proceeds  received by the Borrower or such Principal  Subsidiary  from such sale
shall  immediately be applied to retire  mortgage  bonds of the Borrower  issued
under the terms of the Mortgage,  or (y) the aggregate  purchase price of assets
sold  pursuant to such sale and leaseback  transactions  where such proceeds are
not so  applied  shall not  exceed  $1,000,000,000,  (viii)  Liens  granted by a
Special Purpose  Subsidiary to secure  Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt of such
Special  Purpose  Subsidiary,  and (ix)  Liens,  other than those  described  in
clauses (i) through (viii) of this subsection  granted by the Borrower or any of
its Principal  Subsidiaries in 

                                       30

<PAGE>

the ordinary course of business  securing Debt of the Borrower and its Principal
Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed  $50,000,000 in the aggregate at any one
time outstanding.

          (b) Mergers and Consolidations;  Disposition of Assets.  Merge with or
into or consolidate with or into, or sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of
(whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially
all of its assets  (whether  now owned or  hereafter  acquired) to any Person or
permit any  Principal  Subsidiary  to do so, except that (i) the Borrower or any
Principal  Subsidiary  may merge with or into or  consolidate  with or  transfer
assets to any other  Principal  Subsidiary,  (ii) any Principal  Subsidiary  may
merge with or into or  consolidate  with or transfer  assets to the Borrower and
(iii) the Borrower may merge with or into or consolidate with or transfer assets
to any other  Person;  provided in each case,  immediately  thereafter in giving
effect  thereto,  no Event of Default or event  that  would,  with the giving of
notice or the passage of time or both  constitute an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing and (A) in the case of any such merger, consolidation
or transfer of assets to which the Borrower is a party,  either (x) the Borrower
shall be the surviving  corporation or (y) the surviving corporation shall be an
Eligible Successor and shall have assumed all of the obligations of the Borrower
under this Agreement and the Notes pursuant to a written  instrument in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (B) subject to clause (A)
above,  in the case of any such  merger  to which a  Principal  Subsidiary  is a
party, a Principal Subsidiary shall be the surviving corporation.

          (c) Financial  Covenant.  Permit  Consolidated  Adjusted Total Debt to
exceed 65% of Consolidated Adjusted Total Capitalization at any time.

          (d) Continuation of Businesses.

               (i) Generation  Business.  (A) Cease to own (through the Borrower
          or wholly-owned  Subsidiaries) the business of generating electricity,
          or (B) reduce the net installed electric  generating  capacity (summer
          rating) of the electricity  generation  business owned by the Borrower
          and its wholly-owned  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole to less than 7821
          Megawatts.

               (ii) Distribution,  Transmission and Gas Businesses. Cease to own
          (directly by the Borrower,  and not through Subsidiaries) the business
          of distributing electricity to end-users, the business of transmitting
          electricity,  or  the  businesses  of  transmitting  and  distributing
          natural gas, each substantially as conducted by the Borrower as of the
          date of this Agreement (and the Borrower  warrants that as of the date
          of this Agreement  substantially  all of such businesses  conducted by
          the Borrower on a consolidated basis, and the assets relating thereto,
          are  operated  and  owned by the  Borrower  directly  and not  through
          Subsidiaries).

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          SECTION  6.01.  Events  of  Default.  If any of the  following  events
("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

          (a) The Borrower  shall fail to pay any  principal of any Advance when
the same  becomes  due and  payable,  or  interest  thereon or any other  amount
payable  under this  Agreement or any of the Notes within  three  Business  Days
after the same becomes due and payable; or

                                       31

<PAGE>

          (b) Any  representation  or warranty made by the Borrower herein or by
the Borrower (or any of its  officers)  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement
shall prove to have been  incorrect or misleading  in any material  respect when
made; or

          (c) The  Borrower  shall  fail to  perform  or  observe  (i) any term,
covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.02, Section 5.01(a)(vii) or Section
5.01(b)(i),  or (ii) any other term,  covenant or  agreement  contained  in this
Agreement  on its part to be  performed or observed if the failure to perform or
observe such other term,  covenant or agreement  shall remain  unremedied for 30
days after written  notice  thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the
Administrative Agent (which notice shall be given by the Administrative Agent at
the written request of any Lender); or

          (d) The  Borrower or any  Principal  Subsidiary  shall fail to pay any
principal  of or  premium  or  interest  on any Debt  that is  outstanding  in a
principal  amount in excess of  $50,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt
evidenced by the Notes and Nonrecourse  Transition Bond Debt) of the Borrower or
such  Principal  Subsidiary  (as the case may be) when the same  becomes due and
payable  (whether by  scheduled  maturity,  required  prepayment,  acceleration,
demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace
period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument  relating to such Debt;
or any other event shall occur or condition  shall exist under any  agreement or
instrument  relating to any such Debt and shall  continue  after the  applicable
grace period, if any,  specified in such agreement or instrument,  if the effect
of such event or condition is to accelerate,  or to permit the  acceleration of,
the  maturity  of such Debt;  or any such Debt shall be  declared  to be due and
payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required
prepayment),  prior to the stated maturity thereof,  other than any acceleration
of any Debt  secured by  equipment  leases or fuel  leases of the  Borrower or a
Principal  Subsidiary  as a result of the  occurrence  of any event  requiring a
prepayment  (whether or not characterized as such) thereunder,  which prepayment
will not result in a Material Adverse Change; or

          (e) The  Borrower or any  Principal  Subsidiary  (other than a Special
Purpose  Subsidiary) shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due,
or shall admit in writing its  inability  to pay its debts  generally,  or shall
make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;  or any proceeding shall
be instituted by or against the Borrower or any Principal Subsidiary (other than
a Special Purpose  Subsidiary) seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent,
or seeking liquidation,  winding up,  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment,
protection,  relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
bankruptcy,  insolvency or reorganization  or relief of debtors,  or seeking the
entry  of an  order  for  relief  or the  appointment  of a  receiver,  trustee,
custodian or other similar  official for it or for any  substantial  part of its
property and, in the case of any such proceeding  instituted against it (but not
instituted by it), either such proceeding  shall remain  undismissed or unstayed
for a  period  of 60  days,  or any of the  actions  sought  in such  proceeding
(including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the
appointment of a receiver,  trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it
or for any  substantial  part of its property,)  shall occur; or the Borrower or
any Principal  Subsidiary  (other than a Special Purpose  Subsidiary) shall take
any corporate  action to authorize or to consent to any of the actions set forth
above in this subsection (e); or

          (f) One or more  judgments  or orders  for the  payment of money in an
aggregate amount exceeding  $50,000,000  (excluding any such judgments or orders
which are fully covered by insurance,  subject to any customary deductible,  and
under which the applicable insurance carrier has acknowledged such full coverage
in writing) shall be rendered  against the Borrower or any Principal  Subsidiary
and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor
upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30  consecutive
days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order,  by reason of
a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

          (g) (i) any Reportable  Event that the Majority  Lenders  determine in
good faith might  constitute  grounds for the termination of any Plan or for the
appointment  by the  appropriate  United 

                                       32

<PAGE>

States  District Court of a trustee to administer a Plan shall have occurred and
be continuing 30 days after written  notice to such effect shall have been given
to  the  Borrower  by the  Administrative  Agent  or  (ii)  any  Plan  shall  be
terminated,  or (iii) a Trustee  shall be  appointed  by an  appropriate  United
States  District Court to administer  any Plan or (iv) the PBGC shall  institute
proceedings  to  terminate  any Plan or to appoint a trustee to  administer  any
Plan;  provided,  however that on the date of any event described in clauses (i)
through (iv) above the Unfunded Liabilities of such Plan exceed $20,000,000; or

          (h) any "Event of  Default"  shall occur  under the  Revolving  Credit
Agreement;

then, and in any such event, the Administrative  Agent (i) shall at the request,
or may with the consent,  of the Majority  Lenders,  by notice to the  Borrower,
declare the respective  Commitments  of the Lenders to be terminated,  whereupon
the same shall forthwith  terminate,  and (ii) shall at the request, or may with
the consent,  of the Majority  Lenders,  by notice to the Borrower,  declare the
principal amount outstanding under the Notes, all interest thereon and all other
amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable,  whereupon
the principal amount outstanding under the Notes, all such interest and all such
amounts  shall become and be forthwith  due and  payable,  without  presentment,
demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived by the  Borrower;  provided,  however,  that in the event of an actual or
deemed  entry of an  order  for  relief  with  respect  to the  Borrower  or any
Principal  Subsidiary  under the Federal  Bankruptcy Code, (A) the obligation of
each Lender to make  Advances  shall  automatically  be  terminated  and (B) the
principal  amount  outstanding  under the Notes,  all such interest and all such
amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable,  without presentment,
demand,  protest  or any notice of any kind,  all of which are hereby  expressly
waived by the Borrower.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   THE AGENTS

          SECTION 7.01.  Authorization  and Action.  Each Lender hereby appoints
and authorizes the  Administrative  Agent to take such action as  administrative
agent on its behalf and to exercise  such  powers  under this  Agreement  as are
delegated to the  Administrative  Agent by the terms hereof,  together with such
powers as are reasonably  incidental  thereto.  Each Lender hereby  appoints and
authorizes  the  Documentation  Agent to prepare this Agreement and the Contract
Notes on behalf of the  Lenders,  provided,  that it is  hereby  understood  and
agreed  that the  Documentation  Agent  shall not have any  responsibilities  or
obligations hereunder subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement
by and among the  Borrower,  the Banks,  and the  Agents.  As to any matters not
expressly  provided  for  by  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,
enforcement or collection of the Notes), the  Administrative  Agent shall not be
required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to
act or to refrain  from  acting  (and shall be fully  protected  in so acting or
refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders,  and such
instructions  shall be  binding  upon all  Lenders  and all  holders  of  Notes;
provided,  however,  that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take
any action which exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or which
is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. The Administrative Agent agrees
to give to each Lender  prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

          SECTION 7.02. Agents' Reliance,  Etc. Neither the Administrative Agent
nor the  Documentation  Agent nor any of their respective  directors,  officers,
agents or employees  shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken
by it or them  under or in  connection  with this  Agreement,  except for its or
their respective own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limitation
of the generality of the foregoing:  (i) the Administrative  Agent may treat the
payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Administrative  Agent receives
and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by the Lender which is the
payee of such Note,  as assignor,  and an Eligible  Assignee,  as  assignee,  as
provided in Section 8.07; (ii) the  Administrative  Agent and the  Documentation
Agent each may consult 

                                       33

<PAGE>

with legal counsel  (including  counsel for the  Borrower),  independent  public
accountants  and other  experts  selected  by it and shall not be liable for any
action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with the
advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) neither the Administrative
Agent nor the  Documentation  Agent makes any warranty or  representation to any
Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties
or representations  (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this
Agreement;  (iv) neither the  Administrative  Agent nor the Documentation  Agent
shall  have  any  duty to  ascertain  or to  inquire  as to the  performance  or
observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on the
part of the  Borrower  or to  inspect  the  property  (including  the  books and
records)  of  the  Borrower;  (v)  neither  the  Administrative  Agent  nor  the
Documentation  Agent shall be  responsible  to any Lender for the due execution,
legality, validity,  enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency or value of this
Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant  hereto;  and
(vi) neither the  Administrative  Agent nor the Documentation  Agent shall incur
any liability  under or in respect of this  Agreement by acting upon any notice,
consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier,
telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the
proper party or parties.

          SECTION 7.03. Agents and Affiliates.  With respect to their respective
Commitments,  their  respective  Advances and their  respective  Notes,  each of
Mellon  and First  Chicago  shall have the same  rights  and  powers  under this
Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an
Agent;  and the term "Lender" or "Lenders"  shall,  unless  otherwise  expressly
indicated,  include  Mellon  and First  Chicago in their  respective  individual
capacities.  Mellon,  First Chicago and their  respective  affiliates may accept
deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under  indentures of, and generally
engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower,  any of its  subsidiaries and
any Person who may do business  with or own  securities  of the  Borrower or any
such subsidiary,  all as if First Chicago was not the  Administrative  Agent and
Mellon was not the Documentation Agent, as the case may be, and without any duty
to account therefor to the Lenders.

          SECTION 7.04. Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it
has,  independently  and without  reliance upon the  Administrative  Agent,  the
Documentation  Agent or any other Lender and based on the  financial  statements
referred to in Section  4.01(e) and such other  documents and  information as it
has deemed appropriate,  made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges  that it will,  independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or the Documentation Agent or any
other  Lender  and based on such  documents  and  information  as it shall  deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under this Agreement.

          SECTION  7.05.  Indemnification.  The Lenders  agree to indemnify  the
Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agents (to the
extent not  reimbursed by the  Borrower),  ratably  according to the  respective
principal  amounts of the Contract Notes then held by each of the Lenders (or if
no  Contract  Notes  are at  the  time  outstanding,  ratably  according  to the
respective  amounts  of  their  Commitments),  from  and  against  any  and  all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs,  expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature  whatsoever which may be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted  against any such Agent in any way relating
to or arising out of this  Agreement  or any action taken or omitted by any such
Agent  under this  Agreement,  provided  that no Lender  shall be liable for any
portion of such liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments,  suits, costs, expenses or disbursements  resulting from such Agent's
gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  Without  limitation of the foregoing,
each Lender  agrees to reimburse  each such Agent  promptly  upon demand for its
ratable share of any out-of-pocket  expenses (including reasonable counsel fees)
incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation,  execution, delivery,
administration,   modification,   amendment  or  enforcement   (whether  through
negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of
rights or  responsibilities  under,  this  Agreement,  to the  extent  that such
expenses  are  reimbursable  by the  Borrower  but for which  such  Agent is not
reimbursed by the Borrower.

                                       34
<PAGE>

          SECTION 7.06. Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent
may resign at any time by giving  written  notice thereof to the Lenders and the
Borrower  and may be removed at any time with or without  cause by the  Majority
Lenders.  Upon any such resignation or removal,  the Majority Lenders shall have
the  right  to  appoint  a  successor  Administrative  Agent.  If  no  successor
Administrative  Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders,  and
shall  have  accepted  such  appointment,  within  30 days  after  the  retiring
Administrative  Agent's giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders'
removal of the retiring  Administrative Agent, then the retiring  Administrative
Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders,  appoint a successor  Administrative Agent,
which  shall  be a  commercial  bank  described  in  clause  (i) or  (ii) of the
definition of "Eligible  Assignee" and having a combined  capital and surplus of
at least $150,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative
Agent   hereunder  by  a  successor   Administrative   Agent,   such   successor
Administrative  Agent shall thereupon  succeed to and become vested with all the
rights, powers,  privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and
the  retiring  Administrative  Agent  shall be  discharged  from its  duties and
obligations  under this  Agreement.  After any retiring  Administrative  Agent's
resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this
Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions  taken or omitted to be
taken  by  it  while  it  was   Administrative   Agent  under  this   Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if no Event of Default,  and no event that with
the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both,  would constitute an Event
of  Default,   shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing,   then  no  successor
Administrative  Agent shall be  appointed  under this  Section  7.06 without the
prior written  consent of the Borrower,  which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.

          SECTION  7.07.  Syndication  Agents,   Co-Agents,  Lead  Managers  and
Arrangers.  The titles  "Syndication  Agent,"  "Co-Agent,"  "Lead  Manager"  and
"Arranger" are purely honorific,  and the Syndication  Agents,  Co-Agents,  Lead
Managers  and  Arrangers  shall  have  no  duties  or  responsibilities  in such
capacities.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 8.01. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision
of this  Agreement or the Contract  Notes,  nor consent to any  departure by the
Borrower therefrom,  shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in
writing  and signed by the  Majority  Lenders,  and then such  waiver or consent
shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the specific  purpose
for which given; provided,  however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by all the  Lenders  (other than any Lender that is
the Borrower or an  Affiliate of the  Borrower),  do any of the  following:  (a)
waive any of the conditions  specified in Section 3.01 or 3.02, (b) increase the
Commitments of the Lenders or subject the Lenders to any additional obligations,
(c) reduce the principal  of, or interest on, the Contract  Notes or any fees or
other amounts payable hereunder,  (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of
principal  of, or interest on, the Contract  Notes or any fees or other  amounts
payable  hereunder,  (e)  change the  percentage  of the  Commitments  or of the
aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of the  Contract  Notes,  or the  number of
Lenders,  that  shall be  required  for the  Lenders  or any of them to take any
action hereunder,  or (f) amend this Section 8.01;  provided,  further,  that in
connection with any Auction Borrowing, any waiver of the conditions specified in
clause  (iii) of  Section  3.03  relating  to the  representation  set  forth in
paragraph  (A) of Section  3.03 shall be  effective  if in writing and signed by
each Lender that is to make an Auction  Advance in connection  with such Auction
Borrowing;  and provided,  further, that no amendment,  waiver or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by the  Administrative  Agent or the  Documentation
Agent (as the case may be), in addition  to the Lenders  required  above to take
such  action,  affect  the rights or duties of the  Administrative  Agent or the
Documentation Agent (as the case may be) under this Agreement or any Note.

          SECTION  8.02.  Notices,  Etc.  All notices  and other  communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including  telecopier,  telegraphic,
telex or cable  communication)  and 

                                       35

<PAGE>

mailed,  telecopied,  telegraphed,  telexed,  cabled  or  delivered,  if to  the
Borrower,  at its  address at 2301  Market  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania
19101, Attention:  Vice President-Finance and Treasurer,  S21-1, Telecopy: (215)
841-5743;  if to any Bank, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its
name on  Schedule I hereto;  if to any other  Lender,  at its  Domestic  Lending
Office  specified  in  the  Assignment  and  Acceptance  or  Additional   Lender
Supplement  pursuant to which it became a Lender;  and if to the  Administrative
Agent,  at its address at One First National  Plaza,  Mail Suite 0634,  1FPN-10,
Chicago,  Illinois 60670,  Attention:  Ms.  Gwendolyn  Watson,  Telecopy:  (312)
732-4840 or, as to each party,  at such other  address as shall be designated by
such  party in a written  notice  to the other  parties.  All such  notices  and
communications shall, when mailed, telecopied,  telegraphed,  telexed or cabled,
be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, delivered to the telegraph
company,  confirmed  by telex  answerback  or  delivered  to the cable  company,
respectively, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent
pursuant  to  Article II or VII shall not be  effective  until  received  by the
Administrative Agent.

          SECTION  8.03.  No  Waiver;  Remedies.  No  failure on the part of any
Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising,  any
right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall
any single or partial  exercise of any such right  preclude any other or further
exercise  thereof  or the  exercise  of any other  right.  The  remedies  herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

          SECTION 8.04.  Costs and Expenses;  Indemnification.  (a) The Borrower
agrees to pay on demand all costs and  expenses  incurred by the  Administrative
Agent,  the  Documentation  Agent,  the Syndication  Agents and the Arrangers in
connection   with  the   preparation,   execution,   delivery,   administration,
syndication,  modification  and amendment of this  Agreement,  the Notes and the
other documents to be delivered hereunder,  including,  without limitation,  the
reasonable  fees,  internal  charges  and  out-of-pocket   expenses  of  counsel
(including,  without limitation,  in-house counsel) for such Agents with respect
thereto  and with  respect to advising  the such  Agents as to their  respective
rights and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Borrower further agrees to
pay on demand all costs and expenses,  if any  (including,  without  limitation,
counsel fees and expenses of outside counsel and of internal counsel),  incurred
by  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Documentation  Agent  and  any  Lender  in
connection with the collection and enforcement  (whether  through  negotiations,
legal  proceedings  or  otherwise)  of this  Agreement,  the Notes and the other
documents to be delivered hereunder,  including, without limitation,  reasonable
counsel fees and expenses in  connection  with the  enforcement  of rights under
this Section 8.04(a).

          (b) If any payment of principal of, or Conversion  of, any Adjusted CD
Rate  Advance or  Eurodollar  Rate Advance is made other than on the last day of
the  Interest  Period  for such  Contract  Advance,  as a result of a payment or
Conversion  pursuant to Section 2.10 or 2.13 or  acceleration of the maturity of
the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason,  the Borrower shall,
upon  demand by any  Lender  (with a copy of such  demand to the  Administrative
Agent),  pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the  account  of such  Lender any
amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional  losses,  costs or
expenses  which  it  may  reasonably  incur  as a  result  of  such  payment  or
Conversion, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by
reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by
any Lender to fund or maintain such Contract Advance.

          (c) The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and hold each Lender, each
Agent and each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors and employees
(each,  an "Indemnified  Person")  harmless from and against any and all claims,
damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorney's
fees and expenses, whether or not such Indemnified Person is named as a party to
any  proceeding or is otherwise  subjected to judicial or legal process  arising
from any such  proceeding)  that any of them may pay or incur  arising out of or
relating to this Agreement, the Notes or the transactions  contemplated thereby,
or the use by the  Borrower or any of its  subsidiaries  of the  proceeds of any
Advance,  provided that the Borrower shall not be liable for any portion of such
claims,  damages,  

                                       36

<PAGE>

losses, liabilities,  costs or expenses resulting from such Indemnified Person's
gross negligence or willful  misconduct.  The Borrower's  obligations under this
Section  8.04(c) shall survive the repayment of all amounts owing to the Lenders
and  the  Administrative  Agent  under  this  Agreement  and the  Notes  and the
termination of the Commitments. If and to the extent that the obligations of the
Borrower  under this  Section  8.04(c) are  unenforceable  for any  reason,  the
Borrower agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction
thereof which is permissible under applicable law.

          SECTION 8.05. Right of Set-off. Upon (i) the occurrence and during the
continuance  of any Event of Default  and (ii) the making of the  request or the
granting  of  the  consent   specified  by  Section   6.01  to   authorize   the
Administrative  Agent to  declare  the Notes  due and  payable  pursuant  to the
provisions  of Section  6.01,  each Lender is hereby  authorized at any time and
from time to time, to the fullest extent  permitted by law, to set off and apply
any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,  provisional or final)
at any time held and other  indebtedness  at any time owing by such Lender to or
for  the  credit  or the  account  of the  Borrower  against  any and all of the
obligations  of the Borrower now or hereafter  existing under this Agreement and
any Note held by such  Lender,  whether or not such  Lender  shall have made any
demand under this  Agreement or such Note and although such  obligations  may be
unmatured.  Each Lender  agrees  promptly to notify the Borrower  after any such
set-off and application  made by such Lender,  provided that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and  application.  The
rights of each Lender  under this  Section  8.05 are in addition to other rights
and remedies (including,  without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such
Lender may have.

          SECTION 8.06.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become  effective
when it shall have been  executed  by the  Borrower  and the Agents and when the
Administrative  Agent  shall have been  notified by each Bank that such Bank has
executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower,  the  Agents  and each  Lender  and their  respective  successors  and
assigns,  except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights
hereunder  or any  interest  herein  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Lenders.

          SECTION 8.07.  Assignments  and  Participations.  (a) Each Lender may,
with the prior  written  consent of the  Borrower and the  Administrative  Agent
(neither of which consents shall be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed),  and if
demanded by the Borrower  pursuant to subsection  (h) hereof shall to the extent
required by such  subsection  (h), assign to one or more banks or other entities
all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  all or a portion of its Commitment,  the Contract Advances
owing to it and the Contract Note or Notes held by it); provided,  however, that
(i) each such assignment shall be of a constant,  and not a varying,  percentage
of all of the assigning  Lender's  rights and  obligations  under this Agreement
(other  than any  Auction  Advances  or Auction  Notes),  (ii) the amount of the
Commitment  of the  assigning  Lender  being  assigned  pursuant  to  each  such
assignment  (determined as of the date of the  Assignment  and  Acceptance  with
respect to such  assignment)  shall in no event be less than  $5,000,000  or, if
less,  the entire amount of such Lender's  Commitment,  and shall be an integral
multiple of  $1,000,000  or such  Lender's  entire  Commitment,  (iii) each such
assignment shall be to an Eligible  Assignee,  and (iv) the parties to each such
assignment  shall  execute  and  deliver to the  Administrative  Agent,  for its
acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together
with any Contract Note or Notes subject to such  assignment and a processing and
recordation  fee of $3,500 (which shall be payable by one or more of the parties
to the  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  and not by the Borrower,  and shall not be
payable if the  assignee  is a Bank,  any  Affiliate  of any Bank or the Federal
Reserve Bank). Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and
after the effective date specified in each  Assignment and  Acceptance,  (x) the
assignee  thereunder  shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and
obligations  hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such  Assignment and
Acceptance,  have the rights and  obligations of a Lender  hereunder and (y) the
Lender  assignor  thereunder  shall,  to the extent that rights and  obligations
hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such  Assignment and  Acceptance,
relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations  under this Agreement
(and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance  covering all or the remaining
portion of an assigning  Lender's rights and  obligations  under this Agreement,
such  Lender  shall  cease  to  be a  party  hereto).  

                                       37

<PAGE>

Notwithstanding  anything contained in this Section 8.07(a) to the contrary, (A)
the consent of the Borrower and the  Administrative  Agent shall not be required
with respect to any  assignment  by any Lender to an Affiliate of such Lender or
to another Lender and (B) any Lender may at any time, without the consent of the
Borrower or the  Administrative  Agent,  and without any  requirement to have an
Assignment and Acceptance  executed,  assign all or any part of its rights under
this  Agreement  and its Notes to a Federal  Reserve  Bank,  provided  that such
assignment  does not release the transferor  Lender from any of its  obligations
hereunder.

          (b) By executing  and  delivering an Assignment  and  Acceptance,  the
Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with
each other and the other parties  hereto as follows:  (i) other than as provided
in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation
or  warranty  and  assumes no  responsibility  with  respect to any  statements,
warranties or  representations  made in or in connection  with this Agreement or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency or
value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished  pursuant
hereto;  (ii) such  assigning  Lender  makes no  representation  or warranty and
assumes  no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  financial  condition  of the
Borrower  or  the  performance  or  observance  by  the  Borrower  of any of its
obligations  under this Agreement or any other instrument or document  furnished
pursuant  hereto;  (iii) such  assignee  confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement,  together with copies of the financial statements referred to in
Section  4.01(e)  and such  other  documents  and  information  as it has deemed
appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter into such
Assignment and Acceptance;  (iv) such assignee will,  independently  and without
reliance  upon  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Documentation  Agent,  such
assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information
as it shall  deem  appropriate  at the  time,  continue  to make its own  credit
decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee
confirms  that it is an  Eligible  Assignee;  (vi) such  assignee  appoints  and
authorizes the  Administrative  Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to  exercise  such  powers  under this  Agreement  as are  delegated  to the
Administrative  Agent by the terms  hereof,  together  with  such  powers as are
reasonably  incidental  thereto;  and (vii) such  assignee  agrees  that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms
of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

          (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to
in Section 8.02 a copy of each  Assignment and  Acceptance  and each  Additional
Lender  Supplement  delivered  to and  accepted  by it and a  register  for  the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and
principal  amount of the  Contract  Advances  owing to, each Lender from time to
time (the  "Register").  The entries in the  Register  shall be  conclusive  and
binding  for  all  purposes,  absent  manifest  error,  and  the  Borrower,  the
Administrative  Agent  and the  Lenders  may treat  each  Person  whose  name is
recorded  in the  Register  as a  Lender  hereunder  for  all  purposes  of this
Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any
Lender  at any  reasonable  time and from  time to time  upon  reasonable  prior
notice.

          (d) Upon its receipt of an Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed by an
assigning Lender and an assignee  representing that it is an Eligible  Assignee,
together  with  any  Contract  Note or Notes  subject  to such  assignment,  the
Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed
and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment
and Acceptance,  (ii) record the information  contained  therein in the Register
and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.  Within five Business Days
after its  receipt of such  notice,  the  Borrower,  at its own  expense,  shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative  Agent in exchange for the surrendered
Contract  Note  or  Notes a new  Contract  Note to the  order  of such  Eligible
Assignee  in an amount  equal to the  Commitment  assumed by it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender has retained a Commitment
hereunder, a new Contract Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount
equal to the  Commitment  retained by it  hereunder.  Such new Contract  Note or
Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of such surrendered  Contract Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective
date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall  otherwise be in  substantially
the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

                                       38
<PAGE>

          (e) Each  Lender  may  assign to one or more  Eligible  Assignees  any
Auction Note or Notes held by it.

          (f) Each Lender may sell  participations to one or more banks or other
entities  (each,  a  "Participant")  in or to all or a portion of its rights and
obligations  under  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  all or a
portion of its  Commitment,  the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held
by it);  provided,  however,  that  (i) such  Lender's  obligations  under  this
Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  its  Commitment  to  the  Borrower
hereunder)  shall  remain  unchanged,  (ii)  such  Lender  shall  remain  solely
responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations,
(iii) such Lender  shall  remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of
this  Agreement,  (iv) the  Borrower,  the  Administrative  Agent  and the other
Lenders  shall  continue  to deal  solely  and  directly  with  such  Lender  in
connection with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and
(v) such Lender shall  retain the sole right to approve,  without the consent of
any Participant, any amendment,  modification or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement  or the  Note or  Notes  held by such  Lender,  other  than  any  such
amendment,  modification  or waiver with respect to any Advance or Commitment in
which such Participant has an interest that forgives principal, interest or fees
or reduces the interest rate or fees payable with respect to any such Advance or
Commitment,  postpones  any date fixed for any  regularly  scheduled  payment of
principal of, or interest or fees on, any such Advance or  Commitment,  releases
any  guarantor  of any such  Advance  or  releases  any  substantial  portion of
collateral, if any, securing any such Advance.

          (g) Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or participation
or proposed assignment or participation  pursuant to this Section 8.07, disclose
to the  assignee  or  participant  or  proposed  assignee  or  participant,  any
information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of
the  Borrower;  provided  that,  prior to any such  disclosure,  the assignee or
participant  or proposed  assignee or  participant  shall agree to preserve  the
confidentiality  of  any  confidential  information  relating  to  the  Borrower
received  by it from such  Lender  (subject to  customary  exceptions  regarding
regulatory requirements, compliance with legal process and other requirements of
law).

          (h) If (i) any Lender  shall make  demand for  payment  under  Section
2.12(a), 2.12(b) or 2.15, or (ii) shall deliver any notice to the Administrative
Agent   pursuant  to  Section  2.13  resulting  in  the  suspension  of  certain
obligations  of the Lenders with respect to  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances or (iii)
shall fail to consent to, or shall  revoke its consent to, the  extension of any
Termination  Date  pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iv) shall fail to consent to, or
shall revoke its consent to, any extension of the "Termination Date" (as defined
in the Revolving Credit Agreement) requested by the Borrower pursuant to Section
2.17  of the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  as  originally  constituted  (or any
successor provision of similar import),  then (in the case of clause (i)) within
60 days after such demand (if, but only if, such payment  demanded under Section
2.12(a),  2.12(b)  or 2.15 has been  made by the  Borrower),  or (in the case of
clause  (ii)) within 60 days after such notice (if such  suspension  is still in
effect),  or (in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv)) no later than 10 days prior
to the then  effective  Termination  Date,  as the case may be, the Borrower may
demand that such Lender  assign in  accordance  with this Section 8.07 to one or
more Eligible Assignees designated by the Borrower and reasonably  acceptable to
the Administrative Agent all (but not less than all) of such Lender's Commitment
and the Advances owing to it within the next  succeeding 30 days (in the case of
clause (i) or clause (ii)), or within the next succeeding 5 days (in the case of
clauses  (iii)  and  (iv)) . If any such  Eligible  Assignee  designated  by the
Borrower shall fail to consummate  such  assignment on terms  acceptable to such
Lender,  or if the Borrower  shall fail to designate any such Eligible  Assignee
for all of such Lender's Commitment or Advances, then such Lender may (but shall
not be required to) assign such  Commitment  and Advances to any other  Eligible
Assignee in accordance with this Section 8.07 during such period.

          SECTION 8.08.  Governing  Law.  THIS  AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF THE  COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA.

                                       39

<PAGE>

          SECTION 8.09. Consent to Jurisdiction. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
SUBMITS TO THE  NON-EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA AND ANY UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT SITTING IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA  IN ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT  OR THE NOTES AND THE  BORROWER  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  AGREES  THAT ALL
CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  MAY BE HEARD AND  DETERMINED IN
ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE
AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING  BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT
OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN  INCONVENIENT  FORUM.  NOTHING  HEREIN  SHALL LIMIT THE
RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE
BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

          SECTION 8.10. Execution in Counterparts;  Integration.  This Agreement
may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original  and all of which  taken  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement and  understanding
among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements
and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

                [Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

                                       40
<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,  as of the
date first above written.

[SEAL]                        PECO ENERGY COMPANY

PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                              By /s/J. B. Mitchell
                              Name: J. B. Mitchell
                              Title: Vice President - Finance and Treasurer
/s/Todd D. Cutler             
Todd D. Cutler
Assistant Secretary

                              MELLON BANK, N.A.,
                              as Documentation Agent, Arranger and 
                              Syndication Agent

                              By /s/Mary Ellen Usher
                              Name:  Mary Ellen Usher
                              Title:  Vice President

                              THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                              as Administrative Agent

                              By /s/Kenneth J. Bauer
                              Name:  Kenneth J. Bauer
                              Title:  Authorized Agent

                              FIRST CHICAGO CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,
                              as Arranger and Syndication Agent

                              By /s/Kenneth J. Bauer
                              Name:  Kenneth J. Bauer
                              Title:  Vice President/Senior Banker

                              CITICORP SECURITIES, INC.,
                               as Syndication Agent

                               By /s/Anita J. Brickell
                               Name:  Anita J. Brickell
                               Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       41
<PAGE>


                                    THE BANKS

Commitment

$37,500,000

                                          THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, as
                                          Administrative Agent and as Bank

                                          By /s/Kenneth J. Bauer
                                          Name:  Kenneth J. Bauer
                                          Title:  Authorized Agent

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       42
<PAGE>


Commitment

$37,500,000

                                          CITIBANK, N.A., as Bank

                                          By /s/Anita J. Brickell
                                          Name:  Anita J. Brickell
                                          Title:  Attorney-in-Fact

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       43
<PAGE>


Commitment

$37,500,000

                                      MELLON BANK, N.A., as Documentation Agent,
                                      as Syndication Agent, as Arranger and as
                                      Bank

                                      By /s/Mary Ellen Usher
                                      Name:  Mary Ellen Usher
                                      Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       44
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                       THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Co-Agent and as
                                       Bank

                                       By /s/John N. Watt
                                       Name:  John N. Watt
                                       Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       45
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                       THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Co-Agent and
                                       as Bank

                                       By /s/Paul V. Farrell
                                       Name:  Paul V. Farrell
                                       Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       46
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                       CORESTATES BANK, N.A., as Co-Agent and as
                                       Bank

                                       By /s/Anthony D. Braxton
                                       Name:  Anthony D. Braxton
                                       Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       47
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                      FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as Co-Agent and
                                      as Bank

                                      By /s/Michael J. Kolosowsky
                                      Name:  Michael J. Kolosowsky
                                      Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       48
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                       THE TOKAI BANK, LIMITED, NEW YORK BRANCH,
                                       as Co-Agent and as Bank

                                       By /s/Kaoru Oda
                                       Name:  Kaoru Oda
                                       Title:  Assistant General Manager

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       49
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                           TORONTO DOMINION (NEW YORK), INC., as
                                           Co-Agent and as Bank

                                           By /s/Jorge A. Garcia
                                           Name:  Jorge A. Garcia
                                           Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       50
<PAGE>


Commitment

$25,000,000

                                              UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., as
                                              Co-Agent and as Bank

                                              By /s/Karyssa M. Britton
                                              Name:  Karyssa M. Britton
                                              Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       51
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                         THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED, as Lead Manager
                                         and as Bank

                                         By /s/Raymond Ventura
                                         Name:  Raymond Ventura
                                         Title:  Vice President & Manager

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       52
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                            THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN TRUST
                                            COMPANY, as Lead Manager and as Bank

                                            By /s/John V.Veltri
                                            Name:  John V. Veltri
                                            Title:  Deputy General Manager

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       53
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                      MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                                      as Lead Manager and as Bank

                                      By /s/Philip S. Detjens
                                      Name:  Philip S. Detjens
                                      Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       54
<PAGE>


Commitment

$17,500,000

                                        SUMMIT BANK, as Lead Manager and as Bank
                                        By /s/Bruce A.Gray

                                        Name:  Bruce A.Gray
                                        Title:  Vice President, Large Corporate
                                        Bank, Summit Bank

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       55
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                                BANK OF MONTREAL, as Bank
                                                By /s/John L. Smith

                                                Name:  John L. Smith
                                                Title:  Director

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       56
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                                BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as Bank
                                                By /s/Marcus M. Tarkington

                                                Name:  Marcus M. Tarkington
                                                Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       57
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                      DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Bank
                                      By /s/Gabrielle C. Upton

                                      Name:  Gabrielle C. Upton
                                      Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                      DEUTSCHE BANK AG, CAYMAN ISLAND BRANCH, as
                                      Bank

                                      By /s/Joel D. Makowsky
                                      Name:  Joel D. Makowsky
                                      Title:  Assistant Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       58
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                     THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, as Bank
                                     By /s/Hiroshi Kitada

                                     Name:  Hiroshi Kitada
                                     Title:  Deputy General Manager

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       59
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                     THE TOYO TRUST & BANKING CO., LTD., as Bank
                                     By /s/Takashi Mikumo

                                     Name:  Takashi Mikumo
                                     Title:  Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       60
<PAGE>


Commitment

$12,500,000

                                             UNION BANK OF SWITZERLAND, NEW YORK
                                             BRANCH, as Bank

                                             By /s/Paul R. Morrison
                                             Name:  Paul R. Morrison
                                             Title:  Director

                                             UNION BANK OF SWITZERLAND, NEW YORK
                                             BRANCH, as Bank

                                             By /s/Andrew N. Taylor
                                             Name:  Andrew N. Taylor
                                             Title:  Assistant Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.


                                       61
<PAGE>


Commitment

$10,000,000

                                            BANK HAPOALIM B.M., as Bank
                                            By /s/Carl Kopfinger

                                            Name:  Carl Kopfinger
                                            Title:  Vice President

                                            By /s/Jonathan Kulka
                                            Name:  Jonathan Kulka
                                            Title: First Vice President & Branch
                                            Manager

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       62
<PAGE>


Commitment

$7,500,000

                                      ABU DHABI INTERNATIONAL BANK INC., as Bank
                                      By /s/David J. Young

                                      Name:  David J. Young
                                      Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                      By /s/Nagy S. Kolta
                                      Name:  Nagy S. Kolta
                                      Title:  Senior Vice President

This is a signature page to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7,
1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

                                       63
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I

364-Day  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of  October 7,  1997,  among  PECO  Energy
Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks, certain Banks specified
therein, as Lead Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents, First
Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. , Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities, Inc.,
as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Arrangers, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                     Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                     Lending Office
<S>                                    <C>                                            <C>                           <C> 
    Union Bank of                      Energy Capital Services                            same                           same
    California, N.A.                   445 S. Figueroa Street

                                       20th Floor
                                       Los Angeles, CA  90071
                                       Attn:  Yolande C. Hollis
                                       Phone:   (213) 236-6199
                                       Fax:       (213) 236-4096

    Abu Dhabi International Bank Inc.  1020 19th Street, N.W.                             same                           same
                                       Suite 500

                                       Washington, DC  20036
                                       Attn:  Robert Ford
                                       Phone:   (202) 842-7903
                                       Fax:       (202) 842-7955

    CoreStates Bank, N.A.              1339 Chestnut Street                               same                           same
                                       FC 1-8-11-28
                                       Philadelphia, PA  19107
                                       Attn:  Mary Lockhart
                                       Phone:  (215) 786-4313
                                       Fax:      (215) 786-7721

    Deutsche Bank A.G., New York       31 West 52nd Street                                same                           same
    Branch and/or Cayman Islands       New York, NY  10019
    Branch                             Attn:  Jo Curcio

                                       Phone:  (212) 469-4103
                                       Fax:      (212) 469-4139

    First Union National Bank          One First Union Center                             same                           same
                                       301 South College Street

                                       Charlotte, NC  28288-0735
                                       Attn:  Dana Maloney
                                       Phone:  (704) 383-0296
                                       Fax:      (704) 383-6670

    The Chase Manhattan Bank           One Chase Manhattan Plaza                          same                           same
                                       New York, NY  10081
                                       Attn:  Lynette Lang
                                       Phone:  (212) 552-7692
                                       Fax:      (212) 552-5777
<PAGE>
                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                     Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                     Lending Office

    Mellon Bank, N.A.                  Three Mellon Bank Center Room 2303                 same                           same
                                       (Loan Administration)
                                       Pittsburgh, PA  15259-0003
                                       Attn:  Cathy Capp
                                       Phone:  (412) 234-1870
                                       Fax:      (412) 236-2027, 2028

    The Industrial Bank of Japan       1251 Avenue of the Americas                        same                           same
    Trust Company                      New York, NY  10020-1104

                                       Attn:  Atsushi Kawai
                                       Credit Administration
                                       Phone: (212) 282-4060
                                       Fax:     (212) 282-4480

    The Toronto-Dominion Bank          909 Fannin, Suite 1700                  TDSI (USA), Inc.                          same
                                       Houston, TX  77010                      31 West 52nd Street
                                       Attn:  Jorge A. Garcia                  21st Floor
                                       Manager-Credit Administration           New York, NY  10019-6101
                                       Phone: (713) 653-8242                   Attn:  Senior Dealer
                                       Fax:     (713) 951-9921                 Phone: (212) 468-0400
                                                                               Fax:     (212) 974-5283

    Bank Hapoalim B.M.                 Commercial Loan & Documentation                    same                           same
                                       1515 Market Street, Suite 200

                                       Philadelphia, PA  19102
                                       Attn:  Sheila D. Joe
                                       Phone:  (215) 665-2228
                                       Fax:      (215) 665-2217

    The Tokai Bank, Limited, New       55 East 52nd Street, 11th Floor                    same                           same
    York Branch                        New York, NY  10055

                                       Attn:  Eva Cordova
                                       Phone:  (212) 339-1145
                                       Fax:      (212) 754-2171

    Union Bank of Switzerland          New York Branch                                    same                           same
                                       299 Park Avenue

                                       New York, NY  10171
                                       Attn:  Mike Peterson
                                       Loan Servicing Group
                                       Phone:  (212) 821-3230
                                       Fax:      (212) 821-3259

    The Long-Term Credit Bank of       One Liberty Plaza                                  same                           same
    Japan                              New York, NY  10006

                                       Attn:  Robert Pacitici
                                       Phone:  (212) 335-4801
                                       Fax:      (212) 608-3452

                                       2
<PAGE>
                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                     Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                     Lending Office

    The Toyo Trust & Banking Co.,      666 Fifth Avenue, 33rd Floor                       same                           same
    Ltd.                               New York, NY  10103
                                       Attn:  Debra Wylie
                                       Phone:  (212) 307-3400, ext.287
                                       Fax:      (212) 977-5611

    The Fuji Bank, Limited             Two World Trade Center                             same                           same
                                       New York, NY  10048
                                       Attn:  Gemma Dizon
                                       Phone:  (212) 898-2069
                                       Fax:      (212) 488-8216

    Bank of Montreal                   115 South LaSalle Street                           same                           same
                                       Chicago, IL  60603
                                       Attn:  John Paseka

                                       Phone:  (312) 750-3771
                                       Fax:      (312) 750-4345

    Summit Bank                        750 Walnut Avenue, 3rd Floor                       same                           same
                                       Cranford, NJ  07016
                                       Attn:  Carolyn Swiss

                                       Phone:  (201) 229-5288
                                       Fax:      (201) 641-4462

    The Bank of New York               One Wall Street, 19th Floor                        same                           same
                                       Energy Industries Division

                                       New York, NY  10286
                                       Attn:  Theresa A. Foran
                                       Phone:  (212) 635-7921
                                       Fax:      (212) 635-7923

    First National Bank of Chicago     One First National Plaza                           same                           same
                                       Mail Suite 0634, 1FNP-10

                                       Chicago, IL 60670
                                       Attn:  Gwendolyn Watson
                                       Phone:  (312) 732-4509
                                       Fax:      (312) 732-4840

    Bankers Trust Company              130 Liberty Street                                 same                           same
                                       New York, NY  10006
                                       Attn:  Joe Regan

                                       Phone:  (212) 250-4169
                                       Fax:      (212) 250-7351

                                       3

<PAGE>

                                       Domestic                                        CD Lending                  Eurodollar
    Name of Bank                       Lending Office                                    Office                  Lending Office

    Morgan Guaranty and Trust          60 Wall Street                                     same            Nassau Bahamas Office
    Company of New York                New York, NY  10260-0060                                           c/o J.P. Morgan Services,
                                       Attn:  Sandra Doherty                                              Inc.
                                       Credit Administrator                                               Loan Operations, 3rd Floor
                                       Phone:  (302) 634-8122                                             500 Stanton Christiana Rd.
                                       Fax:      (302) 634-1092                                           Newark, DE  19713
                                                                                                          Attn:  Allison Hollis
                                                                                                          Loan Department
                                                                                                          Phone:  (302) 634-4671
                                                                                                          Fax:      (302) 634-1094

    Citibank, N.A.                     399 Park Avenue
                                       4th Floor, Zone 22
                                       New York, New York 10021
                                       Attn:  Kate Bohen
                                       Phone:  (302) 894-6120
                                       Fax:      (302) 894-6077
</TABLE>


                                       4

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A-1

                              FORM OF CONTRACT NOTE

$____________________                                     Dated: October 7, 1997


          FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   the  undersigned,   PECO  Energy  Company,   a
Pennsylvania  corporation (the "Borrower"),  HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order
of (the  "Lender") for the account of its  Applicable  Lending Office (such term
and other capitalized terms herein being used as defined in the Credit Agreement
referred to below) on the Termination  Date the principal sum of U.S.$[amount of
the Lender's  Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount
of the  Contract  Advances  made by the Lender to the  Borrower  pursuant to the
Credit Agreement outstanding on the Termination Date.

          The Borrower  promises to pay interest on the unpaid  principal amount
of each  Contract  Advance  from the date of such  Contract  Advance  until such
principal  amount is paid in full, at such interest  rates,  and payable at such
times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

          Both  principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of America  to The First  National  Bank of  Chicago,  as  Administrative
Agent, at One First National Plaza, Chicago,  Illinois 60670, in same day funds.
Each Contract Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower  pursuant to the Credit
Agreement,  and all  payments  made on account of  principal  thereof,  shall be
recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer  hereof,  endorsed on the grid
attached hereto which is part of this Promissory Note.

          This  Promissory Note is one of the Contract Notes referred to in, and
is  entitled  to the  benefits  of, the 364-Day  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
October 7,  1997,  among PECO  Energy  Company,  as  Borrower,  the banks  named
therein, as Banks,  certain Banks specified therein,  as Lead Managers,  certain
Banks specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc.,
Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents,  First
Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First
National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent,  and Mellon Bank, N.A., as
Documentation Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement").  The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for
the making of Contract  Advances by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time
in an aggregate  amount not to exceed at any time  outstanding  the U.S.  dollar
amount first above mentioned,  the  indebtedness of the Borrower  resulting from
each such Contract  Advance being  evidenced by this  Promissory  Note, and (ii)
contains  provisions for  acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening
of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof
prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand, protest and notice of
any kind.  No  failure  to  exercise,  and no delay in  exercising,  any  rights
hereunder  on the part of the holder  hereof  shall  operate as a waiver of such
rights.


<PAGE>


          THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

                                       2
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCES, MATURITIES, AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Amount of
                                        Maturity            Principal          Unpaid
                     Amount of          of                  Paid or            Principal          Notation
Date                 Advance            Advance             Prepaid            Balance            Made By
<S>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>               <C>              <C> 

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A-2

                              FORM OF AUCTION NOTE

$_________________________                              Dated: _________, 19___



          FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   the  undersigned,   PECO  Energy  Company,   a
Pennsylvania  corporation (the "Borrower"),  HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order
of (the "Lender") for the account of its  Applicable  Lending Office (as defined
in the Credit  Agreement  referred to below),  on , 19 , the principal amount of
Dollars ($ ).

          The Borrower  promises to pay interest on the unpaid  principal amount
hereof from the date hereof until such principal  amount is paid in full, at the
interest rate and payable on the interest payment date or dates provided below:

          Interest Rate: % per annum  (calculated on the basis of a year of days
          for the actual number of days elapsed).

          Interest Payment Date or Dates:

          Both  principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of  America  to or the  account  of the Lender at the office of The First
National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative  Agent, at One First National Plaza,
Chicago,  Illinois 60670,  in same day funds,  free and clear of and without any
deduction,  with respect to the payee named  above,  for any and all present and
future  taxes,  deductions,  charges or  withholdings  (other than United States
withholding taxes, if applicable), and all liabilities with respect thereto.

          This  Promissory  Note is one of the Auction Notes referred to in, and
is  entitled  to the  benefits  of, the 364-Day  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
October 7,  1997,  among PECO  Energy  Company,  as  Borrower,  the banks  named
therein, as Banks,  certain Banks specified therein,  as Lead Managers,  certain
Banks specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc.,
Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents,  First
Chicago Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First
National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent,  and Mellon Bank, N.A., as
Documentation Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit  Agreement").   The  Credit  Agreement,  among  other  things,  contains
provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain
stated events.

          The Borrower hereby waives presentment,  demand, protest and notice of
any kind.  No  failure  to  exercise,  and no delay in  exercising,  any  rights
hereunder  on the part of the holder  hereof  shall  operate as a waiver of such
rights.
<PAGE>

          THIS PROMISSORY NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B-1

                         NOTICE OF A CONTRACT BORROWING

The First  National  Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent for the Lenders
parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below

One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60670

                                                                       [Date]

         Attention:            Utilities Department
                               North American Finance Group

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          The  undersigned,  PECO Energy  Company,  refers to the 364-Day Credit
Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower,
the banks named therein,  as Banks,  certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead
Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital
Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities,  Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers,
The First National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent, and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Documentation Agent (as amended,  modified or supplemented from time to
time,  the  "Credit  Agreement"),  and  hereby  gives you  notice,  irrevocably,
pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Credit  Agreement  that the  undersigned  hereby
requests a Contract Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection
sets forth  below the  information  relating  to such  Contract  Borrowing  (the
"Proposed  Contract  Borrowing")  as required  by Section  2.02(a) of the Credit
Agreement:

               (i) The Business Day of the Proposed Contract Borrowing is , 19 .

               (ii) The Type of Contract  Advances to be made in connection with
          the Proposed  Contract  Borrowing is [Adjusted CD Rate Advances] [Base
          Rate Advances] [Eurodollar Rate Advances].

               (iii) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Contract  Borrowing is
          $_________________.

               (iv) The Interest  Period for each Contract  Advance made as part
          of the Proposed Contract Borrowing is [ days] [ month[s]].

          The  undersigned  hereby  certifies that the following  statements are
true on the date hereof,  and will be true on the date of the Proposed  Contract
Borrowing:

               (A) the representations and warranties  contained in Section 4.01
          are correct,  before and after giving effect to the Proposed  Contract
          Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom,  as though
          made on and as of such date; and

               (B) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
          such  Proposed  Contract  Borrowing  or from  the  application  of the
          proceeds therefrom, that


<PAGE>


          constitutes  an  Event of  Default  or  would  constitute  an Event of
          Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or
          both.

                               Very truly yours,

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B-2

                         NOTICE OF AN AUCTION BORROWING

The First National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent,  for the Lenders
parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below

One First National Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60670

                                                              [Date]

        Attention:            Utilities Department
                              North American Finance Group

  Ladies and Gentlemen:

          The  undersigned,  PECO Energy  Company,  refers to the 364-Day Credit
Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as Borrower,
the banks named therein,  as Banks,  certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead
Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital
Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities,  Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers,
The First National Bank of Chicago,  as  Administrative  Agent, and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Documentation Agent (as amended,  modified or supplemented from time to
time, the "Credit  Agreement"),  and hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section
2.03 of the Credit  Agreement that the  undersigned  hereby  requests an Auction
Borrowing  under the Credit  Agreement,  and in that  connection  sets forth the
terms on which such Auction  Borrowing  (the  "Proposed  Auction  Borrowing") is
requested to be made:

          (A)      Date of Auction Borrowing                ______
          (B)      Amount of Auction Borrowing              ______
          (C)      Maturity Date                            ______
          (D)      Interest Payment Date(s)                 ______
          (E)      _________                                ______
          (F)      _________                                ______

          The  undersigned  hereby  certifies that the following  statements are
true on the date hereof,  and will be true on the date of the  Proposed  Auction
Borrowing:

               (a) the representations and warranties  contained in Section 4.01
          are correct,  before and after giving  effect to the Proposed  Auction
          Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom,  as though
          made on and as of such date:

               (b) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
          the Proposed Auction Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds
          therefrom,  which  constitutes an Event of Default or would constitute
          an Event of Default  but for the  requirement  that notice be given or
          time elapse or both; and
<PAGE>

               (c) the aggregate  amount of the Proposed  Auction  Borrowing and
          all  other  Borrowings  to be made on the same day  under  the  Credit
          Agreement is within the aggregate amount of the unused  Commitments of
          the Lenders.

          The undersigned hereby confirms that the Proposed Auction Borrowing is
to be made available to it in accordance  with Section  2.03(a)(v) of the Credit
Agreement.

                               Very truly yours,

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                            ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                           Dated ______________, 19___

          Reference is made to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October
7, 1997,  among PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as
Banks,  certain  Banks  specified  therein,  as  Lead  Managers,  certain  Banks
specified  therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon
Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago
Capital Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National
Bank  of  Chicago,   as   Administrative   Agent,  and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as
Documentation Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement").  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with
the same meaning.

          ______________ (the "Assignor") and ________________  (the "Assignee")
agree as follows:

          1. The  Assignor  hereby  sells and assigns to the  Assignee,  and the
Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, that interest in and to
all of the Assignor's  rights and obligations  under the Credit  Agreement as of
the date hereof  (other than in respect of Auction  Advances and Auction  Notes)
which  represents  the  percentage  interest  specified  on  Schedule  1 of  all
outstanding  rights and obligations  under the Credit  Agreement  (other than in
aspect of Auction Advances and Auction Notes),  including,  without  limitation,
such interest in the Assignor's  Commitment,  the Contract Advances owing to the
Assignor, and the Contract Note[s] held by the Assignor.  After giving effect to
such  sale and  assignment,  the  Assignee's  Commitment  and the  amount of the
Contract  Advances  owing to the  Assignee  will be as set forth in Section 2 of
Schedule 1.

          2. The Assignor (i)  represents  and warrants that it is the legal and
beneficial  owner of the interest  being  assigned by it hereunder and that such
interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or
warranty  and  assumes  no  responsibility   with  respect  to  any  statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement
or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency
or value of the Credit Agreement or any other  instrument or document  furnished
pursuant  thereto;  (iii) makes no  representation  or  warranty  and assumes no
responsibility  with respect to the  financial  condition of the Borrower or the
performance  or observance by the Borrower of any of its  obligations  under the
Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto;
and (iv)  attaches  the  Contract  Note[s]  referred to in paragraph 1 above and
requests that the Administrative  Agent exchange such Contract Note[s] for a new
Contract  Note  payable to the order of the  Assignee in an amount  equal to the
Commitment assumed by the Assignee pursuant hereto or new Contract Notes payable
to the order of the Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by the
Assignee  pursuant  hereto and the Assignor in an amount equal to the Commitment
retained by the Assignor under the Credit  Agreement,  respectively as specified
on Schedule 1 hereto.

          3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit
Agreement,  together  with  copies of the  financial  statements  referred to in
Section 4.01 thereof and such other  documents and  information as it has deemed
appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter into this
Assignment and Acceptance;  (ii) agrees that it will,  independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Assignor or
any other Lender and based on such  documents and  information  as it shall deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking  action  under the Credit  Agreement;  (iii)  confirms  that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers under the Credit
Agreement as are  delegated to the 




<PAGE>

Administrative  Agent by the terms  thereof,  together  with such  powers as are
reasonably  incidental  thereto;  (v) agrees that it will perform in  accordance
with  their  terms  all of the  obligations  which by the  terms  of the  Credit
Agreement  are  required  to be  performed  by it as a Lender;  (vi) none of the
consideration used to make the purchase being made by the Assignee hereunder are
"plan  assets"  as defined  under  ERISA and the  rights  and  interests  of the
Assignee in and under the Credit Agreement will not be "plan assets" under ERISA
[and] (vii)  specifies as its CD Lending  Office,  Domestic  Lending Office (and
address for notices) and Eurodollar Lending Office the offices set forth beneath
its name on the signature pages hereof [and (viii) attaches the forms prescribed
by the  Internal  Revenue  Service of the United  States  certifying  that it is
exempt from United States  withholding  taxes with respect to all payments to be
made to the Assignee under the Credit Agreement and the Notes].1

          4.  Following the execution of this  Assignment  and Acceptance by the
Assignor and the Assignee,  it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for
acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent. The effective date of this
Assignment  and  Acceptance  shall  be the  date of  acceptance  thereof  by the
Administrative  Agent,  unless  otherwise  specified  on  Schedule 1 hereto (the
"Effective Date").

          5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative  Agent, as
of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement
and, to the extent provided in this  Assignment and Acceptance,  have the rights
and  obligations  of a Lender  thereunder  and (ii) the Assignor  shall,  to the
extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,  relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement.

          6. Upon such  acceptance  and recording by the  Administrative  Agent,
from and after the  Effective  Date,  the  Administrative  Agent  shall make all
payments  under the Credit  Agreement  and the Contract  Notes in respect of the
interest  assigned  hereby  (including,  without  limitation,  all  payments  of
principal,  interest and commitment fees with respect  thereto) to the Assignee.
The Assignor and Assignee  shall make all  appropriate  adjustments  in payments
under the Credit  Agreement  and the  Contract  Notes for  periods  prior to the
Effective Date directly between themselves.

          7. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

1 If the  Assignee is  organized  under the laws of a  jurisdiction  outside the
United States.
<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and
Acceptance  to  be  executed  by  their  respective   officers   thereunto  duly
authorized,  as of the date first above written,  such  execution  being made on
Schedule 1 hereto.

                               [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

                                By
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                               [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

                                By
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                CD Lending Office:
                                     [Address]

                                Domestic Lending
                                     Office (and  address
                                     for notices):
                                         [Address]

                           Eurodollar Lending Office:
                                         [Address]

Consented to this ________ day
of __________________, 19___

PECO ENERGY COMPANY

By
      Name:
      Title:

Consented to and Accepted this ____________ day
of __________________, 19___

[NAME OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT]

By
     Name:
     Title:

                                       3
<PAGE>




                                   Schedule 1

                                       to

                            Assignment and Acceptance

                            Dated ____________, 19___

Section 1.

     Percentage Interest:                                             ___%

Section 2.
     
     Assignee's Commitment:                                           $____

     Aggregate Outstanding Principal
      Amount of Contract Advances
      owing to the Assignee:                                          $____

     A Contract Note payable to the
      order of the Assignee

                                             Dated:_____, 19___

                                             Principal amount: $____

     A Contract Note payable to the
      order of the Assignor

                                             Dated:_____, 19___

                                             Principal amount: $____

Section 3.

     Effective Date(2):                      __________, 19___

__________________
(2)  This  date  should  be no  earlier  than  the  date  of  acceptance  by the
     Administrative Agent.
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D

                        FORM OF OPINION OF BALLARD SPAHR
                               ANDREWS & INGERSOLL

                                                        _____________, 19_______

To each of the Banks, the Administrative Agent,
the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agents,
the Arrangers, the Co-Agents and the Lead Managers
party to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as
Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks specified therein, as Lead Managers,
certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,
First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Mellon Bank,
N.A. and CitiCorp Securities, Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and
Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers, The First
National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent

                  Re:  PECO Energy Company

  Ladies and Gentlemen:

          This opinion is furnished  to you pursuant to Section  3.01(a)(vi)  of
the 364-Day  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997,  among PECO Energy
Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks, certain Banks specified
therein, as Lead Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents, First
Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities,  Inc.,
as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Arrangers, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Documentation  Agent  (as  amended,  modified  or
supplemented  from  time to time,  the  "Credit  Agreement").  Unless  otherwise
specified,  terms  defined in the Credit  Agreement  are used  herein as therein
defined.

          We have acted as special  counsel for the Borrower in connection  with
the  preparation,  execution  and  delivery  of the  Credit  Agreement.  In that
capacity we have examined the following:

               (i) The Credit Agreement,  the Contract Notes and the form of the
          Auction Notes to be delivered in connection with Auction Borrowings;

               (ii) The documents  furnished by the Borrower pursuant to Section
          3.01 of the Credit Agreement;

               (iii) The Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation of the
          Borrower and all amendments thereto (the "Charter");

               (iv) The by-laws of the Borrower and all amendments  thereto (the
          "By-laws"); and

               (v) A certificate  of the Secretary of State of the  Commonwealth
          of Pennsylvania,  dated , 19 , attesting to the continued  subsistence
          of the Borrower in Pennsylvania.
<PAGE>

          We have  also  examined  the  originals,  or copies  certified  to our
satisfaction,  of such other corporate records of the Borrower,  certificates of
public  officials and of officers of the Borrower,  and agreements,  instruments
and  documents,  as we  have  deemed  necessary  as a  basis  for  the  opinions
hereinafter  expressed.  We have assumed the legal  capacity and  competence  of
natural  persons,  the  genuineness of all signatures,  the  authenticity of all
documents  submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents
of documents  submitted to us as certified,  conformed or photostatic copies. We
have  assumed that the Agents and the Banks have duly  executed  and  delivered,
with all necessary  power and authority  (corporate and  otherwise),  the Credit
Agreement.  We have further assumed that the Auction Notes, when delivered under
the Credit Agreement, will be duly executed by the Borrower.

          When an  opinion or  confirmation  is given to our  knowledge  or with
reference  to  matters  of which we are  aware or which are known to us, or with
another similar qualification, the relevant knowledge or awareness is limited to
the actual  knowledge  or  awareness  of the lawyer who is the  current  primary
contact  for the  Borrower  and the  individual  lawyers  in this  firm who have
participated  in the  specific  transaction  to which this  opinion  relates and
without any special or additional  investigation  undertaken for the purposes of
this opinion,  except as otherwise  noted  herein.  Based upon the foregoing and
subject to the exceptions,  limitations and  qualifications set forth herein, we
are of the following opinion:

               1. The Borrower is a corporation  duly  incorporated  and validly
          subsisting under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

               2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the
          Credit  Agreement  and the Notes are within the  Borrower's  corporate
          powers,  have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action,
          do not  contravene  (i) the  Charter or the By-laws or (ii) any law of
          the United  States or the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  (including,
          without limitation, any order, rule or regulation of the PPUC or (iii)
          to the best of our knowledge, any agreement or instrument to which the
          Borrower  is a party or by which it is bound,  and do not result in or
          require the creation of any lien, security interest or other charge or
          encumbrance upon or with respect to any of its properties.

               3. No  authorization,  approval or other action by, and no notice
          to or filing with, any  governmental  authority or regulatory  body of
          the United States or the  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is required for
          the due  execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Borrower of the
          Credit  Agreement or the Notes except for the filing of the Securities
          Certificate  with,  and  the  final  approval  of,  and the  Order  of
          Registration  issued by, the PPUC, which filing has been duly made and
          which  final  approval  and  Order  of  Registration  have  been  duly
          obtained;  such Order of  Registration is in full force and effect and
          is  final;  and the  action  of the PPUC  registering  the  Securities
          Certificate is no longer subject to appeal.

               4. The Credit  Agreement  and the  Contract  Notes have been duly
          executed and delivered by the Borrower,  and the Credit  Agreement and
          the  Contract  Notes are,  and the Auction  Notes,  when  executed and
          delivered  hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligations
          of the Borrower  enforceable  against the Borrower in accordance  with
          their respective terms.

               5. The Borrower (i) is exempt from the  provisions  of the Public
          Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935, as amended,  other than Section
          9(a)(2) thereof,  pursuant to Section 3(a)(2) thereof, and (ii) is not
          an "investment  company" or a company  "controlled"  by an "investment
          company" within the meaning of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as
          amended.

                                       2

<PAGE>

               6. We confirm to you that to our knowledge, after inquiry of each
          lawyer who is the current  primary contact for the Borrower or who has
          devoted  substantive  attention  to matters on behalf of the  Borrower
          during the preceding twelve months and who is still currently employed
          by or a member of this firm,  except as  disclosed  in the  Borrower's
          Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December  31, 1996 and
          the  Borrower's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended
          June 30, 1997, no litigation or governmental  proceeding is pending or
          threatened  in writing  against the  Borrower  (i) with respect to the
          Credit  Agreement  or the  Notes,  or (ii)  which is  likely to have a
          material  adverse  effect  upon  the  financial  condition,  business,
          properties or prospects of the Borrower and its subsidiaries  taken as
          a whole.

          We  draw  to  your  attention  the  existence  of  the  following  two
Pennsylvania  statutes in  connection  with the fact that the Contract  Advances
bear floating rates of interest:

               (i) Section 911 of the  Pennsylvania  "Crime Code," 18 Pa. C.S.A.
          ss.911, enacted by the Act of December 6, 1972, P.L. 1482. Section 911
          of the  Crime  Code  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  certain  of the
          provisions   of  the   Federal   Racketeer   Influenced   and  Corrupt
          Organizations Act of 1970, 18 U.S.C.  ss.ss.1961-1968,  commonly known
          as RICO,  and is referred to  hereinafter  as the  "Pennsylvania  RICO
          Act." The Pennsylvania RICO Act provides,  among other things, that it
          is a  criminal  offense,  punishable  as a felony,  to "use or invest,
          directly or indirectly  ... in the  acquisition of any interest in, or
          the   establishment  or  operation  of,  any  enterprise"  any  income
          collected in full or partial satisfaction of a loan made "at a rate of
          interest exceeding 25% per annum... ."

               (ii) The Act of December  29,  1982,  P.L.  1671,  18 Pa.  C.S.A.
          ss.4806.1 et seq.  (superseded volume) (the "Criminal Usury Statute").
          The Criminal Usury Statute provides,  among other things, that it is a
          criminal  offense,  punishable as a felony,  to engage in,  "charging,
          taking or receiving  any money ... on the loan ... of any money ... at
          a rate exceeding thirty-six percent per annum... ."

          The Criminal Usury Statute may have been  repealed,  but the manner in
which the repeal was enacted leaves the matter subject to uncertainty.

          Both the  Pennsylvania  RICO Act and the Criminal Usury Statute appear
to be  intended  by the  legislature  to  apply  only to  racketeering  and loan
sharking type  activities,  and not to the type of commercial  loan  transaction
evidenced by the Loan Document.  Nevertheless,  in view of the plain language of
the  Pennsylvania  courts,  we cannot say that the ultimate  resolution  of this
issue is free from doubt.

          The  foregoing  opinions  are  subject  to the  following  exceptions,
limitations and qualifications:

               (a)  Our   opinion  is  subject  to  the  effect  of   applicable
          bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,   moratorium,   fraudulent
          conveyance,  fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting  creditors'
          rights and remedies generally, general principles of equity, including
          without  limitation,  concepts of  materiality,  reasonableness,  good
          faith and fair dealing  (regardless of whether such  enforceability is
          considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);  and  limitations  on
          enforceability  of  rights  to  indemnification  by  federal  or state
          securities laws or regulations or by public policy.

               (b) We express no opinion as to the  application or  requirements
          of the  Pennsylvania  Securities  Act or federal or state  securities,
          patent,  trademark,   copyright,  antitrust  and  unfair  competition,
          pension or employee benefit, labor, environmental 

                                       3
<PAGE>

          health  and  safety  or  tax  laws  in  respect  of  the  transactions
          contemplated by or referred to in the Credit Agreement.

               (c) We express no opinion as to the validity or enforceability of
          any  provision of the Credit  Agreement or the Notes which (i) permits
          the  Lenders  to  increase  the  rate  of  interest  in the  event  of
          delinquency  or  default  if such  increase  would be deemed a penalty
          under  applicable law; (ii) purports to be a waiver by Borrower of any
          right or benefit  except to the extent  permitted by  applicable  law;
          (iii)  purports  to  require  that  waivers  must be in writing to the
          extent that an oral  agreement or implied  agreement by trade practice
          or course of conduct  modifying  provisions of the Credit Agreement or
          the Notes has been made;  or (iv) purports to exculpate any party from
          its own negligent acts.

          We express no opinion as to the law of any jurisdiction other than the
law of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and the  federal  law of the  United
States.

          The foregoing  opinion is solely for your benefit in  connection  with
the  consummation  of the  transaction  described  herein and may not be used or
relied upon by you or any other Person without our express  written  consent for
any other purpose other than (i) any Eligible  Assignee that may become a Lender
under the  Credit  Agreement  after the date  hereof  and (ii) Reed Smith Shaw &
McClay  LLP,  which  may rely upon  this  opinion  in  rendering  their  opinion
furnished  pursuant to Article III of the Credit  Agreement.  The opinions given
herein  are as of the date  hereof,  and we  assume no  obligation  to update or
supplement  this opinion to reflect facts or  circumstances  which may hereafter
come to our attention or any changes in laws which may hereafter occur.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          BALLARD SPAHR
                                            ANDREWS & INGERSOLL

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E

                 FORM OF OPINION OF REED SMITH SHAW & McCLAY LLP

                                                          _______________, 19___

To each of the Banks, the Administrative Agent,
the Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agents,
the Arrangers, the Co-Agents and the Lead Managers
party to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy Company, as
Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks,
certain Banks specified therein, as Lead Managers,
certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents,
First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Mellon Bank,
N.A. and CitiCorp Securities, Inc., as Syndication
Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and
Mellon Bank, N.A., as Arrangers, The First
National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent

                  Re:  PECO Energy Company

  Ladies and Gentlemen:

          We have acted as counsel to Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  individually  and as
Documentation Agent, in connection with the preparation,  execution and delivery
of the 364-Day Credit Agreement,  dated as of October 7, 1997, among PECO Energy
Company, as Borrower, the banks named therein, as Banks, certain Banks specified
therein, as Lead Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as Co-Agents, First
Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp Securities,  Inc.,
as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital  Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,
N.A., as Arrangers, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent,
and  Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Documentation  Agent  (as  amended,  modified  or
supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement").  We are delivering this
opinion  pursuant  to  Section  3.01(a)(vii)  of the  Credit  Agreement.  Unless
otherwise defined herein,  terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein
as therein defined.

          In that  connection,  we have examined (i)  counterparts of the Credit
Agreement,  executed by the Borrower,  the Banks, the Administrative  Agent, the
Documentation  Agent, the Syndication  Agents, the Arrangers,  the Co-Agents and
the Lead Managers, (ii) the Contract Notes, executed by the Borrower,  (iii) the
form of the Auction  Notes to be delivered by the  Borrower in  connection  with
Auction  Borrowings  and (iv) the other  documents  listed on  Exhibit A hereto,
including  the  opinion of Ballard  Spahr  Andrews &  Ingersoll,  counsel to the
Borrower (the  "Opinion"),  furnished to the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant to
Section 3.01(a) of the Credit Agreement.

          In our examination of the documents referred to above, we have assumed
the  authenticity  of all  such  documents  submitted  to us as  originals,  the
genuineness of all signatures,  the due authority of the parties  executing such
documents and the conformity to the originals of all such documents submitted to
us as copies. We have also assumed that the Banks, the Administrative Agent, the
Documentation  Agent, the Syndication  Agents, the Arrangers,  the Co-Agents and
the Lead Managers have duly executed and delivered, with all necessary power and
authority  (corporate and  otherwise),  the Credit  Agreement.  As to matters of
fact, we have relied solely upon the documents we have examined.
<PAGE>

          Based upon the  foregoing,  we are of the opinion that,  while we have
not  independently  considered the matters  covered by the Opinion to the extent
necessary to enable us to express the conclusions  stated  therein,  each of the
Opinion  and the other  documents  listed in Exhibit A hereto are  substantially
responsive to the  corresponding  requirements  set forth in Section 3.01 of the
Credit Agreement pursuant to which the same have been delivered.

          Please note that Richard H. Glanton,  Esquire, a partner in this firm,
is a director of PECO Energy  Company.  We have  rendered and continue to render
legal services to PECO Energy Company.

          The foregoing opinion is solely for your benefit and may not be relied
upon by any other  Person  other than any Person that may become a lender  under
the Credit Agreement after the date hereof.

                                             Very truly yours,

KCK:TEW:ARN

                                       2
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT F

               FORM OF ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                                                    ______________________, 19__

          Pursuant to the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7, 1997,
among PECO Energy  Company,  as  Borrower,  the banks named  therein,  as Banks,
certain Banks  specified  therein,  as Lead  Managers,  certain Banks  specified
therein,  as Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A.
and CitiCorp  Securities,  Inc., as Syndication  Agents,  First Chicago  Capital
Markets,  Inc. and Mellon Bank,  N.A., as Arrangers,  The First National Bank of
Chicago, as Administrative  Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent
(as  amended,   modified  or  supplemented   from  time  to  time,  the  "Credit
Agreement"),  the  undersigned,  being  ______________________  of the Borrower,
hereby certifies on behalf of the Borrower as follows:

          1. Delivered herewith are the financial  statements  prepared pursuant
to Section 5.01(b)(ii) and Section 5.01(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, for the
fiscal ________ ended  ___________,  19__. All such financial  statements comply
with the applicable requirements of the Credit Agreement.

          2. Schedule I hereto sets forth in reasonable  detail the  information
and  calculations  necessary  to establish  compliance  with the  provisions  of
Section  5.02(c) of the  Credit  Agreement  as of the end of the  fiscal  period
referred to in paragraph 1 above.

          3. (Check one and only one:)

          No Event of  Default,  or event  which with notice or lapse of time or
both would  constitute  an Event of Default,  has occurred and is  continuing or
exists.

          An Event of  Default,  or event  which with notice or lapse of time or
both would  constitute  an Event of Default,  has occurred and is  continuing or
exists, and the document(s) attached hereto as Schedule II specify in detail the
nature and period of  existence  of such Event of Default or such other event as
well as any and all actions with respect  thereto  taken or  contemplated  to be
taken by the Borrower.

          4. The undersigned has personally  reviewed the Credit Agreement,  and
this certificate was based on an examination made by or under the supervision of
the undersigned sufficient to assure that this certificate is accurate.

          5.  Capitalized  terms  used in  this  certificate  and not  otherwise
defined shall have the meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

                               PECO ENERGY COMPANY

                               By _______________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

Date:


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT G

                      FORM OF ADDITIONAL LENDER SUPPLEMENT

     THIS SUPPLEMENT, dated as of ____________, 19_____, by the undersigned.

                                    Recitals:

          A. This  Supplement is being executed and delivered in accordance with
Section 2.18 of the 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 7, 1997, among
PECO Energy Company,  as Borrower,  the banks named therein,  as Banks,  certain
Banks specified therein,  as Lead Managers,  certain Banks specified therein, as
Co-Agents,  First Chicago Capital Markets,  Inc., Mellon Bank, N.A. and CitiCorp
Securities, Inc., as Syndication Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc. and
Mellon  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Arrangers,  The First  National  Bank of  Chicago,  as
Administrative Agent, and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent (as amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"). Capitalized
terms used herein without  definition have the meanings  specified in the Credit
Agreement.

          B. The  undersigned  wishes  to  become a Lender  party to the  Credit
Agreement, as an Additional Lender.

          NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, hereby
agrees as follows:

          1. The  undersigned  hereby  becomes party to the Credit  Agreement as
Lender  thereunder,  and shall be subject to and bound by all of the  provisions
thereof.

          2. The Commitment of the undersigned shall be $_____________.

          3. The  undersigned  (i)  confirms  that it has received a copy of the
Credit Agreement,  together with copies of the financial  statements referred to
in Section  4.01  thereof and such other  documents  and  information  as it has
deemed  appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis and decision to enter into
this Additional Lender Supplement;  (ii) agrees that it will,  independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative  Agent, the Documentation  Agent or any
other  Lender  and based on such  documents  and  information  as it shall  deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking  action  under the Credit  Agreement;  (iii)  confirms  that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers under the Credit
Agreement as are  delegated to the  Administrative  Agent by the terms  thereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably  incidental thereto; (v) agrees that
it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the  obligations  which by
the terms of the  Credit  Agreement  are  required  to be  performed  by it as a
Lender;  (vi) none of the consideration  used to make the purchase being made by
the  undersigned  hereunder  are "plan  assets" as defined  under  ERISA and the
rights and interests of the  undersigned in and under the Credit  Agreement will
not be "plan assets" under ERISA [and] (vii) specifies as its CD Lending Office,
Domestic Lending Office (and address for notices) and Eurodollar  Lending Office
the offices set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof [and (viii)
attaches  the forms  prescribed  by the Internal  Revenue  Service of the United
States  certifying that it 



<PAGE>

is exempt from United States  withholding  taxes with respect to all payments to
be made to the undersigned under the Credit Agreement and the Notes].(3)

          4. This  Supplement  shall be  effective  upon the date of  acceptance
thereof  by the  Administrative  Agent,  unless  otherwise  specified  under the
undersigned's name signature below.

          5. THIS  SUPPLEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Supplement to be
executed  and  delivered  by a duly  authorized  officer on the date first above
written.

                                           [NAME OF ADDITIONAL LENDER]

                                           By:
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                           CD Lending Office:  [Address]

                                           Domestic Lending Office (and
                                           address for notices):  [Address]

                                           Eurodollar Lending Office:  [Address]

                                           Effective Date(4):________, 19__

CONSENTED TO:

[NAME OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT]

By:
Name:
Title:

CONSENTED TO:

PECO ENERGY COMPANY

By:
Name:
Title:

________________
(3)  If the  undersigned is organized  under the laws of a jurisdiction  outside
     the United States.
(4)  This  date  should  be no  earlier  than  the  date  of  acceptance  by the
     Administrative Agent.

                                       3

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              OPERATING AGREEMENT

                                       OF

                          PJM INTERCONNECTION, L.L.C.

                               Dated June 2, 1997
                          (Revised December 31, 1997)


<PAGE>


OPERATING AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. DEFINITIONS ...........................................................     2
     1.1 Act .............................................................     2
     1.2 Affiliate .......................................................     2
     1.3 Agreement .......................................................     2
     1.4 Annual Meeting of the Members ...................................     2
     1.5 Board Member ....................................................     2
     1.6 Capacity Resource ...............................................     2
     1.7 Control Area ....................................................     3
     1.8 Electric Distributor ............................................     3
     1.9 Effective Date ..................................................     3
     1.10 Emergency ......................................................     3
     1.11 End-Use Customer ...............................................     3
     1.12 FERC ...........................................................     3
     1.13 Finance Committee ..............................................     4
     1.14 Generation Owner ...............................................     4
     1.15 Good Utility Practice ..........................................     4
     1.16 Interconnection ................................................     4
     1.17 LLC ............................................................     4
     1.18 Load Serving Entity ............................................     4
     1.19 Locational Marginal Price ......................................     4
     1.20 MAAC ...........................................................     4
     1.21 Market Buyer ...................................................     5
     1.22 Market Participant .............................................     5
     1.23 Market Seller ..................................................     5
     1.24 Member .........................................................     5
     1.25 Members Committee ..............................................     5
     1.26 NERC ...........................................................     5
     1.27 Office of the Interconnection ..................................     5
     1.28 Operating Reserve ..............................................     5
     1.29 Original PJM Agreement .........................................     5
     1.30 Other Supplier .................................................     6
     1.31 PJM Board ......................................................     6
     1.32 PJM Control Area ...............................................     6
     1.33 PJM Dispute Resolution Procedures ..............................     6
     1.34 PJM Interchange Energy Market ..................................     6
     1.35 PJM Manuals ....................................................     6
     1.36 PJM Tariff .....................................................     6
     1.37 Planning Period ................................................     6
     1.38 President ......................................................     6

                                       i

<PAGE>
     1.39 Related Parties ...............................................      7
     1.40 Reliability Assurance Agreement ...............................      7
     1.41 Sector Votes ..................................................      7
     1.42 State .........................................................      7
     1.43 System ........................................................      7
     1.44 Transmission Facilities .......................................      7
     1.45 Transmission Owner ............................................      7
     1.46 Transmission Owners Agreement .................................      8
     1.47 User Group ....................................................      8
     1.48 Voting Member .................................................      8
     1.49 Weighted Interest .............................................      8
2. FORMATION, NAME; PLACE OF BUSINESS ...................................      8
     2.1 Formation of LLC; Certificate of Formation .....................      8
     2.2 Name of LLC ....................................................      9
     2.3 Place of Business ..............................................      9
     2.4 Registered Office and Registered Agent .........................      9
3. PURPOSES AND POWERS OF LLC ...........................................      9
     3.1 Purposes .......................................................      9
     3.2 Powers .........................................................     10
4. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION .......................................     10
     4.1 Effective Date and Termination .................................     10
     4.2 Governing Law ..................................................     10
5. WORKING CAPITAL AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS ............................     11
     5.1 Funding of Working Capital and Capital Contributions ...........     11
     5.2 Contributions to Association ...................................     11
6. TAX STATUS AND DISTRIBUTIONS .........................................     11
     6.1 Tax Status .....................................................     11
     6.2 Return of Capital Contributions ................................     12
     6.3 Liquidating Distribution .......................................     12
7. PJM BOARD ............................................................     12
     7.1 Composition ....................................................     12
     7.2 Qualifications .................................................     13
     7.3 Term of Office .................................................     13
     7.4 Quorum .........................................................     13
     7.5 Operating and Capital Budgets ..................................     14
          7.5.1 Finance Committee .......................................     14
          7.5.2 Adoption of Budgets .....................................     14
     7.6 By-laws ........................................................     14
     7.7 Duties and Responsibilities of the PJM Board ...................     14
8. MEMBERS COMMITTEE ....................................................     16
     8.1 Sectors ........................................................     16
          8.1.1 Designation .............................................     16
          8.1.2 Related Parties .........................................     17
     8.2 Representatives ................................................     17

                                       ii


<PAGE>


          8.2.1 Appointment .............................................     17
          8.2.2 Regulatory Authorities ..................................     17
          8.2.3 Initial Representatives .................................     17
          8.2.4 Change of or Substitution for a Representative ..........     17
     8.3 Meetings .......................................................     18
          8.3.1 Regular and Special Meetings ............................     18
          8.3.2 Attendance ..............................................     18
          8.3.3 Quorum ..................................................     18
     8.4 Manner of Acting ...............................................     18
     8.5 Chair and Vice Chair of the Members Committee ..................     19
          8.5.1 Selection and Term ......................................     19
          8.5.2 Duties ..................................................     19
     8.6 Other Committees ...............................................     19
     8.7 User Groups ....................................................     20
     8.8 Powers of the Members Committee ................................     20
9. OFFICERS .............................................................     21
     9.1 Election and Term ..............................................     21
     9.2 President ......................................................     21
     9.3 Secretary ......................................................     21
     9.4 Treasurer ......................................................     22
     9.5 Renewal of Officers; Vacancies .................................     22
     9.6 Compensation ...................................................     22
10. OFFICE OF THE INTERCONNECTION .......................................     22
     10.1 Establishment .................................................     22
     10.2 Processes and Organization ....................................     23
     10.3 Confidential Information ......................................     23
     10.4 Duties and Responsibilities ...................................     25
11. MEMBERS .............................................................     25
     11.1 Management Rights .............................................     25
     11.2 Other Activities ..............................................     25
     11.3 Member Responsibilities .......................................     25
          11.3.1 General ................................................     25
          11.3.2 Facilities Planning and Operation ......................     26
          11.3.3 Electric Distributors ..................................     27
          11.3.4 Reports to the Office of the Interconnection ...........     28
     11.4 Regional Transmission Expansion Planning Protocol .............     28
     11.5 Member Right to Petition ......................................     28
     11.6 Membership Requirements .......................................     29
12. TRANSFERS OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST ....................................     30
13. INTERCHANGE .........................................................     30
     13.1 Interchange Arrangements with Non-Members .....................     30
     13.2 Energy Market .................................................     30
14. METERING ............................................................     30
     14.1 Installation, Maintenance and Reading of Meters ...............     30

                                       iii


<PAGE>

     14.2 Metering Procedures ...........................................     30
     14.3 Integrated Megawatt-Hours .....................................     31
     14.4 Meter Locations ...............................................     31
15. ENFORCEMENT OF OBLIGATIONS ..........................................     31
     15.1 Failure to Meet Obligations ...................................     31
          15.1.1 Termination of Market Buyer Rights .....................     31
          15.1.2 Termination of Market Seller Rights ....................     31
     15.1.3 Payment of Bills ............................................     32
     15.2 Enforcement of Obligations ....................................     33
     15.3 Obligations to a Member in Default ............................     33
     15.4 Obligations of a Member in Default ............................     33
     15.5 No Implied Waiver .............................................     33
16. LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY .............................................     34
     16.1 Members .......................................................     34
     16.2 LLC Indemnified Parties .......................................     35
     16.3 Worker' Compensation Claims ...................................     36
     16.4 Limitation of Liability .......................................     36
     16.5 Resolution of Disputes ........................................     36
     16.6 Gross Negligence or Willful Misconduct ........................     36
     16.7 Insurance .....................................................     37
17. MEMBER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS ....................     37
     17.1 Representations and Warranties ................................     37
          17.1.1 Organization and Existence .............................     37
          17.1.2 Power and Authority ....................................     37
          17.1.3 Authorization and Enforceability .......................     37
          17.1.4 No Government Consents .................................     37
          17.1.5 No Conflict or Breach ..................................     37
          17.1.6 No Proceedings .........................................     38
     17.2 Municipal Electric Systems ....................................     38
     17.3 Survival ......................................................     38
18. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ............................................     38
     18.1 Transmission Owners Rights ....................................     38
     18.2 Fiscal and Taxable Year .......................................     38
     18.3 Reports .......................................................     38
     18.4 Bank Accounts; Checks, Notes and Drafts .......................     39
     18.5 Books and Records .............................................     39
     18.6 Amendment .....................................................     40
     18.7 Interpretation ................................................     40
     18.8 Severability ..................................................     40
     18.9 Force Majeure .................................................     41
     18.10 Further Assurances ...........................................     41
     18.11 Seal .........................................................     41
     18.12 Counterparts .................................................     41
     18.13 Costs of Meetings ............................................     41
                                       iv


<PAGE>


     18.14 Notice .......................................................     42
     18.15 Headings .....................................................     42
     18.16 No Third-Party Beneficiaries .................................     42
     18.17 Confidentiality ..............................................     42
          18.17.1 Party Access ..........................................     42
          18.17.2 Required Disclosure ...................................     43
     18.18 Termination and Withdrawal ...................................     43
          18.18.1 Termination ...........................................     43
          18.18.2 Withdrawal ............................................     43
          18.18.3 Winding Up ............................................     44
SCHEDULE 1 - PJM INTERCHANGE ENERGY MARKET ..............................      1
1. MARKET OPERATIONS ....................................................      1
     1.1 Introduction ...................................................      1
     1.2 Cost-based Offers ..............................................      1
     1.3 Definitions ....................................................      1
          1.3.1 Dispatch Rate ...........................................      1
          1.3.2 Equivalent Load .........................................      1
          1.3.3 External Market Buyer ...................................      1
          1.3.4 External Resource .......................................      2
          1.3.5 Fixed Transmission Right ................................      2
          1.3.6 Generating Market Buyer .................................      2
          1.3.7 Generator Forced Outage .................................      2
          1.3.8 Generator Maintenance Outage ............................      2
          1.3.9 Generator Planned Outage ................................      2
          1.3.10 Internal Market Buyer ..................................      2
          1.3.11 Inadvertent Interchange ................................      2
          1.3.12 Market Operations Center ...............................      3
          1.3.13 Maximum Generation Emergency ...........................      3
          1.3.14 Minimum Generation Emergency ...........................      3
          1.3.15 Network Resource .......................................      3
          1.3.16 Network Service User ...................................      3
          1.3.17 Network Transmission Service ...........................      3
          1.3.18 Normal Maximum Generation ..............................      3
          1.3.19 Normal Minimum Generation ..............................      3
          1.3.20 Offer Data .............................................      3
          1.3.21 Office of the Interconnection Control Center ...........      4
          1.3.22 Operating Day ..........................................      4
          1.3.23 Operating Margin .......................................      4
          1.3.24 Operating Margin Customer ..............................      4
          1.3.25 PJM Interchange ........................................      4
          1.3.26 PJM Interchange Export .................................      4
          1.3.27 PJM Interchange Import .................................      5
          1.3.28 PJM Open Access Same-time Information System ...........      5
          1.3.29 Point-to-Point Transmission Service ....................      5

                                        v


<PAGE>


     1.3.30 Ramping Capability ..........................................      5
     1.3.31 Regulation ..................................................      5
     1.3.32 Regulation Class ............................................      5
     1.3.33 Spot Market Energy ..........................................      5
     1.3.34 Transmission Congestion Charge ..............................      5
     1.3.35 Transmission Congestion Credit ..............................      6
     1.3.36 Transmission Customer .......................................      6
     1.3.37 Transmission Forced Outage ..................................      6
     1.3.38 Transmission Planned Outage .................................      6
1.4 Market Buyers .......................................................      6
     1.4.1 Qualification ................................................      6
     1.4.2 Submission of Information ....................................      7
     1.4.3 Fees and Costs ...............................................      7
     1.4.4 Office of the Interconnection Determination ..................      8
     1.4.5 Existing Participants ........................................      8
     1.4.6 Withdrawal ...................................................      8
1.5 Market Sellers ......................................................      9
     1.5.1 Qualification ................................................      9
     1.5.2 Withdrawal ...................................................      9
1.6 Office of the Interconnection .......................................      9
     1.6.1 Operation of the PJM Interchange Energy Market ...............      9
     1.6.2 Scope of Services ............................................      9
     1.6.3 Records and Reports ..........................................     10
     1.6.4 PJM Manuals ..................................................     11
1.7 General .............................................................     11
     1.7.1 Market Sellers ...............................................     11
     1.7.2 Market Buyers ................................................     11
     1.7.3 Agents .......................................................     11
     1.7.4 General Obligations of the Market Participants ...............     11
     1.7.5 Market Operations Center .....................................     13
     1.7.6 Scheduling and Dispatching ...................................     13
     1.7.7 Pricing ......................................................     13
     1.7.8 Generating Market Buyer Resources ............................     13
     1.7.9 Delivery to an External Market Buyer .........................     13
     1.7.10 Other Transactions ..........................................     14
     1.7.11 Emergencies .................................................     14
     1.7.12 Fees and Charges ............................................     14
     1.7.13 Relationship to PJM Control Area ............................     14
     1.7.14 PJM Manuals .................................................     15
     1.7.15 Corrective Action ...........................................     15
     1.7.16 Recording ...................................................     15
     1.7.17 Operating Reserves ..........................................     15
     1.7.18 Regulation ..................................................     15
     1.7.19 Ramping .....................................................     16

                                       vi


<PAGE>


          1.7.20 Communication and Operating Requirements ...............     16
          1.7.21 Multi-settlement System ................................     17
     1.8 Selection, Scheduling and Dispatch Procedure Adjustment
         Process ........................................................     17
          1.8.1 PJM Dispute Resolution Agreement ........................     17
          1.8.2 Market or Control Area Hourly Operational Disputes ......     17
     1.9 Prescheduling ..................................................     18
          1.9.1 Outage Scheduling .......................................     18
          1.9.2 Planned Outages .........................................     18
          1.9.3 Generator Maintenance Outages ...........................     19
          1.9.4 Forced Outages ..........................................     19
          1.9.5 Market Participant Responsibilities .....................     20
          1.9.6 Internal Market Buyer Responsibilities ..................     20
          1.9.7 Market Seller Responsibilities ..........................     20
          1.9.8 Office of the Interconnection Responsibilities ..........     20
     1.10 Scheduling ....................................................     21
          1.10.1 Day-Ahead Scheduling ...................................     21
          1.10.2 Pool-Scheduled Resources ...............................     23
          1.10.3 Self-scheduled Resources ...............................     24
          1.10.4 Capacity Resources .....................................     24
          1.10.5 External Resources .....................................     25
          1.10.6 External Market Buyers .................................     26
          1.10.7 Bilateral Transactions .................................     26
          1.10.8 Office of the Interconnection Responsibilities .........     27
          1.10.9 Hourly Scheduling ......................................     27
     1.11 Dispatch ......................................................     28
          1.11.1 Resource Output ........................................     28
          1.11.2 Operating Basis ........................................     28
          1.11.3 Pool-dispatched Resources ..............................     29
          1.11.4 Regulation .............................................     29
          1.11.5 PJM Open Access Same-time Information System ...........     29
2. CALCULATION OF LOCATIONAL MARGINAL PRICES ............................     30
     2.1 Introduction ...................................................     30
     2.2 General ........................................................     30
     2.3 Determination of System Conditions Using the State
         Estimator ......................................................     31
     2.4 Determination of Energy Offers Used in Calculating
         Locational Marginal Prices .....................................     31
     2.5 Calculation of Locational Marginal Prices ......................     32
     2.6 Performance Evaluation .........................................     32
3. ACCOUNTING AND BILLING ...............................................     33
     3.1 Introduction ...................................................     33
     3.2 Market Buyers ..................................................     33
          3.2.1 Spot Market Energy ......................................     33
          3.2.2 Regulation ..............................................     34
          3.2.3 Operating Reserves ......................................     35
          3.2.4 Transmission Congestion .................................     35

                                      vii


<PAGE>


          3.2.5 Transmission Losses .....................................     35
          3.2.6 Emergency Energy ........................................     36
          3.2.7 Billing .................................................     36
     3.3 Market Sellers .................................................     36
          3.3.1 Spot Market Energy ......................................     37
          3.3.2 Regulation ..............................................     37
          3.3.3 Operating Reserves ......................................     37
          3.3.4 Emergency Energy ........................................     37
          3.3.5 Billing .................................................     38
     3.4 Transmission Customers .........................................     38
          3.4.1 Transmission Congestion .................................     38
          3.4.2 Transmission Losses .....................................     38
          3.4.3 Billing .................................................     38
     3.5 Other Control Areas ............................................     39
          3.5.1 Energy Sales ............................................     39
          3.5.2 Operating Margin Sales ..................................     39
          3.5.3 Transmission Congestion .................................     39
          3.5.4 Billing .................................................     39
     3.6 Metering Reconciliation ........................................     39
          3.6.1 Meter Correction Billing ................................     39
          3.6.2 Meter Corrections Between Market Participants ...........     40
          3.6.3 500 kV Meter Errors .....................................     40
          3.6.4 Meter Corrections Between Control Areas .................     40
          3.6.5 Meter Correction Data ...................................     40
     3.6.6 Correction Limits ............................................     40
4. RATE TABLE ...........................................................     41
     4.1 Offered Price Rates ............................................     41
     4.2 Transmission Losses ............................................     41
     4.3 Emergency Energy Purchases .....................................     41
5. CALCULATION OF TRANSMISSION CONGESTION CHARGES AND CREDITS ...........     42
     5.1 Transmission Congestion Charge Calculation .....................     42
          5.1.1 Calculation by Office of the Interconnection ............     42
          5.1.2 General .................................................     42
          5.1.3 Network Service User Calculation ........................     42
          5.1.4 Transmission Customer Calculation .......................     42
          5.1.5 Operating Margin Customer Calculation ...................     42
          5.1.6 Total Transmission Congestion Charges ...................     43
     5.2 Transmission Congestion Credit Calculation .....................     43
          5.2.1 Eligibility .............................................     43
          5.2.2 Fixed Transmission Rights ...............................     43
          5.2.3 Target Allocation for Network Service Users .............     44
          5.2.4 Target Allocation for other Holders .....................     44
          5.2.5 Calculation of Transmission Congestion Credits ..........     44
          5.2.6 Distribution of Excess Congestion Charges ...............     44

                                      viii


<PAGE>


SCHEDULE 2 - COMPONENTS OF COST ..........................................     1
SCHEDULE 3 - ALLOCATION OF OI COSTS ......................................     1
SCHEDULE 4 - STANDARD MEMBERSHIP AGREEMENT ...............................     1
SCHEDULE 5 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURE ................................     1
1. DEFINITIONS ...........................................................     1
     1.1 Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee ..........................     1
     1.2 MAAC Dispute Resolution Committee ...............................     1
     1.3 Related PJM Agreements ..........................................     1
2. PURPOSES AND OBJECTIVES ...............................................     1
     2.1 Common and Uniform Procedures ...................................     1
     2.2 Interpretation ..................................................     1
3. NEGOTIATION AND MEDIATION .............................................     2
     3.1 When Required ...................................................     2
     3.2 Procedures ......................................................     2
          3.2.1 Initiation ...............................................     2
          3.2.2 Selection of Mediator ....................................     2
          3.2.3 Advisory Mediator ........................................     2
          3.2.4 Mediation Process ........................................     3
          3.2.5 Mediator's Assessment ....................................     3
     3.3 Costs ...........................................................     4
4. ARBITRATION ...........................................................     4
     4.1 When Required ...................................................     4
     4.2 Binding Decision ................................................     4
     4.3 Initiation ......................................................     4
     4.4 Selection of Arbitrator(s) ......................................     4
     4.5 Procedures ......................................................     5
     4.6 Summary Disposition and Interim Measures ........................     5
          4.6.1 Lack of Good Faith Basis .................................     5
          4.6.2 Discovery Limits .........................................     5
          4.6.3 Interim Decision .........................................     5
     4.7 Discovery of Facts ..............................................     6
          4.7.1 Discovery Procedures .....................................     6
          4.7.2 Procedures Arbitrator ....................................     6
     4.8 Evidentiary Hearing .............................................     6
     4.9 Confidentiality .................................................     7
          4.9.1 Designation ..............................................     7
          4.9.2 Compulsory Disclosure ....................................     7
          4.9.3 Public Information .......................................     7
     4.10 Timetable ......................................................     8
     4.11 Advisory Interpretations .......................................     8
     4.12 Decisions ......................................................     8
     4.13 Costs ..........................................................     8
     4.14 Enforcement ....................................................     9
5. ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE ................................     9

                                       ix


<PAGE>


     5.1 Membership .....................................................      9
          5.1.1 Representatives .........................................      9
          5.1.2 Term ....................................................      9
     5.2 Voting Requirements ............................................      9
     5.3 Officers .......................................................      9
     5.4 Meetings .......................................................     10
     5.5 Responsibilities ...............................................     10
SCHEDULE 6 - REGIONAL TRANSMISSION EXPANSION PLANNING PROTOCOL ..........      1
1. REGIONAL TRANSMISSION EXPANSION PLANNING PROTOCOL ....................      1
     1.1 Purpose and Objectives .........................................      1
     1.2 Conformity with NERC and MAAC Criteria .........................      1
     1.3 Establishment of Committees ....................................      1
     1.4 Contents of the Regional Transmission Expansion Plan ...........      2
     1.5 Procedure for Development of the Regional Transmission
         Expansion Plan .................................................      2
          1.5.1 Commencement of the Process .............................      2
          1.5.2 Development of Scope, Assumptions and Procedures ........      3
          1.5.3 Scope of Studies ........................................      3
          1.5.4 Supply of Data ..........................................      3
          1.5.5 Coordination of the Regional Transmission Expansion Plan       3
          1.5.6 Development of the Recommended Regional Transmission
                Expansion Plan .. 3
     1.6 Approval of the Final Regional Transmission Expansion Plan .....      4
     1.7 Obligation to Build ............................................      5
     1.8 Relationship to the PJM Control Area Open Access
         Transmission PJM Tariff ........................................      5
SCHEDULE 7 - UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY OBLICATIONS AND CHARGES ...............      1
1. UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY OBLIGATION ......................................      1
     1.1 Application ....................................................      1
     1.2 Obligations ....................................................      1
2. UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY CHARGES .........................................      1
3. DISTRIBUTION OF UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY CHARGES .........................      2
     3.1 Share of Charges ...............................................      2
     3.2 Allocation by the Office of the Interconnection ................      2
SCHEDULE 8 -DELEGATION OF RELIABILITY RESPONSIBILITIES ..................      1
1. DELEGATION ...........................................................      1
2. NEW PARTIES ..........................................................      1
3. IMPLEMENTATION OF RELIABILITY ASSURANCE AGREEMENT ....................      1
SCHEDULE 9 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURE CHARGES ................................      1
1. EMERGENCY PROCEDURE CHARGE ...........................................      1
2. DISTRIBUTION OF EMERGENCY PROCEDURE CHARGES ..........................      1
     2.1 Complying Parties ..............................................      1
     2.2 All Parties ....................................................      1

                                       x
<PAGE>


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              OPERATING AGREEMENT

                                       of

                          PJM INTERCONNECTION, L.L.C.

     This  Amended and  Restated  Operating  Agreement  of PJM  Interconnection,
L.L.C.,  dated as of this 2ndday of June,  1997,  amends and  restates as of the
Effective Date the Operating Agreement of PJM Interconnection, L.L.C. filed with
the FERC on April 2, 1997, as amended.of PJM Interconnection,  L.L.C. filed with
the FERC on April 2, 1997, as amended.

     WHEREAS,  certain of the Members have previously entered into an agreement,
originally  dated  September  26, 1956,  as amended and  supplemented  up to and
including  December 31, 1996,  stating "their  respective rights and obligations
with respect to the  coordinated  operation of their electric supply systems and
the  interchange  of electric  capacity  and energy among their  systems"  (such
agreement as amended and  supplemented  being  referred to as the  "Original PJM
Agreement"),  and which coordinated  operations and interchange came to be known
as the PJM Interconnection (the "Interconnection"); and

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to a  resolution  of June 16,  1993,  an  unincorporated
association  comprised of the parties to the Original PJM  Agreement  was formed
for the purpose of  implementation  of the  Original  PJM  Agreement  as it then
existed  and  as  it  subsequently  has  been  amended  and  supplemented,  such
association being known as the "PJM Interconnection Association"; and

     WHEREAS,  because of changes in federal law and policy,  the  Original  PJM
Agreement,  together with other documents and agreements,  was amended, restated
and submitted to FERC on December 31, 1996 to restructure fundamental aspects of
the operation of the Interconnection; and

     WHEREAS,  so that the  provisions  of the Original PJM  Agreement  could be
placed into effect consistent with a February 28, 1997 order of FERC,  including
those provisions related to the governance of the  Interconnection,  the parties
to the Original PJM Agreement, along with the other interested parties, approved
the conversion of the PJM  Interconnection  Association into the LLC pursuant to
the provisions of the Delaware  Limited  Liability  Company Act, as amended (the
"Delaware LLC Act"), pursuant to a Certificate of Formation (the "Certificate of
Formation") and a Certificate of Conversion (the  "Certificate of  Conversion"),
each filed with the  Delaware  Secretary  of State (the  "Recording  Office") on
March 31, 1997; and

     WHEREAS,  the Members wish to amend and restate the Operating  Agreement of
PJM Interconnection,  L.L.C. adopted in connection with the formation of the LLC
and as in effect  immediately  prior to the Effective Date in the form set forth
below; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Members  intend to form an  Independent  System  Operator in
accordance with the regulations of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission; and


     Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the covenants and
agreements hereinafter set forth, the Members hereby agree as follows:

                                       1
<PAGE>
                                  DEFINITIONS

     Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires,  capitalized terms used
in this Agreement shall have the respective  meanings  assigned herein or in the
Schedules  hereto for all purposes of this  Agreement  (such  definitions  to be
equally  applicable  to both the  singular  and the  plural  forms of the  terms
defined).  Unless  otherwise  specified,  all  references  herein  to  Sections,
Schedules,  Exhibits  or  Appendices  are to  Sections,  Schedules,  Exhibits or
Appendices of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement:

     1.1 Act.

     "Act" shall mean the  Delaware  Limited  Liability  Company  Act,  Title 6,
ss.ss. 18-101 to 18- 1109 of the Delaware Code.

     1.2 Affiliate.

     "Affiliate" shall mean any two or more entities,  one of which controls the
other or that are under common  control.  "Control"  shall mean the  possession,
directly or indirectly,  of the power to direct the management or policies of an
entity.  Ownership of publicly-traded  equity securities of another entity shall
not result in control or  affiliation  for  purposes  of this  Agreement  if the
securities  are  held as an  investment,  the  holder  owns  (in its name or via
intermediaries)  less  than 10  percent  of the  outstanding  securities  of the
entity,  the  holder  does  not have  representation  on the  entity's  board of
directors (or equivalent managing entity) or vice versa, and the holder does not
in fact exercise  influence over  day-to-day  management  decisions.  Unless the
contrary is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Members  Committee,  control
shall be presumed to arise from the ownership of or the power to vote,  directly
or indirectly, ten percent or more of the voting securities of such entity.

     1.3 Agreement.

     "Agreement" shall mean this Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of PJM
Interconnection,  L.L.C., including all Schedules, Exhibits, Appendices, addenda
or supplements hereto, as amended from time to time.

     1.4 Annual Meeting of the Members.

     "Annual Meeting of the Members" shall mean the meeting specified in Section
8.3.1 of this Agreement.

     1.5 Board Member.

     "Board Member" shall mean a member of the PJM Board.

     1.6 Capacity Resource.

     "Capacity  Resource"  shall mean the net capacity  from owned or contracted
for  generating  facilities  all of which (i) are  accredited  to a Load Serving
Entity  pursuant  to the  procedures  set  forth  in the  Reliability  Assurance
Agreement  and  (ii)  are  committed  to  satisfy  that  Load  Serving  Entity's
obligations under the Reliability Assurance Agreement and this Agreement. 

                                       2
<PAGE>


     1.7 Control Area.

     "Control  Area"  shall mean an  electric  power  system or  combination  of
electric  power  systems  bounded by  interconnection  metering and telemetry to
which a common automatic generation control scheme is applied in order to:

     (a) match the power  output of the  generators  within the  electric  power
system(s)  and  energy  purchased  from  entities  outside  the  electric  power
system(s), with the load within the electric power system(s);

     (b) maintain  scheduled  interchange  with other Control Areas,  within the
limits of Good Utility Practice;

     (c)  maintain  the  frequency  of  the  electric  power  system(s)   within
reasonable  limits in accordance with Good Utility  Practice and the criteria of
NERC and the applicable regional reliability council of NERC;

     (d) maintain  power flows on  transmission  facilities  within  appropriate
limits to preserve reliability; and

     (e) provide sufficient  generating  capacity to maintain operating reserves
in accordance with Good Utility Practice.

     1.8 Electric Distributor.

     "Electric  Distributor" shall mean a Member that owns or leases with rights
equivalent  to  ownership  electric  distribution  facilities  that  are used to
provide  electric  distribution  service to electric load within the PJM Control
Area.

     1.9 Effective Date.

     "Effective  Date" shall mean  August 1, 1997,  or such later date that FERC
permits this Agreement to go into effect.

     1.10 Emergency.

     "Emergency"  shall mean: (i) an abnormal system condition  requiring manual
or automatic  action to maintain  system  frequency,  or to prevent loss of firm
load,  equipment  damage,  or tripping of system  elements that could  adversely
affect  the  reliability  of an  electric  system or the  safety of  persons  or
property;  or (ii) a fuel shortage  requiring  departure  from normal  operating
procedures  in  order  to  minimize  the use of such  scarce  fuel;  or  (iii) a
condition that requires implementation of emergency procedures as defined in the
PJM Manuals.

     1.11 End-Use Customer.

     "End-Use  Customer"  shall  mean a  Member  that is a  retail  end-user  of
electricity within the PJM Control Area.

     1.12 FERC.

     "FERC" shall mean the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or any successor
federal  agency,  commission or  department  exercising  jurisdiction  over this
Agreement. 

                                       3
<PAGE>


     1.13 Finance Committee.

     "Finance  Committee"  shall mean the body  formed  pursuant to Section 0 of
this Agreement.

     1.14 Generation Owner.

     "Generation  Owner"  shall mean a Member  that owns or leases  with  rights
equivalent to ownership  facilities for the  generation of electric  energy that
are located  within the PJM  Control  Area.  Purchasing  all or a portion of the
output of a generation facility shall not be sufficient to qualify a Member as a
Generation Owner.

     1.15 Good Utility Practice.

     "Good Utility  Practice" shall mean any of the practices,  methods and acts
engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the electric utility industry
during the  relevant  time  period,  or any of the  practices,  methods and acts
which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the
time the decision was made,  could have been expected to accomplish  the desired
result  at  a  reasonable  cost   consistent   with  good  business   practices,
reliability,  safety and expedition. Good Utility Practice is not intended to be
limited to the optimum practice,  method, or act to the exclusion of all others,
but  rather is  intended  to  include  acceptable  practices,  methods,  or acts
generally accepted in the region.

     1.16 Interconnection.

     "Interconnection"  shall mean the  coordinated  operations and  interchange
resulting from the Original PJM Agreement as continued in this Agreement.

     1.17 LLC.

     "LLC" shall mean PJM Interconnection,  L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company.

     1.18 Load Serving Entity.

     "Load Serving Entity" shall mean an entity,  including a load aggregator or
power marketer,  (1) serving end-users within the PJM Control Area, and (2) that
has been granted the authority or has an  obligation  pursuant to state or local
law,  regulation  or franchise  to sell  electric  energy to end- users  located
within the PJM Control Area, or the duly designated agent of such an entity.

     1.19 Locational Marginal Price.

     "Locational  Marginal  Price"  shall  mean  the  hourly  integrated  market
clearing  marginal  price for energy at the  location the energy is delivered or
received, calculated as specified in Section 0 of Schedule 1 of this Agreement.

     1.20 MAAC.

     "MAAC" shall mean the  Mid-Atlantic  Area Council,  a  reliability  council
under  ss.  202 of the  Federal  Power  Act  established  pursuant  to the  MAAC
Agreement dated August 1, 1994, or any successor thereto. 

                                       4

<PAGE>


     1.21 Market Buyer.

     "Market Buyer" shall mean a Member that has met reasonable creditworthiness
standards established by the Office of the Interconnection and that is otherwise
able to make purchases in the PJM Interchange Energy Market.

     1.22 Market Participant.

     "Market Participant" shall mean a Market Buyer or a Market Seller, or both.

     1.23 Market Seller.

     "Market   Seller"   shall   mean  a   Member   that   has  met   reasonable
creditworthiness  standards established by the Office of the Interconnection and
that is otherwise able to make sales in the PJM Interchange Energy Market.

     1.24 Member.

     "Member"  shall mean an entity that satisfies the  requirements  of Section
11.6 of this Agreement and that (i) is a member of the LLC immediately  prior to
the Effective Date, or (ii) has executed an Additional  Member  Agreement in the
form set forth in Schedule 4 hereof.

     1.25 Members Committee.

     "Members Committee" shall mean the committee specified in Section 8 of this
Agreement composed of representatives of all the Members.

     1.26 NERC.

     "NERC" shall mean the North American Electric  Reliability  Council, or any
successor thereto.

     1.27 Office of the Interconnection.

     "Office of the Interconnection"  shall mean the employees and agents of the
LLC engaged in  implementation  of this Agreement and  administration of the PJM
Tariff,  subject  to the  supervision  and  oversight  of the PJM  Board  acting
pursuant to this Agreement.

     1.28 Operating Reserve.

     "Operating  Reserve" shall mean the amount of generating capacity scheduled
to be  available  for a  specified  period of an  Operating  Day to  ensure  the
reliable operation of the PJM Control Area, as specified in the PJM Manuals.

     1.29 Original PJM Agreement.

     "Original PJM Agreement" shall mean that certain  agreement between certain
of the  Members,  originally  dated  September  26,  1956,  and as  amended  and
supplemented up to and including December 31, 1996,  relating to the coordinated
operation  of their  electric  supply  systems and the  interchange  of electric
capacity and energy among their systems. 

                                       5

<PAGE>

     1.30 Other Supplier.

     "Other  Supplier"  shall  mean a  Member  that is (i) a  seller,  buyer  or
transmitter  of electric  capacity or energy in, from or through the PJM Control
Area, and (ii) is not a Generation  Owner,  Electric  Distributor,  Transmission
Owner or End-Use Customer.

     1.31 PJM Board.

     "PJM Board" shall mean the Board of Managers of the LLC, acting pursuant to
this Agreement.

     1.32 PJM Control Area.

     "PJM Control  Area" shall mean the Control Area  recognized  by NERC as the
PJM Control Area.

     1.33 PJM Dispute Resolution Procedures

     "PJM  Dispute  Resolution  Procedures"  shall mean the  procedures  for the
resolution of disputes set forth in Schedule 5 of this Agreement.

     1.34 PJM Interchange Energy Market.

     "PJM Interchange Energy Market" shall mean the regional  competitive market
administered by the Office of the  Interconnection  for the purchase and sale of
spot electric  energy at wholesale in interstate  commerce and related  services
established pursuant to Schedule 1 to this Agreement.

     1.35 PJM Manuals.

     "PJM Manuals" shall mean the instructions, rules, procedures and guidelines
established by the Office of the  Interconnection  for the operation,  planning,
and  accounting  requirements  of the PJM Control  Area and the PJM  Interchange
Energy Market.

     1.36 PJM Tariff.

     "PJM Tariff" shall mean the PJM Open Access  Transmission  Tariff providing
transmission  service  within the PJM Control  Area,  including  any  schedules,
appendices, or exhibits attached thereto, as in effect from time to time.

     1.37 Planning Period.

     "Planning  Period"  shall  initially  mean the 12 months be ginning  June 1
through May 31 of the following  year, or such other period  established  by the
Reliability Committee established under the Reliability Assurance Agreement.

     1.38 President.

     "President" shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.2.

                                       6


<PAGE>


     1.39 Related Parties.

     "Related  Parties"  shall  mean,  solely  for  purposes  of the  governance
provisions of this Agreement:  (i) any generation and  transmission  cooperative
and one of its distribution  cooperative  members;  and (ii) any joint municipal
agency and one of its members.  For purposes of this Agreement,  representatives
of state or federal government agencies shall not be deemed Related Parties with
respect to each other, and a public body's regulatory authority,  if any, over a
Member  shall  not be deemed to make it a Related  Party  with  respect  to that
Member.

     1.40 Reliability Assurance Agreement.

     "Reliability Assurance Agreement" shall mean that certain agreement,  dated
June 2,  1997  and as  amended  from  time to  time,  establishing  obligations,
standards  and  procedures  for  maintaining  the reliable  operation of the PJM
Control Area.

     1.41 Sector Votes.

     "Sector Votes" shall mean the affirmative and negative votes of each sector
on the Members Committee, as specified in Section 8.4.

     1.42 State.

     "State"  shall mean the District of Columbia and any State or  Commonwealth
of the United States.

     1.43 System.

     "System" shall mean the  interconnected  electric supply system of a Member
and its interconnected  subsidiaries exclusive of facilities which it may own or
control  outside of the PJM Control Area.  Each Member may include in its system
the electric supply systems of any party or parties other than Members which are
within the PJM Control Area, provided its  interconnection  agreements with such
other party or parties do not conflict with such inclusion.

     1.44 Transmission Facilities.

     "Transmission  Facilities"  shall mean facilities  that: (i) are within the
PJM Control Area; (ii) meet the definition of transmission  facilities  pursuant
to FERC's  Uniform  System of Accounts or have been  classified as  transmission
facilities in a ruling by FERC addressing such  facilities;  and (iii) have been
demonstrated  to the  satisfaction  of the Office of the  Interconnection  to be
integrated with the PJM Control Area transmission system and integrated into the
planning  and  operation  of the PJM Control  Area to serve all of the power and
transmission customers within the PJM Control Area.

     1.45 Transmission Owner.

     "Transmission  Owner"  shall mean a Member  that owns or leases with rights
equivalent to ownership  Transmission  Facilities.  Taking transmission  service
shall not be sufficient to qualify a Member as a Transmission Owner.

                                       7


<PAGE>


     1.46 Transmission Owners Agreement.

     "Transmission  Owners Agreement" shall mean that certain  agreement,  dated
June 2, 1997 and as amended from time to time, by and among Transmission  Owners
in the PJM Control Area providing for an open-access  transmission tariff in the
PJM Control Area, and for other purposes.

     1.47 User Group.

     "User  Group"  shall  mean a group  formed  pursuant  to  Section 0 of this
Agreement.  

     1.48 Voting Member  

     "Voting  Member"  shall mean (i) a Member as to which no other Member is an
Affiliate or Related Party,  or (ii) a Member together with any other Members as
to which it is an Affiliate or Related Party.

1.49     Weighted Interest.

"Weighted  Interest"  shall  be equal to  (0.1(1/N)  +  0.5(B/C)  +  0.2(D/E)  +
0.2(F/G)), where: 

     N = the total number of Members 
     B = the Member's internal peak demand for the previous  calendar year 
     C = the sum of factor B for all Members 
     D = the Member's net installed generating capacity located in the PJM 
         Control Area as of  January 1 of the  current  calendar  year 
     E = the sum of factor D for all Members 
     F = the sum of the Member's  circuit  miles of  transmission  facilities
         multiplied by the respective  operating  voltage for facilities 100 kV 
         and above as of  January 1 of the  current  calendar  year 
     G = the sum of factor F for all Members 

                     2. FORMATION, NAME; PLACE OF BUSINESS

     2.1 Formation of LLC; Certificate of Formation.

     The Members of the LLC hereby:

     (a) acknowledge the conversion of the PJM Interconnection  Association into
the LLC,  a limited  liability  company  pursuant  to the Act,  by virtue of the
filing of both the  Certificate  of Formation and the  Certificate of Conversion
with the Recording Office, effective as of March 31, 1997;

     (b) confirm and agree to their status as Members of the LLC;

     (c) enter into this Agreement for the purpose of amending and restating the
rights, duties, and relationship of the Members; and

     (d) agree that if the laws of any  jurisdiction  in which the LLC transacts
business so require,  the PJM Board also shall file, with the appropriate office
in that jurisdiction, any documents necessary for the LLC to qualify to transact
business  under such laws;  and (ii) agree and obligate  themselves  to execute,
acknowledge, and cause to be filed for record, in the place or places and manner
prescribed  by law, any  amendments  to the  Certificate  of Formation as may be
required, 

                                       8

<PAGE>


either by the Act, by the laws of any  jurisdiction  in which the LLC  transacts
business, or by this Agreement,  to reflect changes in the information contained
therein  or  otherwise  to  comply  with  the   requirements   of  law  for  the
continuation,  preservation,  and  operation  of the LLC as a limited  liability
company  under  the Act.  

     2.2 Name of LLC.

     The  name  under  which  the  LLC  shall   conduct  its  business  is  "PJM
Interconnection, L.L.C."

     2.3 Place of Business.

     The  location  of the  principal  place of business of the LLC shall be 955
Jefferson  Avenue,  Valley  Forge  Corporate  Center,  Norristown,  Pennsylvania
19403-2497.  The LLC may also have  offices at such other places both within and
without the State of  Delaware as the PJM Board may from time to time  determine
or the business of the LLC may require.

     2.4 Registered Office and Registered Agent.

     The street  address of the  initial  registered  office of the LLC shall be
1209 Orange Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware 19801, and the LLC's registered agent
at such address shall be The Corporation  Trust Company.  The registered  office
and registered agent may be changed by resolution of the PJM Board.

                         3. PURPOSES AND POWERS OF LLC

     3.1 Purposes.

     The purposes of the LLC shall be:

     (a) to operate  in  accordance  with FERC  requirements  as an  Independent
System Operator,  comprised of the PJM Board, the Office of the Interconnection,
and the Members Committee,  with the authorities and  responsibilities set forth
in this Agreement;

     (b) as  necessary  for the  operation of the  Interconnection  as specified
above: (i) to acquire and obtain licenses, permits and approvals, (ii) to own or
lease  property,  equipment  and  facilities,  and (iii) to contract  with third
parties to obtain goods and  services,  provided  that,  the L.L.C.  may procure
goods and services from a Member only after open and competitive bidding; and

     (c) to engage in any lawful  business  permitted  by the Act or the laws of
any  jurisdiction  in which the LLC may do business and to enter into any lawful
transaction and engage in any lawful  activities in furtherance of the foregoing
purposes and as may be  necessary,  incidental  or  convenient  to carry out the
business of the LLC as contemplated by this Agreement. 

                                       9

<PAGE>
     3.2 Powers.

     The LLC shall have the power to do any and all acts and  things  necessary,
appropriate,  advisable, or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of
the purposes of the LLC, including, without limitation, to engage in any kind of
activity and to enter into and perform  obligations  of any kind necessary to or
in connection with, or incidental to, the  accomplishment of the purposes of the
LLC, so long as said activities and  obligations  may be lawfully  engaged in or
performed by a limited liability company under the Act.

                        4. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION

     4.1 Effective Date and Termination.

     (a) The  existence of the LLC  commenced on March 31, 1997,  as provided in
the Certificate of Formation and Certificate of Conversion which were filed with
the Recording  Office on March 31, 1997.  This Agreement shall amend and restate
the Operating Agreement of PJM Interconnection, L.L.C. as of the Effective Date.

     (b) The LLC shall continue in existence until terminated in accordance with
the terms of this  Agreement.  The  withdrawal or  termination  of any Member is
subject to the provisions of Section 0 of this Agreement.

     (c) Any  termination of this Agreement or withdrawal of any Member from the
Agreement shall be filed with the FERC and shall become  effective only upon the
FERC 's approval.

     Governing Law.

     This Agreement and all questions with respect to the rights and obligations
of the Members, the construction, enforcement and interpretation hereof, and the
formation,  administration  and  termination of the LLC shall be governed by the
provisions of the Act and other  applicable  laws of the State of Delaware,  and
the Federal Power Act. 

                                       10

<PAGE>


                  5. WORKING CAPITAL AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     5.1 Funding of Working Capital and Capital Contributions.

     (a) The Office of the Interconnection  shall attempt to obtain financing of
up to five million two hundred thousand dollars ($5,200,000) to meet the working
capital needs of the LLC,  which shall be limited to such working  capital needs
that  arise  from  timing in cash  flows  from  interchange  accounting,  tariff
administration  and  payment  of  the  operating  costs  of  the  Office  of the
Interconnection.  Such financing,  which shall be non-recourse to the Members of
the LLC and which shall be for a stated term without penalty for prepayment, may
be obtained by borrowing the amount  required at  market-based  interest  rates,
negotiated on an arm's length basis, (i) from a Member or Members or (ii) from a
commercial lender, supported, if necessary, by credit enhancements provided by a
Member or Members;  provided,  however,  no Member shall be obligated to provide
such financing or credit enhancements.  The LLC shall make such filings and seek
such  approvals  as  necessary  in order for the  principal,  interest  and fees
related to any such borrowing to be repaid through  charges under the PJM Tariff
as appropriate under Schedule 3 of this Agreement.

     (b) In the event  financing of the working  capital  needs of the Office of
the  Interconnection  is unavailable on commercially  reasonable  terms, the PJM
Board may require the Members to contribute  capital in the aggregate up to five
million two hundred thousand dollars  ($5,200,000) for the working capital needs
that could not be financed; provided that in such event each Member's obligation
to  contribute  additional  capital  shall  be in  proportion  to  its  Weighted
Interest,  multiplied  by the amount so requested by the PJM Board.  Each Member
that  contributes  such  capital  shall  be  entitled  to earn a  return  on the
contribution to the extent such  contribution has not been repaid,  which return
shall be at a fair  market rate as  determined  by the PJM Board but in no event
less than the  current  interest  rate  established  pursuant  to 18 C.F.R.  ss.
35.19a(a)(2)(iii);  provided further,  that any Member not wanting to contribute
the  requested  capital  contribution  may  withdraw  from  the LLC upon 90 days
written  notice  as  provided  in  Section  18.18.2  of  this   Agreement.   5.2
Contributions to Association.  All contributions  prior to the Effective Date of
the original Operating Agreement of PJM Interconnection, L.L.C. of cash or other
assets to the PJM  Interconnection  Association by persons who are now or in the
future  may  become  Members  of the LLC shall be deemed  contributions  by such
Members to the LLC.

                        6. TAX STATUS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     6.1 Tax Status.

     The LLC shall make all  necessary  filings  under the  applicable  Treasury
Regulations to have the LLC taxed as a corporation. 

                                       11

<PAGE>
     6.2 Return of Capital Contributions.

     (a) In the event Members are required to  contribute  capital to the LLC in
accordance  with  Section 5.1  herein,  the LLC shall  request the  Transmission
Owners to recover such working  capital  through charges under the PJM Tariff as
provided in Schedule 3 of this Ag reement.  In the event all or a portion of the
working capital is recovered pursuant to the PJM Tariff, such amount(s) shall be
returned to the Members in accordance with their actual contributions.

     (b)   Except  for  return  of   capital   contributions   and   liquidating
distributions  as  provided  in the  foregoing  section  and Section 6.3 herein,
respectively, the LLC does not intend to make any distributions of cash or other
assets to its Members.

     6.3 Liquidating Distribution.

     Upon termination or liquidation of the LLC, the cash or other assets of the
LLC shall be distributed as follows:

     (a)  first,  in the  event the LLC has any  liabilities  at the time of its
termination  or  dissolution,  the LLC shall  liquidate such of its assets as is
necessary to satisfy such liabilities;

     (b) second,  any capital  contribution  in cash or in kind by any Member of
the PJM  Interconnection  Association  prior  to the  Effective  Date  shall  be
distributed  by the LLC  back to such  Member  in the form  received  by the PJM
Interconnection Association; and

     (c) third,  any  remaining  assets of the LLC shall be  distributed  to the
Members in proportion to their Weighted Interests.

                                  7. PJM BOARD

     7.1 Composition.

     There  shall be an LLC Board of Man agers,  referred  to herein as the "PJM
Board,"  composed of seven voting  members,  with the  President as a non-voting
member. The seven voting Board Members shall be elected by the Members Committee
from a slate of candidates for the then- existing vacancies or expiring terms on
the  PJM  Board.  An  independent  consultant,  retained  by the  Office  of the
Interconnection  upon  consideration  of the advice and  recommendations  of the
Members Committee,  shall be directed to prepare a list of persons qualified and
willing to serve on the PJM Board.  Not later than 30 days prior to each  Annual
Meeting of the Members,  the Office of the  Interconnection  shall distribute to
the  representatives  on the  Members  Committee  a slate  from  among  the list
proposed by the independent consultant, along with information on the background
and  experience  of the persons on the slate  appropriate  to  evaluating  their
fitness for service on the PJM Board.  Elections for the PJM Board shall be held
at each Annual Meeting of the Members,  for the purpose of selecting the initial
PJM Board in accordance  with the provisions of Section  7.3(a),  or selecting a
person to fill the seat of a Board  Member  whose term is  expiring.  Should the
Members  Committee fail to elect a full PJM Board from the slate proposed by the
independent  consultant,  the  Office of the  Interconnection  shall  direct the
independent  consultant,  or a replacement  consultant selected by the Office of
the Interconnection, to propose a list for a slate of nominees for any vacancies
on the PJM Board for consideration by the Members at the next regular meeting of
the Members Committee. 

                                       12



<PAGE>


     7.2 Qualifications.

     A Board  Member  shall not be,  and shall not have been at any time  within
five years of  election to the PJM Board,  a director,  officer or employee of a
Member or of an  Affiliate or Related  Party of a Member.  Except as provided in
the LLC's Standards of Conduct filed with the FERC, at any time while serving on
the PJM Board,  a Board Member  shall have no direct  business  relationship  or
other  affiliation with any Member or its Affiliates or Related Parties.  Of the
seven Board  Members,  four shall have  expertise and experience in the areas of
corporate leadership at the senior management or board of directors level, or in
the professional disciplines of finance or accounting,  engineering,  or utility
laws and regulation.  Of the other three Board Members, one shall have expertise
and experience in the operation or concerns of transmission dependent utilities,
one shall  have  expertise  and  experience  in the  operation  or  planning  of
transmission systems, and one shall have expertise and experience in the area of
commercial markets and trading and associated risk management.

     7.3 Term of Office.

     (a) The persons  serving as the Board of  Managers  of the LLC  immediately
prior to the  Effective  Date shall  continue in office  until the first  Annual
Meeting of the  Members.  At the first Annual  Meeting of the Members,  the then
current  members  of the PJM Board who  desire to  continue  in office  shall be
elected by the Members to serve until the second  Annual  Meeting of the Members
or until their  successors are elected,  along with such  additional  persons as
necessary  to  meet  the  composition   requirements  of  Section  7.1  and  the
qualification requirements of Section 7.2.

     (b) A Board  Member shall serve for a term of three years  commencing  with
the  Annual  Meeting  of the  Members  at which the Board  Member  was  elected;
provided,  however,  that two of the Board  Members  elected at the first Annual
Meeting of the Members  following the  Effective  Date shall be chosen by lot to
serve a term of one year,  three of such Board Members shall be chosen by lot to
serve a term of two years and the final two such  Board  Members  shall  serve a
term of three years.

     (c) Vacancies on the PJM Board  occurring  between  Annual  Meetings of the
Members shall be filled by vote of the then  remaining  Board  Members;  a Board
Member so selected  shall  serve  until the next Annual  Meeting at which time a
person  shall be  elected to serve the  balance of the term of the vacant  Board
Seat.  Removal of a Board  Member  shall  require  the  approval  of the Members
Committee.  

     7.4 Quorum.

     The presence in person or by telephone or other authorized electronic means
of a majority  of the voting  Board  Members  shall  constitute  a quorum at all
meetings of the PJM Board for the  transaction  of business  except as otherwise
provided by statute.  If a quorum shall not be present,  the Board  Members then
present  shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time,  until a
quorum  shall be  present.  Provided a quorum is  present at a meeting,  the PJM
Board shall act by majority vote of the Board Members present. 

                                       13


<PAGE>

     7.5 Operating and Capital Budgets.

          7.5.1 Finance Committee.

          Not later than February 1 of each year, the entities  specified  below
shall select the members of a Finance Committee.  The Finance Committee shall be
composed  of one  representative  of the  parties to the  Reliability  Assurance
Agreement  chosen by the parties to that agreement,  one  representative  of the
parties  to the  Transmission  Owners  Agreement  chosen by the  parties to that
agreement,  two  representatives  of the Members Committee chosen by the Members
Committee and that are not  representatives  of an entity that is a party to the
Transmission  Owners  Agreement  or an  Affiliate  or  Related  Party of such an
entity, one representative of the Office of the Interconnection  selected by the
President,  and two  Board  Members  selected  by the  PJM  Board.  The  Members
Committee  shall  endeavor to elect  members of the Finance  Committee  that are
broadly  representative  of the  diversity of interests  among the Members.  The
Office of the  Interconnection  shall prepare annual budgets in accordance  with
processes and procedures  established by the PJM Board,  and shall timely submit
its budgets to the Finance  Committee for review.  The Finance  Committee  shall
submit its analysis of and recommendations on the budgets to the PJM Board, with
copies to the Members  Committee.  The Finance  Committee  shall also review and
comment upon any  additional  or amended  budgets  prepared by the Office of the
Interconnection at the request of the PJM Board or the Members Committee.

          7.5.2 Adoption of Budgets.

          The PJM Board  shall  adopt,  upon  consideration  of the  advice  and
recommendations of the Finance Committee,  operating and capital budgets for the
LLC,  and shall  distribute  to the Members for their  information  final annual
budgets  for the  following  fiscal  year not  later  than 60 days  prior to the
beginning of each fiscal year of the LLC.

     7.6 By-laws.

     To the extent not  inconsistent  with any provision of this Agreement,  the
PJM  Board   shall  adopt  such   by-laws   establishing   procedures   for  the
implementation of this Agreement as it may deem  appropriate,  including but not
limited to by-laws governing the scheduling, noticing and conduct of meetings of
the PJM Board,  selection of a Chair and Vice Chair of the PJM Board,  action by
the PJM Board without a meeting,  and the organization and  responsibilities  of
standing and special  committees of the PJM Board. Such by-laws shall not modify
or be  inconsistent  with any of the rights or  obligations  established by this
Agreement.

     7.7 Duties and Responsibilities of the PJM Board.

     In  accordance  with this  Agreement,  the PJM Board  shall  supervise  and
oversee all matters pertaining to the Interconnection and the LLC, and carry out
such other  duties as are herein  specified,  including  but not  limited to the
following duties and responsibilities:

          i)        As its primary  responsibility,  ensure that the  President,
                    the  other   officers   of  the  LLC,   and  Office  of  the
                    Interconnection  perform the duties and responsibilities set
                    forth in this Agreement,  including but not limited to those
                    set forth in Sections  9.2 through 9.4 and Section 10.4 in a
                    manner  consistent with (A) the safe and reliable  operation
                    of the Interconnection, (B) 

                                       14

<PAGE>


                    the creation and  operation  of a robust,  competitive,  and
                    non-discriminatory  electric power market in the PJM Control
                    Area,  and (C) the  principle  that a  Member  or  group  of
                    Members shall not have undue influence over the operation of
                    the Interconnection;

          ii)       Select the Officers of the LLC;

          iii)      Adopt budgets for the LLC;

          iv)       Approve  the  Regional   Transmission   Expansion   Plan  in
                    accordance with the provisions of the Regional  Transmission
                    Expansion  Planning Protocol set forth in Schedule 6 of this
                    Agreement.

          v)        On its own  initiative  or at the request of a User Group as
                    specified  herein,  submit  to the  Members  Committee  such
                    proposed  amendments  to  this  Agreement  or  any  Schedule
                    hereto,  or  a  proposed  new  Schedule,   as  it  may  deem
                    appropriate;

          vi)       Petition FERC to modify any  provision of this  Agreement or
                    any  Schedule  or  practice  hereunder  that  the PJM  Board
                    believes   to   be   unjust,    unreasonable,    or   unduly
                    discriminatory  under  Section 206 of the Federal Power Act,
                    subject  to the  right  of any  Member  or  the  Members  to
                    intervene in any resulting proceedings;

          vii)      Review for consistency  with the creation and operation of a
                    robust,  competitive and  non-discriminatory  electric power
                    market in the PJM Control  Area any change to rate design or
                    to non-rate  terms and conditions  proposed by  Transmission
                    Owners for filing  under  Section 205 of the  Federal  Power
                    Act.

          viii)     If and to the extent it shall deem appropriate, intervene in
                    any   proceeding  at  FERC   initiated  by  the  Members  in
                    accordance  with Section  11.5(b),  and participate in other
                    state and  federal  regulatory  proceedings  relating to the
                    interests of the LLC; ix) Review, in accordance with Section
                    15.1.3,  determinations of the Office of the Interconnection
                    with respect to events of default;

          x)        Assess  against  the other  Members in  proportion  to their
                    Weighted  Interest  an amount  equal to any  payment  to the
                    Office of the  Interconnection,  including interest thereon,
                    as to which a Member is in default;

          xi)       Esablish  reasonable  sanctions  for  failure of a Member to
                    comply with its obligations under this Agreement;

          xii)      Direct  the Office of the  Interconnection  on behalf of the
                    LLC to take appropriate legal or regulatory action against a
                    Member (A) to recover any unpaid amounts due from the Member
                    to the Office of the  Interconnection  under this  Agreement
                    and to make whole any Members  subject to an assessment as a
                    result of such unpaid  amount,  or (B) as may  otherwise  be
                    necessary to enforce the obligations of this Agreement; 

                                       15

<PAGE>


          xiii)     Resolve  claims by a Member that the  Reliability  Committee
                    established  by  the  Reliability  Assurance  Agreement  has
                    exercised its responsibilities in a manner inconsistent with
                    the creation  and  operation  of a robust,  competitive  and
                    non-discriminatory  electric power market in the PJM Control
                    Area, upon due  consideration of the views of the Member and
                    of the  Reliability  Committee,  and of the need to preserve
                    the reliability of electric service in the PJM Control Area.

          xiv)      Solicit the views of Members on, and commission from time to
                    time as it shall deem  appropriate  independent  reviews of,
                    (A) the  performance of the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market,
                    (B)  compliance  by Market  Participants  with the rules and
                    requirements of the PJM Interchange  Energy Market,  and (C)
                    the performance of the Office of the  Interconnection  under
                    performance  criteria  proposed by the Members Committee and
                    approved by the PJM Board; and

          xv)       Terminate a Member as may be appropriate  under the terms of
                    this Agreement.

                              8. MEMBERS COMMITTEE

     8.1 Sectors.

          18.1.1 Designation.

          Voting on the  Members  Committee  shall be by  sectors.  The  Members
Committee shall be composed of five sectors,  one for Generation Owners, one for
Other Suppliers, one for Transmission Owners, one for Electric Distributors, and
one for End-Use Customers, provided that there are at least five Members in each
Sector.  Except as specified in Section 8.1.2, each Voting Member shall have one
vote. Each Voting Member shall, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date
or, if later, thirty (30) days after becoming a Member, and thereafter not later
than 10 days prior to the Annual  Meeting of the Members for each annual  period
beginning  with the Annual  Meeting of the  Members,  submit to the  President a
sealed notice of the sector in which it is qualified to vote or, if qualified to
participate in more than one sector, its rank order preference of the sectors in
which it wishes to vote, and shall be assigned to its highest-ranked sector that
has the minimum number of Members  specified above. If a Member is assigned to a
sector other than its  highest-ranked  sector in  accordance  with the preceding
sentence,  its higher sector  preference or preferences shall be honored as soon
as a  higher-ranked  sector  has  five or more  Members.  A  Voting  Member  may
designate  as its voting  sector any  sector  for which it or its  Affiliate  or
Related  Party  Members  is  qualified.  The sector  designations  of the Voting
Members shall be announced by the President at the Annual Meeting.

          8.1.2 Related Parties.

          The Members in a group of Related  Parties shall each be entitled to a
vote,  provided that all the Members in a group of Related  Parties that chooses
to exercise such rights shall be assigned to the Electric Distributor sector. 

                                       16

<PAGE>

     8.2 Representatives.

          8.2.1 Appointment.

          Each  Member  may  appoint a  representative  to serve on the  Members
Committee,  with  authority  to act for that Member  with  respect to actions or
decisions  by the  Members  Committee.  Each  Member may  appoint  an  alternate
representative  to act for that Member at meetings of the Members  Committee  in
the absence of the representative. A Member participating in the PJM Interchange
Energy Market through an agent may be  represented  on the Members  Committee by
that agent. A Member shall appoint its  representative  by giving written notice
identifying its representative and alternate representative to the Office of the
Interconnection. Members that are Affiliates or Related Parties may each appoint
a representative  and alternate  representative  to the Members  Committee,  but
shall vote as specified in Section 8.1.

          8.2.2 Regulatory Authorities.

          FERC and any other federal  agency with  regulatory  authority  over a
Member,  each State  electric  utility  regulatory  commission  with  regulatory
jurisdiction  within the PJM Control Area, and each office of consumer  advocate
from each  State  all or any part of the  territory  of which is within  the PJM
Control  Area,  may  nominate  one  representative  to  serve  as an ex  officio
non-voting member of the Members Committee.

          8.2.3 Initial Representatives.

          Initial representatives to the Members Committee shall be appointed no
later  than 30 days  after the  Effective  Date;  provided,  however,  that each
representative to the Management  Committee under the Operating Agreement of PJM
Interconnection,  L.L.C.  as in effect  immediately  prior to the Effective Date
shall  automatically  become a  representative  to the Members  Committee on the
Effective Date unless replaced as specified in Section 8.2.4. An entity becoming
a Member shall appoint a representative  to the Members  Committee no later than
30 days after becoming a Member.

          8.2.4 Change of or Substitution for a Representative.

          Any Member may change its  representative  or alternate on the Members
Committee  at  any  time  by  providing  written  notice  to the  Office  of the
Interconnection  identifying its replacement  representative  or alternate.  Any
representative  to the Members  Committee  may, by written  notice to the Chair,
designate  a  substitute  representative  from that Member to act for him or her
with respect to any matter specified in such notice. 

                                       17


<PAGE>


     8.3 Meetings.

          8.3.1 Regular and Special Meetings.

          The Members Committee shall hold regular meetings,  no less frequently
than once each calendar quarter at such time and at such place as shall be fixed
by the Chair. The Members  Committee shall hold an Annual Meeting of the Members
each calendar year at such time and place as shall be specified by the Chair. At
the Annual Meeting of the Members,  Board Members as necessary,  officers of the
Members  Committee,  and  representatives  to the  Finance  Committee  shall  be
elected.  The  Members  Committee  may  hold  special  meetings  for one or more
designated  purposes within the scope of the authority of the Members  Committee
when  called by the Chair on the Chair's  own  initiative,  or at the request of
five or more  representatives on the Members Committee.  The notice of a regular
or special meeting shall be distributed to the  representatives  as specified in
Section 18.13 of this  Agreement not later than seven days prior to the meeting,
shall  state the time and place of the  meeting,  and  shall  include  an agenda
sufficient  to notify  the  representatives  of the  substance  of matters to be
considered  at the meeting;  provided,  however,  that meetings may be called on
shorter  notice at the discretion of the Chair as the Chair shall deem necessary
to deal with an emergency or to meet a deadline for action.

          8.3.2 Attendance.

          Regular  and  special  meetings  may  be  conducted  in  person  or by
telephone, or other electronic means as authorized by the Members Committee. The
attendance  in  person  or  by  telephone  or  other   electronic   means  of  a
representative  or a duly  designated  substitute  shall be required in order to
vote.

          8.3.3 Quorum.

          The  attendance  as  specified  in Section  8.3.2 of a majority of the
Voting  Members from each of at least three sectors that each have at least five
Members  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  No  action  may be taken by the  Members
Committee at a meeting unless a quorum is present; provided,  however, that if a
quorum is not present,  the Voting  Members then present shall have the power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

     8.4 Manner of Acting.

     (a) All matters brought up for a vote or approval by the Members  Committee
shall be stated in the form of a motion, which must be seconded. Only one motion
may be pending at one time.

     (b) Each  Sector  shall  be  entitled  to cast one and zero  one-hundredths
(1.00)  Sector  Votes.  Each  Voting  Member  shall be  entitled to cast one (1)
non-divisible  vote in its sector.  In the case of a Voting Member  comprised of
Affiliates or Related Parties,  any  representative,  alternate or substitute of
any of the Affiliated or Related Parties may cast the vote of the Voting Member.
The Sector  Vote of each  sector  shall be split into an  affirmative  component
based on votes for the pending motion,  and a negative  component based on votes
against the pending  motion,  in direct  proportion to the votes cast within the
sector for and against the pending motion, rounded to two decimal places.

     (c) The sum of  affirmative  Sector  Votes  necessary  to pass the  pending
motion shall be 

                                       18


<PAGE>

greater  than (but not merely  equal to) the product of .667  multiplied  by the
number of sectors that have at least five Members and that  participated  in the
vote.  

     (d) Voting Members not in attendance at the meeting as specified in Section
8.3.2 of this  Agreement or abstaining  shall not be counted as  affirmative  or
negative votes.

     8.5 Chair and Vice Chair of the Members Committee.

          8.5.1 Selection and Term.

          The  representatives or their alternates or substitutes on the Members
Committee shall elect from among the  representatives  a Chair and a Vice Chair.
The  offices  of Chair and Vice  Chair  shall be held for a term of one year and
until succession to the office occurs as specified  herein.  Except as specified
below, at each Annual Meeting of the Members the Vice Chair shall succeed to the
office of Chair,  and a new Vice Chair shall be elected.  If the office of Chair
becomes  vacant,  or the Chair leaves the  employment of the Member for whom the
Chair is the  representative,  or the Chair is no longer the  representative  of
such Member, the Vice Chair shall succeed to the office of Chair, and a new Vice
Chair  shall be elected at the next  regular or special  meeting of the  Members
Committee,  both such officers to serve until the second  Annual  Meeting of the
Members  following such succession or election to a vacant office. If the office
of Vice Chair  becomes  vacant,  or the Vice Chair leaves the  employment of the
Member  for whom the Vice Chair is the  representative,  or the Vice Chair is no
longer the  representative  of such Member, a new Vice Chair shall be elected at
the next regular or special meeting of the Members Committee.

          8.5.2 Duties.

          The Chair shall call and preside at meetings of the Members Committee,
and shall carry out such other  responsibilities  as the Members Committee shall
assign.  The Chair shall cause minutes of each meeting of the Members  Committee
to be taken and  maintained,  and shall cause notices of meetings of the Members
Committee  to be  distributed.  The Vice Chair shall  preside at meetings of the
Members  Committee in the absence of the Chair,  and shall otherwise act for the
Chair at the Chair's request.

     8.6 Other Committees.

     (a) The Members Committee may form, select the membership,  and oversee the
activities,  of an  Operating  Committee,  a Planning  Committee,  and an Energy
Market   Committee   as  standing   committees,   and  such  other   committees,
subcommittees,  task  forces,  working  groups or other  bodies as it shall deem
appropriate,  to provide advice and  recommendations to the Members Committee or
to the Office of the Interconnection as directed by the Members Committee.

     (b) The Members  Committee  shall elect  representatives  to the  Alternate
Dispute  Resolution  Committee  as  specified  in  the  PJM  Dispute  Resolution
Procedures.

     8.7 User Groups.

     (a) Any five or more  Members  sharing  a common  interest  may form a User
Group,  and may  invite  such  other  Members to join the User Group as the User
Group shall deem  appropriate.  Notification  of the  formation  of a User Group
shall be provided to all members of the Members Committee. 

                                       19


<PAGE>


     (b)  The  Members   Committee   shall  create  a  User  Group  composed  of
representatives  of bona fide public  interest and  environmental  organizations
that are  interested  in the  activities  of the LLC and are willing and able to
participate in such a User Group.

     Meetings of User Groups  shall be open to all Members and the Office of the
Interconnection.  Notices  and  agendas of  meetings  of a User  Group  shall be
provided to all Members that ask to receive them.

     (d) Any  recommendation  or proposal for action adopted by affirmative vote
of  three-fourths  or more of the members of a User Group shall be circulated by
the  Office  of the  Interconnection  to  the  representatives  on  the  Members
Committee and shall be  considered by the Members  Committee at its next regular
meeting occurring not earlier than 30 days after the circulation of such notice.

     (e) If the Members  Committee does not adopt a  recommendation  or proposal
submitted to it by a User Group, upon vote of nine-tenths or more of the members
of the User Group the  recommendation  or proposal  may be  submitted to the PJM
Board for its consideration in accordance with Section 7.7(v).

     8.8 Powers of the Members Committee.

     The  Members  Committee,  acting by adoption  of a motion as  specified  in
Section  8.4,  shall  have  the  power  to take the  actions  specified  in this
Agreement, including:

                    i)        Elect the members of the PJM Board;

                    ii)       In accordance  with the provisions of Section 18.6
                              of  this  Agreement,  amend  any  portion  of this
                              Agreement,  including  the  Schedules  hereto,  or
                              create new Schedules, and file any such amendments
                              or new  Schedules  with  FERC or other  regulatory
                              body of competent jurisdiction;

                    iii)      Terminate thisAgreement; and

                    iv)       Provide  advice  and  recommendations  to the  PJM
                              Board and the Office of the Interconnection.

                                  9. OFFICERS

     9.1 Election and Term.

     The  officers of the LLC shall  consist of a President,  a Secretary  and a
Treasurer.  The PJM Board may elect such other officers as it deems necessary to
carry out the  business  of the LLC.  All  officers  shall be elected by the PJM
Board and shall hold office  until the next annual  meeting of the PJM Board and
until their  successors  are  elected.  Any number of offices may be held by the
same person,  except that the offices of the  President and Treasurer may not be
held by the same person.

                                       20

<PAGE>


     9.2 President.

     The PJM Board shall appoint a President and Chief Executive  Officer of the
LLC (the  "President").  The President shall direct and supervise the day-to-day
operation of the LLC, and shall report to the PJM Board.  The President shall be
responsible for directing and supervising the Office of the  Interconnection  in
the  performance of the duties and  responsibilities  specified in Section 10.4.
The President  shall execute bonds,  mortgages and other  contracts  requiring a
seal, under the seal of the LLC, except where required or permitted by law to be
otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof
shall be expressly  delegated by the board to some other officer or agent of the
LLC. In the absence of the  President or in the event of his or her inability or
refusal to act, and if a vice president has been appointed by the PJM Board, the
Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President,  the Vice
Presidents  in the  order  designated  by the PJM  Board in its  Minutes)  shall
perform  the duties of the  President,  and when so  acting,  shall have all the
powers of and be subject to all the  restrictions  upon the President.  The Vice
President  shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the PJM
Board may from time to time prescribe.

     9.3 Secretary.

     The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the PJM Board and record all the
proceedings  of the  meetings  of the PJM Board in a minute  book to be kept for
that  purpose and shall  perform  like  duties for the  standing  committees  or
special  committees  when required.  He or she shall give, or cause to be given,
notice of all special  meetings of the PJM Board,  and shall  perform such other
duties  as  may be  prescribed  by the  PJM  Board  or  President,  under  whose
supervision  he or she shall be. He or she shall have  custody of the  corporate
seal of the LLC, and he or she, or an assistant secretary,  shall have authority
to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be
attested  by  his  or  her  signature  or by the  signature  of  such  assistant
secretary.  The PJM Board may give  general  authority  to any other  officer to
affix the seal of the LLC and to attest the  affixing  by his or her  signature.


     9.4 Treasurer.

     The Treasurer  shall have or arrange for the custody of the LLC's funds and
securities   and  shall  keep  full  and  accurate   accounts  of  receipts  and
disbursements  in books  belongings  to the LLC and shall deposit all moneys and
other  valuable  effects  in the  name  and to the  credit  of the  LLC in  such
depositories as may be designated by the PJM Board. The Treasurer shall disburse
the funds of the LLC as may be ordered by the PJM Board,  taking proper vouchers
for such  disbursements,  and shall render to the President and PJM Board at its
regular  meetings,  or when the PJM Board so requires,  an account of his or her
transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the LLC. If required
by the Board,  the  Treasurer  shall give the LLC a bond (which shall be renewed
periodically)  in such  sum and  with  such  surety  or  sureties  as  shall  be
satisfactory to the PJM Board for the faithful  performance of the duties of his
office  and  of the  restoration  to  the  LLC,  in  case  of his or her  death,
resignation,  retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers,
money and other  property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his
or her control belonging to the LLC.

                                       21


<PAGE>


     9.5 Renewal of Officers; Vacancies.

     Any  officer  elected or  appointed  by the PJM Board may be removed at any
time by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the PJM Board  eligible to vote.
Any vacancy occurring in any office of the LLC shall be filled by the PJM Board.

     9.6 Compensation.

     The  salaries of all  officers  and agents of the LLC,  and the  reasonable
compensation of the PJM Board, shall be fixed by the PJM Board.

                       10. OFFICE OF THE INTERCONNECTION.

     10.1 Establishment.

     The  Office  of  the   Interconnection   shall  implement  this  Agreement,
administer  the PJM Tariff,  and undertake  such other  responsibilities  as set
forth  herein.  All  personnel  of the  Office of the  Interconnection  shall be
employees of the LLC or under  contract  thereto.  The cost of the Office of the
Interconnection  and  expenses  associated  therewith,  including  salaries  and
expenses of said personnel,  space and any necessary facilities or other capital
expenditures,  shall be recovered in  accordance  with Schedule 3. The Office of
the  Interconnection  shall adopt,  publish and comply with standards of conduct
that satisfy the regulations of FERC.

     10.2 Processes and Organization.

     In  order  to  carry  out  the   responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection for the safe and reliable operation of the Interconnection,  the
President may establish  processes and organization for operating  personnel and
facilities  as the  President  shall deem  appropriate,  and shall  request such
Members as the President shall deem appropriate to participate in such processes
and  organization.  All such processes and organization  shall be carried out in
accordance  with all applicable code of conduct or other  functional  separation
requirements of FERC.


     10.3 Confidential Information.

     The Office of the  Interconnection  shall comply with the  requirements  of
Section  18.17  with  respect to any  proprietary  or  confidential  information
received from or about any Member.

     10.4 Duties and Responsibilities.

     The Office of the Interconnection,  under the direction of the President as
supervised and overseen by the PJM Board,  shall carry out the following  duties
and responsibilities, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement:

                    i)        Administer and implement this Agreement;

                    ii)       Perform  such  functions  in  furtherance  of this
                              Agreement  as the PJM  Board,  acting  within  the
                              scope of its  duties  and  responsibilities  under
                              this Agreement, may direct;

                    iii)      Prepare,  maintain, update and disseminate the PJM
                              Manuals;

                    iv)       Comply with MAAC and NERC  operation  and planning
                              standards, 

                                       22

<PAGE>


                    principles and guidelines;

          v)        Maintain  an  appropriately  trained  workforce,   and  such
                    equipment and facilities,  including  computer  hardware and
                    software  and  backup  power   supplies,   as  necessary  or
                    appropriate to implement or administer this Agreement;

          vi)       Direct the operation and coordinate  the  maintenance of the
                    facilities  of the  Interconnection  used for both  load and
                    reactive  supply,  so as to maintain  reliability of service
                    and  obtain  the   benefits  of  pooling   and   interchange
                    consistent with this Agreement and the Reliability Assurance
                    Agreement;

          vii)      Direct the operation and coordinate  the  maintenance of the
                    bulk power supply  facilities  of the  Interconnection  with
                    such  facilities  and  systems  of others  not party to this
                    Agreement in accordance with agreements  between the LLC and
                    such other systems to secure  reliability  and continuity of
                    service and other advantages of pooling on a regional basis;

          viii)     Perform   interchange   accounting   and  maintain   records
                    pertaining  to the operation of the PJM  Interchange  Energy
                    Market and the Interconnection;

          ix)       Notify the  Members of the  receipt  of any  application  to
                    become a  Member,  and of the  action  of the  Office of the
                    Interconnection  on  such  application,  including  but  not
                    limited to the  completion of  integration of a new Member's
                    system into the PJM  Control  Area as  specified  in Section
                    11.6(f);

          x)        Calculate the Weighted Interest of each Member;

          xi)       Maintain  accurate  records  of the  sectors  in which  each
                    Voting Member is entitled to vote, and calculate the results
                    of any vote taken in the Members Committee;


          xii)      Furnish appropriate  information and reports as are required
                    to keep the Members  regularly  informed of the outlook for,
                    the   functioning   of,   and   results   achieved   by  the
                    Interconnection;

          xiii)     File with FERC on behalf of the  Members any  amendments  to
                    this  Agreement or the Schedules  hereto,  any new Schedules
                    hereto,  and make any other regulatory  filings on behalf of
                    the  Members  or  the  LLC   necessary  to  implement   this
                    Agreement;

          xiv)      At the  direction  of the  PJM  Board,  submit  comments  to
                    regulatory   authorities   on  matters   pertinent   to  the
                    Interconnection;

          xv)       Consult  with the standing or other  committees  established
                    pursuant   to   Section   8.6(a)  on   matters   within  the
                    responsibility of the committee;

          xvi)      Perform   operating   studies  of  the  bulk  power   supply
                    facilities   of   the    Interconnection   and   make   such
                    recommendations   and  initiate   such  actions  as  may  be
                    necessary   to   maintain   reliable    operation   of   the
                    Interconnection;  

          xvii)     Accept, on behalf of the Members,  notices served under this
                    Agreement;

                                       23


<PAGE>


          xviii)    Perform those functions and undertake those responsibilities
                    transferred to it under the Transmission  Owners  Agreement,
                    including  (A)  direct  the  operation  of the  transmission
                    facilities  of  the  parties  to  the  Transmission   Owners
                    Agreement, (B) administer the PJM Tariff, and (C) administer
                    the Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Planning Protocol set
                    forth as Schedule 6 to this Agreement.

          xix)      Perform those functions and undertake those responsibilities
                    transferred to it under the Reliability Assurance Agreement,
                    as specified in Schedule 8 of this Agreement.

          xx)       Monitor the operation of the PJM Control  Area,  ensure that
                    appropriate  Emergency  plans are in place  and  appropriate
                    Emergency drills are conducted,  declare the existence of an
                    Emergency,  and  direct  the  operations  of the  Members as
                    necessary to manage, alleviate or end an Emergency;


          xxi)      Incorporate the grid reliability  requirements applicable to
                    nuclear  generating  units in the PJM Control Area  planning
                    and operating principles and practices; and

          xxii)     Initiate such legal or regulatory proceedings as directed by
                    the PJM Board to enforce the obligations of this Agreement.

                                  11. MEMBERS

     11.1 Management Rights.

     The  Members  or any of them shall not take part in the  management  of the
business of, and shall not transact any business for, the LLC in their  capacity
as Members, nor shall they have power to sign for or to bind the LLC. 

     11.2 Other Activities.

     Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein, any Member may engage in or
possess  any  interest  in  another  business  or  venture  of  any  nature  and
description,  independently  or with  others,  even if such  activities  compete
directly with the business of the LLC, and neither the LLC nor any Member hereof
shall have any rights in or to any such  independent  ventures  or the income or
profits derived  therefrom.  

     11.3 Member Responsibilities.

          11.3.1 General.

          To  facilitate  and  provide  for  the  work  of  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  and  of  the  several  committees   appointed  by  the  Members
Committee, each Member shall, to the extent applicable;

          (a) Maintain  adequate  records and, subject to the provisions of this
Agreement  for  the  protection  of  the   confidentiality   of  proprietary  or
commercially sensitive  information,  provide data required for (i) coordination
of operations, (ii) accounting for all interchange 

                                       24


<PAGE>


transactions,  (iii)  preparation  of required  reports,  (iv)  coordination  of
planning, including those data required for capacity accounting, (v) preparation
of maintenance schedules,  (vi) analysis of system disturbances,  and (vii) such
other  purposes,  including those set forth in Schedule 2, as will contribute to
the  reliable and economic  operation of the  Interconnection;  

          (b) Provide such recording,  telemetering,  communication  and control
facilities  as are  required for the  coordination  of its  operations  with the
Office of the  Interconnection  and those of the other Members and to enable the
Office of the  Interconnection  to operate  the PJM Control  Area and  otherwise
implement and administer this Agreement,  including equipment required in normal
and  Emergency   operations  and  for  the  recording  and  analysis  of  system
disturbances;

          (c) Provide  adequate  and  properly  trained  personnel to (i) permit
participation in the coordinated operation of the Interconnection, (ii) meet its
obligation  on a timely  basis for supply of records  and data,  (iii)  serve on
committees  and  participate  in their  investigations,  and  (iv)  share in the
representation of the Interconnection in inter-regional and national reliability
activities;

          (d)  Share in the costs of  committee  activities  and  investigations
(including  costs of consultants,  computer time and other  appropriate  items),
communication  facilities used by all the Members (in addition to those provided
in the Office of the  Interconnection),  and such other expenses as are approved
for payment by the PJM Board, such costs to be recovered as provided in Schedule
3;

          (e) Comply with the requirements of the PJM Manuals and all directives
of the  Office of the  Interconnection  to take any  action  for the  purpose of
managing,  alleviating  or ending an Emergency,  and authorize the Office of the
Interconnection to direct the transfer or interruption of the delivery of energy
on their behalf to meet an  Emergency  and to  implement  agreements  with other
Control Areas  interconnected with the PJM Control Area for the mutual provision
of service to meet an  Emergency,  and be  subject  to the  emergency  procedure
charges  specified in Schedule 9 of this Agreement for any failure to follow the
Emergency instructions of the Office of the Interconnection.

          11.3.2 Facilities Planning and Operation.

          Consistent with and subject to the requirements of this Agreement, the
PJM  Tariff,  the MAAC  Agreement,  the  Reliability  Assurance  Agreement,  the
Transmission Owners Agreement,  and the PJM Manuals, each Member shall cooperate
with  the  other  Members  in the  coordinated  planning  and  operation  of the
facilities  of its  System  within  the PJM  Control  Area so as to  obtain  the
greatest  practicable  degree  of  reliability,  compatible  economy  and  other
advantages from such coordinated planning and operation.  In furtherance of such
cooperation each Member shall, as applicable:

          (a)   Consult   with  the  other   Members   and  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection,  and coordinate the installation of its electric generation and
Transmission  Facilities  with  those of such other  Members  so as to  maintain
reliable service in the PJM Control Area;

          (b)   Coordinate   with  the  other   Members,   the   Office  of  the
Interconnection  and with others in the planning  and  operation of the regional
facilities to secure a high level of  reliability  and continuity of service and
other advantages; 

                                       25


<PAGE>


          (c)   Cooperate   with  the  other  Members  and  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection in the implementation of all policies and procedures established
pursuant to this  Agreement  for dealing  with  Emergencies,  including  but not
limited to policies and procedures for maintaining or arranging for a portion of
a Member's Capacity  Resources at least equal to the level established  pursuant
to the Reliability Assurance Agreement to have the ability to go from a shutdown
condition  to  an  operating   condition  and  start  delivering  power  without
assistance from the power system;

          (d) Cooperate  with the members of MAAC to augment the  reliability of
the bulk power  supply  facilities  of the region and comply  with MAAC and NERC
operating and planning standards, principles and guidelines and the PJM Manuals;


          (e) Obtain or arrange for transmission service as appropriate to carry
out this Agreement;

          (f) Cooperate with the Office of the Interconnection's coordination of
the  operating  and  maintenance   schedules  of  the  Member's  generating  and
Transmission  Facilities  with the  facilities  of  other  Members  to  maintain
reliable  service to its own  customers  and those of the other  Members  and to
obtain economic efficiencies consistent therewith;

          (g)   Cooperate   with  the  other  Members  and  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  in the analysis,  formulation  and  implementation  of plans to
prevent  or   eliminate   conditions   that  impair  the   reliability   of  the
Interconnection; and

          (h) Adopt and apply standards  adopted  pursuant to this Agreement and
conforming to MAAC and NERC  standards,  principles  and  guidelines and the PJM
Manuals,  for  system  design,   equipment  ratings,   operating  practices  and
maintenance practices.

          11.3.3 Electric Distributors.

          In  addition  to any of the  foregoing  responsibilities  that  may be
applicable,  each Member that is an  Electric  Distributor,  whether or not that
Member  votes in the Members  Committee in the  Electric  Distributor  sector or
meets  the  eligibility  requirements  for  any  other  sector  of  the  Members
Committee, shall:

          (a) Accept, comply with or be compatible with all standards applicable
within the PJM Control Area with respect to system  design,  equipment  ratings,
operating  practices and maintenance  practices as set forth in the PJM Manuals,
or be  subject  to an  interconnected  Member's  requirements  relating  to  the
foregoing,   so  that  sufficient  electrical  equipment,   control  capability,
information and communication are available to the Office of the Interconnection
for planning and operation of the PJM Control Area;

          (b) Assure the  continued  compatibility  of its local  system  energy
management  system  monitoring  and  telecommunications  systems to satisfy  the
technical requirements of interacting  automatically or manually with the Office
of the Interconnection as it directs the operation of the PJM Control Area;

          (c)  Maintain  or arrange  for a portion of its  connected  load to be
subject  to  control  by  automatic  underfrequency,   under-voltage,  or  other
load-shedding  devices at least equal to the levels established  pursuant to the
Reliability Assurance Agreement, or be subject to another 

                                       26


<PAGE>


Member's control for these purposes;

          (d) Provide or arrange for sufficient  reactive capability and voltage
control  facilities  to conform  to Good  Utility  Practice  and (i) to meet the
reactive  requirements of its system and customers and (ii) to maintain adequate
voltage levels and the stability required by the bulk power supply facilities of
the Interconnection;

          (e) Shed connected  load,  share Capacity  Resources,  initiate active
load management  programs,  and take such other  coordination  actions as may be
necessary in accordance with the directions of the Office of the Interconnection
in Emergencies;

          (f)  Maintain or arrange for a portion of its  Capacity  Resources  at
least  equal to the level  established  pursuant  to the  Reliability  Assurance
Agreement  to have the ability to go from a shutdown  condition  to an operating
condition and start delivering power without assistance from the power system;

          (g)Provide  or arrange  through  another  Member for the services of a
24-hour   local   control   center  to   coordinate   with  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection,  each such  control  center to be  furnished  with  appropriate
telemetry equipment as specified in the PJM Manuals, and to be staffed by system
operators  trained  and  delegated  sufficient  authority  to  take  any  action
necessary  to assure that the system for which the  operator is  responsible  is
operated in a stable and reliable manner;

          (h)  Provide  to  the  Office  of  the   Interconnection  all  System,
accounting,  customer  tracking,  load  forecasting  and other data necessary or
appropriate  to  implement  or  administer  this  Agreement  or the  Reliability
Assurance Agreement; and

          (i) Comply  with the  underfrequency  relay  obligations  and  charges
specified in Schedule 7 of this Agreement.

          11.3.4 Reports to the Office of the Interconnection.

          Each Member  shall report as promptly as possible to the Office of the
Interconnection  any changes in its operating  practices and procedures relating
to the reliability of the bulk power supply  facilities of the  Interconnection.
The Office of the Interconnection  shall review such reports,  and if any change
in an  operating  practice or  procedure of the Member is not in accord with the
established   operating   principles,   practices   and   procedures   for   the
Interconnection  and such  change  adversely  affects  the  Interconnection  and
regional  reliability,  it shall so inform such  Member,  and the other  Members
through their representative on the Operating  Committee,  and shall direct that
such  change be  modified to conform to the  established  operating  principles,
practices and procedures.

     11.4 Regional Transmission Expansion Planning Protocol.

     The Members shall participate in regional  transmission  expansion planning
in accordance with the Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Planning  Protocol set
forth in Schedule 6 to this Agreement. 

                                       27


<PAGE>


     11.5 Member Right to Petition.

     (a) Nothing  herein shall  deprive any Member of the right to petition FERC
to modify any provision of this Agreement or any Schedule or practice  hereunder
that the  petitioning  Member  believes  to be unjust,  unreasonable,  or unduly
discriminatory  under Section 206 of the Federal Power Act, subject to the right
of any other Member (a) to oppose said proposal, or (b) to withdraw from the LLC
pursuant to Section 4.1.

     (b) Nothing  herein shall be construed as affecting in any way the right of
the Members,  acting pursuant to a vote of the Members Committee as specified in
Section 8.4,  unilaterally  to make an  application  to FERC for a change in any
rate,  charge,  classification,  tariff or  service,  or any rule or  regulation
related thereto,  under section 205 of the Federal Power Act and pursuant to the
rules and regulations  promulgated by FERC  thereunder,  subject to the right of
any Member that voted against such change in any rate,  charge,  classification,
tariff or service,  or any rule or regulation  related thereto,  in intervene in
opposition to any such application.

     (c) Nothing in this Agreement  shall preclude those Members  joining in the
proposal  to  utilize  Locational  Marginal  Prices  to deal  with  transmission
congestion  from (i) filing  amendments to the Agreement  necessary to implement
the use of Locational Marginal Prices in the PJM Control Area in accordance with
such orders or other  directives as may be issued by FERC relating  thereto,  or
(ii)  implementing  the provisions of Sections 1.7.21 and 5.2.2(d) of Schedule 1
to this  Agreement,  without  further  authorization  or approval by the Members
Committee.

     11.6 Membership Requirements.

     (a) To qualify as a Member, an entity shall:

          i)        Be a  Transmission  Owner  within the PJM Control Area or an
                    Eligible Customer under the PJM Tariff;

          ii)       If not a Transmission Owner, be a Generation Owner, an Other
                    Supplier, an Electric Distributor, or an End-Use Consumer;

          iii)      Be  engaged  in buying,  selling  or  transmitting  electric
                    energy  in or  through  the  Interconnection  or have a good
                    faith intent to do so; and

          iv)       Accept the obligations set forth in this Agreement.

     (b)  Certain  Members  that are Load  Serving  Entities  are parties to the
Reliability  Assurance  Agreement.  Upon becoming a Member, any entity that is a
Load  Serving  Entity  and that  wishes  to  become a Market  Buyer  shall  also
simultaneously execute the Reliability Assurance Agreement.

     (c) An entity that wishes to become a party to this Agreement  shall apply,
in writing,  to the President setting forth its request,  its qualifications for
membership,  its  agreement to supply data as specified in this  Agreement,  its
agreement  to pay all costs and  expenses  in  accordance  with  Schedule 3, and
providing all information  specified pursuant to the Schedules to this Agreement
for entities that wish to become Market Participants.  Any such application that
meets all  applicable  requirements  shall be approved by the  President  within
sixty (60) days. 

                                       28


<PAGE>


     (d)Nothing  in this Section 11 is intended to remove,  in any respect,  the
choice of  participation  by other  utility  companies or  organizations  in the
operation of the Interconnection through inclusion in the System of a Member.

     (e) An entity whose  application  is accepted by the President  pursuant to
Section  11.6(c) shall execute a supplement to this  Agreement in  substantially
the form prescribed in Schedule 4, which  supplement  shall be  countersigned by
the  President  and tendered for filing with FERC by the  President.  The entity
shall become a Member effective on the date specified by FERC when accepting the
supplement for filing.

     (f) Entities whose applications  contemplate  expansion or rearrangement of
the PJM  Control  Area may become  Members  promptly  as  described  in Sections
11.6(c) and 11.6(e) above,  but the integration of the  applicant's  system into
all of the  operation  and  accounting  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and the
Reliability  Assurance  Agreement  shall  occur  only  after  completion  of all
required installations and modifications of metering,  communications,  computer
programming,  and other necessary and appropriate facilities and procedures,  as
determined   by  the   Office  of  the   Interconnection.   The  Office  of  the
Interconnection  shall  notify  the  other  Members  when such  integration  has
occurred.

                      12. TRANSFERS OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST

     The rights and  obligations  created by this  Agreement  shall inure to and
bind the  successors  and assigns of such Member;  provided,  however,  that the
rights and obligations of any Member hereunder shall not be assigned without the
approval of the Members  Committee  except as to a successor  in  operation of a
Member's  electric  operating  properties by reason of a merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,   sale,   spinoff,   or  foreclosure,   as  a  result  of  which
substantially  all such  electric  operating  properties  are acquired by such a
successor, and such successor becomes a Member.

                                13. INTERCHANGE

     13.1 Interchange Arrangements with Non-Members.

     Any Member may enter into interchange  arrangements with others who are not
Members  with  respect to the  delivery  or receipt  of  capacity  and energy to
fulfill  its  obligations  hereunder  or for any other  purpose,  subject to the
standards and requirements established in or pursuant to this Agreement. 

                                       29


<PAGE>


     13.2 Energy Market.

     The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  administer  an efficient  energy
market within the  Interconnection,  to be known as the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market,  in  which  Members  may  buy  and  sell  energy.   The  Office  of  the
Interconnection will schedule in advance and dispatch generation on the basis of
least-cost,   security-constrained   dispatch  and  the  prices  and   operating
characteristics   offered  by  sellers  within  and  into  the  Interconnection,
continuing  until  sufficient  generation  is  dispatched  to serve  the  energy
purchase   requirements   of  the   Interconnection   and   buyers  out  of  the
Interconnection,  as  well  as  the  requirements  of  the  Interconnection  for
ancillary services provided by such generation. Scheduling and dispatch shall be
conducted  in  accordance  with  applicable  schedules to the PJM Tariff and the
Schedules to this Agreement.

                                  14. METERING

     14.1 Installation, Maintenance and Reading of Meters.

     The quantities of electric energy involved in  determination of the amounts
of the  billing  rendered  hereunder  shall be  ascertained  by means of  meters
installed,  maintained  and read  either  at the  expense  of the party on whose
premises  the  meters are  located or as  otherwise  provided  for by  agreement
between the parties concerned.

     14.2 Metering Procedures.

     Procedures with respect to maintenance,  testing,  calibrating,  correction
and  registration  records,  and precision  tolerance of all metering  equipment
shall be in accordance  with Good Utility  Practice.  The expense of testing any
meter shall be borne by the party  owning  such meter,  except that when a meter
tested upon request of another party is found to register within the established
tolerance the party making the request shall bear the expense of such test.

     14.3 Integrated Megawatt-Hours

     All metering of energy required herein shall be the integration of megawatt
hours in the clock hour, and the quantities  thus obtained shall  constitute the
megawatt load for such clock hour; provided,  however,  that adjustment shall be
made for other  contractual  obligations  of any  Member as may be  required  to
determine  the  quantity to be accounted  for  hereunder,  and for  transmission
losses.

     14.4 Meter Locations.

     The meter  locations to be used by the Members in determining  their energy
transactions on the Interconnection  shall be as reasonably determined from time
to time by the Member or the Office of the Interconnection.

                                       30


<PAGE>


                         15. ENFORCEMENT OF OBLIGATIONS

     15.1 Failure to Meet Obligations.

          15.1.1 Termination of Market Buyer Rights.

          The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  terminate a Market  Buyer's
right to make purchases from the PJM Interchange  Energy Market if it determines
that the Market  Buyer does not  continue to meet the  obligations  set forth in
this Agreement, provided that the Office of the Interconnection has notified the
Market Buyer of any such  deficiency  and afforded the Market Buyer a reasonable
opportunity  to cure it. The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  reinstate  a
Market Buyer's right to make purchases  from the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market
upon demonstration by the Market Buyer that it has come into compliance with the
obligations set forth in this Agreement.

          15.1.2 Termination of Market Seller Rights.

          The  Office of the  Interconnection  shall not  accept  offers  from a
Market  Seller  that has not  complied  with the  prices,  terms,  or  operating
characteristics  of  any  of  its  prior  scheduled   transactions  in  the  PJM
Interchange  Energy  Market,  unless  such Market  Seller has taken  appropriate
measures  to the  satisfaction  of the Office of the  Interconnection  to ensure
future compliance.

          15.1.3 Payment of Bills.

          (a) A Member shall make full and timely  payment,  in accordance  with
the terms specified by the Office of the Interconnection,  of all bills rendered
in connection with  transactions  in the PJM Interchange  Energy Market or other
services  performed by the Office of the  Interconnection,  notwithstanding  any
disputed amount,  but any such payment shall not be deemed a waiver of any right
with respect to such  dispute.  Any Member that fails to make such  payment,  or
otherwise  fails to meet its  financial or other  obligations  to a Member,  the
Office  of the  Interconnection  or the LLC under  this  Agreement,  shall  upon
expiration of the 30 day period specified below be in default.  If the Office of
the Interconnection  concludes, upon its own initiative or the recommendation of
or complaint by the Members Committee or any Member,  that a Member is in breach
of any obligation under this Agreement,  the Office of the Interconnection shall
so notify  such Member and inform all other  Members.  The  notified  Member may
remedy such asserted  breach by: (i) paying all amounts  assertedly  due,  along
with  interest on such amounts  calculated in  accordance  with the  methodology
specified  for  interest  on  refunds  in FERC's  regulations  at 18 C.F.R.  ss.
35.19a(a)(2)(iii);  and (ii)  demonstration to the satisfaction of the Office of
the Interconnection  that the Member has taken appropriate  measures to meet any
other obligation of which it was deemed to be in breach; provided, however, that
any such payment or demonstration  may be subject to a reservation of rights, if
any,  to subject  such  matter to the PJM  Dispute  Resolution  Procedures;  and
provided,   further,   that  any  such   determination  by  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  may be subject  to review by the PJM Board upon  request of the
Member  involved  or the  Office  of the  Interconnection.  If a Member  has not
remedied  a breach  by the 30th  day  following  receipt  of the  Office  of the
Interconnection's  notice,  or receipt of the PJM Board's decision on review, if
applicable,  then the Member  shall be in default and, in addition to such other
remedies as may be  available  to the LLC: 

          i)        A defaulting  Market  Participant  shall be  precluded  from
                    buying or selling 

                                       31


<PAGE>


                    energy  in the  PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market  until  the
                    default is remedied as set forth above.

          ii)       A defaulting  Member shall not be entitled to participate in
                    the activities of any committee or other body established by
                    the Members Committee or the Office of the Interconnection.

          iii)      A  defaulting  Member  shall not be  entitled to vote on the
                    Members  Committee  or any  other  committee  or other  body
                    established pursuant to this Agreement.

     15.2 Enforcement of Obligations.

     If the Office of the Interconnection sends a notice to the PJM Board that a
Member has failed to perform an obligation  under this Agreement,  the PJM Board
shall initiate such action against such Member to enforce such obligation as the
PJM Board shall deem appropriate. Subject to the procedures specified in Section
15.1,  a Member's  failure to perform  such  obligation  shall be deemed to be a
default under this Agreement. In order to remedy a default, but without limiting
any rights the LLC may have  against the  defaulting  Member,  the PJM Board may
assess against,  and collect from, the Members not in default,  in proportion to
their  Weighted  Interest,  an amount  equal to the amount  that the  defaulting
Member  has  failed to pay to the  Office  of the  Interconnection,  along  with
appropriate interest, but such assessment shall in no way relieve the defaulting
Member of its obligations, and shall confer upon the Members Committee the right
to recover the assessed amounts from the defaulting  Member.  In addition to any
amounts  in  default,  the  defaulting  Member  shall be  liable  to the LCC for
reasonable costs incurred in enforcing the defaulting Member's obligations.

     15.3 Obligations to a Member in Default.

     The  Members  have no  continuing  obligation  to provide  the  benefits of
interconnected operations to a Member in default.

     15.4 Obligations of a Member in Default.

     A Member  found  to be in  default  shall  take all  possible  measures  to
mitigate  the  continued  impact of the  default on the  Members not in default,
including, but not limited to, loading its own generation to supply its own load
to the maximum extent possible.

     15.5 No Implied Waiver.

     A failure of a Member,  the PJM Board, or the LLC to insist upon or enforce
strict  performance  of any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall not be
construed as a waiver or  relinquishment to any extent of such entity's right to
assert or rely upon any such  provisions,  rights  and  remedies  in that or any
other instance; rather, the same shall be and remain in full force and effect.

                                       32


<PAGE>


                           16. LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

     16.1 Members.

     (a) As between the Members,  except as may be otherwise agreed upon between
individual Members with respect to specified interconnections,  each Member will
indemnify  and hold  harmless  each of the  other  Members,  and its  directors,
officers,  employees,  agents,  or  representatives,  of and  from  any  and all
damages,  losses,  claims,  demands,  suits,  recoveries,   costs  and  expenses
(including all court costs and reasonable  attorneys' fees), caused by reason of
bodily injury, death or damage to property of any third party, resulting from or
attributable to the fault,  negligence or willful misconduct of such Member, its
directors,  officers, employees, agents, or representatives,  or resulting from,
arising out of, or in any way connected with the  performance of its obligations
under this  Agreement,  excepting only, and to the extent,  such cost,  expense,
damage,  liability  or loss may be caused by the  fault,  negligence  or willful
misconduct of any other Member.  The duty to indemnify under this Agreement will
continue in full force and effect  notwithstanding the expiration or termination
of this  Agreement  or the  withdrawal  of a Member  from this  Agreement,  with
respect  to any  loss,  liability,  damage  or other  expense  based on facts or
conditions which occurred prior to such termination or withdrawal.

     (b) The amount of any indemnity  payment arising hereunder shall be reduced
(including,  without  limitation,  retroactively)  by any insurance  proceeds or
other  amounts  actually  recovered  by the Member  seeking  indemnification  in
respect of the indemnified action, claim, demand, costs, damage or liability. If
any Member  shall have  received  an  indemnity  payment  for an action,  claim,
demand,  cost,  damage or  liability  and shall  subsequently  actually  receive
insurance proceeds or other amounts for such action, claim, demand, cost, damage
or liability,  then such Member shall pay to the Member that made such indemnity
payment the lesser of the amount of such  insurance  proceeds  or other  amounts
actually  received  and  retained  or the net amount of the  indemnity  payments
actually received previously. 

                                       33


<PAGE>


     16.2 LLC Indemnified Parties.

     (a) The LLC will  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the PJM  Board,  the LLC's
officers,  employees and agents, and any  representatives of the Members serving
on the Members Committee and any other committee created under Section 8 of this
Agreement   (all  such   Board   Members,   officers,   employees,   agents  and
representatives  for  purposes  of this  Section  160 being  referred to as "LLC
Indemnified Parties"),  of and from any and all actions,  claims, demands, costs
(including  consequential  or indirect  damages,  economic  losses and all court
costs and  reasonable  attorneys'  fees) and  liabilities  to any third parties,
arising from, or in any way connected  with,  the  performance  of the LLC under
this Agreement,  or the fact that such LLC Indemnified Party was serving in such
capacity,  except  to the  extent  that  such  action,  claim,  demand,  cost or
liability results from the willful  misconduct of any LLC Indemnified Party with
respect to  participation  in the  misconduct.  To the extent any dispute arises
between any Member and the LLC arising from, or in any way connected  with,  the
performance of the LLC under this Agreement, the Member and the LLC shall follow
the PJM  Dispute  Resolution  Procedures.  To the extent  that any such  action,
claim,  demand,  cost or liability  arises from a Member's  contractual or other
obligation  to provide  electric  service  directly or  indirectly to said third
party,  which  obligation  to  provide  service  is  limited by the terms of any
tariff, service agreement,  franchise,  statute,  regulatory requirement,  court
decision or other limiting provision, the Member designates the LLC and each LLC
Indemnified Party a beneficiary of said limitation.

     (b) An LLC  Indemnified  Party shall not be personally  liable for monetary
damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such LLC Indemnified  Party,  except
that an LLC  Indemnified  Party  shall  be  liable  to the  extent  provided  by
applicable  law (i) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or that  involve
intentional  misconduct  or  a  knowing  violation  of  law,  or  (ii)  for  any
transaction  from which the LLC Indemnified  Party derived an improper  personal
benefit.  Notwithstanding (i) and (ii), indemnification shall be made in respect
of any claim,  issue or matter as to which such person shall have been  adjudged
to be liable to the LLC if and to the extent that the court in which such action
or  suit  was  brought  shall  determine  upon  application  that,  despite  the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such
person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses  which
such court shall deem  proper.  If  applicable  law is  hereafter  construed  or
amended to authorize the further  elimination  or limitation of the liability of
LLC Indemnified  Parties,  then the liability of the LLC Indemnified Parties, in
addition to the  limitation  on personal  liability  provided  herein,  shall be
limited to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law. No  amendment to or repeal of
this  section  shall  apply to or have any  effect on the  liability  or alleged
liability of any LLC Indemnified  Party or with respect to any acts or omissions
occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. The termination of any action, suit
or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent,  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption  that
the  person  did  not  act in good  faith  and in a  manner  which  such  person
reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best  interests  of the LLC,
and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  had reasonable  cause to
believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

     (c) The LLC  may pay  expenses  incurred  by an LLC  Indemnified  Party  in
defending a civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative  action,  suit or
proceeding  in  advance  of the  final  disposition  of  such  action,  suit  or
proceeding  upon  receipt  of an  undertaking  by  or  on  behalf  of  such  LLC
Indemnified Party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that
such LLC 

                                       34


<PAGE>


Indemnified  Party is not entitled to be indemnified by the LLC as authorized in
this Section.  

     (d) In the event the LLC incurs  liability  under this Section 16.2 that is
not adequately covered by insurance, such amounts shall be recovered pursuant to
the PJM Tariff as provided in Schedule 3 of this Agreement.

     16.3 Worker' Compensation Claims.

     Each  Member  shall  be  solely  responsible  for  all  claims  of its  own
employees, agents and servants growing out of any Worker's Compensation Law.

     16.4 Limitation of Liability.

     No Member or its directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives
shall be liable  to any other  Member  or its  directors,  officers,  employees,
agents,  or  representatives,  whether  liability  arises out of contract,  tort
(including  negligence),  strict  liability,  or any  other  cause of or form of
action  whatsoever,  for any  indirect,  incidental,  consequential,  special or
punitive  cost,  expense,  damage or loss,  including but not limited to loss of
profits or revenues,  cost of capital of financing,  loss of goodwill or cost of
replacement power,  arising from such Member's performance or failure to perform
any of its  obligations  under this Agreement or the  ownership,  maintenance or
operation of its System; provided,  however, that nothing herein shall be deemed
to reduce or limit the  obligations  of any Member with respect to the claims of
persons or entities that are not parties to this Agreement.

     16.5 Resolution of Disputes.

     To the extent any dispute arises between one or more Members  regarding any
issue covered by this Agreement, the Members shall follow the dispute resolution
procedures set forth in the PJM Dispute Resolution Procedures.

     16.6 Gross Negligence or Willful Misconduct.

     Neither  the LLC nor the LLC  Indemnified  Parties  shall be  liable to the
Members or any of them for any claims,  demands or costs arising from, or in any
way connected  with, the  performance of the LLC under this Agreement other than
actions,  claims or demands  based on gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct;
provided,  however, that nothing herein shall limit or reduce the obligations of
the LLC to the Members or any of them under the express terms of this  Agreement
or the PJM Tariff,  including,  but not limited to,  those set forth in Sections
6.2 and 6.3 of this Agreement.

     16.7 Insurance.

     The PJM Board shall be  authorized to procure  insurance  against the risks
borne by the LLC and the LLC  Indemnified  Parties,  the cost of which  shall be
treated as a cost and expense of the LLC. 

                                       35


<PAGE>


              17. MEMBER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     17.1 Representations and Warranties.

     Each Member makes the following  representations  and warranties to the LLC
and each  other  Member,  as of the  Effective  Date or such  later date as such
Member shall become admitted as a Member of the LLC.

          17.1.1 Organization and Existence.

          Such Member is an entity duly organized,  validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the state of its organization.

          17.1.2 Power and Authority.

          Such Member has the full power and  authority to execute,  deliver and
perform this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.

          17.1.3 Authorization and Enforceability.

          The  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by such Member and the
performance  of its  obligations  hereunder  have  been duly  authorized  by all
requisite  action  on the  part of the  Member,  and do not  conflict  with  any
applicable  law or with  any  other  agreement  binding  upon  the  Member.  The
Agreement has been duly  executed and  delivered by such Member and  constitutes
the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Member,  enforceable  against it
in accordance with the terms thereof,  except insofar as such enforceability may
be limited by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent
conveyance,  moratorium  or other  similar laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of
creditors'  rights generally,  and to general  principles of equity whether such
principles are considered in proceedings in law or in equity.

          17.1.4 No Government Consents.

          No  authorization,  consent,  approval  or  order  of,  notice  to  or
registration,  qualification,  declaration  or  filing  with,  any  governmental
authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by such Member
of this  Agreement  or the  carrying  out by  such  Member  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby other than such authorization,  consent,  approval or order
of,  notice to or  registration,  qualification,  declaration  or filing that is
pending before such governmental authority.

          17.1.5 No Conflict or Breach.

          None of the execution, delivery and performance by such Member of this
Agreement,  the compliance with the terms and provisions hereof and the carrying
out of the transactions  contemplated hereby, conflicts or will conflict with or
will  result  in a  breach  or  violation  of any of the  terms,  conditions  or
provisions of any law,  governmental rule or regulation or the charter documents
or bylaws of such Member or any applicable order, writ, injunction,  judgment or
decree of any court or governmental authority against such Member or by which it
or any of its properties, is bound, or any loan agreement,  indenture, mortgage,
bond, note, resolution,  contract or other agreement or instrument to which such
Member  is a  party  or by  which  it or any  of its  properties  is  bound,  or
constitutes  or will  constitute  a  default  thereunder  or will  result in the
imposition of any lien upon any of its properties. 

                                       36


<PAGE>


          17.1.6 No Proceedings.

          There are no actions at law,  suits in equity,  proceedings  or claims
pending or, to the knowledge of the Member, threatened against the Member before
any federal,  state,  foreign or local court,  tribunal or government  agency or
authority that might materially delay,  prevent or hinder the performance by the
Member of its obligations hereunder.

     17.2 Municipal Electric Systems.

     Any  provisions  of Section 17.1  notwithstanding,  if any Member that is a
municipal electric system believes in good faith that the provisions of Sections
5.1(b) and 16.1 of this  Agreement  may not  lawfully  be applied to that Member
under  applicable  state law  governing  municipal  activities,  the  Member may
request a waiver of the pertinent provisions of the Agreement.  Any such request
for waiver  shall be  supported  by an opinion of counsel  for the Member to the
effect that the  provision of the Agreement as to which waiver is sought may not
lawfully  be applied to the Member  under  applicable  state law.  The PJM Board
shall have the right to have the  opinion of the  Member's  counsel  reviewed by
counsel to the LLC. If the PJM Board  concludes  that either or both of Sections
5.1(b) and 16.1 of this  Agreement  may not  lawfully  be applied to a municipal
electric system Member, it shall waive the application of the affected provision
or  provisions  to such  municipal  Member.  Any Member not  permitted by law to
indemnify the other Members shall not be indemnified by the other Members.

     17.3 Survival.

     All  representations  and  warranties  contained  in this  Section 17 shall
survive  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement.  

                           18. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     18.1 [Reserved.]

     18.2 Fiscal and Taxable  Year.  

     The fiscal year and taxable year of the LLC shall be the calendar year.

     18.3 Reports. 

     Each year prior to the Annual  Meeting of the Members,  the PJM Board shall
cause to be  prepared  and  distributed  to the  Members  a report  of the LLC's
activities since the prior report.

                                       37


<PAGE>


     18.4 Bank Accounts; Checks, Notes and Drafts.

     (a) Funds of the LLC shall be  deposited  in an  account or  accounts  of a
type, in form and name and in a bank(s) or other financial  institution(s) which
are participants in federal insurance programs as selected by the PJM Board. The
PJM Board shall arrange for the appropriate conduct of such accounts.  Funds may
be withdrawn  from such accounts only for bona fide and  legitimate LLC purposes
and may from  time to time be  invested  in such  short-term  securities,  money
market  funds,  certificates  of deposit or other liquid assets as the PJM Board
deems appropriate. All checks or demands for money and notes of the LLC shall be
signed by any officer or by any other person designated by the PJM Board.

     (b) The Members  acknowledge  that the PJM Board may  maintain LLC funds in
accounts,  money market funds,  certificates of deposit,  other liquid assets in
excess of the insurance  provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation,
or other depository  insurance  institutions and that the PJM Board shall not be
accountable  or liable  for any loss of such  funds  resulting  from  failure or
insolvency of the depository institution.

     (c) Checks,  notes,  drafts and other orders for the payment of money shall
be signed by such persons as the PJM Board from time to time may authorize. When
the  PJM  Board  so  authorizes,  the  signature  of any  such  person  may be a
facsimile.

     18.5 Books and Records.

     (a) At all times during the term of the LLC,  the PJM Board shall keep,  or
cause to be kept,  full and accurate  books of account,  records and  supporting
documents, which shall reflect, completely, accurately and in reasonable detail,
each  transaction  of the LLC. The books of account shall be maintained  and tax
returns  prepared and filed on the method of  accounting  determined  by the PJM
Board. The books of account, records and all documents and other writings of the
LLC shall be kept and maintained at the principal office of the Interconnection.

     (b) The PJM Board shall cause the Office of the  Interconnection to keep at
its principal office the following:

          i)        A current  list in  alphabetical  order of the full name and
                    last known  business  address of each  Member,  the Weighted
                    Interest of each Member, and the Members Committee sector of
                    each Voting Member;

          ii)       A copy of the  Certificate of Formation and the  Certificate
                    of Conversion, and all Certificates of Amendment thereto;

          iii)      Copies of the LLC's  federal,  state,  and local  income tax
                    returns  and  reports,  if any,  for the three  most  recent
                    years; and

          iv)       Copies of the Operating  Agreement,  as amended,  and of any
                    financial  statements  of the LLC for the three most  recent
                    years.

                                       38


<PAGE>


     18.6 Amendment.

     (a)  Except  as  provided  by law  or  otherwise  set  forth  herein,  this
Agreement,  including any Schedule hereto, may be amended, or a new Schedule may
be created, only upon: (i) submission of the proposed amendment to the PJM Board
for its review and  comments;  (ii) approval of the amendment or new Schedule by
the Members Committee,  after consideration of the comments of the PJM Board, in
accordance with Section 8.4, or written agreement to an amendment of all Members
not in default at the time the  amendment  is agreed  upon;  and (iii)  approval
and/or  acceptance for filing of the amendment by FERC and any other  regulatory
body with  jurisdiction  thereof as may be required by law. If and as necessary,
the Members  Committee may file with FERC or other  regulatory body of competent
jurisdiction  any  amendment  to this  Agreement  or to its  Schedules  or a new
Schedule not filed by the Office of the Interconnection.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, an applicant eligible to become a Member
in accordance  with the procedures  specified in this  Agreement  shall become a
Member  by  executing  a  counterpart  of this  Agreement  without  the need for
amendment  of this  Agreement  or  execution  of such  counterpart  by any other
Member.

     (c) Each of the following  fundamental  changes to the LLC shall require or
be deemed to require an amendment to this  Agreement and shall require the prior
approval of FERC:

          i)        Adoption of any plan of merger or consolidation;

          ii)       Adoption  of any plan of sale,  lease or  exchange of assets
                    relating to all, or  substantially  all, of the property and
                    assets of the LLC;

          iii)      Adoption of any plan of division relating to the division of
                    the  LLC  into  two or  more  corporations  or  other  legal
                    entities;

          iv)       Adoption of any plan  relating to the  conversion of the LLC
                    into a stock corporation;

          v)        Adoption of any proposal of voluntary dissolution; or

          vi)       Taking  any  action  which has the  purpose or effect of the
                    adoption  of any plan or  proposal  described  in items (i),
                    (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above.

     18.7 Interpretation.

     Wherever  the context may  require,  any noun or pronoun  used herein shall
include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms. The singular form
of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

     18.8 Severability.

     Each provision of this Agreement  shall be considered  severable and if for
any reason any provision is  determined  by a court or  regulatory  authority of
competent  jurisdiction  to be invalid,  void or  unenforceable,  the  remaining
provisions of this  Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect and shall
in no way be  affected,  impaired  or  invalidated,  and such  invalid,  void or
unenforceable  provision shall be replaced with valid and enforceable  provision
or provisions which otherwise give effect to the original intent of the invalid,
void or unenforceable provision. 

                                       39


<PAGE>


     18.9 Force Majeure.

     No Member  shall be liable to any other  Member for damages or otherwise be
in breach of this  Agreement  to the extent and during the period such  Member's
performance is prevented by any cause or causes beyond such Member's control and
without such Member's fault or negligence, including but not limited to any act,
omission,  or  circumstance  occasioned by or in  consequence of any act of God,
labor disturbance, act of the public enemy, war, insurrection, riot, fire, storm
or flood,  explosion,  breakage  or  accident  to  machinery  or  equipment,  or
curtailment, order, regulation or restriction imposed by governmental,  military
or lawfully established civilian authorities;  provided,  however, that any such
foregoing event shall not excuse any payment obligation.  Upon the occurrence of
an event considered by a Member to constitute a force majeure event, such Member
shall use due  diligence to endeavor to continue to perform its  obligations  as
far as reasonably  practicable and to remedy the event,  provided that no Member
shall be required by this provision to settle any strike or labor dispute.

     18.10 Further Assurances.

     Each Member hereby agrees that it shall hereafter  execute and deliver such
further  instruments,  provide all  information and take or forbear such further
acts and things as may be reasonably  required or useful to carry out the intent
and purpose of this Agreement and as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof.

     18.11 Seal.

     The seal of the LLC shall have  inscribed  thereon the name of the LLC, the
year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,  Delaware." The seal may
be used by  causing it or a  facsimile  thereof  to be  impressed  or affixed or
reproduced or otherwise.

     18.12 Counterparts.

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original but all of which together will  constitute one  instrument,
binding upon all parties  hereto,  notwithstanding  that all of such parties may
not have executed the same counterpart.

     18.13 Costs of Meetings.

     Each  Member  shall be  responsible  for all  costs of its  representative,
alternate  or  substitute   in  attending   any  meeting.   The  Office  of  the
Interconnection  shall pay the other  reasonable  costs of  meetings  of the PJM
Board and the Members Committee, and such other committees,  subcommittees, task
forces,  working  groups,  User  Groups  or other  bodies  as  determined  to be
appropriate by the Office of the Interconnection, which costs otherwise shall be
paid by the Members attending. The Office of the Interconnection shall reimburse
all Board Members for their reasonable costs of attending meetings. 

                                       40


<PAGE>


     18.14 Notice.

     (a) Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,  notices required under
this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be sent to a Member by  overnight
courier,  hand delivery,  telecopier or other reliable  electronic  means to the
representative  on the Members  Committee of such Member at the address for such
Member  previously  provided by such Member to the other Members or as otherwise
directed  by the Members  Committee.  Any such notice so sent shall be deemed to
have  been  given  (i) upon  delivery  if given by  overnight  couriers  or hand
delivery,  or (ii) upon  confirmation  if given by telecopier or other  reliable
electronic means.

     (b) Notices, as well as copies of the agenda and minutes of all meetings of
committees,  subcommittees,  task forces,  working groups, User Groups, or other
bodies formed under this  Agreement,  shall be posted in a timely fashion on and
made available for downloading from the PJM website.

     18.15 Headings.

     The section  headings used in this Agreement are for  convenience  only and
shall not affect the construction or  interpretation of any of the provisions of
this Agreement.

     18.16 No Third-Party Beneficiaries.

     This  Agreement is intended to be solely for the benefit of the Members and
their respective  successors and permitted  assigns and, unless expressly stated
herein,  is not  intended  to and shall not confer any rights or benefits on any
third party  (other  than  successors  and  permitted  assigns)  not a signatory
hereto.

     18.17 Confidentiality.

          18.17.1 Party Access.

          No Member  shall  have a right  hereunder  to  receive  or review  any
documents,  data or other  information of another Member,  including  documents,
data or other information provided to the Office of the Interconnection,  to the
extent such documents,  data or information have been designated as confidential
pursuant to the procedures  adopted by the Office of the  Interconnection  or to
the extent that they have been  designated as confidential by such other Member;
provided, however, a Member may receive and review any composite documents, data
and  other  information  that  may  be  developed  based  on  such  confidential
documents, data or information if the composite does not disclose any individual
Member's confidential data or information. 

                                       41


<PAGE>


          18.17.2 Required Disclosure.

          (a) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing Section to the contrary,
if a Member or the Office of the  Interconnection is required by applicable law,
or in  the  course  of  administrative  or  judicial  proceedings,  to  disclose
information that is otherwise  required to be maintained in confidence  pursuant
to this  Agreement,  that Member or the Office of the  Interconnection  may make
disclosure of such information; provided, however, that as soon as the Member or
the Office of the Interconnection learns of the disclosure requirement and prior
to making  disclosure,  that Member or the Office of the  Interconnection  shall
notify the affected  Member or Members of the  requirement and the terms thereof
and the  affected  Member or Members may direct,  at their sole  discretion  and
cost,  any  challenge  to or defense  against the  disclosure  requirement.  The
disclosing  Member and the Office of the  Interconnection  shall  cooperate with
such  affected  Members  to the  maximum  extent  practicable  to  minimize  the
disclosure of the  information  consistent  with applicable law. Each Member and
the Office of the  Interconnection  shall cooperate with the affected Members to
obtain  proprietary or confidential  treatment of such information by the person
to whom such information is disclosed prior to any such disclosure.

          (b)The Office of the  Interconnection  shall endeavor to impose on any
contractors  retained to provide  technical  support or otherwise to assist with
the  implementation  or  administration  of this Agreement a contractual duty of
confidentiality  consistent with this Agreement. A Member shall not be obligated
to provide  confidential or proprietary  information to any contractor that does
not assume such a duty of confidentiality, and the Office of the Interconnection
shall not  provide  any such  information  to any such  contractor  without  the
express  written  permission  of the Member  providing  the  information.  18.18
Termination and Withdrawal.

          18.18.1 Termination.

          Upon  termination of this Agreement,  final settlement for obligations
under this Agreement shall include the accounting for the period ending with the
last day of the last month for which the Agreement was effective.

          18.18.2 Withdrawal.

          Subject to the  requirements  of Section  4.1(c) of this Agreement and
Section 1.4.6 of the Schedule 1 to this Agreement,  any Member may withdraw from
this Agreement upon 90 days notice to the Office of the Interconnection.

                                       42


<PAGE>


          18.18.3 Winding Up.

          Any provision of this Agreement that expressly or by implication comes
into or  remains  in force  following  the  termination  or  expiration  of this
Agreement shall survive such termination or expiration. The surviving provisions
shall include,  but shall not be limited to: (i) those  provisions  necessary to
permit the orderly conclusion, or continuation pursuant to another agreement, of
transactions  entered into prior to the decision to  terminate  this  Agreement,
(ii) those  provisions  necessary  to conduct  final  billing,  collection,  and
accounting  with  respect  to all  matters  arising  hereunder,  and  (iii)  the
indemnification provisions as applicable to periods prior to such termination or
expiration.

        IN WITNESS  whereof,  the  Members  have  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed by their duly authorized representatives.

                                       43


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 1

                         PJM INTERCHANGE ENERGY MARKET

             (Revises and replaces former Schedules 7.01 and 7.03)

Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997 

                              1. MARKET OPERATIONS

     1.1 Introduction.

     This  Schedule sets forth the  scheduling,  other  procedures,  and certain
general  provisions  applicable to the operation of the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market within the PJM Control Area.  This Schedule  addresses  each of the three
time-frames  pertinent  to the daily  operation  of the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market: Prescheduling, Scheduling, and Dispatch.

     1.2 Cost-based Offers.

     Unless and until the FERC shall authorize the use of market-based prices in
the PJM Interchange Energy Market, all offers for energy or other services to be
sold on the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market from  generating  resources  located
within the PJM Control Area shall not exceed the variable cost of producing such
energy or other  service,  as determined  in accordance  with Schedule 2 to this
Agreement and applicable regulatory standards,  requirements and determinations;
provided  that, a Market Seller may offer to the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market
the right to call on energy from a resource the output of which has been sold on
a  bilateral  basis,  with  the  rate for such  energy  if  called  equal to the
curtailment rate specified in the bilateral contract.

     1.3 Definitions.

          1.3.1 Dispatch Rate.

          "Dispatch  Rate" shall mean the control  signal,  expressed in dollars
per  megawatt-hour,  calculated and transmitted  continuously and dynamically to
direct the output level of all generation  resources dispatched by the Office of
the Interconnection in accordance with the Offer Data.

          1.3.2 Equivalent Load.


          "Equivalent Load" shall mean the sum of an Internal Market Buyer's net
system requirements to serve its customer load in the PJM Control Area, plus its
net bilateral transactions.

          1.3.3 External Market Buyer.

          "External  Market Buyer" shall mean a Market Buyer making purchases of
energy from the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market for  consumption  by  end-users
outside the PJM Control Area, or for load in the Control Area that is not served
by Network Transmission Service.


<PAGE>


          1.3.4 External Resource.

          "External  Resource" shall mean a generation  resource located outside
the metered boundaries of the PJM Control Area.

          1.3.5 Fixed Transmission Right.

          "Fixed Transmission Right" shall mean a number determined as specified
in Section 0 of this Schedule.

          1.3.6 Generating Market Buyer.

          "Generating  Market  Buyer"  shall mean an Internal  Market Buyer that
owns or has contractual rights to the output of generation  resources capable of
serving the Market Buyer's load in the PJM Control Area, or of selling energy or
related  services  in the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market or  elsewhere.

          1.3.7 Generator Forced Outage.

          "Generator Forced Outage" shall mean an immediate  reduction in output
or capacity or removal from service,  in whole or in part, of a generating  unit
by reason of an Emergency or threatened  Emergency,  unanticipated  failure,  or
other cause  beyond the control of the owner or  operator  of the  facility,  as
specified in the relevant portions of the PJM Manuals.  A reduction in output or
removal  from  service of a  generating  unit in  response  to changes in market
conditions shall not constitute a Generator Forced Outage.

          1.3.8 Generator Maintenance Outage.

          "Generator  Maintenance  Outage" shall mean the scheduled removal from
service, in whole or in part, of a generating unit in order to perform necessary
repairs on specific components of the facility, if removal of the facility meets
the guidelines specified in the PJM Manuals.

          1.3.9 Generator Planned Outage.

          "Generator  Planned  Outage"  shall mean the  scheduled  removal  from
service,  in whole or in part, of a generating unit for inspection,  maintenance
or repair with the approval of the Office of the  Interconnection  in accordance
with the PJM Manuals.

          1.3.10 Internal Market Buyer.

          "Internal  Market Buyer" shall mean a Market Buyer making purchases of
energy from the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market for  consumption  by  end-users
inside the PJM Control Area.

          1.3.11 Inadvertent Interchange.

          "Inadvertent Interchange" shall mean the difference between net actual
energy flow and net  scheduled  energy flow into or out of the PJM Control Area,
as determined  and allocated each hour by the Office of the  Interconnection  in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the PJM Manuals. 

                                       2


<PAGE>


          1.3.12 Market Operations Center.

          "Market  Operations  Center" shall mean the equipment,  facilities and
personnel  used by or on  behalf  of a Market  Participant  to  communicate  and
coordinate   with  the  Office  of  the   Interconnection   in  connection  with
transactions  in the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market or the operation of the PJM
Control Area.

          1.3.13 Maximum Generation Emergency.

          "Maximum Generation Emergency" shall mean an Emergency declared by the
Office  of the  Interconnection  in  which  the  Office  of the  Interconnection
anticipates  requesting one or more Capacity Resources to operate at its maximum
net or gross electrical power output, subject to the equipment stress limits for
such Capacity Resource, in order to manage, alleviate, or end the Emergency.

          1.3.14 Minimum Generation Emergency.

          "Minimum Generation Emergency" shall mean an Emergency declared by the
Office  of the  Interconnection  in  which  the  Office  of the  Interconnection
anticipates  requesting one or more generating  resources to operate at or below
Normal Minimum Generation, in order to manage, alleviate, or end the Emergency.

          1.3.15 Network Resource.

          "Network Resource" shall have the meaning specified in the PJM Tariff.

          1.3.16 Network Service User.

          "Network Service User" shall mean an entity using Network Transmission
Service.

          1.3.17 Network Transmission Service.

          "Network   Transmission   Service"  shall  mean  transmission  service
provided  pursuant to the rates,  terms and  conditions set forth in Part III of
the PJM Tariff,  or  transmission  service  comparable  to such  service that is
provided to a Load Serving Entity that is also a Regional  Transmission Owner as
that term is defined in the PJM Tariff.

          1.3.18 Normal Maximum Generation.

          "Normal Maximum  Generation"  shall mean the highest output level of a
generating resource under normal operating conditions.

          1.3.19 Normal Minimum Generation.

          "Normal  Minimum  Generation"  shall mean the lowest output level of a
generating resource under normal operating conditions.

          1.3.20 Offer Data.

          "Offer Data" shall mean the scheduling, operations planning, dispatch,
new resource,  and other data and information necessary to schedule and dispatch
generation  resources  for the  provision  of energy and other  services and the
maintenance of the  reliability and security of the  transmission  system in the
PJM Control Area,  and specified for  submission to the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market for such purposes by the Office of the Interconnection.

                                       3


<PAGE>


          1.3.21 Office of the Interconnection Control Center.

          "Office  of  the  Interconnection   Control  Center"  shall  mean  the
equipment, facilities and personnel used by the Office of the Interconnection to
coordinate  and direct the  operation of the PJM Control Area and to  administer
the PJM Interchange  Energy Market,  including  facilities and equipment used to
communicate  and  coordinate  with the Market  Participants  in connection  with
transactions  in the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market or the operation of the PJM
Control Area.

          1.3.22 Operating Day.

          "Operating  Day"  shall  mean the daily 24 hour  period  beginning  at
midnight  for  which  transactions  on the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market  are
scheduled.

          1.3.23 Operating Margin.

          "Operating Margin" shall mean the incremental adjustments, measured in
megawatts, required in PJM Control Area operations in order to accommodate, on a
first  contingency  basis,  an  operating  contingency  in the PJM Control  Area
resulting from operations in an  interconnected  Control Area. Such  adjustments
may result in constraints causing Transmission Congestion Charges, or may result
in Ancillary Services charges pursuant to the PJM Tariff.

          1.3.24 Operating Margin Customer.

          "Operating  Margin  Customer"  shall  mean a Control  Area  purchasing
Operating  Margin  pursuant to an agreement  between such other Control Area and
the LLC.

          1.3.25 PJM Interchange.

          "PJM  Interchange"   shall  mean  the  following,   as  determined  in
accordance  with the  Schedules  to this  Agreement:  (a) the amount by which an
Internal Market Buyer's hourly  Equivalent Load exceeds,  or is exceeded by, the
sum of the hourly outputs of the Internal  Market Buyer's  operating  generating
resources;  or (b) the hourly  scheduled  deliveries of Spot Market Energy by an
External Market Seller; or (c) the hourly net metered output of any other Market
Seller;  or (d) the hourly  scheduled  deliveries  of Spot  Market  Energy to an
External Market Buyer.

          1.3.26 PJM Interchange Export.

          "PJM  Interchange  Export" shall mean the following,  as determined in
accordance with Schedules to this Agreement: (a) the amount by which an Internal
Market  Buyer's  hourly  Equivalent  Load is  exceeded  by the sum of the hourly
outputs of the Internal Market Buyer's operating  generating  resources;  or (b)
the hourly scheduled deliveries of Spot Market Energy by a Market Seller from an
External  Resource;  or (c) the hourly net  metered  output of any other  Market
Seller.

          1.3.27 PJM Interchange Import.

          "PJM  Interchange  Import" shall mean the following,  as determined in
accordance  with the  Schedules  to this  Agreement:  (a) the amount by which an
Internal  Market  Buyer's hourly  Equivalent  Load exceeds the sum of the hourly
outputs of the Internal Market Buyer's operating  generating  resources;  or (b)
the hourly  scheduled  deliveries  of Spot Market  Energy to an External  Market
Buyer. 

                                       4


<PAGE>


          1.3.28 PJM Open Access Same-time  Information System. 

          "PJM  Open  Access  Same-time   Information  System"  shall  mean  the
electronic   communication  system  for  the  collection  and  dissemination  of
information about transmission services in the PJM Control Area, established and
operated by the Office of the  Interconnection in accordance with FERC standards
and requirements.

          1.3.29 Point-to-Point Transmission Service.

          "Point-to-Point  Transmission Service" shall mean transmission service
provided pursuant to the rates, terms and conditions set forth in Part II of the
PJM Tariff.

          1.3.30 Ramping Capability.

          "Ramping  Capability"  shall  mean the  sustained  rate of  change  of
generator output, in megawatts per minute.

          1.3.31 Regulation.

          "Regulation"  shall mean the capability of a specific  generating unit
with appropriate telecommunications, control and response capability to increase
or decrease its output in response to a regulating control signal, in accordance
with the specifications in the PJM Manuals.

          1.3.32 Regulation Class.

          "Regulation Class" shall mean a subset of the generation units capable
of providing  Regulation to the PJM Control Area  determined by a range of costs
for providing Regulation as specified by the Office of the Interconnection using
procedures specified in the PJM Manuals.

          1.3.33 Spot Market Energy.

          "Spot  Market  Energy"  shall  mean  energy  bought  or sold by Market
Participants  through the PJM Interchange  Energy Market at Locational  Marginal
Prices determined as specified in Section 2 of this Schedule.

          1.3.34 Transmission Congestion Charge.

          "Transmission  Congestion Charge" shall mean a charge  attributable to
the increased cost of energy delivered at a given load bus when the transmission
system serving that load bus is operating under  constrained  conditions,  which
shall be calculated and allocated as specified in Section 5.1 of this Schedule.

          1.3.35 Transmission Congestion Credit.

          "Transmission  Congestion  Credit" shall mean the  allocated  share of
total  Transmission   Congestion  Charges  credited  to  each  holder  of  Fixed
Transmission  Rights,  calculated  and  allocated as specified in Section 5.2 of
this Schedule.

          1.3.36 Transmission Customer.

          "Transmission  Customer"  shall  mean an entity  using  Point-to-Point
Transmission Service. 

                                       5


<PAGE>


          1.3.37 Transmission Forced Outage.

          "Transmission  Forced  Outage"  shall mean an  immediate  removal from
service of a  transmission  facility  by reason of an  Emergency  or  threatened
Emergency, unanticipated failure, or other cause beyond the control of the owner
or operator of the transmission  facility, as specified in the relevant portions
of the PJM Manuals.  A removal from  service of a  transmission  facility at the
request of the Office of the Interconnection to improve transmission  capability
shall not constitute a Forced Transmission Outage.

          1.3.38 Transmission Planned Outage.

          "Transmission  Planned  Outage"  shall  mean any  transmission  outage
scheduled  in  advance  for  a  pre-determined  duration  and  which  meets  the
notification  requirements  for such outages  specified in the PJM Manuals.  

     1.4 Market Buyers.

          1.4.1 Qualification.

          (a) To become a Market Buyer, an entity shall submit an application to
the Office of the  Interconnection,  in such form as shall be established by the
Office of the Interconnection.

          (b) An applicant  that is a Load Serving  Entity or that will purchase
on behalf of a Load Serving Entity shall  establish to the  satisfaction  of the
Office of the Interconnection that the end-users as to which it or its principal
is the Load Serving Entity,  and which will be served through energy and related
services   purchased  in  the  PJM  Interchange   Energy  Market,   are  located
electrically  within the PJM  Control  Area,  or will be brought  within the PJM
Control Area prior to any purchases  from the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market by
the Load Serving Entity or its agent.  Such applicant shall further  demonstrate
that:

          i)        The  foregoing  Load  Serving  Entity (the  applicant or its
                    principal)  is  obligated  to meet the  requirements  of the
                    Reliability Assurance Agreement; and

          ii)       The foregoing Load Serving Entity has  arrangements in place
                    for   Network   Transmission   Service   or   Point-To-Point
                    Transmission  Service for all PJM Interchange  Energy Market
                    purchases.

          (c) An applicant  that is not a Load Serving  Entity or  purchasing on
behalf of a Load Serving Entity shall demonstrate that:

          i)        The   applicant   has   obtained  or  will  obtain   Network
                    Transmission Service or Point-to-Point  Transmission Service
                    for all PJM Interchange Energy Market purchases; and

          ii)       The applicant's PJM Interchange Energy Market purchases will
                    ultimately  be delivered  to a load in another  Control Area
                    that is  recognized  by NERC and that  complies  with NERC's
                    standards for operating and planning  reliable bulk electric
                    systems.

          (d) All applicants shall demonstrate that:

                                       6


<PAGE>


          i)        The  applicant is capable of complying  with all  applicable
                    metering,   data   storage  and   transmission,   and  other
                    reliability,  operation,  planning and accounting  standards
                    and  requirements  for the operation of the PJM Control Area
                    and the PJM Interchange Energy Market;

          ii)       The   applicant   meets   the   creditworthiness   standards
                    established  by the  Office of the  Interconnection,  or has
                    provided  a  letter  of  credit  or other  form of  security
                    acceptable to the Office of the Interconnection; and

          iii)      The applicant has paid all  applicable  fees and  reimbursed
                    the  Office  of  the  Interconnection  for  all  unusual  or
                    extraordinary   costs  of  processing   and  evaluating  its
                    application to become a Market Buyer,  and has agreed in its
                    application  to  subject  any  disputes   arising  from  its
                    application to the PJM Dispute Resolution Procedures.

          (e) The applicant  shall become a Market Buyer upon a final  favorable
determination  on its  application  by the  Office  of  the  Interconnection  as
specified  below,  and  execution  by the  applicant  of  counterparts  of  this
Agreement.

          1.4.2 Submission of Information.

          The applicant  shall furnish all information  reasonably  requested by
the  Office  of the  Interconnection  in  order  to  determine  the  applicant's
qualification to be a Market Buyer. The Office of the  Interconnection may waive
the submission of information relating to any of the foregoing criteria,  to the
extent the  information  in the Office of the  Interconnection's  possession  is
sufficient to evaluate the application against such criteria.

          1.4.3 Fees and Costs.

          The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  require all  applicants  to
become a Market Buyer to pay a uniform  application fee, initially in the amount
of $1,500,  to defray the ordinary costs of processing  such  applications.  The
application  fee  shall  be  revised  from  time to time  as the  Office  of the
Interconnection shall determine to be necessary to recover its ordinary costs of
processing  applications.  Any unusual or  extraordinary  costs  incurred by the
Office of the  Interconnection  in processing an application shall be reimbursed
by the applicant.

          1.4.4 Office of the Interconnection Determination.

          Upon submission of the  information  specified  above,  and such other
information   as  shall   reasonably   be   requested   by  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection, the Office of the Interconnection shall undertake an evaluation
and  investigation  to  determine  whether  the  applicant  meets  the  criteria
specified above. As soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 60 days
after  submission  of the  foregoing  information,  or such later date as may be
necessary to satisfy the  requirements of the Reliability  Assurance  Agreement,
the Office of the Interconnection  shall notify the applicant and the members of
the Members Committee of its determination,  along with a written summary of the
basis for the  determination.  The Office of the  Interconnection  shall respond
promptly  to any  reasonable  and  timely  request  by a Member  for  additional
information  regarding  the  basis  for  the  Office  of  the  Interconnection's
determination,  and shall  take  such  action as it shall  deem  appropriate  in
response to any request for  reconsideration  or other  action  submitted to the
Office  of  the  Interconnection  not  later  than  30  days  from  the  initial
notification to the Members Committee. 

                                       7


<PAGE>


          1.4.5 Existing Participants.

          Any entity that was qualified to  participate as a Market Buyer in the
PJM   Interchange   Energy   Market  under  the   Operating   Agreement  of  PJM
Interconnection  L.L.C. in effect  immediately prior to the Effective Date shall
continue to be qualified to participate as a Market Buyer in the PJM Interchange
Energy Market under this Agreement.

          1.4.6 Withdrawal.

          (a) An Internal  Market  Buyer may  withdraw  from this  Agreement  by
giving  written  notice  to the  Office  of the  Interconnection  specifying  an
effective  date of  withdrawal  not earlier than the  effective  date of (i) its
withdrawal from the Reliability  Assurance Agreement,  or (ii) the assumption of
its obligations under the Reliability  Assurance Agreement by an agent that is a
Market Buyer.

          (b)An External Market Buyer may withdraw from this Agreement by giving
written notice to the Office of the Interconnection specifying an effective date
of withdrawal at least one day after the date of the notice.

          (c) Withdrawal from this Agreement shall not relieve a Market Buyer of
any obligation to pay for electric energy or related services purchased from the
PJM Interchange Energy Market prior to such withdrawal,  to pay its share of any
fees and charges incurred or assessed by the Office of the Interconnection prior
to the  date of  such  withdrawal,  or to  fulfill  any  obligation  to  provide
indemnification  for the  consequences  of acts,  omissions or events  occurring
prior to such  withdrawal;  and provided,  further,  that  withdrawal  from this
Agreement  shall not relieve  any Market  Buyer of any  obligations  it may have
under, or constitute withdrawal from, any other Related PJM Agreement.

          (d) A Market Buyer that has withdrawn  from this Agreement may reapply
to become a Market Buyer in  accordance  with the  provisions of this Section 0,
provided it is not in default of any obligation incurred under this Agreement.

     1.5 Market Sellers.

          1.5.1 Qualification.

          A Member that demonstrates to the Office of the  Interconnection  that
the Member  meets the  standards  for the  issuance  of an order  mandating  the
provision of transmission service under section 211 of the Federal Power Act, as
amended  by the  Energy  Policy Act of 1992,  may  become a Market  Seller  upon
execution of this Agreement and submission to the Office of the  Interconnection
of the applicable Offer Data in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule.
All Members that are Market Buyers shall become Market Sellers upon execution of
the PJM  Dispute  Resolution  Agreement  and  submission  to the  Office  of the
Interconnection  of the applicable  Offer Data in accordance with the provisions
of this Schedule. 

                                       8


<PAGE>


          1.5.2 Withdrawal.

          (a) A Market Seller may withdraw from this Agreement by giving written
notice to the Office of the  Interconnection  specifying  an  effective  date of
withdrawal  at least one day after the date of the  notice;  provided,  however,
that  withdrawal  shall not relieve a Market Seller of any obligation to deliver
electric  energy  or  related  services  to the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market
pursuant to an offer made prior to such withdrawal, to pay its share of any fees
and charges incurred or assessed by the Office of the  Interconnection  prior to
the  date  of  such  withdrawal,   or  to  fulfill  any  obligation  to  provide
indemnification  for the  consequences of acts,  omissions,  or events occurring
prior to such  withdrawal;  and provided,  further,  that  withdrawal  shall not
relieve  any entity  that is a Market  Seller and is also a Market  Buyer of any
obligations it may have as a Market Buyer under,  or constitute  withdrawal as a
Market Buyer from, this Agreement or any other Related PJM Agreement.

          (b) A Market Seller that has withdrawn from this Agreement may reapply
to become a Market  Seller  at any  time,  provided  it is not in  default  with
respect to any obligation incurred under this Agreement.

     1.6  Office  of the  Interconnection. 

          1.6.1 Operation of the PJM Interchange Energy Market The Office of the
Interconnection  shall operate the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market in accordance
with this Agreement.

          1.6.2 Scope of Services.  The Office of the Interconnection  shall, on
behalf of the Market  Participants,  perform the services  pertaining to the PJM
Interchange Energy Market specified in this Agreement, including but not limited
to the following:

          i)        Administer the PJM Interchange  Energy Market as part of the
                    PJM Control Area,  including  scheduling and  dispatching of
                    generation resources, accounting for transactions, rendering
                    bills to the Market  Participants,  receiving  payments from
                    and   disbursing   payments  to  the  Market   Participants,
                    maintaining   appropriate   records,   and   monitoring  the
                    compliance  of Market  Participants  with the  provisions of
                    this Agreement, all in accordance with applicable provisions
                    of the  Office  of the  Interconnection  Agreement,  and the
                    Schedules to this Agreement;

          ii)       Review and  evaluate  the  qualification  of  entities to be
                    Market Buyers or Market Sellers under applicable  provisions
                    of this Agreement;

          iii)      Coordinate, in accordance with applicable provisions of this
                    Agreement,  the  Reliability  Assurance  Agreement,  and the
                    Transmission  Owners  Agreement,  maintenance  schedules for
                    generation and  transmission  resources  operated as part of
                    the PJM Control Area;

          iv)       Provide or coordinate  the  provision of ancillary  services
                    necessary  for the  operation of PJM Control Area or the PJM
                    Interchange  Energy Market; v) Determine and declare that an
                    Emergency is expected to exist, exists, or has 

                                       9


<PAGE>


                    ceased to exist, in all or any part of the PJM Control Area,
                    or  in  another  Control  Area  interconnected  directly  or
                    indirectly with the PJM Control Area, and serve as a primary
                    point of contact for interested state or federal agencies;

          vi)       Enter  into   agreements  for  the  transfer  of  energy  in
                    conditions constituting an Emergency in the PJM Control Area
                    or in a Control Area  interconnected with it, and the mutual
                    provision of other support in such Emergency conditions with
                    other  Control  Areas  interconnected  with the PJM  Control
                    Area, in accordance with the Schedules to this Agreement;

          vii)      Coordinate  the  curtailment  or shedding of load,  or other
                    measures appropriate to alleviate an Emergency,  in order to
                    preserve  reliability  in  accordance  with  NERC  and  MAAC
                    principles,  guidelines  and  standards,  and to ensure  the
                    operation  of the PJM Control Area in  accordance  with Good
                    Utility Practice and the this Agreement;

          viii)     Protect  confidential   information  as  specified  in  this
                    Agreement; and

          ix)       Send a representative  to meetings of the Members  Committee
                    or  other  Committees,   subcommittees,  or  working  groups
                    specified  in  this  Agreement  or  formed  by  the  Members
                    Committee when requested to do so by the chair or other head
                    of such committee or other group.

          1.6.3 Records and Reports.

          The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  prepare and  maintain  such
records and prepare such reports, including, but not limited to quarterly budget
reports,  as are required to document the  performance of its obligations to the
Market  Participants   hereunder  in  a  form  adopted  by  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  upon  consideration  of the advice and  recommendations  of the
Members Committee.  The Office of the Interconnection shall also produce special
reports reasonably requested by the Members Committee and consistent with FERC's
standards of conduct; provided, however, the Market Participants shall reimburse
the Office of the  Interconnection  for the costs of producing  any such report.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Office of the  Interconnection  shall not be
required to disclose  confidential or commercially  sensitive information in any
such report.

          1.6.4 PJM Manuals.

          The Office of the Interconnection  shall prepare,  maintain and update
the PJM  Manuals  consistent  with  this  Agreement.  The PJM  Manuals  shall be
available for inspection by the Market Participants, regulatory authorities with
jurisdiction over the LLC or any Member, and the public. 

     1.7 General.

          1.7.1 Market Sellers.

          Only Market  Sellers  shall be eligible to submit offers to the Office
of the  Interconnection  for the sale of electric energy or related  services in
the PJM Interchange Energy Market.  Market Sellers shall comply with the prices,
terms, and operating characteristics of all Offer Data submitted to and accepted
by the PJM Interchange Energy Market. 

                                       10


<PAGE>


          1.7.2 Market Buyers.

          Only Market  Buyers  shall be  eligible to purchase  energy or related
services in the PJM Interchange  Energy Market.  Market Buyers shall comply with
all requirements for making purchases from the PJM Interchange Energy Market.

          1.7.3 Agents.

          A Market  Participant may  participate in the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market through an agent, provided that the Market Participant informs the Office
of the Interconnection in advance in writing of the appointment of such agent. A
Market Participant participating in the PJM Interchange Energy Market through an
agent  shall be bound by all of the acts or  representations  of such agent with
respect to transactions in the PJM Interchange  Energy Market,  and shall ensure
that any such agent complies with the requirements of this Agreement.

          1.7.4 General Obligations of the Market Participants.

          (a) In performing its obligations to the Office of the Interconnection
hereunder,  each Market  Participant  shall at all times (i) follow Good Utility
Practice,  (ii) comply with all applicable  laws and  regulations,  (iii) comply
with the applicable principles,  guidelines, standards and requirements of FERC,
NERC and MAAC, (iv) comply with the procedures  established for operation of the
PJM  Interchange  Energy Market and PJM Control Area and (v) cooperate  with the
Office of the  Interconnection as necessary for the operation of the PJM Control
Area in a safe, reliable manner consistent with Good Utility Practice.

          (b) Market Participants shall undertake all operations in or affecting
the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market and the PJM Control Area,  including but not
limited to compliance  with all  Emergency  procedures,  in accordance  with the
power and  authority  of the Office of the  Interconnection  with respect to the
operation  of the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market and the PJM  Control  Area as
established  in  this  Agreement,  and as  specified  in the  Schedules  to this
Agreement and the PJM Manuals.  Failure to comply with the foregoing operational
requirements  shall subject a Market  Participant to such reasonable  charges or
other remedies or sanctions for  non-compliance as may be established by the PJM
Board,  including legal or regulatory proceedings as authorized by the PJM Board
to enforce the obligations of this Agreement.

          (c) The Office of the  Interconnection  may establish such  committees
with a representative of each Market  Participant,  and the Market  Participants
agree to provide appropriately  qualified personnel for such committees,  as may
be necessary for the Office of the  Interconnection  to perform its  obligations
hereunder.

          (d)  All  Market  Participants  shall  provide  to the  Office  of the
Interconnection the scheduling and other information  specified in the Schedules
to  this   Agreement,   and  such  other   information  as  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  may reasonably require for the reliable and efficient operation
of the  PJM  Control  Area  and  the  PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market,  and for
compliance  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  for  posting  market and
related  information.  Such information  shall be provided as much in advance as
possible,  but in no event later than the deadlines established by the Schedules
to this Agreement,  or by the Office of the  Interconnection in conformance with
such  Schedules.  Such  information  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,
maintenance  and  other  anticipated   outages  of  generation  or  transmission
facilities,  scheduling and related  information on bilateral  transactions  and
self-scheduled resources, and implementation of 

                                       11


<PAGE>


active load management, interruption of load, and other load reduction measures.
The Office of the  Interconnection  shall abide by appropriate  requirements for
the non-disclosure and protection of any confidential or proprietary information
given to the Office of the Interconnection by a Market Participant.  Each Market
Participant shall maintain or cause to be maintained compatible  information and
communications  systems,  as  specified  by the  Office of the  Interconnection,
required to transmit scheduling,  dispatch, or other time-sensitive  information
to the  Office  of the  Interconnection  in a timely  manner. 

          (e) Each  Market  Participant  shall  install  and  operate,  or shall
otherwise  arrange for,  metering and related equipment capable of recording and
transmitting  all voice and data  communications  reasonably  necessary  for the
Office  of the  Interconnection  to  perform  the  services  specified  in  this
Agreement.  A Market Participant that elects to be separately billed for its PJM
Interchange  shall be individually  metered in accordance with Section 0 of this
Agreement,  or shall agree upon an allocation of PJM Interchange  between it and
the Market Participant  through whose meters the unmetered Market  Participant's
PJM  Interchange  is  delivered.  The  Office  of the  Interconnection  shall be
notified of the allocation by the foregoing Market Participants.

          (f) Each  Market  Participant  shall  operate,  or  shall  cause to be
operated,   any  generating   resources  owned  or  controlled  by  such  Market
Participant  that are within the PJM Control Area or otherwise  supplying energy
to or through  the PJM  Control  Area in a manner  that is  consistent  with the
standards,  requirements or directions of the Office of the  Interconnection and
that will permit the Office of the  Interconnection  to perform its  obligations
under this Agreement; provided, however, no Market Participant shall be required
to take any action that is inconsistent with Good Utility Practice or applicable
law.

          (g) Each Market  Participant shall follow the directions of the Office
of the Interconnection to take actions to prevent,  manage,  alleviate or end an
Emergency in a manner  consistent  with this Agreement and the procedures of the
PJM Control Area as specified  in the PJM Manuals. 

          (h) Each Market  Participant  shall  obtain and  maintain all permits,
licenses or approvals  required for the Market Participant to participate in the
PJM Interchange Energy Market in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

          1.7.5 Market Operations Center.

          Each Market  Participant shall maintain a Market Operations Center, or
shall make appropriate  arrangements for the performance of such services on its
behalf.  A Market  Operations  Center  shall  meet the  performance,  equipment,
communications,  staffing and training  standards and requirements  specified in
this  Agreement for the scheduling  and  completion of  transactions  in the PJM
Interchange  Energy Market and the maintenance of the reliable  operation of the
PJM  Control  Area,  and shall be  sufficient  to enable (i) a Market  Seller to
perform all terms and  conditions  of its offers to the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market,  and (ii) a Market Buyer to conform to the  requirements  for purchasing
from the PJM Interchange Energy Market. 

                                       12


<PAGE>


          1.7.6 Scheduling and Dispatching.

          (a) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  schedule  and  dispatch
generation  economically  on  the  basis  of  least-cost,   security-constrained
dispatch and the prices and operating characteristics offered by Market Sellers,
continuing  until   sufficient   generation  is  dispatched  to  serve  the  PJM
Interchange  Energy  Market  energy  purchase  requirements  under normal system
conditions of the Market Buyers,  as well as the requirements of the PJM Control
Area for ancillary services provided by such generation, in accordance with this
Agreement.  Scheduling and dispatch  shall be conducted in accordance  with this
Agreement.


          (b) The Office of the Interconnection  shall undertake to identify any
conflict  or  incompatibility  between  the  scheduling  or other  deadlines  or
specifications applicable to the PJM Interchange Energy Market, and any relevant
procedures of another  Control Area, or any tariff  (including  the PJM Tariff).
Upon determining that any such conflict or incompatibility exists, the Office of
the Interconnection  shall propose tariff or procedural  changes,  and undertake
such  other  efforts as may be  appropriate,  to resolve  any such  conflict  or
incompatibility.

          1.7.7 Pricing.

          The  price  paid for  energy  bought  and sold in the PJM  Interchange
Energy Market will reflect the hourly Locational Marginal Price at each load and
generation bus,  determined by the Office of the  Interconnection  in accordance
with this Agreement.  Transmission Congestion Charges, which shall be determined
by differences in Locational  Marginal  Prices in an hour caused by transmission
constraints, shall be calculated and collected, and the revenues therefrom shall
be  disbursed,  by the Office of the  Interconnection  in  accordance  with this
Schedule.

          1.7.8 Generating Market Buyer Resources.

          A Generating  Market Buyer may elect to  self-schedule  its generation
resources up to that Generating  Market Buyer's  Equivalent  Load, in accordance
with  and  subject  to the  procedures  specified  in  this  Schedule,  and  the
accounting and billing requirements specified in Section 0 to this Agreement.

          1.7.9 Delivery to an External Market Buyer.

          A purchase of Spot Market Energy by an External  Market Buyer shall be
delivered to a bus or busses at the border of the PJM Control Area  specified by
the Office of the  Interconnection,  or to load in the Control  Area that is not
served  by  Network  Transmission  Service,  using  Point-to-Point  Transmission
Service paid for by the External Market Buyer.  Further  delivery of such energy
shall be the responsibility of the External Market Buyer. 

                                       13


<PAGE>


          1.7.10 Other Transactions.

          Market  Participants  may  enter  into  bilateral  contracts  for  the
purchase or sale of electric  energy to or from each other or any other  entity,
subject to the obligations of Internal Market Buyers to make Capacity  Resources
available  for  dispatch  by  the  Office  of  the  Interconnection.   Bilateral
arrangements  that  contemplate  the  physical  transfer  of energy to or from a
Market  Participant  shall be reported to and coordinated with the Office of the
Interconnection  in accordance  with this Schedule.  To the extent the Office of
the Interconnection dispatches a Generating Market Buyer's generation resources,
such  Generating  Market  Buyer  may elect to net the  output of such  resources
against its hourly  Equivalent  Load.  Such a  Generating  Market Buyer shall be
deemed a buyer from the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market to the extent of its PJM
Interchange  Imports, and shall be deemed a seller to the PJM Interchange Energy
Market to the extent of its PJM Interchange Exports.

          1.7.11 Emergencies.

          The Office of the Interconnection, with the assistance of the Member's
dispatchers as it may request, shall be responsible for monitoring the operation
of the PJM Control Area,  for  declaring the existence of an Emergency,  and for
directing  the  operations  of  Market  Participants  as  necessary  to  manage,
alleviate or end an Emergency.  The  standards,  policies and  procedures of the
Office of the  Interconnection  for  declaring  the  existence of an  Emergency,
including but not limited to a Minimum Generation  Emergency,  and for managing,
alleviating   or  ending  an  Emergency,   shall  apply  to  all  Members  on  a
non-discriminatory  basis.  Actions by the Office of the Interconnection and the
Market Participants shall be carried out in accordance with this Agreement,  the
NERC Operating Policies, MAAC reliability principles and standards, Good Utility
Practice,  and the PJM Manuals.  A  declaration  that an Emergency  exists or is
likely to exist by the  Office of the  Interconnection  shall be  binding on all
Market Participants until the Office of the  Interconnection  announces that the
actual or  threatened  Emergency  no longer  exists.  Consistent  with  existing
contracts,  all Market  Participants  shall comply with all directions  from the
Office of the Interconnection for the purpose of managing, alleviating or ending
an  Emergency.  The  Market  Participants  shall  authorize  the  Office  of the
Interconnection to purchase or sell energy on their behalf to meet an Emergency,
and otherwise to implement  agreements  with other Control Areas  interconnected
with the PJM  Control  Area  for the  mutual  provision  of  service  to meet an
Emergency, in accordance with this Agreement.

          1.7.12 Fees and Charges.

          Each Market  Participant  shall pay all fees and charges of the Office
of the  Interconnection  for operation of the PJM  Interchange  Energy Market as
determined  by and  allocated  to the  Market  Participant  by the Office of the
Interconnection in accordance with Schedule 3.

          1.7.13 Relationship to PJM Control Area.

          The PJM  Interchange  Energy Market operates within and subject to the
requirements for the operation of the PJM Control Area. 

                                       14


<PAGE>


          1.7.14 PJM Manuals.

          The  Office  of  the   Interconnection   shall  be   responsible   for
maintaining,  updating,  and  promulgating the PJM Manuals as they relate to the
operation of the PJM Interchange Energy Market. The PJM Manuals,  as they relate
to the operation of the PJM Interchange Energy Market,  shall conform and comply
with this Agreement,  NERC operating policies, and MAAC reliability  principles,
guidelines and standards, and shall be designed to facilitate  administration of
an  efficient  energy  market  within  industry  reliability  standards  and the
physical capabilities of the PJM Control Area.

          1.7.15 Corrective Action.

          Consistent   with   Good   Utility   Practice,   the   Office  of  the
Interconnection  shall be authorized to direct or coordinate  corrective action,
whether or not specified in the PJM Manuals,  as necessary to alleviate  unusual
conditions that threaten the integrity or reliability of the PJM Control Area or
the regional power system.

          1.7.16 Recording.

          Subject to the  requirements  of applicable  State or federal law, all
voice  communications with the Office of the Interconnection  Control Center may
be  recorded  by the Office of the  Interconnection  and any Market  Participant
communicating  with the Office of the  Interconnection  Control Center, and each
Market Participant hereby consents to such recording. 1.7.17 Operating Reserves.
The Office of the  Interconnection  shall schedule to the Operating  Reserve and
load-  following  objectives  of the PJM Control  Area in  scheduling  resources
pursuant to this Schedule. A table of Operating Reserve objectives is calculated
seasonally  for  various  peak load  levels  and  eight  weekly  periods  and is
published in the PJM Manuals.  Reserve levels are  probabilistically  determined
based on the season's  historical load forecasting error and expected generation
mix (including typical Planned and Forced/Unplanned Outages).

          1.7.18 Regulation.

          (a) Regulation  shall be supplied from  generators  located within the
metered electrical boundaries of the PJM Control Area. Generating Market Buyers,
and Market Sellers offering  Regulation,  shall comply with applicable standards
and  requirements  for Regulation  capability and dispatch  specified in the PJM
Manuals.

          (b) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  obtain and  maintain an
amount of  Regulation  equal to the PJM Control  Area  Regulation  objective  as
specified in the PJM Manuals.

          (c) The Regulation  range of a unit shall be at least twice the amount
of Regulation assigned.

          (d) A unit capable of automatic energy dispatch that is also providing
Regulation  shall have its energy  dispatch range reduced by twice the amount of
the Regulation provided. The amount of Regulation provided by a unit shall serve
to redefine the Normal Minimum  Generation and Normal Maximum  Generation energy
limits of that  unit,  in that the  amount of  Regulation  shall be added to the
unit's Normal Minimum  Generation  energy limit,  and subtracted from its Normal
Maximum Generation energy limit. 

                                       15


<PAGE>


          (e) Qualified Regulation must satisfy the verification tests described
in the PJM Manuals.

          1.7.19 Ramping.

          A generator  dispatched by the Office of the Interconnection  pursuant
to a control signal appropriate to increase or decrease the generator's megawatt
output level shall be able to change output at the ramping rate specified in the
Offer Data submitted to the Office of the Interconnection for that generator.


          1.7.20 Communication and Operating Requirements.

          (a) Market Participants.  Each Market Participant shall have, or shall
arrange to have, its  transactions in the PJM Interchange  Energy Market subject
to control by a Market  Operations  Center,  with  staffing  and  communications
systems   capable   of   real-time   communication   with  the   Office  of  the
Interconnection  during  normal and Emergency  conditions  and of control of the
Market  Participant's  relevant  load  or  facilities  sufficient  to  meet  the
requirements of the Market  Participant's  transactions with the PJM Interchange
Energy  Market,  including  but not  limited to the  following  requirements  as
applicable.

          (b) Market Sellers selling from resources  within the PJM Control Area
shall: report to the Office of the  Interconnection  sources of energy available
for operation;  supply to the Office of the Interconnection all applicable Offer
Data; report to the Office of the Interconnection units that are self-scheduled;
report to the Office of the  Interconnection  bilateral  sales  transactions  to
buyers  not  within  the  PJM  Control  Area;  confirm  to  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  bilateral  sales to Market  Buyers within the PJM Control Area;
respond to the Office of the Interconnection's  directives to start, shutdown or
change  output  levels of  generation  units,  or change  scheduled  voltages or
reactive  output levels;  continuously  maintain all Offer Data  concurrent with
on-line operating  information;  and ensure that, where so equipped,  generating
equipment is operated with control equipment functioning as specified in the PJM
Manuals.

          (c) Market Sellers selling from resources outside the PJM Control Area
shall:  provide to the Office of the  Interconnection all applicable Offer Data,
including offers specifying  amounts of energy available,  hours of availability
and   prices  of  energy   and  other   services;   respond  to  Office  of  the
Interconnection  directives to schedule  delivery or change delivery  schedules;
and communicate delivery schedules to the Market Seller's Control Area.

          (d)  Internal  Market  Buyers  shall:  provide  to the  Office  of the
Interconnection  forecasts of load to be served as required by the Office of the
Interconnection;  respond to Office of the  Interconnection  directives for load
management steps; report to the Office of the Interconnection Capacity Resources
to satisfy capacity obligations that are available for pool operation; report to
the Office of the Interconnection all bilateral purchase  transactions;  respond
to other Office of the Interconnection  directives such as those required during
Emergency operation.

          (e)  External  Market  Buyers  shall:  provide  to the  Office  of the
Interconnection  requests to purchase  specified amounts of energy for each hour
of the  Operating  Day  during  which  it  intends  to  purchase  from  the  PJM
Interchange  Energy Market,  along with Dispatch Rate levels above which it does
not  desire  to  purchase;  respond  to  other  Office  of  the  Interconnection
directives such as those required during Emergency operation.

                                       16


<PAGE>


          1.7.21 Multi-settlement System.

          The PJM Interchange Energy Market shall be enhanced by an amendment to
this Schedule, to be filed with FERC not later than December 31, 1997, that will
provide for the implementation of a  multi-settlement  system as soon thereafter
as shall be  determined  by the Office of the  Interconnection  to be reasonably
practical.  Such a system will provide an opportunity for Market Participants to
commit and obtain  commitments  to energy  prices  and  transmission  congestion
charges  at  certain  specified  deadlines  in  advance  of  the  Office  of the
Interconnection's  real-time dispatch.  The Members specified in Section 11.5(c)
of the Agreement, working with the Office of the Interconnection,  shall develop
the details of the implementation of such a multi- settlement system.

     1.8 Selection, Scheduling and Dispatch Procedure Adjustment Process.

          1.8.1 PJM Dispute Resolution Agreement.

          Subject  to  the  condition  specified  below,  any  Member  adversely
affected by a decision of the Office of the Interconnection  with respect to the
operation of the PJM Interchange  Energy Market,  including the qualification of
an entity to  participate  in that  market as a buyer or seller,  make seek such
relief as may be appropriate under the PJM Dispute Resolution  Procedures on the
grounds that such decision  does not have an adequate  basis in fact or does not
conform to the requirements of this Agreement.

          1.8.2 Market or Control Area Hourly Operational Disputes.

          (a) Market  Participants  shall comply with all  determinations of the
Office of the  Interconnection  on the  selection,  scheduling  or  dispatch  of
resources  in the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market,  or to meet the  operational
requirements  of the PJM Control  Area.  Complaints  arising from or relating to
such  determinations  shall be  brought  to the  attention  of the Office of the
Interconnection  not later than the end of the fifth  business day after the end
of the Operating Day to which the selection or scheduling  relates,  or in which
the scheduling or dispatch took place,  and shall  include,  if  practicable,  a
proposed  resolution  of  the  complaint.  Upon  receiving  notification  of the
dispute,  the Office of the  Interconnection  and the Market Participant raising
the dispute  shall  exert  their best  efforts to obtain and retain all data and
other information  relating to the matter in dispute, and to notify other Market
Participants that are likely to be affected by the proposed resolution.  Subject
to confidentiality or other non-disclosure requirements,  representatives of the
Office of the  Interconnection,  the Market Participant raising the dispute, and
other interested Market  Participants,  shall meet within three business days of
the foregoing  notification,  or at such other or further times as the Office of
the  Interconnection  and the  Market  Participants  may  agree,  to review  the
relevant facts, and to seek agreement on a resolution of the dispute.

          (b) If the Office of the Interconnection determines that the matter in
dispute  discloses  a defect in  operating  policies,  practices  or  procedures
subject to the  discretion of the Office of the  Interconnection,  the Office of
the  Interconnection  shall  implement such changes as it deems  appropriate and
shall  so  notify  the  Members  Committee.  Alternatively,  the  Office  of the
Interconnection  may  notify the  Members  Committee  of a  proposed  change and
solicit the comments or other input of the Members.

          (c)  If  either  the  Office  of  the   Interconnection,   the  Market
Participant raising the dispute, or another affected Market Participant believes
that the matter in dispute has not been 

                                       17


<PAGE>


adequately  resolved,  or  discloses a need for changes in standards or policies
established  in or pursuant to the  Operating  Agreement,  any of the  foregoing
parties  may make a written  request  for  review of the  matter by the  Members
Committee,   and  shall  include  with  the  request  the   forwarding   party's
recommendation and such data or information (subject to confidentiality or other
non-disclosure requirements) as would enable the Members Committee to assess the
matter and the  recommendation.  The Members Committee shall take such action on
the  recommendation as it shall deem appropriate.  

          (d) Subject to the right of a Market  Participant to obtain correction
of accounting or billing errors,  the LLC or a Market  Participant  shall not be
entitled to actual, compensatory, consequential or punitive damages, opportunity
costs,  or  other  form  of  reimbursement  from  the  LLC or any  other  Market
Participant  for any  loss,  liability  or claim,  including  any claim for lost
profits,  incurred as a result of a mistake,  error or other fault by the Office
of the Interconnection in the selection, scheduling or dispatch of resources.

     1.9 Prescheduling.

     The following  procedures  and  principles  shall govern the  prescheduling
activities  necessary to plan for the reliable operation of the PJM Control Area
and for the efficient operation of the PJM Interchange Energy Market.

          1.9.1 Outage Scheduling.

          The  Office  of  the   Interconnection   shall  be   responsible   for
coordinating  and approving  requests for outages of generation and transmission
facilities as necessary  for the reliable  operation of the PJM Control Area, in
accordance  with  the PJM  Manuals.  The  Office  of the  Interconnection  shall
maintain  records of outages  and outage  requests  of these  facilities. 

          1.9.2 Planned Outages.

          (a) A Generator  Planned Outage shall be included in Generator Planned
Outage schedules  established  prior to the scheduled start date for the outage,
in accordance with standards and procedures specified in the PJM Manuals.

          (b) The Office of the Interconnection  shall conduct Generator Planned
Outage  scheduling  for Capacity  Resources in accordance  with the  Reliability
Assurance  Agreement  and the PJM Manuals and in  consultation  with the Members
owning or controlling  the output of Capacity  Resources.  A Market  Participant
shall not be expected to submit offers for the sale of energy or other services,
or to satisfy delivery  obligations,  from all or part of a generation  resource
undergoing  an  approved   Generator  Planned  Outage.  If  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  determines  that approval of a Generator  Planned  Outage would
significantly  affect the reliable operation of the PJM Control Area, the Office
of the  Interconnection  may  withhold  approval or  withdraw a prior  approval.
Approval for a Generator Planned Outage of a Capacity Resource shall be withheld
or  withdrawn  only as  necessary  to ensure the  adequacy  of  reserves  or the
reliability   of  the  PJM  Control   Area  in   connection   with   anticipated
implementation  or  avoidance  of  Emergency  procedures.  If the  Office of the
Interconnection  withholds or withdraws  approval,  it shall coordinate with the
Market  Participant  owning  or  controlling  the  resource  to  reschedule  the
Generator  Planned  Outage of the Capacity  Resource at the  earliest  practical
time. The Office of the  Interconnection  shall if possible propose  alternative
schedules  with the  intent of  minimizing  the  economic  impact on the  Market
Participant of a Generator Planned Outage.

                                       18


<PAGE>


          (c)  The  Office  of  the   Interconnection   shall  conduct   Planned
Transmission  Outage  scheduling in accordance with procedures  specified in the
Transmission  Owners  Agreement  and  the  PJM  Manuals.  If the  Office  of the
Interconnection  determines that transmission  maintenance schedules proposed by
one or more  Members  would  significantly  affect the  efficient  and  reliable
operation of the PJM Control Area, the Office of the Interconnection may propose
alternative  schedules,  but such alternative shall minimize the economic impact
on  the  Member  or  Members  whose  maintenance  schedules  the  Office  of the
Interconnection proposes to modify.

          The  Office of the  Interconnection  shall  coordinate  resolution  of
outage  or other  planning  conflicts  that may give rise to  unreliable  system
conditions.  The Members shall comply with all maintenance schedules established
by the Office of the Interconnection.

          1.9.3 Generator Maintenance Outages

          A Market Participant may request approval for a Generator  Maintenance
Outage  of any  Capacity  Resource  from the  Office of the  Interconnection  in
accordance with the timetable and other procedures specified in the PJM Manuals.
The  Office  of  the  Interconnection   shall  approve  requests  for  Generator
Maintenance Outages for a Capacity Resource unless the outage would threaten the
adequacy of reserves in, or the  reliability  of, the PJM Control Area. A Market
Participant  shall not be  expected  to submit  offers for the sale of energy or
other services, or to satisfy delivery  obligations,  from a generation resource
undergoing an approved full or partial Generator Maintenance Outage.

          1.9.4 Forced Outages

          (a)  Each  Market  Seller  that  owns  or  controls  a  pool-scheduled
resource, or Capacity Resource whether or not pool-scheduled,  shall: (i) advise
the Office of the  Interconnection  of a  Generator  Forced  Outage  suffered or
anticipated  to be suffered by any such  resource as promptly as possible;  (ii)
provide the Office of the  Interconnection  with the expected date and time that
the resource will be made  available;  and (iii) make a record of the events and
circumstances  giving rise to the Generator Forced Outage. A Market Seller shall
not be expected to submit  offers for the sale of energy or other  services,  or
satisfy delivery obligations,  from a generation resource undergoing a Generator
Forced  Outage.  A Capacity  Resource  that does not  deliver all or part of its
scheduled  energy shall be deemed to have  experienced a Generator Forced Outage
with respect to such  undelivered  energy,  in  accordance  with  standards  and
procedures  for full and  partial  Generator  Forced  Outages  specified  in the
Reliability Assurance Agreement and the PJM Manuals.

          (b)The Office of the  Interconnection  shall receive  notification  of
Forced  Transmission  Outages,  and  information  on the return to  service,  of
Transmission Facilities in the PJM Control Area in accordance with standards and
procedures specified in the Transmission Owners Agreement and the PJM Manuals.

          1.9.5 Market Participant Responsibilities.

          Each  Market  Participant  making a bilateral  sale  covering a period
greater than the  following  Operating  Day from a generating  resource  located
within the PJM Control  Area for  delivery  outside  the PJM Control  Area shall
furnish to the Office of the  Interconnection,  in the form and manner specified
in the PJM Manuals,  information  regarding  the source of the energy,  the load
sink, the energy schedule, and the amount of energy being delivered.

                                       19


<PAGE>


          1.9.6 Internal Market Buyer Responsibilities.

          Each  Internal  Market  Buyer making a bilateral  purchase  covering a
period  greater than the following  Operating Day shall furnish to the Office of
the  Interconnection,  in the  form an  manner  specified  in the  PJM  Manuals,
information  regarding  the  source of the  energy,  the load  sink,  the energy
schedule,  and the amount of energy being delivered.  Each Internal Market Buyer
shall  provide  the  Office  of the  Interconnection  with  details  of any load
management   agreements   with   customers   that   allow  the   Office  of  the
Interconnection to reduce load under specified circumstances.

          1.9.7 Market Seller Responsibilities

          (a) Not less than 30 days before a Market  Seller's  initial  offer to
sell  energy from a given  generation  resource  on the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market, the Market Seller shall furnish to the Office of the Interconnection the
information specified in the Offer Data for new generation resources.

          (b) Market Sellers  authorized  and intending to request  market-based
start-up and no-load fees in their Offer Data shall  submit a  specification  of
such fees to the Office of the  Interconnection  for each  generating unit as to
which the Market  Seller  intends to request such fees.  Any such  specification
shall  be  submitted  on or  before  March  31 for the  period  April 1  through
September  30, and on or before  September  30 for the period  October 1 through
March 31, and shall remain in effect without change  throughout each such period
for which a specification was submitted. The Office of the Interconnection shall
reject any request for start-up and no-load fees in a Market Seller's Offer Data
that does not  conform to the  Market  Seller's  specification  on file with the
Office of the Interconnection.

          1.9.8 Office of the Interconnection Responsibilities

          (a) The Office of the Interconnection shall perform seasonal operating
studies to assess the  forecasted  adequacy of  generating  reserves  and of the
transmission  system,  in accordance  with the  procedures  specified in the PJM
Manuals.

          (b) The Office of the Interconnection shall maintain and update tables
setting forth Operating Reserve and other reserve objectives as specified in the
PJM Manuals.

          (c) The  Office  of the  Interconnection  shall  receive  and  process
requests  for  firm  and  non-firm   transmission  service  in  accordance  with
procedures specified in the PJM Tariff.

          (d) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  maintain  such data and
information  relating  to  generation  and  transmission  facilities  in the PJM
Control Area as may be necessary or  appropriate  to conduct the  scheduling and
dispatch of the PJM Interchange Energy Market and PJM Control Area.

          (e)The  Office of the  Interconnection  shall  coordinate  with  other
interconnected  Control  Area  as  necessary  to  manage,  alleviate  or  end an
Emergency. 

                                       20


<PAGE>


     1.10 Scheduling.

     The  following  scheduling  procedures  and  principles  shall  govern  the
commitment  of  resources  to the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market over a period
extending from one week to one day prior to the Operating Day that  transactions
are to take place.  Scheduling  encompasses the day- ahead and hourly scheduling
process,  through which the Office of the Interconnection  determines,  based on
changing  forecasts of conditions and actions by Market  Participants and system
constraints,  a plan to serve the hourly energy and reserve  requirements of the
Internal  Market Buyers and the purchase  requests of the External Market Buyers
in the least costly manner,  subject to maintaining  the  reliability of the PJM
Control Area.  Scheduling shall be conducted as specified below,  subject to the
following  condition.  If the Office of the  Interconnection's  forecast for the
next seven days projects a likelihood of Emergency conditions, the Office of the
Interconnection may commit, for all or part of such seven day period, to the use
of generation resources with notification or start-up times greater than one day
as necessary in order to alleviate or mitigate  such  Emergency,  in  accordance
with the  Market  Sellers'  offers  for such  units  for  such  periods  and the
specifications in the PJM Manuals.

          1.10.1 Day-Ahead Scheduling.

          The following actions shall occur not later than 12:00 noon on the day
before the Operating Day for which transactions are being scheduled.

          (a) Each  Internal  Market  Buyer  shall  submit to the  Office of the
Interconnection  forecasts of its customer  loads for the next  Operating Day as
required by the PJM Manuals. If an Internal Market Buyer expects to curtail load
at a specific  Dispatch  Rate, it should specify the Dispatch Rate and estimated
load curtailment.

          (b) An  External  Market  Buyer  shall  submit  to the  Office  of the
Interconnection  requests to purchase  specified amounts of energy for each hour
of the  Operating  Day  during  which  it  intends  to  purchase  from  the  PJM
Interchange  Energy Market,  along with Dispatch Rate levels above which it does
not desire to purchase,  in accordance with the  specifications set forth in the
PJM Manuals.

          (c) Each  Generating  Market  Buyer shall  submit to the Office of the
Interconnection:   (i)  hourly  schedules  for  resource  increments,  including
hydropower  units,  self-scheduled  by the Market  Buyer to meet its  Equivalent
Load; and (ii) the Dispatch Rate at which each such self-scheduled resource will
disconnect or reduce output, or confirmation of the Market Buyer's intent not to
reduce output.

          (d)  All  Market  Participants  shall  submit  to  the  Office  of the
Interconnection  schedules  for  any  bilateral  transactions  involving  use of
generation or Transmission  Facilities as specified  below, and shall inform the
Office of the  Interconnection if the parties to the transaction are not willing
to incur Transmission Congestion Charges in order to complete any such scheduled
bilateral  transaction.  Scheduling of bilateral transactions shall be conducted
in  accordance  with the  specifications  in the PJM Manuals  and the  following
requirements:

          i)        Internal  Market  Buyers  shall  submit  schedules  for  all
                    bilateral  purchases  for  delivery  within the PJM  Control
                    Area,  whether from generation  resources  inside or outside
                    the PJM Control Area;

          ii)       Market Sellers shall submit schedules for bilateral sales to
                    entities outside 

                                       21


<PAGE>


                    the PJM Control Area from generation  within the PJM Control
                    Area; and

          iii)      In  addition  to  the  foregoing   schedules  for  bilateral
                    transactions, Market Participants shall submit confirmations
                    of each  scheduled  bilateral  transaction  from each  other
                    party to the transaction in addition to the party submitting
                    the schedule, or the adjacent Control Area.

          (e)  Market  Sellers  wishing  to sell on the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market  shall  submit  offers for the supply of energy  (including  energy  from
hydropower  units),  Regulation,  Operating  Reserves or other  services for the
following  Operating  Day.  Offers  shall  be  submitted  to the  Office  of the
Interconnection in the form specified by the Office of the  Interconnection  and
shall contain the information  specified in the Office of the  Interconnection's
Offer Data  specification,  as applicable.  Market Sellers owning or controlling
the output of a Capacity  Resource that has not been rendered  unavailable  by a
Generation  Planned  Outage,  a Generator  Maintenance  Outage,  or a Generation
Forced Outage shall submit  offers for the  available  capacity of such Capacity
Resource,  including any portion that is self-scheduled by the Generating Market
Buyer claiming the resource as a Capacity Resource. The submission of offers for
resource  increments that are not Capacity Resources shall be optional,  but any
such  offers  must  contain  the  information  specified  in the  Office  of the
Interconnection's Offer Data specification,  as applicable.  Energy offered from
generation  resources that are not Capacity Resources shall not be supplied from
resources  that are included in or otherwise  committed to supply the  Operating
Reserves of another Control Area. The foregoing offers:

          i)        Shall  specify the  generation  resource and energy for each
                    hour in the offer period;

          ii)       Shall   specify  the  amounts  and  prices  for  the  entire
                    Operating  Day for each  resource  component  offered by the
                    Market Seller to the Office of the Interconnection;

          iii)      If based on energy  from a  specific  generating  unit,  may
                    specify start-up and no-load fees equal to the specification
                    of such fees for such  unit on file  with the  Office of the
                    Interconnection;

          iv)       Shall set forth any special conditions upon which the Market
                    Seller  proposes to supply a resource  increment,  including
                    any curtailment  rate specified in a bilateral  contract for
                    the output of the resource, or any cancellation fees;

          v)        May  include a schedule  of offers for prices and  operating
                    data  contingent on acceptance by the deadline  specified in
                    this Schedule, with a second schedule applicable if accepted
                    after the foregoing deadline;

          vi)       Shall  constitute an offer to submit the resource  increment
                    to the  Office of the  Interconnection  for  scheduling  and
                    dispatch in  accordance  with the terms of the offer,  which
                    offer shall remain open through the  Operating Day for which
                    the offer is submitted;


          vii)      Shall be final as to the price or prices at which the Market
                    Seller  proposes to supply  energy or other  services to the
                    PJM  Interchange  Energy Market,  such price or prices being
                    guaranteed  by the Market  Seller  for the period  extending
                    through the end of the following Operating Day; and 

                                       22


<PAGE>


          viii)     Shall    not    exceed   an    energy    offer    price   of
                    $1,000/megawatt-hour.

          (f) A Market  Seller  that  wishes to sell  Regulation  service  shall
submit an offer for  Regulation  that shall specify the MW of  Regulation  being
offered and the  Regulation  Class from which such  Regulation is being offered.
The range of costs defining  Regulation  Classes,  and the average cost for each
Regulation  Class,  shall  be  determined  periodically  by  the  Office  of the
Interconnection  on the basis of prior  energy bid prices and  appropriate  fuel
indices, in accordance with procedures  specified in the PJM Manuals.  Qualified
Regulation  capability must satisfy the verification  tests specified in the PJM
Manuals.

          Each  Market  Seller  owning or  controlling  the output of a Capacity
Resource  shall  submit a forecast  of the  availability  of each such  Capacity
Resource for the next seven days. A Market  Seller (i) may submit a  non-binding
forecast  of the  price at  which it  expects  to  offer a  generation  resource
increment  to the Office of the  Interconnection  over the next seven days,  and
(ii) shall submit a binding  offer for energy,  along with  start-up and no-load
fees,  if any,  for the next  seven  days or part  thereof,  for any  generation
resource  with  minimum  notification  or start-up  requirement  greater than 24
hours.

          (h) Each offer by a Market Seller of a Capacity  Resource shall remain
in effect for subsequent Operating Days until superseded or canceled.

          (i) The  Office  of the  Interconnection  shall  post on the PJM  Open
Access Same-time  Information System its estimate of the combined hourly load of
the  Market  Buyers  for the next  four  days,  and peak load  forecasts  for an
additional three days.

          1.10.2 Pool-Scheduled Resources.

          Pool-scheduled resources shall be governed by the following principles
and procedures.

          (a)  Pool-scheduled  resources  shall be selected by the Office of the
Interconnection  on the basis of the  prices  offered  for  energy  and  related
services,  start-up,  no-load and cancellation fees, and the specified operating
characteristics,  offered by Market Sellers to the Office of the Interconnection
by the 12:00 noon offer deadline.

          (b) A resource that is scheduled by a Market  Participant to support a
bilateral sale, or that is self-scheduled  by a Generating  Market Buyer,  shall
not  be  selected  by the  Office  of the  Interconnection  as a  pool-scheduled
resource except in an Emergency.

          (c) Market Sellers offering energy from hydropower or other facilities
with fuel or  environmental  limitations  may  submit  data to the Office of the
Interconnection  that is sufficient to enable the Office of the  Interconnection
to determine the available operating hours of such facilities.

          (d) The  Market  Seller of a  resource  selected  as a  pool-scheduled
resource shall receive  payments or credits for energy or related  services,  or
for start-up and no-load fees, from the Office of the  Interconnection on behalf
of  the  Market  Buyers  in  accordance  with  Schedule  3  to  this  Agreement.
Alternatively, the Market Seller shall receive any cancellation fee reflected in
the Market  Seller's  offer in lieu of start-up and no-load fees, if any, if the
Office  of the  Interconnection  cancels  its  selection  of the  resource  as a
pool-scheduled resource and so notifies the Market Seller before the resource is
synchronized. 
                                       23


<PAGE>


          (e) Market  Participants  shall make  available  their  pool-scheduled
resources  to the Office of the  Interconnection  for  coordinated  operation to
supply the needs of the PJM Control Area for Operating Reserves.

          1.10.3 Self-scheduled Resources.

          Self-scheduled resources shall be governed by the following principles
and procedures.  

          Each  Generating  Market  Buyer  shall  use  all  reasonable  efforts,
consistent with Good Utility Practice, not to self-schedule  resources in excess
of its Equivalent Load.

          (b) The  offered  prices  of  resources  that are  self-scheduled,  or
otherwise   not   following   the   dispatch   orders  of  the   Office  of  the
Interconnection, shall not be considered by the Office of the Interconnection in
determining Locational Marginal Prices.

          (c) Market  Participants  shall make  available  their  self-scheduled
resources  to the Office of the  Interconnection  for  coordinated  operation to
supply the needs of the PJM Control Area for Operating Reserves.

          1.10.4 Capacity Resources.

          (a) A Capacity Resource selected as a pool-scheduled resource shall be
made available for scheduling and dispatch at the direction of the Office of the
Interconnection.  A Capacity  Resource that does not deliver energy as scheduled
shall be deemed to have  experienced a Generator  Forced Outage to the extent of
such energy not delivered.

          (b) Energy from a Capacity  Resource  that has not been  selected as a
pool-scheduled  resource may be sold on a bilateral  basis by the Market Seller,
or may be  self-scheduled.  A Capacity  Resource that has not been selected as a
pool-scheduled resource and that has been sold on a bilateral basis must be made
available upon request to the Office of the  Interconnection  for scheduling and
dispatch  if the Office of the  Interconnection  declares  a Maximum  Generation
Emergency.  Any such  resource so scheduled  and  dispatched  shall  receive the
applicable Locational Marginal Price for energy delivered.

          (c) A Capacity Resource that has been self-scheduled shall not receive
payments or credits for start-up or no-load fees.

          1.10.5 External Resources.

          (a) External Resources may submit offers to the PJM Interchange Energy
Market, in accordance with the day-ahead  scheduling process specified above. An
External Resource selected as a pool-scheduled  resource shall be made available
for   scheduling   and   dispatch  at  the   direction  of  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection,  and except as specified below shall be compensated on the same
basis as other pool-scheduled resources. External Resources that are not capable
of dynamic dispatch shall, if selected by the Office of the  Interconnection  on
the  basis of the  Market  Seller's  Offer  Data,  be block  loaded on an hourly
scheduled  basis.  Market  Sellers  shall offer  External  Resources  to the PJM
Interchange  Energy  Market  on  either  a  resource-specific  or an  aggregated
resource basis.

          (b) Offers for External  Resources  from an aggregation of two or more
generating  units shall so indicate,  and shall specify,  in accordance with the
Offer Data requirements 

                                       24


<PAGE>


specified by the Office of the Interconnection: (i) energy prices; (ii) hours of
energy  availability;  (iii) a minimum  dispatch level;  (iv) a maximum dispatch
level; and (v) unless such information has previously been made available to the
Office of the Interconnection,  sufficient information,  as specified in the PJM
Manuals,  to enable the Office of the Interconnection to model the flow into the
PJM  Control  Area of any  energy  from  the  External  Resources  scheduled  in
accordance  with the Offer Data. If a Market Seller  submits more than one offer
on an  aggregated  resource  basis,  the  withdrawal  of any such offer shall be
deemed a withdrawal of all higher  priced  offers for the same period.  A Market
Seller offering energy from External  Resources on an aggregated  basis and that
does not deliver energy as scheduled by the Office of the Interconnection  shall
be assessed a non-delivery  charge as specified  below.  

          (c) Offers for External Resources on a  resource-specific  basis shall
specify the resource being offered,  along with the information specified in the
Offer Data as  applicable.  A Market Seller  offering an External  Resource on a
resource-specific  basis that does not deliver energy as scheduled by the Office
of the  Interconnection  shall be assessed a  non-delivery  charge as  specified
below, unless the resource being offered has suffered a Generator Forced Outage.
The  burden  shall be on the  Market  Seller to  demonstrate  to the  reasonable
satisfaction  of the  Office  of the  Interconnection  that the  resource  being
offered has experienced a Generator Forced Outage. 

          (d)  Subject  to the  conditions  specified  in  this  paragraph,  the
non-delivery  charge  for  External  Resources  that do not  deliver  energy  as
scheduled shall be calculated hourly as follows:  Pro-rated start-up plus hourly
no-load fees  specified in the Offer Data + [offered  minimum  dispatch  level x
(Locational Marginal Price - offered energy price) x 110%] . For purposes of the
foregoing calculation: (i) the Locational Marginal Price shall be the Locational
Marginal  Price at the  buses at which the  energy  from the  External  Resource
should have been  delivered  to the PJM  Control  Area;  (ii) if the  Locational
Marginal Price less the offered energy price is less than zero,  this difference
shall be set to zero;  and (iii)  start-up  and no-load fees shall be subject to
the requirements of this Schedule.  Payments or credits for non-delivery charges
shall be used by the  Office of the  Interconnection  to  reduce  or offset  PJM
Control Area costs for Operating Reserves.

          1.10.6 External Market Buyers.

          (a)  Deliveries  to an  External  Market  Buyer not subject to dynamic
dispatch  by the Office of the  Interconnection  shall be  delivered  on a block
loaded basis to the load bus or busses at the border of the PJM Control Area, or
in the PJM Control Area with respect to an External  Market  Buyer's load within
the PJM  Control  Area not  served by  Network  Service,  at which the energy is
delivered to or for the External  Market Buyer.  External Market Buyers shall be
charged the  Locational  Marginal  Price for energy at the foregoing load bus or
busses.

          (b) An External Market Buyer's hourly  schedules for energy  purchased
from the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market shall conform to the ramping and other
applicable requirements of the interconnection agreement between the PJM Control
Area and the Control Area to which, whether as an intermediate or final point of
delivery, the purchased energy will initially be delivered.

          (c) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall curtail deliveries to an
External  Market Buyer if necessary to maintain  appropriate  reserve levels for
the PJM Control Area as defined in the PJM Manuals, or to avoid shedding load in
the PJM Control Area.

                                       25



<PAGE>


          (d) An  External  Market  Buyer  that  does not take  delivery  of the
amounts of energy  specified  in its  request to  purchase  shall be  assessed a
non-delivery  charge, or if using Point- to-Point service within the PJM Control
Area  shall  pay  for  imbalance  service  as  specified  in  the  Tariff.   The
non-delivery  charge shall be calculated  as the  summation  for all  applicable
busses of the product of (i) the  Locational  Marginal Price at each load bus at
which  delivery  was not  taken,  times (ii) the amount of energy not taken each
hour at such  bus.  The  non-delivery  charge  shall  not  apply  to  deliveries
curtailed by the Office of the Interconnection in accordance with this Schedule,
or for periods when the Dispatch Rate exceeds the maximum value specified by the
External Market Buyer in accordance with this Schedule.  Payments or credits for
non-delivery  charges  shall be used by the  Office  of the  Interconnection  to
reduce or offset PJM Control Area costs for Operating Reserves.

          1.10.7 Bilateral Transactions.

          Bilateral  transactions  as to which the  parties  have  notified  the
Office of the  Interconnection by 12:00 p.m. of the day before the Operating Day
that they are not  willing to incur  Transmission  Congestion  Charges  shall be
curtailed  by the  Office  of the  Interconnection  as  necessary  to  reduce or
alleviate  transmission  congestion.  Bilateral  transactions  willing  to incur
congestion   charges  shall  continue  to  be  implemented   during  periods  of
congestion, except as may be necessary to respond to Emergencies.

          1.10.8 Office of the Interconnection Responsibilities.

          (a) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall use its best  efforts to
determine the least-cost means of satisfying the projected  hourly  requirements
for  energy,  Operating  Reserves,  and other  ancillary  services of the Market
Buyers,  including  the  reliability  requirements  of the PJM Control  Area. In
making this  determination,  the Office of the  Interconnection  shall take into
account:  (i) the Office of the  Interconnection's  forecasts of PJM Interchange
Energy Market and PJM Control Area energy requirements, giving due consideration
to the energy  requirement  forecasts and purchase requests  submitted by Market
Buyers;  (ii) the offers submitted by Market Sellers;  (iii) the availability of
limited  energy  resources;  (iv) the  capacity,  location,  and other  relevant
characteristics  of  self-scheduled  resources;  (v) the  objectives  of the PJM
Control Area for Operating Reserves,  as specified in the PJM Manuals;  (vi) the
requirements  of the  PJM  Control  Area  for  Regulation  and  other  ancillary
services,  as specified  in the PJM  Manuals;  (vii) the benefits of avoiding or
minimizing transmission  constraint control operations,  as specified in the PJM
Manuals;  and  (viii)  such other  factors as the Office of the  Interconnection
reasonably concludes are relevant to the foregoing determination.  The Office of
the  Interconnection  shall develop a schedule of generation  resources based on
the foregoing determination.  The Office of the Interconnection shall report the
planned  schedule for a hydropower  resource to the operator of that resource as
necessary  for  plant  safety  and  security,  and  legal  limitations  on  pond
elevations.

          (b) Not later than 4:00 p.m. of the day before each  Operating Day, or
such earlier  deadline as may be specified by the Office of the  Interconnection
in the PJM Manuals, the Office of the Interconnection shall: (i) post on the PJM
Open  Access  Same-time  Information  System its  forecast of the  location  and
duration  of  any  expected  transmission  congestion,   and  of  the  range  of
differences  in Locational  Marginal  Prices  between major  subareas of the PJM
Control  Area  expected to result from such  transmission  congestion;  and (ii)
inform each Market Seller whether its offer or offers have been accepted. 

                                       26


<PAGE>


          (c) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  revise its  schedule of
generation  resources  to  reflect  updated  projections  of  load,   conditions
affecting  electric system  operations in the PJM Control Area, the availability
of  and  constraints  on  limited  energy  and  other  resources,   transmission
constraints, and other relevant factors. The Office of the Interconnection shall
post on the PJM Open Access Same-time  Information  System at times specified in
the PJM Manuals a revised  forecast of the location and duration of any expected
transmission congestion,  and of the range of differences in Locational Marginal
Prices  between  major  subareas of the PJM Control Area expected to result from
such transmission congestion.

          1.10.9 Hourly Scheduling

          (a)   Following   the   initial   posting   of  the   Office   of  the
Interconnection's  transmission congestion forecast, and subject to the right of
the  Office of the  Interconnection  to  schedule  and  dispatch  pool-scheduled
resources  and to direct that  schedules  be changed in an  Emergency,  a Market
Participant may adjust the schedule of a resource under its dispatch  control on
an  hour-to-hour  basis beginning at 10:00 p.m. of the day before each Operating
Day, provided that the Office of the  Interconnection is notified not later than
60  minutes  prior to the hour in which the  adjustment  is to take  effect,  as
follows:

          i)        A  Generating  Market  Buyer  may  self-schedule  any of its
                    resource  increments,  including hydropower  resources,  not
                    previously  designated as self-scheduled and not selected as
                    a pool-scheduled resource;

          ii)       A  Market  Participant  may  request  the  scheduling  of  a
                    non-firm bilateral transaction; or

          iii)      A Generating Market Buyer may remove from service a resource
                    increment,  including  a  hydropower  resource,  that it had
                    previously  designated as self-scheduled,  provided that the
                    Office  of the  Interconnection  shall  have the  option  to
                    schedule  energy from any such resource  increment that is a
                    Capacity  Resource  at the price  offered in the  scheduling
                    process, with no obligation to pay any start-up fee.

          (b) An External Market Buyer may refuse delivery of some or all of the
energy it requested to purchase by notifying  the Office of the  Interconnection
of the  adjustment in deliveries  not later than 60 minutes prior to the hour in
which the  adjustment is to take effect.  Any such refusal of delivery  shall be
subject to non-delivery charges in accordance with this Schedule.

     1.11 Dispatch.

     The following  procedures and  principles  shall govern the dispatch of the
resources available to the Office of the Interconnection.

                                       27


<PAGE>


          1.11.1 Resource Output.

          The Office of the  Interconnection  shall have the authority to direct
any Market Seller to adjust the output of any pool-scheduled  resource increment
within the operating characteristics specified in the Market Seller's offer. The
Office of the Interconnection may cancel its selection of, or otherwise release,
pool-scheduled  resources,  subject  to an  obligation  to  pay  any  applicable
start-up,  no-load or cancellation fees. The Office of the Interconnection shall
adjust the output of  pool-scheduled  resource  increments as necessary:  (a) to
maintain  reliability,  and subject to that constraint,  to minimize the cost of
supplying the energy, reserves, and other services required by the Market Buyers
and the operation of the PJM Control Area;  (b) to balance load and  generation,
maintain  scheduled  tie flows,  and provide  frequency  support  within the PJM
Control Area; and (c) to minimize unscheduled  interchange not frequency related
between the PJM Control Area and other Control Areas.

          1.11.2 Operating Basis.

          In  carrying  out  the  foregoing   objectives,   the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  shall  conduct  the  operation  of  the  PJM  Control  Area  in
accordance with the PJM Manuals,  and shall:  (i) utilize  available  generating
reserves and obtain required replacements;  and (ii) monitor the availability of
adequate  reserves. 

          1.11.3 Pool-dispatched Resources

          (a) The Office of the Interconnection  shall implement the dispatch of
energy from  pool-scheduled  resources with limited energy by direct request. In
implementing  mandatory or economic use of limited energy resources,  the Office
of the  Interconnection  shall use its best efforts to select the most  economic
hours of operation for limited energy resources, in order to make optimal use of
such resources  consistent with the dynamic  load-following  requirements of the
PJM Control Area and the  availability  of other  resources to the Office of the
Interconnection.

          (b) The Office of the Interconnection  shall implement the dispatch of
energy from other  pool-dispatched  resource  increments,  including  generation
increments  from  Capacity  Resources  the  remaining  increments  of which  are
self-scheduled,  by sending  appropriate  signals and instructions to the entity
controlling  such  resources,  in accordance  with the PJM Manuals.  Each Market
Seller  shall  ensure that the entity  controlling  a  pool-dispatched  resource
offered  or made  available  by that  Market  Seller  complies  with the  energy
dispatch   signals   and   instructions   transmitted   by  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection.

          1.11.4 Regulation

          (a) A Market Buyer may satisfy its Regulation  obligation from its own
resources capable of performing Regulation service, by contractual  arrangements
with  other  Market  Participants  able to  provide  Regulation  service,  or by
purchases from the PJM Interchange Energy Market.

          (b) The Office of the Interconnection  shall obtain Regulation service
from  the  least-cost  alternatives  available  from  either  pool-scheduled  or
self-scheduled  resources  as needed to meet PJM Control Area  requirements  not
otherwise satisfied by the Market Buyers.

          (c) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  dispatch  resources for
Regulation by sending  Regulation  signals and  instructions  to resources  from
which Regulation service has been 

                                       28


<PAGE>


offered by Market Sellers,  in accordance  with the PJM Manuals.  Market Sellers
shall comply with Regulation  dispatch signals and  instructions  transmitted by
the Office of the  Interconnection  and,  in the event of  conflict,  Regulation
dispatch  signals and  instructions  shall take  precedence over energy dispatch
signals and instructions.  Market Sellers shall exert all reasonable  efforts to
operate,  or ensure the operation of, their resources  supplying load in the PJM
Control Area as close to desired  output  levels as practical,  consistent  with
Good Utility Practice.  

          1.11.5 PJM Open Access Same-time Information System.

          The Office of the Interconnection  shall update the information posted
on the PJM Open Access Same-time  Information  System to reflect its dispatch of
generation resources. 

                                       29


<PAGE>


                  2. CALCULATION OF LOCATIONAL MARGINAL PRICES

     2.1 Introduction.

     The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  calculate the price of energy at
the  load  busses  and  generation  busses  in the PJM  Control  Area and at the
interface  busses between the PJM Control Area and adjacent Control Areas on the
basis of Locational  Marginal Prices.  Locational  Marginal Prices determined in
accordance  with  this  Section  shall be  calculated  every  five  minutes  and
integrated  hourly values of such  calculations  shall be the basis of sales and
purchases of energy in the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market and of  Transmission
Congestion Charges under the PJM Tariff.

     2.2 General.

     The  Office  of  the   Interconnection   shall  determine  the  least  cost
security-constrained  dispatch,  which is the least costly means of serving load
at  different  locations  in the PJM  Control  Area  based on  actual  operating
conditions  existing on the power grid and on the prices at which Market Sellers
have offered to supply energy in the PJM Interchange  Energy Market.  Locational
Marginal  Prices for the  generation  and load busses in the PJM  Control  Area,
including interconnections with other Control Areas, will be calculated based on
the actual  economic  dispatch and the prices of energy offers.  The process for
the  determination  of Locational  Marginal  Prices shall be as follows: 

     (a) To determine actual  operating  conditions on the power grid in the PJM
Control Area,  the Office of the  Interconnection  shall use a computer model of
the interconnected  grid that uses available metered inputs regarding  generator
output,  loads,  and  power  flows  to model  remaining  flows  and  conditions,
producing  a  consistent  representation  of  power  flows on the  network.  The
computer  model  employed for this purpose,  referred to as the State  Estimator
program,  is a standard  industry tool and is described in Section 2.3 below. It
will be used to obtain information  regarding the output of generation supplying
energy  to the PJM  Control  Area,  loads  at  buses  in the PJM  Control  Area,
transmission losses, and power flows on binding transmission constraints for use
in the calculation of Locational Marginal Prices. Additional information used in
the calculation,  including  Dispatch Rates and real time schedules for external
transactions  between PJM and other  Control  Areas,  will be obtained  from the
Office of the  Interconnection's  dispatchers.  

     (b) Using the prices at which  energy is  offered by Market  Sellers to the
PJM Interchange Energy Market, the Office of the Interconnection shall determine
the offers of energy that will be  considered in the  calculation  of Locational
Marginal Prices.  As described in Section 2.4 below,  every offer of energy by a
Market Seller from a resource that is following  economic dispatch  instructions
of the Office of the  Interconnection  will be  utilized in the  calculation  of
Locational  Marginal Prices. 

     (c) Based on the system  conditions  on the PJM power grid,  determined  as
described in (a), and the eligible  energy  offers,  determined  as described in
(b), the Office of the Interconnection shall determine the least costly means of
obtaining  energy  to serve  the next  increment  of load at each bus in the PJM
Control Area, in the manner  described in Section 2.5 below.  The result of that
calculation  shall be a set of  Locational  Marginal  Prices based on the system
conditions at the time. 
                                       30


<PAGE>


     2.3 Determination of System Conditions Using the State Estimator.

     Power system operations,  including,  but not limited to, the determination
of the least costly means of serving  load,  depend upon the  availability  of a
complete and consistent  representation of generator  outputs,  loads, and power
flows on the network.  In calculating  Locational Marginal Prices, the Office of
the  Interconnection  shall  obtain a complete  and  consistent  description  of
conditions  on the  electric  network in the PJM Control  Area by using the most
recent power flow solution  produced by the State Estimator,  which is also used
by the Office of the  Interconnection  for other  functions  within power system
operations.  The State  Estimator is a standard  industry  tool that  produces a
power flow model based on available real-time metering information,  information
regarding  the  current  status of lines,  generators,  transformers,  and other
equipment,  bus load distribution  factors, and a representation of the electric
network,  to  provide a complete  description  of system  conditions,  including
conditions at busses for which real-time information is unavailable. The current
version of the State  Estimator  includes  over 1600  busses in the PJM  Control
Area, as well as interface busses with adjacent Control Areas. The Office of the
Interconnection  shall obtain a State  Estimator  solution  every five  minutes,
which shall provide the megawatt output of generators and the loads at busses in
the PJM Control Area,  transmission line losses, and actual flows or loadings on
constrained transmission facilities. External transactions between PJM and other
Control Areas shall be included in the Locational  Marginal Price calculation on
the basis of the real time  transaction  schedules  implemented by the Office of
the  Interconnection's  dispatcher. 

     2.4 Determination of Energy Offers Used in Calculating  Locational Marginal
Prices.

     (a) To determine the energy offers submitted to the PJM Interchange  Energy
Market that shall be used to  calculate  the  Locational  Marginal  Prices,  the
Office of the Interconnection  shall determine which resources are following its
economic  dispatch  instructions.  A resource will be considered to be following
economic  dispatch  instructions  and shall be  included in the  calculation  of
Locational Marginal Prices if:

          i)        the  price  bid by a  Market  Seller  for  energy  from  the
                    resource is less than or equal to the Dispatch  Rate for the
                    area of the  PJM  Control  Area in  which  the  resource  is
                    located; or

          ii)       the  resource is  specifically  requested  to operate by the
                    Office   of  the   Interconnection's   dispatcher.  

     (b) In determining  whether a resource satisfies the condition described in
(a), the Office of the  Interconnection  will determine the bid price associated
with an energy offer by  comparing  the actual  megawatt  output of the resource
with the Market  Seller's  offer price  curve.  Because of  practical  generator
response  limitations,  a resource whose megawatt output is not ten percent more
than the megawatt  level  specified on the offer price curve for the  applicable
Dispatch Rate shall be deemed to be following  economic  dispatch  instructions,
but the energy price offer used in the calculation of Locational Marginal Prices
shall not exceed the applicable  Dispatch Rate. Units that must be run for local
area  protection  shall  not be  considered  in the  calculation  of  Locational
Marginal Prices. 

                                       31


<PAGE>


     2.5 Calculation of Locational Marginal Prices.

     (a) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  determine  the least  costly
means of obtaining energy to serve the next increment of load at each bus in the
PJM Control Area  represented  in the State  Estimator  and each  interface  bus
between the PJM Control Area and an adjacent  Control Area,  based on the system
conditions  described  by the most recent  power flow  solution  produced by the
State  Estimator  program and the energy  offers  determined  to be eligible for
consideration  under Section 2.4. This calculation  shall be made by applying an
incremental  linear  optimization  method to minimize energy costs, given actual
system  conditions,  a set  of  energy  offers,  and  any  binding  transmission
constraints  that may exist. In performing this  calculation,  the Office of the
Interconnection shall calculate the cost of serving an increment of load at each
bus from each resource  associated  with an eligible energy offer as the sum of:
(1) the price at which the  Market  Seller has  offered to supply an  additional
increment  of energy  from the  resource,  and (2) the  effect  on  transmission
congestion costs (whether  positive or negative)  associated with increasing the
output of the resource,  based on the effect of increased  generation  from that
resource on  transmission  line  loadings.  The energy  offer or offers that can
serve an  increment  of load at a bus at the  lowest  cost,  calculated  in this
manner, shall determine the Locational Marginal Price at that bus.

     (b) The calculation set forth in (a) shall be performed every five minutes,
using the Office of the  Interconnection's  Locational  Marginal  Price program,
producing a set of Locational  Marginal Prices based on system conditions during
the preceding interval.  The prices produced at five-minute  intervals during an
hour will be  integrated to determine the  Locational  Marginal  Prices for that
hour,  which will  determine  prices in the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market and
Transmission  Congestion Costs under the PJM Tariff.

     2.6 Performance Evaluation.

     The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  undertake an  evaluation  of the
foregoing  procedures for the  determination of Locational  Marginal Prices,  as
well as the procedures for determining and allocating Fixed Transmission  Rights
and associated  Transmission Congestion Charges and Credits, not less often than
every two years,  in accordance with the PJM Manuals.  To the extent  practical,
the  Office of the  Interconnection  shall  retain  all data  needed to  perform
comparisons and other analyses of locational marginal pricing. The Office of the
Interconnection  shall  report  the  results  of its  evaluation  to the  Market
Participants,  along  with  its  recommendations,  if any,  for  changes  in the
procedures. 
                                       32


<PAGE>


                           3. ACCOUNTING AND BILLING

     3.1 Introduction.

     This  schedule  sets  forth  the  accounting  and  billing  principles  and
procedures for the purchase and sale of services on the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market and for the operation of the PJM Control Area. 

     3.2 Market Buyers.

          3.2.1 Spot Market Energy.

          (a) At the end of each hour during an Operating Day, the Office of the
Interconnection  shall  calculate the load payment for each Market  Buyer's load
bus.  The load  payment at each bus shall be the  product of the Market  Buyer's
megawatts  of load at such load bus in the hour  times the  Locational  Marginal
Price at the bus. The megawatts of load at each load bus shall be the sum of the
megawatts of load for that bus of that Market Buyer as  determined  by the State
Estimator, plus an allocated share of transmission losses, plus any megawatts of
that Market Buyer's  bilateral sales to purchasers  outside the PJM Control Area
attributable  to that bus. The total load payment for each Market Buyer shall be
the sum of the load payments for each of a Market Buyer's load busses.

          (b) At the end of each hour during an Operating Day, the Office of the
Interconnection  shall  calculate  the  generation  revenue for each  Generating
Market Buyer's  generation  bus. The generation  revenue at each  generation bus
shall be the product of the Generating Market Buyer's megawatts of generation at
such generation bus in the hour times the Locational  Marginal Price at the bus.
The  megawatts  of  generation  at each  generation  bus shall be the sum of the
megawatts  of  generation  for  that  bus of that  Generating  Market  Buyer  as
determined by the State Estimator,  plus any megawatts of bilateral purchases of
that  Generating  Market  Buyer  from  sellers  outside  the  PJM  Control  Area
attributable  to that bus.  The total  generation  revenue  for each  Generating
Market  Buyer  shall  be the  sum of the  generation  revenues  for  each of the
Generating Market Buyer's generation busses.

          (c) At the end of each hour during an Operating Day, the Office of the
Interconnection shall calculate a net bill for each Market Buyer,  determined as
the difference between its total load payment and its total generation  revenue.
The portions of the net bill  attributable  to net hourly PJM Interchange and to
Transmission  Congestion  Charges shall be determined as set forth below.

          (d) At the end of each hour during an Operating Day, the Office of the
Interconnection  shall  calculate the total amount of net hourly PJM Interchange
for each Market Buyer,  including  Generating  Market Buyers, in accordance with
the PJM Manuals.  For Internal  Market Buyers,  this  calculation  shall include
determination  of the net energy flows from: (i) tie lines;  (ii) any generation
resource the output of which is  controlled by the Market Buyer but delivered to
it over another entity's Transmission Facilities;  (iii) any generation resource
the  output of which is  controlled  by  another  entity  but which is  directly
interconnected  with  the  Market  Buyer's  transmission  system;  (iv)  500  kV
transmission  losses;  (v) deliveries  pursuant to bilateral energy sales;  (vi)
receipts pursuant to bilateral energy purchases;  (vii) Inadvertent  Interchange
allocated to the Market Buyer; and (viii) the Market Buyer's  allocated share of
energy  purchased  from  another  Control  Area  in  connection  with a  Minimum
Generation Emergency in such other 

                                       33


<PAGE>


Control Area as specified in Section  0(0).  For External  Market  Buyers,  this
calculation shall determine the energy delivered pursuant to the External Market
Buyer's purchase request. 

          (e) The  Office  of the  Interconnection  shall  calculate  Locational
Marginal  Prices for each load and  generation  bus in the PJM Control  Area, in
accordance with Section 0 of this Schedule.

          (f) An Internal  Market Buyer shall be charged for Spot Market  Energy
purchases to the extent of its hourly net PJM Interchange Imports, determined as
specified  above.  An External Market Buyer shall be charged for its Spot Market
Energy  purchases based on the energy  delivered to it,  determined as specified
above.  The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  calculate an hourly  weighted
average  Locational  Marginal  Price for each such  Market  Buyer,  based on the
Locational  Marginal  Price at each load bus and the Market Buyer's load at that
bus.  The total  charge shall be the Market  Buyer's  total net PJM  Interchange
Imports times the weighted average Locational Marginal Price.

          (g) A Generating Market Buyer shall be credited as a Market Seller for
sales of Spot  Market  Energy to the extent of its  hourly  net PJM  Interchange
Exports, determined as specified above. The total credit shall be the sum of the
credits  determined by the product of (i) the hourly net amount of energy of PJM
Interchange Exports at the applicable generation bus from each of the Generating
Market Buyer's  generation  resources  determined to be making such  deliveries,
times (ii) the hourly  Locational  Marginal Price at that generation bus. If the
Office of the Interconnection dispatches energy to serve load in the PJM Control
Area,  the  pool-dispatched   generation   resources  determined  to  be  making
deliveries into PJM  Interchange of such Generating  Market Buyer shall be those
that  have  the  highest  Locational  Marginal  Prices  of the  Market  Seller's
generation resources.

          (h) If energy in excess of a Generating Market Buyer's Equivalent Load
flows to the PJM Control Area from a  self-scheduled  resource,  the  Generating
Market Buyer shall  receive a payment or credit for such excess energy at a rate
equal to the lesser of (i) 95% of the Locational  Marginal Price at the delivery
bus for such energy,  or (ii) the Locational  Marginal Price at the delivery bus
for such energy if the Locational  Marginal  Price is negative.  For purposes of
the  foregoing  calculation,  such  excess  energy  shall be deemed to have been
delivered  from  the  Generating  Market  Buyer's  self-scheduled   resource  or
resources  with the lowest  Locational  Marginal  Price or Prices at the time of
delivery.  Revenues  attributable to the difference  between the market clearing
price in the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market and payments or credits for excess
energy  from  self-scheduled  resources  shall  be  used  by the  Office  of the
Interconnection  to  reduce or  offset  PJM  Control  Area  costs for  Operating
Reserves.

          3.2.2 Regulation.

          (a)  Each  Internal  Market  Buyer  shall  have an  hourly  Regulation
objective  equal  to its pro  rata  share  of the PJM  Control  Area  Regulation
requirements  for the hour,  based on the Market  Buyer's  total load in the PJM
Control Area for the hour.

          A Generating Market Buyer supplying Regulation at the direction of the
Office of the  Interconnection  in excess of its  hourly  Regulation  obligation
shall be credited  for each  increment of such  Regulation  at the price in that
hour for the  Regulation  Class  from  which the  Regulation  was  supplied,  as
determined by the Office of the Interconnection in accordance with 

                                       34


<PAGE>


procedures  specified in the PJM Manuals. An Internal Market Buyer that does not
meet its hourly Regulation obligation shall be charged for Regulation dispatched
by the Office of the  Interconnection  to meet such  obligation  at the  average
price paid by the Office of the Interconnection for Regulation. 

          3.2.3 Operating Reserves.

          (a) A Market Seller's  pool-scheduled  resources  capable of providing
operating  reserves  shall be  credited as  specified  below based on the prices
offered for the  operation  of such  resource,  provided  that the  resource was
available for the entire time specified in the Offer Data for such resource.

          (b) At the end of each  Operating  Day,  the  following  determination
shall be made for  each  synchronized  pool-scheduled  resource  of each  Market
Seller:  the total  offered  price for start-up and no-load fees and Spot Market
Energy, determined on the basis of the resource's actual output or available and
requested  time and type of  operation,  shall be compared to the total value of
that resource's Spot Market Energy. If the total offered price exceeds the total
value,  the difference  shall be credited to the Market  Seller.  Market Sellers
shall also be credited  on the basis of their  offered  prices for  synchronized
condensing  for  any   hydropower  or  combustion   turbine  units  operated  as
synchronous  condensers  at the  request  of Office of the  Interconnection  but
producing no energy.

          (c) The sum of the foregoing credits,  plus any cancellation fees paid
in accordance with Section  1.10.2(d),  less any amounts  received in accordance
with  Sections  1.10.5(d),  1.10.6(d) and 3.2.1(h) of this Schedule and payments
received  from  another  Control  Area for  Operating  Reserves or from users of
Point-to-Point  Transmission  Service  within the PJM Control Area for imbalance
service,  shall be the cost of  Operating  Reserves for the PJM Control Area for
each Operating Day.

          (d) The cost of  Operating  Reserves for each  Operating  Day shall be
allocated  and  charged to each  Market  Buyer in  proportion  to its total load
during that Operating Day in the PJM Control Area.

          3.2.4 Transmission Congestion.

          Each  Market  Buyer  shall be charged  or  credited  for  Transmission
Congestion Charges as specified in Section 5 of this Schedule.

          3.2.5 Transmission Losses.

          (a)  Whenever  the  Office  of  the   Interconnection   has  in  place
appropriate  computer  hardware,  software,  and other  necessary  resources  to
account for  marginal  losses in the dispatch of energy and the  calculation  of
Locational  Marginal Prices,  loss accounting shall be determined on that basis,
and the  provisions  of this Section  shall be revised  accordingly.  Until such
time, the following accounting provisions for losses shall apply.

          (b) Each Internal Market Buyer shall be credited in an amount equal to
its pro rata share of the  hourly  total  amounts  collected  from  Transmission
Customers either as charges for  transmission  losses in the PJM Control Area as
specified  in  Section  3.4.2 or for  transmission  losses  supplied  in kind in
accordance with Section  3.4.2(c) based on the Locational  Marginal Price at the
interface where such losses were  delivered.  This credit shall be determined by
the ratio of the 

                                       35


<PAGE>


Internal  Market Buyer's total hourly load,  divided by the total hourly load in
the PJM Control  Area.  

          (c)PJM  Control Area 500 kV losses shall be allocated to each Internal
Market Buyer in proportion to its hourly load in the PJM Control Area.

          3.2.6 Emergency Energy.

          (a) Internal Market Buyers shall be allocated a proportionate share of
the net cost of Emergency energy purchased by the Office of the Interconnection.
Such allocated  share shall be determined in proportion to the amount of net PJM
Interchange  Imports by each Internal  Market Buyer during the hour of each such
energy purchase.

          (b) Net revenues in excess of Locational  Marginal Prices attributable
to sales of energy in connection  with  Emergencies to other Control Areas shall
be credited to Internal  Market  Buyers in  proportion  to the amount of net PJM
Interchange  Imports by each  Internal  Market  Buyer  during  each hour of such
energy sales.

          (c) The costs,  revenues,  and energy  associated  with hourly  energy
purchased  from another  Control Area in  connection  with a Minimum  Generation
Emergency in such other Control Area, shall be allocated to each Internal Market
Buyer in  proportion to its load in the PJM Control Area during the hour of such
purchases.

          3.2.7 Billing.

          (a)  The  Office  of  the  Interconnection  shall  prepare  a  billing
statement  each  billing  cycle for each  Market  Buyer in  accordance  with the
charges and credits  specified in Sections 3.2.1 through 3.2.6 of this Schedule,
and showing the net amount to be paid or received by the Market  Buyer.  Billing
statements shall provide sufficient detail, as specified in the PJM Manuals,  to
allow  verification  of the billing amounts and completion of the Market Buyer's
internal accounting.

          (b) If deliveries to a Market Buyer that has PJM Interchange meters in
accordance with Section 14 of the Operating  Agreement include amounts delivered
for a Market Participant that does not have PJM Interchange meters separate from
those of the  metered  Market  Buyer,  the Office of the  Interconnection  shall
prepare a separate billing statement for the unmetered Market  Participant based
on the  allocation  of  deliveries  agreed upon between the Market Buyer and the
unmetered   Market   Participant   specified  by  them  to  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection.

     3.3 Market Sellers. 

     Except as provided in the following  sentence,  the  accounting and billing
principles and procedures  applicable to Generating Market Buyers functioning as
Market Sellers shall be as set forth in Section 3.2. This Section sets forth the
accounting and billing principles and procedures  applicable to all other Market
Sellers,  and to Generating  Market Buyers  functioning  as Market  Sellers with
respect to any matters not specified in Section 3.2.

          3.3.1 Spot Market Energy.

          (a) At the end of each hour during an Operating Day, the Office of the
Interconnection  shall determine the total net amount of hourly energy delivered
to the PJM Control Area by each  pool-scheduled or  pool-dispatched  resource of
each Market  Seller,  in  accordance  with the PJM  Manuals and the  calculation
described in Section 3.2.1(d). 

                                       36


<PAGE>


          (b) The  Office  of the  Interconnection  shall  calculate  Locational
Marginal  Prices  for each  generation  and load  bus in the PJM  Control  Area,
including the bus at each point of interconnection  between the PJM Control Area
and each adjacent Control Area, in accordance with Section 0 of this Schedule.

          (c) A Market  Seller shall be credited for sales of Spot Market Energy
to the extent of its hourly net  deliveries  of energy to the PJM  Control  Area
from the  Market  Seller's  pool-scheduled  or  pool-dispatched  resources.  For
pool-scheduled  resources  that  are  External  Resources,  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  shall model, based on an appropriate flow analysis,  the hourly
amounts delivered from each such resource to the  corresponding  interface point
between the PJM Control Area and adjacent  Control  Areas.  The total credit for
each Market Seller shall be the sum of its credits  determined by the product of
(i) the hourly net amount of energy  delivered  to the PJM  Control  Area at the
applicable  generation  or  interface  bus  from  each  of the  Market  Seller's
pool-scheduled or  pool-dispatched  resources,  times (ii) the hourly Locational
Marginal Price at that bus.

          (d) Market  Sellers,  including  Generating  Market  Buyers,  shall be
charged for  non-delivery  of Spot Market  Energy  from  resources  that are not
Capacity Resources, as specified in Section 1.10.5(d) of this Schedule.

          3.3.2 Regulation.

          Each Market Seller that is also an Internal Market Buyer shall have an
hourly  Regulation  objective  as specified  in Section  3.2.2(a),  and shall be
credited or charged in  connection  therewith as specified in Section  3.2.2(b).
All other Market Sellers supplying  Regulation at the direction of the Office of
the  Interconnection  shall be credited for each increment of such Regulation at
the price in that hour for the  Regulation  Class from which the  Regulation was
supplied,  as determined by the Office of the Interconnection in accordance with
procedures specified in the PJM Manuals.

          3.3.3 Operating Reserves.

          A Market  Seller  shall be credited for its  pool-scheduled  resources
based on the prices  offered for the operation of such  resource,  provided that
the resource was available  for the entire time  specified in the Offer Data for
such resource, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.2.3(b).

          3.3.4 Emergency Energy.

          The costs and net  revenues  associated  with hourly  energy  sales to
other Control Areas in connection with a Minimum Generation Emergency in the PJM
Control Area shall be allocated to Market  Sellers in  proportion to their sales
to the PJM  Interchange  Energy  Market  from  generation  resources  within the
metered boundaries of the PJM Control Area in each hour in which such energy was
sold to other Control Areas. 

                                       37


<PAGE>


          3.3.5 Billing.

          The Office of the  Interconnection  shall prepare a billing  statement
each billing  cycle for each Market  Seller in  accordance  with the charges and
credits specified in Sections 3.3.1 through 3.3.4 of this Schedule,  and showing
the net amount to be paid or received by the Market Seller.  Billing  statements
shall  provide  sufficient  detail,  as specified  in the PJM Manuals,  to allow
verification  of the  billing  amounts  and  completion  of the Market  Seller's
internal accounting.

     3.4 Transmission Customers.

          3.4.1 Transmission Congestion.

          Each   Transmission   Customer  shall  be  charged  and  credited  for
Transmission Congestion Charges as specified in Section 5 of this Schedule.

          3.4.2 Transmission Losses

          (a)  Whenever  the  Office  of  the   Interconnection   has  in  place
appropriate  computer  hardware,  software,  and other  necessary  resources  to
account for  marginal  losses in the dispatch of energy and the  calculation  of
Locational  Marginal Prices,  loss accounting shall be determined on that basis,
and the  provisions  of this Section  shall be revised  accordingly.  Until such
time,  the  following   accounting   provisions  for  losses  shall  apply. 

          (b) Transmission  Customers other than entities that are also Internal
Market Buyers shall be charged for transmission losses in an amount equal to the
product of (i) the Transmission  Customer's  megawatt-hours  of deliveries using
Point-to-Point  Transmission Service, times (ii) the appropriate loss factor for
deliveries using Point-to-Point  Transmission Service,  times (iii) the weighted
average  Locational  Marginal Price for all load busses in the PJM Control Area.
The foregoing  average hourly loss factor shall be: (i) determined by the Office
of the  Interconnection  from time to time as conditions  affecting losses shall
warrant;  and (ii)  calculated  separately for on-peak and off-peak hours on the
basis of the average ratio of losses to load served in each such period.

          (c) A  Transmission  Customer  may  elect to pay for  losses  in kind,
rounded off to the nearest whole megawatt, rather than as specified above if its
total  deliveries  in an hour  using  Point-to-Point  Transmission  Service  are
greater  than  200  megawatts.  If it so  elects,  the  Transmission  Customer's
specified   source  for  the  energy  to  be  delivered   using   Point-to-Point
Transmission Service may be scheduled to supply to the PJM Control Area boundary
an amount of energy  equal to the  delivery  schedule  plus the amount of losses
determined by applying the appropriate  hourly loss factor as specified above to
the delivered amount.  

          3.4.3 Billing.

          The Office of the  Interconnection  shall prepare a billing  statement
each billing cycle for each Transmission Customer in accordance with the charges
and credits specified in Sections 0 through 0 of this Schedule,  and showing the
net  amount  to be  paid  or  received  by the  Transmission  Customer.  Billing
statements shall provide sufficient detail, as specified in the PJM Manuals,  to
allow  verification  of the billing  amounts and completion of the  Transmission
Customer's internal accounting. 

                                       38


<PAGE>


     3.5 Other Control Areas.

          3.5.1 Energy Sales.

          To the extent  appropriate in accordance  with Good Utility  Practice,
the Office of the Interconnection  may sell energy to an interconnected  Control
Area as necessary to  alleviate or end an Emergency in that Control  Area.  Such
sales shall be made (i) only to Control Areas that have  undertaken a commitment
pursuant  to a written  agreement  with the LLC to sell  energy on a  comparable
basis to the PJM Control Area, and (ii) only to the extent  consistent  with the
maintenance  of  reliability  in  the  PJM  Control  Area.  The  Office  of  the
Interconnection may decline to make such sales to a Control Area that the Office
of the Interconnection determines does not have in place and implement Emergency
procedures that are comparable to those followed in the PJM Control Area. If the
Office of the Interconnection sells energy to an interconnected  Control Area as
necessary to alleviate  or end an  Emergency in that Control  Area,  such energy
shall be sold at 150% of the  Locational  Marginal Price at the bus or busses at
the border of the PJM  Control  Area at which such  energy is  delivered. 

          3.5.2  Operating  Margin Sales.  

          The extent  appropriate in accordance with Good Utility Practice,  the
Office of the  Interconnection  may sell Operating  Margin to an  interconnected
Control Area as requested to alleviate an operating  contingency  resulting from
the affect of the  purchasing  Control  Area's  operations  on the  dispatch  of
resources  in the PJM  Control  Area.  Such sales  shall be made only to Control
Areas that have undertaken a commitment pursuant to a written agreement with the
Office of the  Interconnection  (i) to purchase  Operating  Margin  whenever the
purchasing  Control Area's  operations  will affect the dispatch of resources in
the PJM Control Area, and (ii) to sell Operating Margin on a comparable basis to
the LLC.

          3.5.3 Transmission Congestion. 

          Each  Control  Area  purchasing  Operating  Margin  shall be  assessed
Transmission  Congestion Charges as specified in Section 5.1.5 of this Schedule.


          3.5.4  Billing. 

          The Office of the  Interconnection  shall prepare a billing  statement
each billing cycle for each Control Area to which Emergency  energy or Operating
Margin was sold,  and  showing the net amount to be paid by such  Control  Area.
Billing  statements  shall provide  sufficient  detail,  as specified in the PJM
Manuals, to allow verification of the billing amounts.

     3.6 Metering Reconciliation.

          3.6.1 Meter Correction Billing.

          Metering errors and corrections  will be reconciled at the end of each
month by a meter  correction  charge or credit.  The  monthly  meter  correction
charge or credit shall be  determined by the product of the positive or negative
deviation in energy  amounts,  times the weighted  average  Locational  Marginal
Price for the affected Market Buyer. 

                                       39


<PAGE>


          3.6.2 Meter Corrections Between Market Participants.

          If a Market Participant or the Office of the Interconnection discovers
a meter error affecting an interchange of energy with another Market Participant
and  makes  the  error  known  to such  other  Market  Participant  prior to the
completion  by the  Office  of the  Interconnection  of the  accounting  for the
interchange,  and if both Market  Participants are willing to adjust hourly load
records to compensate  for the error and such  adjustment  does not affect other
parties, an adjustment in load records may be made by the Market Participants in
order  to  correct  for the  meter  error,  provided  corrected  information  is
furnished to the Office of the  Interconnection in accordance with the Office of
the Interconnection's  accounting  deadlines.  No such adjustment may be made if
the accounting for the Operating Day in which the interchange  occurred has been
completed by the Office of the Interconnection.

          3.6.3 500 kV Meter Errors.

          Billing  cycle  accounting  for 500 kV  transmission  losses  shall be
adjusted  to  account  for errors in meters on 500 kV  Transmission  Facilities.

          3.6.4 Meter Corrections Between Control Areas.

          An error between accounted for and metered interchange between a Party
in the PJM Control Area and an entity in another Control Area shall be corrected
by adjusting  the hourly meter  readings.  If this is not  practical,  the error
shall be accounted  for by a  correction  at the end of the billing  cycle.  The
Market  Participant with ties to such other Control Area  experiencing the error
shall account for the full amount of the discrepancy and an appropriate debit or
credit  shall be  applied  equally  among all Market  Buyers.  The Office of the
Interconnection  will adjust the actual interchange between the PJM Control Area
and the other  Control Area to maintain a proper  record of  inadvertent  energy
flow.  Meter  corrections  on the 500 kV system between the PJM Control Area and
other  Control  Areas shall be accounted  for through the internal 500 kV system
meter error  allocation at the end of the billing cycle.  

          3.6.5 Meter Correction Data.

          Meter   error   data  shall  be   submitted   to  the  Office  of  the
Interconnection  not later than noon on the second  working day of the Office of
the  Interconnection  after the end of the billing cycle applicable to the meter
correction.

          3.6.6 Correction Limits.

          A Market  Participant  may not  assert a claim  for an  adjustment  in
billing  as a result of a meter  error for any  error  discovered  more than two
years after the date on which the metering occurred. Any claim for an adjustment
in  billing  as a  result  of a meter  error  shall  be  limited  to  bills  for
transactions  occurring  in the most  recent  annual  accounting  period  of the
billing  Market  Participant  in which the meter error  occurred,  and the prior
annual accounting period. 

                                       40


<PAGE>


                                 4. RATE TABLE

     4.1 Offered Price Rates.

     Spot  Market  Energy,  Regulation,   Operating  Reserve,  and  Transmission
Congestion are based on offers to the Office of the Interconnection specified in
this Agreement.

     4.2 Transmission Losses.

     Average loss factors shall be as specified in the PJM Tariff.

     4.3 Emergency Energy Purchases.

     The pricing for Emergency energy purchases will be determined by the Office
of the  Interconnection  and the adjacent  Control Area,  in accordance  with an
agreement  between the Office of the  Interconnection  and such adjacent Control
Area that complies with this Agreement.

                                       41


<PAGE>


         5. CALCULATION OF TRANSMISSION CONGESTION CHARGES AND CREDITS

     5.1 Transmission Congestion Charge Calculation

          5.1.1 Calculation by Office of the Interconnection.

          When  the   transmission   system  is  operating   under   constrained
conditions,  the  Office of the  Interconnection  shall  calculate  Transmission
Congestion  Charges for each Network  Service User, the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market, and each Transmission Customer.

          5.1.2 General.

          The  basis  for  the  Transmission  Congestion  Charges  shall  be the
Locational  Marginal  Prices  determined  in  accordance  with Section 2 of this
Schedule.

          5.1.3 Network Service User Calculation.

          Each Network  Service User shall be charged for the increased  cost of
energy incurred by it during each  constrained hour to deliver the output of its
firm Capacity  Resources or other owned or contracted  for  resources,  its firm
bilateral  purchases,  and its non-firm  bilateral  purchases as to which it has
elected to pay Transmission  Congestion  Charges.  The  Transmission  Congestion
Charge for deliveries  from each such source shall be the Network Service User's
hourly  net bill  less  its  hourly  net PJM  Interchange  payments  or sales as
determined  in  accordance  with Section 3.2.1 or Sections 3.3 and 3.3.1 of this
Schedule. 

          5.1.4 Transmission Customer Calculation.

          Each  Transmission  Customer  using Firm  Point-to-Point  Transmission
Service (as defined in the PJM Tariff),  and each  Transmission  Customer  using
Non-Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service (as defined in the PJM Tariff) that
has elected to pay  Transmission  Congestion  Charges,  shall be charged for the
increased  cost of energy  during  constrained  hours for the delivery of energy
using Point-to-Point  Transmission  Service. The Transmission  Congestion Charge
for each such delivery shall be the delivery amount multiplied by the difference
between  the  Locational  Marginal  Price  at the  delivery  interface  and  the
Locational  Marginal Price at the source interface,  or for Market Sellers using
point-to-point  transmission  service for deliveries out of the PJM Control Area
from generating resources within the PJM Control Area shall be the amount of its
net bill less its net hourly PJM Interchange  payments or sales as determined in
accordance with Section 3.3 of this Schedule. 

          5.1.5  Operating  Margin  Customer  Calculation.  

          Each  Control  Area  purchasing  Operating  Margin  shall be  assessed
Transmission  Congestion  Charges  for any the  increase  in the cost of  energy
resulting from the provision of Operating  Margin.  The Transmission  Congestion
Charge shall be the amount of Operating  Margin  purchased in an hour multiplied
by the difference in the Locational Marginal Price at what would be the delivery
interface  and the  Locational  Marginal  Price  at  what  would  be the  source
interface,  if the operating  contingency that was the basis for the purchase of
Operating  Margin had occurred in that hour.  Operating  Margin may be allocated
among multiple  source and delivery  interfaces in accordance with an applicable
load flow study. 
                                       42


<PAGE>


          5.1.6 Total Transmission Congestion Charges.

          The total  Transmission  Congestion Charges collected by the Office of
the  Interconnection  each hour  will be the sum of the  amounts  determined  as
specified in this  Schedule.  The Office of the  Interconnection  shall  collect
Transmission  Congestion Charges for each hour the transmission  system operates
under constrained conditions.

     5.2 Transmission Congestion Credit Calculation.

          5.2.1 Eligibility.

          Each  Transmission  Customer  using firm  Point-to-Point  Transmission
Service and each Network Service User shall receive as a Transmission Congestion
Credit  a  proportional  share  of the  total  Transmission  Congestion  Charges
collected for each constrained hour.

          5.2.2 Fixed Transmission Rights

          (a) Transmission  Congestion Credits will be calculated based upon the
Fixed  Transmission  Rights  of  each  Network  Service  User  and  Transmission
Customer,  determined  as  specified  below.

          (b)Each  Network  Service User shall designate a subset of its Network
Resources  for which  Fixed  Transmission  Rights  will be  assigned.  The Fixed
Transmission  Right for each  Network  Resource  shall be a number of  megawatts
equal to or less than the  installed  capacity  summer  megawatt  rating of each
designated Network Resource, determined at the PJM Control Area transmission bus
at which the  designated  Network  Resource is connected to the  aggregate  load
busses of the Network Service User. The sum of each Network Service User's Fixed
Transmission  Rights  must be equal to or less than the Network  Service  User's
projected annual peak load.

          (c)Each   Transmission    Customer   receiving   firm   Point-to-Point
Transmission  Service shall be assigned  Fixed  Transmission  Rights.  The Fixed
Transmission  Right for each  instance of  Point-to-Point  Transmission  Service
shall be a number of megawatts  equal to the  megawatts  of firm  service  being
provided  between the receipt and delivery  points as to which the  Transmission
Customer  has  firm  Point-to-Point  Transmission  Service. 

          (d) The  foregoing  assignment of Fixed  Transmission  Rights shall be
enhanced by an amendment to this Schedule,  to be filed with FERC not later than
December 31, 1997, that will provide for an auction of Fixed Transmission Rights
over and above those FTRs  obtained  and retained by Network  Service  Users and
Transmission  Customers then receiving firm Point-to-Point  Transmission Service
(including  firm  Point-to-Point  transmission  service for  existing  bilateral
contracts),  such auction to be  implemented  as soon after December 31, 1997 as
shall be  determined  by the  Office  of the  Interconnection  to be  reasonably
practical. For so long as Fixed Transmission Rights are assigned on the basis of
Network Transmission Service and firm Point-to-Point  Transmission  Service, any
Fixed Transmission Rights awarded pursuant to an auction shall be simultaneously
feasible  with  all  Network   Transmission   Service  and  firm  Point-to-Point
Transmission  Service  obligations.  The Members specified in Section 11.5(c) of
the Agreement, working with the Office of the Interconnection, shall develop the
details of the  implementation of such an auction,  including but not limited to
the nature of the bidding process,  the frequency of auctions,  and the duration
of the Fixed Transmission Rights purchased at auction. 

                                       43


<PAGE>


          5.2.4 Target Allocation for Network Service Users.

          A  target  allocation  of  Transmission  Congestion  Credits  for each
Network  Service  User shall be  determined  for each of its Fixed  Transmission
Rights.  Each Fixed Transmission Right shall be multiplied by the percent of the
Network  Service User's annual peak load assigned to each load bus multiplied by
the  difference  calculated as the Network  Service  User's load bus  Locational
Marginal Price minus the generation bus Locational Marginal Price of the Network
Resource  associated  with  the  Fixed  Transmission  Right.  The  total  target
allocation  for  each  Fixed  Transmission  Right  is  the  sum  of  the  target
allocations  for each load bus.  The total  target  allocation  for each Network
Service User for each hour is the sum of the total target  allocations  for each
of the Network Service User's Fixed Transmission Rights.

          5.2.4 Target Allocation for other Holders.

          A  target  allocation  of  Transmission  Congestion  Credits  for each
Transmission  Customer or entity holding an FTR acquired by other means shall be
determined for each Fixed  Transmission  Right.  Each Fixed  Transmission  Right
shall be multiplied by the hourly Locational  Marginal Price differences for the
receipt  and  delivery  points  associated  with the Fixed  Transmission  Right,
calculated as the Locational  Marginal Price at the delivery  point(s) minus the
Locational  Marginal Price at the receipt point(s).  The total target allocation
for the  Transmission  Customer  for each  hour  shall be the sum of the  target
allocations   associated  with  all  of  the   Transmission   Customer's   Fixed
Transmission Rights.

          5.2.5 Calculation of Transmission Congestion Credits

          (a) The total of all the target  allocations  determined  as specified
above  shall be compared to the total  Transmission  Congestion  Charges in each
hour.  If the  total of the  target  allocations  is less  than the total of the
Transmission  Congestion  Charges,  the Transmission  Congestion Credit for each
Network  Service  User and  Transmission  Customer  shall be equal to its target
allocation.  All remaining Transmission  Congestion Charges shall be distributed
as described below in Section 5.2.6 "Distribution of Excess Congestion Charges."

          (b) If the total of the target  allocations  is greater than the total
Transmission  Congestion Charges for the hour, each holder of Fixed Transmission
Rights shall  receive a share of the total  Transmission  Congestion  Charges in
proportion to its target allocations.

          5.2.6 Distribution of Excess Congestion Charges

          (a) Excess  Transmission  Congestion  Charges  accumulated  in a month
shall be distributed to each holder of Fixed  Transmission  Rights in proportion
to, but not more than,  any deficiency in the share of  Transmission  Congestion
Charges received by the holder during that month as compared to its total target
allocations for the month.

          (b) Any excess Transmission Congestion Charges remaining at the end of
a month shall be distributed to Network Service Users and Transmission Customers
purchasing  Firm  Point-to-Point  Transmission  Service in  proportion  to their
Demand Charges for Network  Service and their charges for Reserved  Capacity for
Firm Point-to-Point Transmission Service. 

                                       44


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 2

                                 Revision No. 2

                               COMPONENTS OF COST
Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

     (a) Each Market Participant obligated to sell operating capacity on the PJM
Interchange  Energy  Market at  cost-based  rates shall  include  the  following
components  or their  equivalent  in the  determination  of costs for  operating
capacity supplied to or from the Interconnection: 

     (1)  Boilers
          Firing-up cost;
          No-load cost during period of operation;
          Peak-prepared-for maintenance cost;
          Incremental labor cost; and
          Other incremental operating costs.

     (2)  Machines
          Starting cost from cold to synchronized operation; 
          No-load cost during period of operation; 
          Incremental labor cost; and 
          Other incremental operating costs.

     (b) Each  Member  obligated  to sell energy on the PJM  Interchange  Energy
Market at  cost-based  rates shall  include the  following  components  or their
equivalent  in  the   determination   of  costs  for  energy   supplied  to  the
Interconnection:

     Incremental fuel cost; 
     Incremental maintenance cost;
     Incremental labor cost; and
     Other incremental  operating costs. 

     (c) All fuel costs shall employ the marginal fuel price  experienced by the
Member.

     (d) The PJM Board, upon consideration of the advice and  recommendations of
the  Members  Committee,  shall from time to time define in detail the method of
determining the costs entering into the said  components,  and the Members shall
adhere to such  definitions in the preparation of incremental  costs used on the
Interconnection. 

                                       1


<PAGE>


                            SCHEDULE 2 -- EXHIBIT A

                  EXPLANATION OF THE TREATMENT OF THE COSTS OF
                              EMISSION ALLOWANCES

Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

     The cost of emission allowances is included in "Other Incremental Operating
Costs" pursuant to Schedule 2. The replacement cost of emission  allowances will
be used to  recover  the cost of  emission  allowances  consumed  as a result of
producing  energy  for the  Interconnection.  

Index
     Consistent with definitions promulgated by the PJM Board upon consideration
of the advice and  recommendations  of the Members  Committee  under Schedule 2,
each Member  Schedule 2 will  determine and provide to the  Interconnection  its
replacement cost of emission allowances, such cost to be an amount not exceeding
the market price index published by Cantor- Fitzgerald  Environmental  Brokerage
Services  ("EBS"),  or a PJM Board  approved  index in the event that EBS should
cease  publication of such index. As with all other  components of cost required
for accounting under this Agreement,  each Member subject to Schedule 2 will use
the same replacement cost of emissions allowances, so determined, as it uses for
coordinating operation of its generating facilities hereunder.

     For each Member subject to Schedule 2, the cost of emissions  allowances is
included in the cost of energy supplied to or received from the Interconnection.

Payment
     The Members  subject to Schedule 2 waive the right of  payment-in-kind  for
emission allowances for transactions  wholly between the parties.  Cash payments
for emission  allowances  consumed in providing  energy for the  Interconnection
shall be incorporated into and conducted  pursuant to the billing procedures for
energy prescribed by this Agreement.

Calculation of Emission Allowance Amount and Cost
     Pursuant to the letter from the PJM  Interconnection to FERC dated June 26,
1995, the calculation of an annual average for the cost of emission  allowances,
described  below,  is required due to the profile of the PJM physical system and
PJM Energy  Management  software  system.  Approximately  five hundred and forty
generating  units  comprise the PJM system,  of which 9 units are Phase I units.
Current  real-time   operational   software  and  hardware  tools  used  in  the
transaction  of energy do not identify  individual  units,  and therefore do not
identify Phase I units.  (The pool has contracted  with a vendor to supply a new
Energy  Management  System to be installed  over the next several  years.) It is
currently not possible for system  operators to provide actual  individual  unit
emission allowance costs in real time transaction quotations.

     An average  emission  allowance  cost based on a standard  production  cost
study case will be used to calculate the average cost of emission allowances for
each pool  megawatt  produced.  This cost for the current  year is less than 0.2
dollars per megawatt-hour.

     In summary,  for the above-mentioned  reasons, it is not practical nor cost
effective to provide actual  individual  emission  allowance  costs in real-time
transaction quotations. Therefore, 

                                       1


<PAGE>


the annual average method is proposed.

     The Emission  Allowances (Tons of SO2)associated with a transaction will be
calculated by multiplying the magnitude of a transaction  (MWhr) by an Emissions
per MWHr Factor (Tons of SO2 per MWhr):

         Emission          Transaction           Emissions
         Allowances  =     Magnitude        x    per MWhr
         Used                                    Factor
         (Tons of S02)     (MWhr)               (Tons of S02 per MWhr)

     The  Emissions  per MWHr Factor will be calculated by dividing the forecast
annual  emissions  from all Phase I units (Tons of S02) by the  Forecast  Annual
Total PJM Energy Production (MWhr): 

          Emissions
          per MWhr=      Forecast Annual Phase I Unit Emissions (Tons of SO2)
          Factor         Forecast Annual Total PJM Energy Production (MWhr)
         (Tons of S02
          per MWhr)

     Likewise,  the cost (Dollars) of the Emission  Allowances for a transaction
will be calculated by multiplying the transaction  magnitude  (MWhr) by a Charge
per MWhr Factor (Dollars per MWHr).

     Cost of Emission      Transaction           Charge
     Allowances Used   =   Magnitude        x    per MWhr Factor
     (Dollars)            (MWhr)                (Dollars per MWhr)

     The Charge per MWhr  Factor will be  calculated  by  multiplying,  for each
Member subject to Schedule 2, its Forecast Annual Emissions (Tons of S02) by its
respective  Emissions  Allowance  Replacement  Cost  (Dollars per Ton of S02) to
yield each the forecasted annual costs of emissions  (Dollars).  Then, the total
of forecasted  annual cost of emissions for each Member subject to Schedule 2 is
divided by the Forecast Annual Total PJM Energy  Production  (MWhr) to determine
the Charge per MWHr Factor (Dollars per MWHr).

     Charge per
     MWhr Factor   =   Summation(A x B),    where:
               C

     A = Member's Forecasted Annual Emissions, (Tons of S20)
     B = Emission Allowance Replacement Cost, (Dollars per Ton of SO2, per
         company)
     C = Forecast Annual PJM Energy Production, (MWhr)

                                       2



<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 3
                                 Revision No. 6

                      ALLOCATION OF THE COST AND EXPENSES
                      OF THE OFFICE OF THE INTERCONNECTION

Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

     (a) Each  group of  Affiliates,  each group of  Related  Parties,  and each
Member  that is not in such a group  shall pay an  annual  membership  fee,  the
proceeds  of which  shall be used to defray the costs and  expenses  of the LLC,
including the Office of the Interconnection.  The amount of the annual fee as of
the  Effective  Date shall be $5,000.  The amount of the annual  membership  fee
shall  be  adjusted  from  time  to  time by the PJM  Board  to keep  pace  with
inflation.

     (b) All  remaining  costs of the operation of the LLC and the Office of the
Interconnection and the expenses,  including,  without limitation,  the costs of
any insurance and any claims not covered by insurance,  associated  therewith as
provided in this  Agreement  shall be costs of  Scheduling,  System  Control and
Dispatching  Service under the PJM Tariff and shall be recovered pursuant to the
PJM Tariff.

     (c) An entity  accepted for  membership  in the LLC shall pay all costs and
expenses  associated  with  additions  and  modifications  to its own  metering,
communication,  computer, and other appropriate facilities and procedures needed
to effect the inclusion of the entity in the operation of the Interconnection. 

                                       1


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 4
                                 Revision No. 1

            STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT TO BECOME A MEMBER OF THE LLC

Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

     Any entity  which  wishes to become a Member of the LLC shall,  pursuant to
Section 0 of this Agreement,  tender to the President an  application,  upon the
acceptance  of which it shall  execute a  supplement  to this  Agreement  in the
following form:

                          Additional Member Agreement

1. This Additional Member Agreement (the "Supplemental Agreement"),  dated as of
__________________, is entered into among _____________ and the President of the
LLC acting on behalf of its Members.

2.  _____________  has  demonstrated  that it  meets  all of the  qualifications
required of a Member to the Operating Agreement. If expansion of the PJM Control
Area is  required  to  integrate  ____________________'s  facilities,  a copy of
Attachment  J from  the PJM  Tariff  marked  to show  changes  in  Control  Area
boundaries  is  attached  hereto.  ____________________  agrees  to pay  for all
required metering,  telemetering and hardware and software appropriate for it to
become a member.

3. ______________________ agrees to be bound by and accepts all the terms of the
Operating Agreement as of the above date.

4.  _________________________  hereby  gives notice that the name and address of
its  initial  representative  to  the  Members  Committee  under  the  Operating
Agreement shall be:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. The  President  of the LLC is  authorized  under the  Operating  Agreement to
execute this Supplemental Agreement on behalf of the Members and to file it with
regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.

6. The Operating  Agreement is hereby amended to include ___________ as a Member
of the LLC thereto, effective as of ___________________, _____.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, _______________________ and the Members of the LLC have
caused this  Supplemental  Agreement  to be  executed  by their duly  authorized
representatives.

                  Members of the LLC
                                       1


<PAGE>


                        By:
                        Name:

                        Title: President

                        By:
                        Name:
                        Title:


                                       2


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 5
                                 Revision No. 1

                       PJM DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

                                 1. DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee.

     "Alternate   Dispute   Resolution   Committee"  shall  mean  the  Committee
established pursuant to Section 0 of this Schedule.

     1.2 MAAC Dispute Resolution Committee.

     "MAAC Dispute Resolution Committee" shall mean the committee established by
the Mid- Atlantic Area Council to administer its industry-specific mechanism for
resolving certain types of wholesale electricity disputes.

     1.3 Related PJM Agreements.

     "Related PJM Agreements" shall mean this Agreement, the Transmission Owners
Agreement, and the Reliability Assurance Agreement. 

                           2. PURPOSES AND OBJECTIVES

     2.1 Common and Uniform Procedures.

     The PJM Dispute Resolution  Procedures are intended to establish common and
uniform  procedures  for  resolving  disputes  arising  under  the  Related  PJM
Agreements.  To the extent  any of the  foregoing  agreements  or the PJM Tariff
contain dispute resolution  provisions  expressly applicable to disputes arising
thereunder,  however,  this Agreement shall not supplant such provisions,  which
shall apply according to their terms.


     2.2 Interpretation.

     To the extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  the PJM Dispute  Resolution
Procedures  are to be  interpreted  to effectuate  the  objectives  set forth in
Section 2.1. To the extent permitted by these PJM Dispute Resolution Procedures,
the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee  shall  coordinate  with the MAAC
Dispute  Resolution   Committee,   where  appropriate,   in  order  to  conserve
administrative   resources  and  to  avoid  duplication  of  dispute  resolution
staffing.


<PAGE>


                           NEGOTIATION AND MEDIATION

     3.1 When Required.

     The parties to a dispute shall undertake good-faith negotiations to resolve
any dispute as to a matter governed by one of the Related PJM  Agreements.  Each
party to a dispute shall  designate an executive  with  authority to resolve the
matter in dispute  to  participate  in such  negotiations.  Any  dispute as to a
matter  governed by one of the Related PJM Agreements that has not been resolved
through good-faith  negotiation shall be subject to non-binding  mediation prior
to the initiation of arbitral, regulatory, judicial, or other dispute resolution
proceedings as may be  appropriate  as provided by these PJM Dispute  Resolution
Procedures.

     3.2 Procedures.

          3.2.1 Initiation.

          If a dispute  that is subject to the  mediation  procedures  specified
herein has not been  resolved  through  good-faith  negotiation,  a party to the
dispute shall notify the Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee in writing of
the existence  and nature of the dispute  prior to commencing  any other form of
proceeding  for  resolution  of the dispute.  The Alternate  Dispute  Resolution
Committee  shall  have  ten  calendar  days  from  the  date it  first  receives
notification  of the  existence  of a  dispute  from any of the  parties  to the
dispute in which to distribute to the parties a list of mediators.

          3.2.2 Selection of Mediator.

          The  Chair  of  the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution   Committee  shall
distribute  to the  parties  by  facsimile  or  other  electronic  means  a list
containing  the names of seven  mediators  with  mediation  experience,  or with
technical or business experience in the electric power industry,  or both, as it
shall  deem  appropriate  to the  dispute.  The Chair of the  Alternate  Dispute
Resolution Committee may draw from the lists of mediators maintained by the MAAC
Dispute Resolution Committee,  as the Chair shall deem appropriate.  The persons
on the proposed list of mediators shall have no official, financial, or personal
conflict  of  interest  with  respect to the issues in  controversy,  unless the
interest is fully  disclosed  in writing to all  participants  in the  mediation
process  and all  such  participants  waive  in  writing  any  objection  to the
interest.  The parties shall  alternate in striking names from the list with the
last name on the list becoming the mediator.  The  determination  of which party
shall have the first strike off the list shall be determined by lot. The parties
shall have ten calendar days to complete the mediator selection process,  unless
the time is  extended  by mutual  agreement.  

          3.2.3 Advisory Mediator.

          If the Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee deems it appropriate, it
shall  distribute two lists,  one  containing the names of seven  mediators with
mediation  experience,  and one  containing  the names of seven  mediators  with
technical or business  experience in the electric power industry.  In connection
with circulating the foregoing lists, the Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee
shall specify one of the lists as  containing  the proposed  mediators,  and the
other as a list of proposed  advisors to assist the  mediator in  resolving  the
dispute.  The parties shall then utilize the  alternative  strike  procedure set
forth above  until one name  remains on each list,  with the last named  persons
serving as the mediator and advisor. 

                                       2


<PAGE>


          3.2.4 Mediation Process.

          The  disputing  parties  shall  attempt in good faith to resolve their
dispute  in  accordance  with  procedures  and a  timetable  established  by the
mediator. In furtherance of the mediation efforts, the mediator may:

          (a) Require the parties to meet for face-to-face discussions,  with or
without the mediator;

          (b) Act as an intermediary between the disputing parties;

          (c) Require the  disputing  parties to submit  written  statements  of
issues and positions;

          (d) If requested by the disputing parties at any time in the mediation
process,   provide  a  written  recommendation  on  resolution  of  the  dispute
including,  if  requested,  the  assessment by the mediator of the merits of the
principal positions being advanced by each of the disputing parties; and

          (e) Adopt, when appropriate, the Center for Public Resources Model ADR
Procedures  for the  Meditation  of Business  Disputes  (as revised from time to
time)  to the  extent  such  Procedures  are not  inconsistent  with  any  rule,
standard,  or procedure adopted by the Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee or
with any provision of this Agreement.

          3.2.5 Mediator's Assessment.

          (a) If a resolution of the dispute is not reached by the thirtieth day
after the  appointment of the mediator or such later date as may be agreed to by
the parties,  if not  previously  requested to do so the mediator shall promptly
provide  the  disputing  parties  with  a  written,  confidential,   non-binding
recommendation  on  resolution of the dispute,  including the  assessment by the
mediator of the merits of the principal  positions being advanced by each of the
disputing  parties.  The recommendation may incorporate or append, if and as the
mediator may deem  appropriate,  any  recommendations  or any  assessment of the
positions  of the parties by the advisor,  if any.  Upon  request,  the mediator
shall provide any additional  recommendations  or assessments the mediator shall
deem appropriate.

          (b) At a time and place  specified by the mediator  after  delivery of
the foregoing  recommendation,  the disputing parties shall meet in a good faith
attempt to resolve the dispute in light of the  recommendation  of the mediator.
Each  disputing  party  shall be  represented  at the  meeting by a person  with
authority to settle the dispute, along with such other persons as each disputing
party shall deem appropriate. If the disputing parties are unable to resolve the
dispute at or in connection with this meeting, then: (i) any disputing party may
commence such  arbitral,  judicial,  regulatory or other  proceedings  as may be
appropriate as provided in the PJM Dispute Resolution  Procedures;  and (ii) the
recommendation  of the  mediator,  and any  statements  made by any party in the
mediation  process,  shall  have no further  force or  effect,  and shall not be
admissible  for  any  purpose,  in  any  subsequent  arbitral,   administrative,
judicial, or other proceeding. 

                                       3


<PAGE>


     3.3 Costs.

     Except as  specified  in  Section 0, the costs of the time,  expenses,  and
other  charges of the mediator and any advisor,  and of the  mediation  process,
shall be borne by the  parties  to the  dispute,  with each  side in a  mediated
matter bearing  one-half of such costs, and each party bearing its own costs and
attorney's fees incurred in connection with the mediation.

                                 4. ARBITRATION

     4.1 When Required.

     Any  dispute  as to a  matter:  (i)  governed  by one of  the  Related  PJM
Agreements that has not been resolved through the mediation procedures specified
herein, (ii) involving a claim that one or more of the parties owes or is owed a
sum of money,  and (iii) the amount in controversy  is less than  $1,000,000.00,
shall be  subject to  binding  arbitration  in  accordance  with the  procedures
specified  herein.  If the parties so agree,  any other  disputes as to a matter
governed by a Related PJM Agreement may be submitted to binding  arbitration  in
accordance with the procedures specified herein. 

     4.2 Binding  Decision.  

     Except as  specified in Section 0, the  resolution  by  arbitration  of any
dispute under this Agreement shall not be binding. 

     4.3  Initiation. 

     A party or  parties  to a  dispute  which  is  subject  to the  arbitration
procedures  specified  herein shall send a written demand for arbitration to the
Chair of the Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee  with a copy to the other
party or parties to the  dispute.  The demand for  arbitration  shall state each
claim for which arbitration is being demanded,  the relief being sought, a brief
summary of the grounds  for such  relief and the basis for the claim,  and shall
identify all other parties to the dispute.  

     4.4  Selection  of  Arbitrator(s).  

     The parties to a dispute for which  arbitration has been demanded may agree
on any person to serve as a single  arbitrator,  or shall endeavor in good faith
to agree on a single  arbitrator  from a list of  arbitrators  prepared  for the
dispute by the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee  and  delivered to the
parties by facsimile or other  electronic  means  promptly  after receipt by the
Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee  of  a  demand  for  arbitration.  The
Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee may draw from the lists of arbitrators
maintained by the MAAC Dispute  Resolution  Committee,  as the Alternate Dispute
Resolution Committee deems appropriate.  If the parties are unable to agree on a
single arbitrator by the fourteenth day following delivery of the foregoing list
of  arbitrators  or such other date as agreed to by the parties,  then not later
than the end of the  seventh  business  day  thereafter  the  party  or  parties
demanding  arbitration on the one hand,  and the party or parties  responding to
the demand for arbitration on the other, shall each designate an arbitrator from
a list for the dispute prepared by the Alternate Dispute  Resolution  Committee.
The arbitrators so chosen shall then choose a third arbitrator. 

                                       4


<PAGE>


     4.5 Procedures.

     The Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee shall compile and make available
to the arbitrator(s) and the parties standard  procedures for the arbitration of
disputes,  which procedures (i) shall include provision,  upon good cause shown,
for  intervention  or other  participation  in the proceeding by any party whose
interests may be affected by its outcome, (ii) shall conform to the requirements
specified in these PJM Dispute Resolution Procedures,  and (iii) may be modified
or  adopted  for  use  in a  particular  proceeding  as the  arbitrator(s)  deem
appropriate.   To  the  extent  deemed  appropriate  by  the  Alternate  Dispute
Resolution Committee, the procedures adopted by the Alternate Dispute Resolution
Committee shall be based on the American  Arbitration  Association Rules, to the
extent such Rules are not  inconsistent  with any rule,  standard  or  procedure
adopted by the Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee,  or with any provision of
these PJM Dispute  Resolution  Procedures.  Upon selection of the arbitrator(s),
arbitration  shall go forward in  accordance  with  applicable  procedures. 

     4.6  Summary  Disposition  and Interim  Measures. 

          4.6.1 Lack of Good Faith Basis. 

          The procedures for  arbitration of a dispute shall provide a means for
summary  disposition of a demand for arbitration,  or a response to a demand for
arbitration,  that in the reasoned opinion of the arbitrator(s)  does not have a
good faith basis in either law or fact. If the arbitrator(s) determine(s) that a
demand for arbitration or response to a demand for  arbitration  does not have a
good faith basis in either law or fact, the arbitrator(s)  shall have discretion
to award the costs of the time, expenses, and other charges of the arbitrator(s)
to the  prevailing  party. 

          4.6.2  Discovery  Limits.  

          The procedures for the  arbitration of a dispute shall provide a means
for summary  disposition without discovery of facts if there is no dispute as to
any material  fact, or with such limited  discovery as the  arbitrator(s)  shall
determine is reasonably  likely to lead to the prompt resolution of any disputed
issue  of  material  fact. 

          4.6.3  Interim  Decision.  

          The procedures for the arbitration of a dispute shall permit any party
to a dispute to request the  arbitrator(s)  to render a written interim decision
requiring  that any action or  decision  that is the subject of a dispute not be
put into effect,  or imposing such other interim  measures as the  arbitrator(s)
deem necessary or appropriate, to preserve the rights and obligations secured by
any of the  Related  PJM  Agreements  during  the  pendency  of the  arbitration
proceeding.  The parties  shall be bound by such  written  decision  pending the
outcome of the arbitration proceeding. 

                                       5


<PAGE>


     4.7 Discovery of Facts.

          4.7.1 Discovery Procedures.

          The procedures for the arbitration of a dispute shall include adequate
provision for the discovery of relevant facts, including the taking of testimony
under oath, production of documents and other things, and inspection of land and
tangible  items.  The nature and extent of such discovery shall be determined as
provided  herein and shall take into account (i) the  complexity of the dispute,
(ii)  the  extent  to  which  facts  are  disputed,  and  (iii)  the  amount  in
controversy.  The  forms and  methods  for  taking  such  discovery  shall be as
described  in the Federal  Rules of Civil  Procedure,  except as modified by the
procedures  established  by the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee,  the
arbitrator(s) or agreement of the parties.

          4.7.2 Procedures Arbitrator.

          The sole  arbitrator,  or the arbitrator  selected by the  arbitrators
chosen  by the  parties,  as the case may be (such  arbitrator  being  hereafter
referred  to  as  the  "Procedures   Arbitrator"),   shall  be  responsible  for
establishing  the timing,  amount,  and means of  discovery,  and for  resolving
discovery and other pre-hearing  disagreement.  If a dispute involves  contested
issues of fact, promptly after the selection of the arbitrator(s) the Procedures
Arbitrator   shall  convene  a  meeting  of  the  parties  for  the  purpose  of
establishing a schedule and plan of discovery and other pre-hearing actions. 

     4.8  Evidentiary  Hearing. 

     The  procedures  for the  arbitration  of a dispute  shall  provide  for an
evidentiary  hearing,  with  provision for the  cross-examination  of witnesses,
unless all  parties  consent to the  resolution  of the matter on the basis of a
written record.  The forms and methods for taking evidence shall be as described
in the  Federal  Rules  of  Evidence,  except  as  modified  by  the  procedures
established by the Alternate Dispute Resolution Committee,  the arbitrator(s) or
agreement of the parties.  The  arbitrator(s)  may require such written or other
submissions  from  the  parties  as  shall  be  deemed  appropriate,   including
submission  of  the  direct   testimony  of  witnesses  in  written  form.   The
arbitrator(s)  may exclude any evidence that is irrelevant,  immaterial,  unduly
repetitious or prejudicial,  or privileged. Any party or parties may arrange for
the  preparation  of a record of the hearing,  and shall pay the costs  thereof.
Such  party or  parties  shall  have no  obligation  to  provide or agree to the
provision  of a copy of the record of the hearing to any party that does not pay
an equal  share of the cost of the  record.  At the  request of any  party,  the
arbitrator(s)  shall  determine a fair and equitable  allocation of the costs of
the  preparation  of a record  between or among the  parties  to the  proceeding
willing to share such costs. 

                                       6


<PAGE>


     4.9 Confidentiality.

          4.9.1 Designation.

          Any  document  or  other  information  obtained  in the  course  of an
arbitral  proceeding  and  not  otherwise  available  to  the  receiving  party,
including  any  such  information  contained  in  documents  or  other  means of
recording  information  created  during  the  course of the  proceeding,  may be
designated  "Confidential" by the producing party. The party producing documents
or other  information  marked  "Confidential"  shall have  twenty  days from the
production of such material to submit a request to the Procedures  Arbitrator to
establish  such  requirements  for the  protection  of such  documents  or other
information  designated as  "Confidential" as may be reasonable and necessary to
protect the  confidentiality  and commercial  value of such  information and the
rights of the parties, which requirements shall be binding on all parties to the
dispute.  Prior to the decision of the  Procedures  Arbitrator  on a request for
confidential   treatment,   documents  or  other   information   designated   as
"Confidential"  shall  not be used by the  receiving  party or  parties,  or the
arbitrator(s),  or anyone working for or on behalf of any of the foregoing,  for
any purpose other than the arbitration proceeding, and shall not be disclosed in
any form to any person not involved in the  arbitration  proceeding  without the
prior written  consent of the party producing the information or as permitted by
the Procedures Arbitrator. 

          4.9.2 Compulsory  Disclosure. 

          Any party  receiving  a request or demand for  disclosure,  whether by
compulsory process, discovery request, or otherwise, of documents or information
obtained in the course of an arbitration  proceeding  that have been  designated
"Confidential" and that are subject to a non-disclosure  requirement under these
PJM Dispute  Resolution  Procedures or a decision of the Procedures  Arbitrator,
shall immediately inform the party from which the information was obtained,  and
shall  take  all  reasonable  steps,  short  of  incurring  sanctions  or  other
penalties,  to afford  the  person  or entity  from  which the  information  was
obtained an opportunity to protect the information  from  disclosure.  Any party
disclosing  information in violation of these PJM Dispute Resolution  Procedures
or requirements established by the Procedures Arbitrator shall thereby waive any
right  to  introduce  or  otherwise  use  such   information  in  any  judicial,
regulatory,  or other  legal or dispute  resolution  proceeding,  including  the
proceeding  in which the  information  was obtained. 

          4.9.3 Public Information.

          Nothing  in the  Related  PJM  Agreements  shall  preclude  the use of
documents or information properly obtained outside of an arbitral proceeding, or
otherwise  public,  for  any  legitimate  purpose,   notwithstanding   that  the
information was also obtained in the course of the arbitral proceeding. 

                                       7


<PAGE>


          4.10 Timetable.

          Promptly after the selection of the  arbitrator(s),  the arbitrator(s)
shall set a date for the issuance of the arbitral  decision,  which shall be not
later than eight months (or such earlier date as may be agreed to by the parties
to the dispute) from the date of the selection of the arbitrator(s),  with other
dates, including the dates for an evidentiary hearing or other final submissions
of evidence,  set in light of this date. The date for the evidentiary hearing or
other final  submission of evidence  shall not be changed  absent  extraordinary
circumstances.  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  have the power to  impose  sanctions,
including  dismissal of the  proceeding  for dilatory  tactics or undue delay in
completing the arbitral proceedings. 

          4.11  Advisory  Interpretations. 

          Except  as  to  matters   subject  to  decision  in  the   arbitration
proceeding,  the  arbitrator(s)  may  request  as may be  appropriate  from  any
committee or  subcommittee  established  under a Related PJM Agreement or by the
Office of the Interconnection,  an interpretation of any Related PJM Agreements,
or of any standard, requirement, procedure, tariff, Schedule, principle, plan or
other criterion or policy  established by any committee or subcommittee.  Except
to the  extent  that the  Office of the  Interconnection  is itself a party to a
dispute,  the  arbitrator(s)  may  request  the  advice  of  the  Office  of the
Interconnection  with respect to any matter relating to a responsibility  of the
Office of the Interconnection  under the Agreement or with respect to any of the
Related PJM Agreements, or to the PJM Manuals. Any such interpretation or advice
shall not relieve the arbitrator(s) of responsibility  for resolving the dispute
or  deciding  the  arbitration  proceeding  in  accordance  with  the  standards
specified  herein. 

          4.12  Decisions. 

          The arbitrator(s)  shall issue a written decision,  including findings
of fact and the legal basis for the  decision.  The arbitral  decision  shall be
based on (i) the  evidence  in the  record,  (ii) the terms of the  Related  PJM
Agreements, as applicable, (iii) applicable United States federal and state law,
including  the  Federal  Power  Act  and any  applicable  FERC  regulations  and
decisions,  and  international  treaties or agreements as  applicable,  and (iv)
relevant decisions in previous arbitration proceedings.  The arbitrator(s) shall
have  no  authority  to  revise  or  alter  any  provision  of the  Related  PJM
Agreements.   Any  arbitral  decision  issued  pursuant  to  these  PJM  Dispute
Resolution  Procedures that affects matters subject to the  jurisdiction of FERC
under Section 205 of the Federal Power Act shall be filed with FERC. 

          4.13 Costs.

          Unless the  arbitrator(s)  shall  decide  otherwise,  the costs of the
time,  expenses,  and other charges of the  arbitrator(s)  shall be borne by the
parties  to the  dispute,  with each side on an  arbitrated  issue  bearing  its
pro-rata  share of such costs,  and each party to an arbitral  proceeding  shall
bear its own costs and fees. The arbitrator(s) may award all or a portion of the
costs of the time, expenses,  and other charges of the arbitrator(s),  the costs
of  arbitration,  attorney's  fees,  and the costs of mediation,  if any, to any
party that substantially prevails on an issue determined by the arbitrator(s) to
have been raised without a substantial basis. 

                                       8


<PAGE>


     4.14 Enforcement.

     If the  decision of the  arbitrator(s)  is  binding,  the  judgment  may be
entered  on such  arbitral  award  by any  court  having  jurisdiction  thereof;
provided, however, that within one year of the issuance of the arbitral decision
any  party  affected  thereby  may  request  FERC or any other  federal,  state,
regulatory or judicial authority having jurisdiction to vacate,  modify, or take
such other action as may be  appropriate  with respect to any arbitral  decision
that is based upon an error of law, or is contrary to the  statutes,  rules,  or
regulations  administered  or applied  by such  authority.  Any party  making or
responding to, or intervening in proceedings  resulting  from, any such request,
shall request the authority to adopt the resolution,  if not clearly  erroneous,
of  any  issue  of  fact  expressly  or  necessarily  decided  in  the  arbitral
proceeding, whether or not the party participated in the arbitral proceeding.

                   5. ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

     5.1 Membership.

          5.1.1  Representatives. 

          The Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee shall be composed of two
representatives  selected  by  each of the  following:  (i)  the  Office  of the
Interconnection;   (ii)  the  Members  Committee;   (iii)  the  parties  to  the
Reliability Assurance Agreement; and (iv) the parties to the Transmission Owners
Agreement.  

          5.1.2  Term. 

          Representatives  on the Alternate Dispute  Resolution  Committee shall
serve  for  terms of three  years and may serve  additional  terms. 

     5.2 Voting Requirements. 

     Approval  or  adoption of  measures  by the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution
Committee shall require two-thirds of the votes of the  representatives  present
and  voting.   Two-thirds  of  the  representatives  on  the  Alternate  Dispute
Resolution Committee shall constitute a quorum for the conduct of business. 

     5.3  Officers.  

     At the first meeting of the Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee,  the
representatives  to the Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee shall choose a
Chair and Vice Chair from among the representatives on the Committee.  The Chair
of the Alternate Dispute  Resolution  Committee shall preside at meetings of the
Committee,  and shall have the power to call  meetings of the  Committee  and to
exercise such other powers as are specified in this  Agreement or are authorized
by the Alternate Dispute Resolution  Committee.  The Vice Chair shall preside at
meetings of the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee in the absence of the
Chair, and shall exercise such other powers as are delegated by the Chair. 

                                       9


<PAGE>


     5.4 Meetings.

     The Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee  shall meet at such times and
places as determined by the  Committee,  or at the call of the Chair.  The Chair
shall call a meeting of the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee  upon the
request  of two or more  representatives  on the  Alternate  Dispute  Resolution
Committee.

     5.5 Responsibilities.

     The duties of the Alternate  Dispute  Resolution  Committee include but are
not limited to the following:

          i)        Maintain  a list of persons  qualified  by  temperament  and
                    experience, and with technical or legal expertise in matters
                    likely to be the subject of disputes,  to serve as mediators
                    or   arbitrators   under   these  PJM   Dispute   Resolution
                    Procedures;

          ii)       Determine  the rates and other costs and charges  that shall
                    be paid to  mediators,  advisors and  arbitrators  for or in
                    connection with their services;

          iii)      Determine whether mediation is not warranted in a particular
                    dispute;

          iv)       Provide to disputing parties lists of mediators, advisors or
                    arbitrators to resolve particular disputes;

          v)        Compile  and  make   available   to  parties  to   disputes,
                    arbitrators,   and  other   interested   persons   suggested
                    procedures  for the  arbitration  of disputes in  accordance
                    with Section 4.5;

          vi)       Maintain   and  make   available  to  parties  to  disputes,
                    mediators,  advisors,   arbitrators,  and  other  interested
                    persons the written decisions required by Section 4.12;

          vii)      Establish  such  procedures  and  schedules,  in addition to
                    those  specified  herein,  as it shall deem  appropriate  to
                    further the prompt, efficient, fair and equitable resolution
                    of disputes; and

          viii)     Provide  such  oversight  and  supervision  of  the  dispute
                    resolution  processes and procedures  instituted pursuant to
                    the  Related  PJM   Agreements  as  may  be  appropriate  to
                    facilitate  the  prompt,   efficient,   fair  and  equitable
                    resolution of disputes. 

                                       10


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 6
                                 Revision No. 1

               REGIONAL TRANSMISSION EXPANSION PLANNING PROTOCOL
Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

              1. REGIONAL TRANSMISSION EXPANSION PLANNING PROTOCOL

     Purpose and Objectives

     This Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Planning  Protocol shall govern the
process by which the Members  shall rely upon the Office of the  Interconnection
to  prepare  a plan  for  the  enhancement  and  expansion  of the  Transmission
Facilities in order to meet the demands for firm transmission service in the PJM
Control Area. The Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Plan to be developed  shall
enable the  transmission  needs in the PJM Control Area to be met on a reliable,
economic and environmentally acceptable basis. 

     1.2 Conformity  with NERC and MAAC Criteria 

     (a)  NERC  establishes  Planning  Principles  and  Guides  to  promote  the
reliability  and adequacy of the North  American bulk power supply as related to
the  operation and planning of electric  systems. 

     (b) MAAC is responsible for ensuring the adequacy, reliability and security
of the bulk  electric  supply  systems in the MAAC  region  through  coordinated
operations and planning of generation and transmission  facilities.  Toward that
end, it has adopted the NERC Planning  Principles and Guides and has established
detailed  Reliability  Principles  and  Standards for Planning the Bulk Electric
Supply System of the MAAC Group. 

     (c) The  Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Plan  shall  conform  with  the
applicable reliability principles,  guidelines and standards of NERC and MAAC in
accordance with the procedures detailed in the PJM Manuals. 

     1.3 Establishment of Committees 

     (a) The Regional  Transmission  Owners shall supply  representatives to the
Planning  Committee  to provide  the data,  information,  and  analysis  support
necessary to perform studies as required. As used herein, "Regional Transmission
Owner" shall be defined as it is in the PJM Open Access  Transmission PJM Tariff
("PJM Tariff"). 

     (b) The Transmission Expansion Advisory Committee established by the Office
of the  Interconnection  will provide input to the  development  of the Regional
Transmission  Expansion Plan. The Transmission Expansion Advisory Committee will
invite participation by: (i) all Transmission Customers, as that term is defined
in the PJM Tariff,  and  applicants  for  transmission  service;  (ii) any other
entity  proposing to provide  Transmission  Facilities to be integrated into the
PJM Control Area;  (iii) all Members;  (iv) the agencies and offices of consumer
advocates of the States in the PJM Control Area exercising  regulatory authority
over the rates, terms or conditions of


<PAGE>


electric service or the planning, siting,  construction or operation of electric
facilities and (v) any other interested entities or persons.

     1.4 Contents of the Regional Transmission Expansion Plan

     (a)  The  Office  of  the   Interconnection   shall  prepare  the  Regional
Transmission  Expansion Plan, which shall consolidate the transmission  needs of
the region into a single plan which is assessed on the basis of maintaining  the
PJM Control  Area's  reliability in an economic and  environmentally  acceptable
manner.

     (b) The Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Plan shall reflect  transmission
enhancements  and  expansions,   load  and  capacity  forecasts  and  generation
additions and retirements for the ensuing ten years.

     (c) The Regional Transmission Expansion Plan shall, as a minimum, include a
designation  of the Regional  Transmission  Owner or Owners or other entity that
will own a transmission facility and how all reasonably incurred costs are to be
recovered.  

     (d) The Regional  Transmission  Expansion Plan shall (i) avoid  unnecessary
duplication of facilities;  (ii) avoid the imposition of  unreasonable  costs on
any Regional  Transmission Owner or any user of Transmission  Facilities;  (iii)
take into  account  the legal and  contractual  rights  and  obligations  of the
Regional  Transmission  Owners; (iv) provide, if appropriate,  alternative means
for  meeting  transmission  needs in the PJM Control  Area;  and (v) provide for
coordination   with   existing   transmission   systems  and  with   appropriate
interregional and local expansion plans.

     1.5 Procedure for Development of the Regional Transmission Expansion Plan

          1.5.1   Commencement   of  the   Process  

          (a) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall initiate the enhancement
and  expansion  study process if (i) required as a result of a need for transfer
capability  identified by the Office of the Interconnection in its evaluation of
requests for firm  transmission  service with a term of one year or more or as a
result  of  the  Office  of  the   Interconnection's   on-going   evaluation  of
transmission system adequacy and performance; (ii) identified as a result of the
MAAC reliability  assessment or more stringent local  reliability  criteria,  if
any; (iii) constraints or available transfer  capability shortage are identified
by the Office of the  Interconnection  as a result of  generation  additions  or
retirements,  evaluation  of load  forecasts  or  proposals  for the addition of
Transmission  Facilities  in the PJM  Control  Area;  or (iv)  expansion  of the
transmission  system is proposed by the Regional  Transmission Owners or others.


          (b) The Office of the  Interconnection  shall notify the  Transmission
Expansion Advisory Committee of the commencement of an enhancement and expansion
study. The Transmission  Expansion Advisory Committee shall notify the Office of
the Interconnection in writing of any additional transmission  considerations to
be included.  

          1.5.2  Development of Scope,  Assumptions and Procedures

          Once  the  need  for an  enhancement  and  expansion  study  has  been
established,   the  Office  of  the  Interconnection   shall  consult  with  the
Transmission   Expansion  Advisory  Committee  to  prepare  the  study's  scope,
assumptions and procedures. 

                                       2


<PAGE>


          1.5.3 Scope of Studies

          In general, enhancement and expansion studies shall include:

          (a) An  identification  of  existing  and  projected  electric  system
limitations,  with accompanying simulations to identify the costs of controlling
those  limitations.  Potential  enhancements  and expansions will be proposed to
mitigate limitations controlled by non-economic means.

          (b) Evaluation and analysis of potential  enhancements and expansions,
including alternatives thereto, needed to mitigate such limitations.

          (c)  Engineering  studies  needed to determine the  effectiveness  and
compliance  (with   reliability   criteria)  of  recommended   enhancements  and
expansions.

          1.5.4 Supply of Data

          The  Regional   Transmission   Owners,   those   entities   requesting
transmission  service and any other entities  proposing to provide  Transmission
Facilities  to be  integrated  into  the PJM  Control  Area  shall  supply  such
information and data reasonably required by the Office of the Interconnection to
perform the enhancement and expansion study.


          1.5.5 Coordination of the Regional Transmission Expansion Plan

          (a) The  Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Plan shall be developed in
coordination  with  the  transmission   systems  of  the  surrounding   regional
reliability councils and with the local transmission providers.

          (b) The Regional Transmission Expansion Plan shall be developed by the
Office of the  Interconnection  in consultation with the Transmission  Expansion
Advisory  Committee  during the enhancement  and expansion study process.  

          1.5.6 Development of the Recommended Regional  Transmission  Expansion
Plan

          (a) Upon  completion  of its studies and  analysis,  the Office of the
Interconnection  shall prepare a recommended  enhancement and expansion plan for
review by the Transmission  Expansion Advisory  Committee.  The recommended plan
shall  include  recommendations  for cost  responsibility,  except for  directly
assigned costs, for any enhancement or expansion, based on the planning analysis
and other input from participants, including any indications of a willingness to
bear cost responsibility for an enhancement or expansion.

          (b)For the purposes of Section  1.5.6(a),  any  allocation of costs to
all of the Regional Transmission Owners shall be proportional to the load within
the Zones. Load shall be measured  consistent with the loads utilized to develop
the rates included in Attachment H to the PJM Tariff.

          (c) Any  Regional  Transmission  Owner and other  participants  on the
Transmission Expansion Advisory Committee may offer an alternative.

          (d) If the Office of the Interconnection adopts the alternative, based
upon  its  review  of the  relative  costs  and  benefits,  the  ability  of the
alternative to supply the required level of transmission service, and its impact
on the reliability of the Transmission Facilities, the Office of 

                                       3


<PAGE>


the  Interconnection  shall make any necessary  changes to the recommended plan.


          (e) If, based upon its review of the relative costs and benefits,  the
ability of the alternative to supply the required level of transmission service,
and the alternative's impact on the reliability of the Transmission  Facilities,
the Office of the Interconnection does not adopt such alternative,  the Regional
Transmission  Owner or Owners whose  alternative or  alternatives  have not been
accepted or to whom cost responsibility has been assigned and other participants
on the Transmission  Expansion  Advisory Committee may require that its or their
alternative(s) be submitted to Alternative Dispute Resolution.

     1.6 Approval of the Final Regional Transmission Expansion Plan

     (a) The PJM Board shall approve the final Regional  Transmission  Expansion
Plan, including any alternatives therein, in accordance with the requirements of
this Section 1.6.

     (b) If the facilities to be provided in the Regional Transmission Expansion
Plan are acceptable, but the Regional Transmission Owners and other entities who
have  indicated  a  willingness  to bear some or all of the cost  responsibility
cannot  unanimously  agree on the  allocation  of the costs of  enhancements  or
expansions, the cost responsibility shall be allocated (a) to those entities who
have indicated a willingness to bear some or all of the cost of  responsibility,
and (b) among the Regional  Transmission Owners in accordance with the following
guidelines:  

          i)        All of the  costs of  Transmission  Facilities  (other  than
                    transformers)  with a nominal operating voltage of 500 kV or
                    higher   shall  be   allocated   to  all  of  the   Regional
                    Transmission Owners;

          ii)       One-half of the costs of Transmission Facilities (other than
                    transformers)  with a nominal operating voltage of 230 kV or
                    345 kV  shall  be  allocated  to all  Regional  Transmission
                    Owners and one-half of the costs of such facilities shall be
                    allocated to the Regional Transmission Owners in whose Zone,
                    as that term is defined in the PJM Tariff,  the  enhancement
                    or expansion is to be located;

          iii)      All of the  costs of  Transmission  Facilities  (other  than
                    transformers)  with a nominal operating voltage below 230 kV
                    shall be  allocated to the  Regional  Transmission  Owner or
                    Owners  in  whose  Zone  the  enhancement  or  expansion  is
                    located;

          iv)       One-half of the costs of transformers  shall be allocated in
                    accordance  with the  methodology  specified in (a), (b), or
                    (c) above,  based  upon the  voltage at the high side of the
                    transformer  and one-half of the costs shall be allocated in
                    accordance with the  methodology  specified in (a), (b), and
                    (c)  above  based  upon the  voltage  at the low side of the
                    transformer,  unless the low side of the transformer is less
                    than  100  kV,  in  which  case  all  of  the  costs  of the
                    transformer shall be allocated to the Regional  Transmission
                    Owner or Owners in whose Zone the transformer is located.

     If a  Regional  Transmission  Expansion  Plan  is not  approved,  or if the
transmission  service  requested  by any entity is not  included  in an approved
Regional Transmission  Expansion Plan, nothing herein shall limit in any way the
right of any entity to seek relief pursuant to the provisions 

                                       4


<PAGE>


of Section 211 of the Federal Power Act.

     (d) Following PJM Board approval, the final Regional Transmission Expansion
Plan  shall be  submitted  to MAAC for  verification  that all  enhancements  or
expansions conform to all MAAC Reliability Principles and Standards.

     1.7 Obligation to Build

     (a) Subject to the requirements of applicable law,  government  regulations
and  approvals,  including,  without  limitation,  requirements  to  obtain  any
necessary  state or local siting,  construction  and operating  permits,  to the
availability  of  required  financing,  to  the  ability  to  acquire  necessary
right-of-way,  and to the right to recover,  pursuant to  appropriate  financial
arrangements  and tariffs or contracts,  all reasonably  incurred costs,  plus a
reasonable return on investment,  Regional Transmission Owners designated as the
appropriate  entities to construct and own or finance enhancements or expansions
specified in the Regional Transmission Expansion Plan shall construct and own or
finance  such  facilities  or enter into  appropriate  contracts to fulfill such
obligations.

     (b) Nothing  herein shall  prohibit any  Regional  Transmission  Owner from
seeking to recover the cost of enhancements or expansions on an incremental cost
basis or from seeking approval of such rate treatment from any regulatory agency
with jurisdiction over such rates.

     1.8  Relationship  to the PJM  Control  Area Open Access  Transmission  PJM
Tariff

     Nothing  herein  shall  modify the rights and  obligations  of an  Eligible
Customer  or a  Transmission  Customer,  as those  terms are  defined in the PJM
Tariff,   with  respect  to  required   studies  and   completion  of  necessary
enhancements  or  expansions.  An  Eligible  Customer or  Transmission  Customer
electing to follow the  procedures in the PJM Tariff  instead of the  procedures
provided  herein,   shall  also  be  responsible  for  the  related  costs.  The
enhancement and expansion study process under this Protocol shall be funded as a
part of the operating budget of the Office of the Interconnection. 

                                       5


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 7
                                 Revision No. 1

                  UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY OBLICATIONS AND CHARGES

Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

                       1. UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY OBLIGATION

     1.1 Application.

     The  obligations  of this Schedule apply to each Member that is an Electric
Distributor, whether or not that Member participates in the Electric Distributor
sector on the Members  Committee or meets the eligibility  requirements  for any
other sector of the Members Committee.

     1.2 Obligations.

     Each  Electric  Distributor  shall  install or  contractually  arrange  for
underfrequency  relays to interrupt at least 30 percent of its peak load with 10
percent of the load interrupted at each of three frequency levels: 59.3 Hz, 58.9
Hz and 58.5 Hz. Upon the request of the  Reliability  Committee,  each  Electric
Distributor  shall  document  that it has  complied  with  the  requirement  for
underfrequency  load  shedding  relays.  

                        2. UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY CHARGES

     If  an  Electric  Distributor  is  determined  to  not  have  the  required
underfrequency  relays, it shall pay an underfrequency relay charge of: 

     Charge = D x R x 365 
               where 
     D = the amount, in megawatts, the Electric Distributor is deficient; and

     R =  the daily  rate per  megawatt,  which  shall be based on the  annual
          carrying charges for a new combustion turbine generator, installed and
          connected to the transmission  system,  which daily deficiency rate as
          of the Effective Date shall be $58.400/per  kilowatt-year  or $160 per
          megawatt-day. 

                                       1


<PAGE>


                3. DISTRIBUTION OF UNDERFREQUENCY RELAY CHARGES

     3.1 Share of Charges.

     Each  Electric  Distributor  that has complied  with the  requirements  for
underfrequency  relays  imposed  by this  Agreement  during a  Planning  Period,
without   incurring  an  underfrequency   relay  charge,   shall  share  in  any
underfrequency  relay charges paid by any other  Electric  Distributor  that has
failed to satisfy said obligation during such Planning Period. Such shares shall
be in proportion to the number of megawatts of a Electric  Distributor's load in
the most  recently  completed  month at the time of the peak for the PJM Control
Area during that month rounded to the next higher whole megawatt, as established
initially on the  Effective  Date and as updated at the  beginning of each month
thereafter.  

     3.2  Allocation by the Office of the  Interconnection.

     In the event all of the Electric Distributors have incurred  underfrequency
relay charges during a Planning Period, the  underfrequency  relay charges shall
be  distributed  among  the  Electric  Distributors  on an  equitable  basis  as
determined by the Office of the Interconnection. 

                                       2


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 8
                                 Revision No. 1

                   DELEGATION OF RELIABILITY RESPONSIBILTIES
Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

                                 1. DELEGATION

     The  following  responsibilities  shall be  delegated  to the Office of the
Interconnection by the parties to the Reliability Assurance Agreement.

                                 2. NEW PARTIES

     With  regard  to the  addition,  withdrawal  or  removal  of a party to the
Reliability Assurance Agreement, the Office of the Interconnection shall:

     (a) Receive and evaluate the information submitted by entities that plan to
serve loads within the PJM Control Area,  including entities whose participation
in the  Agreement  will  expand the  boundaries  of the PJM Control  Area,  such
evaluation  to  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the   requirements  of  the
Reliability Assurance Agreement; and

     (b) Evaluate the effects of the  withdrawal  or removal of a party from the
Reliability Assurance Agreement.

             3. IMPLEMENTATION OF RELIABILITY ASSURANCE AGREEMENT.

     With regard to the  implementation  of the  provisions  of the  Reliability
Assurance  Agreement,  the Office of the Interconnection  shall: 

     (a)  Receive  all  required  data and  forecasts  from the  parties  to the
Reliability Assurance Agreement;

     (b) Perform all  calculations  and  analyses  necessary  to  determine  the
Forecast Pool  Requirement,  the Forecast Zone  Requirement and the Forecast LSE
Obligation,  including  periodic  reviews  of the  capacity  benefit  margin for
consistency  with the  Reliability  Principles and  Standards,  as the foregoing
terms are defined in the Reliability Assurance Agreement;

     (c)  Monitor  the  compliance  of each party to the  Reliability  Assurance
Agreement with its obligations under the Reliability Assurance Agreement;

     (d) Keep cost  records,  and bill and collect any costs or charges due from
the parties to the Reliability  Assurance Agreement and distribute those charges
in accordance with the terms of the Reliability Assurance Agreement;

     (e) Assist with the development of rules and procedures for determining and

                                       1


<PAGE>


demonstrating the capability of Capacity Resources;

     (f) Establish  the  capability  and  deliverability  of Capacity  Resources
consistent with the requirements of the Reliability Assurance Agreement;

     (g) Collect and maintain generator availability data;

     (h)  Perform  any other  studies or analyses  required  to  administer  the
Reliability Assurance Agreement;

     (i) Coordinate  maintenance  schedules for generation resources operated as
part of the PJM Control Area;

     (j) Determine  and declare that an Emergency  exists or has ceased to exist
in all or any part of the PJM Control Area or in a Control  Area  interconnected
with the PJM Control Area;

     (k) Enter into  agreements for (i) the transfer of energy in Emergencies in
the PJM Control  Area or in a Control Area  interconnected  with the PJM Control
Area and (ii)  mutual  support  in such  Emergencies  with other  Control  Areas
interconnected  with the PJM Control Area; and 

     (l)  Coordinate  the  curtailment  or shedding of load,  or other  measures
appropriate  to alleviate an Emergency,  to preserve  reliability  in accordance
with FERC, NERC or MAAC principles,  guidelines,  standards and requirements and
the  PJM  Manuals,  and to  ensure  the  operation  of the PJM  Control  Area in
accordance with Good Utility Practice. 

                                       2


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 9
                                 Revision No. 1

                          EMERGENCY PROCEDURE CHARGES

Issued:        June 2, 1997
Effective:     August 1, 1997

                           EMERGENCY PROCEDURE CHARGE

     Following an Emergency, the compliance of each Member with the instructions
of the Office of the  Interconnection  shall be  evaluated  by the Office of the
Interconnection.  If, based on such  evaluation,  it is determined that a Member
failed to comply with the instructions of the Office of the  Interconnection  to
implement voltage reductions or to drop load, that Member shall demonstrate that
it employed  its best efforts to comply with such  instructions.  In the event a
Member failed to employ its best efforts to comply with the  instructions of the
Office of the  Interconnection,  that Member  shall pay an  emergency  procedure
charge as  follows:  

     (a) For each  megawatt of voltage  reduction  that was not  implemented  as
directed,  the Member shall pay 365 times the daily deficiency rate per megawatt
based on the annual  carrying  charges for a new combustion  turbine  generator,
installed and connected to the transmission  system, which daily deficiency rate
as of the  Effective  Date  shall  be  $58.400/per  kilowatt-year  or  $160  per
megawatt-day;  and  

     (b) For each megawatt of load that was not dropped as directed,  the Member
shall pay 730 times the daily  deficiency  rate per megawatt based on the annual
carrying charges for a new combustion turbine generator, installed and connected
to the transmission system, which daily deficiency rate as of the Effective Date
shall be $58.400/per kilowatt-year or $160 per megawatt- day. 

                 2. DISTRIBUTION OF EMERGENCY PROCEDURE CHARGES

     2.1  Complying  Parties.  Each Member that has complied  with the emergency
procedures  imposed by this Agreement during an Emergency,  without incurring an
emergency procedure charge,  shall share in any emergency procedure charges paid
by any other  Member  that has failed to satisfy  said  obligation  during  such
Emergency  in an equitable  manner to be  determined  by the PJM Board.  

     2.2 All Parties.

     In the event all of the Members have incurred  emergency  procedure charges
with respect to an Emergency,  the emergency  procedure  charges related to that
Emergency  shall be  distributed  in an equitable  manner as directed by the PJM
Board.



                                    AGREEMENT

                      AMONG DELMARVA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY,

                     PECO ENERGY COMPANY AND PUBLIC SERVICE

                  ELECTRIC AND GAS COMPANY REGARDING LIABILITY

                AND PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PLANT OPERATOR

         This  Agreement  dated May 27,  1997 is by and among  Delmarva  Power &
Light Company (hereinafter referred to as "DP&L"), PECO Energy Company (formerly
the Philadelphia Electric Company) hereinafter referred to as "PECO") and Public
Service  electric  and  Gas  Company  (and  Public  Services   Enterprise  Group
Incorporated)  (hereinafter  referred to as "PSE&G").  DP&L, PECO Energy Company
and PSE&G are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Parties."

                                    RECITALS:

         WHEREAS, DP&L and PECO Energy Company filed a lawsuit against PSE&G and
Public  Services  Enterprise  Group  Incorporated  in the United States District
Court for the Eastern  District of  Pennsylvania  styled  Delmarva Power & Light
Company,  et al. V. Public  Service  Enterprise  Group,  Inc.,  et al., C.A. No.
96-CV-1705 (E.D. Pa.) (hereinafter referred to as the "Litigation");

         WHEREAS,  DP&L,  PECO  and  PSE&G  are  parties  to  the  Salem  Owners
Agreement, as amended, and are co-owners of the Salem Nuclear Generating Station
Units 1, 2 and 3 ("Salem Station");

         WHEREAS,  DP&L,  PECO and PSE&G are parties to the Peach Bottom  Owners
Agreement,  as amended,  and are  co-owners  of the Peach  Bottom  Atomic  Power
Station Units 2 and 3 ("Peach Bottom Station");

<PAGE>


         WHEREAS,  in an order dated March 28, 1997,  Judge Clarence C. Newcomer
encouraged the Parties to enter into settlement negotiations,  and supported the
use of an alternative dispute resolution process;

         WHEREAS,  the  Parties  engaged in an  alternative  dispute  resolution
process with the assistance of the Honorable Harold R. Tyler,  Jr., of New York,
New York,  former United States District Judge for the Southern  District of New
York; and

         WHEREAS,  in consideration for the settlement of the litigation and for
the additional  consideration provided in this Agreement,  the Parties desire to
minimize the possibility of future  litigation among the Owners of the Salem and
Peach Bottom  Stations and to establish for the remainder of the operating lives
of the Salem and Peach  Bottom  Stations  the  extent of  responsibility  of the
Owner-operator  to the  Non-operating  Owner  Parties  of each  Station  for all
management or operating  errors and  omissions or the failure to generate  power
and energy at either Station as economically and reliably as is practicable.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  as  part  of the  settlement  of the  Litigation,  in
consideration  of the  mutual  covenants  made by and  between  the  Parties  in
settling  the  Litigation  and for other  valuable  consideration,  the Parties,
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Unless  otherwise  defined  herein,  the  following  terms used in this
Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth below:

         (a)  "Agreement"  shall mean this Agreement  Among DP&L, PECO and PSE&G
Regarding Liability and Performance Obligations of the Plant Operator.

         (b) "Court" shall mean the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Pennsylvania.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         (c)  "Litigation"  shall mean the lawsuit  described in the recitals to
this Agreement and all contentions and claims made therein.

         (d) "Salem Station" shall mean the Salem Nuclear Generating Station.

         (e) "Peach  Bottom  Station"  shall mean the Peach Bottom  Atomic Power
Station.

         (f) "Salem Owners  Agreement" shall mean the owners Agreement for Salem
Nuclear  Generating  Station  Units No. 1, 2 and 3, dated  November 24, 1971, as
amended.

         (g) "Peach Bottom owners Agreement" shall mean the Owners Agreement for
the Peach Bottom  Atomic  Power  Station  Units No. 2 and 3, dated  November 24,
1971, as amended.

         (h) "Owners  Agreements"  shall mean the Salem Owners Agreement and the
Peach Bottom Owners Agreement referred to collectively.

         (i) "Owner-operator"  refers to the owner which operates the Station(s)
under each Owners Agreement.  PSE&G is the  Owner-operator of the Salem Station.
PECO is the Owner-operator of the Peach Bottom Station.

         (j)  "Non-operating  owner  Parties"  refers to the owners which do not
operate the Station(s) under each owners Agreement. For Salem, PECO and DP&L are
Non-operating owner Parties;  for Peach Bottom, PSE&G and DP&L are Non-operating
Owner Parties.

         (k) "Current Outage": Salem Station Unit 1 has been off line (i.e., not
producing  electricity)  since may 17, 1995, and Unit 2 since June '/, 1995. The
Current  Outage  for each unit  shall mean from June 1, 1995 to the first day of
the month that is closest to the date of  Synchronization  of that unit with the
grid as described  herein.  In the event the date of  Synchronization  of a unit
with the grid falls on or  between  days 1 through  16 of a month,  the  Current
Outage  for that unit shall mean from June 1, 1995 to the first day of the month
that the  Synchronization  with the grid takes  place.  In the event the date of
Synchronization  of a unit with the grid falls on or between  days 17 through 31
of a month, the Current Outage for that unit shall mean from June 1, 1995 to 

                                       3

<PAGE>

the first day of the next month following the date on which Synchronization with
the grid takes place.

         (l) "Synchronization"  shall have the special meaning accorded to it in
the electric  power  industry.  In general  (and without  intending to modify or
alter its special meaning), the term refers to the point during restart at which
the turbine generator of the nuclear plant is synchronously  interconnected with
the  transmission  grid and the first megawatt of sustained,  continuous flow of
electricity begins to flow from the plant to the grid.

         (m)  "Replacement  Power  Costs"  mean the  costs  incurred  to  obtain
electricity,  whether it is generated or  purchased,  to replace the output of a
particular  generation  unit that is wholly or  partially  out of  service.  For
purposes  of this  Agreement,  Replacement  Power  Costs also shall  include any
alternative   measure  of  the  cost  burden  of  maintaining  a  unit  that  is
nonproductive.

         (n) "MDC" shall mean the maximum dependable capacity net. This shall be
defined, for each Station, as the gross electrical output measured at the output
terminals  of the  turbine  generators  during  the  most  restrictive  seasonal
conditions, less the station service load.

                                       4

<PAGE>

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         1. This Agreement shall govern the relationship  among the Parties with
respect  to  liability   and   performance   obligations   of  the   undersigned
Owner-operators of the Salem and Peach Bottom Stations.

         2. The  arrangements  provided  herein shall be effective for the Peach
Bottom Station  beginning on January 1, 1998 and for the Salem Station beginning
on the later of the end of the  Current  Outage of Salem Unit 1 or Salem Unit 2.
As to Salem,  if the above occurs prior to January 1, 1998,  then the  beginning
date for the Salem Station shall be January 1, 1998. The  arrangements  provided
herein  shall  continue for each Station  until the date of  retirement  of both
units at that Station.

         3. For the Salem Station,  the following  performance  standards  shall
apply:

                  a. The Owner-operator shall compensate the Non-operatinq Owner
         Parties a total of $10 million (PECO: $8,518,000; DP&L: $1,482,000) for
         each year that the three year  historical  average MDC capacity  factor
         (excluding  therefrom  any  period of time to which  the Force  Maleure
         Clause of this  Agreement  applies) for the Salem Station as calculated
         as of  December  31 of that year is less than 40% but equal to or above
         20%.(1)  In the  event  that the  three  year  historical  average  MDC
         capacity  factor  (excluding  therefrom any period of time to which the
         Force Majeure Clause of this  Agreement  applies) for the Salem Station
         calculated as of December 31 of that year falls below 20%, the total

- -----------------
(1)  In the event that the  beginning  date for the Salem  Station  occurs after
     January  1,  1998,  the  calculation  for the Salem  Station  shall be made
     initially as of December 31 of the first  calendar year that is at least 24
     months after the end of the Current Outage of the later of Unit 1 or Unit 2
     of the Salem Station.  In such event, the capacity factor calculation shall
     be made for the  period  beginning  on the later of the end of the  Current
     Outage of Salem Unit 1 or Salem Unit 2.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         payment to the  Non-operating  Owner  Parties  shall be $25 million per
         year (PECO: $21,295,000; DP&L: $3,705,000).(2)

                  b. The performance  standards provided in paragraph 3(a) shall
         be applied beginning with the month these  arrangements take effect for
         the Salem  Station as set forth in  paragraph 2 above.  Any payments to
         Non-operating  Owner Parties shall be in proportion to their  ownership
         interests  under the respective  Owners  Agreement.  In no event will a
         payment  be owing  prior to two years  from the  effective  date of the
         performance standard as it applies to the Salem Station.

                  c. The  calculation of amounts owed under paragraph 3(a) shall
         be done annually with any amounts owed for the preceding  year becoming
         due and  payable  by the end of the first  month  following  that year.
         Where  one  unit of the  Salem  Station  has been  retired,  1/2 of the
         payments provided in paragraph 3(a) will apply. 

         4. For the Peach Bottom Station,  the following  performance  standards
shall apply:

                  a. The Owner-operator shall compensate the Non-operating Owner
         Parties a total of $10 million (PSE&G:  $8,498,000;  DP&L:  $1,502,000)
         for each year that the  three  year  historical  average  MDC  capacity
         factor  (excluding  therefrom  any  period  of time to which  the Force
         Majeure Clause of this Agreement  applies) for the Peach Bottom Station
         as calculated as of December 31 of that year is less than 40% but equal
         to or above 20%.(3) In the event that the three year historical average
         MDC capacity  factor  (excluding  therefrom any period of time to which
         the Force  

- -----------------
(2)  See Footnote 1.
(3)  The first "calculation" date shall be December 31, 2000.

                                       6

<PAGE>

         Majeure Clause of this agreement  applies) for the Peach Bottom Station
         calculated  as of December  31 of that year falls below 20%,  the total
         payment to the  Non-operating  Owner  Parties  shall be S25 million per
         year (PSE&G: $21,245,000; DP&L: $3,755,000).

                  b. The performance  standards provided in paragraph 4(a) shall
         be applied beginning with the month these  arrangements take effect for
         the  Peach  Bottom  Station  as set  forth in  paragraph  2 above.  Any
         payments to Non-operatinq Owner Parties shall be in proportion to their
         ownership interests under the respective Owners Agreement.  In no event
         will a payment be owing prior to three years from the effective date of
         the performance standard as it applies to the Peach Bottom Station.

                  c. The  calculation of amounts owed under paragraph 4(a) shall
         be done annually with any amounts owed for the preceding  year becoming
         due and  payable  by the end of the first  month  following  that year.
         Where one unit of the Peach Bottom Station has been retired, 1/2 of the
         payments  provided in  paragraph  4(a) will  apply- 

         5.  The  performance  standards  set  forth  in  paragraph  3 shall  be
effective  until  December 31, 2011 at the dollar amounts set forth in paragraph
3(a).  After that date, the performance  standards and other  provisions of this
Agreement will remain  effective,  but the dollar amounts in paragraph 3(a) will
be $1.  The  performance  standards  in  paragraph  4 shall be  effective  until
December 31, 2007 at the dollar amounts set forth in paragraph 4(a).  After that
date, the  performance  standards and other  provisions of this Agreement  shall
remain effective, but the dollar amounts in paragraph 4(a) shall be $1.

         6. The Parties agree that paragraphs 2-5 of this Agreement shall be the
Non-operating  Owner  Parties,  sole and exclusive  remedy for all management or
operating  errors or  omissions  or the failure to generate  power and energy at
either  

                                       7

<PAGE>

Station as economically and reliably as is practicable.  The  Owner-operator  of
the  Salem  Station  or the  Peach  Bottom  Station  shall  not be liable to the
Non-operating Owner Parties in contract, or in tort (including,  but not limited
to negligence or gross negligence),  or otherwise based upon facts,  matters, or
occurrences  relating  to  or  arising  out  of  the  construction,  management,
operation  or  maintenance  of the  Salem or Peach  Bottom  Stations  or for any
failures of the Owner-operator to perform any of its responsibilities except for
Willful  Action  and  then  only up to a  combined  total of $5  million  to the
Non-operating  Owner  Parties  for all such  facts,  matters or  occurrences  or
failures to perform based upon Willful  Action(s)  during any one annual period,
which amount  shall be reduced to $2.5  million  where one unit of a Station has
been  retired.  Each Party shall bear the entire  amount of its own  Replacement
Power Costs.  "Willful  Action" is defined as: action knowingly or intentionally
taken or not taken by the chief  nuclear  officer and approved by his  superior,
which  action or  non-action  and  approval  is taken with intent that injury or
damage would result or would probably result therefrom or with intent to defraud
another Party.

         7. Each Party  waives and  covenants  not to assert  against  any other
Party all  rights  under  the  Owners  Agreements  to the  extent  that they are
inconsistent  with this  Agreement.  This Agreement does not alter or change the
duties of all Parties to share the costs of the Salem and Peach Bottom  Stations
as  specified  in Article 3 of the Owners  Agreements  (and  related  budget and
accounting articles of the Owners Agreements).

         The Parties to this Agreement do not intend,  and this Agreement  shall
not be  construed  to affect the  currently  existing  rights and  interests  of
Atlantic Energy, Inc. or Atlantic City Electric Company (hereinafter referred to
collectively as "Atlantic")  that arise from Atlantic's  ownership  interests in
the Salem and Peach Bottom Stations.

         8. Times during which the operation of a Station is adversely  affected
by Force Majeure  Conditions  shall not form any part of the basis for a payment
for low 

                                       8

<PAGE>

capacity  factors as set forth in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this  Agreement.  "Force
Majeure  Conditions"  as used herein means the following:  acts of God,  floods,
earthquakes,  tornadoes, hurricanes;  terrorism, or acts of public enemies; war,
insurrections, riots or other civil disturbances; failure of or the necessity to
replace equipment for reasons of obsolescence or defect in design or manufacture
where the condition is generic to the equipment involved and for such time as is
reasonably  required  therefor;  plant  shutdown,  modification,   derating,  or
decommissioning  requirement  which is  necessary  to  comply  with any  Nuclear
Regulatory  Commission  or other  governmental  action that is applicable to any
generic category of plants or is based on considerations external to the Station
itself   (including,   but  not  limited  to,   seismological,   meteorological,
hydrological,  demographic or soil conditions). Any outage required to repair or
replace  steam  generators  shall  conclusively  be deemed to constitute a Force
Majeure condition.

         9. Any dispute over the application of the performance standards or any
other disputes  under the Owners  Agreements for Salem and Peach Bottom shall be
the subject of non-binding  mediation prior to resort to any legal process.  All
Parties waive the right to trial by jury in any court  proceeding  involving any
such dispute.

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         10. Intent to Be Legally Bound

         The  Parties  intend that this  Agreement  create  legally  binding and
enforceable  obligations,  and  that  each  of  the  covenants  and  obligations
contained herein may be legally enforced.

                                       9
<PAGE>

         11. Warranty of Enforceabilitv

         Each Party represents,  agrees, and warrants, that this Agreement,  and
each instrument  required hereby to be executed and delivered by it,  constitute
legally valid, binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against each Party.

         12. Assignment

         This  Agreement  may not be  assigned by any Party  hereto  without the
express  written  consent  of each  other  Party  hereto.  The  representations,
warranties,  covenants,  and agreements  contained in this Agreement are for the
sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their  successors and permitted  assigns,
and shall not be  construed  to confer  any right or to avail any  remedy to any
other person.

         13. Governing Law

         This Agreement shall be governed by,  construed,  and interpreted,  and
the rights of the Parties  determined in accordance with, the laws of New Jersey
as it applies to the Salem Station and the laws of Pennsylvania as it applies to
the Peach Bottom Station.

         14 Entire Agreement

         This Agreement contains the entire  understanding of the Parties hereto
in respect of the subject matter  contained  herein.  There are no restrictions,
promises, representations,  warranties, covenants and undertakings governing the
subject  matter  of this  Agreement  other  than  those  expressly  set forth or
referred to herein. To the extent the terms and conditions of this Agreement can
be construed to be  inconsistent  with the terms and conditions of either of the
Owners Agreements, this Agreement supersedes the Owners Agreements and any other
prior agreements and understandings among the Parties hereto with respect to the
rights  and  obligations  of the  Parties  under the Owners  Agreements  and the
obligations of the Owner-operators of the Salem and Peach Bottom Stations.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         15. Waiver of Compliance

         Any  failure  of any  Party  hereto  to  comply  with  any  obligation,
covenant,  agreement or condition herein may be expressly waived in writing,  to
the extent  permitted  under  applicable  law,  by the Party or  Parties  hereto
entitled to the benefit of such obligation,  covenant, agreement or condition. A
waiver or failure to insist  upon  strict  compliance  with any  representation,
warranty,  covenant,  agreement or  condition  shall not operate a waiver of, or
estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

         16. Counterparts

         This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and any
Party hereto may execute any such  counterpart,  each of which when executed and
delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which  counterparts taken
together  shall  constitute  but one and the same  instrument.  it shall  not be
necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce
or account for any of the other counterparts.

         17. Severance

         The Parties agree that if any  provision of this  Agreement is declared
invalid in whole or in part, it will have no effect on the validity of the other
provisions of the Agreement.

         18. Joint Drafting

         This Agreement is the product of the joint drafting of the parties. The
parties agree that no provision of this Agreement shail be construed against any
party as the drafter.

                                       11
<PAGE>


         19. Recitals

The  Recitals  to this  Agreement  are  incorporated  into  and are part of this
Agreement.

                                      PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC
                                      AND GAS COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ R. Edwin Selover
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its:    Senior Vice President
                                              and General Counsel

/s/ E.J. BIGGINS, Jr.
Corporate Secretary

                                      PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC
                                      AND GAS COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ R. Edwin Selover 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its:    Vice President
                                              and General Counsel

/s/ E.J. BIGGINS, Jr.
Corporate Secretary

                                      PECO ENERGY COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ Dikinson M. Smith 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its:  President, PECO Nuclear,
                                            PECO Energy Company

/s/ Katherine K. Combs
Corporate Secretary

                                      DELMARVA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ H. E. Cosgrove
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its: Chairman, President and C.E.O.

/s/ D. P. Connelly
SECRETARY

                                       12




                                    AGREEMENT

                      AMONG DELMARVA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY,

                     PECO ENERGY COMPANY AND PUBLIC SERVICE

                  ELECTRIC AND GAS COMPANY REGARDING LIABILITY

                AND PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PLANT OPERATOR

         This  Agreement  dated May 27,  1997 is by and among  Delmarva  Power &
Light Company (hereinafter referred to as "DP&L"), PECO Energy Company (formerly
the Philadelphia Electric Company) hereinafter referred to as "PECO") and Public
Service  electric  and  Gas  Company  (and  Public  Services   Enterprise  Group
Incorporated)  (hereinafter  referred to as "PSE&G").  DP&L, PECO Energy Company
and PSE&G are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Parties."

                                    RECITALS:

         WHEREAS, DP&L and PECO Energy Company filed a lawsuit against PSE&G and
Public  Services  Enterprise  Group  Incorporated  in the United States District
Court for the Eastern  District of  Pennsylvania  styled  Delmarva Power & Light
Company,  et al. V. Public  Service  Enterprise  Group,  Inc.,  et al., C.A. No.
96-CV-1705 (E.D. Pa.) (hereinafter referred to as the "Litigation");

         WHEREAS,  DP&L,  PECO  and  PSE&G  are  parties  to  the  Salem  Owners
Agreement, as amended, and are co-owners of the Salem Nuclear Generating Station
Units 1, 2 and 3 ("Salem Station");

         WHEREAS,  DP&L,  PECO and PSE&G are parties to the Peach Bottom  Owners
Agreement,  as amended,  and are  co-owners  of the Peach  Bottom  Atomic  Power
Station Units 2 and 3 ("Peach Bottom Station");

<PAGE>


         WHEREAS,  in an order dated March 28, 1997,  Judge Clarence C. Newcomer
encouraged the Parties to enter into settlement negotiations,  and supported the
use of an alternative dispute resolution process;

         WHEREAS,  the  Parties  engaged in an  alternative  dispute  resolution
process with the assistance of the Honorable Harold R. Tyler,  Jr., of New York,
New York,  former United States District Judge for the Southern  District of New
York; and

         WHEREAS,  in consideration for the settlement of the litigation and for
the additional  consideration provided in this Agreement,  the Parties desire to
minimize the possibility of future  litigation among the Owners of the Salem and
Peach Bottom  Stations and to establish for the remainder of the operating lives
of the Salem and Peach  Bottom  Stations  the  extent of  responsibility  of the
Owner-operator  to the  Non-operating  Owner  Parties  of each  Station  for all
management or operating  errors and  omissions or the failure to generate  power
and energy at either Station as economically and reliably as is practicable.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  as  part  of the  settlement  of the  Litigation,  in
consideration  of the  mutual  covenants  made by and  between  the  Parties  in
settling  the  Litigation  and for other  valuable  consideration,  the Parties,
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Unless  otherwise  defined  herein,  the  following  terms used in this
Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth below:

         (a)  "Agreement"  shall mean this Agreement  Among DP&L, PECO and PSE&G
Regarding Liability and Performance Obligations of the Plant Operator.

         (b) "Court" shall mean the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Pennsylvania.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         (c)  "Litigation"  shall mean the lawsuit  described in the recitals to
this Agreement and all contentions and claims made therein.

         (d) "Salem Station" shall mean the Salem Nuclear Generating Station.

         (e) "Peach  Bottom  Station"  shall mean the Peach Bottom  Atomic Power
Station.

         (f) "Salem Owners  Agreement" shall mean the owners Agreement for Salem
Nuclear  Generating  Station  Units No. 1, 2 and 3, dated  November 24, 1971, as
amended.

         (g) "Peach Bottom owners Agreement" shall mean the Owners Agreement for
the Peach Bottom  Atomic  Power  Station  Units No. 2 and 3, dated  November 24,
1971, as amended.

         (h) "Owners  Agreements"  shall mean the Salem Owners Agreement and the
Peach Bottom Owners Agreement referred to collectively.

         (i) "Owner-operator"  refers to the owner which operates the Station(s)
under each Owners Agreement.  PSE&G is the  Owner-operator of the Salem Station.
PECO is the Owner-operator of the Peach Bottom Station.

         (j)  "Non-operating  owner  Parties"  refers to the owners which do not
operate the Station(s) under each owners Agreement. For Salem, PECO and DP&L are
Non-operating owner Parties;  for Peach Bottom, PSE&G and DP&L are Non-operating
Owner Parties.

         (k) "Current Outage": Salem Station Unit 1 has been off line (i.e., not
producing  electricity)  since may 17, 1995, and Unit 2 since June '/, 1995. The
Current  Outage  for each unit  shall mean from June 1, 1995 to the first day of
the month that is closest to the date of  Synchronization  of that unit with the
grid as described  herein.  In the event the date of  Synchronization  of a unit
with the grid falls on or  between  days 1 through  16 of a month,  the  Current
Outage  for that unit shall mean from June 1, 1995 to the first day of the month
that the  Synchronization  with the grid takes  place.  In the event the date of
Synchronization  of a unit with the grid falls on or between  days 17 through 31
of a month, the Current Outage for that unit shall mean from June 1, 1995 to 

                                       3

<PAGE>

the first day of the next month following the date on which Synchronization with
the grid takes place.

         (l) "Synchronization"  shall have the special meaning accorded to it in
the electric  power  industry.  In general  (and without  intending to modify or
alter its special meaning), the term refers to the point during restart at which
the turbine generator of the nuclear plant is synchronously  interconnected with
the  transmission  grid and the first megawatt of sustained,  continuous flow of
electricity begins to flow from the plant to the grid.

         (m)  "Replacement  Power  Costs"  mean the  costs  incurred  to  obtain
electricity,  whether it is generated or  purchased,  to replace the output of a
particular  generation  unit that is wholly or  partially  out of  service.  For
purposes  of this  Agreement,  Replacement  Power  Costs also shall  include any
alternative   measure  of  the  cost  burden  of  maintaining  a  unit  that  is
nonproductive.

         (n) "MDC" shall mean the maximum dependable capacity net. This shall be
defined, for each Station, as the gross electrical output measured at the output
terminals  of the  turbine  generators  during  the  most  restrictive  seasonal
conditions, less the station service load.

                                       4

<PAGE>

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         1. This Agreement shall govern the relationship  among the Parties with
respect  to  liability   and   performance   obligations   of  the   undersigned
Owner-operators of the Salem and Peach Bottom Stations.

         2. The  arrangements  provided  herein shall be effective for the Peach
Bottom Station  beginning on January 1, 1998 and for the Salem Station beginning
on the later of the end of the  Current  Outage of Salem Unit 1 or Salem Unit 2.
As to Salem,  if the above occurs prior to January 1, 1998,  then the  beginning
date for the Salem Station shall be January 1, 1998. The  arrangements  provided
herein  shall  continue for each Station  until the date of  retirement  of both
units at that Station.

         3. For the Salem Station,  the following  performance  standards  shall
apply:

                  a. The Owner-operator shall compensate the Non-operatinq Owner
         Parties a total of $10 million (PECO: $8,518,000; DP&L: $1,482,000) for
         each year that the three year  historical  average MDC capacity  factor
         (excluding  therefrom  any  period of time to which  the Force  Maleure
         Clause of this  Agreement  applies) for the Salem Station as calculated
         as of  December  31 of that year is less than 40% but equal to or above
         20%.(1)  In the  event  that the  three  year  historical  average  MDC
         capacity  factor  (excluding  therefrom any period of time to which the
         Force Majeure Clause of this  Agreement  applies) for the Salem Station
         calculated as of December 31 of that year falls below 20%, the total

- -----------------
(1)  In the event that the  beginning  date for the Salem  Station  occurs after
     January  1,  1998,  the  calculation  for the Salem  Station  shall be made
     initially as of December 31 of the first  calendar year that is at least 24
     months after the end of the Current Outage of the later of Unit 1 or Unit 2
     of the Salem Station.  In such event, the capacity factor calculation shall
     be made for the  period  beginning  on the later of the end of the  Current
     Outage of Salem Unit 1 or Salem Unit 2.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         payment to the  Non-operating  Owner  Parties  shall be $25 million per
         year (PECO: $21,295,000; DP&L: $3,705,000).(2)

                  b. The performance  standards provided in paragraph 3(a) shall
         be applied beginning with the month these  arrangements take effect for
         the Salem  Station as set forth in  paragraph 2 above.  Any payments to
         Non-operating  Owner Parties shall be in proportion to their  ownership
         interests  under the respective  Owners  Agreement.  In no event will a
         payment  be owing  prior to two years  from the  effective  date of the
         performance standard as it applies to the Salem Station.

                  c. The  calculation of amounts owed under paragraph 3(a) shall
         be done annually with any amounts owed for the preceding  year becoming
         due and  payable  by the end of the first  month  following  that year.
         Where  one  unit of the  Salem  Station  has been  retired,  1/2 of the
         payments provided in paragraph 3(a) will apply. 

         4. For the Peach Bottom Station,  the following  performance  standards
shall apply:

                  a. The Owner-operator shall compensate the Non-operating Owner
         Parties a total of $10 million (PSE&G:  $8,498,000;  DP&L:  $1,502,000)
         for each year that the  three  year  historical  average  MDC  capacity
         factor  (excluding  therefrom  any  period  of time to which  the Force
         Majeure Clause of this Agreement  applies) for the Peach Bottom Station
         as calculated as of December 31 of that year is less than 40% but equal
         to or above 20%.(3) In the event that the three year historical average
         MDC capacity  factor  (excluding  therefrom any period of time to which
         the Force  

- -----------------
(2)  See Footnote 1.
(3)  The first "calculation" date shall be December 31, 2000.

                                       6

<PAGE>

         Majeure Clause of this agreement  applies) for the Peach Bottom Station
         calculated  as of December  31 of that year falls below 20%,  the total
         payment to the  Non-operating  Owner  Parties  shall be S25 million per
         year (PSE&G: $21,245,000; DP&L: $3,755,000).

                  b. The performance  standards provided in paragraph 4(a) shall
         be applied beginning with the month these  arrangements take effect for
         the  Peach  Bottom  Station  as set  forth in  paragraph  2 above.  Any
         payments to Non-operatinq Owner Parties shall be in proportion to their
         ownership interests under the respective Owners Agreement.  In no event
         will a payment be owing prior to three years from the effective date of
         the performance standard as it applies to the Peach Bottom Station.

                  c. The  calculation of amounts owed under paragraph 4(a) shall
         be done annually with any amounts owed for the preceding  year becoming
         due and  payable  by the end of the first  month  following  that year.
         Where one unit of the Peach Bottom Station has been retired, 1/2 of the
         payments  provided in  paragraph  4(a) will  apply- 

         5.  The  performance  standards  set  forth  in  paragraph  3 shall  be
effective  until  December 31, 2011 at the dollar amounts set forth in paragraph
3(a).  After that date, the performance  standards and other  provisions of this
Agreement will remain  effective,  but the dollar amounts in paragraph 3(a) will
be $1.  The  performance  standards  in  paragraph  4 shall be  effective  until
December 31, 2007 at the dollar amounts set forth in paragraph 4(a).  After that
date, the  performance  standards and other  provisions of this Agreement  shall
remain effective, but the dollar amounts in paragraph 4(a) shall be $1.

         6. The Parties agree that paragraphs 2-5 of this Agreement shall be the
Non-operating  Owner  Parties,  sole and exclusive  remedy for all management or
operating  errors or  omissions  or the failure to generate  power and energy at
either  

                                       7

<PAGE>

Station as economically and reliably as is practicable.  The  Owner-operator  of
the  Salem  Station  or the  Peach  Bottom  Station  shall  not be liable to the
Non-operating Owner Parties in contract, or in tort (including,  but not limited
to negligence or gross negligence),  or otherwise based upon facts,  matters, or
occurrences  relating  to  or  arising  out  of  the  construction,  management,
operation  or  maintenance  of the  Salem or Peach  Bottom  Stations  or for any
failures of the Owner-operator to perform any of its responsibilities except for
Willful  Action  and  then  only up to a  combined  total of $5  million  to the
Non-operating  Owner  Parties  for all such  facts,  matters or  occurrences  or
failures to perform based upon Willful  Action(s)  during any one annual period,
which amount  shall be reduced to $2.5  million  where one unit of a Station has
been  retired.  Each Party shall bear the entire  amount of its own  Replacement
Power Costs.  "Willful  Action" is defined as: action knowingly or intentionally
taken or not taken by the chief  nuclear  officer and approved by his  superior,
which  action or  non-action  and  approval  is taken with intent that injury or
damage would result or would probably result therefrom or with intent to defraud
another Party.

         7. Each Party  waives and  covenants  not to assert  against  any other
Party all  rights  under  the  Owners  Agreements  to the  extent  that they are
inconsistent  with this  Agreement.  This Agreement does not alter or change the
duties of all Parties to share the costs of the Salem and Peach Bottom  Stations
as  specified  in Article 3 of the Owners  Agreements  (and  related  budget and
accounting articles of the Owners Agreements).

         The Parties to this Agreement do not intend,  and this Agreement  shall
not be  construed  to affect the  currently  existing  rights and  interests  of
Atlantic Energy, Inc. or Atlantic City Electric Company (hereinafter referred to
collectively as "Atlantic")  that arise from Atlantic's  ownership  interests in
the Salem and Peach Bottom Stations.

         8. Times during which the operation of a Station is adversely  affected
by Force Majeure  Conditions  shall not form any part of the basis for a payment
for low 

                                       8

<PAGE>

capacity  factors as set forth in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this  Agreement.  "Force
Majeure  Conditions"  as used herein means the following:  acts of God,  floods,
earthquakes,  tornadoes, hurricanes;  terrorism, or acts of public enemies; war,
insurrections, riots or other civil disturbances; failure of or the necessity to
replace equipment for reasons of obsolescence or defect in design or manufacture
where the condition is generic to the equipment involved and for such time as is
reasonably  required  therefor;  plant  shutdown,  modification,   derating,  or
decommissioning  requirement  which is  necessary  to  comply  with any  Nuclear
Regulatory  Commission  or other  governmental  action that is applicable to any
generic category of plants or is based on considerations external to the Station
itself   (including,   but  not  limited  to,   seismological,   meteorological,
hydrological,  demographic or soil conditions). Any outage required to repair or
replace  steam  generators  shall  conclusively  be deemed to constitute a Force
Majeure condition.

         9. Any dispute over the application of the performance standards or any
other disputes  under the Owners  Agreements for Salem and Peach Bottom shall be
the subject of non-binding  mediation prior to resort to any legal process.  All
Parties waive the right to trial by jury in any court  proceeding  involving any
such dispute.

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         10. Intent to Be Legally Bound

         The  Parties  intend that this  Agreement  create  legally  binding and
enforceable  obligations,  and  that  each  of  the  covenants  and  obligations
contained herein may be legally enforced.

                                       9
<PAGE>

         11. Warranty of Enforceabilitv

         Each Party represents,  agrees, and warrants, that this Agreement,  and
each instrument  required hereby to be executed and delivered by it,  constitute
legally valid, binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against each Party.

         12. Assignment

         This  Agreement  may not be  assigned by any Party  hereto  without the
express  written  consent  of each  other  Party  hereto.  The  representations,
warranties,  covenants,  and agreements  contained in this Agreement are for the
sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their  successors and permitted  assigns,
and shall not be  construed  to confer  any right or to avail any  remedy to any
other person.

         13. Governing Law

         This Agreement shall be governed by,  construed,  and interpreted,  and
the rights of the Parties  determined in accordance with, the laws of New Jersey
as it applies to the Salem Station and the laws of Pennsylvania as it applies to
the Peach Bottom Station.

         14 Entire Agreement

         This Agreement contains the entire  understanding of the Parties hereto
in respect of the subject matter  contained  herein.  There are no restrictions,
promises, representations,  warranties, covenants and undertakings governing the
subject  matter  of this  Agreement  other  than  those  expressly  set forth or
referred to herein. To the extent the terms and conditions of this Agreement can
be construed to be  inconsistent  with the terms and conditions of either of the
Owners Agreements, this Agreement supersedes the Owners Agreements and any other
prior agreements and understandings among the Parties hereto with respect to the
rights  and  obligations  of the  Parties  under the Owners  Agreements  and the
obligations of the Owner-operators of the Salem and Peach Bottom Stations.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         15. Waiver of Compliance

         Any  failure  of any  Party  hereto  to  comply  with  any  obligation,
covenant,  agreement or condition herein may be expressly waived in writing,  to
the extent  permitted  under  applicable  law,  by the Party or  Parties  hereto
entitled to the benefit of such obligation,  covenant, agreement or condition. A
waiver or failure to insist  upon  strict  compliance  with any  representation,
warranty,  covenant,  agreement or  condition  shall not operate a waiver of, or
estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

         16. Counterparts

         This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and any
Party hereto may execute any such  counterpart,  each of which when executed and
delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which  counterparts taken
together  shall  constitute  but one and the same  instrument.  it shall  not be
necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce
or account for any of the other counterparts.

         17. Severance

         The Parties agree that if any  provision of this  Agreement is declared
invalid in whole or in part, it will have no effect on the validity of the other
provisions of the Agreement.

         18. Joint Drafting

         This Agreement is the product of the joint drafting of the parties. The
parties agree that no provision of this Agreement shail be construed against any
party as the drafter.

                                       11
<PAGE>


         19. Recitals

The  Recitals  to this  Agreement  are  incorporated  into  and are part of this
Agreement.

                                      PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC
                                      AND GAS COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ R. Edwin Selover
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its:    Senior Vice President
                                              and General Counsel

/s/ E.J. BIGGINS, Jr.
Corporate Secretary

                                      PUBLIC SERVICE ELECTRIC
                                      AND GAS COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ R. Edwin Selover 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its:    Vice President
                                              and General Counsel

/s/ E.J. BIGGINS, Jr.
Corporate Secretary

                                      PECO ENERGY COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ Dikinson M. Smith 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its:  President, PECO Nuclear,
                                            PECO Energy Company

/s/ Katherine K. Combs
Corporate Secretary

                                      DELMARVA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY

Attest:                               By: /s/ H. E. Cosgrove
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its: Chairman, President and C.E.O.

/s/ D. P. Connelly
SECRETARY

                                       12


                                                                   Exhibit 10-4

                               PECO Energy Company
                            Deferred Compensation and
                        Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan
                       (Effective Date: November 1, 1981)
                     (As Amended Through February 23, 1998)


                  The purposes of this plan are to permit the total pension of
executive employees of PECO Energy Company ("PECO") to be determined on a basis
that is no less favorable than for all other employees of PECO, to consolidate
prior deferred compensation agreements with certain of PECO's executive
employees into one document, to offset the impact of deferrals under the PECO
Management Incentive Compensation Plan on the pensions of participating
employees, and to provide uniform rules and regulations of plan administration.
                  PECO therefore adopts the following plan of Deferred
Compensation and Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan (the "Deferred Compensation
Plan" or the "Plan"):
                  1. Administration. This Deferred Compensation Plan shall be
administered by the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of
Directors of PECO (the "Board"). The Committee shall interpret the Deferred
Compensation Plan; make factual determinations; establish such rules and
regulations of plan administration that it deems appropriate; and appoint an
administrator to assist the Committee in its responsibilities. The Committee's
decisions with respect to the construction, administration and interpretation of
the Plan shall be conclusive and binding, unless otherwise determined by the
Board. The cost of the plan administration shall be paid by PECO, and shall not
be charged against the deferred accounts of Plan participants.

                                       


<PAGE>



                  2. Eligibility. Eligibility under the Deferred Compensation
Plan is restricted to key management employees whose eligibility is determined
by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any employee who contributes an
amount to the Deferred Compensation Plan through PECO's Management Incentive
Compensation Plan shall be automatically eligible to participate in the Deferred
Compensation Plan to the extent of such contribution.
                  3.  Deferrals.
                      (a) Subject to such rules and procedures as the Committee
deems appropriate, each eligible employee may elect in writing (i) effective
November 1, 1981 (the "Effective Date"), to receive a portion of his or her
future cash compensation as deferred compensation, provided each such election
is made prior to the period with respect to which the compensation is earned or
otherwise payable, (ii) effective June 1, 1988 to receive all or a portion of
his or her future awards under the PECO Management Incentive Compensation Plan
as deferred compensation, provided each such election is made prior to the end
of the calendar year with respect to which the award is calculated, and (iii)
effective November 25, 1996 to receive all or a portion (in increments of 1%) of
the lump sum payment pursuant to Paragraph 9(b)(1), below, as deferred
compensation, provided such election is made prior to the calendar year in which
such lump sum is scheduled to be paid and at least ninety (90) days prior to the
date such lump sum is scheduled to be paid.
                     Deferred amounts shall be credited to a deferral account in
the participant's name ("Deferral Account") for later distribution. Each
participant's Deferral Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only, and PECO shall
not be required to fund the Deferral Account. Any

                                                                             -2-


<PAGE>



assets that may be held by PECO to fund a Deferral Account shall at all times
remain unrestricted assets of PECO in its corporate capacity and not as
fiduciary, and shall be subject to the claims of PECO's general creditors.
Pending distribution, after the Effective Date each participant's Deferral
Account shall be credited with earnings or interest as provide in Paragraph
3(b).

                                   (b) (1) For purposes of measuring the
         earnings or losses credited to his Deferral Account, the participant
         may select, from among the investment vehicles available from time to
         time under the PECO Energy Company Employee Savings Plan (the "Savings
         Plan"), the investment media in which all or part of his Deferral
         Account shall be deemed to be invested.
                                   (2) The participant shall make an investment
         designation in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee or its
         designee, which shall remain effective until another valid designation
         has been made by the participant as herein provided. The participant
         may amend his investment designation at such times and in such manner
         as prescribed by the Committee or its designee. A timely change to the
         participant's investment designation shall become effective as soon as
         administratively practicable.
                                   (3) The investment media deemed to be made
         available to the participant, and any limitation on the maximum or
         minimum percentages of the participant's Deferral Account that may be
         deemed to be invested in any particular medium, shall be the same as
         available or in effect from time-to-time under the Savings Plan.

                                                                             -3-


<PAGE>



                                   (4) Except as provided below, the
         participant's Deferral Account shall be deemed to be invested in
         accordance with his investment designations, and the Deferral Account
         shall be credited with earnings (or losses) as if invested as directed
         by the participant. If --
                                        (i) the participant does not furnish
               complete investment instructions, or
                                        (ii) the investment instructions from
               the participant are unclear,
         then the Deferral Account shall be credited with interest compounded
         and adjusted monthly, at a rate equal to the prime commercial lending
         rate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. in effect at the opening of
         business on the 15th day of each month (or if such day is a
         non-business day, on the first business day thereafter) plus 1/2 of 1%.
         The Deferral Accounts maintained pursuant to this Plan are for
         bookkeeping purposes only and PECO is under no obligation to invest
         such amounts.
                     PECO shall provide a statement to the participant not less
         frequently than annually showing such information as is appropriate,
         including the aggregate amount in his Deferral Account, as of a
         reasonably current date.
                  4. Prior Deferrals. The status of prior deferrals under
individual contracts of deferred compensation shall be determined under the
respective individual contracts until the Effective Date. After the Effective
Date, in consideration of the supplemental pension benefit under Paragraph 9
below, the participant shall surrender any and all rights in amounts previously
credited for additional pension benefits under individual contracts and the
accumulated interest

                                                                             -4-


<PAGE>



thereon (excluding amounts allocable for preretirement contingent annuitant
option coverage). The balance of the employee's deferred compensation (including
amounts allocable for preretirement contingent annuitant option coverage with
interest thereon) shall be credited to his or her Deferral Account. Those
employees with prior deferrals who have retired or otherwise separated from
service prior to the Effective Date shall not participate in the Deferred
Compensation Plan, and their rights shall be determined under the respective
individual contracts.
                  5. Distributions. If the participant's employment with PECO is
terminated for retirement, the amount standing to a participant's Deferral
Account shall be distributed to the participant commencing after the
participant's separation from service when the participant's accrued benefit
begins to be paid under PECO's Service Annuity Plan. Distributions shall be paid
monthly over 15 consecutive twelve-month periods.
                  Each payment shall be determined by multiplying the balance
remaining to the credit of the Deferral Account at the beginning of such
twelve-month period (including earnings or interest credited under Paragraph
3(b)) by a fraction, the numerator of which is "1" and the denominator of which
is the number of twelve-month periods (including the current period) for which
payments are yet to be made. If application of the foregoing would result in a
payment for any twelve-month period of less than $12,000 the amount payable for
such period shall be at the rate of $12,000 per twelve-month period, until the
Deferral Account is exhausted. Any unpaid balance in the Deferral Account shall
be credited with earnings or interest as provided in Paragraph 3(b). If the
participant is ineligible to receive benefits under the Service Annuity Plan,

                                                                             -5-


<PAGE>



benefits will begin to be paid on or about the first business day of the month
following the later of the month the participant reaches age 65 or actually
retires.
                  In any calendar year prior to the calendar year in which
payments are scheduled to begin and at least ninety (90) days prior to the date
such payments are scheduled to begin, a participant may elect to receive the
amounts payable hereunder in such other manner as is acceptable to the
Committee, provided that no such election shall accelerate the commencement of
benefits, and provided further that any such election to receive periodic
installments determined by application of a formula based, in part, on
investment return assumptions may subsequently be amended irrevocably to provide
for installments thereafter in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the initial
periodic installment received by the participant or (ii) the most recent
periodic installment received by the participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
however, a participant who retires from employment with PECO under any early
retirement incentive arrangement or non-recurring reduction in force (including,
but not limited to, the 1990 Special Retirement and Service Completion Plan, the
1993 Nuclear Voluntary Retirement Plan, the 1993 Nuclear Voluntary Separation
Plan, the 1993 Nuclear Involuntary Separation Plan, the 1994 Voluntary
Retirement Incentive Plan ("1994 VRIP") and the 1994 Voluntary Separation
Incentive Plan ("1994 VSIP")) may, prior to separation from service with PECO,
make a one-time irrevocable election to receive a lump sum distribution of his
or her account (or, in the case of a retirement under the 1994 VRIP or VSIP, a
distribution paid over a period of three (3) years or in such other manner as
may be acceptable to the Committee) in accordance with the terms of such
arrangement or reduction in force and, if such election is approved by PECO,
receive such a distribution upon his or her retirement. If at any time a

                                                                             -6-


<PAGE>



participant's employment with PECO is terminated (other than for retirement),
unless otherwise directed by the Committee, he or she shall receive his or her
account balance (with accrued earnings or interest) in a lump sum upon
termination of employment with PECO, determined as of the date of separation
from service.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant whose employment
with PECO was terminated for retirement and who is receiving installment
payments of his or her Deferral Account ("a retired participant"), or the
beneficiary of a deceased retired participant, may elect to receive 90% of the
balance of his or her Deferral Account in a lump sum. The remaining 10% of the
balance of his or her Deferral Account shall be forfeited.
                  6. Death Benefits. Each participant shall designate a
beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any payments provided under Paragraphs 3
or 4 after the participant's death. The beneficiaries, and any priority or
allocation between them, shall be designated in the manner specified by the
Committee. If a participant dies before the entire balance in his or her
Deferral Account has been paid out, the remaining balance shall be paid in the
same form and number of installments as would have been the case had the
participant lived (and terminated his or her employment on the date of his or
her death, if he or she died while in the employment of PECO). If the
participant is not survived by a designated beneficiary, the participant's
beneficiary shall be the participant's spouse, if living, or otherwise, the
participant's estate. If a beneficiary survives the participant but dies before
the entire balance payable to him or her has been distributed, any remaining
balance shall be paid to the beneficiary's estate. In the absence of contrary
proof, the participant shall be deemed to have survived any designated
beneficiary. A participant may change his or her beneficiary designation under
this Paragraph at any time until

                                                                             -7-


<PAGE>



his or her death by filing a written beneficiary designation with the Company,
in the manner specified by the Committee.
                  7. Financial Hardship. The Committee may, in its discretion,
direct that a participant be paid an amount in cash (not in excess of the
balance of his or her Deferral Account) sufficient to meet a financial hardship.
Financial hardship shall mean (a) medical care for the participant, a member of
his or her family, or any other person for whom the participant wishes or is
legally required to provide such care; (b) education costs for a participant,
spouse or child; (c) acquiring, constructing or renovating the participant's
principal residence; or (d) other similar substantial and nonrecurring expenses
for the welfare of the participant and his or her dependents, as the Committee
shall determine in its sole discretion. To preserve the tax benefits of the
deferral program, the Committee may require evidence of financial hardship.
                  8. No Assignment or Alienation of Benefits. Except as
hereinafter provided with respect to marital disputes, a participant's Deferral
Account may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or alienated. In cases
of marital dispute, PECO will observe the terms of the Plan unless and until
ordered to do otherwise by a state or Federal court. As a condition of
participation, a participant agrees to hold PECO harmless from any claim that
arises out of PECO's obeying the final order of any state or Federal court,
whether such order effects a judgment of such court or is issued to enforce a
judgment or order of another court.
                  9. Supplemental Pension Benefit.
                     (a) PECO will supplement a participant's monthly pension or
preretirement death benefit payable under the Service Annuity Plan by the amount
which is the difference, if any, between such pension or preretirement death
benefit and the monthly pension

                                                                             -8-


<PAGE>



or preretirement death benefit which would have been payable under the Service
Annuity Plan as if: (i) the provisions of that Plan were administered without
regard to the maximum benefit limitations or the maximum compensation
limitations imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (ii)
for purposes of calculating the participant's benefit under Section 3.1(a) (the
"2% accrued" formula), the participant's salary includes in the year payable
(whether or not deferred) the amount of any award under PECO's Management
Incentive Compensation Plan or the prior Incentive Compensation Plan; (iii) for
purposes of calculating the participant's benefit under Section 3.1(b) (the
"minimum" formula), the participant's annual base salary includes the amount of
any award under PECO's Management Incentive Compensation Plan, whether paid
currently or deferred, and in either case imputed ratably over the months worked
by the participant in the year earned; and (iv) for purposes of both benefit
formulas under the Service Annuity Plan, the participant's salary had not been
reduced (whether before or after the Effective Date) in connection with a
deferral of cash compensation. In addition, for any participant whose
compensation is established by the Board, such supplemental benefit will also
reflect the following adjustment: for purposes of calculating the participant's
benefit under Section 3.1(b) (the "minimum" formula), the participant's annual
base salary shall include the amount of any award under PECO's prior Incentive
Compensation Plan, whether paid currently or deferred, and in either case
imputed ratably over the months worked by the participant in the year earned.
Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, or as otherwise elected by the
participant under this Paragraph, supplemental pension and death benefits will
be in the same form and paid to the employee (or on his or her behalf, to his or
her beneficiaries) in the same manner as payment of retirement and death
benefits under the Service Annuity Plan. This supplement shall

                                                                             -9-


<PAGE>



also reflect to the appropriate extent any post-retirement benefit increases
with respect to benefits under the Service Annuity Plan.
                           (b) (1) In any calendar year before the year of
         retirement but in no event less than ninety days prior to retirement, a
         participant, while employed by PECO, may elect to receive the present
         value of all or a portion (in increments of 25%) of the supplemental
         retirement benefit payable to the participant under Paragraph 9(a) in a
         lump sum at retirement; provided, however, that no such election shall
         accelerate the commencement of benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
         however, a participant who retires from employment with PECO under any
         early retirement incentive arrangement or non-recurring reduction in
         force (including, but not limited to, the 1990 Special Retirement and
         Service Completion Plan, the 1993 Nuclear Voluntary Retirement
         Incentive Plan, the 1993 Nuclear Voluntary Separation Plan, the 1993
         Nuclear Involuntary Separation Plan, the 1994 Voluntary Retirement
         Incentive Plan and the 1994 Voluntary Separation Incentive Plan) may,
         prior to separation from service with PECO, make a one-time irrevocable
         election to receive a lump sum distribution of the present value of all
         or a portion of the supplemental retirement benefit payable to the
         participant under Paragraph 9(a) in accordance with the terms of such
         arrangement or reduction in force and, if such election is approved by
         PECO, receive such a distribution upon his or her retirement.
                               (2) The present value of amounts payable in a
         lump sum pursuant to this Paragraph 9(b) will be actuarially determined
         by discounting the expected stream of annuity payments (based upon the
         life expectancy of the participant and, if

                                                                            -10-


<PAGE>



         applicable, the life expectancy of the participant's beneficiary as
         provided under the Contingent Annuity Option of the PECO Service
         Annuity Plan, determined as of the date of payment under the mortality
         table used in the most recent actuarial analysis of the PECO Service
         Annuity Plan) at a rate equivalent to the Pension Benefit Guaranty
         Corporation (PBGC) Immediate Annuity Rate in effect on January 1 of the
         year of retirement; provided, however, that a lump sum payable pursuant
         to a lump sum election made prior to June 1, 1993 (even if such
         election was later modified to apply to a lesser portion of the amount
         payable) shall be valued using the PBGC Immediate Annuity Rate in
         effect during the month in which the election is made, if the use of
         such rate would result in a larger lump sum payment. Such calculation
         shall reflect the Contingent Annuity Option benefit under the PECO
         Service Annuity Plan if the participant otherwise satisfies the
         conditions for that benefit, but shall not reflect any possible
         post-retirement benefit increases; provided, however, that, if the
         participant's Contingent Annuity Option election under the PECO Service
         Annuity Plan is not irrevocable at the time the lump sum payment is
         made hereunder, the participant will receive an initial lump sum
         payment reflecting the Contingent Annuity Option resulting in the
         smallest lump sum payment from the Deferred Compensation Plan and, at
         age 65 (or at the participant's death, if earlier), a payment will be
         made to the participant (or his or her beneficiary) equal to the
         balance due the participant (which shall be the present value of the
         difference between the value of the total pension payable to the
         participant or beneficiary at such time over the sum of the value of
         benefits payable to the participant or beneficiary under the Service
         Annuity Plan and the lump sum previously paid, taking into account the
         Contingent

                                                                            -11-


<PAGE>



         Annuity Option then in effect, the Contingent Annuity Option in effect
         between retirement and age 65, and increases in benefit payable under
         the Service Annuity Plan due to adjustment of Internal Revenue Code
         limitations, and reflecting the interest rate used to calculate the
         prior lump sum). The specific calculation methodology and manner of
         payment, which will be made in a manner acceptable to the Committee,
         will be applied in a uniform, non-discriminatory fashion. An election
         made pursuant to Paragraph 9(b)(1), once made, shall be irrevocable;
         provided, however, that a participant who made an election prior to
         June 1, 1993 to receive the entire supplemental retirement benefit
         payable to the participant hereunder in a lump sum may, while employed
         by PECO, make one subsequent election on or after June 1, 1993 to
         receive less than the full benefit in a lump sum, subject to the timing
         limitations described in Paragraph 9(b)(1).
                           (c) (1) A participant may elect to have supplemental
         death benefits under Paragraph 9(a) paid to such beneficiary or
         beneficiaries as the participant may designate in writing, in the
         manner specified by the Committee. A change in beneficiary designation
         may be made at any time until the participant's death, notwithstanding
         that the form and amount of the benefit may be fixed upon the
         participant's termination of employment with PECO. In the absence of a
         written beneficiary designation, death benefits will be paid to the
         beneficiary or beneficiaries entitled to the participant's survivor and
         death benefits under the Service Annuity Plan.
                                (2) Should a participant who has made a lump sum
         election as described in Paragraph 9(b)(1) prior to June 1, 1993 die
         between the time such election is made and the date payments are
         scheduled to begin, the present value of supplemental

                                                                            -12-


<PAGE>



         death benefits payable to the participant's beneficiary under Paragraph
         9(a) shall be paid in a lump sum to the participant's beneficiary as
         soon as administratively practicable following the participant's death;
         provided, however, that the participant has not made a contrary
         election pursuant to the following sentence. In accordance with
         procedures prescribed by the Committee, a participant (including a
         participant described in the preceding sentence), while employed by
         PECO, may elect, or revoke or change a prior election, to have the
         present value of all or a portion of the supplemental death benefits
         payable to the participant's beneficiary under Paragraph 9(a) paid to
         the beneficiary in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable
         following the participant's death; provided, however, that such
         election, or revocation or change, will not be effective unless made in
         any calendar year prior to the year in which the participant dies and
         at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of such participant's
         death.
                              (3) The present value of amounts payable in a lump
         sum pursuant to Paragraph 9(c)(2) will be actuarially determined by
         discounting the expected stream of annuity payments (based upon the
         beneficiary's life expectancy determined as of the date of payment
         under the mortality table used in the most recent actuarial analysis of
         the PECO Service Annuity Plan) at a rate equivalent to the Pension
         Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) Immediate Annuity Rate in effect on
         January 1 of the year of the participant's death; provided, however,
         that a lump sum payable to the beneficiary of a participant who made a
         lump sum election under this Paragraph 9 prior to June 1, 1993 (even if
         such election was later modified, or revoked and reinstated, with
         respect to the participant's beneficiary) shall be valued using the
         PBGC Immediate Annuity Rate in

                                                                            -13-


<PAGE>



         effect during the month such election was made, if the use of such rate
         would result in a larger lump sum payment
                  10. Participation in Management Group Deferred Compensation
Plan. A participant in the Company's Management Group Deferred Compensation Plan
who becomes eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan shall
cease to participate in the Management Group Deferred Compensation Plan, and all
benefits payable to the participant with respect to either plan shall be
provided under the Deferred Compensation Plan. The participant shall be credited
with a Deferral Account under the Deferred Compensation Plan equal to the value
of his or her Deferral Account under the Management Group Deferred Compensation
Plan, and the participant's supplemental pension benefit (if any) shall be
determined as though the employee had participated in the Deferred Compensation
Plan during the period he or she was a participant in the Management Group
Deferred Compensation Plan. The Committee shall establish such rules and
regulations with respect to transferred participants as it deems appropriate to
assure that any participant is not disadvantaged by the transfer.
                  11. Amendment or Discontinuance. The Deferred Compensation
Plan may be altered, amended, suspended, or terminated at any time by the Board,
provided that no such action shall result in the distribution of amounts
credited to the Deferral Accounts of all participants in any manner than is
otherwise provided in this Plan, nor shall such action reduce the availability
of amounts previously deferred. The rules relating to distribution may be
generally altered or specifically waived by the Committee in its sole
discretion, but no such action shall reduce the availability of amounts
previously deferred unless it is necessary to do so to preserve the tax deferral
on amounts deferred.

                                                                            -14-


<PAGE>



                  12. No Right to Continued Employment. The Deferred
Compensation Plan shall not confer upon any person any right to be continued in
the employment of PECO.
                  13. Governing Law. The Deferred Compensation Plan shall be
governed by the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

                                   APPENDIX A

                  WHEREAS, Edward G. Bauer, Jr. (Bauer) and William F. Thompson
(Thompson) were each awarded supplemental pension credits by Board resolution to
reflect prior service;
                  WHEREAS, the Company has been advised that such supplemental
pension benefits cannot be paid under the Service Annuity Plan, but may be paid
under the Company's Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan.
                  NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved that the Company shall
supplement the monthly pension or preretirement death benefit payable under the
Service Annuity Plan to Bauer and Thompson or their beneficiaries as follows.
The amount of the supplement payable to each shall be the difference, if any,
between such pension or preretirement death benefit and the monthly pension or
preretirement death benefit which would have been payable to him under the
Service Annuity Plan if, in the case of Bauer seven additional years, and in the
case of Thompson, six additional years, of past service credits had been
credited thereunder and were used to calculate his benefits. This supplement
shall be paid under the Company's Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Pension
Benefit Plan (the "Deferred Compensation Plan"), and shall also reflect to the
appropriate extent any post-retirement benefit increases granted with

                                       A-1


<PAGE>



respect to benefits under the Service Annuity Plan. Supplemental pension and
death benefits will be paid in the same form to Bauer and Thompson (or on their
behalf, to their beneficiaries) in the same manner as payment of retirement and
death benefits under the Service Annuity Plan, except the Committee which
administers the Deferred Compensation Plan may, in its sole discretion,
accelerate the payment of benefits to a beneficiary.

                                       A-2


<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                  WHEREAS, the Company has committed to grant Corbin A. McNeill,
Jr. supplemental service credit for purposes of determining his pension amount
as part of the consideration for his accepting employment with the Company, and
                  WHEREAS, the Company desires that the benefit resulting from
such service credit be paid under the Company's Deferred Compensation and
Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan (the "Deferred Compensation Plan").
                  NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved, that the Deferred Compensation
Plan is hereby amended with respect to Mr. McNeill to provide the following:
                  1. If Mr. McNeill's employment with the Company terminates
after he has nonforfeitable rights to a pension payable under the Service
Annuity Plan, the Company will supplement Mr. McNeill's pension or, in the case
of a pre-retirement death benefit, Mr. McNeill's beneficiary's pension, by the
additional amount which would be payable under the Service Annuity Plan if Mr.
McNeill's service for purposes of calculating benefits is increased by twenty
additional years.
                  2. Payments authorized under this Resolution shall be in the
form and manner provided under Paragraph 9 of the Deferred Compensation Plan,
including any post-retirement benefit increases and settlement options otherwise
applicable to payments thereunder.
                  3. In all other respects, the Deferred Compensation Plan shall
remain in full force and effect as to Mr. McNeill.

                                       C-1

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX D

                  WHEREAS, the Company is committed to grant Joseph A. Carter
and James W. Durham supplemental service credit for purposes of determining each
of their pension amount as part of the consideration for each of their accepting
employment with the Company, and
                  WHEREAS, the Company desires that the benefits resulting from
such service credit be paid under the Company's Deferred Compensation and
Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan (the "Deferred Compensation Plan").
                  NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved, that the Deferred Compensation
Plan is hereby amended with respect to Mr. Carter and Mr. Durham to provide the
following:
                  1. If the employment of Mr. Carter or Mr. Durham with the
Company terminates after he has nonforfeitable rights to a pension payable under
the Service Annuity Plan, the Company will supplement the individual's pension
or, in the case of the pre-retirement death benefit, the individual's
beneficiary pension, by the additional amount which would be payable under the
Service Annuity Plan if the individual's service for purposes of calculating
benefits were supplemented by an additional year of service for each completed
year of service, to a maximum of 10 additional years of service.
                  2. Payments authorized under this resolution shall be in the
form and manner provided under Paragraph 9 of the Deferred Compensation Plan,
including any post-retirement benefit increases and settlement options otherwise
applicable to payments thereunder.
                  3. In all other respects, the Deferred Compensation Plan shall
remain in full force and effect as to Mr. Carter and Mr. Durham.

                                       D-1

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX E

                  WHEREAS, the Company is committed to grant William J. Kaschub
and Gwendolyn S. King supplemental service credit for purposes of determining
each of their pension amounts as part of the consideration for each of their
accepting employment with the Company, and
                  WHEREAS, the Company desires that the benefits resulting from
such service credit be paid under the Company's Deferred Compensation and
Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan (the "Deferred Compensation Plan").
                  NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved, that the Deferred Compensation
Plan is hereby amended with respect to Mr. Kaschub and Ms. King to provide the
following:
                  1. If the employment of Mr. Kaschub or Ms. King with the
Company terminates after the individual has nonforfeitable rights to a pension
payable under the Service Annuity Plan, the Company will supplement the
individual's pension or, in the case of the pre-retirement death benefit, the
pension of the individual's beneficiary, by the additional amount which would be
payable under the Service Annuity Plan if the individual's service for purposes
of calculating benefits were supplemented by an additional year of service for
each completed year of service, to a maximum of 10 additional years of service.
                  2. Payments authorized under this resolution shall be in the
form and manner provided under Paragraph 9 of the Deferred Compensation Plan,
including any post-retirement benefit increases and settlement options otherwise
applicable to payments thereunder.
                  3. In all other respects, the Deferred Compensation Plan shall
remain in full force and effect as to Mr. Kaschub and Ms. King.

                                       E-1

<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX F

                  WHEREAS, the Company has committed to grant William L. Bardeen
supplemental service credit for purposes of determining his pension amount as
part of the consideration for his accepting employment with the Company, and
                  WHEREAS, the Company desires that the benefit resulting from
such service credit be paid under the Company's Deferred Compensation and
Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan (the "Deferred Compensation Plan").
                  NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved, that the Deferred Compensation
Plan is hereby amended with respect to Mr. Bardeen to provide the following:
                  1. If Mr. Bardeen's employment with the Company terminates
after he has nonforfeitable rights to a pension payable under the Service
Annuity Plan, the Company will supplement Mr. Bardeen's pension or, in the case
of a pre-retirement death benefit, the pension of Mr. Bardeen's beneficiary, by
the additional amount which would be payable under the Service Annuity Plan if
Mr. Bardeen's service for purposes of calculating benefits is increased by
twenty additional years.
                  2. Payments authorized under this Resolution shall be in the
form and manner provided under Paragraph 9 of the Deferred Compensation Plan,
including any post-retirement benefit increases and settlement options otherwise
applicable to payments thereunder.
                  3. In all other respects, the Deferred Compensation Plan shall
remain in full force and effect as to Mr. Bardeen.


                                       F-1


                                                                   Exhibit 10-5


                               PECO Energy Company
                   Management Group Deferred Compensation and
                        Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan
                         (Effective Date: June 1, 1988)
                     (As Amended Through February 23, 1998)


                  The purposes of this plan are to permit the total pension of
certain management employees of PECO Energy Company ("PECO") and to offset the
impact of deferrals under the PECO Management Incentive Compensation Plan on the
pensions of participating employees, and to provide uniform rules and
regulations of plan administration.
                  PECO therefore adopts the following Management Group Deferred
Compensation and Supplemental Pension Benefit Plan (the "Management Group
Deferred Compensation Plan" or the "Plan"):
                  1. Administration. This Management Group Deferred Compensation
Plan shall be administered by the Vice President - Finance and Accounting of
PECO (the "Administrator") or such other individual or individuals as may be
designated by the Board of Directors of PECO (the "Board"). The Administrator
shall interpret the Management Group Deferred Compensation Plan, make factual
determinations, and establish such rules and regulations of plan administration
that he deems appropriate. The Administrator's decisions with respect to the
construction, administration and interpretation of the Plan shall be conclusive
and binding, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The cost of the plan
administration shall be paid by PECO, and shall not be charged against the
deferred accounts of Plan participants.


<PAGE>



                  2. Eligibility. Eligibility under the Management Group
Deferred Compensation Plan is restricted to key management employees who are
eligible to participate in the PECO Management Incentive Compensation Plan, but
who are not eligible to participate in the Company's previously adopted Deferred
Compensation Plan.
                  3. Deferrals.
                       (a) Each eligible employee may elect in writing to
receive all or a portion of his or her future awards under the PECO Management
Incentive Compensation Plan as deferred compensation, subject to such rules and
procedures as the Administrator deems appropriate. Each such election shall be
made prior to the end of the calendar year with respect to which the award is
calculated. Effective November 25, 1996, each eligible employee may elect in
writing to receive all or a portion (in increments of 1%) of the lump sum
payment pursuant to Paragraph 8(b)(1) below, as deferred compensation, provided
each such election is made prior to the calendar year in which payments are
scheduled to begin and at least ninety (90) days prior to the date such payments
are scheduled to begin.
                  Deferred amounts shall be credited to a deferral account in
the participant's name ("Deferral Account") for later distribution. Each
participant's Deferral Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only, and PECO shall
not be required to fund the Deferral Account. Any assets that may be held by
PECO to fund a Deferral Account shall at all times remain unrestricted assets of
PECO in its corporate capacity and not as fiduciary, and shall be subject to the
claims of PECO's general creditors. Pending distribution, each participant's
Deferral Account shall be credited with earnings or interest as provide in
Paragraph 3(b).

                                                                             -2-


<PAGE>



                           (b) (1) For purposes of measuring the earnings or
         losses credited to his Deferral Account, the participant may select,
         from among the investment vehicles available from time to time under
         the PECO Energy Company Employee Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan"), the
         investment media in which all or part of his Deferral Account shall be
         deemed to be invested.
                                (2) The participant shall make an investment
         designation in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee or its
         designee, which shall remain effective until another valid designation
         has been made by the participant as herein provided. The participant
         may amend his investment designation at such times and in such manner
         as prescribed by the Committee or its designee. A timely change to the
         participant's investment designation shall become effective as soon as
         administratively practicable.
                                (3) The investment media deemed to be made
         available to the participant, and any limitation on the maximum or
         minimum percentages of the participant's Deferral Account that may be
         deemed to be invested in any particular medium, shall be the same as
         available or in effect from time-to-time under the Savings Plan.
                                (4) Except as provided below, the participant's
         Deferral Account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with his
         investment designations, and the Deferral Account shall be credited
         with earnings (or losses) as if invested as directed by the
         participant. If --

                                                                             -3-


<PAGE>



                                    (i) the participant does not furnish
                  complete investment instructions, or
                                    (ii) the investment instructions from the
                  participant are unclear, then the Deferral Account shall be
                  credited with interest compounded and adjusted monthly, at a
                  rate equal to the prime commercial lending rate of The Chase
                  Manhattan Bank, N.A. in effect at the opening of business on
                  the 15th day of each month (or if such day is a non-business
                  day, on the first business day thereafter) plus 1/2 of 1%. The
                  Deferral Accounts maintained pursuant to this Plan are for
                  bookkeeping purposes only and PECO is under no obligation to
                  invest such amounts.
                  PECO shall provide a statement to the participant not less
frequently than annually showing such information as is appropriate, including
the aggregate amount in his Deferral Account, as of a reasonably current date.
                  4. Distributions. If the participant's employment with PECO is
terminated for retirement, the amount standing to a participant's Deferral
Account shall be distributed to the participant commencing after the
participant's separation from service when the participant's accrued benefit
begins to be paid under PECO's Service Annuity Plan. Distributions shall be paid
monthly over 15 consecutive twelve-month periods.
                  Each payment shall be determined by multiplying the balance
remaining to the credit of the Deferral Account at the beginning of such
twelve-month period (including earnings or interest credited under Paragraph
3(b)) by a fraction, the numerator of which is "1" and the denominator of which
is the number of twelve-month periods (including the current period) for

                                                                             -4-


<PAGE>



which payments are yet to be made. If application of the foregoing would result
in a payment for any twelve-month period of less than $12,000 the amount payable
for such period shall be at the rate of $12,000 per twelve-month period, until
the Deferral Account is exhausted. Any unpaid balance in the Deferral Account
shall be credited with earnings or interest as provided in Paragraph 3(b).
                  In any calendar year prior to the calendar year in which
payments are scheduled to begin and at least ninety (90) days prior to the date
such payments are scheduled to begin, a participant may elect to receive the
amounts payable hereunder in such other manner as is acceptable to the
Administrator, provided that no such election shall accelerate the commencement
of benefits, and provided further that any such election to receive periodic
installments determined by application of a formula based, in part, on
investment return assumptions may subsequently be amended irrevocably to provide
for installments thereafter in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the initial
periodic installment received by the participant or (ii) the most recent
periodic installment received by the participant.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a participant who
retires from employment with PECO under any early retirement incentive
arrangement or non-recurring reduction in force (including, but not limited to,
the 1990 Special Retirement and Service Completion Plan, the 1993 Nuclear
Voluntary Retirement Incentive Plan, the 1993 Nuclear Voluntary Separation Plan,
the 1993 Nuclear Involuntary Separation Plan, the 1994 Voluntary Retirement
Incentive Plan ("1994 VRIP"), and the 1994 Voluntary Separation Incentive Plan
("1994 VSIP")) may, prior to separation from service with PECO, make a one-time
irrevocable election to receive a lump-sum distribution of his or her account
(or, in the case of a retirement

                                                                             -5-


<PAGE>



under the 1994 VRIP or VSIP, a distribution paid over a period of three (3)
years or in such other manner as may be acceptable to the Administrator) in
accordance with the terms of such arrangement or reduction in force and, if such
election is approved by PECO, receive such a distribution upon his or her
retirement.

                  If at any time a participant's employment with PECO is
terminated other than for retirement, unless otherwise directed by the
Administrator, he or she shall receive his or her account balance (with accrued
earnings or interest) in a lump sum upon termination of employment with PECO,
determined as of the date of separation from service.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant whose employment
with PECO was terminated for retirement and who is receiving installment
payments of his or her Deferral Account ("a retired participant"), or the
beneficiary of a deceased retired participant, may elect to receive 90% of the
balance of his or her Deferral Account in a lump sum. The remaining 10% of the
balance of his or her Deferral Account shall be forfeited.
                  5. Death Benefits. Each participant shall designate a
beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any payments under Paragraph 4 after the
participant's death. The beneficiaries, and any priority or allocation between
them, shall be designated in the manner specified by the Administrator. If a
participant dies before the entire balance in his or her Deferral Account has
been paid out, the remaining balance shall be paid in the same form and number
of installments as would have been the case had the participant lived (and
terminated his or her employment on the date of his or her death, if he or she
died while in the employment of PECO). If the participant is not survived by a
designated beneficiary, the participant's

                                                                             -6-


<PAGE>



beneficiary shall be the participant's spouse, if living, or otherwise, the
participant's estate. If a beneficiary survives the participant but dies before
the entire balance payable to him or her has been distributed, any remaining
balance shall be paid to the beneficiary's estate. In the absence of contrary
proof, the participant shall be deemed to have survived any designated
beneficiary.
                  A participant may change his or her beneficiary designation
under this Paragraph at any time until his or her death by filing a written
beneficiary designation with the Company, in the manner specified by the
Administrator.
                  6. Financial Hardship. The Administrator may, in his
discretion, direct that a participant be paid an amount in cash (not in excess
of the balance of his or her Deferral Account) sufficient to meet a financial
hardship. Financial hardship shall mean (a) medical care for the participant, a
member of his or her family, or any other person for whom the participant wishes
or is legally required to provide such care; (b) education costs for a
participant, spouse or child; (c) acquiring, constructing or renovating the
participant's principal residence; or (d) other similar substantial and
nonrecurring expenses for the welfare of the participant and his or her
dependents, as the Administrator shall determine in his sole discretion. To
preserve the tax benefits of the deferral program, the Administrator may require
evidence of financial hardship.
                  7. No Assignment or Alienation of Benefits. Except as
hereinafter provided with respect to marital disputes, a participant's Deferral
Account may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or alienated. In cases
of marital dispute, PECO will observe the terms of the Plan unless and until
ordered to do otherwise by a state or Federal court. As a condition of
participation, a participant agrees to hold PECO harmless from any claim that
arises out of

                                                                             -7-


<PAGE>



PECO's obeying the final order of any state or Federal court, whether such order
effects a judgment of such court or is issued to enforce a judgment or order of
another court.
                  8. Supplemental Pension Benefit.
                       (a) PECO will supplement a participant's monthly pension
or preretirement death benefit payable under the Service Annuity Plan by the
amount which is the difference, if any, between such pension or preretirement
death benefit and the monthly pension or preretirement death benefit which would
have been payable under the Service Annuity Plan as if: (i) the provisions of
that Plan were administered without regard to the maximum benefit limitations or
the maximum compensation limitations imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended; (ii) for purposes of calculating the participant's benefit
under Section 3.1(a) (the "2% accrued" formula), the participant's salary
includes in the year payable (whether or not deferred) the amount of any award
under PECO's Management Incentive Compensation Plan; and (iii) for purposes of
calculating the participant's benefit under Section 3.1(b) (the "minimum"
formula), the participant's annual base salary includes the amount of any award
under PECO's Management Incentive Compensation Plan, whether paid currently or
deferred, and in either case imputed ratably over the months worked by the
participant in the year earned. Except as otherwise determined by the
Administrator, or as otherwise elected by the participant under this Paragraph,
supplemental pension and death benefits will be in the same form and paid to the
employee (or on his or her behalf, to his or her beneficiaries) in the same
manner as payment of retirement and death benefits under the Service Annuity
Plan. This supplement shall also reflect to the appropriate extent any
post-retirement benefit increases with respect to benefits under the Service
Annuity Plan.

                                                                             -8-


<PAGE>



                           (b) (1) In any calendar year before the year of
         retirement but in no event less than ninety days prior to retirement, a
         participant, while employed by PECO, may elect to receive the present
         value of all or a portion (in increments of 25%) of the supplemental
         retirement benefit payable to the participant under Paragraph 8(a) in a
         lump sum at retirement; provided, however, that no such election shall
         accelerate the commencement of benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
         however, a participant who retires from employment with PECO under any
         early retirement incentive arrangement or non-recurring reduction in
         force (including, but not limited to, the 1990 Special Retirement and
         Service Completion Plan, the 1993 Nuclear Voluntary Retirement
         Incentive Plan, the 1993 Nuclear Voluntary Separation Plan, the 1993
         Nuclear Involuntary Separation Plan, the 1994 Voluntary Retirement
         Incentive Plan and the 1994 Voluntary Separation Incentive Plan) may,
         prior to separation from service with PECO, make a one-time irrevocable
         election to receive a lump-sum distribution of the present value of all
         or a portion of the supplemental retirement benefit payable to the
         participant under Paragraph 8(a) in accordance with the terms of such
         arrangement or reduction in force and, if such election is approved by
         PECO, receive such a distribution upon his or her retirement.
                      (2)     The present value of amounts payable in a lump sum
         pursuant to this Paragraph 8(b) will be actuarially determined by
         discounting the expected stream of annuity payments (based upon the
         life expectancy of the participant and, if applicable, the life
         expectancy of the participant's beneficiary as provided under the
         Contingent Annuity Option of the PECO Service Annuity Plan, determined
         as of the date

                                                                             -9-


<PAGE>



         of payment under the mortality table used in the most recent actuarial
         analysis of the PECO Service Annuity Plan) at a rate equivalent to the
         Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) Immediate Annuity Rate in
         effect on January 1 of the year of retirement; provided, however, that
         a lump sum payable pursuant to a lump sum election made prior to June
         1, 1993 (even if such election was later modified to apply to a lesser
         portion of the amount payable) shall be valued using the PBGC Immediate
         Annuity Rate in effect during the month in which the election was made,
         if the use of such rate would result in a larger lump sum payment. Such
         calculation shall reflect the Contingent Annuity Option benefit under
         the PECO Service Annuity Plan if the participant otherwise satisfies
         the conditions for that benefit, but shall not reflect any possible
         post-retirement benefit increases; provided, however, that, if the
         participant's Contingent Annuity Option election under the PECO Service
         Annuity Plan is not irrevocable at the time the lump sum payment is
         made hereunder, the participant will receive an initial lump sum
         payment reflecting the Contingent Annuity Option resulting in the
         smallest lump sum payment from the Management Group Deferred
         Compensation Plan and, at age 65 (or at the participant's death, if
         earlier), a payment will be made to the participant (or his or her
         beneficiary) equal to the balance due the participant (which shall be
         the present value of the difference between the value of the total
         pension payable to the participant or beneficiary at such time over the
         sum of the value of benefits payable to the participant or beneficiary
         under the Service Annuity Plan and the lump sum previously paid, taking
         into account the Contingent Annuity Option then in effect, the
         Contingent Annuity Option in effect between retirement and age 65, and
         increases in benefits payable under the Service

                                                                            -10-


<PAGE>



         Annuity Plan due to adjustment of Internal Revenue Code limitations,
         and reflecting the interest rate used to calculate the prior lump sum).
         The specific calculation methodology and manner of payment, which will
         be made in a manner acceptable to the Administrator, will be applied in
         a uniform, non-discriminatory fashion. An election made pursuant to
         Paragraph 8(b)(1), once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, however,
         that a participant who made an election prior to June 1, 1993 to
         receive the entire supplemental retirement benefit payable to the
         participant hereunder in a lump sum may, while employed by PECO, make
         one subsequent election on or after June 1, 1993 to receive less than
         the full benefit in a lump sum, subject to the timing limitations
         described in Paragraph 8(b)(1).
                           (c) (1) A participant may elect to have supplemental
         death benefits under Paragraph 8(a) paid to such beneficiary or
         beneficiaries as the participant may designate in writing, in the
         manner specified by the Administrator. A change in beneficiary
         designation may be made at any time until the participant's death,
         notwithstanding that the form and amount of the benefit may be fixed
         upon the participant's termination of employment with PECO. In the
         absence of a written beneficiary designation, death benefits will be
         paid to the beneficiary or beneficiaries entitled to the participant's
         survivor and death benefits under the Service Annuity Plan.
                               (2) Should a participant who has made a lump sum
         election as described in Paragraph 8(b)(1) prior to June 1, 1993 die
         between the time such election is made and the date payments are
         scheduled to begin, the present value of supplemental death benefits
         payable to the participant's beneficiary under Paragraph 8(a) shall be
         paid in a lump sum to the participant's beneficiary as soon as
         administratively practicable

                                                                            -11-


<PAGE>



         following the participant's death; provided, however, that the
         participant has not made a contrary election pursuant to the following
         sentence. In accordance with procedures prescribed by the
         Administrator, a participant (including a participant described in the
         preceding sentence), while employed by PECO, may elect, or revoke or
         change a prior election, to have the present value of all or a portion
         of the supplemental death benefits payable to the participant's
         beneficiary under Paragraph 8(a) paid to the beneficiary in a lump sum
         as soon as administratively practicable following the participant's
         death; provided, however, that such election, or revocation or change,
         will not be effective unless made in the calendar year prior to the
         calendar year in which payments are scheduled to begin and at least
         ninety (90) days prior to the date such payments are scheduled to
         begin.
                               (3) The present value of amounts payable in a
         lump sum pursuant to Paragraph 8(c)(2) will be actuarially determined
         by discounting the expected stream of annuity payments (based upon the
         beneficiary's life expectancy determined as of the date of payment
         under the mortality table used in the most recent actuarial analysis of
         the PECO Service Annuity Plan) at a rate equivalent to the Pension
         Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) Immediate Annuity Rate in effect on
         January 1 of the year of the participant's death; provided, however,
         that a lump sum payable to the beneficiary of a participant who made a
         lump sum election under this Paragraph 8 prior to June 1, 1993 (even if
         such election was later modified, or revoked and reinstated, with
         respect to the participant's beneficiary) shall be valued using the
         PBGC Immediate Annuity Rate in

                                                                            -12-


<PAGE>



         effect during the month such election was made, if the use of such rate
         would result in a larger lump sum payment.
                  9. Participation in Deferred Compensation Plan. A participant
in the Management Group Deferred Compensation Plan who becomes eligible to
participate in the Company's Deferred Compensation Plan shall cease to
participate in the Management Group Deferred Compensation Plan, and all benefits
payable to the participant with respect to either plan shall be provided under
the Deferred Compensation Plan. The participant shall be credited with a
Deferral Account under the Deferred Compensation Plan equal to the value of his
or her Deferral Account under the Management Group Deferred Compensation Plan,
and the participant's supplemental pension benefit (if any) shall be determined
as though the employee had participated in the Deferred Compensation Plan during
the period he or she was a participant in the Management Group Deferred
Compensation Plan.
                  10. Amendment or Discontinuance. The Management Group Deferred
Compensation Plan may be altered, amended, suspended, or terminated at any time
by the Board, provided that no such action shall result in the distribution of
amounts credited to the Deferral Accounts of all participants in any manner than
is otherwise provided in this Plan, nor shall such action reduce the
availability of amounts previously deferred. The rules relating to distribution
may be generally altered or specifically waived by the Administrator in his sole
discretion, but no such action shall reduce the availability of amounts
previously deferred unless it is necessary to do so to preserve the tax deferral
on amounts deferred.

                                                                            -13-


<PAGE>


                  11. No Right to Continued Employment. The Management Group
Deferred Compensation Plan shall not confer upon any person any right to be
continued in the employment of PECO.
                  12. Governing Law. The Management Group Deferred Compensation
Plan shall be governed by the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

                                                                            -14-


                                                                  Exhibit 10-6

                               PECO Energy Company
                Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
                         (Effective Date: April 1, 1983)
                     (As Amended through February 23, 1998)

                  The purpose of this plan is to permit Directors of PECO Energy
Company ("PECO") to elect to defer receipt of directors' fees. To carry out this
purpose PECO therefore adopts the following plan of Deferred Compensation for
Directors (the "Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors" or the "Plan"):
         1. Administration. The Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors shall
be administered by the Treasurer of PECO (the "Treasurer"), or such other
individual or individuals as designated by the Board of Directors of PECO (the
"Board"). The Treasurer shall interpret the Deferred Compensation Plan and
establish such rules and regulations of plan administration that he deems
appropriate. The cost of plan administration shall be paid by PECO, and shall
not be charged against the deferred accounts of Plan participants.
         2. Eligibility. All Directors of PECO (other than full-time employees
of PECO) shall be eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan for
Directors.
         3. Deferrals. (a) Effective April 1, 1983 (the "Effective Date"), each
eligible Director may elect in writing to receive a portion of his or her future
directors' fees as deferred compensation, by filing a written Director's
Deferral Agreement form with the Treasurer. In all events, each such election
shall be made prior to the period with respect to which the fees are earned or
otherwise payable. Deferred amounts shall be credited to a deferral account in
the participant's name ("Deferral Account") for later distribution. Each
participant's Deferral Account


                                                         

<PAGE>



shall be a bookkeeping entry only, and PECO shall not be required to fund the
Deferral Account. Any assets that may be held by PECO to fund a Deferral Account
shall at all times remain unrestricted assets of PECO in its corporate capacity
and not as fiduciary, and shall be subject to the claims of PECO's general
creditors. Pending distribution, after the Effective Date each participant's
Deferral Account shall be credited with earnings or interest as provided in
Paragraph 3(b).
                      (b)  (1) For purposes of measuring the earnings or losses
         credited to his Deferral Account, the participant may select, from
         among the investment vehicles available from time to time under the
         PECO Energy Company Employee Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan"), the
         investment media in which all or part of his Deferral Account shall be
         deemed to be invested.
                           (2) The participant shall make an investment
         designation in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee or its
         designee, which shall remain effective until another valid designation
         has been made by the participant as herein provided. The participant
         may amend his investment designation at such times and in such manner
         as prescribed by the Committee or its designee. A timely change to the
         participant's investment designation shall become effective as soon as
         administratively practicable.
                           (3) The investment media deemed to be made available
         to the participant, and any limitation on the maximum or minimum
         percentages of the participant's Deferral Account that may be deemed to
         be invested in any particular medium, shall be the same as available or
         in effect from time-to-time under the Savings Plan.
                           (4) Except as provided below, the participant's
         Deferral Account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with his
         investment designations, and the Deferral Account shall be credited
         with earnings (or losses) as if invested as directed by the
         participant. If --

                                        2

<PAGE>



                                (i) the participant does not furnish complete
         investment instructions, or
                                (ii) the investment instructions from the
         participant are unclear, then the Deferral Account shall be credited
         with interest compounded and adjusted monthly, at a rate equal to the
         prime commercial lending rate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. in
         effect at the opening of business on the 15th day of each month (or if
         such day is a non-business day, on the first business day thereafter)
         plus 1/2 of 1%. The Deferral Accounts maintained pursuant to this Plan
         are for bookkeeping purposes only and PECO is under no obligation to
         invest such amounts.
                  PECO shall provide a statement to the participant not less
         frequently than annually showing such information as is appropriate,
         including the aggregate amount in his Deferral Account, as of a
         reasonably current date.
                  4. Distributions. The amount standing to a participant's
Deferral Account shall be distributed to the participant as the participant
shall direct in his or her Benefit Distribution Election Form beginning with the
first day of the month following the participant's termination of service as
Director of PECO, the termination of the participant's full-time employment, or
the participant's 65th birthday. Distributions shall be paid monthly over not
more than 15 consecutive twelve-month periods.
                  Each payment shall be determined by multiplying the balance
remaining to the credit of the Deferral Account at the beginning of such
twelve-month period (including earnings or interest credited under Paragraph 3)
by a fraction, the numerator of which is "1" and the denominator of which is the
number of twelve month periods (including the current period) for which payments
are yet to be made. If application of the foregoing would result in a payment
for any twelve-month


                                        3

<PAGE>



period of less than $10,000, the amount payable for such period shall be at the
rate of $10,000 per twelve-month period, until the Deferral Account is
exhausted. Any unpaid balance in the Deferral Account shall be credited with
earnings or interest as provided in Paragraph 3.
                  In any calendar year before payments are scheduled to begin
and at least ninety (90) days prior to the date such payments are scheduled to
begin, a participant may elect to receive the amounts payable hereunder in such
other manner as is acceptable to the Treasurer, provided that no such election
shall accelerate the commencement of benefits, and provided further that any
such election to receive periodic installments determined by application of a
formula based, in part, on investment return assumptions may subsequently be
amended irrevocably to provide for installments thereafter in an amount equal to
the lesser of (i) the initial periodic installment received by the participant
or (ii) the most recent periodic installment received by the participant.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant whose service as
a Director of PECO was terminated for retirement and who is receiving
installment payments of his or her Deferral Account ("a retired participant"),
or the beneficiary of a deceased retired participant, may elect to receive 90%
of the balance of his or her Deferral Account in a lump sum. The remaining 10%
of the balance of his or her Deferral Account shall be forfeited.
                  5. Death Benefits. Each participant shall designate a
beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any payments hereunder after the
participant's death. The beneficiaries, and any priority or allocation between
them, shall be designated in the manner specified by the Treasurer. If a
participant dies before the entire balance in his or her Deferral Account has
been paid out, the remaining balance shall be paid at the discretion of the
Treasurer either in installments as they would have been due to be paid to the
participant or in a lump sum to the beneficiary. If the participant is not
survived by a designated beneficiary, the participant's beneficiary shall be the


                                        4

<PAGE>



participant's spouse, if living, or otherwise, the participant's estate. If a
beneficiary survives the participant but dies before the entire balance payable
to him or her has been distributed, any remaining balance shall be paid to the
beneficiary's estate. In the absence of contrary proof, the participant shall be
deemed to have survived any designated beneficiary. A participant may change his
beneficiary designation under this Paragraph at any time until his death by
filing a written beneficiary designation with the Treasurer, in the manner
specified by the Treasurer.
                  6. Financial Hardship. The Treasurer may, in his discretion,
direct that a participant be paid an amount in cash (not in excess of the
balance of his or her Deferral Account) sufficient to meet a financial hardship.
Financial hardship shall mean (a) medical care for the participant, a member of
his or her family, or any other person for whom the participant wishes or is
legally required to provide such care; (b) education costs for a participant,
spouse or child; (c) acquiring, constructing or renovating the participant's
principal residence; or (d) other similar substantial and non-recurring expenses
for the welfare of the participant and his dependents, as the Treasurer shall
determine in his sole discretion. To preserve the tax benefits of the deferral
program, the Treasurer may require evidence of financial hardship.
                  7. No Assignment or Alienation of Benefits. Except as
hereinafter provided with respect to marital disputes, a participant's Deferral
Account may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or alienated. In cases
of marital dispute, PECO will observe the terms of the Plan unless and until
ordered to do otherwise by a state or Federal court. As a condition of
participation, a participant agrees to hold PECO harmless from any claim that
arises out of PECO's obeying the final order of any state or Federal court,
whether such order effects a judgment of such court or is issued to enforce a
judgment or order of another court.


                                        5

<PAGE>


                  8. Amendment or Discontinuance. The Deferred Compensation Plan
for Directors may be altered, amended, suspended, or terminated at any time by
the Board, provided that no such action shall result in the distribution of
amounts credited to the Deferral Accounts of all participants in any manner than
is otherwise provided in this Plan, nor shall such action reduce the
availability of amounts previously deferred. The rules relating to distribution
may be generally altered or specifi cally waived by the Treasurer in his sole
discretion, but no such action shall reduce the availability of amounts
previously deferred unless it is necessary to do so to preserve the tax deferral
on amounts deferred.
                  9. Governing Law. The Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
shall be governed by the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.


                                        6

                  PECO ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                                   SEC METHOD
                                     ($000)




                                                                       12 Months
                                                                         Ended
                                                                       12/31/97
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                                                              $336,558

ADD BACK:

- - INCOME TAXES:
     OPERATING INCOME                                                    285,343
     NON-OPERATING INCOME                                                  7,426
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     NET TAXES                                                          $292,769
================================================================================

- - FIXED CHARGES:
     INTEREST APPLICABLE TO DEBT                                        $359,363
     ANNUAL RENTALS ESTIMATE                                            $  8,723
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TOTAL FIXED CHARGES                                                $368,086
================================================================================
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADJUSTED EARNINGS INCLUDING AFUDC                                       $997,413
================================================================================
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES                                          2.71
================================================================================


                  PECO ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                    AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND REQUIREMENTS
                                   SEC METHOD
                                     ($000)

                                                                       12 Months
                                                                         Ended
                                                                       12/31/97
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                                                              $336,558
ADD BACK:
- - INCOME TAXES:
     OPERATING INCOME                                                    285,343
     NON-OPERATING INCOME                                                  7,426
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     NET TAXES                                                          $292,769
================================================================================
- - FIXED CHARGES:
     TOTAL INTEREST                                                     $359,363
     ANNUAL RENTALS ESTIMATE                                               8,723
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TOTAL FIXED CHARGES                                                $368,086
================================================================================
EARNINGS REQUIRED FOR PREFERRED DIVIDENDS:
     DIVIDENDS ON PREFERRED STOCK                                       $ 16,804
     ADJUSTMENT TO PREFERRED DIVIDENDS*                                 $ 14,618
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $ 31,422
================================================================================
FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS                                   $399,508
================================================================================
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND FIXED CHARGES                          $997,413
================================================================================
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND
     EARNINGS REQUIRED FOR PREFERRED DIVIDENDS                              2.50
================================================================================
*  ADDITIONAL CHARGE EQUIVALENT TO EARNINGS REQUIRED
TO ADJUST DIVIDENDS ON PREFERRED STOCK TO A PRE-TAX BASIS

                                                                              13

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations

General

In December 1996,  Pennsylvania  Governor Ridge signed into law the  Electricity
Generation  Customer Choice and Competition Act (Competition Act) which provides
for  the  restructuring  of  the  electric  utility  industry  in  Pennsylvania,
including retail competition for generation beginning in 1999.

     Pursuant to the Competition  Act, in April 1997, the Company filed with the
Pennsylvania Public Utility Commission (PUC) a comprehensive  restructuring plan
detailing its proposal to implement full customer choice of electric  generation
supplier.  The Company's  restructuring plan identified $7.5 billion of stranded
costs (the loss in value of the Company's  electric  generation-related  assets,
which will result from  competition).  In August  1997,  the Company and various
intervenors in the Company's restructuring proceeding filed with the PUC a Joint
Petition for Partial Settlement (Pennsylvania Plan).

     In December  1997,  the PUC rejected the  Pennsylvania  Plan and entered an
Opinion  and Order,  revised in January  1998 (PUC  Restructuring  Order),  that
deregulates the Company's electric generation operations.  The PUC Restructuring
Order  authorizes  the Company to recover  stranded  costs of $4.9  billion on a
discounted  basis,  or $5.3  billion on a  book-value  basis,  over 8-1/2  years
beginning  in 1999.  In  January  1998,  the  Company  filed  appeals of the PUC
Restructuring  Order with the U.S.  District  Court for the Eastern  District of
Pennsylvania (Eastern District Court) and the Commonwealth Court of Pennsylvania
(Commonwealth Court).

     The Company believes that the PUC Restructuring  Order provides  sufficient
details  regarding  the  deregulation  of  the  Company's  electric   generation
operations  to  require  the  Company  to  discontinue  the  use  of  regulatory
accounting  in its  financial  statements  for  those  operations.  The  Company
determined  that at  December  31,  1997,  $5.8  billion of its $7.1  billion of
electric  generation  assets  were  impaired  and it had $2.6  billion  of other
electric generation-related  regulatory assets. Effective December 31, 1997, the
Company  recorded an  extraordinary  charge against income of $3.1 billion ($1.8
billion  net  of  income   taxes)  to  reflect  the  amount  of  such   electric
generation-related  assets which will not be  recovered  from  customers  either
prior to the commencement of competition or under the PUC  Restructuring  Order.
For additional  information  regarding the extraordinary  charge,  see note 4 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     On January 26, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors reduced the quarterly
common stock  dividend from $0.45 per share to $0.25 per share,  effective  with
the dividend  payable on March 31, 1998. The Board of Directors  concluded that,
given the impact of the PUC  Restructuring  Order,  the dividend  reduction  was
necessary to provide the Company with the financial  flexibility  needed to meet
the demands of  competition.  Although the Company  cannot  predict the ultimate
effect of the PUC  Restructuring  Order and competition for electric  generation
services,  the Company believes that its future financial  condition and results
of operations will be adversely affected. See "Outlook-PUC Restructuring Order."


Discussion of Operating Results

Earnings

The Company  recorded a loss per common share of $6.80 in 1997 as compared  with
earnings per share of $2.24 and $2.64 in 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The loss
in 1997  was  primarily  due to an  extraordinary  charge  of  $8.24  per  share
reflecting the effects of the PUC  Restructuring  Order and  deregulation of the
Company's  electric  generation  operations.  1997 earnings were also reduced by
several  one-time  charges  totaling  $0.56 per share for  changes  in  employee
benefits,  write-offs of  information  systems  development  charges  reflecting
clarification of accounting  guidelines and additional  reserves,  including for
environmental  site  remediation;  by $0.30 per share  for  higher  depreciation
expense  resulting from a full year's increase in depreciation  and amortization
of assets  associated  with Limerick  Generating  Station  (Limerick)  and other
assets;  by $0.12 per share for income tax  adjustments;  by $0.09 per share for
losses  from new  non-utility  ventures;  and by $0.05 per  share for  increased
depreciation  expense due to plant  additions.  These  decreases  were partially
offset by a one-time $0.18 per share  recognition  of income  resulting from the
settlement of  litigation  arising from the current  outage of Salem  Generating
Station (Salem); by $0.08 per share for operational efficiencies;  and by higher
revenues  net of fuel of $0.06 per share  primarily  due to  increased  sales to
other utilities.

     The $0.40 per share  decrease in 1996  earnings was primarily due to higher
Salem  outage-related  replacement  power and  maintenance  costs which  reduced
earnings by $0.27 per share.  Earnings also decreased by $0.18 per share in 1996
due to lower electric revenues resulting from milder weather conditions compared
to 1995;  by $0.12 per share due to the gain  recognized  in 1995 on the sale of
Conowingo  Power  Company  (COPCO);  by $0.11 per  share due to higher  customer
expenses;  and by $0.10 per share due to the  increased  depreciation  of assets
associated  with Limerick.  These  decreases were partially  offset by $0.18 per
share due to the Company's  continuing  cost control  initiatives;  by $0.09 per
share due to savings  resulting  from the  Company's  ongoing debt and preferred
stock  refunding and refinancing  program;  and by $0.08 per share due to higher
revenues resulting from increased sales to other utilities.
<PAGE>
14

Significant Operating Items

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Revenue and Expense Items as a Percentage of Total Operating Revenues           Percentage  Dollar Changes
     1995     1996     1997                                                      1997-1996    1996-1995
   <C>      <C>      <C>      <S>                                                  <C>          <C>
      90%      90%      90%    Electric                                               8%           2%
      10%      10%      10%    Gas                                                    5%           4%
     ----     ----     ----                                                         ----       -----
     100%     100%     100%    Total Operating Revenues                               8%           2%
     ====     ====     ====                                                         ====        ====
      18%      23%      28%    Fuel and Energy Interchange                           33%          27%
      30%      30%      31%    Operating and Maintenance                             12%           2%
      11%      11%      12%    Depreciation                                          19%           7%
       8%       7%       7%    Taxes Other Than Income                                4%         (5%)
     ----     ----     ----                                                         ----       -----
      67%      71%      78%    Total Operating Expenses                              19%           9%
     ====     ====     ====                                                         ====        ====
      33%      29%      22%    Operating Income                                    (19%)        (11%)
     ====     ====     ====                                                         ====        ====
    (11%)    (10%)     (9%)    Interest Expense                                     (2%)         (8%)
     ----     ----     ----                                                         ----       -----
     (9%)     (9%)     (8%)    Total Other Income and Deductions                      4%         (9%)
     ----     ----     ----                                                         ----       -----
      24%      20%      14%    Income Before Taxes and Extraordinary Item          (27%)        (18%)
     ----     ----     ----                                                         ----       -----
      10%       8%       6%    Income Taxes                                        (14%)        (21%)
     ----     ----     ----                                                         ----       -----
      14%      12%       8%    Income Before Extraordinary Item                    (35%)        (15%)
     ====     ====     ====                                                         ====        ====
</TABLE>

Operating Revenues

Total  operating  revenues  increased in 1997 by $334 million to $4,618 million.
This represented a $312 million increase in electric  revenues and a $22 million
increase in gas  revenues  over 1996.  The  increase in  electric  revenues  was
primarily  due to  increased  sales  to other  utilities.  The  increase  in gas
revenues was primarily due to higher  revenues from sales to  commercial,  house
heating and residential  customers  resulting from higher  purchased  gas-clause
revenues  charged in 1997  compared  to 1996,  partially  offset by lower  sales
volume  resulting  from milder  weather  conditions  in 1997.  This increase was
partially  offset by  reduced  sales to  interruptible  customers  switching  to
transportation service.

     Total  operating  revenues  increased  in 1996  by $98  million  to  $4,284
million.  This represented an $80 million  increase in electric  revenues and an
$18  million  increase  in gas  revenues  over 1995.  The  increase  in electric
revenues was  primarily  due to increased  sales to other  utilities,  partially
offset by decreased retail sales due to milder weather conditions.  The increase
in gas revenues was primarily due to increased  sales to retail  customers  from
colder  weather  conditions  in the first half of 1996 and higher levels of firm
sales  resulting from customers  switching from  transportation  service to firm
service.   These  increases  were  partially   offset  by  decreased  sales  and
transportation revenues resulting from unusually mild weather in December 1996.

     Increases/(decreases)  in electric sales and operating revenues by class of
customer  for 1997  compared to 1996 and 1996  compared to 1995 are set forth as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1997 - 1996                      1996 - 1995
                                  Electric          Electric        Electric       Electric
                                   Sales            Revenues         Sales         Revenues
                            (Millions of kWh)  (Millions of $) (Millions of kWh) (Millions of $)
<S>                              <C>           <C>                 <C>           <C>    
Residential                          (48)          $   (1)             (86)          $  (14)
House Heating                       (217)             (12)             121                5
Small Commercial
  and Industrial                     194               30              291               19
Large Commercial
  and Industrial                    (174)             (21)            (555)             (37)
Other                                (61)               8               42                3
Unbilled                             397               45             (862)             (69)
  Service Territory                   91               49           (1,049)             (93)
Interchange Sales                    992               33              439                9
Sales to Other Utilities           8,650              230            6,202              164
  Total                            9,733           $  312            5,592           $   80
</TABLE>


Fuel and Energy Interchange Expense

Fuel and energy interchange  expense increased in 1997 by $318 million to $1,290
million.  The increase was primarily due to purchases needed for increased sales
to other  utilities  and a one-time  billing  credit in 1996 from a  non-utility
generator.  Fuel and energy  interchange  expense as a  percentage  of operating
revenues  increased  from 23% to 28%  principally  due to  purchases  needed for
increased sales to other utilities.

     Fuel and energy  interchange  expense  increased in 1996 by $210 million to
$973 million.  The increase was primarily due to purchases  needed for increased
sales to other utilities,  increased  replacement power costs resulting from the
shutdown of Salem and a net credit to expense in 1995 from certain  energy sales
to other  utilities.  Fuel and energy  interchange  expense as a  percentage  of
operating  revenues  increased  from  18% to 23%  principally  due to  increased
replacement power costs resulting from the shutdown of Salem.
<PAGE>
                                                                              15
Operating and Maintenance Expense

Operating and  maintenance  expense  increased in 1997 by $157 million to $1,431
million  primarily  due to  several  one-time  charges  totaling  $187  million,
including  charges for changes in employee  benefits,  write-offs of information
systems  development charges reflecting  clarification of accounting  guidelines
and additional  reserves,  including for environmental  site remediation.  These
increases were partially  offset by lower  operating  costs at  Company-operated
nuclear  generating  stations  and lower  administrative  and  general  expenses
resulting from the Company's ongoing cost-control efforts.

     Operating  and  maintenance  expense  increased  in 1996 by $23  million to
$1,274 million due to higher  customer  expenses,  higher  contractor  costs and
higher nuclear  generating station charges resulting from the shutdown of Salem.
These   increases   were   partially   offset  by  lower   operating   costs  at
Company-operated  nuclear  generating  stations  and  lower  administrative  and
general expenses resulting from the Company's ongoing cost-control efforts.

Depreciation Expense

Effective October 1, 1996, the Company  increased  depreciation and amortization
on assets  associated  with  Limerick  by $100  million  per year and  decreased
depreciation and amortization on other Company assets by $10 million per year.

     Depreciation  expense increased in 1997 by $92 million to $581 million. The
increase was primarily due to increased  depreciation of assets  associated with
Limerick.  Depreciation  expense  also  increased  due to  additions to plant in
service.

     Depreciation  expense increased in 1996 by $32 million to $489 million. The
increase was primarily due to increased  depreciation of assets  associated with
Limerick.  Depreciation  expense  also  increased  due to  additions to plant in
service.

Interest Charges

Interest charges  decreased in 1997 by $7 million to $402 million.  The decrease
was primarily due to the Company's  ongoing  program to reduce and/or  refinance
higher-cost,   long-term  debt.  This  decrease  was  partially  offset  by  the
replacement  of $62 million of  preferred  stock with Monthly  Income  Preferred
Securities  (MIPS)  in the  third  quarter  of 1997.  MIPS are  recorded  in the
financial  statements  as Company  Obligated  Mandatorily  Redeemable  Preferred
Securities of a Partnership.

     Interest  charges  decreased  in 1996 by $36 million to $409  million.  The
decrease was  primarily due to the  Company's  ongoing  program to reduce and/or
refinance higher-cost, long-term debt. This decrease was partially offset by the
replacement of $78 million of preferred stock with MIPS in the fourth quarter of
1995.

Other Income and Deductions

Other income and deductions  excluding  interest charges increased in 1997 by $6
million to $4 million.  The  increase was  primarily  due to the  settlement  of
litigation arising from the shutdown of Salem. The increase was partially offset
by losses from the Company's  new  non-utility  ventures.  Also  offsetting  the
increase  was  the  write-off  of  one  of  the   Company's   telecommunications
investments  as  a  result  of  the   circumstances   involved  in  the  Federal
Communication  Commission's  auctioning of the personal  communications  systems
"C-block" licenses.

     Other income and deductions excluding interest charges decreased in 1996 by
$60 million to a net deduction of $2 million.  The decrease was primarily due to
the gain recognized in 1995 on the sale of COPCO.

Income Taxes

Income  taxes on operating  and  non-operating  income  decreased in 1997 by $47
million to $293  million.  The decrease  was  primarily  due to lower  operating
income.  The decrease was partially offset by reduced tax depreciation  benefits
from plant and regulatory  assets which are not fully  normalized for ratemaking
purposes.

     Income taxes decreased in 1996 by $92 million to $340 million. The decrease
was primarily due to lower  operating  income and the gain recognized in 1995 on
the sale of COPCO.

Preferred Stock Dividends

Preferred  stock dividends  decreased in 1997 by $1 million to $17 million.  The
decrease was primarily due to the  replacement of $62 million of preferred stock
with MIPS in the third quarter of 1997.

     Preferred stock  dividends  decreased in 1996 by $5 million to $18 million.
The decrease was  primarily due to the  replacement  of $78 million of preferred
stock with MIPS in the fourth quarter of 1995.


Discussion of Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's capital resources are primarily  provided by internally  generated
cash flows from  utility  operations  and,  to the  extent  necessary,  external
financing.  Such capital  resources  are  generally  used to fund the  Company's
capital  requirements,  including  investments in new and existing ventures,  to
repay maturing debt and to make preferred and common stock dividend payments.

     In 1997,  1996 and 1995,  internally  generated cash exceeded the Company's
capital requirements and dividend payments. The Company anticipates that it will
be able to meet its capital  requirements  with  internally  generated cash from
utility  operations  in  1998.  Beginning  in 1999,  the  Company  expects  that
internally  generated cash will be reduced due to price pressures resulting from
competition  for  electric  generation  services  and  the  effects  of the  PUC
Restructuring  Order. In  anticipation of this expected  reduction of internally
generated  cash,  in January  1998,  the Board of Directors  voted to reduce the
Company's common stock dividend, effective with the first quarter 1998 dividend.
Based upon the 222.5 million shares of common stock currently  out-


<PAGE>
16

standing,  the common stock  dividend  reduction  will reduce the Company's cash
requirements by $178 million per year.  Absent  increases in the market price of
electric generation services, the Company expects that internally generated cash
will be further reduced in 2007, when the Company  completes the recovery of its
allowed  stranded  costs from  customers.  The  magnitude  of the  reduction  of
internally generated cash will be affected by a number of factors, including how
quickly  electric  generation  competition  develops,  the Company's  ability to
compete, the impact of additional cost-cutting initiatives, future market prices
of  electric  generation  and the  outcome of the  Company's  appeals of the PUC
Restructuring Order.

     The  Competition  Act  authorizes  the  securitization  of the  recovery of
allowed stranded costs. Under the Competition Act,  securitization proceeds must
be  used   principally   to  reduce   qualified   stranded   costs  and  related
capitalization.  Unless extended by the PUC, the Company has authorization until
May 22, 1998 to securitize  $1.1 billion of stranded  costs. It is unlikely that
the Company will  securitize the recovery of its stranded costs until appeals of
the PUC  Restructuring  Order are resolved.  If the Company does securitize,  it
cannot predict the level of stranded cost recovery that it would be permitted to
securitize or the impact of such securitization on the Company's capitalization.

     At December 31, 1997, the Company's  capital  structure  consisted of 36.8%
common equity; 7.9% preferred stock and Company obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities (which comprised 4.8% of the Company's total capitalization
structure); and 55.3% long-term debt.

     The  Company  expects its level of net  capital  investment  to decrease in
future years. Total capital expenditures, primarily for utility plant, were $573
million  in 1997  and are  estimated  to be $600  million  in  1998.  Due to the
expected  adverse  impact of the PUC  Restructuring  Order and  competition  for
electric  generating  services on its future capital  resources,  the Company is
currently  evaluating  its  capital  commitments  for 1999 and  beyond.  Certain
facilities  under  construction  and to be constructed  may require  permits and
licenses which the Company has no assurance will be granted.

     The  Company's  operations  have in the past and may in the future  require
substantial capital expenditures in order to comply with environmental laws.

     The Company has  undertaken a number of new ventures,  principally  through
its   Telecommunications   Group,   some  of  which  require   significant  cash
commitments.  For 1998,  the Company's  expected  capital  expenditures  include
approximately $150 million in such ventures.

     Cash flows from  operations  were  $1,038  million in 1997 as  compared  to
$1,172  million  in 1996 and  $1,240  million  in 1995.  Cash  flows  consist of
earnings, non-cash charges of depreciation and deferred income taxes

     Cash  flows  used in  investing  activities  were $573  million  in 1997 as
compared to $663  million in 1996 and $465 million in 1995.  Expenditures  under
the Company's  construction program decreased in 1997. The Company has also made
significant  investments in diversified  activities and other  obligations.  Net
funds  used in these  activities  in 1997 were $83  million,  consisting  of $26
million  for   telecommunications   ventures,  $54  million  for  nuclear  plant
decommissioning  trust funds and $3 million for other deposits and ventures.  In
1996 and 1995,  funds  used in  similar  activities  were $114  million  and $82
million, respectively. 1995 cash flows benefited from the sale of COPCO.

     Cash  flows  used in  financing  activities  were $461  million  in 1997 as
compared to $501 million in 1996 and $802 million in 1995. The decreases in 1997
and 1996 were primarily due to less available cash permitting fewer  retirements
of higher-cost debt.

     The Company meets its short-term liquidity  requirements  primarily through
the  issuance of  commercial  paper and  borrowings  under an  unsecured  credit
facility with a group of banks. The Company had $402 million of short-term debt,
including $314 million of commercial paper, outstanding at December 31, 1997.

     At December 31, 1997,  the  Company's  embedded  cost of debt was 6.9% with
12.0% of the Company's  long-term debt having floating rates. As a result of the
extraordinary  charge in December  1997, the Company does not expect to meet the
earnings  test  under  the  Company's  mortgage  required  for the  issuance  of
additional bonds against property additions for the twelve months ended December
31,  1998.  As  of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  was  entitled  to  issue
approximately $3.6 billion of mortgage bonds without regard to the earnings test
against  previously  retired  mortgage bonds.  As a result of the  extraordinary
charge,  the  Company  also does not  expect  to meet the  coverage  test  under
Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  required for the  issuance of  additional
preferred stock for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998.

     The  Company  cannot  predict  whether  the  Competition  Act  or  the  PUC
Restructuring Order will ultimately affect the Company's credit ratings.

Outlook

The Company is entering a period of financial  uncertainty with the deregulation
of its electric  generation  operations in which revenues from  regulated  rates
will be replaced by revenues from the competitive sale of electric generation at
market  prices.  The Company  believes  that the  deregulation  of its  electric
generation  operations and other  regulatory  initiatives  designed to encourage
competition  will increase the Company's risk profile by changing and increasing
the number of factors upon which the Company's  financial results are dependent.
This  may  result  in  more  volatility  in  the  Company's  future  results  of
operations.  The Company  believes that it has significant  advantages that will
assist it in the increasingly competitive electric generation environment. These
advantages include the ability to produce  electricity at a low marginal cost, a
high reserve  margin and the  demonstrated  ability to  efficiently  operate its
electric generation facilities.

     The Company's future financial  condition and its results of operations are
substantially  dependent  upon the  effects of the  Competition  Act and the PUC
Restructuring  Order.  Additional  factors that affect the  Company's  financial
condition  and results of  operations  include  operation of nuclear  generating
facilities, sales to other utilities,  accounting issues, inflation, weather and
compliance with environmental regulations.

     Another factor affecting the Company's  future  financial  condition is its
ability to develop its investments in new ventures into profitable enterprises.
<PAGE>
                                                                              17

PUC Restructuring Order

The   Competition   Act  was  enacted  in  December  1996,   providing  for  the
restructuring of the electric utility industry in Pennsylvania, including retail
competition  for generation  beginning in 1999. The Competition Act requires the
unbundling  of electric  services  into separate  generation,  transmission  and
distribution  services with open retail  competition  for  generation.  Electric
distribution  and  transmission  services will remain  regulated by the PUC. The
Competition  Act requires  utilities to submit to the PUC  restructuring  plans,
including  their  quantification  of  stranded  costs  which  will  result  from
competition.  The  Competition  Act  authorizes  the recovery of stranded  costs
through  charges  to  distribution  customers  for up to nine  years  (or for an
alternative  period  determined  by the PUC for good cause  shown).  During that
period,  the utility is subject to a rate cap which  provides that total charges
to customers  cannot  exceed rates in place as of December 31, 1996,  subject to
certain exceptions.  The Competition Act also caps transmission and distribution
rates  from  December  31,  1996  through  June 30,  2001,  subject  to  certain
exceptions.

     Pursuant to the Competition  Act, in April 1997, the Company filed with the
PUC a  comprehensive  restructuring  plan. In December 1997, the PUC adopted its
own  restructuring  plan which  deregulates  the Company's  electric  generation
operations and allows the Company to recover stranded costs of $4.9 billion on a
discounted  basis,  or $5.3  billion on a book  value  basis,  over 8-1/2  years
beginning in 1999. Recovery of allowed stranded costs will be through a separate
charge to be levelized  over the recovery  period using a 7.47% cost of capital.
Other major provisions of the PUC  Restructuring  Order include capping customer
bills at the year-end 1996 system-wide  average of 9.95 cents per kWh; beginning
January  1,  1999,   unbundling  rates  into  a  transmission  and  distribution
component, the charge for recovery of stranded costs and a "shopping credit" for
generation;  and phasing in customer choice of electric  generation supplier for
all customers in three steps,  one-third of the peak load of each customer class
on  January  1,  1999,  one-third  on  January  2, 1999 (one day  later) and the
remainder on January 2, 2000. To encourage competition,  the PUC established the
"shopping credit" for generation in excess of current market prices.

     On January 21, 1998, the Company filed a complaint in the Eastern  District
Court seeking injunctive and monetary relief on the grounds that the Competition
Act and the PUC Restructuring  Order: (1) are preempted by Section 201(b) of the
Federal  Power  Act;  (2)  effect a taking  of  private  property  without  just
compensation  in violation of the Fifth and  Fourteenth  Amendments  to the U.S.
Constitution;  (3) violate the Due Process  Clause,  the Contract Clause and the
First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution; and (4) deprive the Company of certain
other federally protected rights .

     On January 22,  1998,  the Company  filed two  Petitions  for Review in the
Commonwealth  Court appealing the PUC  Restructuring  Order. The petitions state
that the PUC  Restructuring  Order  must be set aside  because  it is based upon
errors  of  law,  is not  supported  by  substantial  evidence,  constitutes  an
arbitrary and  capricious  abuse of  administrative  discretion and deprives the
Company of the due process of law, to which it is  entitled  under  Article I of
the Pennsylvania Constitution.

Uncertainties of Electric Generation Restructuring

Competition  in wholesale and retail  electric  generation is expected to create
new uncertainties in the utility industry.  These  uncertainties  include future
prices of  electricity  in both the  retail  and  wholesale  markets,  potential
changes in the Company's sales portfolio and supply and demand volatility.

     The Company expects that deregulation of the Company's electric  generating
operations will result in price pressures that will reduce the Company's  future
revenues.  While the  Company  cannot  predict  the  ultimate  impact of the PUC
Restructuring  Order on customer  bills,  the PUC estimates  that customers will
save up to 15% of their total  electric bill  beginning in 1999 through June 30,
2007 and will save 30% of their total electric bill thereafter.

     Competition  is also  expected to affect the  ultimate  composition  of the
Company's  electricity  sales.  The  "shopping  credit"  established  by the PUC
encourages  electric retail  customers to choose a supplier.  The Company cannot
predict how successful its affiliated  generation marketers will be in competing
for these customers and customers elsewhere in Pennsylvania.  To the extent that
the Company  loses retail  customers,  it will be  compelled to sell  generation
previously used to serve retail customers in the wholesale market. Since margins
in the wholesale  market are  currently  lower than in the retail  market,  this
could adversely affect the Company's profit margins.

     The Company is a low marginal-cost electricity producer, which puts it in a
favorable position to take advantage of opportunities in the electric retail and
wholesale generation markets. The Company's  competitive position and its future
financial  condition  and results of  operations  are dependent on the Company's
ability to successfully operate its low marginal-cost power plants.

     The Company enters into commitments to buy and sell power. Currently, these
commitments make the Company a net power  purchaser.  Since the price and supply
volatility  of  electricity  generation  cannot be predicted  at this time,  the
Company's  position as a net purchaser  exposes it to risk to the extent that it
has  entered  into  contracts  that may  require  the  Company to pay prices for
purchased power in excess of market prices.

     The Company, as the local distribution provider, is obligated under the PUC
Restructuring  Order to serve as the electric generation supplier of last resort
in its service territory.  This obligation will include all customers who do not
elect to choose an electricity  supplier as well as all customers who seek a new
energy  supplier  but are  unable  to reach a  service  agreement  with  another
supplier.  The Company's rates are capped at 1996 levels.  If energy prices rise
above that level,  the Company would still be obligated to serve these customers
at the capped rate.

Other Competitive Initiatives

During 1996, the Federal Energy  Regulatory  Commission  (FERC) issued Order No.
888 which requires public utilities to file open-access transmission tariffs for
wholesale transmission services in accordance with non-discriminatory  terms and
conditions  established  by the FERC.  

     In response to Order No. 888, in December  1996,  the Company and the other
members of PJM  Interconnection,  L.L.C.  (PJM) filed a joint compliance  filing
with the FERC 
<PAGE>
18

proposing to  restructure  PJM. In November 1997, the FERC issued an order which
allows for the establishment of an Independent  System Operator (ISO) to operate
the  day-to-day  operations  of PJM.  Transmission  service  is on a  pool-wide,
open-access basis using the transmission  facilities of the eight historical PJM
companies with a flat rate based on the costs of the  transmission  system where
the point of delivery is located  (thus  there are eight  rates).  By January 1,
2003, PJM is required to have in place a uniform system-wide transmission rate.

     The  Company  received  approval  from  the  FERC to  remove  the  existing
cost-based  cap  on  prices  charged  for  power  purchased  by the  Company  in
anticipation  of later  resale  in the  wholesale  market  and  certain  changes
regarding the terms of the buy-for-resale  agreements. The new tariff provisions
allow the Company to  purchase  and re-sell  energy at  market-based  rates both
within PJM and outside PJM.

     The gas industry is continuing to undergo structural changes in response to
FERC  policies  designed to increase  competition.  FERC  policies have required
interstate  gas  pipelines  to  unbundle  their gas  sales  service  from  other
regulated tariff services,  such as transportation and storage.  In anticipation
of these changes,  the Company has modified its gas purchasing  arrangements  to
enable the  purchase  of gas and  transportation  at lower  cost.  The  Company,
through  Horizon Energy Company,  a wholly owned  subsidiary,  has  successfully
participated  in pilot programs  outside the Company's gas service  territory to
market natural gas and other services.

     There is an initiative in the  Pennsylvania  legislature  to deregulate the
gas  industry,  which has the support of  Governor  Ridge.  The  Company  cannot
predict  whether  the  Pennsylvania  legislature  will  enact  legislation  that
deregulates the gas industry or whether Governor Ridge will ultimately sign into
law any such legislation.  The Company cannot predict the ultimate effect of gas
industry   deregulation  on  its  future  financial   condition  or  results  of
operations.

     As a  result  of  competitive  pressures,  the  Company  has  continued  to
negotiate  long-term  contracts  with  many  of  its  larger-volume   industrial
customers. Although these agreements have generally resulted in reduced margins,
they have permitted the Company to retain these customers.

Regulation and Operation of Nuclear Generating Facilities

The  Company's  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are in  part
dependent  on the  continued  successful  operation  of its  nuclear  generating
facilities.  The Company's nuclear generating facilities represent approximately
44% of its installed generating  capacity.  Because of the Company's reliance on
its  nuclear  generating  units,  any  changes  in  regulations  by the  Nuclear
Regulatory  Commission  (NRC) requiring  additional  investments or resulting in
increased operating costs of nuclear generating units could adversely affect the
Company.

     During  1997,   Company-operated   nuclear   plants   operated  at  an  90%
weighted-average  capacity factor and Company-owned nuclear plants operated at a
73% weighted-average capacity factor.  Company-owned nuclear plants produced 39%
of the Company's  electricity,  despite the shutdown of the Salem units. Nuclear
generation is the most cost-effective way for the Company to meet customer needs
and commitments for sales to other utilities.

     Public  Service  Electric  and Gas Company  (PSE&G),  the operator of Salem
Units No. 1 and No. 2, which are 42.59% owned by the Company,  removed the units
from service in the second quarter of 1995.  PSE&G informed the NRC at that time
that it had  determined  to keep the Salem  units shut down  pending  review and
resolution of certain  equipment and  management  issues and NRC agreement  that
each unit is sufficiently prepared to restart. Unit No. 2 returned to service on
August 30,  1997 and Unit No. 1 is  expected  to return to  service  late in the
first  quarter of 1998.  The  Company  expects to incur and expense at least $20
million in 1998 for increased costs related to the shutdown.  As of December 31,
1997,  1996 and 1995, the Company had incurred and expensed  $152,  $149 and $50
million,  respectively,  for replacement  power and maintenance costs related to
the shutdown of Salem. See note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Sales to Other Utilities

The Company's  electric utility  operations  include the wholesale  marketing of
electricity.  At  December  31,  1997,  the Company  had  long-term  commitments
relating  to  the  purchase  from  unaffiliated  utilities  and  others,  energy
associated  with 1,330  megawatts  (MW) of  capacity  in 1998,  with 2,540 MW of
capacity  during  the period  1999  through  2002 and with 2,430 MW of  capacity
thereafter.  These purchases will be utilized  through a combination of sales to
jurisdictional  customers,  long-term  sales to other  utilities and open-market
sales. Under some of these contracts,  the Company may purchase,  at its option,
additional  power as needed.  The Company's  future  results of  operations  are
dependent  in  part on its  ability  to  successfully  market  the  rest of this
generation. See note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     In the  wholesale  market,  the  Company has  increased  its sales to other
utilities, but increased competition has reduced the Company's profit margins on
these  sales.  At December  31,  1997,  the Company had entered  into  long-term
agreements with  unaffiliated  utilities to sell energy associated with 4,280 MW
of capacity,  of which 540 MW of these agreements are for 1998, 1,700 MW are for
1999 through 2002 and the remaining 2,040 MW extend through 2022.

Accounting Issues

Effective  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  discontinued  accounting  for its
electric  generation  operations  in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types
of  Regulation."  For further  information,  see note 4 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial  Statements.  The Company believes that its electric  transmission and
distribution  system and gas operations  continue to meet the provisions of SFAS
No.  71.  The  Company  believes  that it is  probable  that  regulatory  assets
associated with these operations will be recovered.

     In 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB) issued SFAS No.
130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income," to establish standards for reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.  The
new standard requires an entity to classify items of other comprehensive  income
by their nature in a financial  statement and to display the accumulated balance
of other  comprehensive  income separately from retained earnings and 


<PAGE>
                                                                              19

additional  paid in capital in the equity  section of a statement  of  financial
position.  The new  standard  is  effective  for fiscal  years  beginning  after
December 15, 1997. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 130 in 1998. Adoption of SFAS
No.  130 will not  affect  the  Company's  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations.  The Company is evaluating the impact on its  disclosures,  but does
not expect SFAS No. 130 to materially change its disclosures.

     In 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  About Segments of an
Enterprise  and Related  Information,"  to  establish  standards  for  reporting
information  about  operating  segments in annual  financial  statements  and to
require reporting of selected  information  about operating  segments in interim
financial  reports issued to  shareholders.  It also  establishes  standards for
related  disclosures about products and services,  geographical  areas and major
customers.  The new  standard is  effective  for fiscal  years  beginning  after
December  31,  1997.  Adoption  of SFAS No. 131 will not  affect  the  Company's
financial  condition or results of  operations.  The Company is  evaluating  the
impact on its operating segment disclosures.

     During 1996,  the FASB issued the Exposure  Draft  "Accounting  for Certain
Liabilities  Related to Closure or Removal of  Long-Lived  Assets." The FASB has
expanded the scope of the project to include closure or removal liabilities that
are incurred at any time in the operating life of the related  long-lived asset.
The FASB has decided that it should proceed toward either a final Statement or a
revised  Exposure  Draft.  The timing of this project is still to be determined.
Until such time that the final  Statement is issued,  the Company will be unable
to  determine  what,  if any,  effect  this issue  might  have on its  financial
condition  or  results  of  operations.  See  note 5 of  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Other Factors

Annual and quarterly operating results can be significantly affected by weather.
Since the Company's peak demand is in the summer months,  temperature variations
in summer months are generally more  significant  than variations  during winter
months.

     Inflation  affects  the  Company  through  increased  operating  costs  and
increased  capital costs for utility plant. As a result of the rate caps imposed
by the  Competition  Act,  the  elimination  of the Energy Cost  Adjustment  and
expected  price  pressures  due to  competition,  the Company  may have  limited
opportunity to pass the costs of inflation through to customers.

     The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer  programs being written using
two digits rather than four to define the applicable year and other  programming
techniques  which  constrain date  calculations  or assign  special  meanings to
certain dates. Any of the Company's  computer  systems that have  date-sensitive
software  or  microprocessors  may  recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900
rather  than  the  year  2000.   This  could  result  in  a  system  failure  or
miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of  operations,  including,  among  other
things,  a temporary  inability to process  transactions,  send bills or operate
electric generation stations.

     The  Company has  determined  that it will be required to modify or replace
significant  portions of its software so that its computer systems will properly
utilize dates beyond December 31, 1999. The Company presently believes that with
modifications  to existing  software and  conversions to new software,  the Year
2000 Issue can be mitigated.  However, if such modifications and conversions are
not made, or are not completed timely, the Year 2000 Issue could have a material
adverse  impact on the operations  and financial  condition of the Company.  The
costs  associated  with this potential  impact are speculative and not presently
quantifiable.

     The Company  initiated  formal  communications  with all of its significant
suppliers  in March  1997 to  determine  the  extent  to which  the  Company  is
vulnerable to the suppliers' failure to remediate their own Year 2000 issue. The
Company's  estimated  total Year 2000 project costs include the estimated  costs
and time associated with the impact of Year 2000 issues of third parties and are
based on presently  available  information.  There can be no guarantee  that the
systems of other  companies on which the  Company's  systems rely will timely be
converted, or that a failure to convert by another company, or a conversion that
is  incompatible  with the Company's  systems,  would not have material  adverse
impact on the Company.

     The Company will utilize both internal and external resources to reprogram,
or replace,  and test software and computer systems for Year 2000 modifications.
Management  believes that adequate  resources are being devoted to the Year 2000
Issue.  The Company  plans to complete the Year 2000 project not later than June
1, 1999.  To date,  the Company has funded the Year 2000  project  from  current
operating cash flows as a base level of activity for the preliminary  efforts in
connection  with its Year 2000  assessment  and  remediation  plan.  The Company
expects the  remaining  costs of the Year 2000 project to be  approximately  $25
million.

     The  costs  of the  project  and the  date on which  the  Company  plans to
complete the Year 2000  modifications  are based on Management's best estimates,
which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events including the
continued availability of certain resources,  third-party modification plans and
other factors.  However,  there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be
achieved;  actual  results could differ  materially  from those plans.  Specific
factors that might cause such material  differences include, but are not limited
to, the availability and cost of personnel  trained in this area, the ability to
locate and correct all  relevant  computer  programs  and  microprocessors,  and
similar uncertainties.

     The  Company's  operations  have in the past and may in the future  require
substantial  capital  expenditures in order to comply with  environmental  laws.
Additionally,  under  federal  and state  environmental  laws,  the  Company  is
generally  liable for the costs of remediating  environmental  contamination  of
property now or formerly  owned by the Company and of property  contaminated  by
hazardous  substances  generated  by the  Company.  The Company owns or leases a
number of real estate parcels,  including parcels on which its operations or the
operations of others may have resulted in  contamination by substances which are
considered hazardous under environmental laws. The Company is currently involved
in a number of proceedings  relating to sites where  hazardous  


<PAGE>
20

substances  have been deposited and may be subject to additional  proceedings in
the future.

     The Company has  identified  27 sites where former  manufactured  gas plant
(MGP) activities have or may have resulted in site contamination. The Company is
presently  engaged in  performing  various  levels of activities at these sites,
including  initial  evaluation  to  determine  the  existence  and nature of the
contamination,  detailed evaluation to determine the extent of the contamination
and the necessity and possible  methods of remediation,  and  implementation  of
remediation.   The  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Environmental  Protection  has
approved  the  Company's  clean-up of two sites.  Six other sites are  currently
under some degree of active study and/or remediation.

     As of  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  the  Company  had accrued $63 and $28
million,  respectively,  for environmental  investigation and remediation costs,
including  $35  and  $16  million,   respectively,  for  MGP  investigation  and
remediation that currently can be reasonably  estimated.  The Company expects to
expend $5 million for environmental  remediation activities in 1998. The Company
cannot currently predict whether it will incur other significant liabilities for
any additional  investigation and remediation costs at these or additional sites
identified  by the Company,  environmental  agencies or others,  or whether such
costs will be recoverable from third parties.

     For a discussion of other  contingencies,  see notes 3, 4 and 5 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Forward-Looking Statements

Except for the historical  information contained herein,  certain of the matters
discussed  in this Report are  forward-looking  statements  which are subject to
risks and  uncertainties.  The factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially  include those discussed herein as well as those listed in notes 3, 4
and 5 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements and other factors discussed
in the Company's  filings with the Securities and Exchange  Commission.  Readers
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these  forward-looking  statements,
which  speak  only as of the date of this  Report.  The  Company  undertakes  no
obligation to publicly release any revision to these forward-looking  statements
to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Report.



<PAGE>
                                                                              21

Report of Independent Accountants


To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
PECO Energy Company:


     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PECO Energy
Company  and  Subsidiary  Companies  as of December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and the
related  consolidated  statements of income,  cash flows,  and changes in common
shareholders'  equity  and  preferred  stock for each of the three  years in the
period  ended   December  31,  1997.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial  position of PECO Energy
Company  and  Subsidiary  Companies  as of December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles.






Coopers & Lybrand LLP

2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 2, 1998


<PAGE>
Consolidated Statements of Income
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,                                  1997                1996                1995
                                                                                          Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
Operating Revenues
Electric                                                   $ 4,166,669         $ 3,854,836         $ 3,775,326
Gas                                                            451,232             428,814             410,830
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
     Total Operating Revenues                                4,617,901           4,283,650           4,186,156
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Operating Expenses
Fuel and Energy Interchange                                  1,290,164             972,380             762,762
Operating and Maintenance                                    1,431,420           1,274,222           1,251,273
Depreciation                                                   580,595             489,001             457,254
Taxes Other Than Income                                        310,091             299,546             314,071
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
     Total Operating Expenses                                3,612,270           3,035,149           2,785,360
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Operating Income                                             1,005,631           1,248,501           1,400,796
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Other Income and Deductions
Interest Expense                                              (372,857)           (382,443)           (423,711)
Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable
     Preferred Securities of a Partnership, which
     holds Solely Subordinated Debentures of
     the Company                                               (28,990)            (26,723)            (20,987)
Allowance for Funds Used During Construction                    21,771              19,947              27,050
Settlement of Salem Litigation                                  69,800                  --                  --
Gain on Sale of Subsidiary                                          --                  --              58,745
Other, net                                                     (66,028)             (1,976)               (444)
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
     Total Other Income and Deductions                        (376,304)           (391,195)           (359,347)
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Income Before Income Taxes and Extraordinary Item              629,327             857,306           1,041,449

Income Taxes                                                   292,769             340,101             431,717
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Income Before Extraordinary Item                               336,558             517,205             609,732

Extraordinary Item (net of $1,290,961 income taxes)         (1,833,664)                 --                  --
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Net (Loss) Income                                           (1,497,106)            517,205             609,732
Preferred Stock Dividends                                       16,804              18,036              23,217
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Earnings Applicable to Common Stock                        $(1,513,910)        $   499,169         $   586,515
                                                           ===========         ===========         ===========
Average Shares of Common Stock
     Outstanding (Thousands)                                   222,543             222,490             221,859
                                                           ===========         ===========         ===========
Basic and Dilutive Earnings per Average Common
     Share Before Extraordinary Item (Dollars)             $      1.44         $      2.24         $      2.64
Extraordinary Item (Dollars)                               $     (8.24)                 --                  --
                                                           -----------         -----------         -----------
Basic and Dilutive Earnings per Average
     Common Share (Dollars)                                $     (6.80)        $      2.24         $      2.64
                                                           ===========         ===========         ===========
Dividends per Common Share (Dollars)                       $      1.80         $     1.755         $      1.65
                                                           ===========         ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


<PAGE>
                                                                              23
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,                                   1997               1996                 1995
                                                                                           Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net Income                                                  $(1,497,106)        $   517,205         $   609,732
Extraordinary Item (net of $1,290,961 income taxes)          (1,833,664)                 --                  --
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------
Income Before Extraordinary Item                                336,558             517,205             609,732
Adjustments to reconcile Net Income to Net Cash
          provided by Operating Activities:
     Depreciation and Amortization                              664,294             566,412             531,299
     Deferred Income Taxes                                      (17,228)            166,771             183,514
     Salem Litigation Settlement                                 69,800                  --                  --
     Gain on Sale of Subsidiary                                      --                  --             (58,745)
     Deferred Energy Costs                                       (5,652)            (66,151)            (71,104)
     Amortization of Leased Property                             39,100              31,400              42,900
     Changes in Working Capital:
          Accounts Receivable                                  (289,610)             53,681              (8,198)
          Inventories                                            28,628              (2,729)            (10,872)
          Accounts Payable                                       93,881             (86,765)             (4,686)
          Other Current Assets and Liabilities                   58,539             (25,040)              9,641
     Deferred Credits - Other                                    78,846              (4,609)              5,172
     Other Items affecting Operations                           (19,005)             22,070              11,683
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------
Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities                      1,038,151           1,172,245           1,240,336
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Investment in Plant                                            (490,200)           (548,854)           (532,614)
Proceeds from Sale of Subsidiary                                     --                  --             150,000
Increase in Other Investments                                   (83,261)           (114,126)            (82,041)
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------
Net Cash Flows from Investing Activities                       (573,461)           (662,980)           (464,655)
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Change in Short-Term Debt                                       114,000             287,500             (11,499)
Issuance of Common Stock                                            117              11,301              15,585
Retirement of Preferred Stock                                   (61,895)                 --             (78,105)
Issuance of Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable
     Preferred Securities of a Partnership                       50,000                  --              81,032
Issuance of Long-Term Debt                                      161,813              43,700             182,540
Retirement of Long-Term Debt                                   (283,303)           (427,463)           (575,713)
Loss on Reacquired Debt                                          22,752              24,724              12,302
Dividends on Preferred and Common Stock                        (417,383)           (411,569)           (390,340)
Change in Dividends Payable                                      (5,438)              1,685               5,626
Expenses of Issuing Long-Term Debt and Capital Stock             (2,084)                890                (577)
Capital Lease Payments                                          (39,100)            (31,400)            (42,900)
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------
Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities                       (460,521)           (500,632)           (802,049)
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents                  4,169               8,633             (26,368)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at beginning of period                 29,235              20,602              46,970
                                                            -----------         -----------         -----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of period                  $    33,404         $    29,235         $    20,602
                                                            ===========         ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
<PAGE>
24

Consolidated Balance Sheets

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At December 31,                                                      1997               1996
                                                                        Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>        
Assets

Utility Plant
Electric - Transmission & Distribution                        $ 3,617,666        $ 3,494,778
Electric - Generation                                           1,434,895         10,127,602
Gas                                                             1,071,819          1,005,507
Common                                                            302,672            317,065
                                                              -----------        -----------
                                                                6,427,052         14,944,952
     Less Accumulated Provision for Depreciation                2,690,824          5,046,950
                                                              -----------        -----------
                                                                3,736,228          9,898,002
Nuclear Fuel, net                                                 147,359            199,579
Construction Work in Progress                                     611,204            661,871
Leased Property, net                                              175,933            182,088
                                                              -----------        -----------
     Net Utility Plant                                          4,670,724         10,941,540
                                                              -----------        -----------


Current Assets
Cash and Temporary Cash Investments                                33,404             29,235
Accounts Receivable, net
     Customers                                                    173,350             19,159
     Other                                                        139,996             74,377
Inventories, at average cost
     Fossil Fuel                                                   84,858             84,633
     Materials and Supplies                                        90,890            119,743
Deferred Generation Costs Recoverable in Current Rates            424,497                 --
Deferred Energy Costs-Gas                                          35,665             30,013
Other                                                              20,115             63,234
                                                              -----------        -----------
     Total Current Assets                                       1,002,775            420,394
                                                              -----------        -----------


Deferred Debits and Other Assets
Competitive Transition Charge                                   5,274,624                 --
Recoverable Deferred Income Taxes                                 590,267          2,325,721
Deferred Limerick Costs                                                --            361,762
Deferred Non-Pension Postretirement Benefits Costs                 97,409            233,492
Deferred Energy Costs-Electric                                         --             92,021
Investments                                                       515,835            432,574
Loss on Reacquired Debt                                            83,918            283,853
Other                                                             121,016            169,262
                                                              -----------        -----------
     Total Deferred Debits and Other Assets                     6,683,069          3,898,685
                                                              -----------        -----------

Total Assets                                                  $12,356,568        $15,260,619
                                                              ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


<PAGE>
                                                                              25
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At December 31,                                                     1997                 1996
                                                                         Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>         
Capitalization and Liabilities

Capitalization
Common Shareholders' Equity
     Common Stock                                           $  3,517,731         $  3,517,614
     Other Paid-In Capital                                         1,239                1,326
     Retained (Deficit) Earnings                                (792,239)           1,127,041
                                                            ------------         ------------
                                                               2,726,731            4,645,981
Preferred and Preference Stock
     Without Mandatory Redemption                                137,472              199,367
     With Mandatory Redemption                                    92,700               92,700
Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred
     Securities of a Partnership, which holds Solely
     Subordinated Debentures of the Company                      352,085              302,182
Long-Term Debt                                                 3,853,141            3,935,514
                                                            ------------         ------------
     Total Capitalization                                      7,162,129            9,175,744
                                                            ------------         ------------

Current Liabilities
Notes Payable, Bank                                              401,500              287,500
Long-Term Debt Due Within One Year                               247,087              283,303
Capital Lease Obligations Due Within One Year                     55,808               49,347
Accounts Payable                                                 306,847              212,966
Taxes Accrued                                                     66,397               71,482
Interest Accrued                                                  77,911               82,006
Dividends Payable                                                 16,969               22,407
Deferred Income Taxes                                            185,696                2,745
Other                                                            260,457               91,608
                                                            ------------         ------------
     Total Current Liabilities                                 1,618,672            1,103,364
                                                            ------------         ------------

Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities
Capital Lease Obligations                                        120,125              132,741
Deferred Income Taxes                                          2,297,042            3,745,242
Unamortized Investment Tax Credits                               318,065              336,132
Pension Obligation                                               211,596              224,454
Non-Pension Postretirement Benefits Obligation                   324,850              315,058
Other                                                            304,089              227,884
                                                            ------------         ------------
     Total Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities              3,575,767            4,981,511
                                                            ------------         ------------

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 3, 4 and 5)

Total Capitalization and Liabilities                        $ 12,356,568         $ 15,260,619
                                                            ============         ============
</TABLE>


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>
26

Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Common Shareholders' Equity and Preferred
Stock


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Other      Retained
                                                Common Stock         Paid-In     Earnings       Preferred Stock
All Amounts in Thousands                     Shares       Amount     Capital     (Deficit)   Shares      Amount

<S>                                         <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>     
Balance at January 1, 1995                   221,609    $3,490,728    $1,271      $810,507     3,702    $370,172
                                             -------    ----------    ------    ----------     -----    --------

Net Income                                                                         609,732
Cash Dividends Declared
     Preferred Stock
       (at specified annual rates)                                                 (24,253)
     Common Stock ($1.65 per share)                                               (366,087)
Expenses of Capital Stock Activity                                                  (4,035)
Capital Stock Activity
     Long-Term Incentive Plan Issuances          563        15,585                  (2,156)
     Preferred Stock Issuances                                            55
     Preferred Stock Redemptions                                                                (781)    (78,105)
                                             -------    ----------    ------    ----------     -----    --------
Balance at December 31, 1995                 222,172     3,506,313     1,326     1,023,708     2,921     292,067

Net Income                                                                         517,205
Cash Dividends Declared
     Preferred Stock
       (at specified annual rates)                                                 (21,042)
     Common Stock ($1.755 per share)                                              (390,527)
Expenses of Capital Stock Activity                                                    (275)
Capital Stock Activity
     Long-Term Incentive Plan Issuances          370        11,301                  (2,028)
                                             -------    ----------    ------    ----------     -----    --------
Balance at December 31, 1996                 222,542     3,517,614     1,326     1,127,041     2,921     292,067

Net Loss                                                                        (1,497,106)
Cash Dividends Declared
     Preferred Stock
       (at specified annual rates)                                                 (16,805)
     Common Stock ($1.80 per share)                                               (400,578)
Expenses of Capital Stock Activity                                                      98
Interest on Stock Repurchase
     Forward Contract                                                               (4,889)
Capital Stock Activity
     Long-Term Incentive Plan Issuances            5           117
     Preferred Stock Redemptions                                         (87)                   (619)    (61,895)
                                             -------    ----------    ------    ----------     -----    --------
Balance at December 31, 1997                 222,547    $3,517,731    $1,239     $(792,239)    2,302    $230,172
                                             =======    ==========    ======     =========     =====    ========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


<PAGE>
27

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


1. Significant Accounting Policies


General
The  consolidated  financial  statements  of PECO  Energy  Company  include  the
accounts of its utility  subsidiary  companies,  all of which are wholly  owned.
Accounting  policies are in accordance  with those  prescribed by the regulatory
authorities  having  jurisdiction,  principally the Pennsylvania  Public Utility
Commission  (PUC) and the  Federal  Energy  Regulatory  Commission  (FERC).  The
Company has unconsolidated  non-utility subsidiaries which are not material. The
unconsolidated subsidiaries are accounted for under the equity method.

Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Estimates are used in the Company's  accounting for unbilled  revenue,  the
allowance for uncollectible accounts,  fuel adjustment clause,  depreciation and
amortization, taxes, reserves for contingencies, employee benefits, certain fair
value and recoverability determinations, and nuclear outage costs, among others.

Accounting for the Effects of Regulation
The Company  accounts for all of its regulated  operations  in  accordance  with
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 71, "Accounting for the
Effects of Certain  Types of  Regulation,"  requiring  the Company to record the
financial  statement  effects  of the rate  regulation  to which the  Company is
currently  subject.  If a separable portion of the Company's  business no longer
meets the  provisions  of SFAS No. 71, the Company is required to eliminate  the
financial  statement effects of regulation for that portion.  Effective December
31, 1997, the Company  determined  that the electric  generation  portion of its
business no longer met the criteria of SFAS No. 71 and, accordingly, implemented
SFAS No. 101,  "Regulated  Enterprises - Accounting for the  Discontinuation  of
FASB Statement No. 71," for that portion of its business (see note 4).

Revenues
Electric  and gas  revenues  are  recorded  as service is  rendered or energy is
delivered  to  customers.  At the end of each  month,  the  Company  accrues  an
estimate for the  unbilled  amount of energy  delivered or services  provided to
customers (see note 8).

Energy and Purchased Gas Cost Adjustment Clause
The  Company's  gas rates are subject to a fuel  adjustment  clause  designed to
recover or refund the  difference  between the actual cost of purchased  gas and
the amount  included in base rates.  Differences  between the amounts  billed to
customers  and the actual  costs  recoverable  are  deferred  and  recovered  or
refunded in future  periods by means of prospective  adjustments to rates.  Such
rates are adjusted quarterly.

     Prior to December  31,  1996,  the  Company's  retail  electric  rates were
subject to an Energy Cost Adjustment  (ECA) clause designed to recover or refund
the difference  between the actual cost of fuel, energy interchange or purchased
power and the amount of such costs  included in base rates.  Effective  December
31, 1996,  the PUC  approved the roll-in of electric  energy costs into the base
rates charged to the Company's  retail electric  customers and such rates are no
longer subject to the ECA.

Utility Plant
Effective December 31, 1997, electric generation plant is valued at the lower of
original cost or market pursuant to SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment
of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of." All other
utility plant continues to be valued at original cost (see note 4).

Nuclear Fuel
The cost of nuclear fuel is capitalized  and charged to fuel expense on the unit
of production  method.  Estimated  costs of nuclear fuel disposal are charged to
fuel  expense as the related fuel is consumed.  The  Company's  share of nuclear
fuel at Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station  (Peach  Bottom) and Salem  Generating
Station  (Salem) is accounted for as a capital  lease.  Nuclear fuel at Limerick
Generating Station (Limerick) is owned.

Depreciation and Decommissioning
Depreciation  is  provided  over  the  estimated  service  lives of plant on the
straight-line method. The Company is currently reviewing the useful lives of its
electric  generation  assets.  Annual  depreciation   provisions  for  financial
reporting  purposes,  expressed as a percentage of average  depreciable  utility
plant in  service,  were  approximately  3.3% in 1997,  2.9% in 1996 and 2.8% in
1995. See note 3 for  information  concerning the change in 1996 to depreciation
and amortization.

     The  Company's  current  estimate  of the  costs  for  decommissioning  its
ownership  share of its nuclear  generating  stations is  currently  included in
electric base rates and is charged to operations over the expected  service life
of the related  plant.  The amounts  recovered  from  customers are deposited in
trust  accounts and invested for funding of future  costs.  These  amounts,  and
realized investment earnings thereon, are credited to accumulated  depreciation.
The Company  believes that the amounts being  recovered from  customers  through
electric  rates will be sufficient to fully fund the  unrecorded  portion of its
decommissioning obligation (see note 5).

<PAGE>
28

Income Taxes
The Company uses an asset and liability  approach for financial  accounting  and
reporting of income taxes.  Investment tax credits are deferred and amortized to
income over the estimated useful life of the related property (see note 14).

Allowance for Funds Used During Construction (AFUDC)
AFUDC is the cost,  during the period of construction,  of debt and equity funds
used to  finance  construction  projects.  AFUDC  is  recorded  as a  charge  to
Construction  Work in Progress and as a credit to Other  Income and  Deductions.
The rates used for  capitalizing  AFUDC,  which averaged 8.88% in 1997, 9.38% in
1996 and 9.88% in 1995,  are computed  under a method  prescribed  by regulatory
authorities.   AFUDC  is  not  included  in  regular   taxable  income  and  the
depreciation of capitalized AFUDC is not tax deductible.

     Effective  January 1, 1998, the Company ceased  accruing AFUDC for electric
generation-related construction projects and will use SFAS No. 34, "Capitalizing
Interest  Costs," to calculate  the costs during the period of  construction  of
debt  funds  used  to  finance  its  electric  generation-related   construction
projects.

Nuclear Outage Costs
Incremental  nuclear maintenance and refueling outage costs are accrued over the
unit  operating  cycle.  For each  unit,  an  accrual  for  incremental  nuclear
maintenance  and  refueling  outage  expense is estimated  based upon the latest
planned outage schedule and estimated costs for the outage.  Differences between
the accrued and actual expense for the outage are recorded when such differences
are known.

Capitalized Software Costs
Software projects which exceed $5 million are capitalized.  At December 31, 1997
and 1996,  capitalized  software  costs  totaled $86 and $78 million (net of $29
million accumulated amortization in each year),  respectively.  Such capitalized
amounts are amortized  ratably over the expected lives of the projects when they
become operational, not to exceed ten years.

Gains and Losses on Reacquired Debt
Prior to December 31, 1997,  gains and losses on  reacquired  debt were deferred
and  amortized  to interest  expense  over the period  approved  for  ratemaking
purposes.  Effective  January  1,  1998,  gains and  losses on  reacquired  debt
associated with the electric generation portion of the Company's operations will
be expensed as incurred. Gains and losses on reacquired debt associated with the
Company's  regulated  operations  will  continue to be deferred and amortized to
interest expense over the period approved for ratemaking purposes.

Reclassifications
Certain  prior-year  amounts have been  reclassified  for comparative  purposes.
These  reclassifications  had no  effect on net  income or common  shareholders'
equity.


2. Nature of Operations and Segment Information

The Company  provides  retail  electric and natural gas service to the public in
southeastern  Pennsylvania and, in pilot programs,  natural gas service to areas
in Maryland and New Jersey. The Company also engages in the wholesale  marketing
of electricity on a national basis.  The Company  participates in joint ventures
which  provide  telecommunications   services  in  the  Philadelphia  area.  The
Company's  traditional  retail  service  territory  covers 2,107  square  miles.
Electric service is furnished to an area of 1,972 square miles with a population
of 3.6 million, including 1.6 million in the City of Philadelphia. Approximately
94% of the retail  electric  service area and 64% of retail  kilowatthour  (kWh)
sales are in the suburbs around Philadelphia,  and 6% of the retail service area
and 36% of such sales are in the City of  Philadelphia.  Natural  gas service is
supplied in a 1,475-square-mile  area of southeastern  Pennsylvania  adjacent to
Philadelphia with a population of 1.9 million.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,                         1997               1996                1995
                                                                                Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                               <C>                <C>                 <C>        
Electric Operations
Operating revenues:
Residential                                       $ 1,357,449        $ 1,370,158         $ 1,379,046
Small commercial and industrial                       778,743            748,561             730,220
Large commercial and industrial                     1,077,374          1,098,307           1,135,550
Other                                                 147,523            140,133             136,988
Unbilled                                               19,130            (25,950)             42,580
                                                  -----------        -----------         -----------
     Service territory                              3,380,219          3,331,209           3,424,384
Interchange sales                                      58,614             25,991              17,488
Sales to other utilities                              727,836            497,636             333,454
                                                  -----------        -----------         -----------
     Total operating revenues                       4,166,669          3,854,836           3,775,326
                                                  -----------        -----------         -----------
Operating expenses, excluding depreciation          2,697,877          2,243,094           2,026,112
Depreciation                                          552,667            462,315             430,993
                                                  -----------        -----------         -----------
     Operating income                             $   916,125        $ 1,149,427         $ 1,318,221
                                                  ===========        ===========         ===========
Utility plant additions                           $   382,157        $   447,105         $   435,400
                                                  ===========        ===========         ===========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                              29
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,                          1997                 1996                 1995
                                                                                    Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>                  <C>         
Gas Operations
Operating revenues:
Residential                                       $     16,852         $     15,716         $     15,482
House heating                                          265,299              249,507              235,456
Commercial and industrial                              144,801              132,822              125,631
Other                                                    3,228               11,462                5,382
Unbilled                                                  (969)              (4,250)               6,540
                                                  ------------         ------------         ------------
     Subtotal                                          429,211              405,257              388,491
                                                  ------------         ------------         ------------
Other revenues (including transported
     for customers)                                     22,021               23,557               22,339
                                                  ------------         ------------         ------------
     Total operating revenues                          451,232              428,814              410,830
                                                  ------------         ------------         ------------
Operating expenses, excluding depreciation             333,798              303,054              301,994
Depreciation                                            27,928               26,686               26,261
                                                  ------------         ------------         ------------
     Operating income                             $     89,506         $     99,074         $     82,575
                                                  ============         ============         ============
Utility plant additions                           $     85,212         $     68,394         $     63,192
                                                  ============         ============         ============

Identifiable Assets* at December 31,
Electric                                          $  9,610,984         $ 10,287,444         $ 10,408,105
Gas                                                    966,685              858,471              785,881
Nonallocable assets                                  1,778,899            4,114,704            4,114,519
                                                  ------------         ------------         ------------
     Total assets                                 $ 12,356,568         $ 15,260,619         $ 15,308,505
                                                  ============         ============         ============
</TABLE>

*    Includes   utility  plant  less  accumulated   depreciation,   inventories,
     segment-specific regulatory assets and allocated common utility property.

3. Rate Matters

Competition Act
The Electricity Generation Customer Choice and Competition Act (Competition Act)
was enacted in December 1996,  providing for the  restructuring  of the electric
utility  industry in Pennsylvania,  including retail  competition for generation
beginning in 1999.  The  Competition  Act requires  the  unbundling  of electric
services into separate generation,  transmission and distribution  services with
open retail competition for generation.  Electric  distribution and transmission
services  will  remain  regulated  by the  PUC.  The  Competition  Act  requires
utilities to submit to the PUC restructuring plans, including  quantification of
their   stranded   costs   (the  loss  in  value  of  the   Company's   electric
generation-related assets, which will result from competition).  The Competition
Act authorizes the recovery of stranded  costs through  charges to  distribution
customers for up to nine years (or for an alternative  period  determined by the
PUC for good cause shown).  During that period, the utility is subject to a rate
cap which provides that total charges to customers  cannot exceed rates in place
as of December 31, 1996, subject to certain exceptions. The Competition Act also
caps transmission and distribution rates from December 31, 1996 through June 30,
2001, subject to certain exceptions.

     Pursuant to the Competition  Act, in April 1997, the Company filed with the
PUC a comprehensive  restructuring plan detailing its proposal to implement full
customer choice of electric  generation  supplier.  The Company's  restructuring
plan  identified $7.5 billion of stranded costs. In August 1997, the Company and
various intervenors in the Company's restructuring proceeding filed with the PUC
a Joint Petition for Partial Settlement (Pennsylvania Plan).

     In December  1997,  the PUC rejected the  Pennsylvania  Plan and entered an
Opinion  and Order,  revised in January  1998 (PUC  Restructuring  Order),  that
deregulates the Company's electric generation operations.  The PUC Restructuring
Order allows the Company to recover $4.9 billion on a discounted  basis, or $5.3
billion on a book value basis,  over 8-1/2 years beginning in 1999.  Recovery of
allowed  stranded  costs will be through a separate  charge to be levelized over
the recovery period using a 7.47% cost of capital. Other major provisions of the
PUC  Restructuring  Order include  capping  customer  bills at the year-end 1996
system-wide average of 9.95 cents per kWh; beginning January 1, 1999, unbundling
rates into a transmission and distribution component, the charge for recovery of
stranded costs and a "shopping credit" for generation;  and phasing-in  customer
choice  of  electric  generation  supplier  for all  customers  in three  steps:
one-third of the peak load of each customer class on January 1, 1999,  one-third
on  January 2, 1999 (one day later)  and the  remainder  on January 2, 2000.  To
encourage competition,  the PUC established the "shopping credit" for generation
in excess of current market prices.

     On January 21, 1998,  the Company  filed a complaint  in the U.S.  District
Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania  seeking  injunctive and monetary
relief on the grounds that the Competition Act and the PUC Restructuring  Order:
(1) are  preempted  by Section  201(b) of the  Federal  Power Act;  (2) effect a
taking of private property  without just  compensation in violation of the Fifth
and Fourteenth Amendments to the U.S. Constitution;  (3) violate the Due Process
Clause,  the Contract Clause and the First  Amendment of the U.S.  Constitution;
and (4) deprive the Company of certain other federally protected rights.
<PAGE>
30

     On January 22,  1998,  the Company  filed two  Petitions  for Review in the
Commonwealth Court of Pennsylvania,  appealing the PUC Restructuring  Order. The
petitions state that the PUC Restructuring Order must be set aside because it is
based upon errors of law, is not supported by substantial evidence,  constitutes
an arbitrary and capricious abuse of administrative  discretion and deprives the
Company of the due process of law, to which it is  entitled  under  Article I of
the Pennsylvania Constitution.

Limerick
Under its electric tariffs through December 31, 1997, the Company was recovering
$285  million of  deferred  Limerick  costs  representing  carrying  charges and
depreciation associated with 50% of Limerick common facilities. The Company also
deferred certain  operating and maintenance  expenses,  depreciation and accrued
carrying  charges on its capital  investment  in Limerick  Unit No. 2 and 50% of
Limerick  common  facilities.  These costs were  included in base rates and were
being recovered over a nine-year period  beginning  October 1, 1996. The Company
was also  recovering  $137 million of Limerick  Unit No. 1 costs over a ten-year
period  without a return on investment.  At December 31, 1997,  the  unamortized
portion  of  these   regulatory   assets  were  included  as  part  of  electric
generation-related regulatory assets (see note 4).

     Under its  electric  tariffs and ECA, the Company was allowed to retain for
shareholders  any  proceeds  above  the  average  energy  cost for  sales of 399
megawatts (MW) of near-term  excess  capacity  and/or  associated  energy and to
share in the benefits  which  resulted from the operation of both Limerick Units
No. 1 and No. 2. The Company's ECA was discontinued at December 31, 1996. During
1996 and 1995,  the  Company  recorded  as revenue net of fuel costs $82 and $79
million,  respectively, as a result of the sale of the 399 MW of capacity and/or
associated energy and the Company's share of Limerick energy savings.


Declaratory Accounting Order
Pursuant to a PUC  Declaratory  Order,  effective  October 1, 1996,  the Company
increased  depreciation and  amortization on assets  associated with Limerick by
$100  million per year and  decreased  depreciation  and  amortization  on other
Company assets by $10 million per year, for a net increase in  depreciation  and
amortization of $90 million per year.  Effective  December 31, 1997, the Company
ceased  this  increased  depreciation  since  this  Declaratory  Order  has been
superseded by the PUC Restructuring Order. At December 31, 1997, the $90 million
of  depreciation  and  amortization  that would have been recognized in 1998 was
deferred as a regulatory  asset,  since the Company's  rates will continue to be
cost-based until January 1, 1999, and will be amortized and recovered in 1998.

Recovery of Non-Pension Postretirement Benefits Costs
Effective January 1995, the Company increased electric base rates by $25 million
per year to recover the increased  costs,  including the annual  amortization of
the transition  obligation (over 18 years) deferred in 1994 and 1993, associated
with  the   implementation   of  SFAS  No.  106,   "Employers'   Accounting  for
Postretirement  Benefits  Other Than  Pensions,"  (see note 7).  During 1997 and
1996, the Company deposited $26 and $47 million, respectively, in trust accounts
to fund its retail electric  non-pension  postretirement  benefits costs.  These
costs include  amounts charged to operating  expense or capitalized  during 1997
and 1996.  At  December  31,  1997,  $121  million  of the  previously  recorded
transition  obligation  was  included  as  part of  electric  generation-related
regulatory assets (see note 4).

     The Company recognizes $2.8 million in non-pension  postretirement benefits
costs annually associated with gas utility operations. During 1997 and 1996, the
Company deposited $2.8 and $2.9 million, respectively, in trust accounts to fund
its gas non-pension postretirement benefits costs.

Energy Cost Adjustment
Through December 31, 1996, the Company was subject to a PUC-established electric
ECA which,  in addition to reconciling  fuel costs and revenues,  incorporated a
nuclear  performance  standard which allowed for financial  bonuses or penalties
depending on whether the Company's  system nuclear  capacity  factor exceeded or
fell below a specified  range.  For the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995,
the Company recorded bonuses of $22 and $13 million, respectively.

4.   Accounting Changes

The Company accounts for all of its regulated operations in accordance with SFAS
No. 71 which allows the Company to record the financial statement effects of the
rate  regulation  to  which  the  Company  is  subject.  Use of SFAS  No.  71 is
applicable  to the utility  operations  of the Company  which meet the following
criteria:  (1) third-party  regulation of rates; (2) cost-based rates; and (3) a
reasonable  assumption that all costs will be recoverable from customers through
rates.

     In 1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  through its
Emerging  Issues Task Force (EITF)  issued EITF No. 97-4,  "Deregulation  of the
Pricing of  Electricity - Issues Related to the  Application of FASB  Statements
No. 71, Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation,  and No. 101,
Regulated  Enterprises - Accounting  for the  Discontinuation  of Application of
FASB Statement No. 71." The EITF agreed that: a) an entity should cease to apply
SFAS No. 71 no later than the date the specific deregulation plan is enacted and
the details of that plan are known,  and b) both  stranded  costs and  regulated
assets and  liabilities  should continue to be recognized to the extent that the
transition plan provides for their recovery  through the regulated  transmission
and distribution portion of the business.

     The Company believes that the PUC Restructuring  Order provides  sufficient
details  regarding  the  deregulation  of  the  Company's  electric   generation
operations to require the Company to discontinue  the application of SFAS No. 71
for those  operations.  Effective  December  31, 1997,  the Company  adopted the
provisions of SFAS No. 101 for its electric generation operations.  SFAS No. 101
requires a  determination  of impairment of plant assets under SFAS No. 121, and
the  elimination of all effects of rate  regulation that have been recognized as
assets and liabilities pursuant to SFAS No. 71.
<PAGE>
                                                                              31

     At December  31, 1997,  the Company  performed  an  impairment  test of its
electric  generation  assets  pursuant to SFAS No. 121 on a plant specific basis
and  determined  that $6.1  billion of its $7.1  billion of electric  generation
assets would be impaired as of December 31, 1998. The Company estimated the fair
value for each of its electric  generating  units by  determining  its estimated
future  operating cash inflows and outflows.  The net future cash flows for each
electric  generating  plant were then  compared to its net book  value.  For any
electric generating plant with future undiscounted cash flows less than its book
value,  net cash flows were discounted using a discount rate  commensurate  with
the risk of each electric  generating plant. Since the Company's retail electric
rates will  continue  to be  cost-based  until  January 1,  1999,  $0.3  billion
representing depreciation expense on electric  generation-related assets in 1998
has been  reclassified to a regulatory asset and will be amortized and recovered
in 1998.

     At  December   31,   1997,   the  Company  had  $2.7  billion  of  electric
generation-related  regulatory  assets,  of which $0.1 billion will be amortized
and recovered through cost-based rates in 1998.

     At December 31,  1997,  the Company had total  electric  generation-related
stranded  costs of $8.4  billion,  representing  $5.8  billion  of net  stranded
electric  generation  plant  and $2.6  billion  of  electric  generation-related
regulatory  assets.  The PUC  Restructuring  Order allows the Company to recover
$4.9 billion on a discounted  basis,  or $5.3 billion on a book-value  basis, of
its  generation-related  stranded  costs from  customers.  This results in a net
unrecoverable amount of $3.1 billion.

     Although the Company is appealing the PUC Restructuring  Order,  Management
believes   that  EITF  No.  97-4   required   it  to  write  off  all   electric
generation-related  stranded costs for which recovery through rates has not been
provided.  Accordingly, the Company recorded an extraordinary charge at December
31,   1997  of  $3.1   billion   ($1.8   billion   net  of  taxes)  of  electric
generation-related stranded costs that will not be recovered from customers.

     A summary,  as of December  31, 1997,  of the  electric  generation-related
stranded costs and the amount of such stranded costs  written-off by the Company
is shown in the following table:

                                                     (Thousands of Dollars)
Electric generation-related asset impairment determined
     pursuant to SFAS No. 121
Net book value of electric
     generation-related assets
     before write-down                                          $7,115,155 
December 31, 1998 market value of
     electric generation-related assets
     pursuant to SFAS No. 121                                     (990,376)
Expected 1998 change in net plant
     recognized for recovery until
     cost-based rates cease at
     December 31, 1998                                            (303,800)
                                                                ---------- 
Electric generation-related asset impairment                     5,820,979

Electric generation-related regulatory assets

Recoverable Deferred Income Taxes                                1,762,946
Deferred Limerick Costs                                            321,420
Deferred Non-Pension Postretirement
     Benefits Other Than Pensions                                  120,899
Deferred Energy Costs - Electric                                    92,021
Loss on Reacquired Debt                                            177,183
Additional assets written-off pursuant to
     discontinuance of SFAS No. 71                                 104,818
Other                                                               90,480
Regulatory asset recognized for
     recovery until cost-based
     rates cease at December 31, 1998                              (91,497)
                                                                ---------- 
Total electric generation-related regulatory assets              2,578,270
                                                                ---------- 

Total electric generation-related stranded costs                 8,399,249

Amounts approved for collection
     from customers (regulatory asset
     pursuant to EITF No. 97-4)                                 (5,274,624)
                                                                ---------- 

Total Extraordinary Item                                       $ 3,124,625
                                                                ========== 


     Due to the market-based  pricing of electric  generation  provisions of the
PJM Interconnection, L.L.C. restructuring order approved by the FERC in November
1997,  the Company  believes that its wholesale  energy sales  operations are no
longer  subject to the  provisions of SFAS No. 71. Based on  projections  of the
Company's  retail load growth,  the Company believes all of its owned generation
capacity  is  necessary  to meet its  electric  retail  load.  As a result,  the
discontinuance  of SFAS No. 71 for its wholesale energy sales operations has not
resulted in an additional charge against income.

     The Company believes that its electric transmission and distribution system
and gas  operations  continue to meet the provisions of SFAS No. 71. The Company
believes  that it is  probable  that  regulatory  assets  associated  with these
operations will be recovered.
<PAGE>
32

     The Company  has  adopted  SFAS No.  128,  "Earnings  Per Share,"  which is
designed to simplify the existing computational  guidelines for the earnings per
share  (EPS)  information  provided  in  financial  statements,  to  revise  the
disclosure  requirements  and to increase  the  comparability  of EPS data on an
international  basis.  Pursuant to SFAS No. 128,  the Company  reflected  on its
Consolidated Statements of Income basic EPS and dilutive EPS for the years ended
December  31, 1997,  1996 and 1995.  Adoption of SFAS No. 128 did not impact the
amount of EPS reported and there is no difference  in the amounts  calculated as
basic EPS and dilutive EPS.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Capital Commitments
Total capital  expenditures,  primarily for utility  plant,  are estimated to be
$600  million  in  1998.  Due  to  the  expected   adverse  impact  of  the  PUC
Restructuring  Order and  competition  for electric  generating  services on its
future  capital  resources,  the  Company is  currently  evaluating  its capital
commitments for 1999 and beyond. Certain facilities under construction and to be
constructed  may require permits and licenses which the Company has no assurance
will  be  granted.  The  Company  has  undertaken  a  number  of  new  ventures,
principally  through  its  Telecommunications   Group,  some  of  which  require
significant  cash  commitments.   For  1998,  the  Company's   expected  capital
expenditures include approximately $150 million in such ventures.

     The  Company's  operations  have in the past and may in the future  require
substantial capital expenditures in order to comply with environmental laws.

Nuclear Insurance
The  Price-Anderson Act currently limits the liability of nuclear reactor owners
to $8.9 billion for claims that could arise from a single incident. The limit is
subject to change to account  for the  effects of  inflation  and changes in the
number  of  licensed  reactors.   The  Company  carries  the  maximum  available
commercial  insurance of $200 million and the remaining $8.7 billion is provided
through  mandatory  participation  in a  financial  protection  pool.  Under the
Price-Anderson  Act,  all nuclear  reactor  licensees  can be assessed up to $79
million  per  reactor  per  incident,  payable at no more than $10  million  per
reactor per incident per year. This assessment is subject to inflation and state
premium taxes. In addition,  Congress could impose revenue  raising  measures on
the nuclear industry to pay claims.

     The  Company  carries  property  damage,   decontamination   and  premature
decommissioning insurance in the amount of its $2.75 billion proportionate share
for each station loss resulting from damage to its nuclear plants.  In the event
of an accident,  insurance proceeds must first be used for reactor stabilization
and site decontamination.  If the decision is made to decommission the facility,
a portion  of the  insurance  proceeds  will be  allocated  to a fund  which the
Company is required by the Nuclear Regulatory  Commission (NRC) to maintain,  to
provide for decommissioning  the facility.  The Company is unable to predict the
timing  of the  availability  of  insurance  proceeds  to the  Company  for  the
Company's bondholders, and the amount of such proceeds which would be available.
Under  the terms of the  various  insurance  agreements,  the  Company  could be
assessed  up to $26  million  for losses  incurred  at any plant  insured by the
insurance  companies.  The Company is self-insured to the extent that any losses
may exceed the amount of insurance maintained. Such losses could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

     The  Company is a member of an  industry  mutual  insurance  company  which
provides  replacement  power cost  insurance in the event of a major  accidental
outage at a nuclear  station.  The  premium  for this  coverage  is  subject  to
assessment  for adverse loss  experience.  The  Company's  maximum  share of any
assessment is $13 million per year.

Nuclear Decommissioning and Spent Fuel Storage
The Company's current estimate of its nuclear facilities'  decommissioning  cost
of $1.5 billion in 1997 dollars is being collected  through  electric rates over
the life of each  generating  unit.  Beginning  in 1999,  these  amounts will be
recoverable  through  transmission and distribution  rates. Under current rates,
the Company  collects  and  expenses  approximately  $20 million  annually  from
customers.  The expense is accounted for as a component of depreciation  expense
and  accumulated  depreciation.  At December  31,  1997 and 1996,  $294 and $256
million,  respectively,  was included in accumulated  depreciation.  In order to
fund future  decommissioning  costs,  at December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company
held $320 and $266 million,  respectively,  in trust accounts which are included
as an Investment in the  Company's  Consolidated  Balance Sheet and include both
net unrealized and realized gains.  Net unrealized  gains of $43 and $26 million
were recognized as a Deferred Credit in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet
at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The Company recognized net realized
gains of $11, $10 and $9 million as Other Income in the  Company's  Consolidated
Statement  of Income  for the years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively.  The  Company  believes  that the  amounts  being  recovered  from
customers through electric rates will be sufficient to fully fund the unrecorded
portion of its decommissioning obligation.

     In an  Exposure  Draft  issued in 1996,  the FASB  proposed  changes in the
accounting for closure and removal costs of production facilities, including the
recognition, measurement and classification of decommissioning costs for nuclear
generating  stations.  The FASB has expanded the scope of the Exposure  Draft to
include closure or removal  liabilities that are incurred at any time during the
operating  life of the related  long-lived  asset.  The FASB has decided that it
should proceed toward either a final Statement or a revised  Exposure Draft. The
timing of this project is still to be determined.  If current  electric  utility
industry accounting practices for decommissioning are changed, annual provisions
for  decommissioning  could increase and the estimated cost for  decommissioning
could be recorded as a liability  rather than as accumulated  depreciation  with
recognition of an increase in the cost of a related regulatory asset.

     Under the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982 (NWPA),  the U.S.  Department of
Energy (DOE) is required to begin taking  possession  of all spent  nuclear fuel
generated by the Company's  nuclear units for long-term storage by no later than
1998. Based on recent public  pronouncements,  it is not 


<PAGE>
                                                                              33

likely that a permanent  disposal site will be available for the industry before
2015,  at the earliest.  In reaction to statements  from the DOE that it was not
legally  obligated  to begin to accept  spent fuel in 1998, a group of utilities
and state government  agencies filed a lawsuit against the DOE which resulted in
a decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia (D.C. Court
of Appeals) in July 1996 that the DOE had an unequivocal  obligation to begin to
accept spent fuel in 1998. In accordance with the NWPA, the Company pays the DOE
one mill  ($.001) per  kilowatthour  of net nuclear  generation  for the cost of
nuclear fuel disposal. This fee may be adjusted prospectively in order to ensure
full cost  recovery.  Because of inaction by the DOE following the D.C. Court of
Appeals finding of the DOE's obligation to begin receiving spent fuel in 1998, a
group of forty-two utility companies, including the Company, and forty-six state
agencies,  filed suit against the DOE seeking  authorization  to suspend further
payments to the U.S. government under the NWPA and to deposit such payments into
an escrow account until such time as the DOE takes effective  action to meet its
1998 obligations.  In November 1997, the D.C. Court of Appeals issued a decision
in which it held that the DOE had not abided by its prior determination that the
DOE has an  unconditional  obligation to begin disposal of spent nuclear fuel by
January  31,  1998.  The  D.C.  Court of  Appeals  also  precluded  the DOE from
asserting that it was not required to begin receiving spent nuclear fuel because
it had not yet prepared a permanent  repository or an interim storage  facility.
The  DOE  and  one  of  the  utility   companies   have  filed  a  Petition  for
Reconsideration of the decision.  The U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S.
Senate passed  separate bills in 1997  authorizing  construction  of a temporary
storage  facility  which could accept spent nuclear fuel from utilities in 2003.
In addition,  the DOE is exploring  other options to address delays in the waste
acceptance schedule.

     Peach Bottom has on-site  facilities  with  capacity to store spent nuclear
fuel discharged from the units through 2000 for Unit No. 2 and 2001 for Unit No.
3.  Life-of-plant  storage capacity will be provided by on-site dry cask storage
facilities,  the construction of which will begin in 1998.  Limerick has on-site
facilities with capacity to store spent nuclear fuel to 2007.  Salem has on-site
facilities with spent fuel storage capacity through 2008 for Unit No. 1 and 2012
for Unit No. 2. Public Service  Electric and Gas Company (PSE&G) is the operator
of Salem, which is 42.59% owned by the Company.

Energy Commitments
The Company's  electric utility  operations  include the wholesale  marketing of
electricity. At December 31,1997, the Company had long-term commitments relating
to the purchase from  unaffiliated  utilities and others energy  associated with
1,330 MW of capacity in 1998,  with 2,540 MW of capacity  during the period 1999
through 2002 and with 2,430 MW of capacity  thereafter.  During 1997,  purchases
under long-term  commitments  resulted in  expenditures  of $311 million.  As of
December 31, 1997, these purchases  result in commitments of approximately  $240
million  for  1998,  $620  million  for  1999  through  2002  and  $830  million
thereafter.  These purchases will be utilized  through a combination of sales to
jurisdictional  customers,  long-term  sales to other  utilities and open market
sales. Under some of these contracts,  the Company may purchase,  at its option,
additional power as needed.

     In the  wholesale  market,  the  Company has  increased  its sales to other
utilities, but increased competition has reduced the Company's profit margins on
these  sales.  At December  31,  1997,  the Company had entered  into  long-term
agreements with  unaffiliated  utilities to sell energy associated with 4,280 MW
of capacity,  of which 540 MW of these agreements are for 1998, 1,700 MW are for
1999 through 2002 and the remaining 2,040 MW extend through 2022.

Environmental Issues
The  Company's  operations  have  in the  past  and  may in the  future  require
substantial  capital  expenditures in order to comply with  environmental  laws.
Additionally,  under  federal  and state  environmental  laws,  the  Company  is
generally  liable for the costs of remediating  environmental  contamination  of
property now or formerly  owned by the Company and of property  contaminated  by
hazardous  substances  generated  by the  Company.  The Company owns or leases a
number of real estate parcels,  including parcels on which its operations or the
operations of others may have resulted in  contamination by substances which are
considered hazardous under environmental laws. The Company is currently involved
in a number of proceedings  relating to sites where  hazardous  substances  have
been deposited and may be subject to additional proceedings in the future.

     The Company has  identified  27 sites where former  manufactured  gas plant
(MGP)  activities  have or may have resulted in actual site  contamination.  The
Company is presently engaged in performing various levels of activities at these
sites, including initial evaluation to determine the existence and nature of the
contamination,  detailed evaluation to determine the extent of the contamination
and the necessity and possible  methods of remediation,  and  implementation  of
remediation.   The  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Environmental  Protection  has
approved  the  Company's  clean-up of two sites.  Six other sites are  currently
under some degree of active study and/or remediation.

     As of  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  the  Company  had accrued $63 and $28
million,  respectively,  for environmental  investigation and remediation costs,
including  $35  and  $16  million,   respectively,  for  MGP  investigation  and
remediation,  that  currently can be reasonably  estimated.  The Company  cannot
predict  whether it will incur  other  significant  liabilities  for  additional
investigation  and remediation  costs at these or additional sites identified by
the  Company,  environmental  agencies or others,  or whether such costs will be
recoverable from third parties.

Shutdown of Salem Generating Station
PSE&G removed Salem Units No. 1 and No. 2 from service in the second  quarter of
1995 and informed the NRC at that time that it had  determined to keep the Salem
units  shut  down  pending  review  and  resolution  of  certain  equipment  and
management  issues and NRC agreement that each unit is sufficiently  prepared to
restart.  Unit No. 2 returned to service on August 30, 1997, and PSE&G estimates
the  restart of Unit No. 1 to occur late in the first  quarter of 1998.  For the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company  incurred and expensed
approximately $152, $149 and $50 million of  shutdown-related  replacement power
and maintenance costs, respectively (see note 21).
<PAGE>
34

Telecommunications
The Company  periodically  reviews its  investments  to determine  that they are
properly valued in its financial  statements.  Due to circumstances  involved in
the Federal Communication Commission's auctioning of the personal communications
systems "C-block"  licenses,  the Company has determined that $20 million of its
telecommunications  investments were impaired at December 31, 1997. Accordingly,
at December 31, 1997,  the Company  incurred a $20 million  charge against Other
Income and Deductions to write off this telecommunications investment.

Litigation
The  Company is involved  in various  other  litigation  matters.  The  ultimate
outcome of such  matters,  while  uncertain,  is not expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

6. Retirement Benefits

The Company and its subsidiaries  have a  non-contributory  trusteed  retirement
plan applicable to all regular employees.  The benefits are based primarily upon
employees'  years of service  and  average  earnings  prior to  retirement.  The
Company's funding policy is to contribute,  at a minimum,  amounts sufficient to
meet the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act  requirements.  Approximately
89%, 80% and 74% of pension costs were charged to  operations in 1997,  1996 and
1995,  respectively,  and the remainder,  associated with construction labor, to
the cost of new utility plant.

Pension costs for 1997, 1996 and 1995 included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997              1996              1995
                                                                               Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>               <C>      
Service cost benefits earned during the period        $  25,368         $  27,627         $  19,710
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation           150,057           145,570           147,261
Actual return on plan assets                           (377,803)         (320,247)         (456,057)
Amortization of transition asset                         (4,538)           (4,538)           (4,538)
Amortization and deferral                               197,480           154,402           300,214
                                                      ---------         ---------         ---------
     Net pension cost                                 $  (9,436)        $   2,814         $   6,590
                                                      =========         =========         =========
</TABLE>

The  changes  in net  periodic  pension  costs  in 1997,  1996 and 1995  were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997             1996             1995
Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>              <C>     
Change in number, characteristics and salary
     levels of participants and net actuarial gain        $ (7,839)        $(12,893)        $  1,486
Change in plan provisions                                    3,118               --           (8,305)
Change in actuarial assumptions                             (7,529)           9,117           (3,136)
                                                          --------         --------         --------
     Net change                                           $(12,250)        $ (3,776)        $ (9,955)
                                                          ========         ========         ========
</TABLE>

Plan assets consist principally of common stock, U.S. government obligations and
other fixed  income  instruments.  In  determining  pension  costs,  the assumed
long-term rate of return on assets was 9.5% for 1997, 1996 and 1995.

     The  weighted-average  discount  rate  used in  determining  the  actuarial
present  value of the  projected  benefit  obligation  was 7.25% at December 31,
1997,  7.75% at December 31, 1996 and 7.25% at December  31,  1995.  The average
rate of increase in future  compensation levels ranged from 4% to 6% at December
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

       Prior service cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the average
remaining  service  period of employees  expected to receive  benefits under the
plan.


<PAGE>
                                                                              35

The funded  status of the plan at December  31, 1997 and 1996 is  summarized  as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1997                1996
Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                                     <C>                 <C>        
Actuarial present value of accumulated plan benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation                                               $ 1,794,222         $ 1,657,098
Accumulated benefit obligation                                            1,890,848           1,742,116

Projected benefit obligation for services rendered to date              $ 2,141,040         $ 1,982,915
Plan assets at fair value                                                (2,538,039)         (2,302,935)
                                                                        -----------         -----------
     Funded status                                                         (396,999)           (320,020)
Unrecognized transition asset                                                35,713              40,251
Unrecognized prior service costs                                            (83,188)            (92,682)
Unrecognized net gain                                                       649,903             588,013
                                                                        -----------         -----------
     Pension obligation recognized on the balance sheet                 $   205,429         $   215,562
                                                                        ===========         ===========
</TABLE>


7. Non-Pension Postretirement Benefits

The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired
employees.  Company  employees become eligible for these benefits if they retire
from the Company with ten years of service.  These benefits and similar benefits
for active  employees are provided by an insurance  company  whose  premiums are
based upon the benefits paid during the year.

     The transition  obligation,  which  represents the previously  unrecognized
accumulated non-pension postretirement benefit obligation, is being amortized on
a straight-line  basis over an allowed 20-year period. At December 31, 1997, the
Company   accelerated   recognition   of  $121   million   of  its   non-pension
postretirement benefits obligation related to its electric generation operations
and  included  this  regulatory  asset  as part of  electric  generation-related
regulatory assets (see note 4).

     The  transition  obligation  was  determined by application of the terms of
medical,  dental and life insurance plans,  including the effects of established
maximums on covered  costs,  together with relevant  actuarial  assumptions  and
health care cost trend rates, which are projected to range from 7% in 1998 to 5%
in 2002.  The effect of a 1% annual  increase in these  assumed cost trend rates
would increase the accumulated  postretirement benefit obligation by $85 million
and the annual service and interest costs by $10 million.

     Total  costs for all plans were $73 million in 1997 and $71 million in 1996
and 1995.

     The net  periodic  benefits  costs for  1997,  1996 and 1995  included  the
following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997             1996             1995
                                                                            Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>     
Service cost benefits earned during the period        $ 14,401         $ 11,855         $  8,681
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation           54,149           48,524           48,641
Amortization of transition asset                        14,882           14,882           14,882
Actual return on plan assets                           (22,691)         (13,257)          (2,075)
Deferred asset gain                                     12,707            9,320            1,359
                                                      --------         --------         --------
     Net postretirement benefits costs                $ 73,448         $ 71,324         $ 71,488
                                                      ========         ========         ========
</TABLE>

Plan assets consist principally of common stock, U.S. government obligations and
other  fixed  income  instruments.  In  determining  non-pension  postretirement
benefits costs, the assumed  long-term rate of return on assets was 8% for 1997,
1996 and 1995.

     The  weighted-average  discount  rate  used in  determining  the  actuarial
present value of the  projected  benefit  obligation  was 7.75% as of January 1,
1997, 7.50% as of January 1, 1996 and 8.50% at January 1, 1995. The average rate
of increase in future  compensation  levels ranged from 4% to 6% at December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995.

     Prior service cost is amortized on a  straight-line  basis over the average
remaining  service  period of employees  expected to receive  benefits under the
plan.
<PAGE>

The funded  status of the plan at December  31, 1997 and 1996 is  summarized  as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997              1996
Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>      
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Retirees                                                  $ 697,084         $ 609,206
Fully eligible active plan participants                       8,875             4,509
Other active plan participants                               73,272            48,986
                                                          ---------         ---------
     Total                                                  779,231           662,701
Plan assets at fair value                                  (178,045)         (126,661)
                                                          ---------         ---------
     Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
       in excess of plan assets                             601,186           536,040
Unrecognized transition obligation                         (223,226)         (238,108)
Unrecognized net gain                                       (53,110)           17,126
                                                          ---------         ---------
     Accrued postretirement benefits obligation
       recognized on the balance sheet                    $ 324,850         $ 315,058
                                                          =========         =========
</TABLE>

Measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefits obligation was based on a
7.25%  and  7.75%  assumed  discount  rate as of  December  31,  1997 and  1996,
respectively.


8. Accounts Receivable

Accounts  receivable at December 31, 1997 and 1996 included  unbilled  operating
revenues of $135 and $117 million, respectively. Accounts receivable at December
31, 1997 and 1996 were net of an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $32 and
$24 million, respectively.

     The  Company  has  adopted  SFAS No. 125,  "Accounting  for  Transfers  and
Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities,"  which
provides a standard for  distinguishing  between  transfers of financial  assets
that are  accounted  for as sales from those that are  accounted  for as secured
borrowings.

     The Company is party to an  agreement  with a financial  institution  under
which it can sell or  finance  with  limited  recourse  an  undivided  interest,
adjusted daily, in up to $425 million of designated  accounts  receivable  until
November  2000.  At December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had sold a $425  million
interest  in  accounts  receivable,  consisting  of a $296  million  interest in
accounts  receivable which the Company accounts for as a sale under SFAS No. 125
and a $129 million interest in special agreement accounts  receivable which were
accounted for as a long-term note payable (see note 12). The Company retains the
servicing responsibility for these receivables.

9. Common Stock

At December  31, 1997 and 1996,  common  stock  without par value  consisted  of
500,000,000   shares   authorized  and  222,546,562   and   222,542,087   shares
outstanding,  respectively.  At December 31, 1997,  there were 5,800,841  shares
reserved  for  issuance  under the  Company's  Dividend  Reinvestment  and Stock
Purchase Plan.

Stock Repurchase

During 1997, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to
25 million  shares of its common  stock from time to time  through  open-market,
privately  negotiated  and/or other types of transactions in conformity with the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Pursuant to these  authorizations,  the Company  has entered  into  forward
purchase  agreements to be settled from time to time, at the Company's election,
on either a  physical,  net share or net cash  basis.  The amount at which these
agreements can be settled is dependent  principally upon the market price of the
Company's  common stock as compared to the forward  purchase price per share and
the number of shares to be settled.  If these  agreements  had been settled on a
net  share  basis  at  December  31,  1997,  based on the  closing  price of the
Company's   common  stock  on  that  date,   the  Company  would  have  received
approximately 1,160,000 shares of Company common stock.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

The Company  maintains an LTIP for certain full-time  salaried  employees of the
Company.  The types of long-term  incentive awards which have been granted under
the LTIP are  non-qualified  options to purchase shares of the Company's  common
stock,  dividend  equivalents and shares of restricted common stock. The Company
uses the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation."  
<PAGE>
                                                                              37

If the Company  elected to account for the LTIP based on SFAS No. 123,  earnings
applicable to common stock and earnings per average common share would have been
changed to the pro forma amounts as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1997          1996
                                                                              Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>                 <C>
Earnings applicable to common stock                    As reported       $(1,513,910)     $499,169
                                                       Pro forma         $(1,515,895)     $497,887

Earnings per average common share (Dollars)            As reported         $   (6.80)     $   2.24
                                                       Pro forma           $   (6.81)     $   2.24
</TABLE>

Options  granted  under the LTIP become  exercisable  one year after the date of
grant and all  options  expire 10 years from the date of the grant.  Information
with  respect to the LTIP at  December  31, 1997 and changes for the three years
then ended, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Weighted                  Weighted                  Weighted
                                                 Average                   Average                   Average
                                                Exercise                  Exercise                  Exercise
                                                   Price                     Price                     Price
                                   Shares    (per share)      Shares    (per share)       Shares  (per share)
                                     1997          1997         1996          1996          1995        1995

<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>      
Balance at January 1            2,961,194      $   26.68   2,591,765     $   26.16     2,651,397   $   26.73
Options granted                 1,139,000          22.49     786,500         28.12       850,700       26.46
Options exercised                      --          --       (369,871)        25.07      (561,232)      23.91
Options cancelled                (283,400)         24.96     (47,200)        29.36      (349,100)      35.57
                                ---------                  ---------                   ---------
Balance at December 31          3,816,794          26.14   2,961,194         26.68     2,591,765       26.16
                                ---------                  ---------                   ---------
Exercisable at
  December 31                   2,800,794          26.65   2,192,694         26.17     1,813,565       25.91
Weighted average fair
  value of options granted
  during year                                  $    2.97                 $    2.78                 $    2.91
</TABLE>


The fair value of each  option is  estimated  on the date of the grant using the
Black-Scholes   option-pricing   model  with  the  following   weighted  average
assumptions used for grants in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively:

                                   1997           1996           1995

Dividend yield                      6.2%           6.2%           6.2%
Expected volatility                19.5%          16.6%          15.3%
Risk-free interest rate             6.4%           5.5%           6.9%
Expected life (years)                 5              5              5


At December 31, 1997, the option groups  outstanding based on ranges of exercise
prices is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Options Outstanding                       Options Exercisable
                                                      Weighted-
                                                        Average     Weighted                    Weighted-
                                                      Remaining      Average                      Average
                                     Number    Contractual Life     Exercise         Number      Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices        Outstanding             (Years)        Price    Exercisable         Price
<S>                             <C>                    <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>     
$15.75 - $20.00                    156,094                4.47       $ 18.65        117,594     $  18.43
$20.01 - $25.00                    863,500                8.23         22.35        153,000        22.66
$25.01 - $30.00                  2,607,000                6.72         27.32      2,518,000        27.22
$30.01 - $50.00                    190,200                9.58         33.27         12,200        37.18
                                 ---------                                       ---------
     Total                       3,816,794                                       2,800,794
                                 =========                                       =========
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
38

10. Preferred and Preference Stock

At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  Series Preference Stock consisted of 100,000,000
shares authorized, of which no shares were outstanding. At December 31, 1997 and
1996,  cumulative Preferred Stock, no par value,  consisted of 15,000,000 shares
authorized.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Current               Shares                         Amount
                           Redemption            Outstanding                Thousands of Dollars
                             Price(a)         1997           1996            1997            1996
Series (without mandatory
     redemption)
<S>                           <C>      <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>        
$4.68                         104.00       150,000        150,000      $   15,000     $    15,000
$4.40                         112.50       274,720        274,720          27,472          27,472
$4.30                         102.00       150,000        150,000          15,000          15,000
$3.80                         106.00       300,000        300,000          30,000          30,000
$7.96                             --            --        618,954              --          61,895
$7.48                             (b)      500,000        500,000          50,000          50,000
                                       -----------      ---------      ----------      ----------
                                         1,374,720      1,993,674         137,472         199,367
Series (with mandatory
     redemption)
$6.12                             (c)      927,000        927,000          92,700          92,700
                                       -----------      ---------      ----------      ----------
     Total preferred stock             $ 2,301,720      2,920,674      $  230,172      $  292,067
                                       ===========      =========      ==========      ==========
<FN>
(a)  Redeemable,  at the option of the Company,  at the indicated dollar amounts
     per share, plus accrued dividends.
(b)  None of the shares of this series are subject to redemption  prior to April
     1, 2003.
(c)  There are no annual sinking fund  requirements in 1998. Annual sinking fund
     requirements  in 1999 - 2003 are  $18,540,000.  None of the  shares of this
     series are subject to redemption prior to August 1, 1999.
</FN>
</TABLE>


11.  Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of a
     Partnership (COMRPS)

At  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  PECO Energy  Capital,  L.P.  (Partnership),  a
Delaware  limited  partnership of which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
is the sole general partner, had outstanding three and two series, respectively,
of cumulative  COMRPS,  each with a liquidation value of $25 per security.  Each
series  is  supported  by  the  Company's   deferrable   interest   subordinated
debentures,  held by the Partnership,  which bear interest at rates equal to the
distribution  rates on the  securities.  The interest paid by the Company on the
debentures  is  included  in Other  Income and  Deductions  in the  Consolidated
Statements of Income and is deductible for income tax purposes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Mandatory                         Trust Receipts                     Amount
                   Redemption  Distribution             Outstanding               Thousands of Dollars
At December 31,          Date          Rate            1997          1996            1997           1996
Series
<S>                    <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>      
A                      2043       9.00%           8,850,000     8,850,000     $   221,250      $ 221,250
B (a)                  2025       8.72%           3,124,183     3,124,183          80,835         80,932
C (b)                  2037       8.00%           2,000,000            --          50,000             --
                                                 ----------    ----------       ---------      ---------
     Total                                       13,974,183    11,974,183       $ 352,085      $ 302,182
                                                 ==========    ==========       =========      =========
<FN>
(a)  Ownership of this series is evidenced by Trust Receipts,  each representing
     an 8.72% COMRPS, Series B, representing limited partnership interests.  The
     Trust  Receipts were issued by PECO Energy Capital Trust I, the sole assets
     of which are 8.72%  COMRPS,  Series B.  Each  holder of Trust  Receipts  is
     entitled to withdraw the  corresponding  number of 8.72%  COMRPS,  Series B
     from the Trust in exchange for the Trust Receipts so held.

(b)  Ownership of this series is evidenced by Trust Receipts,  each representing
     an 8.00% COMRPS, Series C, representing limited partnership interests.  The
     Trust Receipts were issued by PECO Energy Capital Trust II, the sole assets
     of which are 8.00%  COMRPS,  Series C.  Each  holder of Trust  Receipts  is
     entitled to withdraw the  corresponding  number of 8.00%  COMRPS,  Series C
     from the Trust in exchange for the Trust Receipts so held.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              39
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12. Long-Term Debt
At December 31,                                Series             Due               1997           1996
                                                                                   Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                       <C>                 <C>            <C>              <C> 
First and refunding mortgage bonds (a)            6 1/8%            1997     $        --    $    75,000
                                                  5 3/8%            1998         225,000        225,000
                                           7 1/2%-9 1/4%            1999         325,000        325,000
                                           5 5/8%-7 3/8%            2001         330,000        330,000
                                               7 1/8%-8%            2002         500,000        500,000
                                          6 3/8%-10 1/4%       2003-2007         565,625        569,688
                                                     (b)       2008-2012         154,200        154,200
                                           6 5/8%-8 3/4%       2018-2022         832,130        832,130
                                           7 1/8%-7 3/4%       2023-2024         775,000        775,000
                                                                             -----------    -----------
Total first and refunding mortgage bonds                                       3,706,955      3,786,018
Notes payable                                                                     15,574             --
Term loan agreements                                 (c)            1997              --        175,000
Pollution control notes                              (d)       2016-2034         212,705        212,705
Medium-term notes                                    (e)       1998-2005          62,400         74,400
Note Payable - accounts receivable agreement         (f)            2000         128,999             --
Unamortized debt discount and premium, net                                       (26,405)       (29,306)
                                                                             -----------    -----------
Total long-term debt                                                           4,100,228      4,218,817
Due within one year                                  (g)                         247,087        283,303
                                                                             -----------    -----------
     Long-term debt included in capitalization       (h)                     $ 3,853,141    $ 3,935,514
                                                                             ===========    ===========

<FN>
(a)  Utility plant is subject to the lien of the Company's mortgage.
(b)  Floating rates, which were an average annual interest rate of 3.725% at
     December 31, 1997.
(c)  The Company has a $900 million unsecured revolving credit facility with a
     group of banks. The credit facility is composed of a $450 million 364-day
     credit agreement and a $450 million three-year credit agreement. The
     Company uses the credit facility principally to support the Company's
     commercial paper program, which was expanded from $300 million to $600
     million in 1997. There was no debt outstanding under this credit facility
     at December 31, 1997.
(d)  Floating rates, which were an average annual interest rate of 3.75% at
     December 31, 1997.
(e)  Medium-term notes collateralized by mortgage bonds. The average annual
     interest rate was 8.75% at December 31, 1997.
(f)  See note 8.
(g)  Long-term debt maturities, including mandatory sinking fund requirements,
     in the period 1998-2002 are as follows: 1998 - $247,087,409; 1999 -
     $361,945,982; 2000 - $137,129,159; 2001 - $338,433,453; 2002 -
     $508,759,067.
(h)  The annualized interest on long-term debt at December 31, 1997, was $286
     million, of which $269 million was associated with mortgage bonds and $17
     million was associated with other long-term debt.
</FN>
</TABLE>

13. Short-Term Debt
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997          1996           1995
                                                                                    Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>           <C>       
Average borrowings                                              $   248,111     $ 198,090     $   17,560
Average interest rates, computed on daily basis                        5.83%         5.64%         6.25%
Maximum borrowings outstanding                                  $   464,500      $369,500      $ 182,000
Average interest rates, at December 31                                 6.74%         6.90%            --
</TABLE>

The Company has a $600 million  commercial  paper  program which is supported by
the $900 million  revolving credit facility (see note 12). At December 31, 1997,
$314 million of  commercial  paper was  outstanding.  At December 31, 1997,  the
Company  had formal and  informal  lines of credit  with banks  aggregating  $75
million.  At December 31, 1997, no short-term debt was  outstanding  under these
lines.

<PAGE>
40

14. Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) is comprised of the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>            <C>      
For the Years Ended December 31,                                       1997          1996           1995
                                                                         Thousands of Dollars
Included in operations:
Federal
     Current                                                     $  251,509     $ 126,471      $ 190,796
     Deferred                                                       (11,378)      154,564        167,526
     Investment tax credit, net                                     (18,201)      (15,979)       (21,679)
State
     Current                                                         76,689        62,839         79,086
     Deferred                                                        (5,850)       12,206         15,988
                                                                 ----------     ---------      ---------
                                                                    292,769       340,101        431,717
                                                                 ==========     =========      =========

Included in extraordinary item:
Federal
     Current                                                           (123)            -              -
     Deferred                                                      (987,234)            -              -
State
     Current                                                            (29)            -              -
     Deferred                                                      (303,575)            -              -
                                                                 ----------     ---------      ---------
                                                                 (1,290,961)            -              -
                                                                 ----------     ---------      ---------
     Total                                                       $ (998,192)    $ 340,101      $ 431,717
                                                                 ==========     =========      =========
</TABLE>

The total income tax provisions, excluding the extraordinary item, differed from
amounts  computed  by  applying  the  federal  statutory  tax rate to  income as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997          1996           1995
                                                                                    Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>            <C>        
Net Income                                                       $  336,558    $  517,205     $  609,732
Total income tax provisions                                         292,769       340,101        431,717
                                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------
     Income before income taxes                                  $  629,327    $  857,306     $1,041,449
                                                                 ==========    ==========     ==========

Income taxes on above at federal statutory rate
     of 35%                                                      $  220,264    $  300,057     $  364,507
Increase (decrease) due to:
Property basis differences                                           40,828         9,903         11,196
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit                46,046        48,779         61,799
Amortization of investment tax credit                               (18,201)      (15,979)       (13,604)
Prior period income taxes                                            (2,985)       (1,707)         1,791
Other, net                                                            6,817          (952)         6,028
                                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------
     Total income tax provisions                                 $  292,769    $  340,101     $  431,717
                                                                 ==========    ==========     ==========
Effective income tax rate                                             46.5%         39.7%          41.5%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                              41

Provisions for deferred income taxes consist of the tax effects of the following
temporary differences:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997          1996           1995
                                                                                    Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>            <C>      
Depreciation and amortization                                     $  57,530     $  42,385      $  32,287
Deferred energy costs                                                 2,256        27,374         30,073
Retirement and separation programs                                  (12,734)       19,746         15,733
Incremental nuclear outage costs                                       (981)        2,440          8,079
Uncollectible accounts                                               (1,710)       (2,805)        (1,991)
Reacquired debt                                                      (8,607)       (9,578)        (3,266)
Unbilled revenue                                                     (5,110)        3,910             (5)
Environmental clean-up costs                                        (15,121)         (714)         2,433
Obsolete inventory                                                   (7,074)        5,829          6,362
Limerick plant disallowances and phase-in plan                         (747)         (747)         2,507
AMT credits                                                               -        83,010         91,399
Other nuclear operating costs                                        (9,892)            -              -
Other                                                               (15,038)       (4,080)           (97)
                                                                -----------      --------       --------
     Subtotal                                                       (17,228)      166,770        183,514
Extraordinary item                                               (1,290,809)            -              -
                                                                -----------      --------       --------
     Total                                                      $(1,308,037)     $166,770       $183,514
                                                                ===========      ========       ========
</TABLE>

The tax  effect  of  temporary  differences  giving  rise to the  Company's  net
deferred tax liability as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Liability or (Asset)
                                                                        1997               1996
                                                                          Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>        
Nature of temporary difference:
Plant basis difference                                            $ 2,620,254        $ 3,795,786
Deferred investment tax credit                                        318,065            336,132
Deferred debt refinancing costs                                       111,651            120,031
Other, net                                                           (249,167)          (167,830)
                                                                  -----------        -----------
     Deferred income taxes (net) on the balance sheet             $ 2,800,803        $ 4,084,119
                                                                  ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

The net deferred tax liability shown above as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 is
comprised of $3,153 and $4,347 million of deferred tax liabilities, and $352 and
$263 million of deferred tax assets, respectively.

     In accordance with SFAS No. 71, the Company recorded a recoverable deferred
income  tax asset of $586 and  $2,322  million  at  December  31,1997  and 1996,
respectively.  The December 31, 1997 balance was applicable only to non-electric
generation  assets,  due to the  discontinuance of SFAS No. 71 for the Company's
electric generation operations.  These recoverable deferred income taxes include
the deferred tax effects  associated  principally with liberalized  depreciation
accounted for in accordance with the ratemaking  policies of the PUC, as well as
the revenue impacts thereon, and assume recovery of these costs in future rates.
At December 31, 1997, $1,763 million of electric generation-related  recoverable
deferred  income  taxes were  included  as part of  electric  generation-related
regulatory assets (see note 4).

     The  Internal   Revenue   Service  (IRS)  has  completed  and  settled  its
examinations of the Company's  federal income tax returns through 1986. The 1987
through 1990 federal  income tax returns have been  examined and the Company and
the IRS have reached a tentative settlement which would not result in an adverse
impact on the Company.  The years 1991 through 1993 are currently being examined
by the IRS.

     The AMT credit was fully  utilized  for tax  purposes at December 31, 1997,
and reduced federal income taxes currently payable by $6 million in 1997.

<PAGE>
42

15. Taxes, Other Than Income - Operating

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,                                  1997            1996              1995
                                                                                    Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>               <C>     
Gross receipts                                                $163,552        $160,246          $165,172
Capital stock                                                   48,085          41,972            42,444
Real estate                                                     69,597          69,185            71,600
Payroll                                                         25,976          27,585            30,109
Other                                                            2,881             558             4,746
                                                              --------        --------          --------
     Total                                                    $310,091        $299,546          $314,071
                                                              ========        ========          ========
</TABLE>


16. Leases

Leased property included in utility plant was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At December 31,                                                    1997                  1996
                                                                         Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>      
Nuclear fuel                                                  $ 521,921             $ 527,116
Electric plant                                                    2,321                 2,069
                                                              ---------             ---------
Gross leased property                                           524,242               529,185
Accumulated amortization                                       (348,309)             (347,097)
                                                              ---------             ---------
     Net leased property                                      $ 175,933             $ 182,088
                                                              =========             =========
</TABLE>

Nuclear  fuel is  amortized  as the fuel is  consumed.  Amortization  of  leased
property totaled $39, $31 and $43 million for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Other  operating  expenses  included  interest on
capital  lease  obligations  of $9 million in 1997 and 1996,  and $10 million in
1995.

Minimum future lease payments as of December 31, 1997 were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ending December 31,                          Capital Leases     Operating Leases      Total
                                                                                     Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>            <C>       
1998                                                           $   69,820       $  50,584      $  120,404
1999                                                               68,530          49,370         117,900
2000                                                               43,827          45,923          89,750
2001                                                               10,892          43,219          54,111
2002                                                                   92          42,327          42,419
Remaining years                                                       806         537,645         538,451
                                                               ----------     -----------      ----------
Total minimum future lease payments                            $  193,967     $   769,068      $  963,035
                                                                              ===========      ==========
Imputed interest (rates ranging from 6.5% to 17.0%)               (18,034)
                                                               ----------
   Present value of net minimum future lease payments          $  175,933
                                                               ==========
</TABLE>

Rental expense under operating  leases totaled $74 million in 1997 and 1996, and
$115 million in 1995.

<PAGE>

                                                                              43

17. Jointly Owned Electric Utility Plant

The Company's  ownership  interests in jointly owned  electric  utility plant at
December 31, 1997 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Transmission
                                                         Production Plants                   and Other Plant
                                Peach Bottom             Salem      Keystone     Conemaugh
                                                Public Service           GPU           GPU
                                 PECO Energy      Electric and    Generating    Generating        Various
Operator                             Company       Gas Company         Corp.         Corp.      Companies
<S>                                   <C>                <C>           <C>          <C>      <C>    
Participating interest                42.49%             42.59%        20.99%       20.72%    21% to 43%
Company's share (Thousands of Dollars)
Utility plant                     $  307,029         $   18,331    $  110,661   $  184,037    $   81,072
Accumulated depreciation             175,304             11,134        66,487       78,605        31,273
Construction work in progress         50,028                713        10,067        9,100         1,943
</TABLE>

The Company's  participating interests are financed with Company funds and, when
placed in service,  all  operations  are accounted for as if such  participating
interests were wholly owned facilities.

18. Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows,  the Company  considers all highly
liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be
cash  equivalents.   The  following  disclosures   supplement  the  accompanying
Statements of Cash Flows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1997            1996           1995
                                                                     Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                               <C>             <C>            <C>     
Cash paid during the year:
     Interest (net of amount capitalized)         $405,838        $415,063       $449,664
     Income taxes (net of refunds)                 345,232         251,554        257,677
Noncash investing and financing:
     Capital lease obligations incurred             32,909          33,063         48,760
</TABLE>

19. Investments

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At December 31,                                                    1997             1996
                                                                    Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>     
Trust accounts for decommissioning nuclear plants              $320,442         $266,270
Telecommunications ventures                                      85,601           79,833
Energy services and other ventures                               65,578           44,023
Nonutility property                                              24,697           26,349
Other                                                            19,517           16,099
                                                               --------         --------
     Total                                                     $515,835         $432,574
                                                               ========         ========
</TABLE>

20. Financial Instruments

Fair values of financial instruments, including liabilities, are estimated based
on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues. The carrying amounts and
fair values of the Company's  financial  instruments as of December 31, 1997 and
1996 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Thousands of Dollars                                                     1997                   1996
                                                                Carrying        Fair     Carrying        Fair
                                                                  Amount       Value       Amount       Value
                                                                                  
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>    
Cash and temporary cash investments                              $33,404     $33,404     $29,235      $29,235
Long-term debt (including amounts due within one year)         4,100,228   4,210,885   4,218,817    4,239,357
Trust accounts for decommissioning nuclear plants                320,442     320,442     266,270      266,270
</TABLE>

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of
credit risk consist  principally  of  temporary  cash  investments  and customer
accounts  receivable.  The Company  places its temporary cash  investments  with
high-credit quality financial institutions. At times, such investments may be in
excess of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  limit.  Concentrations of
credit risk with respect to customer accounts  receivable are limited due to the
Company's large number of customers and their dispersion across many industries.
<PAGE>
44

21. Other Income

Settlement of Salem Litigation
On December 31, 1997, the Company  received $70 million pursuant to the May 1997
settlement agreement with PSE&G resolving a suit filed by the Company concerning
the shutdown of Salem. The agreement also provides that if the outage exceeds 64
reactor  unit  months,  PSE&G will pay the Company $1 million  per reactor  unit
month.  As of December 31, 1997,  the shutdown of Salem  totaled 58 reactor unit
months. During the second quarter of 1997, the Company recorded $70 million ($41
million net of income taxes) as Other Income.

Sale of Subsidiary
In June 1995,  the Company  completed  the sale of  Conowingo  Power  Company to
Delmarva Power & Light Company (Delmarva) for $150 million. The transaction also
included a ten-year  contract  for the  Company to sell power to  Delmarva.  The
Company's  gain of $59  million  ($27  million  net of  taxes)  on the  sale was
recorded in the second quarter of 1995.

22. Regulatory Assets and Liabilities

At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company had deferred the following regulatory
assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1997             1996
                                                                    Thousands of Dollars
<S>                                     <C>                  <C>         <C>            
Competitive transition charge (see note 4)                   $5,274,624       $        -
Recoverable deferred income taxes (see note 14)                 585,661        2,321,692
Deferred generation costs recoverable in current
   rates (see note 4)                                           424,497                -
Deferred Limerick costs (see note 3)                                 -           361,762
Loss on reacquired debt                                          83,918          283,853
Compensated absences                                              3,881           37,727
Deferred energy costs (see note 3)                               35,665          122,034
Non-pension postretirement benefits (see note 3)                 97,409          233,492
                                                             ----------       ----------
     Total                                                   $6,505,655       $3,360,560
                                                             ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

23. Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

The data  shown  below  include  all  adjustments  which the  Company  considers
necessary for a fair presentation of such amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Operating Revenues          Operating Income     Net Income (Loss)
Millions of Dollars                1997         1996         1997        1996       1997       1996
<S>                               <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>   
Quarter ended
March 31                          $1,163       $1,171      $  302      $  357     $  113     $  150
June 30                            1,032          989         250         267        123         99
September 30                       1,278        1,110         388         347        158        150
December 31                        1,144        1,014          66         278     (1,891)       118
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Earnings Applicable             Average Shares              Earnings
                                to Common Stock                 Outstanding           Per Average Share

Millions of Dollars             1997       1996               1997       1996         1997       1996
<S>                             <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>   
Quarter ended
March 31                        $109       $146              222.5      222.4        $ 0.49     $ 0.65
June 30                          118         94              222.5      222.5          0.53       0.43
September 30                     154        145              222.5      222.5          0.69       0.65
December 31                   (1,895)       114              222.5      222.5         (8.51)      0.51
</TABLE>
The decrease in 1997 first quarter  results was primarily due to increased  fuel
and energy  interchange  expense resulting  primarily from additional  purchases
needed for increased sales to other utilities and higher replacement power costs
due to the Salem outage,  milder  weather and increased  depreciation  of assets
associated with Limerick.

     The increase in 1997 second quarter results was primarily due to the
recognition of the settlement of litigation arising from the Salem outage.
Offsetting this increase was higher depreciation of assets associated with
Limerick.

     The decrease in 1997 fourth quarter results was primarily due to the
extraordinary charge of $8.24 per share resulting from the effects of the PUC
Restructuring Order and deregulation of the Company's electric generation
operations; several one-time adjustments for changes in employee benefits,
write-offs of information systems development charges reflecting clarification
of accounting guidelines and additional reserves to revise estimates for
accruals; higher income tax adjustments; and higher losses from the Company's
non-utility ventures.
<PAGE>

                                                                             45

Financial Statistics

Summary of Earnings and Financial Condition
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,                1997        1996        1995         1994          1993       1992
                                                                                               Millions of Dollars
<S>                                           <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>    
Income Data
Operating Revenues                            $4,618     $ 4,284     $ 4,186      $ 4,041       $ 3,988    $ 3,963
Operating Income                               1,006       1,249       1,401        1,064         1,390      1,298
Income before Extraordinary Item                 337         517         610          427           591        479
Extraordinary Item (net of income taxes)      (1,834)          -           -            -             -          -
Net Income                                    (1,497)        517         610          427           591        479
Earnings Applicable to Common
     Stock Before Extraordinary Item          (1,514)        499         587          389           542        418

Earnings per Average Common Share
     Before Extraordinary Item (Dollars)        1.44        2.24        2.64         1.76          2.45       1.90
Extraordinary Item (Per Share)                 (8.24)          -           -            -             -          -
Earnings per Average Common Share              (6.80)       2.24        2.64         1.76          2.45       1.90
Dividends per Common Share (Dollars)            1.80       1.755        1.65        1.545          1.43      1.325
Common Stock Equity (Per Share)                12.25       20.88       20.40        19.41         19.25      18.24
Average Shares of Common Stock
     Outstanding (Millions)                    222.5       222.5       221.9        221.6         221.1      220.2

At December 31,

Balance Sheet Data
Net Utility Plant                             $4,495     $10,760     $10,758      $10,829       $10,763    $10,691
Leased Property, net                             176         182         181          174           194        210
Total Current Assets                           1,003         420         426          427           515        550
Total Deferred Debits and
     Other Assets                              6,683       3,899       3,944        3,992         3,905      1,127
                                             -------     -------     -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total Assets                            $12,357     $15,261     $15,309      $15,422       $15,377    $12,578
                                             =======     =======     =======      =======       =======    =======

Common Shareholders' Equity                  $ 2,727     $ 4,646     $ 4,531      $ 4,303       $ 4,263    $ 4,022
Preferred and Preference Stock
     Without Mandatory Redemption                137         199         199          277           423        423
     With Mandatory Redemption                    93          93          93           93           187        231
Company Obligated Mandatorily
     Redeemable Preferred
     Securities of a Partnership                 352         302         302          221            --         --
Long-term Debt                                 3,853       3,936       4,199        4,786         4,884      5,204
                                             -------     -------     -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total Capitalization                      7,162       9,176       9,324        9,680         9,757      9,880
Total Current Liabilities                      1,619       1,103       1,052          850           954        830
Total Deferred Credits and
     Other Liabilities                         3,576       4,982       4,933        4,892         4,666      1,868
                                             -------     -------     -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total Capitalization and
          Liabilities                        $12,357     $15,261     $15,309      $15,422       $15,377    $12,578
                                             =======     =======     =======      =======       =======    =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
46

Operating Statistics
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,              1997         1996         1995         1994          1993       1992

Electric Operations
<S>                                          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>  
Output (Millions of Kilowatthours)
Fossil                                       9,659       10,856       10,792       11,239        10,352      8,082
Nuclear                                     25,853       24,373       25,499       28,195        27,026     24,428
Hydro                                        1,558        2,404        1,425        1,970         1,699      1,803
Pumped storage output                        1,403        1,540        1,741        1,596         1,478      1,597
Pumped storage input                        (1,924)      (2,230)      (2,507)      (2,256)       (2,192)    (2,217)
Purchase and interchange                    29,615       19,539       13,945        6,164         6,447      8,675
Internal combustion                            144          179          175          106            56         29
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
     Total electric output                  66,308       56,661       51,070       47,014        44,866     42,397
                                         =========    =========    =========    =========     =========  =========
Sales (Millions of Kilowatthours)
Residential                                 10,407       10,671       10,636       10,859        10,609      9,965
Small commercial and industrial              6,685        6,491        6,200        6,150         5,769      5,396
Large commercial and industrial             15,034       15,208       15,763       15,968        15,956     15,829
Other                                          841          902          860          791           771        962
Unbilled                                        70         (327)         535         (205)           31       (159)
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
     Service territory                      33,037       32,945       33,994       33,563        33,136     31,993
Interchange sales                            1,927          935          496          768           457      1,231
Sales to other utilities                    28,893       20,243       14,041       10,039         8,670      6,699
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
     Total electric sales                   63,857       54,123       48,531       44,370        42,263     39,923
                                         =========    =========    =========    =========     =========  =========
Number of Customers, December 31,
Residential                              1,333,861    1,324,448    1,321,379    1,350,210     1,341,873  1,333,926
Small commercial and industrial            144,142      142,431      141,653      143,605       142,363    141,253
Large commercial and industrial              3,308        3,299        3,394        3,603         3,742      3,972
Other                                        1,094        1,051          959          944           888        857
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
     Total electric customers            1,482,405    1,471,229    1,467,385    1,498,362     1,488,866  1,480,008
                                         =========    =========    =========    =========     =========  =========
Operating Revenues (Millions of Dollars)
Residential                              $   1,357    $   1,370    $   1,379    $   1,371     $   1,351  $   1,308
Small commercial and industrial                779          749          730          710           679        672
Large commercial and industrial              1,077        1,098        1,135        1,149         1,168      1,225
Other                                          148          140          137          136           161        168
Unbilled                                        19          (26)          43          (11)           (1)        (7)
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
     Service territory                       3,380        3,331        3,424        3,355         3,358      3,366
Interchange sales                               59           26           17           23            14         32
Sales to other utilities                       728          498          334          247           233        199
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
     Total electric revenues                 4,167        3,855        3,775        3,625         3,605      3,597
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses,
     excluding depreciation                  2,698        2,244        2,026        2,209         1,894      1,990
Depreciation                                   553          462          431          416           401        391
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
     Total operating expenses                3,251        2,706        2,457        2,625         2,295      2,381
                                         ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------  ---------
Electric Operating Income                 $    916     $  1,149     $  1,318     $  1,000      $  1,310   $  1,216
                                         =========    =========    =========    =========     =========  =========

Average Use per Residential
  Customer (Kilowatthours)
Without electric heating                     6,695        6,771        6,908        6,736         6,727      6,259
With electric heating                       16,400       17,946       17,189       17,527        17,096     16,298
Total                                        7,830        8,074        8,130        8,041         7,970      7,443

Electric Peak Load, Demand
     (Thousands of Kilowatts)                7,390        6,509        7,244        7,227         7,100      6,617
Net Electric Generating Capacity-
     Year-end Summer Rating
     (Thousands of Kilowatts)                9,204        9,201        9,078        8,956         8,877      8,836
Cost of Fuel per Million BTU              $   0.84     $   0.93     $   0.87      $  0.89      $  0.90   $   0.82
BTU per Net Kilowatthour Generated          10,737       10,682       10,705       11,617        10,675     10,657
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             47

Operating Statistics (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31,              1997         1996         1995         1994          1993       1992

Gas Operations
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>  
Sales (Millions of Cubic Feet)
Residential                                  1,614        1,681        1,516        1,636         1,637      1,819
House heating                               32,666       35,471       30,698       32,246        30,242     30,218
Commercial and industrial                   19,830       20,999       18,464       19,762        18,635     19,026
Other                                          673        2,571        1,582        7,039         9,733      4,885
Unbilled                                       212       (1,306)       1,710         (474)          676       (736)
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total gas sales                        54,995       59,416       53,970       60,209        60,923     55,212
Gas transported for customers               30,412       27,891       48,531       29,801        22,946     22,060
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total gas sales and
     gas transported                        85,407       87,307      102,501       90,010        83,869     77,272
                                           =======      =======      =======      =======       =======    =======

Number of Customers
Residential                                 55,592       56,003       56,533       57,122        59,573     59,859
House heating                              314,335      303,996      295,481      287,481       277,500    269,577
Commercial and industrial                   35,215       34,182       33,308       32,292        31,573     30,956
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total gas customers                   405,142      394,181      385,322      376,895       368,646    360,392
                                           =======      =======      =======      =======       =======    =======

Operating Revenues (Millions of Dollars)
Residential                                $    17      $    16      $    15      $    16       $    15    $    16
House heating                                  265          249          236          238           202        203
Commercial and industrial                      145          133          126          128           110        113
Other                                            3           11            5           20            28         12
Unbilled                                        (1)          (4)           7           (3)            5         (1)
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------
     Subtotal                                  429          405          389          399           360        343
Other revenues (including
     transported for customers)                 22           24           22           17            23         23
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total gas revenues                        451          429          411          416           383        366
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------

Operating Expenses
Operating expenses,
     excluding depreciation                    333          302          302          326           279        261
Depreciation                                    28           27           26           26            24         23
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------
     Total operating expenses                  361          329          328          352           303        284
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------       -------    -------
Gas Operating Income                       $    90      $   100      $    83      $    64       $    80    $    82
                                           =======      =======      =======      =======       =======    =======
</TABLE>


Securities Statistics
Ratings on PECO Energy Company's securities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Mortgage Bonds                   Preferred Stock
                                                             Date                              Date
Agency                                   Rating       Established          Rating       Established
<S>                                     <C>            <C>                <C>             <C>
Duff and Phelps, Inc.                       BBB+          4/92             BBB-             8/91
Fitch Investors Service, Inc.               A-            9/92             BBB+             9/92
Moody's Investors Service                   Baa1          4/92             baa2             4/92
Standard & Poor's Corporation               BBB+          4/92             BBB              4/92
</TABLE>


NYSE-Composite Common Stock Prices, Earnings and Dividends by Quarter (Per
Share)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1997                                         1996
                Fourth        Third     Second     First     Fourth       Third       Second         First
               Quarter       Quarter    Quarter   Quarter    Quarter     Quarter      Quarter       Quarter
<S>            <C>
High price     $25-1/8      $24-5/16   $21-1/8    $26-3/8    $27-3/8     $26-1/4      $26-7/8        $32-1/2
Low price      $21-7/16     $20-3/4    $18-3/4    $20        $23-7/8     $23          $22-1/2        $26-1/4
Close          $24-1/4      $23-7/16   $21        $20-3/8    $25-1/4     $23-3/4      $26            $26-5/8
Earnings      ($8.51)        69(cent)   53(cent)   49(cent)   51(cent)    65(cent)     43(cent)       65(cent)
Dividends       45(cent)     45(cent)   45(cent)   45(cent)   45(cent)    43.5(cent)   43.5(cent)     43.5(cent)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
48

Board of Directors

Susan W. Catherwood (54)
Chairman, Trustee Board,
The University of Pennsylvania Medical Center and Health System

Daniel L. Cooper (62)(2)
Former Vice President and General Manager,
Nuclear Services Division
Gilbert/Commonwealth, Inc.

M. Walter D'Alessio (64)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Legg Mason Real Estate Services (Commercial mortgage banking
and pension fund advisors)

G. Fred DiBona, Jr. (46)
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Independence Blue Cross

R. Keith Elliott (55)
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer,
Hercules, Inc.

Richard G. Gilmore (70)(1)
Former Senior Vice President,
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company

Richard H. Glanton, Esquire (51)(1)
Partner of the law firm Reed Smith Shaw and McClay

James A. Hagen (65)
Former Chairman, Conrail, Inc.

Admiral Kinnaird R. McKee (68)
Director Emeritus,
U.S. Navy Nuclear Propulsion

Joseph J. McLaughlin (69)(1)
Former President and Chief Executive Officer,
Beneficial Mutual Savings Bank

Corbin A. McNeill, Jr. (58)(1)
Chairman of the Board
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company

John M. Palms, PhD. (62)
President,
University of South Carolina

Joseph F. Paquette, Jr. (63)(1)
Former Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company

Ronald Rubin (66)(1)
Chief Executive Officer,
The Rubin Organization, Inc. (Real estate development and management)

Robert Subin (59)
Senior Vice President,
Campbell Soup Company

Officers

Corbin A. McNeill, Jr. (58)
Chairman of the Board of Directors
President and Chief Executive Officer

Dickinson M. Smith (64)
President, PECO Nuclear
and Chief Nuclear Officer

Gregory A. Cucchi (48)(3)
Senior Vice President
Ventures

James W. Durham (60)
Senior Vice President, Legal
and General Counsel

Michael J. Egan (43)(4)
Senior Vice President, Finance
and Chief Financial Officer

William J. Kaschub (55)
Senior Vice President,
Human Resources

Kenneth G. Lawrence (50)(4)
Senior Vice President,
Local Distribution Company

John M. Madara, Jr. (54)
Senior Vice President,
Power Generation Group

William H. Smith, III (49)(5)
Senior Vice President,
Business Services Group

Alvin J. Weigand (59)
Senior Vice President

Gerald R. Rainey (48)
Senior Vice President,
Nuclear Operations

Nancy J. Bessey (44)
Vice President,
Power Transactions

John B. Cotton (53)(6)
Vice President,
Station Support

John Doering, Jr. (54)
Vice President, Operations
Power Generation Group

Gregory P. Dudkin (40)(3)
Vice President,
Power Delivery

Drew B. Fetters (46)
Vice President,
Nuclear Planning and Development

Thomas P. Hill, Jr. (49)
Vice President and Controller

Cassandra A. Matthews (47)(7)
Vice President,
Information Systems

John P. McElwain (47)(6)
Vice President,
Nuclear Projects, PECO Nuclear

J. Barry Mitchell (50)
Vice President,
Finance and Treasurer

Thomas N. Mitchell (42)
Vice President,
Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station

William E. Powell, Jr. (61)
Vice President,
Support Services

James D. von Suskil (51)(8)
Vice President,
Limerick Generating Station

Katherine K. Combs (47)
Corporate Secretary

Edward J. Cullen, Jr. (50)
Assistant Corporate Secretary

Todd D. Cutler (37)
Assistant Corporate Secretary

Diana Moy Kelly (43)
Assistant Treasurer

George R. Shicora (51)
Assistant Treasurer

(1)  Member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors
(2)  Elected June 23, 1997
(3)  Effective June 1, 1997
(4)  Effective October 13, 1997
(5)  Effective November 7, 1997
(6)  Effective April 9, 1997
(7)  Effective July 28, 1997
(8)  Effective January 26, 1998

                               PECO Energy Company

                                  Subsidiaries

PECO Energy Power Company

Susquehanna Power Company

The Proprietors of the Susquehanna Canal (inactive)

Susquehanna Electric Company

Eastern Pennsylvania Development Company

Adwin Equipment Company

Adwin (Schuylkill) Cogeneration, Inc.

Adwin Realty Company

Eastern Pennsylvania Exploration Company

Energy Performance Services, Inc.

PECO Energy Capital LP

PECO Energy Capital Corp

Horizon Energy Company (formerly known as PECO Gas Supply Company)

PECO Wireless, LLC

Exelon Corporation

Energy Trading Company

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements of
PECO Energy Company on Form S-3 (File Nos. 33-31436, 33-59152, 33-49887,
33-43523, 33-54935, 333-27721), Form S-4 (File Nos. 33-53785, 33-53785-01,
33-60859, and 33-60859-01), and Form S-8 (File No. 33-30317) of our report dated
February 2, 1998, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedules of PECO Energy Company and Subsidiary Companies as
of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1997, which report is included (or incorporated by reference)
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



/s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 9, 1997

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, Susan W.  Catherwood of Bryn Mawr, PA, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/ Susan W. Catherwood
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, M. Walter D'Alessio of Philadelphia,  PA,
do hereby appoint C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/  M. Walter D'Alessio
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS that I, Richard G. Gilmore of Bradenton,  FL, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   Richard G. Gilmore
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, Richard H. Glanton of  Philadelphia,  PA,
do hereby appoint C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   Richard H. Glanton
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS  that I,  James A.  Hagen of  Wilmington,  North
Carolina,  do hereby appoint C. A. MC NEILL,  JR. attorney for me and in my name
and on my behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on
Form 10-K for 1997 of PECO Energy,  to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   James A. Hagen
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS  that I,  Kinnaird  R. McKee of  Oxford,  MD, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   Kinnaird R. McKee
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 2/3/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, Joseph J. McLaughlin of Rosemont,  PA, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   Joseph J. McLaughlin
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS  that I, Dr. John M. Palms of  Columbia,  SC, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   Dr. John M. Palms
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, Joseph F. Paquette,  Jr. of Gladwyne, PA,
do hereby appoint C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   Joseph F. Paquette, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS that I, Ronald Rubin of Narberth,  PA, do hereby
appoint C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney for me and in my name and on my behalf to
sign the annual Securities and Exchange  Commission report on Form 10-K for 1997
of PECO Energy Company, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in the premises
as fully and effectually in all respects as I could do if personally present.

                                        /S/   Ronald Rubin
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/30/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS that I, Robert Subin of Blue Bell, PA, do hereby
appoint C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney for me and in my name and on my behalf to
sign the annual Securities and Exchange  Commission report on Form 10-K for 1997
of PECO Energy Company, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in the premises
as fully and effectually in all respects as I could do if personally present.

                                        /S/   Robert Subin
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS that I, R. Keith Elliott of  Mendenhall,  PA, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   R. Keith Elliott
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, G. Fred DiBona,  Jr. of Bryn Mawr, PA, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   G. Fred DiBona, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 2/3/98


<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS that I, Daniel L. Cooper of  Wyomissing,  PA, do
hereby  appoint  C. A. MC NEILL,  JR.  attorney  for me and in my name and on my
behalf to sign the annual Securities and Exchange Commission report on Form 10-K
for 1997 of PECO Energy  Company,  to be filed with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and generally to do and perform all things  necessary to be done in
the  premises  as  fully  and  effectually  in all  respects  as I  could  do if
personally present.

                                        /S/   Daniel L. Cooper
                                        ----------------------------------------

DATE: 1/26/98

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> UT
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<BOOK-VALUE>                                  PER-BOOK
<TOTAL-NET-UTILITY-PLANT>                         4671
<OTHER-PROPERTY-AND-INVEST>                        516
<TOTAL-CURRENT-ASSETS>                            1003
<TOTAL-DEFERRED-CHARGES>                          5962
<OTHER-ASSETS>                                     205
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   12357
<COMMON>                                          3518
<CAPITAL-SURPLUS-PAID-IN>                            1
<RETAINED-EARNINGS>                              (792)
<TOTAL-COMMON-STOCKHOLDERS-EQ>                    2727
                               93
                                        138
<LONG-TERM-DEBT-NET>                              3853
<SHORT-TERM-NOTES>                                 402
<LONG-TERM-NOTES-PAYABLE>                            0
<COMMERCIAL-PAPER-OBLIGATIONS>                     314
<LONG-TERM-DEBT-CURRENT-PORT>                      247
                            0
<CAPITAL-LEASE-OBLIGATIONS>                        120
<LEASES-CURRENT>                                    56
<OTHER-ITEMS-CAPITAL-AND-LIAB>                    4722
<TOT-CAPITALIZATION-AND-LIAB>                    12357
<GROSS-OPERATING-REVENUE>                         4618
<INCOME-TAX-EXPENSE>                               293
<OTHER-OPERATING-EXPENSES>                        3612
<TOTAL-OPERATING-EXPENSES>                        3905
<OPERATING-INCOME-LOSS>                            713
<OTHER-INCOME-NET>                                  25
<INCOME-BEFORE-INTEREST-EXPEN>                     738
<TOTAL-INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           402
<NET-INCOME>                                    (1497)<F1>
                         17
<EARNINGS-AVAILABLE-FOR-COMM>                   (1514)
<COMMON-STOCK-DIVIDENDS>                           401
<TOTAL-INTEREST-ON-BONDS>                          373
<CASH-FLOW-OPERATIONS>                            1038
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (6.80)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (6.80)
<FN>
<F1>Net income includes an extraordinary item of $3,125 million ($1,834 million
net of $1,291 million of income taxes) reflecting the effects of a Pennsylvania
Public Utility Commission Restructuring Order and deregulation of the Company's
electric generation operations.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission